Loi sur la procédure civile (telle que modifiée jusqu'au 1er mars 2009), Lettonie, WIPO Lex

Texte(s) princip(al)(aux)

Letton Civilprocesa likums (Ar grozījumiem: 01.03.2009)

Anglais Civil Procedure Law (as amended up to March 1, 2009)

Télécharger le PDF open_in_new

Part A General Provisions
Part B Court Proceedings in a Court of First Instance
Part C Appeal of Court Judgments and Decisions
Part D. Arbitration Court
- Division Twelve Establishment and Operations of an Arbitration Court
Part E Execution of Court Judgments
- Division Thirteen General Provisions Regarding Execution of Court Judgments
- Division Fourteen Application of Compulsory Execution Measures
Part F International Civil Procedure
- Division Fifteen International Civil Procedural Co-operation
Transitional Provisions
Transitional Provisions Regarding Amendments to the Civil Procedure Law
- Transitional Provision
Annex 1
Annex 2

Disclaimer: The English language text below is provided by the Translation and Terminology Centre for information only; it confers no rights and imposes no obligations separate from those conferred or imposed by the legislation formally adopted and published. Only the latter is authentic. The original Latvian text uses masculine pronouns in the singular. The Translation and Terminology Centre uses the principle of gender-neutral language in its English translations. In addition, gender-specific Latvian nouns have been translated as gender-neutral terms, e.g. chairperson.

Text consolidated by Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre) with amending laws of:

20 June 2001;

31 October 2002;

19 June 2003;

12 February 2004;

7 April 2004;

17 June 2004;

2 September 2004;

17 February 2005;

9 June 2005;

1 December 2005;

25 May 2006;

7 September 2006;

26 October 2006;

14 December 2006.

If a whole or part of a section has been amended, the date of the amending law appears in square brackets at the end of the section. If a whole section, paragraph or clause has been deleted, the date of the deletion appears in square brackets beside the deleted section, paragraph or clause.

The Saeima¹ has adopted and the President has proclaimed the following law:

¹ The Parliament of the Republic of Latvia

Civil Procedure Law

Part A
General Provisions

Division One
Basic Provisions of Civil Court Proceedings

Chapter 1
Principles of Civil Procedure

Section 1. Rights of a Person to Court Protection

(1): Every natural or legal person (hereinafter — person) has a right to protection of their infringed or disputed civil rights, or interests protected by law, in court.
(2): A person who has applied to a court has the right to have their matter adjudicated by the court in accordance with the procedures prescribed by law.

Section 2. Adjudging of Civil Matters by Courts

Courts in accordance with the procedures prescribed by this Law and the Law On Judicial Power shall adjudge civil matters.

Section 3. Time when Legal Norms Regulating Court Proceedings in Civil Matters are in Force

Court proceedings in civil matters shall be regulated by the civil procedural legal norms, which are in force during the adjudication of the matter, the performing of individual procedural actions or the executing of a court judgment. [7 April 2004]

Section 4. Court Instances Regarding Civil Matters

(1): Civil matters shall be adjudicated on the merits by a court of first instance, but pursuant to the complaint of the participants in the matter regarding the judgment of such court, also by a court of second instance in accordance with appellate procedure, provided that it is not otherwise prescribed by law.
(2): A civil matter shall not be adjudicated on the merits in a court of higher instance before it has been adjudicated in a court of lower instance.
(3): The judgment of a court of second instance may be appealed by the participants in the matter in accordance with cassation procedures.

Section 5. Application of Legal Norms

(1): Courts shall adjudge civil matters in accordance with laws and other regulatory enactments, international agreements binding upon the Republic of Latvia and the legal norms of the European Union.
(2): If different provisions are provided for in an international agreement, which has been ratified by the Saeima than in Latvian laws, the provisions of the international agreement shall be applied.
(3): If the relevant issue is regulated by legal norms of the European Union, which are directly applicable in Latvia, the Latvian law shall applied insofar as it allows the legal norms of the European Union.
(4): In specific cases specified in laws or agreements, the courts shall also apply the laws of other states or international legal norms.
(5): If there is no law regulating disputed relations, the courts shall apply a law regulating similar legal relations, but if no such law exists, the courts shall act in accordance with general legal principles and meaning.
(6): In applying legal norms, the court shall take into account case law.

[7 April 2004]

Section 5.¹Assigning of Matters to the European Court of Justice

A court in accordance with European Union legal norms, shall assign matters to the European Court of Justice regarding the interpretation or validity of legal norms for the rendering of a preliminary ruling. [7 April 2004]

Section 6. Initiation of Civil Matters in Court

(1): A judge shall initiate a civil matter pursuant to the application of persons regarding whom such matter concerns.
(2): A judge shall also initiate civil matters pursuant to the application of State or local government institutions or of persons, upon who has been conferred the right to defend other persons' rights or interests protected by law in court.
(3): A statement of claim shall be submitted for actions in court proceeding matters, but in special adjudication procedure matters – an application.

Section 7. Civil Claims in Criminal Matters

(1): Civil claims for compensation of financial loss or moral injury in criminal matters may be brought in accordance with the procedures prescribed by the Criminal Procedure Law.
(2): If a civil claim has not been submitted or adjudicated in a criminal matter, an action may be brought in accordance with the procedures prescribed by this Law.

Section 8. Determination of Facts in a Civil Matter

(1): The court shall clarify the circumstances of a matter, examining evidence, which has been obtained in accordance with the procedures prescribed by law.
(2): The court shall explain to the participants in the matter their rights and duties, and the consequences of performing or failing to perform procedural actions.

[25 May 2006]

Section 9. Equality of Parties in the Civil Procedure

(1): In regard to procedural rights, parties are equal.
(2): The court shall ensure that the parties have equal opportunity to exercise their rights in order to protect their interests.

Section 10. Adversarial Proceedings in Civil Procedure

(1): Parties shall exercise their procedural rights by way of adversarial proceedings.
(2): Adversarial proceedings shall take place through the parties providing explanations, submitting evidence and applications addressed to the court, participating in the examination of witnesses and experts, in the examination and assessment of other evidence and in court argument, and performing other procedural actions in accordance with the procedures prescribed by this Law.

Section 11. Open Adjudication of Civil Matters

(2): Persons under the age of 15 who are not participants or witnesses in the matter may only be present at court sittings with the permission of the court.
(3): Pursuant to a reasoned request by a participant in the matter or at the discretion of the court the

court sitting or part thereof may be declared as closed: 1) if it is necessary to protect official secrets or commercial secrets;

2) if it is necessary to protect the private life of persons and confidentiality of

correspondence; 3) in the interests of minors; 4) if it is necessary to examine a person who has not reached 15 years of age; or 5) in the interests of court adjudication.

(4): The participants in the matter and, if necessary, experts and interpreters, shall participate at a closed court sitting.
(5): If none of the participants in the matter objects, with the permission of the chairperson of the court sitting persons who have a special reason to do so may participate in a closed court sitting.
(6): In closed court sittings matters shall be adjudicated in compliance with all the provisions applicable to court proceedings.
(7): Adjudications of courts in matters, which are adjudicated in open court, shall be publicly pronounced.
(8): In matters, which are adjudicated in a closed court sitting, the operative part of the court adjudication shall be publicly pronounced. In matters regarding confirmation or revocation of adoption the adjudication shall be pronounced in a closed court sitting.

[31 October 2002]

Section 12. Adjudication of a Civil Matter by a Judge Sitting Alone and Collegial Adjudication

(1): In a court of first instance a judge sitting alone shall adjudicate a civil matter.
(2): In appellate or cassation courts, civil matters shall be adjudicated collegially.

Section 13. Language of Court Proceedings

(1): Court proceedings shall take place in the official language.
(2): The participants in the matter shall submit foreign language documents accompanied with a translation thereof into the official language, certified in accordance with the procedures prescribed by law.
(3): The court may also allow certain procedural actions to take place in another language, if a participant in the matter pleads therefor and all participants in the matter agree. The minutes of the court session and adjudications of the court shall be written in the official language.
(4): The court shall ensure the right of participants in a matter, representatives of legal persons excepted, who do not have a command of the language used in the court proceedings, to examine the materials of the matter and participate in procedural actions utilising the aid of an interpreter.

Section 14. Unchangeability of a Court Panel

(1): Adjudication of a matter on the merits shall take place without change in the court panel.
(2): Replacement of a judge during the course of the adjudication of the matter shall only be permitted if he or she cannot complete adjudication of the matter due to taking up a different position, illness or another objective reason.
(3): If a judge is replaced by another judge during the course of the adjudication of the matter, the adjudication of the matter shall be commenced anew.

[31 October 2002]

Section 15. Direct and Viva Voce Adjudging of Civil Matters

(1): In adjudging civil matters, courts of first instance and appellate instance courts shall themselves
examine evidence in the matter.
(2): Persons summoned and summonsed to a court shall provide explanations and testimony orally.
The testimony of previously examined witnesses as recorded in the minutes, written evidence and
other materials, shall be read out at the request of the parties.
A court is not required to read out the documents in the matter, if the parties consent thereto.
(3): In the cases provided for by this Law, a court shall examine applications, complaints and issues
by written proceedings without organising a court sitting.

[31 October 2002; 25 May 2006]

Chapter 2
Composition of the Court

Section 16. Judges

A matter shall be adjudicated in the court by judges who have been appointed or confirmed to office in accordance with the procedures prescribed by the Law on Judicial Power.

Section 17. Deciding of Issues in Court

(1): All issues arising in the course of a matter being adjudicated collegially shall be decided by a
majority vote of the judges.
None of the judges is entitled to abstain from voting.
(2): In cases provided for by this Law a judge shall take decisions sitting alone.

Section 18. Judge Not Allowed to Participate in Repeated Hearing of Matter

(1): A judge who has participated in the adjudicating of a matter in a court of first instance may not participate in the adjudicating of the same matter in a court of appellate or cassation instance, or in a re-adjudicating of the matter in a court of first instance, if the judgment or decision regarding termination of the court proceedings or leaving the action unadjudicated, made with participation of the judge, has been set aside.
(2): A judge who has participated in the adjudicating of a matter in a court of appellate instance or of cassation instance may not participate in the adjudicating of the same matter in a court of first instance or of appellate instance.

Section 19. Recusal or Removal of a Judge

(1) A judge does not have the right to participate in the adjudicating of a matter if the judge: 1) has in a previous adjudicating of the matter been a participant, witness, expert, interpreter, or the court recorder of the court sitting; 2) is in a relationship of kinship to the third degree, or relationship of affinity to the second degree, with any participant in the matter; 3) is in a relationship of kinship to the third degree, or relationship of affinity to the second degree, with any judge who is a member of the court panel adjudicating the matter; or 4) has a direct or indirect personal interest in the outcome of the matter, or if there are other

(2): If the circumstances referred to in Paragraph one of this Section or in Section 18 of this Law
exist, the judge shall recuse himself or herself before the adjudicating of the matter commences.
(3): If any of the circumstances referred to in Paragraph one of this Section are ascertained by a
judge in the course of adjudicating a matter, the judge shall recuse himself or herself during the
court sitting, stating the reasons for such recusal.
In such a case the court shall adjourn the adjudicating of the matter.
(4): If a judge has not recused himself or herself, any participant in the matter may, on the grounds
referred to in this Section, apply for removal of a judge or several judges concurrently, stating the
reasons for the recusal of each judge.

[31 October 2002]

Section 20. Application for Removal

(1): A participant in a matter may apply for a removal in writing or orally, and regarding such
application an entry shall be made in the minutes of the court sitting.
(2): An application for removal shall be submitted before the adjudicating of the matter on the
merits has commenced.
Removal may be applied for subsequently if the grounds therefor become known during the
adjudicating of the matter.

[31 October 2002]

Section 21. Procedure regarding Adjudicating of Removal Applications

(1): If removal is applied for, the court shall hear the opinion of other participants in the matter and hear the judge whose removal is applied for.
(2): The court in the deliberation room shall adjudge a removal applied for during a court sitting.
(3): In a matter adjudicated by a judge sitting alone, the removal application shall be adjudged by the judge himself or herself.
(4): In a matter being adjudicated collegially, the removal application shall be adjudged in accordance with the following procedure:

1) if the application for removal is in regard to one judge, it shall be adjudged by the rest of the court. If there is an equal distribution of votes, the judge shall be removed; or

2) if the removal has been applied for in regard to more than one judge, it shall be adjudged by the same court in full panel by a majority vote.

[31 October 2002]

Section 22. Consequences of Successful Application for Removal

(1): If a judge or several judges have been removed, the matter shall be adjudicated by the same court composed of a different court panel.
(2): If it is impossible to form a different court panel in the relevant court, the matter shall be forwarded to another district (city) court or to another regional court.

[31 October 2002]

Chapter 3
Jurisdiction of Civil Legal Disputes

Section 23. Jurisdiction

(1): All civil legal disputes shall be subject to the court, unless otherwise provided for by law. This shall not deprive parties of the right to apply, upon mutual agreement, to an arbitration court in order to settle a dispute.
(2): The issue of the jurisdiction of a dispute shall be decided by a court or a judge. If a court or a judge finds that a dispute is not within the jurisdiction of the court, their decision shall indicate the institution within whose competence the deciding of such dispute lies.
(3): The court shall also adjudicate applications of natural or legal persons as are not in the nature of civil legal disputes, where adjudication thereof is prescribed by law.

Section 24. Jurisdiction of a District (City) Court

Matters over which a court has jurisdiction shall be examined by a district (city) court, except for matters to be examined, in accordance with law, by a regional court.

Section 25. Jurisdiction of a Regional Court

(2): If a matter involves several claims, some of which are within the jurisdiction of a district (city) court and others within the jurisdiction of a regional court, or a counter-claim has been accepted at a district (city) court as the adjudication of which is within the jurisdiction of a regional court, the matter shall be adjudicated by a regional court.

[1 December 2005; 26 October 2006; 14 December 2006]

Section 26. Bringing of Actions in Accordance with the Place of Residence or Location of the Defendant

(1): Actions against natural persons shall be brought in a court in accordance with their place of residence.
(2): Actions against legal persons shall be brought in a court in accordance with their location (legal address).

Section 27. Bringing of Actions where the Place of Residence of the Defendant is Unknown

Actions against defendants whose place of residence is unknown, or who have no permanent place of residence in Latvia, shall be brought in a court in accordance with the location of their immovable property or their last known place of residence.

Section 28. Jurisdiction in Accordance with the Choice of the Plaintiff

(1): An action arising in relation to the action of a subsidiary or representative office of a legal person may also be brought in a court in accordance with the location of the subsidiary or representative office.
(2): An action regarding recovery of support or determination of paternity may also be brought in accordance with the place of residence of the plaintiff.
(3): An action arising out of private delicts (Sections 2347-2353 of the Civil Law) which have resulted in mutilation or other damage to health, or the death of a person, may also be made according to the place of residence of the plaintiff or the location where the delicts were inflicted.
(4): An action regarding damage inflicted to the property of a natural or legal person may also be brought in accordance with the location where such damage was inflicted.
(5): An action regarding recovery of property or compensation for the value thereof may also be brought in accordance with the place of residence of the plaintiff.
(6): Maritime claims may also be brought in accordance with the location of the arrest of the defendant ship.
(7): An action against several defendants, who reside at or are located in various places, may be brought in accordance with the place of residence or location of one defendant.
(8): An action regarding dissolution of a marriage, or annulment of marriage, may be brought in a court in accordance with the choice of the plaintiff, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 234 and 235 of this Law.
(9): An action, which arises from employment legal relations, may also be brought in accordance with the place of residence or place of work of the plaintiff.

[19 June 2003; 7 April 2004]

Section 29. Exceptions regarding Jurisdiction

(1): An action regarding ownership rights or any other property rights in regard to immovable property or appurtenances thereof, or an action regarding registration of such rights in the Land register or expungement of such rights and exclusion of property from the description statement, shall be brought in accordance with the location of the property.
(2): Where the confirmed heirs to or the heirs who have accepted an inheritance are unknown, jurisdiction with respect to actions of creditors regarding the whole estate lies in the court in accordance with the place of residence of the estate-leaver, but, if the place of residence of the estate-leaver is not in Latvia or is unknown – in the court in accordance with the location of the property of the estate or a part thereof.
(3): Exceptions regarding jurisdiction may also be prescribed in other laws.

Section 30. Jurisdiction by Agreement

(1): In entering into a contract, the contracting parties may determine the court of first instance where potential disputes regarding such a contract or its performance shall be decided.
(2): Exceptions regarding jurisdiction prescribed by law may not be altered by the agreement of parties.

Section 31. Jurisdiction regarding Several Mutually Related Matters

(1) A counterclaim shall be brought to the court according to the place where the initial claim is to

be adjudicated, irrespective of the jurisdiction of the counterclaim.
Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

(2) A civil claim arising from a criminal matter, if such claim has not been submitted or adjudicated during adjudication of the criminal matter, shall, in accordance with the civil procedure, be brought pursuant to the general provisions regarding jurisdiction.

Section 32. Transfer of Matters Accepted as Court Proceedings to Another Court

(1): Matters which a court has accepted within its own court proceedings, in compliance with the provisions regarding jurisdiction, shall be adjudicated by such court on the merits, notwithstanding that jurisdiction may have changed in the course of the matter being adjudicated, except in a case provided for in Paragraph three of this Section.
(3): A district (city) court shall forward a matter to a regional court, if the matter falls within the jurisdiction of a regional court in accordance with Section 25 of this Law.
(4): A decision on assigning a matter to another court may be appealed by participants in the matter in accordance with the procedures set out in this Law.
(5): A matter shall be transferred to another court when the time period for appeal has expired, but if the decision is appealed, after the appeal is dismissed.
(6): A matter, which has been sent from one court to another, shall be accepted for adjudication by the court to which the matter has been sent.

[31 October 2002]

Chapter 4
Costs of Adjudication

Section 33. Costs of Adjudication

(1): Costs of adjudication are court costs and costs related to conducting a matter.
(2): Court costs are: 1) State fees; 2) office fees; and 3) costs related to adjudicating a matter.
(3): Costs related to conducting a matter are: 1) costs related to assistance of advocates; 2) costs related to attending court sittings; and 3) costs related to gathering evidence.

[20 June 2001]

Section 34. State Fees

(1) For each statement of claim – original claims or counterclaims, applications of a third person statement of claim with an independent claim regarding the subject-matter of the dispute, submitted in a procedure already commenced, applications in special adjudication procedure matters, and

other claims applications provided for in this Section submitted to the court – a State fee shall be paid in the amount set out as follows:

1) in regard to claims assessable as a monetary amount:

a) not exceeding 100 lats – 10 lats,

b) from 101 lats to 1000 lats – 15 per cent of the amount claimed,

c) from 1001 lats to 5000 lats – 150 lats plus 2.5 per cent of the amount claimed

exceeding 1000 lats,

d) from 5001 lats to 20 000 lats – 250 lats plus 1.6 per cent of the amount claimed

exceeding 5000 lats,

e) from 20 001 lats to 100 000 lats – 490 lats plus one per cent of the amount

claimed exceeding 20 000 lats,

f) from 100 001 lats to 500 000 lats – 1290 lats plus 0.3 per cent of the amount

claimed exceeding 100 000 lats, and

g) exceeding 500 000 lats – 2490 lats plus 0.05 per cent of the amount claimed

exceeding 500 000 lats;

2) in regard to a statement of claim in a matter regarding marriage dissolution – 50 lats, but for a statement of claim regarding dissolution of a marriage with a person who has been declared missing or found to be lacking capacity to act because of mental illness or mental deficiency, or who has been sentenced to a term of deprivation of liberty of not less than three years – five lats;

3) for applications in special adjudication procedure matters – 10 lats, but for applications in matters regarding insolvency of undertakings and companies or insolvency or liquidation of credit institutions – 100 lats;

4) in regard to other claims which are not financial in nature or are not required to be evaluated – 20 lats;

5) for applications regarding securing of claims or interim safeguard measures – 20 lats, but for applications regarding securing of claims where the amount claimed exceeds 4000 lats – 0.5 per cent of the amount claimed;

6) for applications regarding securing of evidence, if such application is submitted prior to the bringing of the action – ten lats;

7) for applications regarding an undisputed compulsory execution, compulsory execution of obligations in accordance with warning procedures, voluntary sale of immovable property by auction through the court or submission to the court of the subject-matter of an obligation for safekeeping thereof – one per cent of the amount of the debt, value of the property to be returned or voluntarily auctioned, or value of the subject-matter provided for safekeeping, but not exceeding 100 lats;

8) for applications regarding issuing a writ of execution on the basis of a judgment of a permanent arbitration court or the recognition and execution of an adjudication of a foreign arbitration court – one per cent of the amount of the debt, but not exceeding 100 lats;

9) for applications regarding renewal of court proceedings and adjudicating of the matter de novo in a matter where a default judgment has been rendered – in the same amount as for a statement of claim;

10) for statements of claim regarding division of joint property – 50 per cent of the rate to be paid for the statement of claim in accordance with general procedures from the value of the property to be divided; and

11) for complaints in matters regarding insolvency in relation to the decisions of a meeting of creditors or a creditor committee, for complaints in relation to the actions of an administrator or a liquidator, as well as the performance of the activities specified in Articles 33 and 37 of Council regulation (EC) No. 1346/2000 of 29 May 2000 on insolvency proceedings (hereinafter – Council regulation No. 1346/2000) – 10 lats.

(2) In rendering judgment, the court shall determine the State fee in the amount as follows: 1) in matters regarding confirmation of inheritance rights, if the value of the inheritance exceeds ten times the minimum monthly salary: a) for the spouse of, and heirs of the first, second or third degree residing with the estate-leaver – 0.5 per cent of the value of the estate property; b) for other heirs of the first and second degree – one per cent of the value of the estate property; c) for other heirs of the third degree – three per cent of the value of the estate property, and d) for heirs of the fourth degree – ten per cent of the value of the estate property;

2) in matters regarding last will instruction instruments or the coming into lawful effect of an inheritance contract, if the value of the inheritance exceeds ten times the minimum monthly salary:

a) for the spouse and heirs of the first, second or third degree – 50 per cent of the

amount of the State fee specified in Paragraph two, Clause 1 of this Section, b) for heirs of the fourth degree – eight per cent of the value of the estate property, c) for other testamentary or contractual heirs – 15 per cent of the value of the estate property, and d) for other testamentary or contractual heirs if they are public benefit organisations

– 3 per cent of the value of the estate property; and
3) [31 October 2002]

(3): In matters regarding confirmation of inheritance rights and the coming into effect of a will or inheritance contract, the State fee specified in Paragraph two of this Section shall be paid upon receipt of a true copy of the judgment after a judgment has come into lawful effect, or upon receipt of a will or inheritance contract with a notation thereon regarding its coming into effect.
(4): The State fee for an appeal shall be 50 per cent of the rate which must be paid upon submitting a statement of claim (an application in a special adjudication procedure matter), but in regard to disputes of a financial nature – of the rate calculated in accordance with the disputed amount.
(5): For an ancillary complaint regarding a court judgment a State fee shall not be charged.
(6): When submitting a writ of execution or another execution document for execution a State fee shall be paid – one lat.
(7): When submitting an application regarding the recognition and execution of an adjudication of a foreign court a State fee shall be paid – 10 lats.

[31 October 2002; 7 April 2004; 2 September 2004; 17 February 2005; 25 May 2006; 14 December 2006]

Section 35. Amount Claimed

(1) The amount claimed shall be: 1) in regard to claims regarding recovery of money – the amount to be recovered; 2) in regard to claims regarding recovery of property – the value of the property to be

recovered; 3) in regard to claims regarding collection of means of support – the total amount to be paid within one year; 4) in regard to claims regarding term payments and remittances – the total amount of all payments and remittances, but for not more than three years; 5) in regard to claims regarding payments and remittances without term or for life – the total amount of all payments and remittances for a three year period;

6) in regard to claims regarding reduction or increase of payments or remittances – the amount by which the payments or remittances are reduced or increased, but for not more than one year;

7) in regard to claims regarding termination of payments or remittances – the total amount of the remaining payments or remittances, but for not more than one year;

8) in regard to claims regarding early termination of lease and rental agreements – the total amount of payments for the remaining period of the agreement, but for not more than three years;

9) in regard to claims regarding property rights with respect to immovable property – the value, but not less than the cadastral value, thereof;

10) in claims consisting of several independent financial claims – the total sum of all the claims; and

11) in regard to claims regarding the termination or recognition as null and void of a transaction – the amount of the transaction in dispute.

(2) The amount claimed shall be set out by the plaintiff.
If the amount claimed, as set out, manifestly does not correspond with the actual value of the
property, the amount claimed shall be determined by the court.

[2 September 2004]

Section 36. Supplementary State Fees

(1): In regard to claims that are difficult to assess at the time of submission, the judge shall initially
determine the amount of the State fee.
The final amount of the State fee shall be determined by the court upon the matter being
adjudicated.
(2): If the amount claimed is increased, except in regard to the adding of interest and increments, a
supplementary State fee shall be paid accordingly.

Section 37. Repayment of State Fee

(1) State fees paid shall be repaid fully or partly in the following cases: 1) if the fee paid exceeds the fee prescribed by law; 2) if the court refuses to accept an application or leaves an application unadjudicated in

accordance with Section 406.⁶ of this Law;

3) if the court proceedings in a matter are terminated on the grounds that the court does not have jurisdiction to adjudicate the matter or the court proceedings are terminated in accordance with Section 408.⁸ of this Law; or

4) if a claim is left unadjudicated on the grounds that the interested party who has brought the matter to the court has not complied with the extrajudicial examination procedures set out for the respective type of matter, or the claim has been submitted by a person lacking capacity to act.

(2): State fees shall be repaid on the condition that an application requesting its repayment has been submitted to the court within one year from the date when the sum was paid into the state budget.
(3): State fees shall be repaid from state budget funds on the basis of a decision of a court or a judge.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003]

Section 38. Office Fees

(1) Office fees shall be paid as follows: 1) for issuing a true copy of a document in a matter, as well as for reissuing a court

judgment or decision – two lats;
Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

2) for issuing a certificate – 0.50 lats;

3) for issuing a duplicate of a writ of execution – five lats;

4) for certifying the coming into effect of a court adjudication, if such adjudication is to be submitted to a foreign institution – three lats; and

5) for summoning witnesses – 3 lats for each person.

(2) Office fees shall be paid into the State basic budget.

[2 September 2004]

Section 39. Costs Related to the Adjudicating of Matters

(2): The procedures for calculating the amounts to be paid to witnesses and experts, or the amount of costs related to searching for a defendant, shall be determined by the Cabinet.

Section 40. Procedures for Paying in Amounts of Costs Related to the Adjudicating of Matters

(1): Amounts of costs which must be paid to witnesses and experts, or amounts necessary to pay the costs of conducting inspections or the examination of witnesses on-site, of the service and issue of court summonses, of publication of notices in newspapers and of security for a claim shall be paid, prior to the adjudicating of a matter, by the party who made the relevant request.
(2): If such request has been submitted by both parties, they shall pay in the required amounts equally.
(3): Payment of the amounts referred to in this Section are not required to be paid in by a party who is exempted from the payment of court costs.

Section 41. Reimbursement of Court Costs

(1): The party in whose favour a judgment is made shall be adjudged recovery of all court costs paid by such party, from the opposite party. If a claim has been satisfied in part, the recovery of amounts set out in this Section shall be adjudged to the plaintiff in proportion to the extent of the claims accepted by the court, whereas the defendant shall be reimbursed in proportion to the part of the claims dismissed in the action. State fees for applications regarding renewal of court proceedings and adjudicating of the matter de novo in a matter where a default judgment has been rendered shall not be recompensed.
(2): If a plaintiff discontinues an action, he or she shall reimburse court costs incurred by the defendant. In this case the defendant shall not reimburse the court costs paid by the plaintiff. However, if a plaintiff discontinues his or her claims because, after they are submitted, the defendant has voluntarily satisfied them, the court shall, pursuant to the request of the plaintiff, adjudge recovery of the court costs paid by the plaintiff as against the defendant.

(3) If an action is left unadjudicated, the court shall, pursuant to the request of the defendant, adjudge recovery of the court costs paid by the defendant as against the plaintiff, except in a case as specified in Section 219, Clause 2 of this Law.

[31 October 2002]

Section 42. Reimbursement of Court Costs to the State

(1): If a plaintiff is exempted from court costs, recovery of such court costs, in proportion to that part of the claim that has been satisfied, may be adjudged against the defendant, for payment to the State.
(2): If an action is dismissed, recovery of court costs as have not been paid previously, may be adjudged as against the plaintiff for payment to the State.
(3): If a claim has been satisfied in part, but the defendant is exempted from payment of court costs, such costs, in proportion to that part of the claim which has been dismissed, may be recovered from a plaintiff as is not exempt from the payment of court costs for payment to the State.
(4): If both parties are exempt from payment of court costs, the court costs shall be assumed by the State.

Section 43. Exceptions from General Provisions Regarding Court Costs

(1) The following persons shall be exempt from payment of court costs to the State: 1) plaintiffs – in claims regarding recovery of remuneration for work and other claims of employees arising from legal employment relations or related to such; 2) plaintiffs – in regard to claims arising from personal injuries that result in mutilation or

other damage to health, or the death of a person;

3) plaintiffs – in claims regarding recovery of support payments;

4) plaintiffs – in claims regarding compensation for financial loss and moral injury resulting from criminal offences;

5) public prosecutors, state or local government institutions and persons who are conferred the right by law to defend the rights, and interests protected by law, of other persons in court;

6) the submitters of applications – in matters regarding the finding of a person to be lacking capacity to act, and establishment of trusteeship;

7) the submitters of applications – in regard to the establishment of trusteeship for a person because of a dissolute or spendthrift lifestyle, or excessive use of alcohol or drugs;

8) defendants – in matters regarding reduction of support payments adjudged by a court, and reduction of such payments as the court has assessed in claims arising from personal injuries resulting in mutilation or other damage to health, or the death of a person;

9) the submitters of applications – a spouse and heirs of the first and second degree, in that part of inheritance matters regarding inheritance of privatisation certificates; 9¹) the submitters of applications – in matters regarding the illegal movement of children across borders or detention; 10) administrators – in claims that are brought for the benefit of persons recognised as insolvent; 11) judgment creditors – in execution matters regarding recoveries for payment into State revenues; and 12) the State Revenue Service, Enterprise Register or the liquidators appointed thereof – in applications regarding recognition of persons as insolvent.

(2) If a public prosecutor or state or local government institutions or persons who are conferred the

in court, withdraws from an application which has been submitted on behalf of another person, but such person demands adjudication of the matter on the merits, the court costs shall be paid in accordance with generally applicable provisions.

(3): The parties may also be exempted from payment of court costs to the State in other cases provided for by law.
(4): A court or a judge, upon considering the material situation of a natural person, shall exempt him or her partly or fully from payment of court costs into State revenues, as well as postpone payment of court costs adjudged into State revenues, or divide payment thereof into instalments.
(5): In claims regarding dissolution of marriage at the request of the plaintiff the judge shall postpone payment of State fees or divide payment thereof into instalments if a minor child is in the care of the plaintiff.

[20 June 2001; 31 October 2002; 19 June 2003; 7 September 2006]

Section 44. Costs Related to Conducting a Matter and Reimbursement Thereof

(1) Costs related to the conducting of a matter shall be reimbursed in the following amounts:

1) costs for the assistance of an advocate – the actual amount thereof, but not exceeding five per cent of that part of the claim which has been allowed and in claims which are not financial in nature, not exceeding the normal rate for advocates;

2) travel and accommodation costs related to attendance at a court sitting – in accordance with the rates for reimbursing official travel costs determined by the Cabinet; and 3) costs related to obtaining written evidence – the actual amount disbursed.

(2): It shall be adjudged that costs related to the conducting of a matter be recovered against the defendant in favour of the plaintiff, if the plaintiff's claim has been allowed fully or in part, or if a plaintiff does not maintain the claims because the defendant has voluntarily satisfied them after an action is brought.
(3): If an action is dismissed, recovery of costs related to the conducting of the matter shall be adjudged as against the plaintiff in favour of the defendant.

[20 June 2001]

Section 45. Appeal of Decisions Regarding Court Costs

The person to whom it applies may appeal a decision in respect of an issue related to court costs. [19 June 2003]

Chapter 5
Procedural Time Periods

Section 46. Determination of Procedural Time Periods

(1): Procedural actions shall be carried out within the time periods prescribed by law. If the law does not prescribe the procedural time periods, a court or a judge shall determine them. The length of the time period determined by a court or a judge must be such as makes it possible for the procedural action to be carried out.
(2): A precise date, time period ending on a set date or period of time (expressed in years, months, days or hours) shall be determined for the carrying out of a procedural action. If the procedural action is not required to be carried out on a specific date, it may be carried out at any time during the time period.

(3) The time period may also be determined by indicating an event, which shall occur in any case.

[31 October 2002]

Section 47. Commencement of the Computation of Procedural Time Periods

(1): A procedural time period computed in years, months or days shall commence on the day following the date or event indicating its commencement.
(2): A procedural time period computed in hours commences from the next hour following the event indicating its commencement.

[31 October 2002]

Section 48. Termination of Procedural Time Periods

(1): A time period calculated in years shall expire on the respective month and date of the final year of the time period. A time period calculated in months shall expire on the respective date of the final month of the time period. If a time period calculated in months terminates on a month that does not have the respective date, it shall expire on the last day of such month. A set time period extending until a particular date shall expire on such date.
(2): If the final day of a time period is Saturday, Sunday or a holiday prescribed by law, the following working day shall be considered the final day of the time period.
(3): A procedural action regarding which a time period expires may be carried out until 12 o'clock midnight on the final day of the time period.
(4): If a procedural action is to be carried out in court, the time period shall expire at that hour when the court ceases work. If a statement of claim, appeal or other sending is delivered to a communications institution on the final date of the time period by 12 o'clock midnight, they shall be considered to have been submitted within the time period.

[31 October 2002]

Section 49. Consequences of Default Regarding Procedural Time Periods

The right to perform procedural actions shall lapse after the expiration of the time period determined by law or by a court. Appeals and documents submitted after the expiration of a procedural time period shall not be accepted. [31 October 2002]

Section 50. Suspension of Procedural Time Periods

If proceedings in a matter are stayed, the computation of a time period is suspended. The computation of a time period is suspended from the time when a circumstance has occurred as is cause for a stay of proceedings. The computation of a procedural time period shall be continued from the day when proceedings are renewed in the matter. [31 October 2002]

Section 51. Renewal of Procedural Time Periods

(1): Upon the application of a participant in the matter, the court shall renew procedural time periods regarding which there has been default, if the reasons for default are found justified.
(2): In renewing a time period regarding which there has been default, the court shall at the same time allow the delayed procedural action to be carried out.

[31 October 2002]

Section 52. Extension of Procedural Time Periods

The time periods determined by a court or a judge, may be extended pursuant to an application by a participant in the matter.

Section 53. Procedures regarding Extension and Renewal of Procedural Time Periods

(1): An application regarding extension of a time period or renewal of a time period regarding which there has been default shall be submitted to the court where the delayed action was to have been carried out. Such application shall be decided in a court sitting, and the participants in the matter shall be notified in advance about the time and place of the sitting. The failure of such persons to attend is not an impediment to adjudication of the application.
(2): An application regarding renewal of a procedural time period shall be accompanied by documents required for the carrying out of the procedural action, and the grounds for renewal of the time period.
(3): A time period determined by a judge may be extended by a judge sitting alone.
(4): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding a refusal by a court or a judge to extend or renew a time period.

Chapter 6
Court Notifications and Summonses

Section 54. Summons to Court

(1): Participants in a matter shall be summoned to the court through the giving of due notice as to the time and place of court sittings or individual procedural actions.
(2): Participants in a matter, if their place of residence is indicated in the application, shall be summoned to the court with a court summons. If the place of residence of a defendant is not known, they shall be summoned to the court by publication of a notice in the newspaper Latvijas Vēstnesis [the official Gazette of the Republic of Latvia].
(3): Witnesses, experts and interpreters shall be summonsed to the court with a summons.

Section 55. Court Summons

There shall be set out in a summons:

1) the given name, surname and place of residence of a natural person or the name and location (legal address) of a legal person summoned or summonsed;

2) the designation and address of the court;

3) the time and place of attendance;

4) the name of the matter to which the person is summoned or summonsed;

5) a statement of reasons why the addressee is summoned or summonsed;

6) a notice that it is the duty of a person who has received the summons on account of the absence of the addressee to pass it on to the addressee; and

7) the consequences of failing to attend.

Section 56. Service of a Summons

(1): A summons shall be sent by registered mail, by notification thereof as a telegram, telephoned message, facsimile, or it shall be delivered by a messenger.
(2): A participant in a matter may, with the consent of a judge, obtain a summons to be served upon another person to be summoned or summonsed in regard to the matter.
(3): A summons shall be served upon the person summoned or summonsed at the address indicated by a participant in the matter. The court summons may also be sent to the workplace of such person.
(4): A summons served by a messenger or a participant in the matter shall be given to the person summoned or summonsed personally, such person signing therefor, and the signature part of the summons shall be returned to the court.
(5): If the summons server does not meet the person at their place of residence, the server shall give the summons to an adult family member residing with such person. If the summons server does not meet the addressee at their workplace, he or she shall leave the summons with the workplace administration for it to be given to the addressee. In the cases mentioned the recipient of the summons shall set out their given name and surname in the signature part of the summons and indicate their relationship with the addressee or their work position, and the summons shall be given to the addressee without delay.
(6): If a person to be summoned or summonsed to the court is not able to be found at their place of residence and their location is unknown, the summons server shall make an appropriate note thereof in the signature part of the summons. The summons server shall also set out in this part of the summons the place to which the addressee has gone, and the time when the addressee is expected to return, if he or she has ascertained this.
(7): The time of service of a served summons shall be noted in the signature part of the summons being served, which shall be returned to the court.
(8): If a person resides in a foreign state, the summons may be sent through the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Latvia, or in accordance with the procedures set out in international agreements binding upon the Republic of Latvia.
(9): If a summons has been sent in accordance with the procedures set out in this Section, it shall be presumed that the person to be summoned or summonsed has been notified of the place and time of the adjudication of the matter, except in the case provided for in Paragraph six of this Section.

Section 57. Consequences of Refusing to Accept a Summons

(1): If a person to be summoned or summonsed to the court refuses to accept the summons, the summons server shall make an appropriate notation in the summons.
(2): Refusal to accept a summons is not an impediment to the adjudication of a matter.

Section 58. Change of Address during Proceedings regarding a Matter

(1): A participant in a matter shall notify the court about any change in their address during proceedings regarding a matter. If there is no such notice, a summons shall be sent in accordance with the last known address of the person. In such case it shall be presumed that the participant in the matter has been notified about the time and place of the adjudication of the matter.
(2): If a participant in the matter does not notify the court about a change of their address during proceedings, a fine may be imposed upon them by a court or a judge, not exceeding 15 lats.

Section 59. Summoning to Court through Publication in a Newspaper

(1): A defendant, whose place of residence is unknown or who cannot be found at their place of residence, shall be summoned to the court through publication in the newspaper Latvijas Vēstnesis.
(2): Independently of the publication of a summoning notice in the newspaper Latvijas Vēstnesis, plaintiffs have the right to publish the text of the court summons in other newspapers at their own expense.
(3): The text of the summons published in a newspaper shall correspond to the contents of the summons.
(4): A court may adjudicate a matter without the participation of the defendant, if not less than one month has passed since the day the summons was published in the newspaper Latvijas Vēstnesis.
(5): At the same time as a newspaper summons to a defendant is published, the summons shall also be sent to the defendant in accordance with the location of his or her immovable property, if the plaintiff has indicated such location.

Section 60. Search for a Defendant if their Place of Residence is Unknown

If the place of residence of a defendant is unknown, the court, pursuant to the request of the plaintiff, is entitled to proclaim a search for the defendant.

Chapter 7
Minutes

Section 61. Duty of Keeping Minutes

(1): Minutes of the court sitting shall be kept at every sitting of a court of first instance and appellate instance.
(2): In the cases provided for in this Law, minutes shall also be kept regarding separate procedural actions performed outside a court sitting.

Section 62. Contents of Minutes

(1) There shall be set out in the minutes of a court sitting: 1) the year, date, month and location of the court sitting; 2) the name of the court which adjudicates the matter, the composition of the court, the

court recorder of the court sitting, advocates and public prosecutors who participate in the matter;

3) the time when the court sitting is opened;

4) the name of the matter;

5) information about the attendance of participants in the matter, witnesses, experts and interpreters;

6) information as to the procedural rights and duties of the participants in the matter having been explained to such participants;

7) information as to the witnesses, experts and interpreters having been warned regarding criminal liability;

8) explanations of participants in the matter, testimony of witnesses, oral explanations of experts regarding their conclusions, information concerning the examination of real and written evidence;

9) applications of participants in the matter; 10) court orders and decisions that have not been taken as separate procedural documents; Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

11) brief summaries of opinions of state and local government institutions;

12) brief summaries of court arguments and public prosecutors' opinions;

13) information regarding the retiring of the court in order to take a decision or render judgment;

14) information regarding the pronouncing of judgments or decisions taken as separate procedural documents;

15) information as to the explaining of the contents of judgments or decisions, of appeal procedures and time periods;

16) information as to when the participants in the matter may acquaint themselves with the minutes of the court sitting and a complete text of the judgment;

17) the time when the court sitting is closed; and

18) the time when the minutes of the court sitting are signed.

(2): There shall be entered in the minutes of the court sitting the withdrawal of a claim by a plaintiff, the admitting of a claim by a defendant and the admitting of legal facts by the participants in the matter, and such entry shall respectively be signed by the defendant, the plaintiff or both parties.
(3): The minutes of the court sitting shall be signed by the chairperson of the court sitting and the court recorder of the court sitting.
(4): Minutes of separate procedural actions performed outside a court sitting shall comply with the requirements of this Section.

[20 June 2001; 19 June 2003]

Section 63. Writing of Minutes

(1): Minutes shall be written by the court recorder of the court sitting.
(2): Minutes shall be signed not later than three days after the termination of a court sitting or implementation of separate procedural actions, but in complicated matters – not later than five days thereafter.
(3): All additions and amendments in the minutes shall be justified before the chairperson of the court sitting and the court recorder of the court sitting sign the minutes. Incomplete lines and other blank spaces in the minutes shall be crossed out. Erasures or blocking out shall not be permitted in the text of minutes.

Section 64. Notes Regarding Minutes

(1): Participants in a matter who have participated in the court sitting, within a period of three days from the time the minutes are signed, may submit written notes regarding the minutes, indicating defects and errors appearing therein.
(2): The notes submitted shall be examined by the chairperson of the court sitting within five days, and if the chairperson agrees to the notes, the chairperson shall confirm their validity and attach them to the minutes of the court sitting.
(3): If the chairperson of the court sitting does not agree with the notes submitted, such notes shall be examined at a court sitting, by the same court panel as there was at the adjudicating of the matter, within ten days from the day when the notes are examined by the chairperson of the court sitting. If a court panel of three judges adjudicated the matter and it is not possible to ensure the same court panel, the issue shall be adjudicated by a court in the panel of which are at least two of the judges who participated in the adjudicating of the matter.
(4): Participants in a matter shall be notified regarding the time and place of the court sitting. The failure of such persons to attend is not an impediment to the adjudicating of the issue.
(5): After examining the notes, the court shall take a decision regarding the correctness thereof or rejection of the notes.

[19 June 2003]

Chapter 8
Procedural Sanctions

Section 65. Types of Procedural Sanctions

In the cases prescribed in this Law, the court may apply the following procedural sanctions: 1) a warning; 2) expulsion from the courtroom; 3) a fine; or 4) forced conveyance to the court.

Section 66. Warning

A person who disturbs the order during the adjudicating of a matter shall be given a warning by the chairperson of the court sitting and in regard to this a notation shall be made in the minutes of the court sitting.

Section 67. Expulsion from the Court Room

If participants in a matter, witnesses, experts or interpreters repeatedly disturb the order during the adjudicating of a matter, they may be expelled from the court room pursuant to a decision of the court, but other persons present may be expelled pursuant to an order of the chairperson of the court sitting even without prior warning.

Section 68. Fine

(1): A court shall impose a fine in the cases and in the amounts stipulated by this Law.
(2): A true copy of the court decision (extract from the minutes) regarding imposition of a fine shall be sent to the person on whom the fine is imposed.
(3): A person on whom a fine has been imposed may, within ten days after receipt of a true copy of the court decision (extract from the minutes), petition the court which imposed the fine to release such person from the fine or reduce the amount thereof. Such submission shall be adjudicated at a court sitting, and the person on whom the fine has been imposed shall be notified of the sitting in advance. The failure of such person to attend is not an impediment to the adjudicating of the submission.
(4): Fines imposed on officials shall be collected from their personal resources.

Section 69. Forced conveyance

(1): In cases prescribed by this Law a court may take a decision regarding forced conveyance of a person to the court.
(2): Such decision shall be executed by a police institution specified by the court.

Section 70. Administrative and Criminal Liability of Participants in a Matter and Other Persons

Participants in a matter and other persons who by their acts or failure to act disrupt the work of the court may, parallel to the procedural sanctions provided for by law, be held to administrative or criminal liability in the cases prescribed by law.

Division Two
Participants in a Matter

Chapter 9
Civil-procedural Legal Capacity and Civil-procedural Capacity to Act

Section 71. Civil-procedural Legal Capacity

(1): Civil-procedural legal capacity is the capacity to have civil-procedural rights and duties.
(2): All natural persons and legal persons shall be recognised as having equal civil-procedural legal capacity.

Section 72. Civil-procedural Capacity to Act

(1): Legal persons, and natural persons who have attained legal age and have the capacity to act, have the capacity to exercise civil-procedural rights and perform duties (civil procedure capacity to act).
(2): Court matters shall be conducted, for natural persons from 15 to 18 years of age and those persons for whom a trusteeship has been established in accordance with Section 365 of The Civil Law, by their lawful representatives, but the court shall also invite such persons themselves to participate in such matters.
(3): Court matters shall be conducted, for natural persons who have not attained the age of 15 or who have been recognised as not having the capacity to act, by their lawful representatives.
(4): In cases prescribed by law, minors shall be entitled to independently exercise their civil-procedural rights and to perform duties. In such matter the legal representatives of such persons may, in the discretion of the court, be called upon to assist such persons in conducting the matter.

Section 73. Concept of Participant in a Matter

(1): Participants in a matter are parties, third persons, representatives of parties and third persons, public prosecutors, persons who have, by law, been conferred the right to defend the rights and lawful interests of other persons in court, authorities which may be called upon to provide opinions in cases provided for by law, and representatives of such persons.
(2): Persons possessing civil-procedural legal capacity and civil-procedural capacity to act may be participants in matters. State and local government institutions upon which, by law, has been conferred the right to defend the rights and interests protected by law, of other persons in court may be participants in matters regardless of whether or not they are legal persons.

[7 April 2004]

Chapter 10
Parties

Section 74. Parties, their Rights and Duties

(1): Any natural or legal person may be a party (a plaintiff or a defendant) in a civil matter.
(2): Parties have the following civil-procedural rights: 1) to acquaint themselves with the materials of a matter, make extracts therefrom and

prepare copies thereof;

2) to participate in court sittings;

3) to make application regarding removal;

4) to submit evidence;

5) to participate in examination of evidence;

6) to submit petitions;

7) to provide oral explanations and written explanations to the court;

8) to express their arguments and considerations;

9) raise objections against requests, arguments and considerations of other participants in the matter;

10) to appeal court judgments and decisions; and

11) to receive true copies of judgments, decisions and other documents in the matter, and to

enjoy other procedural rights granted them by this Law.

(4): A defendant is entitled to admit a claim fully or partly, or to bring a counterclaim.
(5): Parties may enter into a settlement or agree to transfer the matter to an arbitration court.
(6): Parties shall exercise their rights and perform their duties in good faith.
(7): It is the duty of the parties: 1) to attend the court pursuant to a court summons; 2) to give timely notice in writing of reasons preventing them from attending a court sitting;

and 3) to perform other procedural duties imposed upon them in accordance with this Law.

Section 75. Procedural Participation

(1): An action may be brought by several plaintiffs against one defendant, one plaintiff against several defendants, or several plaintiffs against several defendants.
(2): Each co-plaintiff and co-defendant acts independently in relation to the other party and other coparticipants.
(3): Co-participants may assign the conducting of the matter to one of the co-participants or to one joint representative.

Section 76. Plaintiffs in Matter Initiated by Other Persons

A person in whose interests a matter has been initiated pursuant to the application of a public prosecutor, or of a State or local government institution or person to whom has been Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

conferred the right to defend rights and interests protected by law, of other persons in court, shall participate in the matter as a plaintiff.

Section 77. Assumption of the Procedural Rights of a Party

(1): If one of the parties in a matter withdraws (a natural person dies, a legal person ceases to exist, a claim is ceded, a debt is transferred), the court shall allow such party to be replaced by the successor in interest of the party.
(2): Assumption of rights may take place at any stage of the procedure.
(3): All actions performed in the procedure up until the time a successor in interest enters therein, shall be as binding upon the successor as they were upon the person whose rights are assumed.

Chapter 11
Third Persons

Section 78. Participation of Third Persons in the Civil Procedure

(1): Natural or legal persons whose rights or duties in relation to one of the parties may be affected by the judgment in a matter may be third persons in the civil procedure.
(2): Provisions regarding procedural legal capacity and capacity to act applicable to parties apply to third persons; third persons have the procedural rights and duties of parties with exceptions as laid down in Section 80 of this Law.
(3): Third persons may enter into a matter before the adjudicating of the matter on the merits has been completed in a court of first instance. They may also be invited to participate in the matter pursuant to the petition of a public prosecutor or the parties.

Section 79. Third Persons with Independent Claims

(1): Third persons presenting independent claims regarding the subject-matter of a dispute, may enter into the matter upon submitting a statement of claim.
(2): Third persons with independent claims have the rights and duties of plaintiffs.

Section 80. Third Persons without Independent Claims

(1): Third persons presenting independent claims regarding the subject-matter of the dispute may enter into the matter on the side of the plaintiff or the defendant if the judgment in the matter may affect the rights or duties of such third persons towards one of the parties.
(2): Third persons presenting independent claims have the procedural rights and duties of parties, except the rights to vary the basis or the subject-matter of an action, to increase or decrease the amount of a claim, to withdraw from an action, to admit a claim or enter into a settlement, or to demand the execution of a court judgment.
(3): In submissions regarding the inviting of third persons to participate, and in submissions of third persons regarding entering into a matter on the side of the plaintiff or the defendant, there shall be set out the grounds why third persons should be invited or allowed to participate in the matter.

Section 81. Court Decisions Regarding Inviting or Allowing Third Persons to Participate in Matters

(1): A third person shall be invited or allowed to participate in a matter in accordance with the decision of a court.
(2): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding a court decision by which a petition regarding entering into a matter by a third person is dismissed.

Chapter 12
Representatives

Section 82. Right to Representation in the Civil Procedure

(1): Natural persons may conduct matters in court personally or through their authorised representatives.
(2): Matters of legal persons shall be conducted in court by officials who act within the scope of authority conferred upon them pursuant to law, articles of association or by-law, or by other representatives authorised by legal persons.
(3): Matters of State or local government institutions entitled by law to protect the rights or lawful interests of other persons in court shall be conducted by the head of the institution or a representative authorised by the head of the institution.
(4): The participation by participants in civil matters referred to in Paragraphs one, two and three of this Section does not deprive them of the right to retain an advocate to provide legal assistance in their matter. In such case Section 86 of this Law shall prescribe the scope of authority of the advocate, and he or she shall not provide explanations regarding the substance of the matter.
(5): [12 February 2004]

[20 June 2001; 31 October 2002; 12 February 2004]

Section 83. Persons who may be Authorised Representatives in the Civil Procedure

Any natural person may be an authorised representative in the civil procedure, taking into account the restrictions specified in Section 84 of this Law.

[20 June 2001; 31 October 2002; 19 June 2003; 12 February 2004]

Section 84. Persons who May Not Act as Representatives in the Civil Procedure

(1) The following may not act as representatives in the civil procedure: 1) persons who have not attained legal age; 2) persons who have been found to not have the capacity to act, as well as persons for

whom trusteeship has been established in accordance with the requirements of Section 365 of the Civil Law; 3) persons who, by a judgment of a court, have been deprived of the right to conduct the matters of other persons; 4) persons who are in kinship relations to the third degree, or in affinity relations to the second degree, with the judge who is to adjudge the matter; and 5) persons who have rendered legal assistance to the other party in the dispute in this matter or in another matter related thereto.

(2) Upon ascertaining that the circumstances referred to in Paragraph one of this Section exist, the

Section 85. Formalising Representation

(1): Representation of natural persons shall be formalised with a notarially certified authorisation. The authorisation of a representative may be expressed by way of an oral submission in court by the person to be represented, and shall be recorded in the minutes of the court sitting.
(2): Representation of legal persons shall be formalised with a written authorisation or documents attesting to the right of an official to represent the legal person without special authorisation.
(3): Authorisation of an advocate to provide legal assistance shall be confirmed by a retainer. If an advocate acts as an authorised representative of a party, their authorisation shall be confirmed by a written authorisation.
(4): Parents, adopters, guardians and trustees shall present to the court documents confirming their rights.
(5): If an authorised representative is one of the procedural participants on behalf of another participant, such authorisation may be expressed by way of an oral submission in court by the person to be represented, and shall be recorded in the minutes of the court sitting.

[20 June 2001; 12 February 2004; 17 February 2005]

Section 86. Scope of Authority of Representatives

(1): A representative shall have the right to perform, on behalf of the person represented, all procedural actions, except those that require special authorisation. If the matter of a natural person is directed through the intermediation of an authorised representative, court notifications and documents shall be sent only to the representative.
(2): Full or partial withdrawing of an action, varying of the subject-matter of an action, raising of a counterclaim, full or partial admitting of a claim, entering into a settlement, transferring of a matter to an arbitration court, appealing court adjudications in accordance with appellate or cassation procedure, submitting execution documents for recovery, receiving property or money adjudged, and terminating execution proceedings must be specially set out in the authorisation issued by the person represented.
(3): All procedural actions performed by representatives in accordance with the authorisation issued to them are binding upon the person represented.

[19 June 2003]

Section 87. Early Termination of Representation

(1): Persons represented may at any time revoke the authorisation given their representative by a written notice to the court. Oral notice of revocation of authorisation may be given at a court sitting, and shall be recorded in the minutes of the court sitting.
(2): A representative has the right to withdraw from the conducting of a matter, giving timely written notice thereof to the person represented and to the court.

Chapter 13
Authorities and Persons Participating in Procedure in Accordance With the Law

[7 April 2004]

Section 88. Participation of State or Local Government Institutions and Persons in the Procedure in order to Protect the Rights of Other Persons

(1): In cases provided for by law, State or local government institutions and persons may submit an application to the court in order to protect the rights and lawful interests of other persons.
(2): The institutions and persons set out in this Section may become acquainted with the materials of a matter, make application regarding removal, provide explanations, provide evidence, participate in examination of evidence, submit petitions, and appeal judgments and decisions of a court.
(3): Withdrawal of an application by the institutions and persons set out, which has been submitted by them in accordance with Paragraph one of this Section, shall not deprive the person in whose interests the application was submitted of the right to require that the court adjudicate the matter on the merits.

Section 89. Participation of Authorities in the Procedure in order to Provide Opinions

(1): In cases provided for by law, the court shall invite authorities to participate in the procedure, so that they may, within the scope of their competence, provide their opinion in the matter and defend the rights, and interests protected by law, of persons.
(2): The invited authorities have the right to become acquainted with the materials of a matter, to participate in examination of evidence, to submit petitions and to provide opinions.

[7 April 2004]

Chapter 14
Public Prosecutors

Section 90. Participation of Public Prosecutors in the Civil Procedure

(1): Public prosecutors are entitled to participate in the adjudication of a matter, if they have brought an action or submitted an application, or if their participation is compulsory.
(2): A public prosecutor has the right to bring an action or submit an application to a court, if: 1) it is necessary in order to protect the rights and interests of the State or of local governments set out in law;

2) there has been violation of the rights, or interests protected by law, of persons lacking capacity to act, disabled persons, minors, prisoners or other such persons as have limited means to protect their rights; or

3) in conducting an inspection of public prosecutors, a breach of law is ascertained.

(3): Participation of the public prosecutor in adjudication of a matter is compulsory where that is prescribed by law or found necessary by the court.
(4): A public prosecutor who participates in the adjudication of a matter has the right to become acquainted with the materials of the matter, to make application for removal, to provide evidence, to participate in the examination of evidence, to submit petitions, to provide opinions on issues arising in the course of adjudication of the matter and regarding the substance of the matter in general, to submit a protest regarding a court judgment or decision, to receive a true copy of the judgment or decision, or of other documents in the matter and to perform other procedural actions prescribed by law.

(5): If a public prosecutor is a participant in the matter, he or she has the right to submit a protest regarding a court judgment or decision in all cases where other participants in the matter have the right to appeal a judgment or decision.
(6): A public prosecutor's withdrawal from an action or application he or she has submitted to the court shall not deprive the person in whose interests the action has been brought or application submitted, of the right to require that the court adjudicate the matter on the merits.

Section 91. Withdrawal or Removal of a Public Prosecutor

(1): A public prosecutor may not deliver their opinion in a matter if in the course of a previous adjudication of the matter they have acted as a judge, party, third person, representative, expert, interpreter, or court recorder of the court sitting, as well as in cases specified in Section 19, Paragraph one, Clauses 2, 3 and 4 of this Law.
(2): Where any of the above-mentioned circumstances are present, a public prosecutor shall withdraw himself or herself prior to the commencement of the court proceedings.
(3): If a public prosecutor has not withdrawn himself or herself, participants in the matter have the right to apply for removal of the public prosecutor on the basis referred to in this Section.
(4): Removal of a public prosecutor shall be applied for and the court shall decide such application, in accordance with the procedures set out in Sections 20 and 21 of this Law.

Division Three
Evidence

Chapter 15
General Provisions Regarding Evidence

Section 92. Evidence

Evidence is information on the basis of which a court determines the existence of non-existence of such facts that are significant in the adjudicating of the matter.

[31 October 2002]

Section 93. Duty Regarding Proof and Submission of Evidence

(1): Each party shall prove the facts upon which they base their claims or objections. Plaintiffs shall prove that their claims are well-founded. Defendants shall prove that their objections are well-founded.
(2): Evidence shall be submitted by the parties and by other participants in the matter. If the parties or other participants in the matter are unable to submit evidence, the court shall, at their motivated request, require such evidence.
(3): Evidence shall be submitted not later than seven days before a court sitting, unless the judge has set another time period within which evidence is to be submitted. During adjudicating of the matter evidence may be submitted at the motivated request of the party or other participants in the matter if it does not impede the adjudication of the matter or the court finds the reasons for untimely submission of evidence justified, or the evidence concerns facts which have become known during the adjudication of the matter. If a participant in a matter submits evidence after the time period thereof has ended, and the court finds that with such actions the adjudication of the matter has been delayed, the court may impose a fine up to fifty lats. A decision by the court to refuse acceptance of

evidence may not be appealed, but objections regarding such may be expressed in an appellate or cassation complaint.

(4) If the court admits that in respect of any of the facts on which the claims or objectives of the party are based no evidence is submitted, it shall notify the parties thereof and, if necessary, set a time period within which evidence is to be submitted.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003; 7 September 2006]

Section 94. Relevance of Evidence

The court shall accept only such evidence as is relevant to the matter.

Section 95. Admissibility of Evidence

(1): The court shall admit only such kinds of evidence as provided for by law.
(2): Facts that, in accordance with law, may be proved only by particular kinds of evidence, may not be proved by any other kinds of evidence.

Section 96. Basis for Exemption from Providing Evidence

(1): If the court acknowledges a fact to be universally known, it need not be proved.
(2): Facts established pursuant to a judgment that has come into lawful force in one civil matter need not be proved again in adjudication of other civil matters involving the same parties.
(3): In a criminal matter, a court judgment which has come into lawful effect shall be binding on a court adjudicating a matter regarding the civil legal liability of the person regarding whom the judgment was made in the criminal matter, only with respect to the issues of whether a criminal act, or failure to act, occurred and whether such has been committed, or respectively been allowed, by the same person.
(4): Facts, which in accordance with law are deemed to be established, need not be proved. Such assumption may only be disputed in accordance with general procedures.
(5): A party need not prove the facts, which in accordance with the procedures set out in this Law, have not been disputed by the other party.

[31 October 2002]

Section 97. Assessment of Evidence

(1): A court shall assess the evidence in accordance with its own convictions, which shall be based on evidence as has been thoroughly, completely and objectively examined, and in accordance with judicial consciousness based on the principles of logic, scientific findings and observations drawn from every-day experience.
(2): No evidence shall have a predetermined effect as would be binding upon the court.
(3): A court shall set out in its judgment why it has given preference to one body of evidence in comparison to another, and has found certain facts as proven, but others as not proven.

Chapter 16
Securing of Evidence

Section 98. Allowing Evidence to be Secured

(1): If a person has cause to believe that the submission of necessary evidence on their behalf may later be impossible or problematic, they may ask for such evidence to be secured.
(2): Applications for securing evidence may be submitted at any stage of the proceedings, as well as prior to the bringing of an action to a court.
(3): Prior to the matter being initiated, evidence shall be ensured by the district (city) court in the territory of which the source of evidence to be ensured is located. After the initiation of the matter the court adjudicating the matter shall secure the evidence.

[14 December 2006]

Section 99. Applications for Securing Evidence

There shall be set out in an application regarding the securing of evidence:

1) the given name and surname of the applicant, the matter in which the securing of evidence is required, or the potential participants therein;

2) the evidence it is necessary to secure;

3) the facts for the proving of which this evidence is necessary; and

4) the reasons why the applicant is requesting the securing of evidence.

Section 100. Procedures by which Applications for Securing of Evidence Prior to Initiation of the Matter in a Court are Decided

(1): The application for securing evidence shall be decided by a court or a judge within ten days of its receipt.
(2): If the application for securing evidence is decided by a court, the applicant and potential participants in the matter shall be summoned to the court sitting. The failure of such persons to attend is not an impediment to the adjudicating of the application submitted.
(3): With a decision by a judge, evidence without summoning potential participants in the matter may be ensured only in emergency cases, including emergency copyright and neighbouring rights, database protection (sui generis), trade marks and geographical origin indicators, patents, samples of designs, plant varieties, and topography of semiconductor products (hereinafter – intellectual property rights) violations or cases of possible violations or in cases, where it cannot be specified who shall be participants in the matter.
(4): If a decision regarding the securing of evidence has been taken without the presence of the potential defendant or the other participants in the matter, they shall be notified regarding such decision not later than by the moment of the execution of the referred to decision.
(5): Examination of witnesses, as well as inspection on site and expert-examination, shall be carried out in accordance with the applicable norms of this Law.
(6): In satisfying an application for securing evidence prior to bringing an action, the judge shall determine the time period for the submission of the action application not longer than 30 days.
(7): In satisfying an application for securing evidence prior to bringing an action, the judge may request that the potential plaintiff pay in a specified amount of money into the bailiff's deposit account or provide an equivalent guarantee to ensure coverage of the losses, which may be caused to the defendant in relation to the securing of evidence.
(8): The minutes of the court sitting and the material collected in the course of securing the evidence shall be kept until required by the court that adjudicates the matter.
(9): An ancillary complaint may be submitted in regard to a decision by a judge to reject an application regarding the securing of evidence or the decision referred to in Paragraph three of this Section. If the decision regarding the securing of evidence has been taken without the presence of the participants in the matter, the time period for the submission of the ancillary complaint shall be counted from day of the issuance or sending of the decision.

[7 April 2004; 14 December 2006]

Section 101. Procedures for Examination of Applications for Ensuring Evidence after Initiation of the Matter in a Court

(1): An application for ensuring evidence shall be examined at a court sitting in accordance with the relevant norms of this Law.
(2): The applicant and other participants in the matter shall be notified of the time and place of the sitting. The failure of such persons to attend is not an impediment to the adjudicating of the application regarding securing of evidence.

Section 102. Court Assignments

(1): If the court adjudicating a matter is unable to collect evidence located in another city or district, the court or the judge shall assign the performing of specific procedural activities to the appropriate court.
(2): In the decision regarding the court assignment, there shall be a succinct description of the substance of the matter to be adjudicated, circumstances to be clarified, and the evidence that the court performing the assignment is required to collect. Such a decision shall be mandatory for the court to which it is addressed and shall be performed within fifteen days.

[31 October 2002]

Section 103. Procedures regarding the Performing of Court Assignments

(1): Court assignments shall be performed at a court sitting in accordance with the procedures prescribed by this Law. Participants in the matter shall be notified of the time and place of the sitting. The failure of such persons to attend is not an impediment to performance of the assignment.
(2): Minutes and other material of the matter, which have been collected during the performance of the assignment, shall be forwarded to the court adjudicating the matter within three days.

Section 103.^¹Termination of Securing of Evidence

If a decision regarding the securing of evidence has been taken prior to the bringing of an action and the action is not brought within the time period specified by the court, the judge on the basis of the receipt of an application from the potential plaintiff or defendant shall take a decision regarding the revoking of the securing of evidence. [14 December 2006]

Section 103.²Compensation of Losses caused by the Securing of Evidence

A defendant is entitled to claim compensation for losses, which he or she has incurred in relation to the securing of evidence if the securing of evidence has been revoked in the case specified in Section 103.¹ of this Law if against him or her the action brought was refused, left not proceeded with or court proceedings were terminated in the cases specified in Section 223, Clauses 2 and 4 of this Law. [14 December 2006]

Chapter 17
Evidentiary Means

Section 104. Explanations by Parties and Third Persons

(1): Explanations by parties and third persons which include information about facts on which their claims or objections are based, shall be admitted as evidence, if corroborated by other evidence verified and assessed at a court sitting.
(2): If one party admits the facts on which the claims or objections of the other party are based, a court may find such facts to be proven, if the court is not in doubt that the admission was not made due to the effects of fraud, violence, threat or error, or in order to conceal the truth.

Section 105. Testimony of Witnesses

(1): A witness is a person who has knowledge of facts related to the matter and who has been summoned by the court to a court sitting.
(2): Where a participant in a matter requests the examining of a witness, they shall indicate what facts relevant to the matter the witness may affirm.
(3): A witness who has been called to court does not have the right to refuse to give testimony, except in the matters prescribed in Sections 106 and 107 of this Law.
(4): A witness may only be questioned regarding facts relevant to the instant matter.
(5): Testimony based on information from unknown sources, or on information obtained from other persons, unless such persons have been examined, is not allowable as evidence.

Section 106. Persons who may not be Witnesses

The following persons may not be summoned or examined as witnesses

1) ministers – regarding facts, which have come within their knowledge through hearing confessions, and persons whose position or profession does not permit them to disclose certain information entrusted to them – regarding such information;

2) minors – regarding facts that testify against their parents, grandparents, brothers or sisters;

3) persons whose physical or mental deficiencies render them incapable of appropriate assessment of facts relevant to the matter; and

4) children under the age of seven.

Section 107. Persons who may Refuse to Testify

(1) The following persons may refuse the duty to testify:

1) relatives in a direct line and of the first or second degree in a collateral line, spouses, affinity relatives of the first degree, and family members of parties;

2) guardians and trustees of parties, and persons under guardianship or trusteeship of the parties; and

3) persons involved in litigation in another matter against one of the parties.

(2) The court shall explain to the above-mentioned persons their right to refuse to testify.

Section 108. Duties of Witnesses

(1): A person called as a witness shall attend at the court and give true testimony regarding facts of which they have knowledge.
(2): A witness shall answer questions asked by the court and participants in the matter.
(3): A court may question a witness at their place of residence, if the witness is unable to attend pursuant to a court summons because of illness, old age, invalidity or other justified cause.

Section 109. Liability of Witnesses

(1): For refusal to testify for reasons which the court has found unjustified, and for intentionally providing false testimony, a witness is liable in accordance with the Criminal Law.
(2): If a witness, without justified cause, fails to attend pursuant to a summons by a court or a judge, the court may impose a fine not exceeding forty lats on him or her, or have them brought to court by forced conveyance.

Section 110. Documentary Evidence

Documentary evidence is information regarding facts relevant to the matter, which information is recorded by letters, figures or other written symbols or use of technical means in documents, in other written or printed matter, or in other relevant recording media (audio and video tapes, computer diskettes etc.).

Section 111. Procedures for Submitting Documentary Evidence

(1): In submitting documentary evidence to a court, or requesting the requiring of such evidence, participants in a matter shall indicate what meaningful facts in the matter such evidence can attest to.
(2): Documentary evidence shall be submitted by way of original documents, or true copies certified in accordance with prescribed procedures. A judge may also certify a true copy. If a part of a written document or of other written or printed matter is sufficient to clarify facts meaningful in the matter, a certified extract from such may be submitted to the court.
(3): Original documents, as well as documentary evidence certified in accordance with prescribed procedures, shall be submitted if laws or international treaties binding on the Republic of Latvia provide that the particular facts may be proven only with original documents or with true copies certified in accordance with prescribed procedures.
(4): If a true copy of or an extract from documentary evidence has been submitted to a court, the court is entitled to require, pursuant to the substantiated request of participants in the matter or upon its own initiative, that the original be submitted if that is necessary for the determining of facts in the matter.

Section 112. Procedure for Requiring Documentary Evidence

(1): A court or a judge is entitled to require, pursuant to a substantiated request from a participant in the matter, documentary evidence from State and local government institutions and from other natural or legal persons.
(2): Participants in a matter, who request the court to require documentary evidence, shall describe such evidence and provide their reasons for presuming that the evidence is in the possession of the person referred to.
(3): State and local government institutions and other natural or legal persons which cannot submit the required documentary evidence, or cannot submit such within the time limit specified by the court or the judge shall notify the court thereof in writing, stating their reasons.
(4): If a party refuses to submit the documentary evidence required to the court, without denying that the party possesses such evidence, the court may find as proved facts which the opposite party sought to prove by referring to such documentary evidence.

[31 October 2002]

Section 113. Return of Documentary Evidence in a Matter

Pursuant to a substantiated written application from the person who has submitted the originals of documentary evidence, the court shall return such evidence to this person after the court judgment has come into lawful effect. If such evidence has been referred to in a judgment or decision of the court, true copies of the documentary evidence certified by the judge shall remain in the matter file.

Section 114. Inspection of Documentary Evidence at the Place of Keeping

If it is impossible or problematic to submit to the court documentary evidence because of the amount or volume thereof or for other reasons, the court may perform an inspection and examination of documentary evidence at the place where it is kept. [31 October 2002]

Section 115. Real Evidence

Real evidence consists of tangible things that may, due to their properties, characteristics or very existence, be useful in clarifying facts, which are significant in a matter.

Section 116. Submitting and Requiring Real Evidence

(1): A participant in a matter, who submits real evidence to a court or requests that such evidence be required, shall indicate what facts significant in the matter such evidence can attest to.
(2): Participants in a matter, who request the court to require real evidence shall describe such evidence and indicate their reasons for presuming that the evidence is in the possession of the person referred to.
(3): A court or a judge has the right to require, pursuant to a substantiated request from a participant in the matter, real evidence from State and local government institutions and from other natural or legal persons.
(4): State and local government institutions and other natural or legal persons which cannot submit the required real evidence, or cannot submit such within the time limit specified by the court or the judge, shall notify the court thereof in writing, stating their reasons.

[31 October 2002]

Section 117. Inspection of Real Evidence at the Place of Keeping

If it is impossible or problematic to submit real evidence to the court because of the amount or volume thereof or for other reasons, the court may perform inspection and examination of the real evidence at the place where it is kept or assign performance thereof to a bailiff. [31 October 2002]

Section 118. Storage of Real Evidence

(1): Real evidence shall be appended to the matter file or kept at the real evidence storage facility of the court.
(2): Objects that cannot be delivered to the court shall be kept at their current location. These shall be described and, if necessary, photographed or filmed. The descriptions and recorded images shall be appended to the matter file.
(3): Real evidence that deteriorates rapidly shall be inspected by the court without delay, and participants in the matter shall be notified. After the inspection such real evidence shall be returned to the persons from whom it was obtained.

Section 119. Return of Real Evidence

(1): After a court judgment has come into legal effect, real evidence shall be returned to the persons from whom it was obtained, or transferred to persons who, in accordance with the court judgment, have the right to these things.
(2): Real evidence that may not, in accordance with law or the court judgment, be returned to participants in the matter or persons, from whom it was obtained, shall be transferred by the court to relevant State institutions.
(3): In individual cases real evidence may be returned before the judgment has come into legal effect, provided that this is not detrimental to the adjudicating of the matter.

Section 120. Liability for Failure to Submit Documentary and Real Evidence

If a court has not been notified that the required documentary or real evidence cannot be submitted or has not been submitted for reasons that the court has found to be unjustified, the court may impose a fine, not exceeding twenty-five lats, upon the person at fault. Payment of the fine shall not release such person from the duty to submit the evidence required by the court.

Section 121. Expert-Examination

(1): A court shall order expert-examination in a matter, pursuant to the request of a party, where clarification of facts relevant to the matter requires specific knowledge in science, technology, art or another field. If necessary, a court may order several such examinations.
(2): Expert-examination shall be performed by experts of relevant expert-examination institutions or by other specialists. The parties shall select the expert, by mutual agreement, but if agreement is not

reached within the time limit set by the court, the expert shall be selected by the court. If necessary, several experts may be selected.

(3): Participants in a matter have the right to submit to the court issues regarding which expert opinion must, in their opinion, be provided. The court shall determine issues requiring an expert opinion. The court shall indicate grounds for rejection of issues submitted by participants in a matter.
(4): A court decision regarding the ordering of expert-examination shall specify what issues an expert opinion is required in regard to and whom the performing of the expert-examination has been assigned to.
(5): Expert-examination shall be performed in the court, or outside the court if its performance in the court is not possible or is problematic.

Section 122. Duties and Rights of Experts

(1): A person selected as an expert shall attend pursuant to a court summons.
(2): If an expert who has been summoned fails to attend the court sitting for reasons that the court finds unjustified, the court may impose a fine, not exceeding forty lats, upon the expert.
(3): An expert has the right to review materials in the matter, to question the participants and witnesses in the matter, and to ask the court to require additional materials.
(4): An expert shall provide an objective opinion, in their own name, and shall be personally liable for it.
(5): An expert may refuse to provide an opinion, if the material provided for their examination is not sufficient, or if the questions asked are beyond the scope of the special knowledge of the expert. In such cases the expert shall notify the court, in writing, that it is not possible to provide an opinion.
(6): For refusal to perform their duty without justified cause, or for knowingly providing a false opinion, the expert shall be liable in accordance with the Criminal Law.

Section 123. Withdrawal or Removal of an Expert

(1): An expert may not participate in the adjudicating of a matter, if they have previously been a judge or a participant in the adjudicating of the matter, and in cases as provided for in Section 19, Paragraph one, Clauses 2, 3 and 4 of this Law.
(3): Where the aforementioned facts exist, the expert shall withdraw prior to the commencement of the adjudicating of the matter.
(4): If the expert does not withdraw, participants in the matter shall have the right to apply for removal of the expert on the bases referred to in this Section.
(5): Removal of an expert shall be applied for, and a decision made by the court in regard thereto, in accordance with the procedures prescribed in Sections 20 and 21 of this Law.

Section 124. Expert Opinion

(1): An expert opinion shall be reasoned and the basis thereof provided.
(2): An opinion shall be stated in writing and submitted to the court. There shall be included in an expert opinion a precise description of the examination performed, conclusions formed as a result thereof, and reasoned answers to the questions asked by the court. If, in performing the expert-examination, an expert ascertains facts as are significant in the matter and the expert has not been questioned regarding them, he or she has the right to indicate such facts in their opinion.
(3): If several experts are selected, they have the right to consult with one another. If the experts reach a common opinion, all the experts shall sign it. If the opinions of the experts differ, each expert shall write a separate opinion.

Section 125. Assessment of Expert Opinion

(1): The court shall assess expert opinions in accordance with the provisions of Section 97 of this Law.
(2): If the expert opinion is not clear enough or is incomplete, a court may order a supplementary expert-examination, assigning performance thereof to the same expert.
(3): Where an expert opinion is not substantiated, or the opinions of several experts contradict one another, the court may order a repeated expert-examination, assigning performance thereof to another expert or experts.

Section 126. Opinions of Authorities

An opinion of an authority, summoned in accordance with the procedures set out in Section 89 of this Law, shall be assessed by the court as evidence. Reasons for a court's disagreement with such opinion shall be set out in the adjudication made in the matter. [7 April 2004]

Part B
Court Proceedings in a Court of First Instance

Division Four
Court Proceedings by Way of Action

Chapter 18
Bringing of Actions

Section 127. Persons who may Bring Actions in Court

(1): Any natural person who has reached legal age and has the capacity to act, as well as any legal person, may bring action in court to protect their infringed or disputed rights of a civil nature.
(2): Actions in the interests of minors or persons under trusteeship shall be brought by the legal representatives of such persons, but in cases provided for in Section 72, Paragraph four of this Law, actions may be brought by minors themselves.
(3): A public prosecutor, State or local government institutions, or persons entitled by law to protect the rights or lawful interests of other persons in court, may bring an action in order to protect rights of a civil nature of such persons where such rights are infringed or in dispute.

Section 128. Statement of Claim

(1): An action shall be brought by submitting a written statement of claim to the court. Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)
(2): There shall be set out in a statement of claim: 1) the name of the court to which the statement of claim is submitted; 2) the given name, surname, personal identity number and place of residence of plaintiffs,

and of the plaintiff's representative where the action is brought by the representative, the defendant and third person, but for legal persons – their name, registration number and location (legal address). The personal identity number or registration number of the defendant shall be included, if such is known;

3) the subject-matter of the claim;

4) the amount of the claim, if the claim can be assessed in terms of money, as well as a calculation of the amount being recovered or disputed;

5) the facts on which the plaintiff bases his or her claim, and evidence, which corroborates such facts;

6) the law on which the claim is based;

7) the claims of the plaintiff;

8) a list of documents appended to the statement of claim; and

9) the date of preparing the statement of claim and other information, if such information is

necessary for the adjudicating of the matter.

(3) The statement of claim shall be signed by the plaintiff or their representative. If an action is brought on behalf of the plaintiff by their representative, the statement of claim shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or other document confirming the authorisation of the representative to bring the action.

Section 129. Documents to be Appended to a Statement of Claim

(1): A statement of claim shall be submitted to the court, appending therewith as many true copies as there are defendants and third persons in the matter.
(3): A judge may, depending on the circumstances and nature of the matter, impose a duty upon a plaintiff to submit true copies of the documents appended to the statement of claim in order that they be sent to the defendant and third persons.

Section 130. Submission of a Statement of Claim to the Court

(1): A statement of claim shall be submitted to a court of first instance in accordance with the provisions regarding jurisdiction.
(2): A statement of claim may be submitted by the plaintiff in person, or by a person authorised by the plaintiff. A statement of claim may also be sent by mail.
(3): An authorisation for the submitting of a statement of claim may be included in the statement of claim itself.

Section 131. Taking a Decision Regarding Acceptance of a Statement of Claim and Initiation of a Civil Matter

Upon receipt of a statement of claim in court, a judge shall take a decision within three days regarding:

1) acceptance of the statement of claim and initiation of a matter;

2) refusal to accept the statement of claim; or

3) leaving the statement of claim not proceeded with.

Section 132. Reasons for Non-Acceptance of a Statement of Claim

(1) A judge shall refuse to accept a statement of claim if: 1) the dispute is not within the jurisdiction of the court; 2) the action has been brought by a person who does not have the right to bring an action; 3) the parties have, in accordance with procedures set out by law, agreed to transfer of the

dispute for it to be adjudicated by an arbitration court;

4) there is already a matter pending before the same court or another court, concerning a dispute between the same parties, regarding the same subject-matter, and on the same basis;

5) in a dispute between the same parties, regarding the same subject-matter, and on the same basis, a court judgment or decision has come into lawful effect to terminate the court proceedings because of the withdrawal of the action by the plaintiff, or confirmation of a settlement between the parties;

6) the matter is not within the jurisdiction of this court;

7) the plaintiff has not complied with the procedures in regard to preliminary extrajudicial examination determined for the respective category of matter, or has not taken the measures prescribed by law to resolve the dispute with the defendant prior to action being brought;

8) the statement of claim has been submitted by a person without the capacity to act, or by a person for whom trusteeship has been established in accordance with the provisions of Section 365 of The Civil Law; or

9) the statement of claim has been submitted on behalf of a person who does not have the authority to do so in accordance with procedures set out by law.

(2): A judge shall take a reasoned decision regarding refusal to accept a statement of claim. The decision, together with the submitted statement of claim, shall be issued to the plaintiff.
(3): A decision may be appealed in accordance with procedures set out in this Law.
(4): Refusal by a judge to accept a statement of claim on the basis of Paragraph one, Clauses 6-9 of this Section is not an impediment to the submitting of the same statement of claim to the court after the deficiencies in regard to it have been eliminated.

Section 133. Leaving a Statement of Claim Not Proceeded With

(2): A judge shall take a reasoned decision regarding leaving a statement of claim not proceeded with, send such decision to the plaintiff and set a time limit for rectifying the deficiencies. Such time limit shall be not less than 20 days, counting from the day the decision is sent. The decision of

a judge may be appealed in accordance with the procedures prescribed in this Law. The time limit for appeal shall be counted from the day when the plaintiff receives the decision.

(3): If a plaintiff rectifies the deficiencies within the time limit set, the statement of claim shall be regarded as submitted on the day when it was first submitted to the court.
(4): If a plaintiff does not rectify the deficiencies within the time limit set, the statement of claim shall be considered to not have been submitted and shall be returned to the plaintiff.
(5): Return of a statement of claim to the plaintiff shall not be an impediment to the repeated submission thereof to the court in compliance with the general procedures in regard to submitting statements of claim prescribed in this Law.

Section 134. Joinder of Claims and Civil Matters

(1): A plaintiff has the right to join several mutually related claims in one statement of claim.
(2): If there are before a court more than one similarly constituted matters, involving the same parties, or matters where one plaintiff is bringing an action against several defendants, or several plaintiffs are bringing actions against one and the same defendant, a judge is entitled to join such matters in the same court proceeding, provided such joinder favours quicker and a more correct adjudication of the matters, and the parties do not object.

Section 135. Separation of Claims and Civil Matters

(1): A judge may require a plaintiff to separate out, into a separate action, one or several claims from claims that have been joined, if he or she finds that separate adjudication of such claims will be more appropriate.
(2): The court adjudicating a matter may, pursuant to a decision made by it, separate out, into a separate matter, one or several claims from claims that have been joined, if their adjudication in a single proceeding has become difficult or impossible.

Section 136. Bringing Counterclaims

(1): A defendant is entitled, up to the moment of the closing of adjudication on the merits in a court of first instance, to bring a counterclaim against the plaintiff.
(2): A counterclaim shall be brought in accordance with the general provisions regarding bringing of actions.
(4): A counterclaim accepted by a court shall be adjudicated together with the claims in the initial action.

[19 June 2003]

Chapter 19
Securing Claims

Section 137. Basis for Securing Claims

(1): If there is reason to believe that the execution of a court judgment in a matter may become problematic or impossible, a court or a judge may, pursuant to a reasoned application by the plaintiff, take a decision regarding the securing of a claim. There shall be set out in an application regarding the securing of a claim, the means by which the claim is to be secured.
(2): Securing of claims may be allowed only in claims of a financial nature.
(3): The examination of the issue of securing of a claim may be allowed at any stage of the proceedings, as well as prior to the bringing of court action.

[7 September 2006]

Section 138. Means of Securing Claims

(1) The means by which claims may be secured are: 1) attachment of movable property and monetary funds of the defendant; 2) entering of a prohibitory endorsement in the register of the respective movable property

or any other public register;

3) entering of an endorsement regarding the securing of a claim in the Land Register or Ship Register;

4) arrest of a ship;

5) enjoining the defendant from performing certain actions;

6) attachment of payments (also deposits in credit institutions), which are due from third

persons; and 7) postponement of execution activities (also enjoining bailiffs from transferring money or property to a judgment creditor or debtor, or suspending of sale of property).

(2): In securing a claim by entering of a prohibitory endorsement in the register of the respective movable property or any other public register, the decision shall indicate the way in which the prohibition shall be entered.
(3): If the subject-matter of an action is ownership rights with respect to movable property or immovable property, or the action is directed towards attaining the securing of rights, the securing of the claim shall be made by attaching the disputed movable property or by entering a prohibitory endorsement in the respective immovable property division of the Land Register.
(4): If the subject-matter of an action is property rights in regard to immovable property, the securing of the claim shall be made by entering an encumbrance endorsement in the respective immovable property division of the Land Register.
(5): If the subject-matter of an action is a monetary claim, the securing of such claim with immovable property shall be done by entering a pledge rights endorsement in the respective immovable property division of the Land Register.
(6): Arrest upon a ship shall be applied only for maritime claims.
(7): Suspension of sale of property shall not be allowed in matters where a claim is brought regarding the recovery of money.
(8): In satisfying an application for the securing of a claim, there shall be set out in the decision the amount to which the security extends, but this shall not exceed the amount claimed.
(9): Simultaneous application of several means of securing claims may be allowed, taking into account the provisions of Paragraph eight of this Section.

[31 October 2002; 12 February 2004; 7 September 2006]

Section 139. Securing of Claims Prior to the Bringing of an Action

(1): A potential plaintiff may petition for securing of their claim prior to bringing a court action, and even before an obligation has become due, if the debtor, with the purpose of avoiding performance of their obligation, removes or alienates their property, leaves their place of residence without informing the creditor, or performs other actions which evidence that the debtor is not acting in good faith. When submitting an application for securing a claim prior to bringing a court action, the potential plaintiff shall submit evidence that confirms their rights on the basis of obligations and the necessity of securing the claim.
(2): An application for the securing of a claim before an action is brought shall be submitted to the court in which the action, regarding the claim sought to be secured, is to be brought. If the parties have agreed to submit the dispute to an arbitration court, an application shall be submitted to a court in accordance with the location of the debtor or their property.
(3): In satisfying an application regarding the securing of a claim prior to action being brought, a judge shall set a time period for the plaintiff within which they must submit a statement of claim to the court.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003; 7 September 2006]

Section 140. Adjudication regarding Securing of Claims Issues

(1): A decision regarding an application for securing a claim shall be taken by a court or a judge not later than the day following receipt thereof, without giving prior notice to the defendant and other participants in the matter.
(2): In satisfying an application regarding securing of a claim, a court or judge may require that the plaintiff secure losses which the defendant may suffer because of the claim enforcement, by assigning a certain sum of money to be deposited into the bailiff's deposit account.
(3): On the basis of an application by a participant in the matter, a court may replace the specified means of securing a claim with other means.
(4): In matters in which the subject-matter of an action is a monetary claim, if the defendant has paid into the secured claim amount into the bailiff's deposit account, the court or judge shall replace the accepted means of securing a claim with an attachment of the paid in monetary funds. The replacement of attached movable property with money by paying in a secured claim amount into the bailiff's deposit account shall be deemed to be the replacement of a means of securing a claim.
(5): The securing of a claim may be revoked by the same court on the basis of an application by the parties.
(6): In rejecting a claim, the securing of a claim shall be revoked in the court judgment. The securing of a claim is preserved until the day the judgment comes into lawful effect.
(7): If a claim is left unadjudicated or proceedings are terminated, in the court decision the securing of a claim shall be revoked. The securing of a claim is preserved until the day the judgment comes into lawful effect.
(8): If the decision regarding the securing of a claim has been taken prior to bringing a court action and in the time period specified by the court a court action has not been brought, the judge on the basis of the receipt of an application from the potential plaintiff or defendant shall take a decision regarding the revocation of the security.
(9): The applications referred to in Paragraphs three and five of this Section shall be decided in a court sitting, previously notifying the participants in the matter of this. The non-attendance of such persons shall not be an obstacle to the adjudication of the application.

[7September 2006]

Section 141. Appeal of Decisions taken regarding Securing of Claims Issues

(1): An ancillary complaint may be submitted in regard to the decisions referred to in Section 140, Paragraphs two, three and five of this Law and the decision with which the application for the securing of evidence is refused.
(2): If a decision regarding securing of a claim has been taken in the absence of a participant in the matter, the time period for submitting a complaint shall be calculated from the day the participant receives such decision.

[31 October 2002; 7 September 2006; 14 December 2006]

Section 142. Execution of Decisions taken regarding Securing of Claims Issues

(1): A decision regarding the securing of a claim (Section 140, Paragraph one) shall be executed immediately after it is made. The submission of an ancillary complaint regarding such decision shall not stop the implementation thereof.
(2): A decision regarding the securing of a claim, which has been taken on the conditions specified in Section 140, Paragraph two of this Law, shall be executed after the plaintiff has paid into a bailiff's deposit account the amount specified by the court or judge. The execution documents or a true copy of the decision referred to in Paragraph three of this Section shall be issued after the amount specified by the court has been paid in.
(3): If a claim is secured with immovable property or a ship, or by entering a prohibitory endorsement in a movable property register or any other public register, the court shall issue the plaintiff a true copy of the respective decision with an notation thereon that a true copy of the decision has been issued for the entering of an endorsement in the Land Register, a movable property register or any other relevant public register, but in the case of arrest of a ship – for the detention of the ship in a port.
(4): A decision regarding the securing of a claim by attachment of movable property or monetary funds belonging to the defendant, and which is in the possession of the defendant or a third person shall be executed in accordance with the procedures set out in Chapter 71 of this Law.
(5): In attaching payments, which are due to the defendant from third persons in accordance with a contract (also deposits in credit institutions or other rights of action against the credit institution), the bailiff on the basis of the execution document shall send to such person a request to notify if he or she has a duty to pay any amounts to the defendant, in what amount and time period, as well as to notify that such amounts shall be attached in the amount of the claim, and give an order to pay in the payments the time period of which has come into effect (also sight deposits), into the bailiff's deposit account. Attached payments may be paid out to other persons only in conformity with the calculations of the bailiff who first performed the attachment of the payments.
(6): A decision regarding the securing of a claim by prohibiting the defendant from performing certain actions shall be executed by a bailiff who shall notify the defendant or the relevant third person of the court decision, for which they shall sign, or by sending it by registered mail.
(7): If in matters in which the subject-matter of an action is a monetary claim, the defendant has paid in the claim amount into the bailiff's deposit account, the bailiff shall release from attachment the attached movable property.
(8): The revocation of the means of securing of a claim applied if the securing of the claim is revoked shall be executed on the basis of an order by the bailiff who executed the decision regarding the securing of the claim.
(9): A decision regarding the replacement of a means of securing of a claim shall be executed by a bailiff, firstly securing the claim with the replacement means of securing of a claim and afterwards revoking the replaced means of securing of a claim.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003; 7 September 2006]

Section 143. Compensation for Losses Caused by Securing of a Claim

If a claim made against a defendant is dismissed, the defendant is entitled to demand compensation for losses they have incurred due to the securing of the claim.

Section 144. Setting Aside of Security for a Claim [7 September 2006]

Section 145. Termination of Security for a Claim [7 September 2006]

Section 146. Appeal of a Decision [7 September 2006]

Chapter 20
Preparation of Civil Matters for Trial

[30 October 2002]

Section 147. Preparation of Civil Matters for Trial

(1): In order to ensure timely adjudication of a matter, the judge subsequent to receipt of a statement of claim shall prepare the matter for trial.
(2): Participants in the matter have a duty to participate in preparation of the matter for trial: to answer within the time periods set by the judge his or her requests, to submit written explanations, the necessary evidence and to attend the court pursuant to the summons of the judge.

[30 October 2002]

Section 148. Sending of a Statement of Claim and Attached Documents to the Defendant

(1): After a matter is initiated, the statement of claim and true copies of documents attached thereto (Section 129, Paragraph three) shall be sent, without delay, to the defendant by registered mail, therewith setting the time period for submitting a written explanation — 15-30 days from the day the statement of claim was sent.
(3): The defendant shall attach to the explanation true copies thereof in conformity with the number of participants in the matter and written evidence corroborating the facts on which the objections are based.
(4): After receipt of the explanation a true copy thereof shall be sent without delay to the plaintiff and third persons. If the judge finds it necessary, he or she has the right to request from the plaintiff a response regarding the explanation.

[30 October 2002; 7 September 2006]

Section 149. Actions of a Judge in Preparing a Matter for Trial

(1): After receipt of the explanation or expiry of the time period set for the submission thereof the judge shall decide on the actions for preparation of the matter to be able to adjudicate it in a court sitting.
(2): In preparing a matter for trial the judge shall strive to reconcile the parties.
(4): The judge is entitled to require from the participants in the matter written explanations in order to clarify circumstances of the matter and evidence. Explanations and evidence shall be submitted within the time period specified by the judge.
(5): The judge shall decide the issue regarding participation in the matter of representatives from State and local government institutions and of a public prosecutor, in cases provided for by law, regarding sending of assignments to other courts, as well as perform other necessary procedural actions.
(6): For the performance of the actions specified in this Section the judge may order a preparatory sitting to which the parties and third persons shall be summoned.
(7): If a preparatory sitting is not required the judge shall set the date and time of the court sitting and the persons to be summoned and summonsed to court.
(8): In matters regarding the reinstatement of an employee in work and matters regarding the annulment of an employer’s notice of termination, the date of the court sitting shall be determined not later than 15 days after the receipt of explanations or the end of the time period for the submission thereof or after a preparatory sitting.
(9): In matters regarding the determination of the amount of compensation in cases of the compulsory alienation of immovable property, the date of the court sitting shall be determined within a period of 15 days after the receipt of explanations or the end of the time period for the submission thereof or after a preparatory sitting.

[30 October 2002; 7 April 2004; 9 June 2005]

Section 149.¹ Preparatory Sitting

(1): During a preparatory sitting the judge shall interview participants in the matter regarding the substance of the matter in order to clarify the subject-matter and limits of the dispute, explain to the participants in the matter their procedural rights and duties, the consequences of performing or failing to perform procedural actions, decide issues provided for in Section 149, Paragraphs three, four and five of this Law, strive to reconcile the parties, if necessary, set a time period by which separate procedural actions shall be performed.
(2): If the date of a court sitting has not been set in advance, during the preparatory sitting the judge

thereof for which they shall sign, as well as specify the persons to be summoned and summonsed to the court sitting.

(3) Minutes shall be taken of the preparatory sitting. The minutes shall specify the information regarding the proceedings of the sitting, the substance of the explanations by the participants in the matter and the decisions taken by the judge.

[30 October 2002]

Section 150. Liability of Participants in a Matter

(1): If a participant in a matter without a justified reason fails to submit explanations, does not reply to a request by the judge within the time period set by the judge, the judge may impose a fine not exceeding 50 lats on him or her.
(2): If a participant in a matter without a justified reason fails to attend the preparatory sitting, the judge may impose a fine not exceeding 50 lats on him or her.
(3): If the defendant has failed to submit explanations, has failed to attend the preparatory sitting and has failed to notify the reason for his or her failure to attend, the court at the request of the plaintiff may render a default judgment at the preparatory sitting.

[30 October 2002]

Chapter 21
Trial of Civil Matters

Section 151. Court Sittings

(1): Matters shall be tried at a court sitting presided over by a judge.
(2): A judge shall conduct the trial of a matter so as to ensure equal opportunity for all participants in a matter to participate in the determining of the facts in the matter.
(3): In the course of the trial of a matter, the judge shall strive to reconcile the parties.

Section 152. Procedures in Court Sittings

(1): Participants in a matter, witnesses, experts and interpreters shall, during a court sitting, follow the procedures prescribed in this Law and shall, without objection, comply with the orders of the judge and decisions of the court.
(2): Persons present in the court room of a court shall behave so as not to disrupt the course of the court sitting.
(3): The course of the trial of a matter may be written down or otherwise recorded, without the procedures of the court sitting being disturbed. Photography, filming or videotaping at a court sitting shall be allowed only with the permission of the court. Before deciding such issue, the court shall hear the opinion of the participants in the matter.
(4): The number of persons to be admitted to the court room of a court shall be determined by the court according to the number of places in the room. Relatives of parties and representatives of mass media shall have priority to be present at the adjudication of a matter.
(5): Upon the entrance of the court into the court room and the departure of the court therefrom, all persons present in the court room shall rise.
(6): While providing explanations and opinions to the court, submitting petitions or giving evidence, the participants in the matter, witnesses and experts shall stand up. Derogation from this provision shall be allowed only with the permission of the judge.
(7): All persons present in the courtroom of the court shall stand up while hearing the judgment of the court.

[19 June 2003]

Section 153. Maintaining Order at a Court Sitting

(1): Persons who disturb the order of the court during the time when a matter is being tried shall be warned by the judge.
(2): If participants in the matter, witnesses, experts or interpreters disturb the order of the court repeatedly, the court may impose a fine upon such persons not exceeding fifty lats.
(3): If a public prosecutor or an advocate disturbs the order repeatedly, such a fact shall be reported to a more senior public prosecutor or to the Council of Latvian Sworn Advocates.
(4): If a person who is not a participant in the matter disturbs the order of the court repeatedly, he or she shall be expelled from the courtroom of the court. Such person may also be held liable, as prescribed by law, for contempt of court.

Section 154. Commencement of a Court Sitting

At the time appointed for trial of the matter the court shall enter the court room and the chairperson of the sitting shall open the court sitting, announce what matter is to be adjudicated, and identify the court panel, the court recorder of the court sitting and the interpreter.

Section 155. Verifying Attendance of Participants in the Matter

(1): The court recorder of the court sitting shall inform the court as to which of the summoned and summonsed persons are in attendance, whether persons not attending have been notified of the sitting, and what information has been received regarding the reasons for such persons failing to attend.
(2): The court shall verify the identity of the persons present and the authorisations of representatives.

Section 156. Consequences of Failure to Attend of Participants in a Matter, Witnesses, Experts or Interpreters

(1): If a participant in a matter, witness, expert or an interpreter fails to attend a court sitting, the court shall begin the trial of the matter, provided that there is not a basis for postponing it in accordance with Sections 209 or 210 of this Law.
(2): If a participant in a matter who has failed to attend the court sitting has not given timely notice to the court of the reasons for their failure to attend, the court may impose a fine upon such person not exceeding fifty lats.
(3): If a participant in a matter fails to attend the court sitting for reasons, which the court finds unjustified, the court may impose a fine upon such person not exceeding one hundred lats.
(4): Witnesses and experts who fail to attend a court sitting shall be subject to the procedural sanctions prescribed in Sections 109 and 122 of this Law.

Section 157. Explaining the Duties of Interpreters

(1) The court shall explain to interpreters their duty to translate the explanations, questions,

proceedings, and to translate to such persons the explanations, questions, testimony, applications and petitions of other participants in the matter and the contents of the documents read, the judge's instructions and the court's adjudications.

(2) The court shall warn interpreters that they are liable in accordance with the Criminal Law for refusal to translate, or for knowingly translating falsely.

Section 158. Exclusion of Witnesses from the Court Room of a Court

Witnesses shall be excluded from the courtroom of the court until their examination commences. The chairperson of the sitting shall ensure that the witnesses who have been examined by the court do not communicate with witnesses who have not been examined.

Section 159. Explaining Rights and Duties to Participants in a Matter

(1): The court shall explain to the participants in a matter their procedural rights and duties.
(2): In the course of adjudicating a matter, the court shall explain to the parties and third persons the consequences of performing or failing to perform procedural actions.

Section 160. Decisions Regarding Removal

(1): The court shall ascertain whether the participants in the matter wish to remove a judge, public prosecutor, court recorder of the court sitting, expert or interpreter.
(2): Applications regarding removal shall be decided by the court in accordance with the procedures prescribed in Section 21 of this Law.

Section 161. Explaining Rights and Duties to Experts

The court shall explain to experts their rights and duties and warn them that for refusal to provide an opinion, or knowingly providing a false opinion, an expert is liable in accordance with the Criminal Law.

Section 162. Decisions Regarding Petitions Submitted by Participants in a Matter

The court shall ascertain whether the participants in the matter have petitions related to the trial of the matter and decide on such after hearing the opinion of other participants in the matter.

Section 163. Commencement of Adjudicating a Matter on the Merits

(1): Adjudicating a matter on the merits shall commence with the judge's report regarding the circumstances of the matter.
(2): After the judge's report, the court shall ascertain whether the plaintiffs maintain their claim, whether defendants admit a claim, and whether both parties wish to enter into a settlement or to transfer the matter for adjudication to an arbitration court.

Section 164. Withdrawal of a Claim, Admission of a Claim, Settlement, Agreement to Transfer a Matter to Arbitration Court

(1) Withdrawal of a claim or admission of a claim shall be recorded in the minutes of the court

sitting and signed respectively by the plaintiff or by the defendant.
Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

(2): If withdrawal of a claim or admission of a claim is expressed in a written application addressed to the court, such application shall be appended to the matter file.
(3): A settlement shall be submitted to the court in writing and appended to the matter file.
(4): Agreement to transfer a matter to an arbitration court shall be drawn up in writing and appended to the matter file.
(5): The court shall take a decision regarding withdrawal of a claim by the plaintiff, agreement of the parties to transfer the matter to an arbitration court, as well as a settlement of the parties, and such decision shall simultaneously terminate the court proceedings in the matter. The provisions of a settlement shall be set out in a decision by which the settlement is confirmed.
(6): The court shall take a reasoned decision regarding a refusal to confirm a settlement, and shall continue to adjudicate the matter on the merits.
(7): So long as the adjudicating of a matter on the merits is not completed, it shall be possible to withdraw a claim, admit a claim, enter into a settlement or an agreement to transfer the dispute for it to be adjudicated in an arbitration court.

Section 165. Explanations by Participants in the Matter

(1): In a court sitting participants in the matter shall provide explanations in the following order: plaintiffs, third persons with independent claims, defendants.
(2): If a third person without an independent claim participates in the proceedings, he or she shall provide explanations after the plaintiff or after the defendant, depending on whose side the third person participates in the matter.
(3): If an action has been brought by a public prosecutor, a State or local government institution, or a person to whom the right to defend the rights and lawful interests of other persons in court has been conferred by law, they shall be the first to provide explanations at the court sitting.
(4): Representatives of participants in the matter shall provide explanations on behalf of the persons they represent.
(5): Participants in the matter shall state in their explanations all the facts upon which their claims or objections are based.

[31 October 2002]

Section 166. Written Explanations of Participants in a Matter

(1): Participants in a matter have the right to submit their explanations to the court in writing.
(2): Written explanations of participants in a matter shall be read at the court sitting in accordance with the order set out in Section 165 of this Law, and shall be appended to the matter file.

Section 167. Order of Questions Being Put

(1): With the permission of the court, participants in a matter may put questions to each other. The court may reject questions, which are not relevant to the matter.
(2): The judge may put questions to participants in the matter, if a participant expresses himself or herself obscurely or indefinitely, or if it is not evident from the explanations whether or not the participant admits or denies the facts on which the claims or objections of the other party are based.
(3): If a party refuses to answer a question regarding disputable facts, or refuses to provide explanations regarding such, the court may assume that the party does not dispute such facts.

Section 168. Determining the Procedure for Examination of Evidence

After hearing the explanations and opinion of the participants in the matter, the court shall determine the procedure for the examining of witnesses and experts and for examination of other evidence.

Section 169. Warning of Witnesses

(1): Before questioning a witness, the court shall determine their identity and warn them regarding their liability for refusing to testify or for knowingly providing false testimony, as well as explain the substance of Section 107 of this Law.
(2): Before being examined, a witness shall sign a warning regarding such substance: "I, . . (given name and surname of the witness), undertake to testify to the court about everything I know regarding the matter in which I am called as a witness. It has been explained to me that for refusing to testify or for knowingly giving intentionally false testimony I may be criminally liable in accordance with the Criminal Law."
(3): The warning signed by the witness shall be appended to the minutes of the court sitting.
(4): The judge shall explain to witnesses who have not attained the age of 14 years, their duty to testify truthfully and to tell all they know regarding the matter, but shall not warn such a witness about liability for refusing to testify or knowingly giving false testimony.

Section 170. Examination of Witnesses

(1): Each witness shall be examined separately.
(2): The witnesses designated by the plaintiff shall be examined first and the witnesses designated by the defendant thereafter. The order of the examination of the witnesses designated by a party shall be determined by the court, taking into account the opinion of such party.
(3): A witness shall give testimony and answer questions orally.
(4): The court shall determine the relationship of the witness with the parties and third persons and ask the witness to tell the court everything that he or she personally knows regarding the matter and to avoid providing information the source of which he or she cannot identify, as well as expressing his or her own assumptions and conclusions. The court may interrupt the narrative of a witness, if the witness speaks about facts not relevant to the matter.
(5): With the permission of the court, participants in the matter may put questions to the witness. Questions shall be put first by the participant at whose request the witness was called, and thereafter by other participants in the matter.
(6): The judge may put questions to the witness at any time during the examination of the witness. During the examination of a witness, questions may also be put to the participants in the matter.
(7): The court may examine a witness a second time during the same or at another court sitting, as well as confront witnesses with each other.
(8): If the facts for the determining of which witnesses were called have been determined, the court, with the consent of the participants in the matter, upon taking an appropriate decision regarding this, may waive examining the witnesses in attendance. The consent of the participants in the matter shall be recorded in the minutes of the sitting and shall be signed by each participant in the matter.

Section 171. Right of a Witness to Use Written Notes

When giving testimony, a witness may use written notes, if the testimony is in connection with calculations or other data, which are difficult to remember. Such notes shall be shown to the Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

court and to the participants in the matter and may, pursuant to a court decision, be appended to the matter file.

Section 172. Examination of Witnesses who are Minors

(1): The examination of a minor shall be conducted, at the discretion of the court, in the presence of a lawful representative or a teacher. Such persons may put questions to the witness who is a minor.
(2): In cases where it is necessary to determine the facts of a matter, any participant in the matter or any person present in the courtroom may, pursuant to a court decision, be sent out of the courtroom during the examining of a witness who is a minor. After a participant in the matter returns to the courtroom, he or she shall be acquainted with the testimony of the minor witness and shall be given an opportunity to put questions to the witness.
(3): Witnesses who have not reached the age of 15 years shall be sent out of the courtroom after their examination, except in cases where the court finds that it is necessary that such a witness be present in the courtroom.

Section 173. Reading the Testimony of a Witness

The testimony of a witness obtained in accordance with the procedures regarding the securing of evidence or regarding court assignments, or at a prior court sitting, shall be read during the court sitting at which the matter is being tried.

Section 174. Duties of Witnesses who have been Examined

Witnesses who have been examined shall remain in the courtroom until the end of the trial of the matter. They may leave the courtroom before the end of the trial of the matter only pursuant to a court decision, taken after hearing the opinion of the participants in the matter.

Section 175. Examination of Expert Opinions and Examining Experts

(1): An expert opinion shall be read at the court sitting.
(2): The court and the participants in the matter may put questions to the expert in the same order as with respect to witnesses.
(3): In cases referred to in Section 125 of this Law the court may order additional or repeat expert-examination.

Section 176. Appending of Documentary Evidence to the Matter File

The court shall decide issues regarding the appending of documentary evidence to the matter file after it has acquainted the participants in the matter with the substance of such evidence and has heard their opinion.

Section 177. Examination of Documentary Evidence

(1): Documentary evidence or the minutes of the examination thereof shall be read at the court sitting or presented to the participants in the matter, and, if necessary, also to experts and witnesses.
(2): Personal correspondence may be read at an open court sitting only with the consent of the persons involved in such correspondence. If no such consent has been given, or if the persons are deceased, such evidence shall be read and examined in a closed court sitting.

Section 178. Disputing of Documentary Evidence

(1): Participants in a matter may dispute the veracity of documentary evidence.
(2): Documentary evidence may not be disputed by the person who himself or herself has signed such evidence. Such a person may dispute the evidence by bringing an independent action, if their signature was obtained under the influence of duress, threat or fraud.
(3): The veracity of Land Register entries, notarised documents or other acts certified in accordance with procedures specified by law may not be disputed. Such may be disputed by bringing an independent action.
(4): The submitter of disputed documentary evidence shall explain at the same court sitting whether they wish to use such documentary evidence or whether they request that it be excluded from the evidence.
(5): If a participant in the matter wishes to use the disputed evidence, the court shall decide as to allowing its use after comparing such evidence with other evidence in the matter.

Section 179. Application Regarding Forgery of Documentary Evidence

(1): A participant in a matter may submit a substantiated application regarding forgery of documentary evidence.
(2): The person who has submitted such evidence may request the court to exclude it.
(3): In order to examine an application regarding forgery of documentary evidence, the court may order an expert-examination or require other evidence.
(4): If the court finds that the documentary evidence has been forged, it shall exclude such evidence and notify a public prosecutor about the fact of forgery.
(5): If the court finds that a participant in the matter has, without good cause, initiated a dispute regarding the forgery of documentary evidence it may impose a fine on such a participant not exceeding one hundred lats.

Section 180. Examination of Real Evidence

(1): Real evidence shall be inspected at the court sitting and presented to the participants in the matter, and, where necessary, also to experts and witnesses.
(2): Participants in the matter may provide explanations regarding real evidence and express their opinions and requests.
(3): Minutes of the inspection of real evidence, written pursuant to the procedures for securing evidence or a court assignment, shall be read at the court sitting.

Section 181. Inspection and Examination of Evidence on Site

(1): If documentary or real evidence cannot be brought to the court, the court shall take, pursuant to the petition of a participant in the matter, a decision on inspection and examination of such evidence at the site where it is located.
(2): The court shall notify the participants in the matter of an inspection on site. The failure of such persons to attend shall not be an impediment to performing the inspection.
(3): In conducting an inspection on site, the court may summon experts and witnesses.
(4): The course of the inspection shall be recorded in the court sitting minutes, to which shall be appended plans, technical drawings and representations of the real evidence prepared and examined during the inspection.

Section 182. Opinion of an Authority

(1): After the evidence has been examined, the court shall hear the opinion of the authorities participating in the proceedings in accordance with law or a court decision.
(2): The court and the participants in the matter may put questions to representative of such authorities concerning their opinion.

[7 April 2004]

Section 183. Closing the Adjudicating on the Merits of a Matter

(1): After all submitted evidence has been examined, the court shall ascertain the opinion of the participants in the matter regarding the possibility of closing the adjudicating on the merits of the matter.
(2): If it is not necessary to examine additional evidence, the court shall determine whether plaintiffs maintain their claim and whether the parties wish to enter into a settlement.
(3): If a plaintiff does not withdraw his or her claim and the parties do not wish to make a settlement, the court shall declare that the adjudicating on the merits of the matter is closed, and proceed to court argument.

Section 184. Court Argument

(1): In court argument plaintiffs or their representatives shall speak first, followed by defendants or their representative. Public prosecutors, representatives of State or local government institutions and persons who have come to the court in order to defend the rights and interests protected by law of other persons, shall be the first to speak at the court argument.
(2): If third persons with independent claims regarding the subject-matter of the dispute are participating in the matter, such persons or their representatives shall speak after the parties.
(3): Third persons without independent claims regarding the subject-matter of the dispute, or their representative, shall speak after plaintiffs or defendants on whose side the third person is participating in the matter.
(4): Participants in the court argument are not entitled to refer in their statements to such facts and evidence as have not been examined at the court sitting.
(5): The court may interrupt a participant in the argument, if the participant discusses facts not relevant to the matter.

Section 185. Reply

(1) After the participants in the matter referred to in Section 184 of this Law have spoken in the
argument, each of them has the right to one reply.
((2) The court may limit the time for reply.

Section 186. Opinion of the Public Prosecutor

If a public prosecutor who has not brought an action participates in the proceedings, he or she shall, subsequent to the court argument and comments, provide an opinion regarding the validity of the claim.

Section 187. Deliberation by the Court

(1): Following the court argument, the replies and the opinion of the public prosecutor, the court shall retire to the deliberation room to render judgment, prior thereto notifying the persons present in the courtroom thereof.
(2): If in a complicated matter, the court acknowledges that in this court sitting it is not possible to render a judgment, it shall determine the next court sitting in which it shall notify the judgment within the nearest 14 day time period.

[19 June 2003]

Section 188. Resuming the Adjudicating on the Merits of a Matter

(1): If, during deliberation, the court finds it necessary to determine new facts that are significant in the matter or to further examine existing or new evidence, it shall resume the adjudicating on the merits of the matter.
(2): In such case the court sitting shall continue in accordance with the procedures prescribed in this Chapter.

Chapter 22
Judgments

Section 189. General Provisions

(1): A court adjudication, by which a matter is adjudged on the merits, shall be made by the court in the form of a judgment and pronounced in the name of the Republic of Latvia.
(2): A judgment shall be rendered and pronounced after the adjudication of a matter.
(3): A judgment must be lawful and well-founded.
(4): No direct or indirect interference with the rendering of a judgment, or exerting of influence upon the court, shall be permitted.

[19 June 2003]

Section 190. Lawfulness and Basis of Judgment

(1): [19 June 2003]
(2): In the deliberation of judges only those judges may be present who are in the court panel for the matter being adjudicated.

[19 June 2003]

Section 191. Procedures for Rendering Judgment

(1): The court shall render judgment in the deliberation room.
(2): While a judgment is being rendered, only judges who are members of the court panel in such matter may be present in the deliberation room.
(3): If a judgment is made collegially, the chairperson of the court sitting shall be the last to state his or her opinion.
(4): In rendering judgment, the court shall adopt all adjudications with a majority vote. All the judges shall sign the judgment.
(5): The judgment in a matter adjudicated by a single judge shall be signed by the judge.
(6): After the judgment has been signed, no alterations or changes shall be permitted. Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)
(7): No erasures or blockings out shall be permitted in a judgment, but corrections or written additions shall be justified before all the judges sign it.

Section 192. Observance of Claim Limits

The court shall make a judgment regarding the subject-matter of the action set out in the action, and on the basis specified in the action, not exceeding the extent of what is claimed.

Section 193. Form and Contents of a Judgment

(1): A judgment shall be drawn up in writing.
(2): A judgment shall consist of an introductory part, a descriptive part, a reasoned part and an operative part.
(3): The introductory part shall set out that the judgment is made in the name of the Republic of Latvia, as well as the date when the judgment was rendered, the name of the court rendering the judgment, the court panel, the court recorder of the court sitting, the participants in the matter and the subject-matter of the dispute.
(4): The descriptive part shall set out the claim of the plaintiff, the counterclaim of the defendant, objections, and the substance of the explanations provided by participants in the matter.
(5): The reasoned part shall state the facts established in the matter, the evidence on which the conclusions of the court are based, and the arguments by which such evidence, or other evidence, has been rejected. This part shall also set out the regulatory enactments, which the court has acted pursuant to, and a judicial assessment of the facts determined in the matter, as well as the conclusions of the court regarding the validity or invalidity of the claim. If the defendant has fully recognised the claim, the reasoned part of the judgment shall include only an indication of the regulatory enactments, which the court has acted pursuant to.
(6): The operative part shall set out the adjudication of the court regarding the complete or partial allowing of the claim, or the complete or partial dismissal thereof and the substance of the judgment. Furthermore, it shall set out by whom, and to what extent, court costs shall be paid, the time periods for the voluntary execution of the judgment if the court has specified such, as well as the time periods and procedures for appeal of the judgment.

[17 February 2005; 7 September 2006]

Section 194. Abbreviated Judgment

In a complicated matter, the court may prepare an abbreviated judgment consisting of an introductory part and an operative part. In such case, the court shall prepare a full judgment within 14 days.

Section 195. Judgments regarding Recovery of Monetary Amounts

In rendering a judgment regarding recovery of monetary amounts, the court shall set out in the operative part thereof the type of claim and the amount to be recovered, indicating separately the principal debt and the interest, the time period for which the interest has been adjudged and the rights of the plaintiff regarding receipt of interest for the time period prior to execution of the judgment (the day of an auction), with reference also to the extent thereof.

Section 196. Judgments regarding Recovery of Property in Specie

In rendering judgment regarding recovery of property in specie, the court shall set out in the operative part thereof the specific property and stipulate that in the case of the non-existence of the property its value shall be recovered from the defendant, referring to the specific amount.

Section 197. Judgments Imposing a Duty to Perform Specific Actions

(1): In a judgment, which imposes a duty to perform specific actions, the court shall state specifically who is to perform them, what actions are to be performed and the time period within which they are to be performed.
(2): In making a judgment which imposes a duty on the defendant to perform specific actions not related to the providing of property or amounts of money, the court may set out in the judgment that if the defendant does not perform the said actions within the specified time period, the plaintiff is entitled to perform such actions at the expense of the defendant, and thereafter recover payment from the defendant for expenditures necessitated.

Section 198. Judgments in Favour of Several Plaintiffs or against Several Defendants

(1): In a judgment in favour of several plaintiffs, the court shall set out which part of the judgment refers to each of them, or that the right to recovery are solidary.
(2): In a judgment against several defendants, the court shall state which part of the judgment shall be executed by each of them, or that their liability is solidary.

Section 199. Pronouncement of Judgment

(1): After the judgment is signed, the court shall return to the court room of the court where the judge shall pronounce the judgment by reading it.
(2): After pronouncing the judgment the judge shall explain its substance and the procedures and time periods for appeal.
(3): In pronouncing an abbreviated judgment, the court shall announce the date by which a full judgment shall be prepared.

Section 200. Correction of Clerical and Mathematical Calculation Errors

(1): The court may, upon its own initiative or upon an application of a participant in the matter, correct clerical and mathematical calculation errors in the judgment. An issue regarding correction of mistakes shall be examined at a court sitting, upon prior notice to the participants in the matter. The failure of such persons to attend is not an impediment to the examining of the issue.
(2): Clerical and mathematical calculation errors in the judgment shall be corrected pursuant to a decision of the court.
(3): A participant in the matter may submit an ancillary complaint regarding a decision to correct a mistake in the judgment.

Section 201. Supplementary Judgment

(1) The court that renders a judgment in a matter is entitled, upon its own initiative or pursuant to the application of a participant in the matter, to render a supplementary judgment if:

1) judgment has not been rendered regarding any of the claims for which the participants have submitted evidence and provided explanations; or

2) the court has not specified the amount of money adjudged, the property to be transferred, the actions to be performed, or compensation for court costs.

(2): The rendering of a supplementary judgment may be initiated within the time period prescribed by law for appealing the court judgment.
(3): The court shall notify the participants in the matter about the date and place such issue is to be adjudicated. The failure of such persons to attend is not an impediment to deciding the issue regarding the rendering of a supplementary judgment.
(4): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding a court decision to refuse to render a supplementary judgment.

Section 202. Explanation of Judgment

(1): The court that has rendered a judgment may, pursuant to the application of a participant in the matter, take a decision explaining the judgment without changing its substance.
(2): Explanation of a judgment shall be permitted, if the judgment has not yet been executed and the time period for its compulsory execution has not expired.
(3): An issue regarding explanation of a court judgment shall be adjudicated in a court sitting upon prior notice to the participants in the matter. The failure of such persons to attend is not an impediment to the adjudication of the issue.
(4): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding a court decision concerning explanation of a judgment.

Section 203. Coming into Lawful Effect of a Judgment

(1): A court judgment shall come into lawful effect when the time period for its appeal in accordance with appellate procedures has expired and no appeal has been submitted. If an appellate instance court has left an appellate complaint unadjudicated or closed appellate proceedings, the judgment shall come into effect from the time the respective decision is pronounced.
(2): If a part of a judgment is appealed, the judgment shall come into effect regarding the part, which has not been appealed, after expiration of the time period for its appeal.
(3): After a judgment has come into lawful effect, the participants in the matter or their successors in interest are not entitled to dispute at other court proceedings the facts established by the court, as well as to bring court action anew regarding the same subject-matter and on the same basis, except in the cases specified in this Law.
(4): If, after a judgment imposing regular payments on a defendant has come into lawful effect, there is a change of circumstances affecting the determination of the amount or duration of payments, either party is entitled to request that the amount or time period of payments be varied, by submitting a new claim.
(5): A judgment that has come into lawful effect shall have the force of law, it is compulsory and may be executed throughout the territory of the State, and it may be set aside only in cases, and in accordance with procedures, prescribed by law.

[7 September 2006]

Section 204. Execution of Judgments

A judgment shall be executed after it has come into lawful effect, except in cases where the judgment is to be executed without delay. Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

Section 204.^¹ Voluntary Executions of Judgments

(1): In rendering a judgment regarding the recovery of amounts of money, the return of property in kind, the eviction of persons and property from premises and the recovery of court costs, a court shall determine a time period for the voluntary execution of the judgment, except in cases where the judgment is to be executed without delay.
(2): The time period for the voluntary execution of a judgment may not be longer than 10 days from the day of the coming into effect of the judgment.

[17 February 2005]

Section 205. Judgments to be Executed without Delay

(1) Pursuant to the request of a participant in the matter, the court may state in the judgment that the

following judgments shall be executed, fully or with regard to a specified part, without delay:

1) regarding recovery of child support;

2) regarding recovery of remuneration for work;

3) regarding reinstatement to employment;

4) regarding compensation for mutilation or other injury to health;

5) regarding recovery of means of support as a result of the death of a person who had a duty to support someone;

6) in matters where the defendant has admitted the claim; and

7) in matters where delayed enforcement of the judgment may, due to special

circumstances, cause substantial losses for the judgment creditor, or recovery itself may become impossible.

(2) Immediate execution of a judgment provided for in Paragraph one, Clause 7 of this Section shall be permitted only by requiring adequate security from the judgment creditor in the event that an appellate instance court varies the judgment.

Section 206. Postponement, Division into Time Periods, Varying of the Form and Procedure of Execution of a Judgment

(1): The court which has rendered a judgment in a matter is entitled pursuant to the application of a participant in the matter and taking into account the financial situation of the parties, children's rights or other circumstances, to take a decision to postpone the execution of a judgment or divide it into time periods, as well as to vary the form and procedures of a judgment.
(2): The application shall be adjudicated at a court sitting upon prior notice to the participants in the matter. The failure of such persons to attend is not an impediment to the adjudication of the application.
(3): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding a court decision to postpone the execution of a judgment or divide it into time periods, or to vary the form and procedures of a judgment.

[14 December 2006]

Section 207. Securing the Execution of a Judgment

Pursuant to the application of participants in a matter the court, in order to secure the execution of a judgment, may order in the judgment the measures provided for in Section 138 of this Law. [7 September 2006]

Section 208. Sending of a True Copy of the Judgment to the Participants in the Matter

(1): A true copy of the judgment shall be sent to the participants in the matter who have not attended the court sitting, not later than three days after the judgment has been pronounced, but where an abbreviated judgment is pronounced – within three days after a full judgment has been drawn up.
(2): If a participant in the matter has been present at the court sitting and the court has pronounced an abbreviated judgment, the court shall send to the participant, pursuant to his or her written request, a true copy of the full judgment within three days of the full judgment being drawn up.

Chapter 22.^¹Default Judgment

[31 October 2002]

Section 208.¹Default Judgment

(1): A default judgment is a judgment, which is rendered, at the request of the plaintiff, by the court of first instance in a matter where the defendant has failed to provide explanations regarding the claim and has failed to attend pursuant to the court summons without notifying the reason for the failure to attend.
(2): A default judgment shall be rendered by the court on the basis of the explanations by the plaintiff and the materials in the matter if the court recognises such as sufficient for settling of the dispute.
(4): Provisions regarding the default judgment shall not apply to the special adjudication procedures.

[30 October 2002]

Section 208.²Form and Contents of a Default Judgment

(1): A court shall render and draw up a default judgment in accordance with the procedures specified in Sections 189-198 of this Law, taking into account the features provided for by this Section.
(2): The fact that the judgment is made by default shall be indicated in the title thereof.
(3): The descriptive part of a default judgment shall set out the claims of the plaintiff, the substance of the explanation of the defendant and the procedural basis for rendering such judgment.
(4): The operative part of a default judgment in addition to the provisions prescribed in Section 193, Paragraph six of this Law shall set out that the plaintiff is entitled to appeal the judgment in accordance with appellate procedures, but the defendant is entitled, within 20 days from the day the default judgment was sent, to submit to the court which rendered the default judgment an application regarding renewal of court proceedings and adjudicating of the matter de novo. [30 October 2002]

Section 208.³ Sending of a True Copy of the Default Judgment to the Defendant

A true copy of the default judgment shall be sent to the defendant by registered mail.

[30 October 2002]

Section 208.⁴ Appeal of a Default Judgment

(1): A plaintiff is entitled to appeal a default judgment in accordance with the appellate procedures.
(2): A defendant is not entitled to appeal a default judgment in accordance with the appellate procedures.

[30 October 2002]

Section 208.⁵ Renewal of Court Proceedings and Adjudicating of the Matter de novo

(1): A defendant is entitled, within 20 days from the day a default judgment was sent, to submit to the court, which rendered the default judgment an application regarding renewal of court proceedings and adjudicating of the matter de novo.
(2): In an application shall be set out: 1) the name of the court that rendered the default judgment; 2) the given name, surname, personal identity number and place of residence of the

defendant but for a legal person — its name, registration number and location (legal address); 3) the date when the default judgment was rendered and the substance thereof; 4) reasons due to which the defendant did not participate in the matter; 5) objections of the defendant against the claim and judgment, grounds for the objections; 6) evidence corroborating the objections and the grounds thereof, the law on which they are

based; 7) a petition regarding acceptance of evidence or requiring thereof; and 8) a petition to renew court proceedings in the matter and adjudicate the matter de novo.

(4): The application shall have appended true copies thereof and true copies of documentary evidence for sending to the plaintiff and third persons.

[30 October 2002]

Section 208.⁶ Leaving Applications Not Proceeded With

(2): A judge shall take a reasoned decision regarding leaving an application not proceeded with a true copy of which shall be sent to the defendant by registered mail and shall stipulate a time period of at least 20 days for rectification of deficiencies. The time period shall be calculated from the day when the decision was sent. The decision may be appealed in accordance with the procedures set out in this Law. The time period for appeal shall be calculated from the day when the decision is

received. If no other date of receipt is determined it shall be considered that the defendant received a true copy of the decision on the seventh day from the day it was sent.

(3): If the defendant does not rectify the deficiencies within the time period stipulated by the judge, the application shall be deemed as not submitted and shall be returned to the defendant. The decision regarding the return of the application may not be appealed.
(4): If the application is returned to the defendant, he or she has no right to submit the application to the court repeatedly.

[30 October 2002]

Section 208.⁷ Actions of a Judge after Acceptance of the Application

(1): Having recognised that the application complies with the requirements of Section 208.⁵ of this Law, the judge shall notify the plaintiff and third persons of the application and send them true copies of the application and the documents attached thereto.
(2): The judge shall examine the application within seven days after receipt thereof and take one of the following decisions:

1) regarding renewal of court proceedings and adjudicating of the matter de novo if it is recognised that the adjudicating of the matter without participation of the defendant and examination of his or her applied evidence has led or may have led to an erroneous adjudging of the matter; or

2) regarding dismissal of the application if it is recognised that adjudicating of the matter de novo does not have the grounds specified in Paragraph two, Clause 1 of this Section.

(3): The judge shall specify in the decision regarding renewal of court proceedings and adjudicating of the matter de novo the day and time of the court sitting and the persons to be summoned and summonsed to the court.
(4): If a decision regarding renewal of court proceedings and adjudicating of the matter de novo has been taken and the plaintiff has submitted an appellate complaint with respect to the default judgment, the complaint shall be returned to the plaintiff.
(5): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding the decision by which an application is
dismissed. A decision regarding renewal of court proceedings and adjudicating of the matter de
novo may not be appealed.
[30 October 2002]

Section 208.⁸ Coming into Lawful Effect of a Default Judgment

(1): A default judgment shall come into lawful effect if within the time period set out by law no appellate complaint has been submitted and no application regarding renewal of court proceedings and adjudicating of the matter de novo has been submitted.
(2): If the application regarding renewal of court proceedings has been dismissed and an appellate complaint with respect to the court decision has not been submitted, a default judgment shall come into effect after the time period for appeal of the decision of the judge has expired.
(3): If the decision of the judge regarding dismissal of the application is appealed and the appellate instance court has left it unvaried, a default judgment shall come into effect from the moment the decision of the appellate instance court is pronounced.

[30 October 2002]

Section 208.⁹ Adjudicating of Matters de novo

If a decisions regarding renewal of court proceedings and adjudicating of the matter de novo has been taken, a default judgment shall not come into effect and the matter shall be adjudicated de novo in full in accordance with the procedures provided for in Chapter 21 of this Law. The restriction on the judge prescribed by this Law to participate in adjudicating of a matter de novo shall not apply to this case. [30 October 2002]

Chapter 23
Postponement of Adjudication of a Matter

Section 209. Duty of the Court to Postpone Adjudication of a Matter

The court shall postpone adjudication of a matter if:

1) any participant in the matter is absent from the court sitting and has not been notified of the time and place of the court sitting;

2) any participant in the matter, who has been notified of the time and place of the court sitting, is absent from the court sitting because of reasons that the court finds justified;

3) the defendant has not received a true copy of the statement of claim and as a consequence petitions for postponement of adjudication of the matter;

4) it is necessary to summon, as a participant in the matter, a person whose rights or lawful interests might be infringed by the judgment of the court; or 5) in a case provided for in Section 240 of this Law.

Section 210. Right of the Court to Postpone Adjudication of a Matter

(1) The court may postpone adjudication of a matter if: 1) a plaintiff who has been notified of the time and place of the court sitting fails to attend the court sitting for reasons which are unknown; 2) a defendant who has been notified of the time and place of the court sitting fails to attend the court sitting for reasons which are unknown;

3) it is found that adjudication of the matter is impossible because of the failure to attend of a participant in the matter, whose participation in the adjudication of the matter is compulsory in accordance with law, or of a witness, expert or interpreter; or

4) pursuant to a petition of a participant in the matter, in order that the participant be given the opportunity to provide additional evidence.

(2) For the reason set out in Paragraph one, Clauses 1 or 2 of this Section, the court may postpone adjudication of a matter not more than once.

Section 211. Decision on Postponement of Adjudication of a Matter

(1): A decision on postponement of the adjudication of a matter shall be recorded in the minutes of the court sitting.
(2): In a decision on postponement of the adjudication of a matter all the procedural actions as must be performed prior to the next court sitting shall be mentioned, and the date of the next court sitting stipulated.
(3): The court shall inform the persons attending the court sitting about the date of the next court sitting, for which such persons shall sign. Persons not present shall be again summoned or summonsed to the court sitting.
(4): A decision to postpone adjudication of a matter may not be appealed, except for a decision in which the date of the next court sitting is not stipulated.

Section 212. Examination of Witnesses if Adjudication of a Matter is Postponed

(1): If all participants in the matter are present at the court sitting, the court may, upon postponing the adjudication of the matter, examine the witnesses who are present.
(2): Where necessary, witnesses who have been examined may be summonsed to the next court sitting.

Section 213. Recommencement of Adjudication of a Matter [7 September 2006]

Chapter 24
Stay of Court Proceedings in Civil Matters

Section 214. Duty of the Court to Stay Court Proceedings

The court shall stay court proceedings if:

1) a natural person has died or a legal person has ceased to exist, which person is a party or third person with independent claims in the matter, and if rights in connection with the disputed legal relations are capable of being assumed;

2) a party or third person has lost capacity to act;

3) a party or third person is no longer able to participate in the adjudication of the proceeding because of serious illness, old age or disability;

4) the court takes a decision regarding the submission of an application to the Constitutional Court or also the Constitutional Court has initiated a matter in relation to the constitutional complaint submitted by the parties or a third person;

4¹) it takes a decision regarding the assigning of a matter to the European Court of Justice for the rendering of a preliminary ruling; or

5) adjudication of the proceeding is not possible prior to the deciding of another matter, which is required to be adjudicated in accordance with civil, criminal or administrative procedures. [20 June 2001; 7 April 2004; 7 September 2006]

Section 215. Right of a Court to Stay Court Proceedings

The court, pursuant to the initiative of a participant, or on its own initiative, may stay the court proceedings if:

1) a party or a third person with independent claims is outside the borders of Latvia in connection with lengthy official business, or the performing of duties for the State;

2) a search for a defendant has been announced;

3) a party or a third person with independent claims is unable to participate in the adjudication of the matter due to illness;

4) the court orders an expert-examination; or

5) the parties have mutually agreed to stay the proceedings and a third person with independent claims does not object.

Section 216. Duration of Stay of Court Proceedings

Court proceedings shall be stayed:

1) in cases provided for in Section 214, Clause 1 of this Law – until determination of a successor in interest or appointment of a lawful representative;

2) in cases provided for in Section 214, Clause 2 of this Law – until the appointment of a lawful representative;

3) in cases provided for in Section 214, Clause 3 of this Law – until the date set by the court to formalise representation;

4) in cases provided for in Section 214, Clauses 4, 4¹ and 5 of this Law – until the adjudication of the Constitutional Court or the European Court of Justice or a court in the civil matter, criminal matter or administrative matter comes into lawful effect;

5) in cases provided for in Section 215, Clauses 1-4 of this Law – until the time when the conditions mentioned in these paragraphs are no longer in effect; and

6) in cases provided for in Section 215, Clause 5 of this Law – for the time period stipulated in the court decision. [20 June 2001; 7 April 2004]

Section 217. Decision Regarding Stay of Court Proceedings

(1): In regard to staying court proceedings, the court shall take a reasoned decision, which shall be drawn up in the form of a separate procedural document.
(2): In the decision shall be set out the conditions, until the coming into effect or ceasing of which the court proceedings have been stayed, or the time period for which the court proceedings have been stayed.
(3): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding a court decision to stay court proceedings.

Section 218. Renewal of Court Proceedings

Court proceedings shall be renewed by the court pursuant to a decision on its own initiative or pursuant to the application of a participant in the matter.

Chapter 25
Leaving Claims Unadjudicated

Section 219. Duty of the Court to Leave a Claim Unadjudicated

The court shall leave a claim unadjudicated if:

1) the plaintiff has not complied with the preliminary procedures for examination extrajudicially provided for the relevant category of matter or has not, prior to submitting the claim, performed the measures prescribed by law in order to resolve his or her dispute with the defendant;

2) the statement of claim has been submitted by a person lacking capacity to act or by a person regarding whom trusteeship has been established in accordance with the provisions of Section 365 of The Civil Law.

3) the action has been brought in the name of the plaintiff by a person who has not been authorised, in accordance with the procedures prescribed by law, to do so; or

4) the dispute in the matter in the action is already, between the same parties, regarding the same subject-matter and on the same basis. before the same or another court.

Section 220. Right of the Court to Leave a Claim Unadjudicated

The court may leave a claim unadjudicated if the plaintiff or his or her representative has repeatedly failed to attend the court and has not requested that the matter be adjudicated in his or her absence. [31 October 2002; 19 June 2003]

Section 221. Decision to Leave a Claim Unadjudicated

(1): In regard to leaving a claim unadjudicated, the court shall take a reasoned decision, which shall be in the form of a separate procedural document.
(2): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding the decision of the court to leave a claim unadjudicated.

Section 222. Consequences of Leaving a Claim Unadjudicated

If a claim is left unadjudicated, the plaintiff has the right to resubmit a statement of claim to the court in compliance with the procedures prescribed by law.

Chapter 26
Termination of Court Proceedings

Section 223. Basis for Terminating Court Proceedings

The court shall terminate court proceedings if:

1) the matter is not within the jurisdiction of the court;

2) the matter has been submitted by a person who does not have the right to make a claim;

3) a court judgment, which has been made in a dispute between the same parties, regarding the same subject-matter and on the same basis, or a court decision to terminate the court proceedings has come into lawful effect;

4) the plaintiff withdraws his or her claim;

5) the parties have entered into a settlement and the court has confirmed it;

6) the parties have agreed, in accordance with procedures set out in law, to submit the dispute for it to be adjudicated in an arbitration court;

7) a natural person who is one of the parties dies and rights in connection with the disputed legal relations are not capable of being assumed; or

8) a legal person who is one of the parties has ceased to exist and a successor in interest does not exist.

Section 224. Decision Regarding Termination of Court Proceedings

(1): Court proceedings shall be terminated pursuant to a reasoned decision of the court, made in the form of a separate procedural document.
(2): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding a court decision to terminate court proceedings.

Section 225. Consequences of Termination of Court Proceedings

If court proceedings have been terminated, repeated court proceedings regarding the dispute, by the same parties, regarding the same subject-matter and on the same basis shall not be permitted.

Chapter 27
Settlement

Section 226. Agreement regarding Settlement

(1): A settlement shall be permitted at any stage in the procedure.
(2): A settlement shall be permitted in any civil dispute, except in cases provided for in this Law.
(3): Settlement shall not be permitted: 1) in disputes in connection with amendments in registers of documents of civil status; 2) in disputes in connection with the inheritance rights of persons under guardianship or

trusteeship;

3) in disputes regarding immovable property, if among the participants are persons whose rights to own or possess immovable property are restricted in accordance with procedures prescribed by law; or

4) if the terms of the settlement infringe on the rights of another person or on interests protected by law.

Section 227. Entering into a Settlement

(1): The parties shall enter into a settlement in writing and shall submit it to the court.
(2): There shall be set out in the settlement: 1) the given name, surname, personal identity number and place of residence of the plaintiff, but if the plaintiff is a legal person, its name, registration number and location (legal address);

2) the given name, surname, personal identity number and place of residence of the defendant, but if the defendant is a legal person, its name, registration number and location (legal address);

3) the subject-matter of the dispute; and
4) the obligations of each party which they voluntarily undertake to perform.

(3) A court may confirm a settlement without the participation of the parties if the settlement has been certified by a notary and contains a statement by the parties that they are aware of the procedural consequences of the court confirming the settlement.

Section 228. Court Decision regarding Confirmation of a Settlement

(1): A court, upon receiving a settlement of the parties, shall determine whether the parties have agreed to the settlement voluntarily, whether it conforms with the provisions of Sections 226 and 227 of this Law, and whether the parties are aware of the procedural consequences of the court confirming the settlement.
(2): If the court finds that the settlement conforms to the requirements of this Law, it shall take a decision pursuant to which it confirms the settlement and terminates court proceedings in the matter.
(3): A settlement confirmed by a court decision shall be executed in accordance with the provisions

regarding execution of court judgments.
Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

Chapter 28
Court Decisions

Section 229. Taking Decisions

(1): A court adjudication by which a matter is not adjudged on the merits shall be taken in the form of a decision.
(2): A decision shall be drawn up in the form of a separate procedural document, or shall be written into the minutes of the court sitting and shall be pronounced after the minutes are approved.
(3): In cases provided for in this Law, a court decision in the form of a separate procedural document shall be prepared in the deliberation room.
(4): In regard to a judge's procedural work outside the court sitting a decision shall be taken, which shall be drawn up in the form of a separate procedural document.

Section 230. Contents of a Decision

(1): In a decision the court or a judge shall set out: 1) the time when and the location where the decision was taken; 2) the name and composition of the court; 3) the participants in the matter and the subject-matter of the dispute; 4) the issues regarding which the decision has been taken; 5) the reasons for the decision; 6) the adjudication of the court or judge; and 7) the procedure and time period for appealing the decision.
(2): In decisions in which a bailiff is necessary, additional information regarding the participants in the matter [natural person – given name, surname, personal identity number (if it is known) and place of residence; legal person – name, location (legal address) and registration number (if it is known)] shall be indicated.

[19 June 2003]

Section 231. Sending a True Copy of the Decision

(1): A true copy of the court decision shall be sent within three days to the participants in the matter who were not present when the decision was pronounced.
(2): A true copy of a judge's decision shall be sent within three days to a person to whom it relates.

Section 232. Ancillary Decision of a Court

(1): If in the course of a matter being adjudicated, facts are found that evidence possible violation of law, a court is entitled to take an ancillary decision, which shall be sent to the appropriate institution.
(2): An ancillary decision of a court may not be appealed.

Division Five
Features of Adjudication for Separate Categories of Matters

Chapter 29
Matters Regarding Annulment and Dissolution of Marriage

Section 233. Procedures for Adjudicating Matters

Matters regarding annulment and dissolution of marriages shall be adjudicated by the court in accordance with the general provisions of procedures regarding actions and in compliance with the exceptions provided for in this Chapter.

Section 234. Jurisdiction regarding Matters

An action for annulment or dissolution of a marriage may also be brought in a court according to the place of residence of the plaintiff if:

1) there are minor children with the plaintiff;

2) the marriage to be dissolved is with a person who has, in accordance with prescribed procedures, been found to be lacking capacity due to mental illness or regarding whom a trusteeship has been established in accordance with the provisions of Section 365 of the Civil Law;

3) the marriage to be dissolved is with a person who is serving a sentence in a penal institution; or

4) the marriage to be dissolved is with a person whose place of residence is unknown or who resides in a foreign country.

Section 235. Matters regarding Dissolution of Marriage pursuant to the Application of Both Spouses

(1): Matters regarding dissolution of marriage to which both spouses agree shall be adjudicated by the court pursuant to the mutual application of both spouses.
(2): An application to the court may be submitted in accordance with the place of residence of either spouse.

[7 September 2006]

Section 235.^¹Statement of Claim regarding Dissolution of Marriage

In addition to the information provided for in Section 128 of this Law, the statement of claim shall specify the following:

1) since when the parties live separately;

2) whether the other spouse agrees to the dissolution of marriage; and

3) whether the parties have agreed regarding the custody of children, the procedures for exercising the access rights of the other parent, the means of support and division of the property acquired during marriage or are submitting relevant claims. [31 October 2002; 19 June 2003]

Section 236. Participation of the Parties in a Court Sitting

(1) A matters regarding dissolution of marriage shall be adjudicated with the participation of both

parties.
Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

(2): If the defendant, without justified cause, fails to attend pursuant to a court summons, he or she may be brought to court by forced conveyance.
(3): If one of the parties lives far or due to other reasons cannot attend pursuant to a court summons, the court may admit as sufficient for the adjudicating of the matter a written explanation by this party or the participation of a representative thereof.
(4): If the place of residence of the defendant is unknown or it is not located in Latvia, the matter may be adjudicated without the participation of the defendant if he or she has been summoned to court according to the procedures specified by law.
(5): In matters regarding dissolution or annulment of a marriage the representative of a party must be specifically authorised to act in such matter. Authorisation regarding representation in matters regarding dissolution or annulment of marriage shall also apply to all other claims associated thereto.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003]

Section 237. Bringing Actions regarding Annulment of a Marriage

An action for annulment of a marriage may be brought by persons interested or by a public prosecutor.

Section 238. Prohibition to Separate Claims and Temporary Decisions in Separate Disputes

(2): At the request of a party the court may take a decision which temporarily, until the decision regarding dissolution or annulment of marriage is rendered, specifies the procedures for child care, the procedures for exercising access rights, means of support for children, prohibition to taking the child out of the State, means for the provision of the previous welfare level or support of the spouse, procedures for utilisation of the joint home of the spouses or instructs one of the parties to issue to the other party household and personal articles.
(3): The parties shall be notified of the court sitting but in matters, which affect children a representative of the Orphan’s Court, shall be summoned to the court sitting, as well as the opinion of the children shall be clarified if they may formulate their opinion. The failure of the other spouse to attend is not an impediment to adjudication of the issue.
(4): The decision shall cease to be in force if another adjudication in the relevant issue is taken.
(5): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding the court decision in the issues referred to.

[31 October 2002; 7 September 2006]

Section 239. Preparation of Dissolution of Marriage Matters for Adjudication and Adjudication Thereof

(1): In matters regarding dissolution or annulment of marriage the court on its own initiative shall require evidence, especially for deciding of such issues which affect the interests of a child.
(2): In issues regarding granting custody rights, childcare and exercising of access rights the court shall require an opinion by the Orphan’s Court and summon a representative thereof to participate in the court sitting, as well as clarify the opinion of the child if he or she may formulate his or her opinion.
(3): Matters regarding dissolution of marriage shall be adjudicated and the judgment shall be pronounced in a closed court sitting. Copies of documents (full text of the documents) shall only be issued to third persons if it directly pertains to such persons.

[31 October 2002; 7 September 2006]

Section 240. Postponing Adjudication of Dissolution of Marriage Matters

(1): The court on its own initiative shall postpone adjudicating of a matter for the purpose of restoring the cohabitation of spouses or promoting friendly settlement of the matter. At the request of a party the adjudicating of the matter for such purpose may also be repeatedly postponed.
(2): The court may not postpone the adjudicating of the matter if the parties have lived separately for more than three years and both parties object against postponing of the adjudicating of the matter.

[31 October 2002]

Section 241. Settlement and Conciliation

(1): In matters regarding dissolution or annulment of a marriage, settlement by the parties shall be permitted only in disputes related to family legal relationships (Section 238, Paragraph one).
(2): Discontinuation of an action regarding dissolution of a marriage or termination of court proceeding regarding dissolution of marriage is not an impediment for adjudication of the remaining claims on the merits.

[31 October 2002].

Section 242. Court Judgments in Dissolution of Marriage Matters

In rendering a judgment in a dissolution of marriage matter, the court shall:

1) adjudge all claims arising from the family legal relationships and regarding which actions have been brought;

2) specify whether a party who on entering into the marriage has changed his or her surname shall be granted use of the premarital surname; and

3) divide between the parties court costs, taking into account their financial situation. [31 October 2002]

Section 243. Court Judgments in Annulment of Marriage Matters

In rendering judgment regarding annulment of a marriage, the court shall set out in the judgment:

1) the basis for annulment of the marriage in accordance with Sections 60-67 of the Civil Law;

2) whether a party who changed his or her surname upon entering the marriage is to be granted the use of his or her premarital surname or whether the married surname shall remain in effect;

3) which children shall remain with which parent, if this is in dispute; and

4) from which parent and in what amount means for child maintenance shall be recovered, if this is in dispute. Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

Section 244. Issuing and Sending of True Copies of Judgments and Giving Notice of Judgments

(1): After a judgment regarding annulment or dissolution of a marriage has come into lawful effect, a true copy of the judgment or an extract from the judgment shall be sent to the General Registry office where the marriage was performed or where originals of the civil status document registrations of earlier years are kept, but if the marriage was entered into before a minister – to the relevant church (minister of the congregation) and the General Registry office in whose jurisdiction the church (congregations) is located.
(2): In a matter in which the place of residence of the defendant is unknown, the court shall give notice regarding the annulment of the marriage in the newspaper Latvijas Vēstnesis.
(3): The court shall issue to the former marriage partners a true copy of a judgment by which a marriage is dissolved or declared annulled.

[31 October 2002]

Chapter 29.^¹Matters that Arise from Custody and Access Rights

[7 September 2006]

Section 244.^¹Procedures for Adjudicating Matters

Matters that arise from custody and access rights shall be adjudicated by the court in accordance with the general provisions of procedures regarding actions and in compliance with the exceptions provided for in this Chapter. [7 September 2006]

Section 244.^²Bringing an Action

(1): An action for matters that arise from custody rights may be brought by the parents of the child, guardians, the Orphan’s Court or the public prosecutor.
(2): An action for matters that arise from access rights may be brought by the persons indicated in Section 181 of the Civil Law, as well as by the public prosecutor or Orphan’s Court.

[7 September 2006]

Section 244.^³ Jurisdiction regarding Matters

(1): An action for matters that arise from custody and access rights shall be brought in a court according to the place of residence of the child.
(2): If matters that arise from custody and access rights are adjudicated together with matters regarding dissolution or annulment of a marriage, the provisions of Chapter 29 of this Law shall be applied.

[7 September 2006]

Section 244.^⁴Participation of the Parties in a Court Sitting

(1): A matter that arises from custody and access rights shall be adjudicated with the participation of both parties.
(2): If the defendant, without justified cause, fails to attend pursuant to a court summons, he or she

may be brought to court by forced conveyance.
Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

(3): If one of the parties lives far or due to other reasons cannot attend pursuant to a court summons, the court may admit as sufficient for the adjudicating of the matter a written explanation by this party or the participation of a representative thereof.
(4): If the place of residence of the defendant is unknown or it is not located in Latvia, the matter may be adjudicated without the participation of the defendant if he or she has been summoned to court according to the procedures specified by law.

[7 September 2006]

Section 244.^⁵Preparation of Dissolution of Marriage Matters for Adjudication and Adjudication Thereof

(1): In matters that arise from custody and access rights the court on its own initiative or the request of an interested person shall request evidence.
(2): In matters that arise from custody and access rights the court on its own initiative or the request of an interested person shall request an opinion by the relevant Orphan’s Court and summon a representative thereof to participate in the court sitting, as well as clarify the opinion of the child if he or she may formulate his or her opinion.
(3): On the basis of a request from the parties the court shall take a decision with which for a period to the rendering of a judgment shall determine the place of residence of the child, the procedures for the care of the child, procedures for the utilisation of access rights, and a prohibition to taking the child out of the State.
(4): A court in applying the Hague Convention of 19 October 1996 on Jurisdiction, Applicable Law, Recognition, Enforcement and Co-operation in Respect of Parental Responsibility and Measures for the Protection of Children, and evaluating the jurisdiction of the matter in conformity with the interests of the child, on its own initiative or the request of an interested person may take a decision regarding the transfer of the matter for adjudication in a court in another state if the child during the court proceedings procedure has acquired a place of residence in such state and the court of the relevant state has consented to take over the matter.
(5): If in the mutual relations of the involved states Council Regulation (EC) No. 2201/2003 of 27 November 2003 concerning jurisdiction and the recognition and enforcement of judgments in matrimonial matters and the matters of parental responsibility, repealing Regulation (EC) No 1347/2000 (hereinafter - Council Regulation No. 2201/2003) is applicable, the court decision regarding the transfer of the matter shall be taken in accordance with the provisions of the referred to regulation.

[7 September 2006]

Section 244.^⁶Amicable Settlements between the Parties

(1): In matters that arise from custody and access rights, the parties are entitled to enter into an amicable settlement.
(2): The amicable settlement shall be approved by the court on its own initiative requesting an opinion from the relevant Orphan’s Court or inviting the representative thereof to participate in the court sitting.

[7 September 2006]

Section 244.⁷Consequences of a Court Judgment

If after a judgment has come into lawful effect in a matter that arises from custody and access rights, the circumstances change, each party is entitled to submit a new claim to the court by general procedures. [7 September 2006]

Chapter 30
Matters regarding Determination of the Parentage of Children

Section 245. Procedures for Adjudicating Matters

A court shall adjudicate matters regarding the determination of the parentage of a child or a paternity dispute in accordance with general provisions and observing the exceptions provided for in this Chapter. [19 June 2003]

Section 246. Persons who may Dispute the Presumption of Paternity

(1): The presumption of paternity may disputed in a court by the mother of a child, the husband of the mother of the child, and the child himself or herself after he or she attains legal age.
(2): After the death of the husband of the mother of a child, the parents of the husband may bring such an action if the husband up to the time of his death had not known about the birth of the child.
(3): After the death of the husband of the mother of the child his lawful heirs may, as successors in interest to him, enter the proceedings initiated by the husband.
(4): If a person who has the right to dispute the presumption of paternity has been declared by a court as lacking capacity to act due to mental illness or mental deficiency, the trustee of the person lacking capacity to act may bring an action on his or her behalf. In such cases the court shall invite the Orphan's Court to participate in the matter.
(5): Actions referred to in this Section may be brought in accordance with the provisions of Section 149 of the Civil Law.

[19 June 2003; 7 September 2006]

Section 247. Persons who may Dispute the Acknowledgement of Paternity

(1): Paternity, which has been acknowledged and registered in a General Registry office, may be disputed by the person who has acknowledged the paternity, his trustee if the person is found to be lacking capacity to act due to mental illness or mental deficiency, or the mother of the child.
(2): A child, if his or her parents are deceased, may himself or herself bring such action after attaining legal age.
(3): After the death of the father of the child his lawful heirs may, as successors in interest to him, enter the proceedings initiated by the father.
(4): Paternity, which has been determined pursuant to a court judgment that has come into lawful effect, may not be disputed.
(5): An action referred to in this Section may be brought in accordance with the provisions of Section 156 of the Civil Law.

[19 June 2003]

Section 248. Persons who may bring an Action regarding the Determination of Paternity

(1): An action regarding the determining of the paternity of a child may be brought in court by the mother or guardian of the child, as well as by the natural father of the child.
(2): A child himself or herself may bring such action after attaining legal age.
(3): Actions referred to in this Section may be brought in accordance with Section 158, Paragraph one of the Civil Law.

[19 June 2003]

Section 249. Procedures for Bringing Actions regarding Determination of the Paternity of a Child

(1): The mother, the child himself or herself or guardian of the child may bring a paternity action against the person from whom the child is descended.
(2): The person from whom the child is descended may bring an action to determine paternity against the mother of the child if she does not consent to the determination of paternity or there exists other obstacles indicated by law in making a record of paternity in the birth register.
(3): [7 September 2006]
(4): Actions regarding dispute of the presumption of paternity and the determination of paternity may be combined.

[19 June 2003; 7 September 2006]

Section 249.^¹Specification of Court Expert-examination

(1): A court on the basis of a petition from a participant in the matter shall determine expert-examination for the specification of the child’s biological descent.
(2): If one of the participants in the matter evades the expert-examination, the court shall take a decision regarding the forced conveyance of such person for the conduct of the expert-examination.

[19 June 2003]

Section 249.^²Determination of the Fact of Paternity

If a person from whom the child is descended has died, the fact of paternity may be determined according to special adjudication procedures. [19 June 2003]

Section 250. Sending and Issuing True Copies of Court Judgments

A true copy of the judgment regarding determination of paternity, the determination of the fact of paternity and the recognition of the record of paternity as void shall be sent by the court for amendment of the record to the General Registry office where the birth of the child is registered. [19 June 2003]

Chapter 30.^¹Matters regarding Division of Estate

[31 October 2002]

Section 250.¹ Jurisdiction regarding Matters

(1): A statement of claim regarding division of an estate, unless the heirs agree thereon in accordance with informal procedures or at a notary, shall be submitted to the court in accordance with the place of residence of one heir, but if immovable property is in the estate — in accordance with its location.
(2): A statement regarding division of an estate shall specify which property of the estate is subject to division and which heirs have applied for such.

[31 October 2002]

Section 250.²Actions of a Judge in Preparing a Matter

(1): A judge may set a preparatory sitting that shall be notified to the parties.
(2): Pursuant to a decision of the judge an endorsement regarding the securing of a claim shall be entered in the Land Register in conformity with the provisions regarding securing of a claim.
(3): The judge may assign the notary who has issued the inheritance certificate or another notary practising in the judicial region to supervise the course of drawing up an estate division plan.

[31 October 2002]

Section 250.³ Drawing up of a Draft Division of an Estate

(1): The notary who has received the assignment to supervise the course of drawing up a draft division of an estate, if necessary, shall invite a bailiff to draw up an estate property inventory statement and perform appraisal of the estate.
(2): Inventorizing of the estate shall take place in accordance with the provisions of this Law. The inventory statement shall also specify the known debts, obligations and entries in the Land Register, which encumber the estate.
(3): The notary shall perform activities to harmonise the views of the parties and reach an agreement.
(4): Persons who draw up a draft division of an estate shall specify in their opinion which grounds they have taken into account.
(5): The notary shall submit the property inventory statement, the appraisal of the property and the draft division of the estate to the judge.

[31 October 2002]

Section 250.⁴ Actions of a Judge after Receipt of a Draft Division of an Estate

(1): The court shall send true copies of the documents submitted by the notary to co-heirs and set a time period for provision of explanations.
(2): In addition to written explanations the judge may summon all co-heirs for verification of calculations and adjusting of the draft division of the estate.

[31 October 2002]

Section 250.⁵ Auctioning of the Estate to be Divided

(1): The estate shall be appraised and auctioned in conformity with the general provisions of this
Law.
If all heirs and in appropriate cases also the Orphan’s Court (Sections 280-283 of the Civil Law)
agrees, the estate may be sold on the open market.
(2): Sale of immovable property for determination of the actual value thereof shall be performed
pursuant to the regulations regarding voluntary sale at auction through the court, in compliance
with the provisions of Sections 737 and 738 of the Civil Law, moreover the inventory of the
immovable property shall be taken and it shall be appraised only if any of the co-heirs require such.

[31 October 2002; 7 September 2006]

Section 250.⁶ State Fees in Matters regarding Division of Estate

State fees in matters regarding division of estate shall be distributed among the heirs, taking into account the value of the estate granted to each heir. [31 October 2002]

Section 250.⁷ Division of Joint Property

Provisions of this Chapter shall also be applicable in dividing joint property of all kinds and observing in such division the provisions of the relevant laws. [31 October 2002]

Chapter 30.^²Matters regarding Infringement and Protection of Intellectual Property

[14 December 2006]

Section 250.⁸ Procedures for Adjudicating Matters

A court shall adjudicate matters regarding infringement and protection of intellectual property by claim procedure on the basis of general procedures taking into account the exceptions provided for in this Chapter. [14 December 2006]

Section 250.⁹Persons who may Submit Applications regarding Infringement and Protection of Intellectual Property

Persons specified by law may submit an application regarding infringement and protection of intellectual property. [14 December 2006]

Section 250.¹⁰ Basis and Means for the Specification of Provisional Protection

(1) If there is a basis to believe that the rights of an intellectual property holder of the right are being infringed or may be infringed, a court on the basis of a reasoned application from a claimant may take a decision regarding the specification of means of provisional protection. In the application for the specification of means of provisional protection shall be indicated the means of provisional protection.

(2): The adjudication of the question of the specification of means of provisional protection is allowed at any stage of the proceedings, as well as prior to the bringing of an action to a court.
(3): Means of provisional protection are: 1) the attachment of such movable property with which it is alleged that intellectual property rights are being infringed; 2) a duty to recall goods with which it is alleged that intellectual property rights are being infringed; and

3) a prohibition to perform specific activities by both the defendant and persons whose provided services are utilised in order to infringe intellectual property rights, or persons who make it possible for the committing of such infringements.

[14 December 2006]

Section 250.¹¹ Specification of Provisional Protection prior to the Bringing of an Action

(1): Within a period of three months from the day when the potential plaintiff found out about the infringement or the possible infringement, he or she may request a court that provisional protection be specified prior to the bringing of an action.
(2): In submitting an application for the specification of means of provisional protection prior to the bringing of an action, the potential plaintiff shall provide evidence that certifies his or her intellectual property rights, which are being infringed, and evidence that are being infringed or may be infringed.
(3): An application for the specification of means of provisional protection prior to the bringing of an action shall be submitted to the court wherein the action shall be brought.
(4): In satisfying an application for the specification of means of provisional protection prior to the bringing of an action, the judge shall determine a time period for the plaintiff to bring an action to the court not longer than 30 days.

[14 December 2006]

Section 250.¹² Issue of Specification of Means of Provisional Protection Adjudication

(1): An application for the specification of means of provisional protection shall be decided by a court or a judge within a period of 10 days after the receipt of the application or the initiation of the matter if the application has been submitted together with the bringing of the action.
(2): If delay may cause irreversible harm to an intellectual property holder of the right, then a court or judge shall decide an application for the specification of means of provisional protection not later than the next day after the receipt of the application without previously notifying the defendant and other participants in the matter. If a decision regarding the specification of means of provisional protection has been taken without the presence of the defendant or the other participants in the matter, they shall be notified regarding such decision not later than by the moment of the execution of the referred to decision.
(3): In satisfying an application for the specification of means of provisional protection prior to bringing an action, a court or a judge may request that the plaintiff, in order that he or she secures the losses, which may be caused to the defendant or other persons who are referred to in Section 250.¹⁰, Paragraph three, Clause 3 of this Law in relation to the specification of means of provisional protection pay in a specified amount of money into the bailiff's deposit account or provide an equivalent guarantee.
(4): A court on the basis of an application by the plaintiff may replace the specified means of provisional protection with other means.
(5): Means of provisional protection may be revoked by the same court on the basis of an application by a participant in the matter.
(6): In refusing a claim, the means of provisional protection shall be revoked in the court judgment. The means of provisional protection shall be in effect up to the day when the judgment comes into lawful effect.
(7): If the claim is not proceeded with or the court proceeding is terminated, in the decision the court shall revoke the means of provisional protection. The means of provisional protection shall be in effect up to the day when the decision comes into lawful effect.
(8): If a decision regarding the specification of means of provisional protection has been taken prior to the bringing of an action and the action is not brought within the time period specified by the court, the judge on the basis of the receipt of an application from the potential plaintiff or other possible participant in the matter or the defendant shall take a decision regarding the revoking of the means of provisional protection.
(9): The applications referred to in Paragraphs one, four and five of this Section shall be decided in a court sitting, previously notifying the participants in the matter regarding this. The failure of such persons to attend shall not be an impediment to the adjudicating of the application.

[14 December 2006]

Section 250.¹³Appeal of the Decision taken regarding Specification of Means of Provisional Protection

(1): In respect of the decisions referred to in Section 250.¹², Paragraphs two, three and four of this Law and the decision by which the application for the specification of means of provisional protection has been refused, an ancillary complaint may be submitted.
(2): If the decision regarding the specification of means of provisional protection has been taken without the presence of a participant in the matter, the time period for the submission of an ancillary complaint shall be counted from the day of the issuance or sending of the decision.

[14 December 2006]

Section 250.¹⁴Execution of the Decision taken regarding Specification of Means of Provisional Protection

(1): A decision regarding the specification of means of provisional protection (Section 250.¹², Paragraph one) shall be executed within a period of 30 days after it has been taken. The submission of an ancillary complaint in respect of such decision shall not stop its execution.
(2): The decision regarding the specification of means of provisional protection, which has been taken with the conditions referred to in Section 250.¹², Paragraph two, first sentence of this Law, shall be executed after the plaintiff has paid in the amount specified by the court or judge into the bailiff's deposit account or provided an equivalent guarantee. The execution document shall be issued after the receipt of payment of the amount specified by the court or the equivalent guarantee.
(3): A decision regarding the specification of means of provisional protection by the attaching of movable property with which allegedly intellectual property rights are being infringed, shall be executed according to the procedures specified in Chapter 71 of this Law.
(4): A decision regarding the specification of means of provisional protection by determining a prohibition to perform specific activities or a duty to recall goods with which allegedly intellectual property rights are being infringed, shall be executed by a bailiff and shall notify the court decision to the defendant or a relevant third person, such person signing therefor, or sending it by registered mail.
(5): The revocation of an applied means of provisional protection shall be executed by the order of the bailiff who executed the decision regarding the specification of means of provisional protection.
(6): A decision regarding the replacement of the means of provisional protection shall be executed by a bailiff, firstly applying the replacement means of provisional protection and afterwards revoking the replaced means of provisional protection.

[14 December 2006]

Section 250.¹⁵Compensation of Losses caused by the Means of Provisional Protection

A defendant is entitled to claim compensation for losses, which he or she has incurred in relation to the specification of means of provisional protection if the means of provisional protection has been revoked in the case specified in Section 250.¹², Paragraph eight of this Law if against him or her the action brought was refused, left not proceeded with or court proceedings were terminated in the cases specified in Section 223, Clauses 2 and 4 of this Law. [14 December 2006]

Section 250.¹⁶Rights to Information

(1) In matters of the infringement of intellectual property rights, a court on the basis of a reasoned request from the plaintiff, taking into account the rights of participants to the matter to protection of commercial secrets, may request that the information regarding the origin of the goods or services and the distribution thereof be provided by the defendant or a person:

1) at whose disposal are the infringing goods (infringing copies) on a commercial scale;

2) who on a commercial scale has provided or utilised services associated with the unlawful utilisation of intellectual property objects; or

3) about whom the persons referred to in Clauses 1 and 2 of this Paragraph have provided information, that he or she is involved the manufacture, distribution or offering of the infringing goods (infringing copies) or the provision or offering of such services, which are associated with the unlawful utilisation of intellectual property objects.

(2): In the information referred to in Paragraph one of this Section shall be indicated information regarding the relevant manufacturer, distributor, supplier, wholesaler and retailer of the goods or the relevant service provider and distributor [natural persons – given name, surname, personal identity number (if such is known) and place of residence, and legal persons – name, whereabouts (legal address) and registration number (if such is known), information regarding the amount manufactured, distributed, received or ordered goods or provided or ordered services, as well as the price, which was paid for them.
(3): If there exists evidence of the fact of an obvious infringement of intellectual property and the intellectual property holder of the right has requested that the securing of evidence, security for a claim or specification of means of provisional protection specified in this Law be applied, then the intellectual property holder of the right is entitled to request that the information refereed to in Paragraphs one and two of this Section be ensured also prior to the bringing of an action in court within the scope of the security for a claim procedure specified in this Law.

[14 December 2006]

Section 250.¹⁷Court Judgment in Infringement and Protection of Intellectual Property Matters

(1) If the fact of the infringement has been proven, a court in the judgment may specify one or

several of the following measures:
Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

1) stop and prohibit the utilisation of unlawful intellectual property objects; 2) stop and prohibit measures, which are recognised as preparation for the unlawful utilisation of intellectual property objects; 3) stop and prohibit the provision of services, which are utilised for unlawful activities with intellectual property objects by persons: a) the services of whom are utilised in order to infringe the rights of the intellectual property holder of the right, or b) who make possible the performance of such infringements; or 4) fully or partially publicize the court judgment in newspapers and other mass media.

[14 December 2006]

Division Six
Special Adjudication Procedures

Chapter 31
General Provisions

Section 251. Matters to be Adjudicated in Accordance with Special Adjudication Procedures

Courts shall adjudicate the following matters in accordance with special adjudication procedures:

1) regarding approval and setting aside of adoption;

2) regarding declaration of a person as lacking capacity to act and establishment of trusteeship;

3) regarding establishment of trusteeship for persons because of their dissolute or spendthrift lifestyle, or because of excessive use of alcohol or narcotics;

4) regarding establishment of trusteeship for the property of absent or missing persons;

5) regarding declaration of missing persons as deceased;

6) regarding determination of such facts as are legally significant;

7) regarding extinguishing of rights in accordance with notification procedures;

8) regarding renewal of rights pursuant to debt instruments or bearer securities;

9) regarding inheritance rights;

10) regarding pre-emption with respect to immovable property;

11) regarding insolvency of a business or a company;

12) regarding liquidation or insolvency of a credit institutions;

13) regarding declaration of a strike or an application to strike as being unlawful; and

14) regarding declaration of a lock-out or an application to lock-out as being unlawful. [31 October 2002]

Section 252. Initiation of Matters

Matters to be adjudicated in accordance with special adjudication procedures shall be initiated by a judge on the basis of a written application.

Section 253. Participants in a Matter

(1): Participants in matters to be adjudicated in accordance with special adjudication procedures shall be applicants and their representatives, interested persons and their representatives, and in the cases provided for by law, public prosecutors or State or local government institutions.
(2): Parties in matters to be adjudicated in accordance with special adjudication procedures shall have the procedural rights of parties as provided for in Section 74, Paragraph two of this Law.

Section 254. Application for Adjudication in Accordance with Special Adjudication Procedures

(1) There shall be set out in applications: 1) the name of the court to which the application has been submitted: 2) the given name, surname, personal identity number and place of residence of applicants

and interested parties, but for legal persons their name, registration number and location (legal address). The personal identity number or registration number of interested parties shall, if known, be set out;

3) the subject-matter and basis of the application;
4) the facts on which the application is based and evidence corroborating them;
5) the law on which the application is based;
6) the request of the applicant;
7) a list of appended documents; and
8) the date when the application was drawn up.

(2): Applications shall be signed by applicants or their representatives. If an application has been signed by a representative, the application must include an authorisation or other document, which confirms the authorisation of the representative to submit the application to the court.
(3): An application shall be submitted to the court with as many true copies appended thereto as there are interested persons in the matter.

Section 255. Leaving an Application Not Proceeded With

If an application does not conform to the requirements of Section 254 of this Law and the provisions set out in the separate chapters of this Part, or if court costs have not been paid, the judge shall leave the application not proceeded with and the consequences provided for in Section 133 of this Law shall come into effect.

Section 256. Procedures for Adjudicating Matters

Matters to be adjudicated in accordance with special adjudication procedures shall be prepared by a judge, and the court shall adjudicate it in accordance with the provisions of this Law, and in compliance with the provisions of the separate Chapters of Division Six.

Section 257. Judgments

A judgment in matters to be adjudicated in accordance with special adjudication procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 193 of this Law and shall be in compliance with the provisions of this Part.

Section 258. Leaving an Application Unadjudicated

If in a matter to be adjudicated in accordance with special adjudication procedures a dispute arises regarding rights and such dispute is required to be adjudicated in court in accordance with procedures regarding actions, the court, depending on the substance of the dispute, shall leave the application unadjudicated or stay the court proceedings until the dispute is decided.

Chapter 32
Approval and Setting Aside of Adoptions

Section 259. Jurisdiction

(1): An application regarding approval of an adoption shall be submitted to a court according to the place of residence of the adopter, but an application to set aside an adoption – to a court according to the place of residence of one applicant.
(2): An application from an alien or a person living in a foreign state regarding approval of an adoption shall be submitted to a court according to the place of residence of the adoptee.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003]

Section 260. Contents of an Application

There shall be set out in an application the facts referred to in Sections 162-169 of the Civil Law, appended to the application evidence corroborating such facts and the opinion of the Orphan's Court. [31 October 2002]

Section 261. Adjudication of an Application

(1): The matter shall be adjudicated with the participation of at least one of the adopters in person and the public prosecutor.
(2): The persons set out in Section 169 of the Civil Law shall be summoned to the adjudicating of the matter.
(3): At the request of the adopter the court shall ensure that the parents of the child to be adopted do not find out the identity of the adopter. If it is not possible, the parents of the adoptee shall be heard in a separate court sitting.
(4): If up to the approval of the court of the adoption the adopter dies, this is not an impediment to the approval of the adoption, but if the adoptee dies before approval, then the matter shall be terminated.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003]

Section 262. Court Judgment regarding Approval of the Adoption

(1): The court, having examined the basis of the application and whether it conforms to the requirements of the law, shall render a judgment regarding approval of the adoption or dismissal of the application.
(2): In a court judgment approving of an adoption there shall be set out such information as is necessary to make an entry in the appropriate Births Register.
(3): The court shall issue to the former parents of the child an extract of the judgment in which

information regarding the adopter is not indicated.
Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

(4) A judgment approving an adoption, which has come into lawful effect, shall constitute a basis for making an entry in the appropriate Births Register and for issuing a new birth certificate to the adoptee.

[20 June 2001; 31 October 2002]

Section 263. Setting Aside an Adoption

(1): The court may set aside an adoption pursuant to a joint application by the adopter and an adoptee who has attained legal age.
(2): A court judgment, regarding the setting aside of an adoption, which has come into legal effect shall constitute a basis for making an entry in the appropriate Births Register and for issuing a new birth certificate.

[31 October 2002; 7 September 2006]

Chapter 33
Declaring a Person as Lacking Capacity to Act and Establishing Trusteeship

Section 264. Jurisdiction

An application to declare a person as lacking capacity to act due to mental illness or mental deficiency shall be submitted to a court according to the place of residence of such person, but if the person has been placed in a medical institution, according to the location of the medical institution.

Section 265. Contents of an Application

There shall be set out in the application the mental illness or mental deficiency and evidence to confirm the incapacity of such person.

Section 266. Adjudicating Applications

(1): A matter regarding the declaring of a person as lacking capacity to act and to establish a trusteeship shall be adjudicated by the court, with a representative of the Orphan's Court and a public prosecutor participating.
(2): The person in regard to whose lack of capacity to act the matter is being adjudicated, shall be invited to the court sitting if his or her medical condition permits this.

[7 September 2006]

Section 267. Ordering Expert-examination

(1): The court shall decide the issue as to ordering a court psychiatric and, if necessary, a court psychological expert-examination.
(2): If a person, regarding whom a matter has been initiated, evades the expert-examination, the court, with a public prosecutor and an expert participating, may take a decision regarding the forced sending of such person to the court expert-examination.
(3): In ordering a court expert-examination, the court may take a decision to establish a temporary trusteeship for such person and his or her property. The decision shall be sent to the Orphan's Court for execution.

[7 September 2006]

Section 268. Court Judgments

(1): If a court, on the basis of the findings of the court expert-examination and other evidence, determines that a person, due to mental illness or mental deficiency, lacks all or most of their intellectual capacity and this person is incapable of controlling their actions or of understanding the significance of these actions, the court shall render a judgment regarding this person as found to be lacking capacity to act, and for a trusteeship to be established.
(2): After the judgment has come into lawful effect a true copy of the judgment shall be sent to the Orphan's Court for the appointing of a trustee for such person and his or her property. A true copy of the decision shall also be sent for registration in the Population Register and, if necessary, for an endorsement to be entered in the Land Register.
(3): After the judgment has come into legal effect, the court shall send a notice to the newspaper

Latvijas Vēstnesis for publication, in which shall be set out:

1) the name of the court which made the judgment;

2) the given name, surname and personal identity number of the person regarding whom the

judgment was made; 3) the fact that this person has been found to be lacking capacity act; and 4) the day when the judgment comes into lawful effect.

[7 September 2006]

Section 269. Court Costs

(1): Court costs in such matters shall be covered from State funds.
(2): If the court finds that the applicant has acted with malicious intent, such person may be assessed with the court costs.

Section 270. Finding a Person as Having Capacity to Act and Terminating Trusteeship

(1): If a person, whom a court judgment has found to be lacking capacity to act, becomes healthy, the court pursuant to the application of the Orphan's Court or a public prosecutor may find this person as having capacity to act and terminate the trusteeship.
(2): In adjudicating a matter regarding finding a person as having capacity to act, a court psychiatric expert-examination opinion is obligatory and, if necessary, a psychologist shall also be called.
(3): After a judgment has come into lawful effect, a true copy thereof shall be sent to the Orphan's Court to revoke the trusteeship. A true copy of the judgment shall also be sent for the entering of an endorsement in the Population Register and, if necessary, to expunge an endorsement in the Land Register.
(4): After the judgment has come into lawful effect the court shall send a notice, for publication, to

the newspaper Latvijas Vēstnesis, in which shall be set out:

1) the name of the court that rendered the judgment;

2) the given name, surname and personal identity number of the person regarding whom the

judgment was rendered; 3) the fact that this person has been found to have capacity to act; and 4) the day when the judgment comes into lawful effect.

[7 September 2006]

Chapter 34

Establishment of Trusteeship for Persons due to their Dissolute or Spendthrift Lifestyle or
Excessive Use of Alcohol or Narcotics

Section 271. Jurisdiction

Applications to establish a trusteeship for persons who, because of their dissolute or spendthrift lifestyle or excessive use of alcohol or narcotics, are creating a threat that he or she or his or her family will be led into privation or poverty, shall be submitted to a court in accordance with such person's place of residence.

Section 272. Contents of an Application

(1): There shall be set out in an application the basis on which a trusteeship is to be established for the person and evidence such as corroborates this.
(2): In an application a request may be made for immediate securing of property against it being squandered, by application of the security measures provided for in Section 138 of this Law. A judge shall rule on such a request no later than the next day after receipt of the application.

[7 September 2006]

Section 273. Preparing a Matter for Adjudication

(1): A true copy of the application shall be sent to the person in relation to whom the establishment of a trusteeship has been initiated, setting out therein a time period of not more than 30 days for submission of an explanation.
(2): The court may impose a duty upon an applicant to submit supplementary evidence.

Section 274. Participation of a Public Prosecutor

A matter for establishing a trusteeship for persons due to their dissolute or spendthrift lifestyle or excessive use of alcohol or narcotics, shall be adjudicated with the participation of a public prosecutor.

Section 275. Court Judgment

(1): If the court has determined that a person living dissolutely or with a spendthrift lifestyle or excessively using alcohol or narcotics, is creating a threat that he or she or his or her family will be led into privation or poverty, the court pursuant to a judgment shall establish a trusteeship for this person and deprive him or her of the right to manage and act with his or her property.
(2): After a judgment has come into lawful effect a true copy of the judgment shall be sent to the Orphan's Court for a trustee to be appointed. A true copy of the judgment shall also be sent for registration in the Population Register, and if necessary for the entering of an endorsement in the Land Register.
(3): After the judgment has come into lawful effect the court shall send a notice for publication to

the newspaper Latvijas Vēstnesis, in which shall be set out:

1) the name of the court that made the judgment;

2) the given name, surname and personal identity number of the person in relation to whom

the judgment was made;

3) the fact that such person has been deprived of the right to manage and act with their property, and that a trusteeship has been established for such person; and

4) the day when the judgment comes into lawful effect. [7 September 2006]

Section 276. Court Costs

(1): If the application is allowed, the court costs shall be adjudged against the property of the person for whom the trusteeship has been established.
(2): If the court has determined that the application is unfounded, the court costs shall be adjudged against the person pursuant to whose application the matter was initiated, but if the matter was initiated pursuant to an application of the Orphan's Court or of a public prosecutor, the court costs shall be covered from State funds.

[7 September 2006]

Section 277. Termination of a Trusteeship

(1): If the circumstances that were the basis for establishing a trusteeship cease, the same court, pursuant to the application of the trustee or the person under trusteeship, shall terminate the established trusteeship.
(2): After the judgment has come into lawful effect, a true copy of the judgment shall be sent to the Orphan's Court for the trustee to be discharged. A true copy of the judgment shall also be sent for making of an entry in the Population Register and, if necessary, for expungement of the endorsement in the Land Register.
(3): After a judgment has come into legal effect the court shall send a notice for publication to the

newspaper Latvijas Vēstnesis in which shall be set out:

1) the name of the court that made the judgment;

2) the given name, surname and personal identity number of the person in relation to whom

the judgment was made; 3) the fact that the trusteeship for this person has been terminated; and 4) the day on which the judgment comes into effect.

[7 September 2006]

Chapter 35
Establishing Trusteeship for the Property of Absent or Missing Persons

Section 278. Jurisdiction

Matters regarding trusteeship for the property of an absent or missing person shall be adjudicated by a court according to the last place of residence of the missing or absent person.

Section 279. Contents of an Application

(1): An application to establish a trusteeship for the property of an absent or missing person may be submitted by persons who have an interest in preserving the property of the absent or missing person or in protecting the rights of such person, or by a public prosecutor.
(2): There shall be set out in the application the facts as confirm the absence of the person and the location of this person's property regarding which it is necessary to establish the trusteeship.
(3): If the whereabouts of the absent or missing person are known, the court must summon them as an interested person.

Section 280. Court Judgment

(1): The court, having found that a submission is well founded, shall render a judgment regarding
the establishment of a trusteeship for the property of the absent or missing person.
(2): After the judgment has come into lawful effect, the court shall send a true copy of the judgment
to the Orphan's Court.
(3): After the judgment has come into lawful effect, the court shall send a true copy of the judgment
to the absent person, if their place of residence is known; if it is not known, the court shall send an
appropriate notice for publication in the newspaper Latvijas Vēstnesis.
[7 September 2006]

Section 281. Termination of Trusteeship

Upon the coming into effect of the circumstances specified in Section 375, Clause 1 of The Civil Law, a trusteeship may be terminated pursuant to the judgment of the court, which established the trusteeship.

Chapter 36
Declaring a Missing Person as Deceased

Section 282. Jurisdiction

An application to declare a missing person as deceased shall be submitted to a court according to the last place of residence of such person.

Section 283. Contents of an Application

There shall be set out in an application the given name, surname, personal identity number, if known, and year of birth of the missing person, the date when he or she left his or her place of place of residence and when the latest information about such person was received and, if possible, the place of birth of the missing person, and the given name, surname and other information about his or her parents.

Section 284. Notice regarding a Missing Person

(1): After accepting an application, the judge shall take a decision regarding publication of a notice in the newspaper Latvijas Vēstnesis, to be paid for by the applicant.
(2): There shall be set out in the notice: 1) the name of the court which received the application; 2) the given name, surname and year of birth of the person proposed to be declared

deceased, and other information regarding him or her set out in the application ;

3) a stipulation that the missing person appear in court or advise as to his or her whereabouts within three months, and a statement that otherwise the person will be declared deceased; and

4) a request to anyone who knows the whereabouts of the missing person or who has knowledge of his or her death to notify the court within three months. Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

Section 285. Participation of a Public Prosecutor

Matters regarding the declaration of a missing person as deceased shall be adjudicated with a public prosecutor participating.

Section 286. Court Judgment

(1): The court, having found the application to be well founded, shall render a judgment regarding the declaration of the missing person as deceased.
(2): If the court has determined the presumed date of death of the missing person, it shall be set out in the judgment.
(3): If the court is unable to determine the presumed date of death of the missing person, the date of death of the missing person shall be deemed to be the date when the application was submitted to the court, concerning which the court shall make a statement in the judgment.
(4): After the judgment, pursuant to which the person has been declared deceased, has come into lawful effect, a true copy of the judgment shall be sent to the General Registry office to register the death of the missing person and to the Orphan's Court to establish a trusteeship over the property of the person declared deceased.
(5): After the judgment, by means of which the person has been declared deceased, has come into lawful effect, the Court shall send a notice for publication to the newspaper Latvijas Vēstnesis in which shall be set out:

1) the name of the court which made the judgment;

2) the given name, surname, year of birth and other personal data that have been determined regarding the missing person;

3) the fact that this person has been declared deceased; and

4) the presumed date of death of the missing person or the date this person is deemed to

have died.

[7 September 2006]

Section 287. Consequences of the Appearance of the Person Declared Deceased

(1): If the person, who by court judgment has been declared deceased, appears or their whereabouts are determined, the court which rendered the judgment shall pursuant to a new judgment set aside the judgment which declared this person as deceased.
(2): An application to set aside a judgment may be submitted by the person who has been declared deceased, by the person pursuant to whose application the matter was initiated, or by a public prosecutor.
(3): After the court judgment comes into lawful effect, a true copy of the judgment shall be sent to the General Registry office for the registration of death to be annulled, and an appropriate notice shall be sent for publication to the newspaper Latvijas Vēstnesis.

Chapter 37
Determination of Juridical Facts

Section 288. Matters to be Adjudicated by the Court

(1): The court shall adjudicate matters regarding determination of such facts as affect the creation, varying or termination of property rights and other rights of natural or legal persons.
(2): The court shall determine facts regarding:
Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

1) the kinship relationships of natural persons;

2) a person's being maintained;

3) the registration of adoptions, entering into and dissolution of marriages, and deaths;

4) the ownership of documents (except passports and certificates issued by institutions which register civil status documents) that create rights for natural persons whose given name, patronymic, surname or date of birth do not correspond with those set out in a passport or birth certificate;

5) the ownership of documents (except registration certificates) that create rights for legal persons whose name or registration data do not correspond with those shown in the registration certificate; and

refuses to register a death.

(3) The court shall also determine other facts that have legal significance, if the legal enactments in force do not provide for other procedures to determine such facts.

Section 289. Provisions Applicable to the Determination of Legal Facts

The court shall determine legal facts only if it is not possible through some other procedure for the applicant to obtain the relevant documents, which confirm such facts, or if such documents have been lost, stolen or destroyed and the possibility of renewing them is not available.

Section 290. Jurisdiction

An application to determine legal facts shall be submitted to the court according to the place of residence of the applicant.

Section 291. Contents of an Application

(1): There shall be set out in an application the purpose for which the applicant requires a declaration of the relevant fact.
(2): Corroborating evidence, which confirms the inability of the applicant to receive the relevant documents or to have reissued lost, stolen or destroyed documents, must be appended to the application.

Section 292. Court Judgment

(1): Where an application is allowed, the court judgment shall state what facts have been determined and for what purpose.
(2): A court judgment regarding determination of such facts may be registered in a General Registry office or formally recorded in other agencies, but shall not constitute a replacement of the documents issued by such agencies; however, after coming into legal effect such judgment shall constitute a basis for registration or formal recording by such agencies.

Chapter 38
Summoning Procedures regarding Extinguishing of Rights

Section 293. Matters as May be Adjudicated by way of Summoning Procedures

(1): Summoning procedures are applicable only in the cases where provided for by law.
(2): Summoning shall be done on the basis of an application from the interested person, unless otherwise provided for by law.

Section 294. Submission of an Application

(2): An application regarding extinguishing of rights as relate to immovable property shall be submitted to a court in accordance with the location of such property; but where the application is in regard to other rights, to a court in accordance with the applicant's location – the place of place of residence of a natural person or the location (legal address) of a legal person, unless prescribed otherwise by law.

Section 295. Preparation of Matters for Adjudication

(1): After an application has been accepted, a judge shall take a decision regarding the publication of a notice in the newspaper Latvijas Vēstnesis, to be paid for by the applicant.
(2): There shall be set out in the notice: 1) the name of the court which received the application; 2) the applicant's given name and surname – but in regard to a legal person, its name; 3) the basis for the summoning and the subject-matter to which the summoning relates; 4) the time period for making an application regarding rights; and 5) the consequences of failing to comply with a time period.
(3): The time period, if it is not prescribed by law, shall be determined by the court, but it must not be less than three months from the date of publication of the notice.
(4): If the summoning is in regard to rights related to immovable property or to claims secured by a mortgage, the notice shall also be posted in the relevant Land Registry Office.

Section 296. Adjudication of Applications

(1): A matter shall be adjudicated by the court after the expiry of the time period stated in the notice; the applicant, interested persons indicated by the applicant and persons who have submitted a claim within the time period shall be summoned.
(2): An application in regard to rights, that has been submitted after the time period stated in the notice but prior to judgment being rendered in the matter, shall be considered to be submitted within the time period.
(3): If, in connection with the summoning, a dispute arises with respect to rights that may affect the judgment in the matter, the court shall suspend the court proceedings, and set a time period for the bringing of an action.
(4): If an action is not brought within the time period set, or a judgment is issued regarding the deciding of the dispute, the court proceedings shall be renewed.

Section 297. Court Judgment

(1): Where an application is allowed, the court shall render judgment declaring that all rights, regarding which application has not been made within the time period, are invalid, except those mentioned in Section 327, Paragraph two of this Law.
(2): The extinguishing of rights is not an impediment to the bringing of an action in accordance with general procedures in the cases as provided for in Section 327, Paragraph three of this Law.

Chapter 39
Renewal of Rights based on Debt Instruments or Bearer Securities

Section 298. Submission of Application

In cases where a debt instrument of bearer security has been lost, stolen or destroyed, the creditor or person to whom the document has been pledged, given for safekeeping, administering, or on commission or entrusted in some other way, and the last holder of the document if it was endorsed to bearer or the endorsement was in blank, may petition the court to cancel such document and thereafter renew the rights related to it.

Section 299. Jurisdiction

An application for the cancelling of a lost, stolen or destroyed document and renewal of rights related to it shall be submitted to a court in accordance with the payment location indicated on the document, but if the payment location is not known, then to a court in accordance with the location of the debtor – their place of place of residence if the debtor is a natural person, or their legal location (legal address) if the debtor is a legal person – and if the location of the debtor is also unknown, then in accordance with the location where the document was issued.

Section 300. Contents of an Application

(1) There shall be set out in an application for cancellation of a lost, stolen or destroyed document the following:

1) the given name, surname, personal identity number and place of place of residence of the applicant, but if the applicant is a legal person, its name, registration number and location (legal address);

2) the given name and surname (name) and place of place of residence (address) of the person who issued the document, and the given name and surname (name) and place of place of residence (address) of the person who, in accordance with the document, must perform the obligation. Also, the personal identity number or registration number of such person, if known, shall be set out;

3) the name, contents and identifying features of the document; and
4) the circumstance in which the document was lost, stolen or destroyed.

(2) Where possible, a true copy of the document shall be appended to the application.

Section 301. Preparation of a Matter for Adjudication

(1) After an application is accepted, a judge shall take a decision regarding: 1) the enjoining of persons, who according to the document must perform an obligation,

2) publication of a notice in the newspaper Latvijas Vēstnesis.

(2) There shall be set out in the notice the following: 1) the name of the court in which the application was received; 2) the given name and surname of the applicant, but if the applicant is a legal person, their

name and location (legal address); 3) the name, contents and identifying features of the lost, stolen or destroyed document; and 4) a stipulation regarding the submitting to the court – within three months, but in the case

of a promissory note or a cheque within two months from the day the notice is published – of an application by the holder of the document, in regard to the holder's right to this document, and a statement that in the absence of such submission the document may be declared cancelled.

(3) The court shall send a true copy of the decision, as provided for in Paragraph one, Clause 1 of this Section, to the person who according to the document must perform the obligation and also, if possible, notify all persons mentioned in the document regarding the decision.

Section 302. Duty of the Holder of the Document

(1): It is the duty of the holder of the document, after the notice has been given regarding the loss, theft or destruction of the document, to submit, within the time period set out in the notice, to the court which took the decision, an application regarding his or her rights with respect to this document together with the original of the document.
(2): If the holder of the document has not submitted such application, but the cancellation of the document infringes his or her rights, he or she may defend his or her infringed rights in accordance with the procedures for court proceedings by way of action.

Section 303. Actions by the Court Following Receipt of an Application from the Holder of the Document

(1): If an application from the holder of the document is received by the court within the time period set out in the notice, the court shall leave unadjudicated the application of the person requesting cancellation of the document and shall set a time period during which any payments, monetary or otherwise, made in accordance with the document are prohibited. Such time period shall not exceed two months.
(2): The court shall, at the same time, explain to the applicant his or her right to bring an action against the holder of the document to reclaim such document, and to the holder of the document his or her right to recover from the submitter losses caused as a result of injunctive measures determined by the court.
(3): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding the decision of the court.

Section 304. Adjudication of a Claim

(1): The court shall adjudge a matter regarding cancellation of a document and renewal of rights related to it after expiration of the time period set out in the notice, provided an application has not been received from the holder of the document.
(2): The court shall notify the submitter and the person who issued the document and, where possible, all persons mentioned in the document, regarding the time when and place where the matter is to be adjudicated. The failure of such persons to attend is not an impediment to the adjudicating of the matter.

Section 305. Court Judgment

(1): If the court finds that the document set out in the application has been lost, stolen or destroyed and that the applicant was the lawful holder of such document, it shall render judgment regarding the cancellation of the document and renewal of the rights of the applicant related to it.
(2): A court judgment that has come into lawful effect shall be a basis for issuing a new document to replace the cancelled document, if such is provided for by law.
(3): If the law does not provide that a new document may be issued, the judgment shall be a basis to make a claim regarding realisation of rights arising from the cancelled document.

Chapter 40
Reading and Coming into Legal Effect of Last Will Instruction Instruments

Section 306. Submission of Last Will Instruction Instruments to the Court

(1): A person or institution in possession of a last will instruction instrument (hereinafter – also a will) shall, upon the death or the declared death of the testator, submit it without delay to the court in accordance with the last place of place of residence of the testator, but if such is not known, then in accordance with the location of the property or the bulk of the property. The submitter of the last will instruction instrument shall indicate all heirs known to them and the places of place of residence of the heirs.
(2): A mutual will shall be submitted to the court as soon as one of the testators dies.

Section 307. Determination of when a Last Will Instruction Instrument Shall be Read

As soon as a last will instruction instrument has been submitted, the judge to whom adjudication of the matter has been assigned shall without waiting for a petition therefor, pursuant to a written decision determine the day when the instrument shall be read. A notice regarding this shall be posted in a place in the court visible to everyone and all known heirs shall be notified.

Section 308. Procedure for Reading a Last Will Instruction Instrument

(1): On the date set, the court, in open sitting, shall open the last will instruction instrument and, in accordance with the procedures prescribed in Section 170 of this Law, shall examine witnesses, who have signed the instrument, regarding the authenticity of their signatures. After that the entire last will instruction instrument shall be read.
(2): If there is more than one last will instruction instrument, all such last will instruction instruments shall be opened and read. Instruments, which are asserted to be unlawful or fraudulent, shall also be opened and read. In reading a last will instruction instrument, the provisions of Section 785 of The Civil Law shall be complied with.
(3): If there are several original copies of the last will instruction instrument, all with the same content, only one of them shall be read. The reading of a true copy is not equivalent to reading the original, except where the original is lost or if it cannot soon be submitted; in such case the interested persons shall nevertheless prove that the last will instruction instrument actually exists and, if the true copy thereof is not properly witnessed, must also prove its contents.
(4): Only documents or a letter from the testator in which the true copy of the will is mentioned, or the testimony of witnesses who are mentioned in such copy as witnesses of the will, may be considered as evidence in regard to the contents of a will.
(5): Minutes of the court sitting must be drawn up regarding the entire process of the opening and reading the last will instruction instrument, in which minutes must be fully recorded not only all of the bequests included in each will but also information regarding the following:

1) if the instrument had been sealed, whether the seals were intact;

2) which of the witnesses participated in the court sitting and what testimony they provided;

3) whether there were objections as to the authenticity of the last will instruction instrument,

and whether it was lawfully valid; and 4) whether there were any peculiarities in the instrument – corrections, erasures, and crossings-out.

Section 309. Establishing the Existence of an Oral Will

(1): If a testator has expressed their last will orally, the court, pursuant to an application by interested parties, may determine and formulate an oral will. For this purpose the court shall summon witnesses who were present when the testator expressed his or her will, and in the court sitting such witnesses shall be examined regarding the given name, surname, and age of the testator, the content of the oral will and the location and time of the making of the will, and other circumstances which relate to the making of the will and could affect its lawful validity. The testimony of witnesses shall be recorded in the minutes of the court sitting, such minutes shall be read out and the witnesses shall sign them.
(2): After the witnesses have provided their testimony, the court shall formulate in writing the contents of the oral will. The decision shall be read out at a court sitting.
(3): If the court, having assessed the testimony of the witnesses, finds that an oral will may not be formulated on the basis of such testimony, the court shall, pursuant to a judgment, decline pronouncing an oral will.
(4): If the court determines that a written testamentary instrument exists, the court shall leave the matter unadjudicated.

Section 310. Activity of the Court if the Will Contains a Bequest to Generally Benevolent and Charitable Purposes

Following the reading of a will containing a bequest to generally benevolent and charitable purposes, the court shall send to a public prosecutor an excerpt from the will together with information on the executor of the will or the given names, surnames and places of place of residence of the persons who submitted the will for the reading thereof.

Section 311. Invitation to the Opening of Succession

(1): After the reading of the testamentary instrument has taken place, the court, in accordance with the provisions of Section 326 of this Law, shall publish an invitation regarding the opening of succession.
(2): If there is a time period set out in the will regarding acceptance of the inheritance, the court shall have regard to this in setting a time period for the invitation.

Section 312. Rights of Heirs and Interested Parties

(1) Until a will comes into lawful effect, it shall be kept in the court so that interested parties can become acquainted with it. There may be issued to heirs, pursuant to their request, a true copy of

the will with an endorsement that it has been read and conforms to the formal requirements prescribed by law but has not yet come into lawful effect.

(2) Within the time limit set out in the invitation, testamentary heirs have the right to submit an application to the court regarding recognition of the testamentary instructions as being in effect, and a person, whose rights are infringed upon by the last will instructions – to submit objections and to contest the will.

Section 313. Application Regarding the Coming into Lawful Effect of a Last Will Instruction Instrument

(1): A person who wishes to inherit shall submit an application to the court regarding the coming into lawful effect of the last will instruction instrument, appending thereto the last will instruction instrument if this instrument is not already available to the court (Section 306 of this Law).
(2): There shall be included in the documents accompanying the application the following: 1) the death certificate of the testator; 2) evidence confirming the testator's last known place of place of residence; 3) an inventory and valuation of the property to be inherited; and 4) a receipt for payment of State fees.
(3): There shall be set out in the application all heirs known to the applicant.

Section 314. Procedure Regarding the Contesting of a Will

(1): If an interested party disputes a last will instruction instrument, the court shall stay court proceedings in the matter regarding the coming into effect of the last will instruction instrument and, if necessary, set a time period for bringing an action. If a an action is not brought within the set time period, the court shall resume court proceedings and adjudicate the matter regarding the coming into effect of the last will instruction instrument.
(2): If, in accordance with the procedures applicable to actions, the last will instruction instrument is declared invalid in its entirety, the court shall terminate the court proceeding being conducted pursuant to special adjudication procedures.
(3): If, in accordance with the procedures applicable to actions, part of the last will instructions instrument is declared invalid, the court shall declare the rest of it to be in effect.
(4): If, in a matter regarding a last will instruction instrument coming into effect, the forced heirs apply for rights to the estate in accordance with the law and if there is no dispute among the interested parties regarding rights to the estate, the court shall adjudicate such application within the same matter.

Section 315. Adjudicating an Application

(1): The court shall adjudicate an application when the time period set out in the notice has elapsed.
(2): The applicant and interested parties shall be summoned to the court sitting.

Section 316. Judgment Regarding the Coming into Lawful Effect of a Last Will Instruction Instrument

(1): Where a court finds that an application is well-founded, the court shall render judgment that the last will instruction instrument is in lawful effect.
(2): In the judgment the court shall decide as to the extinguishing of rights not applied for within the

time period.
Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

(3) The original instrument, together with the judgment, woven through with thread and sealed, and with an endorsement that the will has been read and has come into legal effect, shall, after the judgment has come into lawful effect, be issued to the heir or the executor of the will, unless the testator has given other instructions. The original of the last will instruction instrument shall be issued only after the State fees and other court costs have been paid.

Chapter 41
Protection of Estates and Trusteeships

Section 317. Jurisdiction regarding, Basis for and Means of Protection of Estates

(1): Protection of estate property shall be provided for by a court in accordance with the last place of residence of the estate-leaver. A court, which has accepted an application, may, if the estate property is located in the territory of another court, assign the providing of protection of the estate property to such other court.
(2): Protection of the property of the deceased may be petitioned for by: 1) an heir; 2) the executor of a will or trustee of an estate; 3) the administration of the place of employment of the deceased person – but only with

respect to money, things or documents related to such place of employment and as are part of the property of the deceased; and

4) creditors – with respect to such claims as have been adjudged or secured in their favour by a court judgment. In such case only that part of the property shall be protected as is necessary to satisfy the claims referred to.

(3): In cases provided for by law (Section 659 of the Civil Law) the court shall provide for protection of the estate pursuant to notification by any person, if the court is certain of the death of the estate-leaver.
(4): Having determined that there is a basis for protection of the estate, the judge shall take a decision regarding it.
(5): The means for protection of the estate shall be: 1) sealing of; 2) taking of inventory and valuation of; or 3) placing in storage of, the estate property.

Section 318. Sealing of the Estate Property

(1): The estate property shall be sealed only if the interested parties so request, or if a judge finds that sealing is required, or good cause is shown that it is not possible to take an inventory of the property without delay.
(2): Sealing shall be carried out by a bailiff in the presence of at least two witnesses summoned therefor and by sealing the place of storage of the things or sealing the things themselves. The persons set out in Section 317 of this Law may be present at the sealing.
(3): Prior to sealing, the bailiff shall take depositions from persons, if there are such persons, who have resided in the same building or apartment with the deceased, affirming that they have not hidden any of the remaining property and that they do not know of any part of the property being hidden, taken or removed.
(4): If notification is received that there is a will among the things of the deceased, the bailiff shall search for it first of all. If a will is found, the bailiff shall send it unopened to the judge, on the basis of whose decision the sealing shall be performed.

(5): Securities, cash and valuables found shall be provided for safekeeping in accordance with procedures set out in law.
(6): Things regarding which third persons have made claims shall be sealed and the submitted claim shall be set out in the statement regarding the sealing.
(7): The bailiff shall record in the statement all actions related to the sealing, and the statement shall be signed by all persons summoned. The statement, together with all applications, must be submitted to the court on the basis of whose judgment the sealing was performed.

Section 319. Things as shall not be Sealed

Things that are necessary for everyday use by the persons remaining in the building or apartment of the deceased, as well as things, which because of their nature can not be sealed, shall not be sealed. A list shall be made of the things not sealed.

Section 320. Removal of Seals

(1): A decision regarding the removal of seals from sealed property shall be made either by a judge of the court whose decision was the basis for sealing the things, or by the court adjudicating the estate matter.
(2): If sealing is performed because the heirs are unknown or are absent, the seals may be removed after a trustee has been appointed for the estate.
(3): Seals shall be removed by a bailiff in the presence of at least two witnesses.
(4): Persons indicated in Section 317, Paragraph two of this Law and persons who have made a claim in regard to the sealed things have the right to be present when the seals are removed. The bailiff shall notify such persons regarding the time when the seals are to be removed.
(5): All actions of the bailiff related to the removal of the seals shall be recorded in a statement, which shall be signed by the witnesses, and the interested persons mentioned in Paragraph four of this Section who are present. The statement shall be submitted to the court pursuant to whose decision the seals were removed.

Section 321. Taking Inventory of Estate Property

(1): Taking inventory and valuation of estate property shall, pursuant to the decision of a judge, be performed by a bailiff in the presence of at least two witnesses and in accordance with the procedures prescribed by law. If the taking of inventory is commenced without the things previously being sealed, the provisions of Section 318, Paragraphs three, five, six and seven of this Law shall be complied with.
(2): Where it cannot be postponed, inventory, pursuant to the decision of a judge, may be commenced without waiting until interested persons have been notified about the time period set for taking such inventory.
(3): The bailiff shall draw up a statement regarding the taking of inventory, which statement shall be signed by the witnesses, and the interested persons mentioned in Section 317, Paragraph two of this Law who are present. The statement shall be submitted to the court whose decision the taking of inventory and valuation was conducted pursuant to.

Section 322. Storage of Sealed or Inventoried Property

(1): The sealed or inventoried property shall be provided to the trustee for safekeeping, but if a trustee has not been appointed, to another person in accordance with the procedures prescribed in this Law.
(2): Things, which are being claimed by third persons, may be given to them pursuant to the decision of a judge, if such property indubitably belongs to these parties and if any interested person does not dispute such transfer.
(3): Things, which spoil quickly, shall be sold without delay, on the basis of a decision by a judge, but money received for them shall, after deduction of the costs incurred in the sale, be deposited in a deposit account of the bailiff's office.

Section 323. Trusteeship for an Estate

If the court adjudicating an estate matter considers it necessary to establish a trusteeship in regard to the estate, the court shall take a decision regarding this, and such decision shall be sent to the Orphan's Court for implementation.

[7 September 2006]

Chapter 42
Announcement of Opening of Succession

Section 324. Basis of Announcement

(1): A court or judge shall announce the opening of succession pursuant to their own initiative or the petition of interested persons.
(2): An application for notification may be submitted by an heir (substitute, successor), the executor of the will, a trustee or any person who has made a claim against the estate as legatee or creditor.

Section 325. Application for Announcement

(1): An application for announcement shall be submitted to the court in accordance with the last place of place of residence of the estate-leaver, but if such is unknown, then in accordance with the location of the estate or the bulk thereof.
(2): There shall be set out in the application: 1) the facts which are the basis for the petition for announcement, and evidence corroborating them; 2) persons interested in the matter as are known to the applicant, and the place of place of

residence of such persons; and 3) the consequences of failure of summoned persons to attend.

Section 326. Procedures in regard to Announcement

(1) In the announcement the court shall invite all those who have rights to the estate as heirs, creditors or in some other capacity to make application, indicating that where they do not make application regarding their rights within the time period stated in the invitation, the rights in regard to which application has not been made shall be extinguished. If the announcement takes place in connection with the reading of a will, the court shall, in the announcement, also invite persons who

have objections to the will to make application in regard to their rights, indicating that otherwise such persons shall be deemed to have withdrawn their objections.

(2): An announcement regarding the opening of succession shall be published in the newspaper Latvijas Vēstnesis, but if the value of the property left by the estate-leaver does not exceed one thousand lats according to the information available to the court, the announcement shall only be posted in a publicly visible place on the court premises.
(3): The court shall without delay notify all interested persons known to the court regarding the announcement and the contents thereof.

Section 327. Effect of the Announcement

(1): Rights, in regard to which application has not been made within the time period in the announcement, shall be extinguished.
(3): Where persons fail to make application in regard to their rights within the time period stated in the announcement, the extinguishment of such rights is not an impediment to the bringing of an action in accordance with general procedures, if:

1) provisions of law regarding the content of the announcement or the procedures in regard to the announcement have not been complied with; 2) a judgment is rendered in the matter prior to the expiry of the term for making application in regard to rights set out in the announcement; 3) the court has left unadjudicated an application regarding rights submitted within the time limited; 4) there is substantially significant false information submitted in the application regarding the announcement; or 5) falsification is proved in regard to the documents accompanying the application.

Chapter 43
Accepting an Inheritance

Section 328. Invitation for Heirs to Declare their Position Regarding the Inheritance

(1): If heirs have not declared their intention to accept the inheritance, the creditors and legatees of the estate-leaver, as well as substitutes and successors, may submit to the court which has jurisdiction over the estate matter, an application to require the heirs to declare their position regarding acceptance of the inheritance.
(2): There shall be set out in the application: 1) the persons invited to inherit, if such persons are known; 2) the basis for inheriting: will, contract or law; and 3) the applicant's claim regarding the estate.
(3): If the heirs are known, the court, without announcing the opening of succession, shall adjudicate the application at a court sitting to which the heirs set out in the application have been summoned,
(4): The court, without verifying the validity of the applicant's claim, shall hear the explanations of the heirs present, determine whether the estate is in the possession of an heir, and set the time

period within which the heirs must give notice as to whether they do or do not wish to accept the inheritance.

(5): If the heirs are unknown to the applicant or fail to attend the court session, the court, in accordance with the provisions of Section 326 of this Law shall announce the opening of succession in the newspaper Latvijas Vēstnesis and give notice to the known heirs thereof.
(6): If the heirs have not applied within the time limited in the notice or if they have renounced their inheritance, the court shall terminate the proceedings in such matter and shall notify the Ministry of Finance regarding the property without heirs.

Section 329. Acceptance of an Estate on the Basis of Rights of Inventory

(1): An application regarding acceptance of an estate on the basis of right of inventory (Section 709 of The Civil Law) shall be submitted to the court, which has jurisdiction over the estate matter.
(2): An application may be submitted within two months from the day when the heirs knew the opening of succession.
(3): After an application is received, the court or judge shall take a decision regarding the drawing up of an inventory list, which shall be given to the bailiff for execution, or to the relevant Orphan’s Court.

[7 September 2006]

Section 330. Renouncing an Inheritance

(1): A submission regarding renouncement or refusal of an inheritance (Sections 609, 651, 689 and 775-783 of The Civil Law) may be submitted in writing to the court which has jurisdiction over the estate matter, or presented at a court sitting.
(2): A submission regarding renouncement or refusal of an inheritance, presented at a court sitting by a person who has been invited to inherit, shall be recorded in the minutes of the court sitting and shall be signed by the relevant person invited to inherit.

Chapter 44
Confirmation of Rights of Intestate Succession

Section 331. Application to Confirm Rights of Inheritance

(1): Heirs at law may submit an application to the court to confirm their rights of inheritance.
(2): Applications shall be submitted to the district (city) court in accordance with the last place of place of residence of the estate-leaver, but if such is unknown, then in accordance with the location of the estate or the bulk thereof.
(3): There shall be set out in the application all of the interested persons, and the property to be inherited and the value thereof. Evidence confirming the right of the applicant to inherit shall be appended to the application.

Section 332. Announcement of Invitation to the Opening of Succession

Following the receipt of an application, an announcement of invitation to the opening of succession shall be made by the judge or court, in accordance with the procedures prescribed in Section 326 of this Law.

Section 333. Adjudication of Applications

(1): The court shall adjudicate an application when the time period set out in the invitation has expired.
(2): The applicant and interested parties shall be summoned to the court sitting.

Section 334. Judgment Regarding Confirmation of Rights of Inheritance

(1): Where it finds that an application is well-founded, the court shall render judgment regarding confirmation of the rights of inheritance of the applicant to the whole estate or to a specified undivided share thereof.
(2): In the judgment the court shall decide in regard to the extinguishing of rights not applied for.
(3): In confirming the rights of inheritance of applicants, regard shall not be had to any mutual agreements which have been made between heirs but which do not conform to law.

Section 335. Leaving Applications Unadjudicated

If a dispute regarding rights to an estate arises in a matter, such as is required to be resolved in accordance with procedures applicable to actions, the court shall leave the matter unadjudicated.

Chapter 45
Pre-emption of Immovable Property

Section 336. Jurisdiction regarding Matters

Applications regarding pre-emption of immovable property shall be submitted to the court in accordance with the location of the immovable property subject to pre-emption.

Section 337. Substance of Applications

(1): There shall be set out in an application the location of the immovable property subject to preemption, the acquirer thereof and the basis for the right of pre-emption (Section 1382 of the Civil Law).
(2): There shall be appended to the application: 1) a true copy of the instrument on the basis of which the immovable property has been

alienated;

2) evidence regarding the right of the applicant to pre-empt the immovable property; and

3) information regarding the sale price of the immovable property, alienation costs and fees,

and payment thereof.

Section 338. Sending a True Copy of the Application to the Acquirer of the Immovable Property

The court shall send a true copy of the application to the acquirer of the immovable property, setting out a term of one month for submission of explanations and providing of information regarding necessary and useful expenditures incurred in regard to the immovable property.

Section 339. Adjudication of Applications

Applications shall be adjudicated at a court sitting to which the applicant and the acquirer of the immovable property shall be summoned.

Section 340. Court Judgment

Where it finds that the application is well founded, the court shall render judgment regarding the right of pre-emption of the applicant in regard to the immovable property and the right of the acquirer of the pre-empted immovable property to compensation for expenditures.

Section 341. Leaving Applications Unadjudicated

If the acquirer of the immovable property disputes the right of pre-emption of the applicant, the court shall leave the application unadjudicated, and explain to the participants in the matter that the dispute is required to be resolved in accordance with the procedures applicable to actions.

Chapter 46
Matters Regarding Insolvency of an Undertaking or a Company

Section 342. Jurisdiction in regard to Matters

(1): Matters regarding the insolvency of an undertaking or a company shall be adjudicated by a court in accordance with the location (legal address) of the undertaking or company.
(2): Matters regarding the commencement of insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3, Paragraph 1 of Council regulation No. 1346/2000 shall be adjudicated by a court according the location of the centre of the debtor’s main interests, but matters regarding the commencement of insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3, Paragraph 2 of this regulation – according the location of the debtor’s undertaking (within the meaning of Article 2, Paragraph “h” of the referred to regulation).

[25 May 2006]

Section 343. Insolvency Petition

(1) An insolvency petition may be submitted to the court by: 1) a debtor or the liquidator of the debtor (liquidation commission); 2) an unsecured creditor, a group of unsecured creditors, and a secured creditor if the claim

is not secured in full; 3) the administrator in an insolvency matter – in regard to a third person who has a debt

obligation to the undertaking or company represented by the administrator; 4) State and local government institutions, as set out by law; and 5) the person indicated in Article 29, Paragraph “a” of Council regulation No. 1346/2000.

(2) There shall be set out in the petition at least one element of insolvency as provided for by law, as well as evidence to be submitted in confirmation thereof, and documents as set out in the Law On the Insolvency of Undertakings and Companies.

[25 May 2006]

Section 344. Receipt and Registration of Insolvency Petitions

(1): The court shall accept an insolvency petition from a person in whose name the petition is submitted, or from a person who has been authorised to submit such petition.
(2): The identity of the submitter shall be verified when a petition is received. If it is not possible to verify such identity or the submitter does not have the appropriate authorisation, the petition shall not be accepted.
(3): Insolvency petitions shall be registered in a separate register, in which the submitter and the recipient shall sign.

Section 345. Initiation of a Matter

(1): The judge shall take a decision, regarding initiation of an insolvency proceeding or refusal to accept an insolvency petition, not later than the day following receipt of the petition in court, but if the petition is left not proceeded with, then not later than the day following the rectifying of deficiencies indicated in the judge's decision or following the expiry of the time period for rectifying deficiencies.
(2): Upon a matter being initiated, the court shall take a decision regarding attachment of the debtor's monetary resources, which are placed in the debtor's accounts in credit institutions, publicly circulated securities or fixed assets.
(3): Pursuant to the petition of the submitter, the court shall take a decision to also impose attachment upon other property of the debtors if such is necessary and if such attachment does not significantly hinder the continuation of commercial activities.
(4): If an insolvency petition is submitted in regard to such undertaking as the owner of the undertaking is liable to the extent of the owner's own property for the obligations thereof, the court shall take a decision to impose attachment upon the owner's property.
(5): A writ of execution regarding the attachment of the debtor’s property shall be issued to the submitter of the application or on the basis of a petition of the administrator – to the administrator, or on the basis of a request by the insolvency proceedings liquidator referred to in Article 3, Paragraph 1 of Council regulation No. 1346/2000 – to the referred to liquidator.
(6): The decisions referred to in Paragraphs two, three and four of this Section shall be executed according to the procedures specified in Section 142 of this Law.
(7): The decision of the judge regarding refusal to accept a petition and returning of the petition to the submitter of the petition may be appealed on the basis of Section 441, Paragraph one, Clause 2 of the Civil Procedure Law.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003; 25 May 2006]

Section 346. Activities of a Judge in Preparing a Matter for Adjudication

(1) True copies of the decision of a judge regarding the initiation of an insolvency matter shall be sent on the day the decision was taken to:

1) the State Agency “Maksātnespējas administrācija” [Insolvency Administration] (hereinafter – Agency), which within a period of three days from the moment of the receipt of the true copy shall submit to a court nominations regarding candidates for the position of administrator; and

2) the Finance and Capital Market Commission if the decision has been taken in respect of a participant specified in the Law On Final Accounting Payment and Financial Instrument Accounting Systems.

(2): Pending the judgment of the court the candidate for the administrator proposed by the Agency shall be appointed as administrator by a decision of the judge.
(3): [31 October 2002]
(4): [31 October 2002]
(5): Persons regarding whom there are impediments provided for by law to their appointment as administrators, may not be appointed as administrators. If the judge by his or her decision does not appoint as administrator the candidate for the position of administrator nominated by the Agency, the Agency shall without delay propose another candidate for administrator.
(7): [20 June 2001]
(8): [20 June 2001]

[20 June 2001; 31 October 2002; 12 February 2004; 25 May 2006]

Section 347. Adjudication of Insolvency Matters

(1): The court shall adjudicate an insolvency matter within 15 days from the day the matter is initiated.
(2): The submitter of the insolvency petition, the debtor and the administrator shall be summoned to the court sitting.
(3): In an insolvency matter, withdrawal of or varying of the petition shall not be allowed.
(4): In the course of adjudicating the matter, the court shall determine whether any of the elements of insolvency, as set out in law, exist in regard to the undertaking or company.

Section 348. Court Judgment in Insolvency Matters

(1): If the court determines that any of the elements of insolvency exist in regard to the undertaking or company, it shall, pursuant to its judgment, find the debtor insolvent and shall state the day when the insolvency comes into effect. As the day when the insolvency came into effect shall be found the day when the insolvency petition was submitted, unless the court determines that de facto insolvency came into effect on an earlier day.
(1¹): If the court renders a judgment regarding the commencement of insolvency proceedings against the debtor specified in Article 3, Paragraph 2 of Council regulation No. 1346/2000, the procedures specified in Paragraph one of this Section shall not be applied.
(2): In rendering judgment regarding the insolvency of a debtor, the court shall confirm the appointed administrator.
(2¹): In rendering judgment regarding the insolvency of a debtor, the court shall decide whether to impose upon the administrator a duty to publish a notice regarding insolvency proceedings of the debtor in the official gazette of other Member States of the European Union (hereinafter – other Member States) in which territory the debtor’s undertaking or property is located within the meaning of Article 2, Paragraph “h” of Council regulation No. 1346/2000, if the administrator has the discretion to publish in another Member State such a notice and the court has commenced against the debtor the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3, Paragraph 1 of the referred to regulation.
(3): The court shall, on the basis of the list of representatives of the debtor submitted by the administrator, determine those representatives of the debtor for whom it is mandatory to participate in the insolvency proceedings.
(4): Pursuant to the substantiated request of the administrator, the court may set an abridged time period for the submission of the claims of creditors.
(5): If it is not determined that there exist elements of insolvency in regard to an undertaking or company, the court shall dismiss the petition, and at the same time terminate the insolvency proceedings and take a decision on the issue of whether the petition should be considered to be unfounded or knowingly false in accordance with the Law On Insolvency of Undertakings and Companies.
(6): Where a court considers a petition unfounded or knowingly false, the court shall recover from the submitter of the petition the court costs and the administrator's remuneration. In other cases such expenditures shall be recovered from the debtor.
(7): In insolvency matters the judgment of the court is final and may not be appealed through appellate procedures.

[20 June 2001; 31 October 2002; 25 May 2006]

Section 349. Court Activities following Declaration of Insolvency

(1): Following the pronouncement of judgment in an insolvency matter, the court shall issue to the administrator four true copies of the judgment, certified pursuant to the prescribed procedures, with an endorsement regarding the coming into effect of the judgment.
(2): The judge shall warn the debtor's representatives set out in the judgment, and they shall sign in regard to receiving such warning, that:

1) it is their duty to attend all creditors meetings and court sittings, and that failure to attend shall not be an impediment to the holding of a creditors meeting or court sitting; nevertheless, the court may find that the attendance of a debtor's representative is mandatory and require the debtor's representative to be brought by forced conveyance;

2) it is their duty to provide necessary information to the court, creditors meeting and administrator; 3) in case their place of place of residence changes, they must provide the new address to the administrator and the court within a period of three days; and 4) for failure to perform their duties, they may be held to liability as prescribed by law.

(3) Pursuant to the petition of the administrator, the judge shall take a decision regarding the release of attached property and the transfer thereof to the administrator.

[9 June 2005]

Section 350. Issues to be Decided by the Court after a Declaration of Insolvency

(1) After a court declares a debtor insolvent on the basis of the relevant application, it shall decide

as to:
Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

1) confirmation or setting aside of a settlement;

2) concluding of bankruptcy procedures;

3) termination of insolvency proceedings;

4) the resignation or discharge of the administrator and appointment of another administrator;

5) approval of a statement of auction of immovable property;

6) expungement of the insolvency endorsement in the Land Register;

7) approval of finalisation of restoration; and

8) performance of the activities specified in Articles 33 and 37 of Council regulation No. 1346/2000.

(2): The court shall also adjudicate complaints regarding the decisions of the creditors committee, creditors meetings and decisions of the Agency, and decide other issues relevant to the insolvency proceedings.
(3): The court may, in connection with adjudication of issues noted in this Section, request that the administrator submits a report of his or her activities, but an insolvency proceedings liquidator specified in Article 3, Paragraph 1 of Council regulation No. 1346/2000 – information, which is necessary for the rendering of the adjudication specified in this Section.
(4): The court shall adjudicate applications and complaints within 15 days of their receipt. The following shall be invited to the court sitting: the submitter of the application or complaint, the administrator, the debtor's representatives, and other interested persons. The failure of such persons to attend is not an impediment to adjudication of the issue in the court sitting. Nevertheless, the court may declare attendance of the debtor's representatives to be mandatory and require them to be brought by forced conveyance.
(5): The court shall take decisions in regard to the adjudication of applications and complaints, which decisions may not be appealed.
(6): The submitter of a complaint has the right to withdraw his or her complaint so long as the adjudicating of the matter on the merits is not completed. If the submitter of the complaint withdraws the submitted complaint, the court shall take a decision regarding termination of the court proceedings in the insolvency matter.
(7): In deciding regarding the performance of the activities specified in Article 3, Paragraph 1 of Council regulation No. 1346/2000, the court shall determine whether the referred to activities are in the interests of the insolvency proceedings creditors specified in Article 3, Paragraph 1 of the regulation, and shall determine the appropriate measures in the insolvency proceedings commenced by the court specified in Article 3, Paragraph 2 of the regulation to ensure the interests of the creditors, as well as determine what shall be the consequences of suspending bankruptcy proceedings (also in the course thereof accepted restoration or settlement procedures).
(8): In deciding regarding the performance of the activities specified in Article 3, Paragraph 2 of Council regulation No. 1346/2000, the court shall ascertain that the continuation of the activities referred to in Article 3, Paragraph 1 of the regulation are no longer justified.
(9): A decision regarding the performance of the activities specified in Article 33 of Council regulation No. 1346/2000 shall be sent by the court to the representative of the debtor, administrator and the Agency.
(10): In deciding the performance of the activities specified in Article 37 of Council regulation No. 1346/2000, the court shall determine whether the referred to activities are in the interests of the insolvency proceedings creditors specified in Article 3, Paragraph 1 of the regulation.

[20 June 2001; 31 October 2002; 25 May 2006]

Section 351. Confirmation of Settlements

(1): The court shall examine a settlement submitted by the administrator, at any stage in the insolvency proceedings up until commencement of the auction.
(2): A true copy of the decision by the creditors meeting regarding the entering into of a settlement shall be submitted to the court together with the settlement signed by the debtor and the representative chosen at the creditors meeting.
(4): The court shall confirm the settlement if it has been entered into in accordance with the procedures prescribed by law and the conditions thereof are not contrary to law.
(5): If a court has commenced against a debtor the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3, Paragraph 2 of Council regulation No. 1346/2000, the court shall approve the settlement if firstly it has been approved in writing by the insolvency proceedings liquidator specified in Article 3, Paragraph 1 of the regulation.
(6): If a court has commenced against a debtor the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3, Paragraph 2 of Council regulation No. 1346/2000 and the settlement has not been approved by the insolvency proceedings liquidator specified in Article 3, Paragraph 1 of the regulation, the court shall, prior to the approval of the settlement, hear the referred to insolvency proceedings liquidator specified in Article 3, Paragraph 1 of the regulation and shall approve the settlement if it determines that the ending of the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3, Paragraph 2 of the regulation with a settlement shall not impact upon the financial interests of the insolvency proceedings creditors specified in Article 3, Paragraph 1 of the regulation.

[25 May 2006]

Section 352. Setting aside of Settlements

(1): An application to set aside a settlement may be submitted by the administrator, the insolvency proceedings liquidator specified in Article 3, Paragraph 1 of Council regulation No. 1346/2000, a creditor, a group of creditors or the creditors meeting.
(2): The court shall set aside a settlement if it determines that: 1) provisions of law have been violated in entering into the settlement; 2) the entering into of the settlement has been attained through the use of fraud or duress, or

was affected by mistake; or 3) the debtor fails to fulfil the obligations provided for in the settlement.

[25 May 2006]

Section 353. Decision regarding a Restoration Plan [20 June 2001]

Section 354. Decision regarding Discontinuance of Restoration [20 June 2001]

Section 354.^¹Approval of Finalisation of Restoration

(1): A court shall approve a decision by the meeting of creditors regarding the finalisation of restoration and at the same time shall take a decision regarding the termination of insolvency proceedings.
(2): If a court has commenced against a debtor the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3, Paragraph 2 of Council regulation No. 1346/2000, the court shall approve the decision of the meeting of creditors regarding the finalisation of restoration if firstly it has been approved in writing by the insolvency proceedings liquidator specified in Article 3, Paragraph 1 of the regulation.
(3): If a court has commenced against a debtor the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3, Paragraph 2 of Council regulation No. 1346/2000 and the decision of the meeting of creditors regarding the finalisation of restoration has not been approved by the insolvency proceedings liquidator specified in Article 3, Paragraph 1 of the regulation, the court shall, prior to the approval of the decision of the meeting of creditors regarding the finalisation of restoration, hear the referred to insolvency proceedings liquidator specified in Article 3, Paragraph 1 of the regulation and shall approve the referred to decision of the meeting of creditors if it determines that the ending of the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3, Paragraph 2 of the regulation with a restoration shall not impact upon the financial interests of the insolvency proceedings creditors specified in Article 3, Paragraph 1 of the regulation.

[25 May 2006]

Section 355. Decision to Initiate Bankruptcy Procedures [20 June 2001]

Section 356. Decision regarding Administration Costs and Procedures for Settling Debts [20 June 2001]

Section 357. Decision regarding Termination of Bankruptcy Procedures

(1): The court shall take a decision regarding the termination of bankruptcy procedures, pursuant to a substantiated application by the administrator.
(2): Appended to the administrator's application regarding the termination of bankruptcy procedures

shall be the following documents:

1) an account of administrator’s actions;

2) a true copy of the relevant decision of the creditors meeting or committee of creditors or evidence that the convening of a final creditors meeting was unproductive;

3) liquidation balance of the debtor; and

4) a certification regarding the payment of the remaining monetary funds to the insolvency

proceedings liquidator specified in Article 3, Paragraph 1 of Council regulation No. 1346/2000 if the court has commenced against a debtor the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3, Paragraph 2 of the regulation.

(3): The court shall take a decision regarding the termination of bankruptcy procedures and termination of the insolvency proceedings.
(4): [31 October 2002]

[31 October 2002; 25 May 2006]

Section 358. Complaints regarding Decisions of Creditors Meetings

(1): The administrator may submit a complaint regarding any decision of a creditors meeting. Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)
(2): An interested creditor or group of creditors may submit a complaint, regarding a decision of a creditors meeting approving or rejecting a claim by a creditor, within two weeks of the day of the creditors meeting or the day when a creditor who did not attend the creditors meeting is notified of the decision of the meeting.
(3): The court shall set aside the decision of a creditors meeting regarding approval or rejection of the claim of a creditor if the decision has been taken without a lawful basis.
(4): A creditor or group of creditors may appeal the decision of a creditors meeting (creditors committee) regarding the costs of administration and the procedures for the covering of debts to a court within a period of two weeks after the taking of the decision.
(5): If a decision of the creditors meeting has been attained through the use of fraud or duress, or has been influenced by error, an interested creditor or group of creditors may petition a court to set aside a decision regarding the application of restoration, the approval of a restoration plan, amendments to a restoration plan, extension of the time period for restoration or the commencement of bankruptcy procedures.

[20 June 2001]

Section 359. Appeal of a Decision of the Committee of Creditors

(1): The court shall adjudicate a complaint by the administrator regarding a decision of the committee of creditors if the complaint has already been examined at a creditors meeting.
(2): If the court determines that the decision appealed from does not conform to law it shall allow the complaint and direct the committee of creditors to rectify the violation.
(3): If the court determines that the decision appealed from is lawful, it shall dismiss the appeal.

Section 360. Complaints regarding Decisions of the Agency

(1): A court shall adjudicate a complaint by a creditors meeting, creditor committee, creditors, representatives of the debtor, administrator or third persons the rights or lawful interests of which have been infringed regarding a decision by the Agency regarding the actions of an administrator during the insolvency proceedings and the imposition of lawful duties.
(2): If the court finds that the appealed decision does not conform to the law, it shall satisfy the

complaint and decide regarding:

1) the revocation in full or partially of the decision by the Agency;

2) impose a duty upon the Agency to accept or to examine the complaint regarding the

actions of an administrator; or 3) impose a duty upon the administrator to rectify the violation allowed to take place.

(3): If the court determines that the decision appealed from is lawful, it shall dismiss the complaint.
(4): In adjudicating a complaint regarding a decision by the Agency, the court may require an account of the actions of the administrator.

[25 May 2006]

Section 361. Appointment of Several Administrators [20 June 2001]

Section 362. Decision regarding Resignation or Dismissal of an Administrator

(1): A court shall accept the resignation of an administrator if the administrator submits a substantiated submission to which is appended an account of his or her actions.
(2): A court shall decide on the dismissal of an administrator on the basis of a decision of a creditors

meeting or an application of the Agency if:
Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

1) the administrator does not conform to the provisions of law or the restrictions set out in law are applicable to him or her;

2) the administrator is not competent in performing of his or her duties;

3) the creditors meeting has expressed a lack of confidence in the administrator;

4) the administrator violates the law;

5) the administrator is using his or her authority in bad faith; or

6) by a decision of the Agency the certificate of the administrator has been cancelled.

(3) The court shall decide on the dismissal of an administrator on its own initiative if the

administrator: 1) violates the law; or 2) does not fulfil court adjudications.

[31 October 2002; 25 May 2006]

Section 363. Decision regarding Termination of Insolvency Proceedings

(1): An application to terminate insolvency proceedings may be submitted by the administrator, but in the cases provided for in Paragraph three, Clauses 1 and 2 of this Section – also by the debtor.
(2): Appended to the application shall be evidence regarding the renewal of the solvency of the debtor. Also appended to the administrator's application shall be a true copy of the decision of the relevant creditors meeting or evidence showing that the call for the final creditors meeting was unproductive.
(3): The court shall take a decision regarding the termination of the insolvency proceeding if it is

determined that:

1) the debtor has fulfilled all of his or her obligations;

2) the debtor has settled all of his or her obligations the performance of which has come

due, and following the performance of these obligations the debtor's assets exceed the remaining debt amount; or 3) no creditor has applied by the end of the published term for creditors to apply regarding their claims.

(4) [31 October 2002]

[31 October 2002]

Chapter 47
Matters regarding Credit Institution Insolvency and Liquidation

Section 364. Jurisdiction regarding Matters

Matters regarding insolvency or liquidation of credit institutions shall be adjudicated by the court in accordance with the location (legal address) of the credit institution.

Section 365. Submitters of Insolvency Petitions

An insolvency petition may be submitted to the court by:

1) a credit institution or the liquidator of a credit institution;

2) a creditor or group of creditors;

3) an administrator for another insolvency case; or

4) the Finance and Capital Market Commission. [20 June 2001]

Section 366. Submitters of Liquidation Applications

Liquidation applications shall be submitted to the court by the Finance and Capital Market Commission. [20 June 2001]

Section 367. Procedures regarding Submitting of Insolvency Petitions

(1): An insolvency petition may, after the matter has been examined by the Finance and Capital Market Commission, be submitted to the court by a credit institution, the liquidator of a credit institution, a creditor or group of creditors, or the administrator of another insolvency matter.
(2): Insolvency petitions shall be submitted to the court by the Finance and Capital Market Commission, and thereto shall be appended the Finance and Capital Market Commission's decision regarding submission of the petition to the court and other documents that could be significant in the matter. In such case the person who shall be deemed the applicant is the person in whose name the insolvency petition is prepared and who submits it to the Finance and Capital Market Commission. The insolvency petition must conform to the requirements of Sections 368 and 369 of this Law.
(3): If the Finance and Capital Market Commission dismisses an insolvency petition, the persons mentioned in Paragraph one of this Section may submit it directly to the court. In this case, appended to the insolvency petition shall be the decision of the Finance and Capital Market Commission regarding refusal to submit the insolvency petition to the court.

[20 June 2001]

Section 368. Insolvency Petitions Submitted by a Creditor, a Group of Creditors or the Administrator of Another Insolvency Matter

(1) Set out in an insolvency petition submitted by a creditor, a group of creditors or the

administrator of another insolvency matter, shall be the following:

1) the name of the court which has jurisdiction over the matter;

2) the given name, surname, personal identity number and place of place of residence of the applicant, but for legal persons their name, registration number and location (legal address), as well as information regarding their representative (given name, surname, personal identity number, position and address), if the application is submitted by a representative;

3) the name and location (legal address) of the credit institution;
4) the actual state of insolvency and evidence which confirms this state; and
5) the documents appended to the insolvency petition.

(2) Appended to the insolvency petition shall be documents, which confirm the actual insolvency of the credit institution, as well as the decision of the Finance and Capital Market Commission regarding refusal to submit the insolvency petition to the court.

[20 June 2001]

Section 369. Insolvency Petitions by Credit Institutions

(1) Set out in an insolvency petition submitted by a credit institution shall be: 1) the name of the court which has jurisdiction over the matter; 2) the name and registration number of the credit institution, the number and dates of issue

and re-registration of the licence issued to operate the credit institution, location (legal address) and
the particulars of all accounts open in the credit institution;
Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

3) the actual state of insolvency or the probability of it happening, and evidence confirming such state; and

4) the documents appended to the insolvency petition.

(2) Appended to the insolvency petition shall be:

1) a list (given name, surname, personal identity number and address) of chairpersons and members of the advisory board, and the executive and audit bodies of the credit institution and of the representatives of the credit institution;

2) the most recent balance of the credit institution, prepared in conformity with the instructions of the Finance and Capital Market Commission regarding the preparation of annual accounts;

3) documents which confirm the actual state of insolvency of the credit institution or the probability of it happening; 4) a list of property belonging to third persons that is in the possession of or held by the credit institution, except deposits and interest from them; and 5) the decision of the Finance and Capital Market Commission regarding refusal to submit the insolvency petition to the court.

[20 June 2001]

Section 370. Petition by the Finance and Capital Market Commission regarding Insolvency of a Credit Institution

(1) Set out in an insolvency petition submitted by the Finance and Capital Market Commission

shall be:

1) the name of the court which has jurisdiction over the case;

2) the address of the Finance and Capital Market Commission and information (given name, surname, personal identity number and position) in regard to its representative who is submitting the petition;

3) the name and location (legal address) of the credit institution;

4) the actual state of insolvency or the probability of it happening, and evidence that

confirms these conditions; and 5) the documents appended to the insolvency petition.

(2) Documents that confirm the actual state of insolvency of the credit institution or the probability of it happening shall be appended to the insolvency petition.

[20 June 2001]

Section 371. Contents of Credit Institution Liquidation Applications

(1) Set out in a credit institution liquidation application shall be: 1) the name of the court which has jurisdiction over the matter; 2) The address of the Finance and Capital Market Commission and information (given

name, surname, personal identity number and position) regarding its representative who is

submitting the application.

3) the name and location (legal address) of the credit institution;

4) the representatives of the credit institution and persons whose participation in the

liquidation of the credit institution is obligatory; 5) the conditions, as a result of which the operating licence issued to the credit institution has been revoked and evidence which confirms these conditions; and 6) the documents appended to the application.

(2) Appended to the liquidation application shall be the decision regarding revocation of the operating licence issued to the credit institution, and documents that confirm the conditions as a result of which the operating licence issued to the credit institution has been revoked.

[20 June 2001]

Section 372. Submission and Registration of Credit Institution Insolvency Petitions and Liquidation Applications

(1): An insolvency petition or liquidation application in regard to a credit institution may be submitted to the court by a representative of the Finance and Capital Market Commission, but in cases provided for in Section 367, Paragraph three of this Law – by the applicant or his or her representative.
(2): The identity of the applicant shall be verified upon receipt of an application. If such application can not be verified or if the applicant does not have the appropriate authorisation, the application shall not be accepted.
(3): Insolvency petitions and liquidation applications in regard to credit institutions shall be registered in separate registers, in which the applicant and the recipient shall sign.

[20 June 2001]

Section 373. Initiation of Insolvency Matters and Liquidation Matters of Credit Institutions

(1): A judge shall take a decision regarding the initiation of an insolvency matter or a liquidation matter or refusal to accept an application not later than the day following receipt of the application in court, but if an application is left not proceeded with, then not later than the day following the rectification of deficiencies indicated in a judge's decision or following the expiry of the time period for fulfilling the deficiencies.
(2): Upon initiating a matter, the court shall impose attachment upon the property of the credit institution, except in cases where the insolvency petition has been submitted in accordance with the procedures provided for in Section 367, Paragraph three of this Law.

Section 374. Activities of a Judge in Preparing Credit Institution Insolvency Matters for Adjudication

(1): Upon an insolvency matter being initiated in regard to a credit institution, a credit institution administrator recommended by the Finance and Capital Market Commission shall be appointed by the judge.
(2): Persons subject to the restrictions set out in the Credit Institution Law may not be appointed as administrators.
(3): Upon a person being appointed an administrator, he or she shall be assigned the following functions: 1) to prepare a list of those persons whose participation in the insolvency matter is mandatory; 2) to prepare an account of the assets (property) of the credit institution at its actual (market) value; 3) to ascertain any property of third persons as is in the possession of the credit institution or it is holding, and to prepare a list of such property;

4) to prepare a list of creditors based on the existing accounting data of the credit institution, setting out information regarding the creditors, the amount of debt and obligations, and performance time periods; and

5) to submit the referred to information to the court up to the adjudication of the matter.

(4): Appended to the file shall be a declaration signed by the administrator, which shall confirm his or her consent to occupy the position and assume the liability set out in law.
(5): The judge shall certify the identification document of the administrator.

[20 June 2001]

Section 375. Adjudging Insolvency and Liquidation Matters regarding Credit Institutions

(1): The court shall adjudge insolvency and liquidation matters regarding credit institutions within 15 days of the time the matter is initiated.
(2): The applicant, a representative of the credit institution and a representative of the Finance and Capital Market Commission, and in regard to insolvency matters also the administrator, shall be invited to the court sitting.
(3): In insolvency or liquidation matters in regard to credit institutions, withdrawal or varying of applications shall not be permitted .
(4): In adjudicating insolvency matters of credit institutions, the court shall verify the existence of any condition set out in the Credit Institution Law, which condition indicates insolvency of the credit institution, and verify whether the preliminary extrajudicial examination procedures of applications, provided for in Section 367 of this Law, have been complied with.
(5): In adjudicating a credit institution liquidation matter, the court shall not assess the solvency of the credit institution.

[20 June 2001]

Section 376. Court Judgments in Credit Institution Insolvency Matters

(1): If the court finds any condition that indicates insolvency of a credit institution, the court shall pursuant to its judgment declare the credit institution insolvent and shall determine the date when the insolvency comes into effect – either the date of submission of the insolvency petition or the proven actual date when the insolvency came into effect. If a liquidator submitted the insolvency petition, the court, while declaring the credit institution insolvent, shall at the same time, based on the liquidator's application, take a decision regarding initiation of bankruptcy procedures. The judgment shall be final and not subject to appeal.
(2): In rendering a judgment regarding insolvency of a credit institution, the court shall confirm the appointed administrator.
(3): The court shall, on the basis of an application by the Finance and Capital Market Commission and the list submitted by the administrator, determine those representatives of the credit institution and persons whose participation in the insolvency proceeding is mandatory.
(4): The judgment shall constitute the basis for a stay of court proceedings in civil matters initiated against a credit institution, and to terminate execution of judgment in matters regarding the recovery of amounts adjudged against the credit institution, but not yet recovered.
(5): If the court does not find any circumstances indicating that the credit institution is insolvent, the court shall dismiss the petition, and at the same time shall terminate the insolvency proceedings and decide the issue of whether it should be found that the petition is knowingly false, in accordance with the Credit Institution Law.
(6): Upon finding that a petition is intentionally false, the court shall recover from the applicant the court costs and remuneration for the administrator and the administrator's assistant.

[20 June 2001]

Section 377. Court Judgments in Credit Institution Liquidation Matters

(1): If the court determines that the Finance and Capital Market Commission has, in accordance with the Credit Institution Law, revoked the operator's licence issued to the credit institution, the court shall declare the credit institution subject to liquidation. The judgment shall be final and may not be appealed by way of appellate procedures.
(2): In rendering a judgment regarding liquidation of a credit institution, the court shall appoint a liquidator for the credit institution. The court shall appoint as liquidator for the credit institution a person recommended by the Finance and Capital Market Commission.
(3): Persons subject to the restrictions set out in the Credit Institution Law may not be appointed as liquidators.
(4): The court shall, on the basis of an application by the Finance and Capital Market Commission, determine those representatives of the credit institution and persons whose participation in the liquidation of the credit institution is mandatory.
(5): The judgment constitutes the basis for stay of court proceedings in civil matters initiated against the credit institution, and termination of execution proceedings with respect to judgments in matters regarding recovery of amounts adjudged against the credit institution, but not recovered.

[20 June 2001]

Section 378. Court Activities following Declaration of Insolvency or Liquidation of a Credit Institution

(1): Following the pronouncement of a judgment, the court shall issue to the administrator or liquidator three true copies of the judgment certified in accordance with prescribed procedure with an endorsement regarding the coming into effect of the judgment.
(2): The judge shall warn the representatives of the credit institution and persons specified in the judgment, whose participation in the credit institution insolvency proceedings or the liquidation of the credit institution is mandatory, for which such representatives and persons shall sign, that:

1) it is their duty to attend all court sittings, that their failure to attend is not an impediment to the adjudicating of the matter at the court sitting and that nevertheless, the court may declare their attendance mandatory and require forced conveyance;

2) it is their duty to provide the necessary information to the court and the administrator or liquidator; 3) in case of change of place of place of residence they must, within a period of three days, notify the court and the administrator or liquidator regarding their new address; and 4) in case of failure to perform their duties, they may be held liable as prescribed by law.

(2¹): After the pronouncement of the judgment, the court shall inform the Financial and Capital Market Commission of this, ensuring that the commission receives the relevant information on the day of the pronouncement of the judgment. The procedures for informing the Financial and Capital Market Commission shall be determined by the Minister for Justice.
(3): Pursuant to the petition of the administrator or liquidator, the judge shall take a decision regarding the release of property from attachment and its transfer to the administrator or liquidator.

[12 February 2004]

Section 379. Issues to be Decided by the Court after Declaring the Insolvency of a Credit Institution

(1) After declaring a credit institution insolvent on the basis of the respective application, the court

shall decide in regard to:
Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

1) revocation of restoration;

2) initiation and conclusion of bankruptcy procedures;

3) costs of insolvency proceedings;

4) procedures and time periods for settling debts;

5) termination of insolvency proceedings;

6) appointment of several administrators; and

7) accepting the resignation of or discharging the administrator and appointing another administrator.

(2): The court shall also examine complaints about the actions of the administrator and decide other issues relevant to the insolvency proceedings.
(3): The court may, in connection with the examination of the issues noted in this Section, require the administrator to submit a report of his or her actions or other information.
(4): The court shall adjudge applications and complaints within 15 days from the day they are received. The following shall be invited to the court sitting: the submitter of the application or complaint, the administrator, the credit institution representatives selected by the court and persons whose participation in the insolvency process is mandatory. The failure of the invited persons to attend is not an impediment to adjudication of the issue in court. Nevertheless, the court may determine that representatives of the credit institution or persons whose participation in the insolvency proceeding is mandatory must attend a court sitting and require that they be brought by forced conveyance.
(5): The court shall take decisions regarding the adjudicating of applications and complaints, which decisions may not be appealed.

Section 380. Issues to be Decided by the Court after Declaration of the Liquidation of a Credit Institution

(1) After declaring the liquidation of a credit institution based on the respective application, the

court shall decide regarding:

1) appointing of several administrators;

2) accepting the resignation of the liquidator or dismissing him or her and appointing

another liquidator; and 3) concluding the liquidation and approving the report of the liquidator.

(2): The court shall also adjudicate complaints about the actions of the liquidator and decide other issues connected with the liquidation.
(3): The court may, in connection with the adjudicating of the issues referred to in this Section, require the liquidator to submit a report of his or her actions or other information.
(4): The court shall adjudge applications and complaints within 15 days of the date of their receipt. The following shall be invited to the court sitting: the submitter of the application or complaint, the liquidator, the credit institution representatives determined by the court and persons whose participation in the liquidation of the credit institution is mandatory. The failure of the invited persons to attend is not an impediment to the adjudicating of the issue in a court sitting. Nevertheless, the court may determine that the representatives of the credit institution or persons whose participation in the liquidation is mandatory must attend the court sitting and require them to be brought by forced conveyance.
(5): The court shall take decisions regarding the adjudicating of applications and complaints, which decisions may not be appealed.

Section 381. Revocation of Restoration

(1): The court shall, pursuant to the application of an administrator, decide in regard to revocation of restoration.
(2): In the application of the administrator shall be set out the conditions under which the decision on restoration of the credit institution was taken. Appended to the application shall be the restoration plan and the opinion of the Finance and Capital Market Commission regarding revocation of the restoration.
(3): The court shall revoke the decision regarding restoration of a credit institution only if the court determines that the taking of such a decision has been achieved by fraud or duress, or as a result of error.

[20 June 2001]

Section 382. Decision to Initiate Bankruptcy Procedures

The court shall take a decision regarding initiation of bankruptcy procedures pursuant to the application of an administrator. Appended to the application shall be the relevant decision of the administrator, as confirmed by the Finance and Capital Market Commission. [20 June 2001]

Section 383. Disputing the Procedures for Covering Expenditures and Debts of Insolvency Proceedings and Liquidations

(1): Pursuant to the application of a creditor or group of creditors the court shall decide as to whether the administrator's or liquidator's decision by which the procedures for covering the expenditures of the insolvency or liquidation proceeding and for settling debts is specified, conforms to law.
(2): If the court determines that the procedures specified by the administrator to cover the expenditures and debts of the insolvency proceeding or the procedures specified by the liquidator to cover the expenditures and debts of the liquidation do not conform to law, the court shall take a decision in which it shall determine the procedures for covering the expenditures and debts of the insolvency proceeding or liquidation, concurrently, if necessary, deciding the issue regarding covering unfounded expenditures of the insolvency proceeding or liquidation from the security of the administrator or liquidator.

Section 384. Decision to Conclude Bankruptcy Procedures

(1): The court shall take a decision regarding concluding the bankruptcy procedures pursuant to the application of the administrator, to which application shall be attached documents certifying monetary disbursements.
(2): At the same time the court shall take a decision regarding termination of insolvency proceedings.
(3): The court, after the decision has been taken, shall obtain from the administrator his or her identification document and seal, and shall destroy them.

Section 385. Decision regarding Concluding of a Liquidation

(1) The court shall decide as to the concluding of a liquidation pursuant to the application of the

liquidator.
Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

(2): The court shall take a decision regarding the conclusion of the liquidation, and at the same time confirm the liquidator's report on the whole liquidation period.
(3): The court, after the decision is taken, shall receive from the liquidator his or her identification document and seal, and shall destroy them.

Section 386. Complaints Regarding the Actions of an Administrator or Liquidator

(1): In adjudicating a complaint regarding the actions of an administrator or liquidator, the court may require a report on the actions of an administrator or liquidator and the opinion of the Finance and Capital Market Commission regarding the actions of the administrator or liquidator, and may decide in regard to the discharge of the administrator or liquidator.
(2): If the court determines that the action appealed from does not conform to law, it shall allow the complaint and instruct the administrator or liquidator to rectify the breach allowed to occur.
(3): If the court determines that the action appealed from is lawful, it shall dismiss the complaint.

[20 June 2001]

Section 387. Decision regarding Accepting the Resignation of or Discharging an Administrator or Liquidator

(1): The court shall accept the resignation of an administrator or liquidator if he or she submits a reasoned submission, to which is attached a report of his or her actions.
(2): The court may discharge an administrator or liquidator, pursuant to the application of the Finance and Capital Market Commission. To the submission shall be attached the decision of the Finance and Capital Market Commission regarding expression of no-confidence in the administrator or liquidator in connection with any of the following conditions:

1) the administrator or liquidator does not meet the requirements of Section 131, Paragraph one of the Credit Institution Law, or a circumstance referred to in Section 132 has become disclosed;

2) the administrator or liquidator is incompetent; or
3) the administrator or liquidator are using his or her authority in bad faith.

(3) The court may, pursuant to the application of a creditor or group of creditors or on its own initiative, adjudicate the issue of discharging an administrator of liquidator, if there is evidence at the disposal of the court that the administrator or liquidator in the course of performing his or her duties is failing to comply with the provisions of the Credit Institution Law and other regulatory enactments or court adjudications, the administrator or liquidator does not meet the requirements of Section 131, Paragraph one of the Credit Institution Law or a circumstance mentioned in Section 132 has become disclosed, or the administrator or liquidator is incompetent or is using his or her authority in bad faith.

[20 June 2001]

Section 388. Appointment of a New Administrator or Liquidator in the event of Resignation or Discharge of the Administrator or Liquidator

In the event of the resignation or discharge of an administrator or liquidator, the court, pursuant to the recommendation of the Finance and Capital Market Commission, shall without delay appoint another administrator or liquidator and determine the time period for submitting a document as confirms security. [20 June 2001]

Section 389. Appointment of Several Administrators or Liquidators

(1): Taking into account the amount of assets of the credit institution, the court may, pursuant to the petition of the Finance and Capital Market Commission, appoint several administrators or liquidators, specifying their functions and mutual reporting relationships.
(2): The restrictions set out in law shall apply to all candidates for the position of administrator or liquidator.

[20 June 2001]

Chapter 48
Declaring a Strike or an Application to Strike as Illegal

Section 390. Submitting an Application

(1): An employer may submit an application regarding the declaring of a strike or an application to strike as illegal in accordance with the grounds referred to and procedure prescribed in the Law On Strikes.
(2): The application to declare a strike or an application to strike as illegal shall be submitted to the court according to the location where the strike is to take place.

Section 391. Contents of Applications

(1): There shall be set out in an application the applicants for the strike, the claims of applicants for the strike or the strikers, the leader, membership and location of the strike committee, and the grounds referred to in the Law On Strikes in accordance with which the strike or the strike application may be declared illegal.
(2): Appended to the application shall be the minutes of the discussions of the employer and workers or workers' trade organisation.

Section 392. Adjudicating Applications

(1): The court shall adjudicate an application within 10 days of the day when it is received. The application shall be adjudicated in a court sitting, regarding which prior notice shall be given to the employer, the State Labour Inspection and the strike committee.
(2): The participation of the submitter of the application at the court sitting is mandatory. His or her failure to attend shall be cause for the court to terminate the matter.

Section 393. Mandatory Participation of a Public Prosecutor

Matters regarding the declaring of a strike or an application to strike as illegal shall be adjudicated by the court with mandatory participation by a public prosecutor.

Section 394. Court Judgment regarding an Application

(1): Having adjudicated an application, the court shall render a judgment which:
1) finds the employer's application to be unfounded and dismisses it; or
2) finds the employer's application to be well-founded and the strike or the strike application to be
illegal.
(2): The court judgment shall be final and shall not be subject to appeal by way of appellate procedures.

Chapter 48.^¹Declaring a Lock-out or an Application to Lock-out as Illegal

[31 October 2002]

Section 394.¹ Submitting an Application

(1): Representatives of employees may submit an application regarding the declaring of a lock-out or an application to lock-out as illegal in accordance with the grounds referred to and procedures prescribed by the Law on Labour Disputes.
(2): The application to declare a lock-out or an application to lock-out as illegal shall be submitted to the court according to the location where the lock-out is to take place.

[31 October 2002]

Section 394.² Contents of Applications

There shall be set out in an application the applicant for the lock-out and the grounds referred to in the Law on Labour Disputes in accordance with which the lock-out or the application to lock-out may be declared illegal. [31 October 2002]

Section 394.³ Adjudicating Applications

(1): The court shall adjudicate an application within 10 days of the day when it is received. The application shall be adjudicated in a court sitting, regarding which prior notice shall be given to the representatives of employees, the State Labour Inspection and the applicants for the lock-out.
(2): The participation of the submitter of the application at the court sitting is mandatory. If the submitter of the application fails to attend the court sitting the court shall have a cause to terminate the matter.

[31 October 2002]

Section 394.⁴ Mandatory Participation of a Public Prosecutor

Matters regarding the declaring of a lock-out or an application to lock-out as illegal shall be adjudicated by the court with mandatory participation by a public prosecutor.

[31 October 2002]

Section 394.⁵ Court Judgment regarding an Application

(1): Having adjudicated an application, the court shall render a judgment by which the application
by the representatives of employees shall be found:
1) to be unfounded and dismiss it; or
2) to be well-founded and the lock-out or the lock-out application to be illegal.
(2): The court judgment shall be final and shall not be subject to appeal by way of appellate
procedures.

[31 October 2002]

Division Seven
Performance of Obligations through the Court

Chapter 49
Voluntary Sale of Immovable Property at Auction through the Court

Section 395. Jurisdiction

Applications for the voluntary sale of immovable property at auction through the court shall be submitted to the district (city) court according to the location of the immovable property.

Section 396. Application for Voluntary Sale at Auction of Immovable Property through the Court

(1): An application regarding voluntary sale of immovable property at auction through the court may be submitted by the owner or the pledgee who has the right to sell the pledge on the open market.
(2): Appended to the application for voluntary sale of immovable property at auction through the court shall be the conditions of sale and a certified print-out from the relevant part of the Land Register, which specifies the entries and endorsements in force, but if the application has been submitted by a pledgee – also a true copy of the pledge agreement, evidence regarding warning of the debtor, unless it does not follow from the document itself or the law that such warning is required.
(3): There shall be set out in the conditions of sale: 1) what the immovable property that is for sale consists of; 2) encumbrances and pledges of the immovable property; 3) the opening price for the auction; 4) the form of the procedure for payment of the highest bid; 5) rights in the immovable property reserved by the owner for himself or herself; and 6) other conditions of sale which the vendor considers necessary.
(4): If the immovable property which is to be sold is, being owned by more than one person, held in joint ownership, the concurrence of all the joint owners is required to order a voluntary sale of the immovable property at auction through the court pursuant to application by the owner.

[31 October 2002]

Section 397. Decision by a Judge

(1): An application regarding voluntary sale of immovable property at auction shall be adjudicated by a judge sitting alone within a period of seven days from the day of submission of the application, on the basis of the submitted application and documents attached thereto, and without notifying the applicant and the debtor thereof.
(2): The judge shall take a decision to permit the sale at auction having ascertained that: 1) the immovable property is owned by the submitter of the application or by a debtor of a pledgee and the pledgee has the right to sell the immovable property on the open market; and

2) there is no lawful impediment to the sale of this immovable property with the conditions set out in the application. [31 October 2002]

Section 398. Auction Procedure

The sale at auction shall be performed by a bailiff in accordance with the procedures prescribed in this Law for the execution of court judgments and in compliance with the provisions of Sections 2075, 2083, 2084, 2087, 2089 and 2090 of the Civil Law, and the following conditions:

1) the immovable property shall be listed and evaluated only if requested by the person on the basis of whose application the sale is taking place;

2) the notice shall set out the conditions of sale, as well as the fact that the sale is voluntary;

3) the auction shall begin with a reading of the conditions of sale;

4) pursuant to a request by the submitter of the application, the auction may be considered as having taken place even in the event it is attended by only one buyer; and

5) if, in accordance with the conditions of sale, the acceptance of the highest bid depends on the person on the basis of whose application the sale is taking place and if he or she has not commented on this within the time period provided for by the conditions of sale or as set by the court, then it shall be considered that he or she has implicitly agreed to the highest price bid. [31 October 2002]

Section 399. Documents to be Issued to a Purchaser

(1): After the purchaser of the immovable property has fulfilled all the conditions of sale, the regional court shall take a decision regarding confirmation of the statement of auction (Sections 611 and 613) and the registration of the sold immovable property in the name of the purchaser.
(2): The court decision together with the conditions of sale and the statement of auction shall be issued to the purchaser.

[19 June 2003]

Chapter 50
Undisputed Compulsory Execution of Obligations

Section 400. Obligations, on the Basis of which Undisputed Compulsory Execution is Permitted

(1) Undisputed compulsory execution of obligations is permitted: 1) pursuant to agreements regarding obligations which are secured with a public mortgage or a commercial pledge; 2) pursuant to notarially certified term agreements or term agreements of equivalent juridical effect regarding monetary payments or return of movable property;

3) pursuant to term lease or rental of property agreements, which are notarially certified or entered in a Land Register, and which provide that the lessee or tenant has a duty, due to expiry of the term, to vacate or deliver the leased or rented property (except an apartment) and to pay the lease or rental payments; or

4) pursuant to a protested promissory note.

(2) The obligations set out in Paragraph one of this Section shall not be subject to undisputed

compulsory execution if:

1) such execution is directed against State-owned property; or

2) the obligation has been extinguished by prescription, the elapse of which is

unequivocally manifest from the document itself.

Section 401. Persons Eligible to Submit an Application Regarding Undisputed Compulsory Execution

The following may submit an application regarding undisputed compulsory execution:

1) the person in whose name the document (agreement, promissory note) is issued;

2) the person to whom the document is transferred with an endorsement certified in accordance with bearer documents procedure, a separate Land Register document, a document certified in accordance with bearer procedures, or a notarised document;

3) the heir of the persons mentioned, if the heir's inheritance rights are evidenced with a court judgment or an inheritance certificate regarding a will coming into lawful effect or confirmation of the heir's inheritance rights, or pursuant to a court decision by means of which the heir has been provided with possession of the property bequeathed (Section 638 of the Civil Law) or a court decision or a certification by a notary by which it is recognised that he or she has accepted the inheritance (Section 697 of the Civil Law);

4) a guarantor who, on the basis of a court judgment or compulsory execution procedures, has made payment in place of a debtor, or the payment made by whom is confirmed by a receipt, or an endorsement on the document, which are certified in accordance with bearer procedures;

5) the acquirer of immovable property, pursuant to a lease or rental agreement of such property, if the rights of the acquirer are certified by a Land Register instrument, or by documents regarding change of ownership through inheritance, as set out in Paragraph three of this Section; or

6) pursuant to protested promissory notes – the holder of a promissory note in whose name it has been protested, and a guarantor, endorser or intermediary, who have paid a promissory note and bring a subrogation action. [31 October 2002]

Section 402. Persons against whom Undisputed Compulsory Execution shall be Permitted

Undisputed compulsory execution shall be permitted:

1) against persons in whose name a document is issued (contracting parties), but pursuant to a protested promissory note – against all persons liable therefor;

2) against guarantors, if they have undertaken obligations as a principal debtor (Section 1702, Paragraph two of the Civil Law); and

3) against an heir of a person who has undertaken an obligation, if acceptance of the inheritance is confirmed by the evidence referred to in Section 401, Paragraph three of this Law.

Section 403. Jurisdiction

(1): Applications for undisputed compulsory execution, regarding obligations concerning monetary payments or the return of movable property, shall be submitted to the district (city) court according to the location of the debtor's place of residence.
(2): Applications for undisputed compulsory execution, pursuant to immovable property pledge documents or the obligation to vacate or return leased or rented immovable property, shall be submitted to the district (city) court according to the location of the debtor's residence.
(3): Applications for undisputed compulsory execution based on a ship mortgage obligation shall be submitted to the district (city) court according to the place of registration of the ship mortgage obligation.

Section 404. Contents of Applications

(1): In an application there shall be set out the obligations and the documents pursuant to which the creditor requests undisputed compulsory execution.
(2): Applications in regard to undisputed compulsory execution regarding monetary payment shall set out the principal debt to be recovered, penalties and interest – as agreed to, as well as those set out in law – but pursuant to promissory notes, also the expenditures associated with protesting and the compensation set out in law.
(3): To the application shall be appended:

1) the document to be executed by way of undisputed compulsory procedure, and a true copy thereof, but where such execution is to be pursuant to a promissory note – also the protest document;

2) a document regarding payment of the State fee; and 3) evidence that the debtor has been given a warning, unless it does not follow from the document itself or law that such warning is required.

Section 405. Decision by a Judge

(1): An application regarding undisputed compulsory execution shall be adjudicated by a judge sitting alone, within a period of seven days from the day of submission of the application, on the basis of the submitted application and documents attached thereto, and without notifying the applicant and the debtor thereof.
(2): The judge, having examined the validity of the submitted application and having found that it is to be allowed, shall take a decision pursuant to which the obligation to be executed, and the extent to which it is to be executed, in accordance with undisputed compulsory procedure, are determined. A true copy of the decision shall be sent to the applicant and to the debtor within a period of three days.
(3): The judge's decision shall come into effect without delay, and it shall have the effect of an execution document. The decision shall be executed in accordance with provisions regarding the enforcement of judgments. It shall be submitted for execution together with a true copy of the document subject to undisputed compulsory execution.
(4): If the judge finds that the application is unfounded, he or she shall take a decision regarding the dismissal thereof. The judge shall send the applicant a true copy of the decision together with the submitted documents.

Section 406. Procedures for Disputing Undisputed Compulsory Execution

(1): If a debtor is of the opinion that the claim of the creditor is, on the merits, unfounded he or she may, within a period of six months from the date when the true copy of the decision is sent, bring an action against the creditor to dispute the claim. The action shall be brought in court in accordance with the procedures prescribed in this Law.
(2): In bringing action, the debtor may request a stay of the undisputed compulsory execution, but if the judgment creditor has already received satisfaction through such process – may petition to ensure the action.

Chapter 50.^¹Compulsory Execution of Obligations in Accordance with Warning Procedures

[31 October 2002]

Section 406.¹Obligations, on the Basis of which Compulsory Execution in Accordance with Warning Procedures is Permitted

(1): Compulsory execution of obligations in accordance with warning procedures is permitted in payment obligations, which are justified by a document and for which the term for execution is due, as well as payment obligations regarding the payment of such compensation, which is in the entered into contract regarding supply of goods, purchase of goods or provision of services if such obligations are justified by a document and for which a time period for execution has not been specified.
(2): Compulsory execution of obligations in accordance with warning procedures is not permitted: 1) for payments related to unperformed correlative performance; 2) if the place of residence of the debtor is not known; or 3) if the place of residence or location of the debtor is not in the Republic of Latvia.

[31 October 2002; 7 September 2006]

Section 406.²Jurisdiction

(1): Compulsory execution of obligations in accordance with warning procedures shall be initiated pursuant to an application of a creditor.
(2): An application regarding compulsory execution of obligations in accordance with warning procedures shall be submitted to a district (city) court according to the debtor's place of residence or location (legal address).

[31 October 2002]

Section 406.³ Contents of Applications

(1): An application shall be formalised in conformity with a sample approved by the Minister for Justice.
(2): There shall be set out in the application: 1) the name of the court to which the application is submitted; 2) the given name, surname, personal identity number and place of residence of the

applicant, as well as his or her representative where the application is submitted by the representative, and the debtor, but for a legal person – its name, registration number and location (legal address). The personal identity number or registration number of the defendant shall be included, if such is known;

3) payment obligation in relation to which the application is submitted;

4) the amount requested and calculation thereof, specifying the principal debt, penalties and interest – as agreed to, as well as those set out in law, and court costs;

5) certification by a creditor that the claim is not dependent on correlative performance or that correlative performance has been carried out;

6) a petition to the court to issue a warning to the debtor; and

7) a petition to decide on compulsory execution of payment obligation and recovery of court

costs.

(3) The application shall have appended:

2) documents certifying the payment of State fees and costs related to the issuance of a warning; and

3) documents on which the creditor’s claim is based. [31 October 2002]

Section 406.⁴ Reasons for Non-Acceptance of Applications

(1): The judge shall refuse to accept an application if it does not meet the requirements of Sections 406.¹, 406.² and 406.³ of this Law.
(2): A judge shall take a reasoned decision regarding refusal to accept an application. The judge shall send to the applicant a true copy of the decision together with the documents.
(3): The decision regarding refusal to accept an application may not be appealed.
(4): Refusal by a judge to accept an application is not an impediment to the submitting of the same application to the court after deficiencies have been eliminated or to the bringing of an action in accordance with general procedures.

[31 October 2002]

Section 406.⁵ Contents of Warnings

(1): A warning shall be formalised in conformity with a model form approved by the Minister of Justice.
(3): The warning shall be signed by the judge.

[31 October 2002]

Section 406.⁶ Issuance of a Warning to a Debtor

(1): The warning together with a true copy of the application and an answer form shall be issued to the debtor for which he or she shall sign. The document with a signature regarding receipt and a notation regarding the date of issuance of the warning shall be submitted to the court.
(2): If issuance of the warning to a debtor is not possible, the judge shall take a decision regarding leaving the application unadjudicated. A true copy of the decision together with the documents attached to the application shall be sent to the applicant.
(3): Leaving an application unadjudicated is not and impediment to repeated submission of the application regarding compulsory execution of obligations in accordance with warning procedures or bringing an action in accordance with general procedures. In such cases the paid State fees shall be repaid or they shall be transferred if the action is brought in accordance with the procedures for court proceedings by way of action.

[31 October 2002]

Section 406.⁷ Objections by Debtors

(1): Debtor’s objections submitted within the prescribed time period against the validity of the payment obligation or the payment of the debt shall be the basis for termination of court proceedings regarding compulsory execution of obligations in accordance with warning procedures.
(2): If the debtor admits the application in part, the judge shall send the answer of the debtor to the applicant and set a time period within which he or she shall notify the court of the transfer of the obligation for compulsory execution in the part admitted.
(3): If the applicant does not agree or has not provided an answer within the time period specified by the judge, the court proceedings shall be terminated.
(4): If the applicant agrees to execution of obligations in the part admitted, the judge shall take a decision in conformity with the requirements of Section 406.⁹ of this Law.
(5): Debtor’s objections submitted after the time period specified, but until the decision in the matter is taken, shall be deemed to have been submitted within the time period.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003]

Section 406.⁸ Termination of Court Proceedings

(1): The judge shall take a decision regarding termination of the court proceedings for compulsory execution of obligations in accordance with warning procedures. The decision regarding termination of the court proceedings may not be appealed.
(2): A true copy of the decision together with debtor’s objections shall be sent to the applicant.
(3): The decision regarding termination of the court proceedings for compulsory execution of obligations in accordance with warning procedures in relation to the objections of the debtor, is not an impediment to bringing an action in accordance with the procedures for court proceedings by way of action. In such cases the paid State fees shall be repaid or they shall be transferred if the action is brought in accordance with the procedures for court proceedings by way of action.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003]

Section 406.⁹ Decision by a Judge regarding Compulsory Execution of Obligations

(1): If the debtor has failed to submit objections within the time period specified in the warning, the judge shall within seven days from the date of expiry of the time period for objections take a decision regarding compulsory execution of the payment obligation specified in the application and recovery of court costs. A true copy of the decision shall be sent to the applicant and to the debtor within a period of three days.
(2): The decision of the judge shall come into effect without delay, it shall have the effect of an execution document and it shall be executed in accordance with provisions regarding execution of court judgments.

[31 October 2002]

Section 406.¹⁰ Procedures for Disputing Compulsory Execution of Obligations

(1): If a debtor is of the opinion that the claim of the applicant is, on the merits, unfounded he or she may, within a period of three months from the date when the true copy of the decision is sent, bring an action against the creditor to dispute the claim. The action shall be brought in court in accordance with the procedures prescribed by this Law.
(2): In bringing the action, the debtor may request a stay of the compulsory execution of obligations, but if the creditor has already received satisfaction through such process – may petition to ensure the action.

[31 October 2002]

Chapter 51
Submitting the Subject-matter of an Obligation for Safekeeping in the Court

Section 407. Grounds for Safekeeping the Subject-matter of an Obligation

If, in a cases as prescribed in Section 1837 of the Civil Law, a debtor is not able to perform an obligation, the debtor has the right to submit the subject-matter of the obligation for safekeeping in the district (city) court according to the location where the obligation is to be performed.

Section 408. Subject-matter of Obligations

(1): The following items may be submitted to the court for safekeeping: 1) cash; 2) securities; 3) documents; and 4) valuables.
(2): Other items may be submitted to the court for safekeeping only if their nature is such that the court can store or safeguard them.

Section 409. Contents of Applications

In submitting the subject-matter of an obligation to the court for safekeeping, there shall be set out in the application:

1) the given name, surname or title and place of residence or location (legal address) of the creditor or the successor in interest of the creditor, if the debtor knows the successor in interest, as well as the place of residence or location (legal address) of the persons mentioned, or a statement that it is unknown to the debtor;

2) a description of the obligation, for the performance of which money or other items are submitted;

3) the reason why it was not possible to perform the obligation;

4) the amount of money to be submitted or a detailed description of the items; and

5) a petition that the subject-matter of the obligation submitted for safe-keeping be issued to the creditor on request.

Section 410. Actions of a Judge following Receipt of an Application

(1): A judge, after an application is received, shall, without examining its verity, issue to the applicant (debtor) a document regarding receipt of the money or other items, and shall take a decision to invite the creditor to receive the subject-matter of the obligation accepted for safekeeping. The invitation shall be served as a summons, but if the place of residence or location (legal address) of the creditor or the creditor's successor in interest is unknown, by means of a notice in the newspaper Latvijas Vēstnesis.
(2): In the summons shall be set out the obligation pursuant to which the subject-matter of such obligation has been submitted to the court for safekeeping, and the creditor shall be invited to receive the subject-matter of the obligation accepted for safekeeping.
(3): Upon receipt of an application from the creditor regarding issue of the subject-matter of an obligation accepted for safekeeping, the judge shall set down the matter for it to be adjudicated at a court sitting.

Section 411. Rights of an Applicant to the Return of the Submitted Subject-matter

(1): So long as the creditor has not submitted an application for issue of the subject-matter of an obligation accepted for safekeeping, the applicant (debtor) may have the subject-matter submitted returned to him or her.
(2): Money that has been paid into the court in order to discharge obligations or claims which have been secured with an endorsement in the Land Register, if such endorsement has already been expunged, may be returned to the applicant (debtor) only with the consent of the creditor or on the basis of a court judgment that has come into lawful effect and which recognises the payment in as no longer in effect.
(3): If the subject-matter of an obligation is returned to the applicant (debtor) in accordance with the procedures prescribed in this Section, the court shall terminate the court proceedings in the matter.

Section 412. Issue of the Subject-matter of an Obligation to the Creditor

(1): A submission regarding the issue of the subject-matter of an obligation shall be adjudicated in a court sitting to which the applicant (debtor) and creditor shall be summoned. The failure of these persons to attend is not an impediment to adjudication of the application.
(2): The court, having determined that the creditor agrees to receive the subject-matter of the obligation accepted for safekeeping, shall take a decision regarding its issue to the creditor, as well as regarding the recovery from the creditor of the court costs and expenditures for the safekeeping.
(3): Prior to taking a decision regarding the issue of the subject-matter of the obligation to the creditor, the court shall require from the creditor the document (if such has been prepared) upon which is founded the obligation to be extinguished with the subject-matter of such obligation submitted for safekeeping.
(4): If the obligation is extinguished completely upon the issue of the subject-matter of the obligation to the creditor, the court shall give the submitted document to the applicant (debtor). Otherwise, the court shall make an appropriate notation on the document and give the document to the creditor.
(5): If the creditor refuses to receive the subject-matter of such obligation accepted for safekeeping and a dispute arises regarding rights, the court shall take a decision regarding termination of the court proceedings, return the subject-matter of the obligation accepted for safekeeping to the applicant, and explain to the participants in the matter their rights to decide the dispute through the procedures regarding actions.

Part C
Appeal of Court Judgments and Decisions

Division Eight
Appellate Proceedings

Chapter 52
Submission of Appellate Complaints

Section 413. Right to Submit an Appellate Complaint or an Appellate Protest

(1): Participants in a matter may submit an appellate complaint regarding a judgment (supplementary judgment) of a court of first instance, but a public prosecutor may submit an appellate protest in accordance with the procedures provided for in this Chapter, except for judgments, the appeal of which in accordance with appellate procedure is not provided for by law. A representative shall submit a complaint in accordance with the requirements of Section 86 of this Law.
(2): An appellate protest shall be submitted and adjudicated in accordance with the same procedures as an appellate complaint provided that it is not otherwise prescribed in this Division.

Section 414. Procedures for Submitting an Appellate Complaint

(1): A district (city) court judgment, which has not come into lawful effect, may be appealed, in accordance with appellate procedure, to the applicable regional court.
(2): A judgment of a regional court as a court of first instance, which has not come into lawful effect, may be appealed, in accordance with appellate procedure, to the Civil Matters Court Panel of the Supreme Court.
(3): An appellate complaint addressed to an appellate instance court shall be submitted to the court, which rendered the judgment.
(4): If within the time period required, an appellate complaint is directly submitted to an appellate instance court, it shall be deemed that the time period is complied with.

Section 415. Time Periods for Submitting Appellate Complaints

(1): An appellate complaint regarding a judgment of a court of first instance may be submitted within 20 days from the day of pronouncement of the judgment.
(2): If an abridged judgment has been pronounced, the time period for appeal shall be calculated from the date, which the court has announced for drawing up of a full judgment (Section 199).
(3): An appellate complaint submitted after the expiration of the time period shall not be accepted and shall be returned to the submitter.

[31 October 2002]

Section 416. Contents of an Appellate Complaint

(1) In an appellate complaint shall be set out: 1) the name of the court to which the complaint is addressed; 2) the given name, surname, personal identity number and place of residence of the

submitter of the complaint, but for a legal person, its name, registration number and location (legal
address);
Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

3) the judgment regarding which the complaint has been submitted and the court which rendered the judgment;

4) the extent to which the judgment is being appealed;

5) how the error in judgment is manifested;

6) whether the allowing of new evidence is being applied for, what evidence, regarding what circumstances and why this evidence had not been submitted to the court of first instance;

7) the request of the submitter; and

8) a list of documents accompanying the complaint.

(2): An appellate complaint shall be signed by the submitter or their authorised representative. Appellate protests shall be signed by such officials of the Office of the Prosecutor as is specified by law.
(3): An appellate complaint, which has been submitted by a person who is not authorised to appeal a court judgment, shall not be accepted and shall be returned to the submitter.

[31 October 2002]

Section 417. True Copies of an Appellate Complaint

(1): An appellate complaint shall be accompanied by true copies thereof and true copies of the documents accompanying the complaint, in such number as corresponds to the number of participants in the matter.
(2): This provision does not apply to documents, originals or true copies of which are already in the possession of the participants in the matter.

Section 418. Limits regarding Appellate Complaints

(1): In an appellate complaint, the subject-matter or basis of an action may not be amended to include new claims as were not brought in the court of first instance.
(2): The following shall not be regarded as new claims: 1) making a claim more precise; 2) correction of manifest errors in a claim; 3) addition of interest and increments to a claim; 4) a claim for compensation for the value of property related to alienation or loss of the

property claimed or a change in what it consists of;

5) amendment of component parts of the total amount of a claim within the limits of this amount;

6) amendment of a claim, in which there is a request that rights be recognised, to a claim that infringed rights be restored, as a result of a change in circumstances in the course of the matter; and

7) increase in the amount of a claim as a result of increase in market prices in the course of the matter.

Section 419. Joining in an Appellate Complaint

(1): Co-participants and third persons, which participate in the procedure on the side of a submitter who has submitted an appellate complaint, may join in the submitted appellate complaint.
(2): An appellate instance court shall be notified, in writing, of the joining in a complaint not later than 10 days prior to the adjudicating of a matter at appellate instance.
(3): A State fee shall not be charged regarding a submission to join in an appellate complaint.

Section 420. Leaving an Appellate Complaint Not proceeded With

(2): If the deficiencies are rectified within the time period set, the appellate complaint shall be deemed to have been submitted on the date when it was first submitted. Otherwise, the complaint shall be deemed not to have been submitted and shall be returned to the submitter.

Section 421. Appeal of a Judgment by a Judge

An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding a decision of a judge to refuse to accept an appellate complaint.

Section 422. Action by a Court of First Instance after Receipt of an Appellate Complaint

(1): A judge of a court of first instance, after he or she has satisfied himself or herself that an appellate complaint complies with the requirements in Sections 416 and 417 of this Law, shall without delay notify the other participants in the matter of such complaint and send them a true copy of the complaint and documents accompanying it, indicating the time period for submission of a written explanation.
(2): After the time period for submission of an appellate complaint has expired, the judge shall without delay send the matter with the complaint and documents accompanying it to the appellate instance court.

Section 423. Written Explanation by a Participant in a Matter

(1): A participant in a matter may submit, in regard to the submitted appellate complaint, a written explanation, together with true copies thereof in the number corresponding to the number of participants in the matter, to an appellate instance court within 30 days from the day a true copy of the appellate complaint was sent to the participant.
(2): The court shall send true copies of the explanation to the other participants in the matter.

Section 424. Appellate Cross Complaint

(1): After receipt of a true copy of an appellate complaint, a party has the right to submit an appellate cross complaint.
(2): An appellate cross complaint shall comply with the requirements of Sections 413, 416, 417 and 418 of this Law.
(3): An appellate cross complaint shall be submitted to an appellate instance court within the time period provided for in Section 423 of this Law.
(4): After receipt of an appellate cross complaint, an appellate instance court shall without delay send true copies of the complaint to the other participants in the matter.

Chapter 53
Adjudicating Matters at Appellate Instance

Section 425. Initiation of Appellate Instance Court Proceedings

(1): Having satisfied himself or herself that the procedures regarding submission of appellate complaints have been observed, a judge, after receipt of an explanation or after expiration of the time period prescribed for its submission, shall take a decision regarding the initiation of appellate instance court proceedings and shall set down the matter for it to be adjudicated at an appellate instance court sitting.
(1¹): In matters regarding the reinstatement of an employee in work and matters regarding the annulment of an employer’s notice of termination, the date of the court sitting shall be determined not later than 15 days after the receipt of explanations or the end of the time period for the submission thereof.
(2): Having determined that an appellate complaint has been sent to an appellate instance court in breach of procedures provided for by this Law regarding submission of appellate complaints, a judge shall take one of the following decisions:

1) regarding refusal to initiate appellate instance court proceedings, if there is failure to comply with a time period set for the submission of the appellate complaint, or the appellate complaint has been submitted by a person who is not authorised to appeal a court judgment; in such case, the complaint together with the matter shall be sent to the court of first instance which shall return the complaint to the submitter; or

2) regarding the sending of the matter to the court of first instance for the carrying out of the actions prescribed by law if, in the submission of the appellate complaint, the deficiencies set out in Section 416, Paragraph one of this Law have been allowed to occur or a State fee has not been paid.

(3) if an appellate instance court determines that the conditions set out in Paragraph two, Clause 1 of this Section exist, the court shall take a decision to leave the appellate complaint unadjudicated.

[31 October 2002; 7 April 2004]

Section 426. Limits regarding Adjudicating of a Matter at Appellate Instance

(1): An appellate instance court shall adjudicate a matter on the merits in connection with an appellate complaint and an appellate cross complaint to the extent as is petitioned for in such complaint.
(2): An appellate instance court shall adjudicate only those claims, which have been adjudicated by a court of first instance. Amendment of the subject-matter or the basis of an action shall not be permitted.
(3): An appellate instance court shall adjudicate a matter on the merits without sending it for re-adjudication to a court of first instance, except in the cases set out in Section 427 of this Law.

Section 427. Cases where a Judgment of a Court of First Instance shall be Set Aside and the Case shall be Sent to be Re-adjudicated in a Court of First Instance

(1) Irrespective of the grounds for the appellate complaint, an appellate instance court shall by its decision set aside a judgment of a court of first instance and send the case for it to be re-adjudicated in a court of first instance, if the appellate instance court determines that:

1) the court was unlawfully constituted when adjudicating the matter; 2) the court adjudicated the proceeding in breach of the norms of procedural law which prescribe a duty to notify participants in the matter of the time and place of the court sitting; Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

3) norms of procedural law regarding the language of the court proceedings have been breached;

4) the court judgment confers rights or imposes duties upon a person who has not been summoned to the matter as a participant in the matter; or

5) there are not minutes of the court sitting or a there is not a full judgment in the matter.

(2) An appellate instance court, finding an appellate complaint regarding a court judgment for a part in which court proceedings have been terminated in the matter or an action left unadjudicated as valid, shall set aside the judgment at first instance in this part and send the matter for it to be adjudicated at a court of first instance.

Section 428. Appellate Instance Court Trial Procedures

(1): Participants in a matter shall be summoned and other persons summonsed to a court in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 6 of this Law.
(2): A sitting of an appellate instance court shall take place in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 21 of this Law, in compliance with the specific requirements of this Chapter.

Section 429. Submitting Explanations in an Appellate Instance Court

(1): Explanations in an appellate instance court sitting shall first be submitted by the submitter of the appellate complaint, but if both parties have submitted a complaint, by the plaintiff.
(2): If a public prosecutor has submitted an appellate protest, their explanation shall be provided prior to the explanations by the other participants in the matter.

Section 430. Examination of Evidence in an Appellate Instance Court

(1): An appellate instance court itself shall decide which evidence is to be examined at a court sitting.
(2): In examining and assessing evidence, an appellate instance court shall observe the provisions of the Division Three of this Law.
(3): Facts that have been established by a court of first instance are not required to be examined by an appellate instance court if these have not been contested in the appellate complaint.
(4): If a participant in a matter submits to or requests in an appellate instance court that evidence be examined which the participant was able to submit at the adjudicating of the matter in the court of first instance and if the appellate instance court finds that by such action the adjudicating of the matter has knowingly been hindered, the appellate instance court may impose upon the participant a fine not exceeding one hundred lats.

Section 431. Termination of Appellate Court Proceedings

(1): The submitter of an appellate complaint (an appellate cross-complaint) has the right to withdraw it so long as the adjudicating of the proceeding on the merits has not been concluded.
(2): If an appellate complaint is withdrawn, the appellate instance court shall take a decision regarding termination of the appellate proceedings, except in cases where an appellate complaint (an appellate cross complaint) has been submitted by other participants in the matter or an appellate protest has been submitted.
(3): If the submitter of an appellate complaint, without justified cause, has twice failed to attend a sitting of the court and has not petitioned that the matter be adjudicated in his or her absence, the court may terminate the appellate proceedings.

(4) If appellate proceedings are terminated, the State fee shall not be refunded.

Chapter 54
Judgments and Decisions of Appellate Instance Courts

Section 432. Judgment of an Appellate Instance Court

(1): An adjudication of an appellate instance court by which a matter is adjudged on the merits, shall be rendered by the court in the form of a judgment.
(2): An appellate instance court shall render and draw up a judgment in accordance with the procedures prescribed in Sections 189-198 of this Law, and in compliance with the features indicated in this section.
(3): In the introductory part of a judgment, in addition to the items referred to in Section 193, Paragraph three of this Law, a court shall set out the submitter of the appellate complaint and the court judgment regarding which the complaint is submitted.
(4): In the descriptive part of a judgment, in addition to the items referred to in Section 193, Paragraph four of this Law, a court shall set out the substance of the judgment of the court of first instance and the substance of the appellate complaint (appellate cross complaint) and objections.
(5): In the reasoned part of the judgment, in addition to the items referred to in Section 193, Paragraph five of this Law, a court shall set out the reasons for its opinion with respect to the judgment of the court of first instance and with respect to the appellate complaint (appellate cross complaint).

Section 433. Pronouncement of an Appellate Instance Court Judgment

(1): An appellate instance court shall pronounce judgment in accordance with the procedures prescribed in Section 199 of this Law.
(2): A true copy of the judgment shall be sent to participants in the matter in the cases and pursuant to the procedures provided for in Section 208 of this Law.<

Section 434. Coming into Lawful Effect of an Appellate Instance Court Judgment

An appellate instance court judgment shall come into lawful effect at the time it is pronounced.

Section 435. Correction of Clerical and of Mathematical Calculation Errors in a Judgment of an Appellate Instance Court

(1): An appellate instance court is entitled, on its own initiative or pursuant to the application of a participant in the matter, to correct clerical or mathematical calculation errors in a judgment.
(2): An issue concerning correction of errors shall be decided at a court sitting upon prior notice to the participants in the matter. The failure by such persons to attend is not an impediment to the adjudication of the issue concerning correction of errors.
(3): An ancillary complaint regarding a court decision to correct errors in a judgment may be submitted by a participant in the matter.

Section 436. Supplementary Judgment of an Appellate Instance Court

(2): The rendering of a supplementary judgment may be initiated within 30 days from the day of pronouncement of the judgment.
(3): A supplementary judgment shall be rendered by a court after the matter is adjudicated at a court sitting, upon prior notice to the participants in the matter. The failure to attend by such persons is not an impediment to the rendering of a supplementary judgment or the dismissing of an application.
(4): A supplementary judgment shall come into effect at the time it is pronounced.
(5): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding a decision of the court by which the rendering of a supplementary judgment is refused.

Section 437. Explanation of the Judgment of an Appellate Instance Court

(1): Pursuant to an application by a participant in the matter an appeal court may, by its decision,
explain a judgment without varying its substance.
(2): A judgment may be explained if it has not yet been executed and the time period for
compulsory execution of the judgment has not expired.
(3): An issue regarding explanation of a judgment shall be adjudicated at a court sitting, upon prior
notice to the participants in the matter.
The failure of such persons to attend is not an impediment to the adjudication of the matter.
(4): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding a court judgment with respect to an issue
regarding explanation of a judgment.

Section 438. Postponement or Division into Time Periods of the Execution of an Appellate Instance Court Judgment, and Varying of the Forms and Procedures for its Execution

(1): Pursuant to an application of a participant in the matter and taking into account the financial
state of the parties or other significant circumstances, an appellate instance court is entitled to
postpone the execution of a judgment or divide it into time periods, and to vary the form and
procedures for its execution.
(2): An application shall be adjudicated at a court sitting, upon prior notice thereof to the
participants in the matter.
The failure of such persons to attend is not an impediment to the adjudicating of the application.
(3): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding a court decision as postpones the execution
of a judgment or divides it into time periods, or varies the form and procedures for its execution.

Section 439. Actions by an Appellate Instance Court, if a Judgment is not Appealed in Accordance with Cassation Procedures

After expiration of the time period provided for the submission of a cassation complaint, if a cassation complaint has not been submitted, an appellate instance court shall send the matter to the court of first instance.

Section 440. Stays of Proceedings, Leaving Claims Unadjudicated and Termination of Court proceedings by Appellate Instance Courts

Appellate instance courts shall stay court proceedings, leave a claim unadjudicated or terminate court proceedings in the cases and in accordance with the procedures prescribed in Chapters 24, 25 and 26 of this Law.

Division Nine
Appeal of Decisions of Courts of First Instance and of Courts of Appellate Instance

Chapter 55
Submitting and Adjudicating Ancillary complaints

Section 441. Basis for Appeal or Protest of a Decision of a First Instance Court or of Appellate Instance Court

(2): An ancillary complaint may not be submitted regarding other decisions of a first instance court or of an appellate instance court; objections to such decisions, however, may be expressed in an appellate complaint or a cassation complaint.
(3): An ancillary protest shall be submitted and adjudicated in accordance with the same procedures as pertain to ancillary complaints.

Section 442. Time Periods for Submitting an Ancillary complaint

(1): An ancillary complaint may be submitted within 10 days from the day when the decision is taken by a court, unless otherwise set out in this Law.
(2): An ancillary complaint which has been submitted after the elapse of the referred to time period, shall not be accepted and shall be returned to the submitter.

Section 443. Procedures for Submitting an Ancillary complaint

(1) An ancillary complaint shall be submitted to the court, which has taken the decision, and it shall

be addressed:

1) in regard to a decision of a court of first instance, to the relevant appellate instance court;

2) in regard to a decision of a regional court as a court of appellate instance, the Civil

Matters Court Panel of the Supreme Court; and

3) in regard to a decision of the Civil Matters Court Panel, the Civil Matters Department of the Senate of the Supreme Court.

(2) A State fee shall not be charged for an ancillary complaint.

Section 444. True Copies of an Ancillary complaint

Appended to an ancillary complaint shall be true copies of it and true copies of the documents accompanying the claim, in number corresponding to the number of participants in the matter.

Section 445. Leaving an Ancillary complaint Unadjudicated

(1): If the submitter does not sign an ancillary complaint or all of the required true copies are not appended to it, a judge shall take a decision to leave the ancillary complaint unadjudicated and set a time limit for rectification of deficiencies.
(2): If the submitter rectifies the deficiencies indicated in the decision within the time limit set, the appellate claim shall be deemed to have been submitted on the date when it was first submitted. Otherwise, the ancillary complaint shall be deemed not to have been submitted and shall be returned to the submitter.

Section 446. Court Action after Receipt of an Ancillary complaint

(1): After receipt of an ancillary complaint, a judge shall without delay send true copies of the claim and true copies of documents accompanying it to the participants in the matter.
(2): After expiration of the time period for appeal, the judge shall without delay forward the matter with the ancillary complaint to that instance of court to which the complaint is addressed.

Section 447. Procedures for Adjudicating an Ancillary complaint

(1): An ancillary complaint shall be adjudicated according to the procedures prescribed by this Law for the adjudicating of matters in a court of appellate instance, except for the cases provided for in Paragraph two of this Section.
(2): An ancillary complaint regarding the decision of a judge outside a court sitting and regarding decisions of a Land Register office judge shall be adjudicated by written proceedings without organising a court sitting. The court shall notify participants in the matter regarding the day of adjudication of the ancillary complaint.

[25 May 2006]

Section 448. Competence of a Regional Court, the Court Panel and the Senate

(1) A regional court, the Court Panel and the Senate, when adjudicating an ancillary complaint,

have the right:

1) to leave the decision unamended and dismiss the complaint;

2) to set aside the decision in full or in part and refer the matter for re-adjudication to the

court which made the decision; 3) to set aside the decision in full or in part and pursuant to its own decision decide the issue on the merits; or 4) to amend the decision.

(2) A regional court or the Court Panel, when adjudicating an ancillary complaint regarding a decision by which an application regarding renewal of court proceedings and adjudicating of the matter de novo has been dismissed in a matter where a default judgment has been rendered, has the right:

1) to leave the decision unamended and dismiss the complaint; or

2) to set aside the decision, to renew the court proceedings and refer the matter for adjudication de novo to the first instance court. [31 October 2002]

Section 449. Lawful Effect of a Decision Taken regarding an Ancillary complaint

(1): A decision taken regarding an ancillary complaint may not be appealed and shall come into legal effect at the time when it is made, except in the cases provided for in this Section and Section 641 of this Law.
(3): A decision of the Court Panel regarding an ancillary complaint in regard to a decision of a Land Register judge may be appealed to the Senate within 10 days from the day it is made.
(4): Where a decision as provided for in Paragraphs two or three of this Section, as well as in Section 641, Paragraph one of this Law is appealed to the Senate, a security deposit in the amount of 40 lats shall be paid in. Persons who in accordance with the law or a decision of a court or judge are released from State fees need not pay the security deposit. A court or judge taking into account the financial circumstances of a natural person may fully or partially release the person from the payment of a security deposit.

[31 October 2002; 7 April 2004; 25 May 2006]

Division Ten
Cassation Procedure

Chapter 56
Submission of Cassation Complaints

Section 450. Right to Submit a Cassation Complaint or a Cassation Protest

(1): A judgment (supplementary judgment) of an appellate instance court may be appealed by participants in the matter in accordance with cassation procedures, and a public prosecutor may submit a cassation protest.
(2): A cassation protest shall be submitted and adjudicated in accordance with the same procedures as cassation complaints provided that it is not otherwise provided for by this Division.
(3): A judgment of an appellate instance court may be appealed pursuant to cassation procedures if the court has breached norms of substantive or procedural law or, in adjudicating a matter, has acted outside its competence.

Section 451. Violation of Norms of Substantive Law

It shall be deemed that a norm of substantive law has been violated if the court: 1) has not applied such norm of substantive law as should have been applied; 2) has applied a norm of substantive law which should not have been applied; or 3) has wrongly construed a norm of substantive law

Section 452. Violation of Norms of Procedural Law

(1): It shall be deemed that a norm of procedural law has been violated if the court: 1) has not applied such norm of procedural law as should have been applied; 2) has applied a norm of procedural law which should not have been applied; or 3) has wrongly construed a norm of procedural law.
(2): Breach of a norm of procedural law may serve as the basis for an appeal pursuant to cassation procedures if such breach has led or may have led to an erroneous adjudication of the matter.
(3): The following shall in any event be regarded as a breach of a norm of procedural law as may

have led to an erroneous adjudication of a matter:

1) the court that adjudicated the matter was unlawfully constituted;

2) the court has adjudicated the matter in breach of norms of procedural law which stipulate

a duty to notify participants in the matter regarding the time and place of the court sitting; 3) norms of procedural law regarding the language of the court proceedings have been breached; 4) a court judgment confers rights or imposes duties upon a person who has not been summoned to the matter as a participant in the procedure; and 5) there are not minutes of the court sitting or there is not a full judgment in the matter.

Section 453. Contents of a Cassation Complaint

(1) There shall be set out in a cassation complaint: 1) the name of the court to which the complaint is addressed (the Civil Matters Department of the Senate of the Supreme Court); 2) the given name, surname, personal identity code and place of residence of the submitter of the complaint, but for a legal person – name, registration number and location (legal address); 3) the judgment regarding which the complaint has been submitted and the court which has

made the judgment;

4) the extent to which the judgment is appealed;

5) what norm of substantive or of procedural law has been breached by the court and how

such breach is manifested, or in what way the court has exceeded the scope of its competence; 6) a petition for the Senate assignments sitting to refer the matter for adjudication in accordance with cassation procedures; and 7) the request made to the Senate.

(2) The submitter or his or her authorised representative shall sign a cassation complaint. If the cassation complaint has been submitted by the representative, the complaint shall appended the relevant authorisation or other document, which certifies the rights of the representative. The cassation protest shall be signed by an official of the Office of the Prosecutor specified by law.

(3): A cassation complaint submitted by a person who has not been authorised thereto shall not be accepted and shall be returned to the submitter, refunding the security deposit.
(4): There shall be appended to a cassation complaint a document that confirms the payment of a security deposit.

[31 October 2002; 12 February 2004]

Section 454. Time Periods for Submitting a Cassation Complaint

(1): A cassation complaint may be submitted within 30 days from the day a judgment is pronounced.
(2): If an abridged judgment has been pronounced, the time period for appeal shall be calculated from the date, which the court has announced for drawing up of a full judgment (Section 199).
(3): A complaint submitted after the elapse of such time period shall not be accepted and shall be returned to the submitter, refunding the security deposit.

[31 October 2002]

Section 455. Appeal of a Judge's Decision

An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding a decision of a judge to refuse to accept a cassation complaint.

Section 456. Procedures regarding Submission of Cassation Complaints

(1): A cassation complaint shall be submitted to the court, which rendered the judgment.
(2): If a cassation complaint is directly submitted to a cassation court within the time period pertaining to cassation complaints, it shall not be considered that the time period has not been met.

Section 457. True Copies of a Cassation Complaint

A cassation complaint shall be submitted together with true copies thereof, corresponding in number to the number of participants in the matter.

Section 458. Security Deposit

(1): Upon a cassation complaint being submitted, a security deposit shall be paid in the amount of fifty lats.
(2): If the Senate, in full or in part, sets aside or amends an appealed court judgment, the security deposit shall be refunded. If a cassation complaint is dismissed, the security deposit shall not be refunded.
(3): If a cassation complaint is withdrawn prior to the Senate assignments sitting, the security deposit shall be refunded to the submitter.
(4): A security deposit is not required to be paid by persons who pursuant to law or a judgment of a court or a judge are exempted from State fees.

Section 459. Leaving a Cassation Complaint Not proceeded With

(1) If a submitted cassation complaint does not conform to the requirements of Section 453, Paragraph two of this Law, all required true copies have not been appended to the cassation complaint or a security deposit has not been paid, a judge of the appellate instance court shall take a

decision to leave the cassation complaint not proceeded with and set a time period for rectification of deficiencies.

(2): If the submitter, within the time period set, rectifies the deficiencies indicated in the decision, the cassation complaint shall be deemed to have been submitted on the day when it was first submitted.
(3): If the submitter has not rectified the deficiencies indicated in the decision within the time period set, the cassation complaint shall be deemed not to have been submitted and shall be returned to the submitter.
(4): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding a decision of a judge pursuant to which a cassation complaint has been returned to the submitter.
(5): If the Senate determines that the deficiencies set out in the first Paragraph of this Section exist, a cassation complaint shall be returned to the appellate instance court for the execution of the activities prescribed by Paragraphs two, three and four of this Section.

Section 460. Action by an Appellate Instance Court after Receipt of a Cassation Complaint

(1): A judge of an appellate instance court shall send true copies of a cassation complaint to other participants in the matter and notify them that they have the right to submit explanations to the Senate in relation to the cassation complaint within 30 days from the day the true copies are sent.
(2): Upon expiration of the time period for appeal of a judgment, an appellate instance court shall without delay forward the civil matter file together with the cassation complaint to the Senate.

Section 461 Joining in a Cassation Complaint

(1): Co-participants in the matter and third persons who participate in the procedure on the same side as the person who has submitted a cassation complaint, may join in the submitted complaint.
(2): A security deposit is not required to be paid upon an application to join in a cassation complaint being submitted.

[31 October 2002]

Section 462. Withdrawal of a Cassation Complaint

(1): A person who has submitted a cassation complaint has the right to withdraw it until the cassation instance court sitting.
(2): If a cassation complaint is withdrawn, the cassation proceeding in the matter shall be terminated.

Section 463. Submitting a Cross Complaint

(1): A participant in a matter may submit his or her cross complaint to the Senate within 30 days from the day the true copy of the cassation complaint is forwarded.
(2): In submitting a cross complaint, the provisions of Sections 450, 451, 452, 453, 457 and 458 of this Law shall be observed.
(3): If a cassation complaint is withdrawn, the cross complaint shall be adjudicated independently.

Chapter 57
Adjudicating Matters at Cassation Instance

Section 464. Senate Assignments Sitting

(1): All cassation complaints and protests submitted to the Senate after the end of the time period for the submission of the explanation provided for in Section 460, Paragraph one of this Law, shall be examined at an assignments sitting in order to decide whether they comply with the requirements of Sections 450-454 of this Law and whether they are to be adjudicated at a cassation instance court sitting.
(2): A civil matter shall be examined at an assignments sitting by a collegium of the Senate, composed of three judges appointed by the Chairperson of the Senate Department.
(3): If a collegium of the Senate unanimously finds that a cassation complaint does not comply with the requirements of law, it shall take a decision to terminate the cassation proceedings.
(4): If at least one of the senators considers that a matter should be adjudicated at cassation instance, the collegium of the Senate shall take a decision to refer the matter for it to be adjudicated in accordance with cassation procedure.
(5): By unanimous decision of a collegium of the Senate, a matter may be referred for it to be adjudicated, in accordance with cassation procedure, to the Senate in expanded composition.
(6): If a matter is referred for the adjudicating thereof to the Senate, pursuant to the application of a party, execution of judgment in such matter may be stayed pursuant to the decision of an assignments sitting.
(7): If in a Senate assignments sitting, the collegium of the Senate take a decision regarding the assigning of a matter to the European Court of Justice for the rendering of a preliminary ruling, it shall suspend the court proceedings until the adjudication of the European Court of Justice comes into legal force.

[19 June 2003; 7 April 2004]

Section 465. Listing a Matter for Adjudication at a Senate Sitting

(1): The time, composition of the court and referent for the adjudicating of a matter shall be determined by the Chairperson of the Department of the Senate. Notification of the time and place of the proceeding shall be given to the participants in the matter.
(2): A matter shall be adjudicated at cassation instance by three senators, but in the cases provided for by this Law, by a collegium of the Senate composed of not less than seven senators.

Section 466. Commencement of Adjudication of a Matter

(1): The chairperson for a sitting shall open the court sitting and inform as to what proceeding is being adjudicated by the Senate.
(2): The chairperson for a sitting shall ascertain which participants in the matter have arrived, their identity and the authorisation of representatives.

[31 October 2002; 12 February 2004]

Section 467. Explanation of Rights and Duties to the Participants in a Matter

(1) The chairperson for a sitting shall announce the court panel and the name of the public prosecutor and the interpreter, if they participate in the court sitting, and shall explain to the

participants in the matter their right to apply for a removal, as well as other procedural rights and duties.

(2) The grounds for removal and procedures for taking decisions on removal are as prescribed by Sections 19-21 of this Law.

[31 October 2002; 12 February 2004]

Section 468. Consequences Resulting from a Failure to Attend by Participants in a Matter

The failure to attend by the participants in a matter who have duly been notified of the time and place of a cassation instance court sitting is not an impediment to the adjudication of the matter.

Section 469. Deciding on Applications

Applications from participants in a matter relating to the adjudicating of the matter shall be decided after hearing the opinions of the other participants in the matter. [31 October 2002; 12 February 2004]

Section 470. Report on a Matter

The adjudicating of a matter shall commence with a report on the matter by the referent senator.

Section 471. Explanations of Participants in a Matter and Opinion of the Public Prosecutor

(1): Following the report of the senator, a court shall give a hearing to explanations by the parties or the representatives thereof. The court may previously set a time for providing of explanations; however, both sides shall be allotted equal time.
(2): The participant who submitted the cassation complaint, or a public prosecutor, if he or she has submitted a protest, shall speak first. If a judgment has been appealed by both parties, the plaintiff shall speak first.
(3): Senators may ask questions of the participants in the matter.
(4): Each party has the right to one reply.
(5): If a public prosecutor participates in a proceeding for which a cassation protest has not been submitted, he or she shall deliver an opinion following the explanations and replies of the parties.

[31 October 2002; 12 February 2004]

Section 472. Rendering Judgment

(1): Subsequent to the explanations of the participants in the matter and the opinion of the public prosecutor, a court shall retire to the deliberation room to render judgment.
(2): If, in adjudicating a matter in three senator composition, a court does not reach a unanimous opinion, or all the senators consider that the matter should be adjudicated in expanded composition, the court shall take a decision to refer the matter to the Senate for it to be adjudicated in expanded composition.
(3): In the adjudicating of a matter in expanded composition, judgment shall be made by a majority vote and signed by all the senators.
(4): Subsequent to deliberation by the senators, a court shall return to the courtroom, and the

inform the participants in the matter as to when they may become acquainted with the full text of the judgment.

(5) If the senators acknowledge that in this court sitting it is not possible to render a judgment, the Senate shall determine the next court sitting in which it shall notify the judgment within the nearest 14 day time period.

[19 June 2003]

Section 472.¹Suspension of Court Proceeding in a Cassation Instance

If the cassation instance court takes a decision regarding the assigning of a matter to the European Court of Justice for the rendering of a preliminary ruling, it shall suspend the court proceedings until the adjudication of the European Court of Justice comes into legal force. [7 April 2004]

Chapter 58
Judgment of a Cassation Instance Court

Section 473. Limits regarding Adjudication of Matters

(1): In adjudicating a matter by way of cassation procedure, a court shall examine the validity of the existing judgment for the appealed part of the matter regarding persons who have appealed the judgment or who have joined in the cassation complaint and regarding arguments which have been mentioned in the cassation complaint.
(2): A court may set aside the entire judgment, even though only a part of it has been appealed from, if it determines that such violations of law exist as have led to an erroneous adjudication of the entire matter.

Section 474. Rights of a Cassation Court

A court, following its adjudicating of the matter, may render one of the following judgments:

1) to leave the decision unamended and to dismiss the complaint;

2) to set aside the whole judgment, or a part thereof, and forward the matter for re-adjudication to an appellate or first instance court;

3) to set aside the whole judgment or a part thereof, and leave the application not proceeded with, or to terminate the court proceeding, if the court of second instance has not complied with the provisions of Section 219 or 223 of this Law; or

4) amend the judgment in regard to the part thereof pertaining to the extent of the claim, if, as a result of erroneous application of a substantive legal norm, it has been determined incorrectly. [31 October 2002]

Section 475. Contents of a Judgment by a Cassation Court

(1): A judgment by a cassation court shall consist of an introduction, of a descriptive part, of a reasoned part and an operative part.
(3): In the descriptive part, the court shall set out: 1) a brief description of the circumstances of the matter; 2) the substance of the appellate instance court judgment; 3) the reasons for the cassation complaint; and 4) the reasons for the cross complaint, or the substance of the explanations.
(5): In the operative part, a court shall set out the adjudication in accordance with the relevant Clause of Section 474 of this Law.

Section 476. Mandatory Directions of a Cassation Court

(1): The interpretation of law, which is expressed in a judgment of a cassation court, shall be mandatory for the court, which re-adjudicates the matter.
(2): In its judgment, a cassation instance court shall not set out what judgment shall be rendered in re-adjudicating the matter.

Section 477. Lawful Effect of a Judgment by a Cassation Court

A cassation court judgment may not be appealed and comes into effect at the time it is pronounced.

Division Eleven
Re-adjudicating Matters regarding which a Judgment or a Decision has Come into Lawful
Effect

Chapter 59
Re-adjudicating Matters in Connection with Newly-Discovered Facts

Section 478. Submitting an Application

(2): The application may be submitted within three months from the day when the facts forming a basis for re-adjudication of the matter have been ascertained.
(3): The application may not be submitted if more than 10 years have elapsed since the judgment or

the decision has come into effect.
Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

Section 479. Newly-Discovered Facts

The following shall be deemed to be newly-discovered facts:

1) essential facts of a matter which existed at the time of the adjudicating of the proceeding but were not and could not have been known to the applicant;

2) the determination, pursuant to a court judgment which has come into lawful effect regarding a criminal matter, that there was knowingly false testimony of witnesses, expert opinions, or interpretations, or fraudulent written or real evidence, upon which the rendering of a judgment was based;

3) the determination, pursuant to a court judgment that has come into lawful effect regarding a criminal matter, of criminal acts due to which an unlawful or unfounded judgment has been rendered or a decision taken;

4) the setting aside of such court judgment or such decision by another institution as was a basis for the rendering of the judgment or taking of the decision in this matter; or

5) the acknowledgement of a norm of law applied in the adjudication of the matter as not in conformity with a higher norm of law in legal effect. [20 June 2001]

Section 480. Calculation of Time Period for Submitting an Application

The time period for submitting an application shall be calculated:

1) regarding the facts set out in Section 479, Clause 1 of this Law, from the day such facts become disclosed;

2) in the cases set out in Section 479, Clauses 2 and 3 of this Law, from the day the judgment regarding the criminal matter has come into lawful effect;

3) in the cases set out in Section 479, Clause 4 of this Law, from the day of coming into lawful effect of an adjudication of a court by which a judgment regarding a civil matter or a criminal matter has been set aside or from the day of setting aside of a decision of another institution, on which is based the judgment or decision being petitioned to be set aside due to newly-discovered facts; and

4) in the case set out in Section 479, Clause 5 of this Law, from the day of coming into lawful effect of a judgment or other decision in relation to which the norm of law applied loses effect as not in conformity with a higher norm of law in legal effect. [20 June 2001]

Section 481. Adjudicating Applications

(1): An application in connection with newly-discovered facts may be adjudicated by a court sitting in a panel of three judges.<
(2): Notice regarding the sitting of the court shall be given and a true copy of the application shall be sent to the participants in the matter. The failure of such persons to attend is not an impediment to the adjudicating of the application.

Section 482. Court Decision

(1): After examining the application, a court shall examine whether the facts indicated by the applicant are to be found to be newly-discovered facts in accordance with Section 479 of this Law.
(2): If a court determines that there are newly-discovered facts, it shall set aside the appealed judgment or decision in full or as to part thereof and refer the matter for it to be re-adjudicated in a court of first instance.
(3): If a court finds that the facts indicated in an application are not to be found to be newly-discovered, it shall dismiss the application.
(4): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding a decision of the court.

Chapter 60
Adjudicating Matters in Connection with Breach of Significant Substantive or Procedural
Norms of Law

Section 483. Submitting a Protest

A protest regarding a court adjudication that has come into effect may be submitted to the Senate by the Chairperson of the Senate Civil Matters Department or the prosecutor general, provided that not more than 10 years have elapsed since the adjudication came into effect.

Section 484. Grounds for Submitting a Protest

The grounds for submitting a protest regarding a court adjudication are the breach of substantive or procedural norms of law as has been ascertained in matters which have only been adjudicated in a court of first instance, if the court adjudication has not been appealed pursuant to procedures prescribed by law due to reasons independent of the participants in the matter, or the infringement, pursuant to a court adjudication, of the rights of State or local government institutions or of such persons as were not participants in the matter.

Section 485. Procedures for Adjudicating Protests

A protest shall be adjudicated by the Senate in accordance with the procedures prescribed in Sections 464-477 of this Law.

Part D.
Arbitration Court

Division Twelve
Establishment and Operations of an Arbitration Court

Chapter 61
General Provisions

Section 486. Establishment of an Arbitration Court

(1): An arbitration court may be established for the resolution of a specific dispute. The arbitration court may also operate permanently.
(2): A permanent arbitration court shall operate on the basis of rules of procedure, whereas an arbitration court established for the resolution of a specific dispute shall operate in accordance with the procedures prescribed by this Law.
(3): A permanent arbitration court may be established by one or more legal persons. The permanent

Enterprise Register shall maintain the Arbitration Court Register. The Cabinet shall determine amount of the State fee for the making of a record in the Arbitration Court Register, the procedures for the payment thereof and rebates.

(4): In order for an arbitration court to register in the Arbitration Court Register, the founders of the arbitration court shall submit to the Enterprise Register the rules of procedure of the arbitration court and other documents in accordance with regulatory enactments regarding the procedures for the registration of an arbitration court.
(5): The name of a permanent arbitration court may not coincide with the name of an arbitration court already registered or a registration applied for, as well as it may not include misleading information regarding important circumstances of the operation of the arbitration court. The specified restrictions for merchants in respect of the selection of a firm name shall also apply to the names of arbitration courts.
(6): The resolution of disputes by an arbitration court is not commercial activity.

[17 February 2005]

Section 486.¹ Arbitration Court Rules of Procedure

(1) The rules of procedure of a permanent arbitration court shall indicate:

1) the name of the arbitration court. In addition to the name of the arbitration court in Latvian, the rules of procedure may indicate the name of the arbitration court in one or more foreign languages;

2) the procedures for the appointment, removal and ending of authorisation of arbitrators;

3) the procedures by which the signature of arbitrators on awards shall be certified;

4) the procedures for the preparation of the arbitration court proceedings;

5) the procedures for the resolving of disputes – procedural time periods, the procedures for the renewal or extension thereof, the procedures for the submission of counterclaims, the procedures for the deferment and extension of the resolution of disputes and other procedural issues;

6) the name (firm name) of the founders; and
7) other provisions, which are not in conflict with the law.

(2) If amendments are made to the rules of procedure, the text of the amendment, as well as the new version of the full text of the rules of procedure shall be submitted to the Enterprise Register. Amendments to the rules of procedure shall acquire legal effect after the registration thereof.

[17 February 2005]

Section 487. Disputes Resolvable by Arbitration Courts

Any civil dispute may be referred for resolution to an arbitration court, with the exception of a dispute:

1) the award of which may infringe the rights or the interests protected by law of such a person as is not a party to the arbitration court agreement;

2) in which a party, albeit even one, is a State or local government institution or the award of the arbitration court may affect the rights of State or local government institutions;

3) which is related to amendments to the Civil Records Registry;

4) which is related to the rights and duties of persons under guardianship or trusteeship or to their interests protected by law;

5) regarding establishment, alteration or termination of property rights in regard to immovable property, if among the parties to the dispute there is a person whose rights to acquire immovable property in ownership, possession or use are restricted by law;

6) regarding the eviction of a person from living quarters;

7) between employees and employers if the disputes has arisen entering into, amending, terminating or implementing an employment contract, as well as in applying or translating provisions of regulatory enactments, collective labour contract or working procedures (individual labour rights dispute); and

8) regarding the rights and duties of such persons as who, up to the taking of the award of the arbitration court, have been declared insolvent. [31 October 2002; 17 February 2005]

Section 488. Procedural Norms Applicable to Resolution of Disputes

Only the procedural norms provided for in Part D of this Law, except insofar as this Part may otherwise provide, shall be binding on an arbitration court.

Section 489. Norms of Substantive Law Applicable to Resolution of Disputes

(1): In resolving a dispute, an arbitration court shall first consider whether the parties have agreed as to what laws or what customary transaction practices their mutual relations are to be adjudicated pursuant to. Such agreement shall apply to the extent it does not conflict with the provisions of Sections 19, 24 and 25 of the Civil Law.
(2): If such an agreement does not exist or the arbitration court has found it to be invalid, the law applicable to the legal relations of the parties shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Introduction to the Civil Law.

Chapter 62
Arbitration Court Agreement

Section 490. Concept of an Arbitration Court Agreement

(1): An arbitration court agreement is an agreement entered into by parties in accordance with the procedures provided for by this Law regarding the referring of a dispute for resolution to an arbitration court.
(2): Parties may agree to refer a dispute as has arisen or as may arise in the future for resolution to an arbitration court.

Section 491. Parties to an Arbitration Court Agreement

An arbitration court agreement may be entered into by:

1) a natural person who has the capacity to act, irrespective of his or her citizenship and place of residence;

2) a legal person registered in Latvia or in a foreign state; or

3) other private law subjects. [17 February 2005]

Section 492. Form of an Arbitration Court Agreement

(1): An arbitration court agreement shall be entered into in written form. It may be included in any agreement as a separate provision (an arbitration court clause).
(2): Such agreement as has been entered into by exchange of letters, faxes or telegrams or utilisation of other means of telecommunication as ensure that the intent of both parties to refer a dispute or a possible dispute for resolution to an arbitration court is recorded, shall also be considered an agreement in writing.
(3): The agreement may include a stipulation regarding the procedures for resolution of disputes in accordance with the rules of procedure of the arbitration court or with the agreement of the parties.
(4): An arbitration court agreement may be rescinded or amended pursuant to an agreement in writing between the parties.

Section 493. Validity of an Arbitration Court Agreement

(1): Persons who have entered into an agreement to refer a dispute for resolution to an arbitration court do not have the right to withdraw therefrom unless the arbitration court agreement has been amended or rescinded pursuant to the procedures stipulated by law or by the agreement.
(2): An arbitration court agreement shall be in effect so long as the legal relations in connection with which, it has been entered into have not been terminated.
(3): If an agreement to refer a dispute for resolution to an arbitration court is contained in a contract entered into by parties as a separate provision, such agreement shall be regarded as an independent agreement. If the time period of the contract has expired or the contract has been declared to not be in effect, the agreement to refer a dispute for resolution to an arbitration court shall remain in effect.
(4): Each party has the right to unilaterally withdraw from the arbitration court agreement, upon notification to the other party thereof, if the parties have not stipulated another time period for examination of the matter by an arbitration court and if one of the following provisions applies:

1) during the arbitration court proceedings the composition of the arbitration court has not been established, or no procedural activities have been performed, for more than four months; 2) the arbitration court has not completed the examination of the matter with a decision within a period of one year from the initiation of the arbitration court proceedings.

Section 494. Law Applicable to an Arbitration Court Agreement

If an arbitration court agreement does not stipulate under the laws of what state the validity of such agreement is to be determined, the applicable law for the arbitration court agreement shall be determined in accordance with Sections 19 and 25 of the Civil Law.

Chapter 63
Preparation regarding Arbitration Court Proceedings

Section 495. Determination of Jurisdiction regarding Disputes

(1): The arbitration court itself shall decide as to jurisdiction regarding a dispute, including in cases where one of the parties disputes the existence or the being in effect of the arbitration court agreement.
(2): A submission regarding the fact that a dispute is not subject to an arbitration court may be submitted by a party until the day when the time period for submission of a reference expires.
(3): An arbitration court may decide a matter regarding determination of jurisdiction over a dispute at any stage of the arbitration court proceedings.

Section 496. Securing a Claim before the Claim is Raised in Disputes which are Subject to Resolution by an Arbitration Court

(1): Pursuant to an application by a potential plaintiff, a court may, according to the location of the debtor or the location of the property of the debtor, secure a claim before it is made in accordance with the procedures prescribed in Section 139 of this Law. The same court shall, pursuant to petition by a party or an arbitration court, decide as to setting aside or varying the security for the claim.
(2): An application for the securing of a claim or an application for varying security for a claim shall not be considered as failure to observe the arbitration court agreement and shall not impede the resolution of a dispute by an arbitration court.

[7 September 2006]

Section 497. Arbitrators

(1): An arbitrator is a person who, in conformity with the provisions of an arbitration court agreement and of this Law, is appointed to resolve a dispute.
(2): Any person having the capacity to act may be appointed as an arbitrator, irrespective of his or her citizenship and place of residence, if such person has agreed in writing to be an arbitrator.
(3): Arbitrators shall perform their duties in good faith, without being subject to any influence; they shall be objective and independent.

Section 498. Number of Arbitrators

(1): The number of arbitrators shall be comprised of an odd number. If parties have not agreed as to the number of arbitrators, the arbitration court shall consist of three arbitrators.
(2): An arbitration court may also consist of one arbitrator, if the parties agree thereto.

Section 499. Appointment of Arbitrators

(1): The procedures regarding appointment of arbitrators shall be determined by the parties.
(2): Parties may entrust the appointment of arbitrators to any natural or legal person having the capacity to act.
(3): If the parties have agreed that a dispute shall be referred to be resolved by a permanent arbitration court, but have not agreed regarding the procedures for the appointment of arbitrators, the arbitrators shall be appointed in accordance with the rules of procedure of the arbitration court, taking into account the equality of the parties.
(4): If parties have not agreed regarding the referring of a dispute to a permanent arbitration court and the procedure regarding appointment of arbitrators, each party shall appoint one arbitrator who, agreeing between themselves, shall appoint the third arbitrator, who shall be the chairperson of the arbitration court panel.

Section 500. Dismissal of Arbitrators

If a party has appointed an arbitrator and has notified the other party thereof, the first party may not dismiss such arbitrator without the consent of the other party.

Section 501. Grounds for Removal of an Arbitrator

(1): A person who is requested to consent to being appointed as an arbitrator shall disclose to the parties any facts, which could cause well-founded doubt as to the objectivity and independence of such person. If the arbitrator, up to the end of the arbitration court proceeding, knows such facts he or she shall without delay disclose them to the parties.
(2): An arbitrator may be removed, if facts exist which cause well-founded doubt as to his or her objectivity and independence, as well as if his or her qualifications do not conform to those agreed by the parties. A party may remove an arbitrator whom it has appointed or in whose appointment it has participated, only where the grounds for removal have become known to such party after the appointment of the arbitrator.

Section 502. Procedures regarding Removal of an Arbitrator

(1): Parties may agree on the procedures regarding removal of an arbitrator.
(2): Where a permanent arbitration court is resolving a dispute and the parties have not agreed on the procedures regarding removal of an arbitrator, they shall be determined in accordance with the rules of procedure of the arbitration court.
(3): Where a dispute is being resolved by an arbitration court which has been established for the resolution of the specific dispute and the parties have not agreed on the procedures regarding removal of an arbitrator, the party which intends to remove an arbitrator, within 15 days from the day the party is informed of the appointment of such arbitrator or becomes informed of a condition mentioned in Section 501 of this Law, shall send to the arbitrators a notice, setting out therein the arbitrator the party wishes to remove and the grounds for the removal. If the arbitrator to whom the removal has been declared does not withdraw from performing his or her duties, the other arbitrators shall decide the issue regarding the removal thereof. If a single arbitrator is resolving the dispute, this arbitrator shall decide the issue regarding the removal.

Section 503. Termination of Authorisation of an Arbitrator

(1): Authorisation of an arbitrator is terminated: 1) if the removal of the arbitrator is accepted; 2) if the arbitrator has refused to resolve the dispute; 3) if the parties agree on the termination of authority of the arbitrator; or 4) upon the death of the arbitrator.
(2): Parties may freely agree as to the procedure regarding termination of authority of arbitrators. If the parties have not agreed on the procedure regarding termination of authorisation of arbitrators and a permanent arbitration court examines the dispute, the provisions of the rules of procedure of the arbitration court shall apply.

Section 504. Appointment of a New Arbitrator

If the authority of an arbitrator is terminated, a new arbitrator shall be appointed in accordance with the procedures prescribed in Section 499 of this Law.

Chapter 64
Resolution of a Dispute by an Arbitration Court

Section 505. Equal Rights of and Adversarial Proceedings between Parties

In resolving a dispute, an arbitration court shall observe the principle of equal rights of and adversarial proceedings between parties. Each party has equal right to express their opinion and defend their rights.

Section 506. Determining Arbitration Court Procedures

(1): Parties have the right to freely determine the procedures of the arbitration court.
(2): If parties have agreed to refer a dispute for resolution to a permanent arbitration court, but have not agreed as to the arbitration court procedures, the dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the rules of procedure of the permanent arbitration court.
(3): If an arbitration court, which has been established for the resolution of the specific dispute, resolves a dispute and the parties have not agreed on the arbitration court procedures, the arbitration court shall determine these procedures itself.
(4): The chairperson of the panel of an arbitration court may independently decide procedural issues, if the parties or the other arbitrators have entrusted him or her with this.

Section 507. Time Periods

(1): An arbitration court itself shall set procedural time periods, within the limits of the time periods prescribed in Section 493 of this Law.
(2): A permanent arbitration court shall observe the procedural time periods stipulated in the rules of procedure of the arbitration court.
(3): Procedural time periods in a permanent arbitration court shall be renewed pr extended according to the procedures specified in the rules of procedure thereof.

[17 February 2005]

Section 508. Place for Resolving a Dispute

Parties have the right to freely determine the place for resolution of a dispute. If the parties have not agreed thereto, the arbitration court shall determine the place for resolution of the dispute.

Section 509. Language of the Arbitration Court

(1): The proceedings of an arbitration court shall be conducted in the official language. The proceedings may be conducted in another language if the parties have agreed thereto.
(2): If any of the participants in the proceedings is not fluent in the language in which the proceedings are conducted, the arbitration court shall summon an interpreter. The arbitration court shall determine the procedures pursuant to which the interpreter services are paid for.
(3): An arbitration court may require from parties a translation of any written evidence, or a translation certified by a notary, into the language in which the proceedings is conducted.

Section 510. Representation of Parties

(1): Natural persons shall conduct their matters in an arbitration court themselves or through their authorised representatives.
(2): Matters of legal persons shall be conducted in an arbitration court by their officials who act within the scope of the authorisation conferred pursuant to law, articles of association or by-law, or by other authorised representatives of legal persons.
(3): Parties may retain advocates to provide legal assistance during the arbitration court procedure.

[20 June 2001]

Section 511. Costs of an Arbitration Court Procedure

(1): Costs of an arbitration court procedure shall include costs relating to the examination of a dispute, as well as fees paid to an arbitrator.
(2): The amount of costs of an arbitration court procedure, as well as the term and procedures for payment shall be determined by the arbitration court, taking into account the amount claimed, complexity of the dispute and provisions referred to in the arbitration court agreement.
(3): An arbitration court, which has been established for the resolution of a specific dispute, shall determine the fees to be paid to an arbitrator after the appointment of the arbitrator provided that the parties have not specified otherwise in their agreement.

Section 512. Confidentiality of an Arbitration Court Procedure

(1): Arbitration court sittings shall be closed. Persons, who are not participants in a matter, may be present at an arbitration court sitting only with the consent of the parties.
(2): An arbitration court shall not provide to third persons or publish information concerning arbitration court proceedings.

Section 513. Initiation of an Arbitration Court Procedure

(1): The proceedings in an arbitration court established for the resolution of a specific dispute, if the parties have agreed in the arbitration court agreement on the composition of the arbitration court, or in a permanent arbitration court shall begin from the time of submission of a statement of claim.
(2): The proceedings of an arbitration court which has been established for the resolution of a specific dispute, if the parties have not agreed in the arbitration court agreement on the composition of the arbitration court, shall begin from the time of receipt by the defendant of a true copy of the statement of claim and of notification of the appointment of an arbitrator.

Section 514. Submission of a Statement of Claim

(1): A statement of claim shall be submitted to an arbitration court in writing.
(2): There shall be set out in the statement of claim: 1) information concerning the parties: a) for legal persons: their name and location (legal address) and, if known to the plaintiff, their registration number and telephone number; and

b) for natural persons: their given name, surname and place of residence and, if known to the plaintiff, their personal identity code and telephone number; 2) the subject-matter of the claim, the amount claimed and the calculation of the amount

claimed;
Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

3) the grounds for the claim and evidence in proof thereof;

4) the claims of the plaintiff; and

5) a list of accompanying documents.

(3) A statement of claim shall be accompanied by: 1) the agreement of the parties regarding the arbitration court unless such agreement is

contained in an agreement in connection with which the dispute has arisen; 2) the agreement in connection with which the dispute has arisen; 3) the documents referred to by the plaintiff in the statement of claim; and 4) evidence that the statement of claim has been sent to the defendant.

Section 515. Response to a Claim

(1): A defendant shall submit a response to a claim within the time period specified by the parties or by the arbitration court. The time period for the submission of the response may not be shorter than 15 days, counting from the day of the sending of the request for a response to the claim.
(2): The response to a claim shall indicate: 1) whether he or she admits the claim in full or a part thereof; 2) his or her objections to the claim and the justification thereof; 3) evidence, which certify his or her objections to the claim and the justification thereof, as

well as the law upon which they are based;

4) requests for the acceptance or request thereof of evidence; and

5) other circumstances, which he or she considers to be important in the examination of the

matter.

[17 February 2005]

Section 516. Counterclaim

(1): Parties may freely agree as to procedures regarding submission of a counterclaim, if the subject of the counterclaim is included in an arbitration court agreement.
(2): If parties have agreed to refer a dispute for resolution to a permanent arbitration court, but have not agreed on the procedures regarding submission of a counterclaim, these shall be determined by rules of procedure of the permanent arbitration court.
(3): If a dispute is being resolved by an arbitration court established for the resolution of the specific dispute and the parties have not agreed on the procedures regarding submission of a counterclaim, the defendant has the right to submit a counterclaim not later than the expiry of the time period set for the submission of a response.

Section 517. Amendment and Supplementation of a Claim

Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, a party may amend or supplement a claim during all of the time of the arbitration court procedure, until the resolution of the dispute is commenced.

Section 518. Resolution of a Dispute by an Arbitration Court

(1) An arbitration court, observing the arbitration court agreement entered into by parties, shall hold sittings to hear the explanations and objections of the parties and to examine evidence (oral procedure) or shall resolve a dispute on the basis of the written evidence and submitted materials only (written procedure). The arbitration court shall also organise oral procedure where the parties

have agreed on written procedure, but one of the parties, up until the making of the decision, requests oral procedure.

(2): An arbitration court shall in good time notify parties of an arbitration court sitting. The notification of the first arbitration court sitting shall be sent to the participants in the matter not later than 15 days prior to the sitting if the parties have not agreed to a shorter time period.
(3): An arbitration court shall acquaint the parties with any submissions, documents and other information, which it has obtained, as well as with expert opinions and other evidence.
(4): In accordance with the procedures of the rules of procedure of a permanent arbitration court, a decision may be taken regarding the deferment of the resolution of the dispute and other issues without adjudicating the matter according to substance.

[17 February 2005]

Section 519. Correspondence

(1): During an arbitration procedure all notifications, applications and other forms of correspondence shall be sent by registered mail or in another manner, recording the fact of it being sent, or shall be delivered to the addressee personally to be signed.
(2): Correspondence shall be considered as received, if it is delivered to the addressee personally, or pursuant to the mailing address indicated by the addressee, or to the location (legal address) of a legal person, or to the place of residence of a natural person, but if the address cannot be determined, to the last known address.

Section 520. Consequences, if Parties do not Participate in the Arbitration Procedure

(1): If a defendant does not submit a response to a claim in accordance with Section 515 of this Law, an arbitration court shall continue the procedure without considering such failure to submit as recognition of the claim, unless provided otherwise by the arbitration court agreement.
(2): If parties, without justified cause, fail to attend a viva voce sitting or to submit written evidence, an arbitration court shall continue the procedure and resolve the dispute on the basis of the evidence at its disposal.

Section 521. Evidence

(1): Evidentiary means in an arbitration court may consist of clarifications by the parties, written evidence, real evidence or expert opinions.
(2): Evidence shall be submitted by the parties. Each party shall evidence the facts to which they refer as a basis for their claims and objections. An arbitration court may require the parties to submit supplementary documents or other evidence.
(3): Documentary evidence shall be submitted in the form of an original or of a true copy. If a party submits a true copy of a document, an arbitration court may itself, or pursuant to the request of the other party, require that the original document be submitted. The arbitration court shall return an original document, pursuant to the request of the person who has submitted such document, leaving a certified true copy of it in the materials of the procedure.
(4): An arbitration court itself shall determine the admissibility and eligibility of evidence.

[17 February 2005]

Section 522. Expert-examination

(1): Unless the arbitration court agreement provides otherwise, an arbitration court, at the request of a party, may order an expert-examination and invite one or several experts. An expert-examination shall be occur only if the party has previously paid for the services of the expert.
(2): Parties, pursuant to the requirement of the arbitration court, shall submit necessary information or documents and present goods or other articles to an expert.
(3): Pursuant to the request of a party, an arbitration court shall summon an expert, following the giving of an opinion, to participate in an arbitration court sitting in order to provide explanations and answer questions of the parties concerning the opinion.
(4): An arbitration court shall determine the procedures regarding distribution between parties of the costs of expert services.

[17 February 2005]

Section 523. Security for a Claim [17 February 2005]

Section 524. Procedural Consequences of Withdrawal by a Party

(1): The fact that a natural person who is a party dies or a legal person who is a party has ceases to exist, shall not of itself terminate an arbitration court agreement if it is not otherwise agreed to by the parties and the disputed legal relations allow the taking over of rights.
(2): In such case the arbitration court shall stay the arbitration court proceeding until the successor in rights is determined.
(3): Cession of a claim or assignment of a debt may be the basis for termination of an arbitration court proceeding only in those cases where the arbitration court agreement is cancelled in accordance with the procedures stipulated by law or by the agreement.

Section 525. Rights to Object

(1): If any of the provisions of the arbitration court procedure has been breached or has not been complied with, a party who is participating in the arbitration court proceeding, as soon as such breach has come or ought to have come to their knowledge, shall without delay submit objections in writing to the arbitration court and to the other party.
(2): The arbitration court shall decide if the objections are well-founded.
(3): If a party does not submit objections, it shall be deemed that the party has waived the right to raise such objections.

Section 526. Minutes

(1): Minutes of an arbitration court sitting shall be taken only if any of the parties requests it and has paid in remuneration for secretarial services to the arbitration court.
(2): The minutes shall be taken by the secretary chosen by the arbitration court.
(3): The minutes shall be signed by all the arbitrators and the secretary. The parties have the right to acquaint themselves with the minutes and within a period of five days after the signing thereof submit in writing comments or objections regarding the minutes. The validity of grounds for objections or the conformity of comments to what has occurred at the sitting shall be decided by the arbitration court.

[17 February 2005]

Section 527. Storage of Procedure Documents after Completion of the Arbitration Court Procedure

(1): If a dispute is resolved by a permanent arbitration court, proceedings documents shall remain in storage at the arbitration court for 10 years after the completion of the arbitration court proceedings. The arbitration court shall store the documents in accordance with the archival storage procedures provided for by law.
(2): If a dispute is resolved by an arbitration court which has been established for the resolution of the specific dispute, procedure documents shall be drawn up in such number of copies as enables their supply in one copy to each party after the completion of the arbitration court procedure.

[17 February 2005]

Chapter 65
Awards by an Arbitration Court

Section 528. Making of Awards by an Arbitration Court

(1): All awards (decisions and judgments) in an arbitration court, if it consists of more than one arbitrator, shall be made by a majority vote.
(2): An award of an arbitration court shall come into effect on the day it is made. It may not be appealed and a protest regarding it may not be submitted.

Section 529. Settlement

(1): If parties during an arbitration court procedure enter into a settlement, the arbitration court procedure shall be terminated.
(2): Parties shall enter into a settlement in writing and set out therein: for legal persons, their name, registration number and location (legal address) and for natural persons, their given name, surname, personal identity number and place of residence, as well as the subject-matter of the dispute and the obligations of each of the parties as they have voluntarily undertaken to perform.
(3): Pursuant to the request of the parties, an arbitration court, by its decision, shall confirm a settlement provided that the provisions thereof are not contrary to law. Such decision shall have the same legal effect as arbitration court judgments.

[17 February 2005]

Section 530. Arbitration Court Judgments

(1): A judgment of an arbitration court shall be made in writing and it shall be signed by the arbitrators. If the arbitration court consists of several arbitrators, the judgment shall be signed by all the arbitrators, but if any of the arbitrators does not sign the judgment, there shall be set out in the arbitration court judgment the reasons why his or her signature is missing.
(2): There shall be set out in the judgment: 1) the composition of the arbitration court; 2) the time and place of the rendering of the judgment; 3) information concerning the parties; 4) the subject of the dispute; 5) the reasons for judgment unless otherwise agreed by the parties; 6) the conclusion regarding complete or partial satisfaction of the claim, or the complete or

7) the amount to be recovered, if the judgment is rendered regarding recovery of money;

8) the specific property and the value thereof, which is to be recovered in the event the property does not exist, if the judgment is rendered regarding recovery of property in specie;

9) by whom, what and within what time period actions are to be fulfilled, if the judgment imposes a duty to fulfil certain actions;

10) what part of the judgment refers to each plaintiff, if the judgment is made for the benefit of more than one plaintiff or what part of the judgment is to be fulfilled by each of the defendants, if the judgment is made against more than one defendant; and

11) the costs of the arbitration court procedure and the allocation of such costs and the costs of legal assistance among the parties.

(3): A true copy of the arbitration court judgment shall be sent to the parties. In the case of written proceedings, the true copy of the arbitration court judgment shall be sent to the parties within a period of three days.
(5): The arbitration court shall decide whether the participation of the parties, in the deciding of such issue by the arbitration court, is necessary.

[17 February 2005]

Section 531. Procedures regarding Certification of Signatures of Arbitrators on an Award

In a permanent arbitration court the procedures regarding certification of signatures of arbitrators on an award shall be as determined by the rules of procedure of the permanent arbitration court, but in an arbitration court which has been established for the resolution of a specific dispute, prior to an award being issued, the signatures of the arbitrators shall be notarially certified.

Section 532. Termination of an Arbitration Court Proceeding

(1) An arbitration court shall take a decision to terminate an arbitration court proceeding if: 1) the plaintiff withdraws his or her claim and the defendant does not object thereto; 2) the parties agree to terminate the dispute through settlement; 3) the arbitration court agreement has, pursuant to procedures prescribed by law or by the

agreement, ceased to be in effect;

4) the arbitration court finds that the arbitration court does not have jurisdiction over the dispute; or

5) a natural person who is one of the parties dies, or a legal person who is one of the parties ceases to exist, and the legal relations do not allow the taking over of rights or the parties have agreed that in such case the procedure is to be terminated.

(2) If an arbitration court proceeding has been terminated for the reasons set out in Paragraph one,

court of a dispute between the same parties, over the same subject and on the same basis shall not be permitted.

(3) If an arbitration court proceeding has been terminated for the reasons set out in Paragraph one, Clause 3 or 4 of this Section, or if a natural person who is one party dies, or a legal person who is one party ceases to exist, and the parties have agreed that in such case the arbitration court proceeding shall be terminated, the parties shall have the right to bring the matter before a court.

Chapter 66
Execution of Arbitration Court Awards

Section 533. Procedures regarding Execution of Arbitration Court Awards

(1): An award of an arbitration court is mandatory for the parties and shall be executed voluntarily by them within the time period stipulated in such award. For the voluntary execution of a judgment a time period not shorter than five days shall be determined.
(2): If an award of a permanent arbitration court is to be executed in Latvia and is not being executed voluntarily, the interested party is entitled to apply to the district (city) court according to the location of the permanent arbitration court with an application for issue of a writ of execution for compulsory execution of the permanent arbitration court award.

[17 February 2005]

Section 534. Submission of an Application for Compulsory Execution of an Arbitration Court Award

(1) An application for the issue of a writ of execution shall be accompanied by: 1) the award of the arbitration court; 2) a document which confirms the agreement in writing by the parties to refer a dispute for

resolution to an arbitration court, or a true copy of it certified by a notary; 3) true copies of the application in conformity with the number of the remaining participants

in the matter; 4) a document concerning payment of the State fees; and 5) a statement that certifies the declared place of residence of the natural person.

(2): The documents shall be submitted in the official language or together with a notarially certified translation into the official language.
(3): At the request of a party, the award of the arbitration court may be returned, substituting therefor a certified true copy.

[31 October 2002; 17 February 2005]

Section 534.^¹ Sending of an Application to Participants in the Matter

(1): When a court has received an application regarding the issuing of a writ of execution, the application shall without delay be sent to the remaining participants in the matter by registered mail, determining a time period for the submission of written explanations, which is not less than 10 days and longer than 15 days from the day of the sending of the application.
(2): In the explanation the participants in the matter shall indicate: 1) whether he or she admits the application in full or a part thereof; 2) his or her objections to the application and the justification thereof; 3) evidence, which certify his or her objections and the justification thereof, as well as the

law upon which they are based;
Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

4) requests for the acceptance or request thereof of evidence; and

5) other circumstances, which he or she considers to be important in the examination of the application.

(3): The participant in the matter shall append to the explanation true copies thereof in conformity with the number of the remaining participants in the matter.
(4): After receipt of the explanation, the judge shall send the true copies thereof to the remaining participants in the matter.
(5): The non-submission of an explanation shall not be an obstacle for an examination of the issuing of a writ of execution.

[17 February 2005]

Section 535. Deciding on Applications regarding Compulsory Execution of an Award by an Arbitration Court

(1): A decision regarding the issue of a writ of execution or a reasoned refusal to issue such shall be taken by a judge on the basis of the submitted documents without summoning the parties, within a period of 10 days from the day when the time period for the submission of explanations has ended, but if the explanations have been sent to the remaining participants in the matter – within a period of 10 days from the day the explanations were sent. In taking a decision regarding the issue of a writ of execution, the judge shall also decide the issue whether the State fee for the issue of a writ of execution shall be compensated.
(2): A decision to issue a writ of execution shall come into effect without delay.
(3): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding a decision refusing the issue of a writ of execution within 10 days from the day the plaintiff receives a true copy of the decision.

[17 February 2005]

Section 536. Grounds for a Refusal to Issue a Writ of Execution

A judge shall refuse to issue a writ of execution, if:

1) the particular dispute may be resolved only by a court;

2) the arbitration court agreement has been entered into by a person lacking capacity to act;

3) the arbitration court agreement, pursuant to the law applying thereto, has been set aside or declared null and void;

4) the party was not notified of the arbitration court proceedings in the appropriate manner, or due to other reasons was unable to submit his or her explanations, and this significantly has or could have affected the arbitration court proceedings;

5) the party was not notified of the appointment of an arbitrator in the appropriate manner, and this significantly has or could have affected the arbitration court proceedings;

6) the arbitration court was not established or the arbitration court proceedings did not take place in accordance with the provisions of the arbitration court agreement or of Part D of this Law; or

7) the award of the arbitration court was made regarding a dispute which was not provided for in the arbitration court agreement or does not comply with the provisions of the arbitration court agreement, or also issues are decided in it as are not within the scope of the arbitration court agreement. In such case, the writ of execution may be issued for that part of the arbitration court award, which complies with the arbitration court agreement provided that it can be separated from the issues, which are not within the scope of the arbitration court agreement. [17 February 2005]

Section 537. Consequences of Refusal to Issue a Writ of Execution

After a decision to refuse to issue a writ of execution has come into effect:

1) the dispute may be resolved in a court in accordance with general procedures, if issue of the writ of execution has been refused on the basis set out in Section 536, Clauses 1, 2, 3 and 7 of this Law; or

2) the dispute may be repeatedly referred for resolution to an arbitration court, if the issue of the writ of execution has been refused on the basis of Section 536, Clauses 4, 5 and 6 of this Law. [17 February 2005]

Part E
Execution of Court Judgments

Division Thirteen
General Provisions Regarding Execution of Court Judgments

Chapter 67
Execution Documents

Section 538. Execution of Court Judgments and Decisions

Court judgments and decisions shall be executed after they come into lawful effect, except in cases where pursuant to law or a court judgment they are to be executed without delay. The indication that the judgment and decision shall be executed without delay must be contained in the writ of execution itself. [31 October 2002]

Section 539. Adjudications of Courts and Other Institutions, which must be Executed

(1) In accordance with the procedures specified for the execution of court judgments by this Law, the following court adjudications, court decisions by judges or other institution adjudications shall be executed:

1) court judgments and decisions by a court or a judge in civil matters and in matters which arise out of administrative legal relations;

recovery;

3) in such part of decisions by a judge or a court in matters regarding administrative violations as pertains to financial recovery;

4) court decisions regarding approval of settlements;

5) awards by a permanent arbitration court;

6) adjudications by foreign courts or competent institutions and foreign arbitration courts in

cases provided for by law; 7) court decisions regarding application of procedural sanctions - imposition of fines; and 8) decisions by labour disputes commissions.

(2) The following shall also be executed in accordance with the procedures specified for the execution of court judgments unless otherwise provided for by the law: 1) decisions by institutions and officials in administrative violations matters in cases provided for by law; 2) administrative acts directed to the payment of money issued by institutions and officials

endowed with State authority; and
Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

3) adjudications of persons belonging to the judicial system (notaries, advocates, bailiffs) regarding remuneration for work, remuneration for legal assistance provided and expenses related to services provided, and the State fee.

(3) In accordance with the procedures specified in section 142 of this Law, decisions of the competent institutions regarding forced execution of sanctions specified by international organisations shall be executed.

[31 October 2002; 12 February 2004; 7 April 2004; 17 February 2005; 7 September 2006; 26 October 2006]

Section 540. Execution Documents

Execution documents are:

1) writs of execution which are issued on the basis of court judgments or decisions by a court or a judge in civil matters and in matters which arise out of legal administrative relations and criminal matters, court decisions regarding approval of settlements, permanent arbitration court awards, decisions by a labour disputes commission and adjudications of foreign courts and foreign arbitration courts;

2) decisions by institutions and officials in administrative violations matters;

3) execution orders issued the basis of administrative acts (Section 539, Paragraph two, Clause 2 of this Law);

4) decisions by a judge regarding the carrying out of uncontested compulsory execution of obligations, compulsory execution of obligations in accordance with warning procedures or the voluntary sale at auction of immovable property through the court;

5) court decisions regarding application of procedural sanctions - imposition of a fine;

6) invoices issued by notaries, advocates and bailiffs;

7) European Enforcement Orders issued by foreign courts or competent institutions in accordance with Regulation (EC) No. 805/2004 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 April 2004 creating a European Enforcement Order for uncontested claims (European Parliament and Council Regulation No. 805/2004);

8) certificates issued by foreign courts or competent institutions in accordance with Article 41, Paragraph 1 or Article 42, Paragraph 1 of Council Regulation No. 2201/2003; and

9) decisions by competent institutions regarding forced execution of sanctions specified by international organisations [31 October 2002; 19 June 2003; 7 April 2004; 17 February 2005; 7 September 2006; 26 October 2006]

Section 541. Issuing of Writs of Execution

(1): A writ of execution shall be drawn up by a court of first instance or an appellate instance court after a judgment or a decision has come into lawful effect, but in cases where the judgment or the decision is to be executed without delay, immediately after the judgment is pronounced or the decision taken.
(2): If the execution of the court judgment specifies a time period for voluntary execution and the judgment has not been executed, a court shall issue the writ of execution after the termination of the time period for voluntary execution.
(3): A writ of execution shall be issued to a judgment creditor at their request by the court in which the matter is then found.
(4): If in accordance with a court judgment an amount of money is to be collected as State revenues,

execution to a bailiff according to the debtor's place of residence, if a natural person, or the location (legal address), if a legal person.

[31 October 2002; 17 February 2005]

Section 541.^¹European Union Execution Documents and the Issue of Documents Associated with Execution

(1): A court shall draw up a European Enforcement Order based upon European Parliament and Council Regulation No. 805/2004 on the basis of request from a judgment creditor when the judgment or decision has come into lawful effect, but in cases where the judgment or decision has to be executed without delay – immediately after the proclamation of the judgment or the taking of the decision.
(2): A court shall draw up the certificate referred to in Article 41, Paragraph 1 or Article 42, Paragraph 1 of Council Regulation No. 2201/2003, based upon the provisions of the regulation, on its own initiative or the request of a participant in the matter when the judgment or decision has come into lawful effect, but in cases where the judgment or decision has to be executed without delay – immediately after the proclamation of the judgment or the taking of the decision.
(3): The certificates referred to in Articles 54 and 58 of Council Regulation (EC) No 44/2001 of 22 December 2000 on jurisdiction and the recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters (hereinafter - Council Regulation No 44/2001) and Article 39 of Council Regulation No. 2201/2003, shall be drawn up by a court on its own initiative or the request of a participant in the matter.
(4): A court shall draw up the form referred to in Article 6, Paragraphs 2 and 3 of European Parliament and Council Regulation No. 805/2004 upon the request of a participant in the matter.
(5): The court in which the matter is located at the time shall issue the documents referred to in Paragraphs one, two, three and four of this Section.
(6): A court shall take a reasoned decision regarding a refusal to issue the documents referred to in Paragraphs one and two of this Section.
(7): An ancillary complaint may be submitted in respect of a refusal by a court to issue the documents referred to in Paragraphs one and two of this Section.

[7 September 2006]

Section 542. Issuing Several Writs of Execution for One Judgment

(1): One writ of execution shall be issued for each judgment.
(2): If execution of a judgment is to be carried out in several places, a judgment in a part thereof is to be executed without delay or a judgment has been made for the benefit of several plaintiffs or is directed against several defendants, a court shall, pursuant to the request of the judgment creditor, issue several writs of execution. Where several writs of execution are issued, there shall accurately be set out in each of them the place of execution or that part of the judgment under which such writ of execution is to be executed, but in cases of joint collection, also the defendant against whom recovery is directed under such writ of execution.

[31 October 2002]

Section 543. Contents of a Writ of Execution

(1) There shall be set out in a writ of execution: 1) the name of the court which has issued the writ of execution; 2) the matter in which the writ of execution has been issued; ) the time when the adjudication was made;

4) the operative part of the adjudication;

5) the time when the adjudication comes into lawful effect, or an indication that the adjudication shall be executed without delay;

6) when the writ of execution was issued; and

7) information concerning the judgment creditor and the debtor: for natural persons, the given name, surname, personal identity number and place of residence, but for legal persons, the name, location (legal address) and registration number.

(2): A writ of execution shall be signed by a judge and shall be confirmed with the seal of the court.
(3): The contents of other execution documents shall be as prescribed by applicable laws.

[31 October 2002]

Section 543.¹Rectification of Errors in European Union Execution Documents

(1): A court, which has rendered a judgment or taken a decision, on the basis of a request by a participant in the matter may rectify errors in a European Enforcement Order, based upon Article 10 of European Parliament and Council Regulation No. 805/2004, or in the certificate referred to in Article 41, Paragraph 1 or Article 42, Paragraph 1 of Council Regulation No. 2201/2003, based upon Council Regulation No. 2201/2003.
(2): In submitting an application for the rectifying of a European Enforcement Order, the form referred to in Article 10, Paragraph 3 of European Parliament and Council Regulation No. 805/2004 shall be utilised.
(3): The issue of rectification of errors shall be adjudicated in a court sitting, previously notifying the participants in the matter regarding this. The non-attendance of such persons shall not be an obstacle to adjudicate the issue.
(4): The execution document errors referred to in Paragraph one of this Section shall be rectified by a court decision.
(5): An ancillary complaint may be submitted in respect of a decision by a court to the rectification of errors made in execution documents.

[7 September 2006]

Section 544. Issuing a Duplicate Copy of a Writ of Execution

(1): If a writ of execution has been lost, stolen or destroyed, the court which has made the adjudication, pursuant to the application of the judgment creditor, or if this has occurred during the process of execution of the judgment, pursuant to the application of the bailiff, may issue a duplicate copy of the writ of execution. There shall be set out in the application the facts in which the document was lost, stolen or destroyed.
(2): An application for the issue of a duplicate copy shall be adjudicated in a court sitting, upon prior notice to the judgment creditor and the debtor thereof. The failure of such persons to attend shall not impede the adjudication of the application for the issue of the duplicate copy of the writ of execution.
(3): In making a decision to issue a duplicate copy of a writ of execution, a court shall at the same time declare the lost, stolen or destroyed writ of execution to have ceased to be in effect, and exempt the judgment creditor from the payment of office fees if it is not determined that the judgment creditor is at fault for the loss, destruction or theft of the writ of execution.
(4): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding the court decision.
(5): The duplicate copy of the writ of execution shall be issued to the judgment creditor after the decision has come into effect and office fees have been paid, unless the judgment creditor has been exempted therefrom.

[31 October 2002]

Section 544.¹ Compulsory Execution of Decisions by Labour Disputes Commissions

(1): An application submitted to the court regarding issuing of a writ of execution shall be appended by a decision of a labour disputes commission.
(2): A decision regarding issuing of a writ of execution or a reasoned refusal to issue such shall be taken by a judge sitting alone on the basis of the submitted application and the decision of the labour disputes commission appended thereto within a period of three days from the day the application was submitted, without summoning the parties.
(3): The decision regarding issuing of a writ of execution shall come into effect without delay.
(4): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding a decision to refuse issuing of a writ of execution within a period of 10 days from the day the plaintiff received a true copy of the decision.
(5): The court shall refuse issuing of a writ of execution if it finds that in accordance with law the specific dispute may only be resolved at court.

[31 October 2002]

Section 545. Liability for Storage of an Execution Document

A court may impose a fine not exceeding one hundred lats on an official who has failed to ensure the storage of an execution document deposited with him or her.

Section 545.¹Withdrawal of European Enforcement Orders

(1): A court, which has rendered a judgment or taken a decision after receipt of an application from a participant in the matter, utilising the form referred to in Article 10, Paragraph 3 of European Parliament and Council Regulation No. 805/2004, may withdraw a European Enforcement Order, based upon Article 10 of European Parliament and Council Regulation No. 805/2004.
(2): An application for the withdrawal of a European Enforcement Order shall be adjudicated in a court sitting, previously notifying the participants in the matter regarding this. The non-attendance of such persons shall not be an obstacle to adjudicate the issue.
(3): An ancillary complaint may be submitted in respect of a decision by a court.

[7 September 2006]

Section 546. Time Periods for Submission of Execution Documents for their Execution

(1): Execution documents may be submitted for compulsory execution within 10 years from the day when an adjudication by a court or a judge comes into effect, provided that other limitation periods are not provided for by law.
(2): Where periodic payments are recovered as a result of a court judgment, the execution document shall remain in effect for the whole period during which the periodic payments have been adjudged, but the running of the time period provided for by Paragraph one of this Section shall begin from the final day for each payment.
(3): Time periods within which other execution documents specified in Section 540 of this Law shall be submitted for execution shall be prescribed by applicable laws.

[31 October 2002]

Section 547. Suspension of Limitation Periods for Submission of Execution Documents

(1): A limitation period shall be suspended upon an execution document being submitted for execution. The limitation period shall also be suspended by partial voluntary execution of an adjudication.
(2): After suspension, the running of the limitation period shall begin anew, excluding the time period elapsed. If complete recovery has not been made pursuant to the execution document and the document has been returned to the judgment creditor, a new time period for submission of the document shall be calculated from the day when it has been provided to the judgment creditor.

[31 October 2002]

Chapter 68
Status of a Bailiff

Section 548. Bailiff

(1): Adjudications by a court and other adjudications set out in Section 539 of this Law shall be executed by a bailiff.
(2): Supervision of bailiff’s activities shall be performed in accordance with the procedures set out by this Law and the Law on Bailiffs.

[31 October 2002]

Section 549. General Provisions regarding the Work of Bailiffs

(1): A bailiff shall, pursuant to an application in writing by a judgment creditor and in cases set out in law pursuant to the initiative of the Latvian Council of Sworn Bailiffs, competent institutions or a court, commence execution activities on the basis of an execution document.
(2): A bailiff must accept for execution the execution document if the place of residence of the debtor (for legal persons — legal address), location of his or her property or workplace is located within the specified borders (district) of the official appointment location of the bailiff, as well as in the case referred to in Paragraph 2¹ of this Section. A bailiff may also accept other execution documents, which are to be executed within the operational territory of the regional court to which the bailiff is attached.
(2¹): A bailiff shall accept for execution a decision by an institution regarding forced execution of sanctions specified by international organisations, and the amount of the official remuneration rates and the performance of execution activities necessary expenditures shall be covered from State budget funds according to the procedures determined by the Cabinet.
(3): A bailiff shall perform execution of judgments outside the boundaries of his or her district, as well as in relation to debtors whose place of residence (for legal persons — legal address) is another district in communication with the bailiff of the relevant district in accordance with the procedures, which are determined by the Cabinet.
(4): The execution of a judgment on Sundays and holidays is permitted only in cases of emergency.
(5): Execution of a judgment between 24:00 and 6:00 o'clock is not permitted.
(6): Judgment creditors and debtors have the right to be present during execution activities, inviting not more than two witnesses, and to obtain information concerning the execution of the judgment.
(7): The bailiff pursuant to his or her own initiative or at the request of the interested party, by taking a relevant decision, may correct clerical mistakes in the procedural documents drawn up in the execution matters within his or her management. Prior to correction of mistakes he or she shall

request a reference from the persons who participated in the drawing up of the statement. Obvious mistakes may be corrected without requesting a reference. The decision by the bailiff in accordance with which mistakes are corrected shall have no consequences in respect of persons whose rights or duties arise from the procedural document.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003; 7 September 2006; 26 October 2006]

Section 550. Withdrawal or Removal of a Bailiff

(1): A bailiff is prohibited from performing execution activities in matters, where one of the parties is the bailiff himself or herself, his or her spouse, including former spouse, his or her or his or her spouse's kin in a direct line of all degrees, collateral kin — to the fourth degree and in affinity relations — to the third degree, as well as persons under guardianship and trusteeship of the bailiff or his or her spouse or adopters of adoptees of the bailiff or his or her spouse.
(2): Removal of a bailiff, by submitting a written application to him or her, may be applied for by a judgment creditor or a debtor if there are facts, which cause well-founded doubt regarding the objectivity of the bailiff. The bailiff shall adjudicate the application without delay. A decision by which the application has been left without satisfaction may be appealed to the district (city) court according to the official appointment location of the bailiff. Submission of a complaint shall not stay execution activities.
(3): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding a court decision to refuse removal of a bailiff.
(4): If a bailiff has withdrawn himself or herself or has been removed, he or she shall transfer execution document for execution to another bailiff in accordance with the procedures prescribed by the Latvian Council of Sworn Bailiffs.

[31 October 2002]

Section 551. Mandatory Nature of a Bailiff's Requirements or Orders

(1): Requirements and orders by a bailiff, when executing court judgments and other adjudications, are mandatory for all natural or legal persons throughout the territory of the State.
(2): If a bailiff's requirements or orders are not executed, the bailiff shall draw up a statement and submit it to a court to decide the issue regarding liability. The court may impose a fine on persons at fault — for a natural person up to two hundred and fifty lats, but for an official up to five hundred lats.
(3): A court may impose a fine not exceeding one hundred lats on a person (employer) who pursuant to a court adjudication was required to deduct means of support for the maintenance of children and who within the time period prescribed by law has not notified the bailiff and the receiver of the means of support, of the dismissal from employment of the payer of the means of support and of his or her new place of work or residence, if such person had knowledge thereof.
(4): If, in a judgment being executed, resistance is shown, a bailiff shall, in the presence of invited persons, but if is not possible to invite persons – singly, draw up a statement in respect of this, and in order to eliminate impedance apply for assistance to the police. The statement shall be submitted to the court for it to decide the issue regarding the liability of those persons who have resisted the execution of the judgment.
(5): If the judgment creditor or the debtor refuses to sign the statement drawn up by the bailiff, a notation in respect of that shall be made in the drawn up statement, specifying the reasons for the refusal. Refusal to sign the statement drawn up by the bailiff shall not affect the effect of the statement.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003]

Section 552. Duties of Debtors and Consequences for Failing to Fulfil Them

(1): A debtor, pursuant to a summons, shall attend before a bailiff and provide explanations regarding his or her financial situation and place of work.
(2): A debtor shall notify a bailiff of a change of place of work or of residence during execution of the adjudication, as well as of additional sources of income.
(3): If a debtor does not appear before a bailiff pursuant to a summons, refuses to furnish explanations or does not provide the information prescribed by law, the bailiff may apply to a court for it to decide the issue regarding the liability of such person. The court may take a decision regarding the forced conveyance of the debtor, and impose upon a natural person a fine not exceeding fifty lats, but upon an official – not exceeding two hundred and fifty lats.
(4): If it is determined that a debtor has knowingly provided false information, a bailiff shall apply to a court for it to decide the issue regarding the initiation of an administrative violation matter or criminal matter.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003]

Chapter 69
General Provisions regarding Execution Proceedings

Section 552.¹ Initiation of Execution Matters

(1): A bailiff shall initiate a separate execution matter for each execution document received.
(2): If an execution document is not formalised in accordance with procedures set out by law, State fees or other execution of judgment expenditures have not been paid, the bailiff shall set a time period for rectification of deficiencies which shall not be less than 10 days.
(3): If deficiencies are rectified within the time period specified, an execution matter shall be initiated and the execution document shall be deemed to have been submitted on the date when it was first submitted to the bailiff.
(4): If the judgment creditor fails to rectify deficiencies within the time period specified, the execution document shall be deemed not to have been submitted and it shall be returned to the judgment creditor.
(5): Returning of the execution document to the judgment creditor is not an impediment for its repeated submission to the bailiff, in compliance with the procedures for submission of execution documents prescribed by law.

[31 October 2002]

Section 553. Explanation of a Court Adjudication to be Executed

If the court adjudication to be executed is not clear, a bailiff is entitled to request the court which has made the adjudication, to explain it. Explanation of the adjudication shall take place in accordance with the procedure specified in Section 202 or 437 of this Law. [31 October 2002]

Section 554. Postponement, Division into Time Periods, Varying the Form and Procedure of Execution of a Judgment

(1): If there are facts which make the execution of a court judgment difficult or impossible, a bailiff is entitled to submit a proposal for the postponement, division into time periods, varying the form and procedure of execution of the judgment to the court which made the judgment in the matter.
(2): An application by the bailiff regarding the postponement, division into time periods, varying the form and procedure of execution of the judgment shall be adjudicated by the court in accordance with the procedures laid down in Section 206 or 438 of this Law.

[31 October 2002]

Section 555. Proposal to Voluntarily Execute an Adjudication

(1): A bailiff, when about to commence execution, shall notify the debtor by sending or issuing a proposal regarding a duty to execute the adjudication voluntarily within 10 days. If the adjudication is to be executed without delay, the time period for voluntary execution of not less than three days shall be set. In matters regarding the recovery of remuneration for work, renewal of the employment (position), compensation for mutilation or other damage to health, as well as recovery of means of support in relation to the death of a person whose duty was to support somebody, a proposal to voluntarily execute a judgment shall not be sent.
(2): If the debtor is a natural person, the bailiff shall send the proposal to the debtor by registered mail to his or her last known place of residence or issue it to the debtor in person for which the debtor shall sign. If the bailiff does not meet the debtor at their place of residence, the bailiff shall give the proposal to an adult family member residing with the debtor.
(3): If the place of residence of the debtor – a natural person – is not known, the proposal to voluntarily execute the adjudication shall be published in the newspaper Latvijas Vēstnesis.
(4): If the debtor is a legal person, the bailiff shall send the proposal by registered mail to the location of the debtor or the legal address if the location of the debtor is unknown or issue it in person to a representative of the executive body of the debtor for which he or she shall sign.
(5): If the debtor or a representative of the executive body of the debtor refuses to accept or sign the proposal, the bailiff or the server of the proposal shall draw up a statement in respect of that in the presence of two invited persons. Refusal to accept or sign the proposal is not an impediment for compulsory execution of the adjudication.
(6): If the proposal has been served in accordance with the procedures set out in this Section, it shall be presumed that the debtor has been notified of the time period for voluntary execution of the adjudication.
(7): Simultaneously with the issuing of the proposal for voluntary execution, the bailiff may: 1) request that the debtor declare his or her financial situation and changes therein during the last year, warning the debtor regarding criminal liability; 2) attach debtor’s property, including attachment of monies and deposits in credit institutions, monies due from other persons or property which is located with other persons; or

3) notify the Land Registry Office of recovery for the making of an entry in the Land Register regarding recovery or notify another public register for the entering of an alienation or other activity prohibition. [31 October 2002; 19 June 2003]

Section 556. Compulsory Execution of a Court Judgment

Compulsory execution of a court judgment shall be carried out after the expiry of the time period provided for in Section 555 of this Law for voluntary execution of a court judgment.

Section 557. Compulsory Execution Measures

Compulsory execution measures are:

1) recovery directed against the movable property of a debtor, including the property in the possession of other persons and intangible property, by sale thereof;

2) recovery directed against money due to the debtor from other persons (remuneration for work, payments equivalent thereto, other income of the debtor, deposits in credit institutions);

3) recovery directed against the immovable property of the debtor, by sale thereof;

4) transfer of the property adjudged by the court to the judgment creditor and performance of activities imposed by a court judgment;

5) eviction of persons and removing of property specified in the judgment from premises;

6) placing in possession; and

7) other measures as set out in a judgment. [31 October 2002]

Section 558. Inspection of Premises of a Debtor

(1): A bailiff is entitled, where it is necessary to carry out execution, to carry out inspection of the premises or storage-places of a debtor. If the debtor does not participate in the inspection of such premises or storage-places, it shall be carried out in the presence of invited persons.
(2): If a debtor refuses to allow a bailiff entry into premises the debtor is in occupation of or the place where property is located, or refuses to open a storage-place, the bailiff shall invite a police representative, in the presence of whom the premises or the storage-places shall be opened and the inspection thereof conducted.
(3): If the manager of immovable property owned by the debtor during compulsory execution of an adjudication avoids or refuses to allow a bailiff entry into the immovable property and the manager has been notified of the time of inspection of the immovable property in writing at least five days in advance, the bailiff may conduct inspection of the immovable property in the presence of a police representative without participation of the manager.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003]

Section 559. Postponement of Execution Activities

(1): A bailiff shall postpone execution activities on the basis of an application by a judgment creditor or of a decision by a court or a judge regarding postponement of execution activities or stay of sale of property taken in accordance with Section 138, Paragraph one, Clause 7 of this Law or a court decision regarding the postponement of the execution of the judgment or the dividing thereof into time periods, which has been taken in accordance with Section 206, 438 or 644.¹ of this Law.
(2): A bailiff may postpone an execution activity on the basis of a court decision regarding the execution replacement of a foreign court or competent institution adjudication (which is approved as a European Enforcement Order) by the measures provided for in Section 138 of this Law for ensuring the execution of such adjudication (Section 644.²).
(3): A bailiff shall notify a judgment creditor and a debtor of the postponement of execution activities if it is not possible to be performed due to technical or other reasons independent of the bailiff.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003; 7 September 2006]

Section 560. Duty of a Bailiff to Stay Execution Proceedings

(1) A bailiff shall stay execution proceedings if:

1) a natural person who is a debtor or a judgment creditor dies or the legal person who is a debtor ceases to exist, and the legal relations established by the court allow the taking over of rights;

2) the debtor has lost the capacity to act;

3) the Senate in the assignments sitting has taken a decision to stay execution of the judgment;

4) execution of a decision by an institution or an official shall be stayed in accordance with the law or a court adjudication;

5) a court or a judge has taken a decision to stay compulsory execution of obligations (Sections 406 and 406.¹⁰); or

6) a court has taken a decision regarding the suspension of the execution of a foreign court or competent institution adjudication (which is approved as a European Enforcement Order) (Section 644.²).

(2) If there is a decision taken in accordance with the procedures prescribed by law to privatise an undertaking or company, execution proceedings, pursuant to the request of the institution carrying out the privatisation, shall be stayed except for execution proceedings regarding compensation for losses in the event of an occupational accident or disease.

[31 October 2002; 7 September 2006]

Section 561. Right of a Bailiff to Stay Execution Proceedings

A bailiff may stay execution proceedings if:

1) the debtor is placed in a medical treatment institution and this impedes the carrying out of execution activities;

2) a complaint is submitted regarding the actions of the bailiff; or

3) [31 October 2002]

4) [14 December 2006] [31 October 2002; 19 June 2003; 14 December 2006]

Section 562. Duration of Stay of Execution Proceedings

(1) Execution proceedings shall be stayed: 1) in cases provided for in Section 560, Paragraph one, Clause 1 of this Law, until the determination of the successor in rights of the debtor or judgment creditor; 2) in cases provided for in Section 560, Paragraph one, Clause 2 of this Law, until the appointment of a trustee for the debtor lacking capacity to act; 3) in cases provided for in Section 560, Paragraph one, Clauses 3, 5 and 6 of this Law, until

the time set out in the court decision, or until such decision is set aside; 4) [19 June 2003]

5) in cases provided for in Section 560, Paragraph one, Clause 4 of this Law, until the time when in accordance with law the stay terminates or the time specified in the court adjudication or until such adjudication is set aside;

6) in cases provided for in Section 560, Paragraph two of this Law, until the determination of the successor in rights of the debtor and transfer of the undertaking to such successor, or the making of amendments to the basic documents of the company in the Enterprise Register;

7) in the case provided for in Section 561, Clauses 1 of this Law, until the time when the facts mentioned in this Clause have ceased; and

8) in cases provided for in Section 561, Clause 2 of this Law, until the time when the court judgment or decision in connection with the complaint comes into lawful effect.

9) [19 June 2003]

(2): During the time when the execution proceedings are stayed the bailiff shall not perform compulsory execution activities.
(3): Execution proceedings shall be resumed pursuant to the application of a judgment creditor or the initiative of a bailiff.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003; 7 September 2006; 14 December 2006]

Section 563. Termination of Execution Proceedings

(1) Execution proceedings, pursuant to the request of an interested party, shall be terminated if: 1) the judgment creditor has waived recovery and the court has taken an appropriate decision on it; 2) a settlement between the judgment creditor and the debtor confirmed by the court has been submitted; 3) the claim or duty is not capable of passing to a successor in rights after the death of such

natural person or the cessation of such legal person as was a judgment creditor or a debtor;

4) the limitation period prescribed by law for this form of recovery has expired;

5) the adjudication of the court or the decision of the relevant institution or official, on the basis of which the execution document has been issued, is set aside;

6) the time period for submission of an appellate or ancillary complaint regarding a court adjudication, on the basis of which the execution document has been issued, is renewed;

7) the execution of such a foreign court or competent institution adjudication, which has been approved as a European Enforcement Order in accordance with European Parliament and Council Regulation No. 805/2004 or regarding which a certificate referred to in Article 41, Paragraph 1 or Article 42, Paragraph 1 of Council Regulation No. 2201/2003 (Section 644.³); or

8) a foreign court or competent institution recalls the issued European Enforcement Order in accordance with European Parliament and Council Regulation No. 805/2004.

(2): Execution proceedings regarding recovery from undertakings or companies of the monetary amount adjudged shall be terminated pursuant to the application of an administrator, if the debtor in accordance with the procedure prescribed by law is declared to be insolvent. In such case the bailiff shall complete the commenced sale of property if such has already been announced or if the property has been transferred to a trading undertaking for sale. From the money received from sale the bailiff shall deduct execution of a judgment expenditures and transfer the remaining money to the administrator of the insolvent undertaking. The bailiff shall notify the storer of the property of the duty to transfer to the administrator the property the sale of which has not been commenced.
(3): In cases provided for by Paragraph one, Clauses 3 and 4 of this Section, a bailiff may also terminate execution proceedings pursuant to his or her own initiative.
(4): If execution proceedings are terminated, subsequent to covering of execution of a judgment

(5): Terminated execution proceedings may not be recommenced.
(6): If a foreign court or competent institution rectifies a European Enforcement Order, which is issued based upon European Parliament and Council Regulation No. 805/2004, the revoked part of execution of the adjudication shall be terminated and execution continued in conformity with the rectified European Enforcement Order.

[31 October 2002; 7 September 2006]

Section 564. Procedures regarding Stay of Execution Proceedings, Suspension of Execution Record-keeping, Resumption or Termination of Execution Proceedings

(1): The bailiff in whose record-keeping the execution document is located shall decide as to stay of execution proceedings, suspension of execution record-keeping, resumption or termination of execution proceedings.
(2): A bailiff shall take the decision up to the activity to be stayed or executed, but not later than within a period of three days from the day of receipt of the submission.
(3): A bailiff shall notify the decision to the judgment creditor, debtor and the relevant third person that has submitted the petition within a period of three days after the taking of the decision.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003]

Section 565. Returning of an Execution Document to a Judgment Creditor

(1) An execution document pursuant to which recovery has not been carried out or has been

incompletely carried out shall be returned to the judgment creditor:

1) pursuant to an application of the judgment creditor;

2) if the debtor does not have any property or income against which recovery may be directed;

3) if the judgment creditor has refused to receive the articles removed from the debtor which are set out in the court judgment;

4) if the debtor does not live or work at the address indicated by the judgment creditor or property of the debtor is not located there;

5) if a judgment creditor who is not exempted from payment of the costs relating to the execution of the judgment, has not paid such costs; or

6) if through application of the compulsory execution measure specified by the judgment creditor it is not possible to execute the judgment and upon an invitation he or she has failed to notify application of another compulsory execution measure.

(2): In cases referred to in Paragraph one, Clauses 2, 3 and 4 of this Section, a bailiff shall draw up an appropriate statement.
(3): When issuing the execution document to the judgment creditor, the bailiff shall cancel all compulsory execution measures taken.
(4): The return of an execution document to a judgment creditor is not an impediment to the new submission of such document for execution within the time period provided for by law.
(5): The bailiff shall issue the execution document according to which execution in State revenue is to be performed to the State Revenue Service.
(6): An execution order of the Means of Support Guarantee Fund administration regarding the recovery of unjustifiably paid out amount of means of support from a submitter shall not be issued back to the judgment creditor. If the means of support judgment creditor has received a statement from a bailiff regarding the impossibility of recovery of the means of support or partial recovery, the execution document shall be issued to judgment creditor only after a certification has been received from the Means of Support Guarantee Fund administration regarding the non-existence of

the claim. The bailiff has a duty to not less than once every half-year conduct an examination of the property and income of the debtor.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003; 17 June 2004]

Section 566. Execution of a Judgment Expenditures

(1) Execution of a judgment expenditures shall include the State fee and expenditures related to the
execution of court judgments (Section 39): remuneration for the bailiff according to the tariff and
expenditures required for the performance of execution activities.
They are as follows:

1) expenditures associated with the delivery and issue of summonses and other documents;
2) expenditures relating to the receipt of necessary information in a matter for execution;
3) expenditures relating to bank and other institution services;
4) expenditures relating to the storage, transport or destruction of the property of the debtor;
5) travel costs to the place of execution of the judgment;
6) payment to experts;
7) payment for the publication of advertisements regarding auction of property, invitations

and other necessary advertising during the course of execution; and 8) other necessary expenditures for the performance of compulsory execution activities.

(2) In determining the expenditures associated with the securing of claims, safeguarding of estates and drawing up of inventory lists (Section 39), the provisions regarding execution of a judgment expenditures shall be applied insofar as such activities have been performed by a bailiff.

[20 June 2001; 31 October 2002]

Section 567. Procedures regarding Payment of Execution of a Judgment Expenditures during Execution Process

(1): A judgment creditor, when submitting an execution document for execution, shall indicate a compulsory execution measure in compliance with provisions of Sections 570 and 572 of this Law, pay the State fee and cover other execution of the judgment expenditures to the extent required for commencement of the execution in the manner indicated by the judgment creditor. During execution of the judgment the judgment creditor pursuant to bailiff’s instructions shall pay additionally required execution of the judgment expenditures. In the cases specified by law during execution of the judgment the execution of the judgment expenditures for separate procedural actions shall be paid by the debtor.
(2): Judgment creditors shall be exempt from payment of execution of the judgment expenditures to the bailiff: 1) in regard to claims regarding recovery of remuneration for work and other claims arising from legal employment or service relations or related to such; 2) in regard to claims arising from personal injuries that result in mutilation or other damage

to health, or the death of a person; 3) in regard to claims regarding recovery of support payments; 4) in cases where execution in State revenue is to be performed; and 5) in cases where the person is released from the payment of court costs by a court decision

– fully or partially in conformity with the court decision.

(3): In cases where a judgment creditor is exempt from payment of execution of judgment expenditures, the expenditures necessary for the performance of execution activities shall be covered from the funds of the State budget.
(4): The Cabinet shall determine the amount of expenditures required for performance of execution activities and the procedures for payment of such.
(5): If a decision by a competent institution regarding forced execution of sanctions specified by international organisations is to be executed, the amount of the official remuneration rates and the performance of execution activities necessary expenditures shall be covered from State budget funds according to the procedures determined by the Cabinet.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003; 26 October 2006]

Section 568. Deduction of Execution of a Judgment Expenditures from a Debtor

(1): Execution of a judgment shall be performed at the expense of the debtor. Voluntary execution of a judgment after the execution document has been submitted for execution shall not exempt the debtor from reimbursement of the execution of the judgment expenditures.
(2): A bailiff shall make a calculation regarding the execution of a judgment expenditures and send it to the debtor and judgment creditor. The calculation may be appealed in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 632 of this Law.
(3): The calculation shall specify the extent to which the execution of a judgment expenditures shall be reimbursed to the bailiff (remuneration for work), judgment creditor (his or her paid State fee and other execution of a judgment expenditures) or transferred to State revenue.
(4): If it is not possible to deduct execution of a judgment expenditures from the debtor, the bailiff shall issue an invoice on the basis of the calculation drawn up and transfer it for compulsory execution.
(5): The invoice shall be transferred for compulsory execution when the time period for appeal of the execution of a judgment expenditures calculation drawn up by the bailiff has expired, but if it has been appealed — after the coming into legal effect of the court adjudication.

[31 October 2002]

Section 569. Search for a Debtor

(2): Pursuant to an application by police authorities, a court shall take a decision regarding recovery of costs relating to a search for a debtor.

Division Fourteen
Application of Compulsory Execution Measures

[31 October 2002]

Chapter 70
General Provisions Regarding Recovery

Section 570. Directing Recovery against Property of Natural Persons

(1): Recovery shall be directed against the property of a natural person and against the share of such person in joint property and in joint spousal property and in cases provided for by law, against aggregate spousal property.
(2): Recovery shall not be brought against property of a debtor, if the debtor works or receives a pension or a scholarship and the amount to be recovered does not exceed that part of a monthly income against which recovery may be brought, pursuant to law.

Section 571. Property against which Recovery may not be Directed

In executing judgments, recovery may not be directed against the property referred to in Annex 1 of this Law, except for recovery of such debts, which are ensured by pledging the relevant articles. [31 October 2002]

Section 572. Recovery from Legal Persons

(1): Pursuant to execution documents a bailiff shall first direct recovery against such monetary funds of legal persons as are deposited in credit institutions.
(2): If by directing recovery against monetary funds of legal persons in credit institutions the claim of the judgment creditor is not satisfied, the bailiff shall direct recovery against the property of the legal person.

[31 October 2002]

Chapter 71
Directing Recovery against Movable Property

Section 573. Attachment of Movable Property of a Debtor

(1): Attachment of movable property of a debtor shall mean the inventorizing, sealing (indicating who and in which matter has attached the property) and guarding of such property. Sealing of property need not be performed if it may damage the property or significantly affect the value thereof. Property included in movable property registers may not be sealed. The Cabinet shall determine the procedures for sealing of attached movable property.
(2): Should there be doubt regarding ownership of property the bailiff shall request information from movable property registers regarding debtor’s ownership of such property, as well as ascertain in the Commercial Pledge Register whether the movable property owned by the debtor has not been pledged.
(3): The bailiff shall not attach movable property if it might not be possible to sell such and execution of a judgment expenditures might exceed the amount of money to be acquired from sale.

[31 October 2002; 7 September 2006]

Section 574. General Provisions regarding Attaching of Movable Property of a Debtor

(1): A bailiff shall attach movable property of a debtor in such amount as is required for the discharge of the amount to be recovered and to cover the execution of the judgment expenditures. The bailiff shall not attach ancillary articles of principal articles separately from the principal article.
(2): A bailiff may attach the movable property of a debtor the value of which exceeds the amount adjudged to the judgment creditor and execution of the judgment expenditures if the debtor does not have another property subject to attachment or the value of such property does not cover the amount to be recovered and execution of the judgment expenditures.
(3): If a commercial pledge in respect of the debtor’s movable property is registered in the Commercial Pledge Register in favour of third persons, the bailiff shall attach such movable property of the debtor, which is not encumbered with a commercial pledge. In such case the bailiff shall require that the debtor and the pledgee notify the amount of the remaining debt.
(4): A bailiff may direct recovery against movable property, which is pledged as a commercial pledge or a possessory pledge for security of claims by third persons with consent of the relevant pledgee, as well as direct recovery against money surplus in the case the pledge is sold. If the pledgee does not agree to the sale and hesitates to sell the pledged property without a justifiable reason, the bailiff shall explain to the judgment creditor that he or she may request the court to set a time period for sale of the pledged property to enable directing recovery against the money surplus, as well as explain the right to establish a commercial pledge.
(5): If the bailiff finds that the movable property has already been attached for a different recovery, he or she shall compare the property with the property inventory statement drawn up in the previous attachment and attach only those articles, which are not included in the previous inventory statement.
(6): If the debtor is absent or evades execution of the adjudication, movable property shall be attached by a bailiff with participation of a representative from a local government or the police.
(7): The debtor and the judgment creditor have the right to invite to attachment of the movable property of the debtor not more than two witnesses. The failure of witnesses to attend does not stay the attachment of the property.
(8): In the course of attachment of the movable property the debtor is entitled to inform the bailiff against which articles recovery should be directed first. The bailiff shall satisfy such application if it is not contrary to the provisions of this Law and does not impede execution of the adjudication.
(9): Attachment of the movable property of the debtor pursuant to one execution document is not an impediment for directing recovery against such property pursuant to another execution document.
(10): Attachment of a ship shall apply not only to the hull of the ship, but also to all ship equipment, including that which ensures the navigation of the ship. A ship in joint property shall be attached in the entire composition thereof, without previously separating the debtor’s right to his or her part. The Register of Ships shall be notified of the attachment of a ship.
(11): If a means of transport or another movable property subject to registration is attached, the bailiff shall notify the relevant register institution of its attachment.

[31 October 2002; 7 September 2006]

Section 575. Attachment of Property of a Debtor if the Property is in the Possession of Another Person

(1) If there is evidence that the property of a debtor is in the possession of another person, a bailiff

(2): [31 October 2002]
(3): If property of a debtor is located with another person as a result of a mutual agreement they have entered into, the issue concerning the preservation of the rights of the other person arising from the agreement shall be decided by a court in accordance with the procedures regarding claims.

[31 October 2002]

Section 576. Inventorizing of Movable Property

(1): In inventorizing movable property, its individual qualities and quantity shall be accurately set out.
(2): In inventorizing movable property, new articles shall be distinguished from used articles, and the degree of wear and tear shall be indicated for the latter.
(3): In inventorizing precious metals, official hallmarks (assay marks) shall be indicated, if such are known. If articles decorated with precious stones are being described, the number, size and name of the stones shall be indicated.
(4): In inventorizing goods, including products and materials kept in goods packaging, the numbers or marks on their packaging and the names and description of the goods to be kept in such packaging shall be indicated.
(5): In inventorizing securities, their quantity, class, nominal value and numbers shall be indicated.
(6): In inventorizing movable property the bailiff may pack separate articles in packages, indicating on the packaging the names of the inventorized articles.

[31 October 2002]

Section 577. Property Inventory Statement

(1) There shall be set out in a property inventory statement: 1) the time when and place where the statement was drawn up; 2) the official appointment location of the bailiff and location of his or her practice, and the

given name and surname of the bailiff;

3) the judgment or decision of the court, other institution or official, which is being executed;

4) the given name and surname of the judgment creditor and the debtor, or of their authorised representatives present at the inventorizing of the property;

5) the given name, surname and place of residence of witnesses and the given name, surname and official position of officials;

6) the name of each article inventorized and its individual features (Section 576), the appraisal of each individual article and the value of the entire property;

7) [31 October 2002]

8) the given name, surname and place of residence of the person to whom the property has been transferred for storage;

9) confirmation that the procedures and time periods regarding appeal of the actions of the bailiff have been explained to the judgment creditor and the debtor;

10) confirmation that the procedures regarding storage of the inventoried property and civil and criminal liability if the property transferred for storage is embezzled, alienated, concealed or substituted have been explained to the storer of the property; and

11) the remarks and objections made by the judgment creditor or debtor, or by other persons present at the inventorizing of the property.

(2) A property inventory statement shall be signed by a bailiff, judgment creditor, debtor, storer of

judgment creditor, debtor or their representatives do not sign the property inventory statement, the bailiff shall make an appropriate note thereof in the statement.

(3) A judgment creditor or debtor who have signed the inventory statement without making any notes do not have the right to subsequently submit a complaint regarding errors in the inventory statement.

[31 October 2002]

Section 578. Appraisal of Property to be Attached

(1): Appraisal of the property of a debtor shall be made by a bailiff in accordance with the prices prevalent in the area and taking into account the degree of wear and tear thereof. An expert shall be invited for appraisal of a ship.
(2): Until announcement of an auction of the attached property or conclusion of a contract regarding commission the judgment creditor or the debtor may request the bailiff in writing to invite an expert for repeated appraisal of the property. Prior to inviting an expert the bailiff shall notify the person who requested that an expert be invited of the amount of appraisal costs in writing. Appraisal costs shall be covered by the person who requested that an expert be invited, transferring the required amount of money to the bailiff’s account within five days after receipt of the notification. If the amount of money required for appraisal has not been paid, the bailiff shall dismiss the request to invite an expert.
(3): If it is not possible at the request of a party to invite an expert on the day when the property is inventorized, the bailiff shall specify in the property inventory statement the value of the property determined by himself or herself.

[31 October 2002]

Section 579. Guarding of Property

(1): In order to ensure guarding of attached property the bailiff shall appoint a storer of property. The attached property of the debtor shall be delivered by the bailiff for storage to a natural person upon signature therefor. If the storer of the property is not able to ensure guarding of the attached property at the address where it was attached, the bailiff shall remove the property and deliver it to the storer of the property. The bailiff at any stage of execution of the adjudication is entitled to take a decision to replace the storer of the property if the storer is not able to continue performance of his or her duties or does not ensure appropriate storage of the property.
(2): A debtor or members of his or her family may use the property left with him or her for storage if, due to the characteristics of such property, the use thereof does not destroy the property or in substance decrease its value.
(3): If a storer is not a debtor or a member of the debtor's family, the storer shall receive remuneration for storage.
(4): In attaching movable property, there shall be obtained from the debtor or the storer their signature to the effect that they will not alienate, pledge or use the property for any other function or purpose and that they may be held criminally liable for its embezzlement, alienation, concealment or substitution.
(5): At the request of the bailiff the storer of the property shall present the attached property delivered to him or her for storage.

[31 October 2002]

Section 580. Storage of Valuable Property Removed from a Debtor

(1): A bailiff shall inventorize gold and silver articles and other valuables, as well as securities found in the possession of a debtor in accordance with general procedures. The bailiff shall remove the inventorized valuables and securities and, if storage thereof cannot be ensured, transfer them for storage to a credit institution.
(2): Money found in the possession of a debtor shall, in such amount as is required for the discharge of the debt to be recovered and of the execution expenditures, be removed by the bailiff and paid into the bailiff’s deposit account.

[31 October 2002]

Section 581. Sale of Attached Property

(1): A bailiff has the right to sell the property of a debtor if within 10 days after the property is attached no complaints regarding the actions of the bailiff have been submitted or no request regarding invitation of an expert for repeated appraisal of the property has been submitted. If complaints have been submitted, the bailiff has the right to sell the property of a debtor after the complaints have been adjudicated but not earlier than 10 days after attachment of the property. If a request regarding invitation of an expert has been submitted — after repeated appraisal of the property or dismissal of the request but not earlier than 10 days after attachment of the property.
(2): In cases where, as a result of particular facts, a delay in the execution of an adjudication may cause significant losses to a judgment creditor, or the recovery itself may become impossible, the property shall be removed and sold without delay.
(3): The bailiff may sell the attached property by auction as one auction item if identical articles or sets of articles have been attached.

[31 October 2002]

Section 582. Procedures regarding Sale of Attached Property

(1): A bailiff shall sell attached property at auction, but if requested by the judgment creditor and the debtor does not object, the bailiff may transfer the attached property to a trading undertaking for sale pursuant to terms regarding commission. If the judgment creditor has not requested it, the attached property may only be transferred to a trading undertaking on commission in cases provided for by this Law.
(2): Capital shares of a company, co-operative shares and non-publicly issued stocks, as well as other intangible property shall be sold at auction by a bailiff, but publicly traded stocks and other securities shall be delivered for the sale thereof at the Rīga Stock Exchange.
(4): If a debtor pays the debt and execution of a court judgment expenditures in full prior to the sale of the attached property, the sale shall be suspended and the attached property returned to the debtor.
(5): After sale of the attached property or transfer thereof to the judgment creditor (in cases set out by this Law) the bailiff shall take a decision regarding release of the sold property from attachment, as well send to the relevant holder of a movable property register or another public register a notification regarding revoking of the prohibition and release of the property from attachment.

[31 October 2002]

Section 583. Sale of Attached Property on Commission

(1): Attached property of a debtor shall be sold on commission through a trading undertaking.
(2): Sale of property shall be permitted within the boundaries of the judicial region of the official appointment location of the bailiff.
(3): Attached property shall be delivered by a bailiff for sale in conformity with the time periods specified in Section 581 of this Law. The attached property shall be delivered for sale according to the price assessed by the bailiff, but if one or several repeated expert appraisals have been performed — according to the highest price assessed by the expert.
(4): Things, which are subject to rapid deterioration, shall be removed and delivered for sale without delay.
(5): Within a month from the transfer of property on commission, trading undertakings shall pay the amounts received to the bailiff's account. The trading undertaking shall receive remuneration in accordance with the terms of the contract.
(6): Property of a debtor, which is not sold within a month after it is delivered to a trading undertaking, shall be re-appraised by the bailiff together with a representative of the trading undertaking, but not more than by 50 per cent of the initial price of the property. The judgment creditor and the debtor shall be notified of re-appraisement.
(7): If the property is not sold within two months after its re-appraisement, the judgment creditor has the right to retain such property for himself or herself at the re-appraised amount, notifying the bailiff thereof in writing within a period of 10 days. If the judgment creditor does not retain the property, the bailiff shall return it to the debtor, releasing it from attachment, or sell by auction pursuant to provisions of the second auction at a price determined after re-appraisement.

[31 October 2002]

Section 584. Notification of an Auction of Movable Property

(1): Notification of an auction of movable property, except an auction of ships, shall be given by a bailiff at least seven days prior thereto. There shall be set out in the notice the articles to be sold and their appraisal, the place and time of sale, the given name and surname of the debtor, as well as the given name, surname and official appointment location of the bailiff.
(2): Notification of an auction shall be posted at the location of bailiff's practice, at the building where the auction is going to take place, and in a place determined by the local government.
(3): If the total appraisal of the property exceeds one thousand lats the sale thereof shall also be announced in a local newspaper.
(4): An interested person, at their own expense, may place a notice of an auction in newspapers and other mass media, as well as post the notice in public places in accordance with procedures determined by the relevant local government.
(5): The judgment creditor and the debtor shall be notified of the auction.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003]

Section 585. Notification of an Auction of a Ship

Notification of an auction of a ship shall be take place according to the procedures specified in Section 55 of the Maritime Code. [31 October 2002; 19 June 2003]

Section 586. Persons Having no Right to Participate in Bidding

A debtor, their guardian or trustee, a person who has participated in the attachment of the property, the auctioneer of the property and a police or local government representative present at an auction do not have the right to participate in the bidding. A judgment creditor has the right to participate in the bidding in accordance with general procedures. [31 October 2002]

Section 587. Procedures regarding an Auction of Movable Things

(1): An auction of movable property shall be commenced from the appraisal of the bailiff but if one or several repeated appraisals have been performed — from the highest appraisal by the expert. In opening an auction of each auction article, the bailiff shall announce the initial auction price of the article, determine the bid increment of not less than one per cent of the initial auction price of the property and ask the participants of the auction whether anybody bids more. The bailiff shall orally inform as to the prices bid by buyers and record them in the statement of auction so long as bidding of a higher price continues.
(2): When bidding of a higher price ceases, a bailiff shall ask three times if there is anyone who bids more. If the third time is not followed by a higher bid, a bailiff shall make a rap of the gavel and announce that higher bids are no longer accepted and the article to be auctioned is sold.
(3): An auction of a ship shall take place pursuant to the provisions provided for auctions of immovable property.
(4): A debtor has the right to determine the order in which articles are to be auctioned.
(5): If the amount received by selling part of the attached property is sufficient to cover the complete recovery and execution of a court judgment expenditures, the remaining articles shall not be auctioned. When the bidders have paid the purchase price in full these articles shall be released from attachment and returned to the debtor, and the bailiff shall draw up a statement to this effect.
(6): A person who has bid the highest price for an article being sold, shall pay at least one fifth of the price bid immediately and the full amount bid not later than on the next working day after the auction. If the amount bid exceeds one thousand lats, the bailiff, at the request of the highest bidder, may postpone the payment of the full price of the purchase for a period up to seven days. After the amount bid at the auction has been paid in full, purchased articles shall be given to the highest bidder and the bailiff shall draw up a statement to this effect.

[31 October 2002]

Section 588. Statement of Auction

In a statement of auction a bailiff shall set out the following:

1) the date and place of the auction;

2) the given name, surname, official appointment location and location of practice of the bailiff;

3) the adjudication which is executed;

4) the name or number of article to be sold, according to the inventory statement;

5) the initial auction price of the article to be sold and the bid increment;
6) the highest price bid at the auction;
7) the given name, surname, personal identity number and address of the buyer; and
8) whether the debtor or their representative were present at the sale.

[31 October 2002]

Section 589. Announcement of an Auction as not Having Taken Place

(2): In the case provided for in Paragraph one, Clause 3 of this Section the money paid in after bidding shall not be refunded, but shall be added to the total amount received for the property.

Section 590. Consequences Resulting from Announcement of an Auction as not Having Taken Place and Second Auction

(1): If an auction is announced as not having taken place, a judgment creditor has the right to retain the attached property at the initial auction price, notifying the bailiff thereof in writing within a period of two weeks from the day of the auction.
(2): If several judgment creditors wish to retain the attached property at the initial auction price, a repeated first auction shall be organised with the participation of the judgment creditors who wish to retain the attached property for themselves at the initial price, and the bidding shall commence from the initial price of the first auction. The bailiff shall notify judgment creditors of the time and place of the auction in writing seven days in advance. The failure of a judgment creditor to attend the auction shall be considered as his or her waiver of the right to retain the property for himself or herself. If one judgment creditor attends the auction he or she may retain the attached property without bidding. If none of the judgment creditors attend the auction, the bailiff shall, without delay, set a second auction.
(3): If an application of a judgment creditor regarding retention of the attached property at the initial auction price has not been received within two weeks from the date of the auction, a bailiff shall, without delay, order a second auction. Notification of a second auction shall take place in compliance with the provisions regarding the first auction.
(4): Bidding in the second auction of movable property shall be commenced from the initial price of the first auction and it shall take place in conformity with the procedures provided for by Section 587, Paragraph one of this Law.
(5): If none of those who have arrived bid more than the initial auction price, the bailiff shall announce that auctioning of the article with a decreasing bid is commenced. The bailiff shall decrease the initial auction price of the article by the previously specified bid decrement which may not be greater than 10 per cent of the initial auction price and ask whether anybody of the persons present bid such price. For each lowering of the price the bailiff shall make a notation in the statement of auction. The bailiff shall discontinue auctioning of the article if none of the persons who have arrived bid even 10 per cent of the initial auction price of the article.
(6): If any of the persons present at the second auction bids the announced price of the article, the bailiff shall ask three times if there is anyone who bids more and if no higher bid follows, make a rap of the gavel and announce that higher bids are no more accepted and the article to be auctioned

is sold. If anyone bids more, the auction shall continue with an increasing bid in conformity with the provision of Section 587, Paragraph two of this Law.

(7): A person who has bid for an article being sold below the initial price of the second auction, shall without delay pay the full amount bid. A person who has bid for the article being sold at a price higher than the initial price, shall pay the price bid and receive the article purchased in accordance with the procedures prescribed by Section 587 of this Law.
(8): If the second auction is also announced as not having taken place and the judgment creditor within two weeks from the second auction has not informed of his or her wish to retain the attached property for himself or herself at the last bid price or the last price called by the bailiff, the property shall be returned to the debtor, releasing it from attachment and the bailiff shall draw up a statement to this effect.

[31 October 2002]

Section 591. Declaration of an Auction as Invalid

(2): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding the court decision.

Chapter 72
Directing Recovery against Remuneration for Work, Payments Equivalent thereto and other
Amounts of Money

[31 October 2002; 7 September 2006]

Section 592. Directing Recovery against Remuneration for Work

(1) Recovery shall be directed against remuneration for work of a debtor, also against payment

received by the debtor for fulfilling a position in the civil service or military service if:

1) an adjudication regarding recovery of periodic payments is being executed;

2) the amount to be recovered does not exceed such part of monthly payments for work or

payments equivalent thereto as recovery may be directed against pursuant to law; or 3) a judgment creditor has requested to direct recovery against remuneration for work or payments equivalent thereto.

(2) Recovery shall also be directed against remuneration for work of a debtor in instances where the debtor does not have property or it does not suffice for recovery of the debt.

[31 October 2002]

Section 593. Information concerning Debtor’s Remuneration for Work and Payments Equivalent thereto

An employer, at the request of a bailiff and within his or her specified time period, shall provide information as to whether a debtor works for him or her and what the remuneration for work and payments equivalent thereto of the debtor within the time period specified by the bailiff are.

[31 October 2002]

Section 594. Amount of Deductions from Remuneration for Work and Equivalent Payments of a Debtor

(1) Until the debt to be recovered is discharged, deductions shall be made, in accordance with the execution documents, from remuneration for work and payments equivalent thereto paid to a debtor:

1) in means of support recovery matters for the support of minor children or for the benefit of the Means of Support Guarantee Fund administration – in preserving the work remuneration of the debtor and payments equivalent thereto in the amount of 50 per cent of the minimum monthly wage;

2) in recovering means of support, compensating for losses arising from personal injuries which have resulted in mutilation or other injury to health or in the death of a person, or compensating for losses which have been occasioned through commission of a crime - 50 per cent; and

2) in other types of recovery, unless provided otherwise by law - 30 per cent.

(2): If recovery is directed against remuneration for work pursuant to several execution documents, the employee shall in any event retain 50 per cent of the remuneration for work and payments equivalent thereto, except in the case specified in Paragraph one, Clause one of this Section.
(3): [31 October 2002]
(4): The amount to be deducted from remuneration for work and payments equivalent thereto shall be calculated from the amount to be received by a debtor after payment of taxes.

[31 October 2002; 17 June 2004]

Section 595. Directing Recovery against Income of a Debtor other than Remuneration for Work

(1) The conditions and procedures prescribed by this Chapter which shall be observed when

directing recovery against remuneration for work also apply in instances where a debtor receives:

1) a scholarship to an educational institution;

2) amounts as compensation for losses arising from personal injuries which have resulted in

mutilation or other injury to health, or in the death of a person; or 3) a sickness or an unemployment benefit.

(2) In directing recovery against pensions and social benefits, provisions regarding directing recovery against remuneration for work shall be applied in compliance with the deduction limits prescribed by pension laws and other laws.

[31 October 2002]

Section 596. Amounts against which Recovery may not be Directed

Recovery may not be directed against:

1) severance pay, a birth allowance, or a burial allowance;

2) compensation for wear and tear of tools belonging to an employee and other compensation in accordance with regulatory enactments which regulate lawful employment relations;

3) amounts to be paid to an employee in connection with official travel, transfer, and assignment to work in another populated area; or

[31 October 2002]

Section 597. Procedures regarding Directing of Recovery against Remuneration for Work, Payments Equivalent thereto and Other Income of a Debtor

[31 October 2002]

(1): A bailiff shall send an order to an employer or to the relevant legal person with instructions to make deductions from remuneration for work or other remuneration, a pension, a scholarship or benefits of a debtor and, at the expense of the debtor, transfer the amounts deducted to the judgment creditor or to deposit account of the bailiff.
(2): When terminating employment relations with the debtor, the employer shall inform the bailiff regarding the amount, which has been transferred to the judgment creditor or to deposit account of the bailiff, and the new place of work of the debtor, if such is known. These provisions shall also apply to legal persons who have made deductions from a pension, a scholarship or benefits paid to a debtor, if the making of such payments is terminated.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003]

Section 598. Control of the Correctness of Deductions

A bailiff, pursuant to a written request of a judgment creditor, shall examine whether an employer (the relevant legal person) has correctly and duly made deductions from the remuneration for work and other income of a debtor and whether the amounts deducted have been transferred to the judgment creditor. [31 October 2002]

Section 599. Directing of Recovery against Payments, which are Due from Other Persons

(1): If recovery is directed against payments, which are due from other persons, a bailiff shall forward a request to such persons to inform whether they have a duty to pay any amounts to a debtor, on what basis and within what time period.
(2): Simultaneously with the request, the bailiff shall give notice that such payments shall be attached in the amount to be recovered and the amount of costs of execution of the judgment, and that until the amount to be recovered and the amount of costs of execution of the judgment is fully discharged, these persons shall pay in the payments into the bailiff’s deposit account.
(3): If a debtor has a deposit in a credit institution, a bailiff shall give an order to the credit institution to transfer the deposited funds in the amounts indicated by the bailiff to be recovered and the amount of costs of execution of the judgment to the bailiff’s deposit account, taking into account the limitation in relation to the debtor provided for in Annex 1, Paragraph 3 of this Law. The order of the bailiff shall be executed without delay.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003; 7 September 2006]

Chapter 73
Directing of Recovery against Immovable Property

Section 600. Notice of Directing of Recovery against Immovable Property

(1) If a judgment creditor requests that recovery be directed against immovable property, a bailiff shall forward a notice to a debtor and invite the debtor to settle the debt. The request of the judgment creditor shall be accompanied with as many true copies of adjudications issued by court

which have come into legal effect as there are immovable properties against which recovery is directed.

(2): Simultaneously, the bailiff shall inform the Land Registry Office of the directing of recovery against the immovable property and the Land Registry Office shall make an entry regarding this in the Land Register. The consequences of such entry are set out in Section 1077, Paragraph one; Section 1082 and 1305 of The Civil Law, as well as in Section 46 of the Land Register Law.
(4): In the notice referred to in Paragraph three of this Section the bailiff shall request that the mortgage creditors in a time period specified by the bailiff that is not less than 10 days submit information regarding the amount of the remaining mortgage debt.
(5): The bailiff shall request from a local government information regarding the tax arrears of the immovable property and invite the local government to submit a decision regarding recovery of the tax arrears if such exist.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003]

Section 601. Duties of a Debtor

(1): From the date of receipt of a notice by a bailiff, a debtor is prohibited from: 1) alienating such immovable property or placing a lien thereon; 2) felling trees thereon, except as necessary to maintain the household; or 3) alienating or damaging appurtenances of the immovable property.
(2): Agreements which a debtor of immovable property has entered into after an entry has been made in the Land Register regarding recovery have no effect as against the judgment creditor and a buyer of the immovable property at auction.
(3): The effect of those agreements which the debtor has entered into regarding the immovable property before an entry has been made in the Land Register regarding recovery shall be determined both as against the parties which participated in such agreements and as against the buyer of the immovable property at auction in accordance with the Civil Law.

[31 October 2002]

Section 602. Rights of Judgment Creditors and Other Creditors

(1): A judgment creditor irrespective of the directing of recovery against immovable property shall have the right to request that a mortgage be secured on his or her behalf in the Land Register to the extent of the amount to be recovered.
(2): A mortgage creditor shall have the right to participate in the inventorizing of immovable property, to receive an inventory statement and, with the consent of a bailiff, to publish a notice of an auction.
(3): A mortgage creditor and a judgment creditor shall have the right to participate in bidding.

[31 October 2002]

Section 603. Inventorizing of Immovable Property

(1): A bailiff shall inventorize immovable property pursuant to the request of a judgment creditor. The bailiff shall notify the debtor of the time of inventorizing of immovable property by sending a notice provided for in Section 600 of this Law, and the judgment creditor. The debtor and the judgment creditor have the right to invite to inventorizing of immovable property not more than two witnesses. The failure of the debtor, judgment creditor or witnesses to attend does not stay the inventorizing.
(2): There shall be set out in an inventory statement: 1) the given name, surname, official appointment location and location of practice of the

bailiff; 2) the adjudication by court or another institution which is being executed; 3) the given name and surname of the judgment creditor and debtor or their authorised

representatives if such participate in the inventorizing; 4) the given name and surname of the witnesses if such participate in the inventorizing; 5) the place where the immovable property is situated; 6) the component parts of the immovable property; 7) on the basis of entries in the Land Register:

a) the value of the immovable property to be inventorized, if such is specified, its owner, encumbrances with debt and their amount, as well as restrictions and encumbrances imposed on the immovable property, and

b) information regarding the state of the immovable property and agreements entered into regarding such property, if the bailiff has knowledge thereof, as well as information regarding movable property which is an appurtenance of the immovable property; and 8) the actual possessor or manager of the immovable property, if such are known.

(3): In inventorizing a technologically mutually linked set of installations and buildings, there shall also be set out in which buildings it is situated in, the size and composition of the buildings occupied, the number of workrooms, machine tool benches and other equipment.
(4): In inventorizing immovable property, provisions of Sections 576 and 577 shall also be applied.
(5): A debtor shall submit documents and plans by which the area of the immovable property to be inventorized and the rights of the debtor to such property have been determined, as well as notify the bailiff of the actual possessor and manager of the immovable property.
(6): A bailiff, pursuant to the request of the interested parties and at their expense, may request from the Land Registry Office true copies of such documents as pertain to the immovable property to be inventorized.
(7): Non-receipt of the documents mentioned in Paragraphs five and six of this Section does not stay the inventorizing.
(8): If the debtor or the judgment creditor has not participated in the inventorizing of the immovable property, the bailiff shall send them the inventory statement within three days after the inventorizing.

[31 October 2002]

Section 604. Appraisal of Immovable Property

(1) The value entered in the Land Register shall be indicated as the value of immovable property. If

inventorizing shall not be indicated but, at the request of a bailiff, an appraisal shall be made. The sum of money required for appraisal shall be paid in by the judgment creditor. The bailiff shall request that appraisal be made only when the sum of money required for appraisal has been paid in the bailiff’s account. The bailiff shall notify the debtor and judgment creditor of expert’s appraisal.

(2): A debtor or a judgment creditor, within 10 days after inventorizing of immovable property or, if appraisal of immovable property is made, after notification of expert’s appraisal, may request reappraisal of the immovable property. Prior to requesting appraisal the bailiff shall notify the person who requested that an expert be invited in the writing of the amount of appraisal costs. Appraisal costs shall be covered by the person who requested that an expert be invited, by paying the required sum of money into the bailiff’s account within the time period set by the bailiff. If the sum of money required for appraisal is not paid in within the set time period, the bailiff shall dismiss the request regarding re-appraisal of immovable property.
(3): The appraisal of immovable property shall be made by a certified appraiser of immovable property.

[31 October 2002]

Section 605. Administration of Immovable Property

(1): Inventorized immovable property shall, until the transfer to the new owner, remain in the administration of the former possessor or manager.
(2): A possessor or manager of property shall preserve the inventorized immovable property in the condition in which it was at the moment of inventorizing and together with the same movable property.
(3): If the possessor or manager of immovable property is not known, the bailiff may at his or her discretion appoint a manager of the immovable property. The manager of immovable property appointed by the bailiff shall have the same liability as the storer of movable property provided for by this Law.
(4): The possessor and manager of immovable property shall provide an accounting to a bailiff regarding the period of administration of the inventorized property. Income received from the immovable property shall be delivered to the bailiff and added to the amount received from the sale of such property.

[31 October 2002]

Section 606. Announcement of an Auction of Immovable Property

(2): A notice of an auction of immovable property shall be published by a bailiff in the newspaper Latvijas Vēstnesis, and at least two weeks prior to the auction posted at the immovable property which is to be sold and at the location of bailiff's practice.
(3): There shall be set out in a notice regarding an auction of immovable property:

1) the given name and surname of the owner and of the judgment creditor of the immovable property, and for legal persons, their name and location (legal address);

2) the given name, surname, official appointment location and location of practice of the bailiff;

3) a short description and location of the immovable property;

4) an appraisal of the immovable property;

5) the mortgage creditors and their claims;

6) that all persons having rights to the immovable property as do not allow of its sale by auction must submit their claims to the court by the day of the auction;

7) which auction, in order, it is;

8) the time and place of the auction; and

9) the amount of security as is to be paid into the bailiff’s deposit account.

(4): A bailiff shall notify debtors, judgment creditors, and joint owners and mortgage creditors, if any, of an auction of the immovable property.
(5): All documents relating to a sale at auction shall be available to all persons who wish to familiarise themselves with such, from the day of notification of the auction.
(6): In announcing an auction of immovable property provisions of Section 584, Paragraph four of this Law shall also apply.

[31 October 2002]

Section 607. Security for the Purchase of Immovable Property

(1): Persons wishing to participate in an auction of immovable property shall pay, by way of security, the amount of 10 per cent of the appraised value of the immovable property into the bailiff’s deposit account.
(2): Prior to an auction the bailiff shall ascertain whether the amount of security has been transferred to the bailiff’s deposit account.
(3): Security which has been paid by a person who has bought immovable property at auction shall be included in the purchase price. After the auction, security paid in shall be returned, without delay, to others participating in the auction.

[31 October 2002]

Section 607.¹Initial Auction Price

(1): An auction shall commence at the highest appraised amount, if there have been several appraisals, or from the amount of those claims (execution of a judgment expenditures, tax arrears and other debts) as according to the order in which the claims of judgment creditors are satisfied have priority if compared with all recoveries directed against immovable property, depending on which of these amounts is bigger.
(2): In order to determine the initial auction price, the bailiff shall make a calculation of the initial

auction price which shall specify:

1) the amount of execution of the judgment expenditures;

2) the amount of tax arrears of the immovable property;

3) the amount of each claim by a mortgage creditor, in conformity with his or her rights of

priority; and 4) the amount of other claims which are to be satisfied before the claim of the person who requested that recovery be directed against the immovable property.

(3) The debtor, the judgment creditor, as well as persons who wish to participate in the auction of

[31 October 2002]

Section 608. Procedures regarding an Auction of Immovable Property

(1): Prior to an auction the persons who have arrived to the auction shall present to a bailiff personal identity documents and documents certifying authorisation (representation right) and submit true copies of these documents. In opening an auction the bailiff shall announce the immovable property to be sold, the initial auction price and determine the bid increment of not less than one per cent of the initial auction price of the immovable property. Thereafter the bailiff shall ask the participants of the auction whether anybody bids more. So long as bidding of a higher price continues the bailiff shall orally inform as to the prices bid by buyers and record them in the statement of auction, specifying the given name and surname of the bidder.
(2): When bidding of a higher price ceases, the bailiff shall ask three times if there is anyone who bids more. If the third time is not followed by a higher bid, the bailiff shall make a rap of the gavel and announce that higher bids are no longer accepted and the immovable property to be auctioned is sold.

[31 October 2002]

Section 609. Double Auction

(1): A double auction may be requested by a mortgage creditor if, after a mortgage has been secured, such encumbrance of immovable property has been entered in the Land Register, without the consent of the mortgage creditor, as may affect the amount realisable by the mortgage creditor, and the auction takes place directly regarding recovery of the claim of such mortgage creditor or of the claim of a mortgage creditor entered in the Land Register in priority to such mortgage creditor.
(2): The immovable property may be sold at auction with the condition that the mentioned encumbrance is to remain or with the condition that the mentioned encumbrance is to be discharged.
(3): If no person wishes to acquire the immovable property with the encumbrance remaining thereon, it shall go to the highest bidder therefor with the condition that the encumbrance is to be discharged.
(4): If there are bidders wishing to purchase the immovable property with the encumbrance and others wishing to purchase it with the encumbrance discharged, the immovable property shall go to the highest bidder provided the encumbrance is discharged only if the price bid exceeds not only the highest price which has been bid on condition the encumbrance is to remain but also the amount of claims which have priority as compared to the claims of the mortgage creditor who has requested that there be a double auction.

[31 October 2002]

Section 610. Statement of Auction

(1) A bailiff shall set out in a statement of auction: 1) the date and place of the auction; 2) the given name, surname, official appointment location and location of practice of the

bailiff; 3) the adjudication which is being executed; 4) what immovable property is sold by auction and the initial auction price; 5) persons participating in the auction as judgment creditors, debtors or bidders; 6) prices bid at the auction and the given name and surname of the bidder;

7) the highest price bid, the given name and surname or name, personal identity number or registration number and address of the buyer; and

8) encumbrances if the immovable property is sold with a condition that they are to remain.

(2) The statement of auction shall be signed by the bailiff, the highest bidder, the last outbid bidder, the judgment creditors and debtors, if they have been present at the auction, as well as by officials present at the auction.

[31 October 2002]

Section 611. Effects of an Auction

(1): Immovable property shall go to that person who has bid a price higher than others.
(2): A purchaser shall pay the whole amount he or she have bid within one month after the auction.
(3): After a purchaser of immovable property has paid the whole amount due from him or her, the bailiff shall submit the statement of auction for approval to the regional court in the territory of operation of which the immovable property is located.
(4): If a purchaser does not pay the whole amount due from him or her within the time period set, the security paid in shall be included in the total amount received for the property and divided pursuant to the same procedures as such amount. Security paid in shall also be included in the total amount where it is found that the purchaser did not have the right to take part in the auction.

[31 October 2002]

Section 612. Inclusions in Purchase Price

(1): A purchaser shall be allowed to have included in the purchase price the purchaser's mortgage claims, as well as other mortgage debts if the mortgage creditors agree to leave them on the immovable property, transferring such debts to the purchaser.
(2): If the amount received from the sale does not suffice to satisfy all the recovery and mortgage debts, the claims of the purchaser may be included in the purchase price only to the extent of the amount which pursuant to calculation is due to the purchaser after the claims having priority as compared to the purchaser's claims, have been covered.

Section 613. Approval of a Statement of Auction of Immovable Property

(1): A court shall adjudicate a matter regarding approval of a statement of auction of immovable property at a court sitting within 15 days from submission of the statement of auction to court, upon prior notice thereof to the judgment creditor, debtor, acquirer of the immovable property and mortgage creditors. The failure of such persons to attend is not an impediment to the approval of the statement of auction of immovable property.
(2): A court shall adopt a decision regarding the vesting of the sold immovable property in the name of the purchaser and that, irrespective of the consent of the creditor, the following are discharged:

1) all the debt obligations entered in the Land Register against such property regarding which the purchaser has not expressly given notice that the purchaser has himself or herself assumed; and

2) such encumbrances as the discharge of which was accepted as a condition in acquiring the property (Section 609).

(3): At the request of the acquirer the court shall decide on his or her being placed in possession of the acquired immovable property, which is associated with direction of the recovery to such immovable property.
(4): A statement of auction may not be approved as long as all complaints submitted regarding bailiff’s actions in this execution matter are not adjudged.
(5): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding the court decision.
(6): A court shall also approve a statement of auction of a ship in accordance with the procedures laid down in this Section.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003]

Section 614. Auction not Having Taken Place

(2): A bailiff shall record in the statement and shall give notice, that the auction is deemed to not have taken place, to the persons who attended the auction, and to the debtor, the debtor's joint owners, if the property to be sold is joint property, and creditors, if such persons were not present at the auction.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003]

Section 615. Consequences of an Auction not Having Taken Place

(1): If an auction is declared as not having taken place, every creditor or joint owner of the debtor, as well as every buyer outbid at the auction shall have the right, within two weeks from the date of the auction not having taken place, to notify the bailiff that he or she retains the immovable property for himself or herself. If the auction has been declared as not having taken place for the reasons set out in Section 614, Paragraph one, Clauses 1 and 2 of this Law, the persons referred to may retain the immovable property for themselves at the initial price. If the auction is declared as not having taken place for the reason set out in Section 614, Paragraph one, Clause 3 of this Law, the purchaser outbid may retain the immovable property at the highest price he or she have bid.
(2): If several persons in accordance with Paragraph one of this Section wish to retain the immovable property for themselves, a repeated first auction shall be organised where these persons shall participate, moreover, the bidding shall start from the price at which the persons may retain immovable property for themselves. The bailiff shall notify the persons wishing to retain the immovable property for themselves of the time and place of the auction in writing seven days in advance. The failure of a person to attend the auction shall be considered as his or her waiver of the right to retain such immovable property for himself or herself. If one person who wishes to retain such immovable property for himself or herself attends the auction, such person may retain it at the price provided for in Paragraph one of this Section without bidding. If nobody attends the auction, the bailiff shall, without delay, announce a second auction.
(3): A person who retains immovable property for himself or herself shall, within one month, pay the amount indicated in Paragraph one or two of this Section into the bailiff's deposit account, the provisions of Section 612 of this Law being taken into account.
(4): After payment of the amount referred to in Paragraph three of this Section, the bailiff shall submit a report and a statement of auction for approval to the court, which shall take a decision regarding the vesting of the immovable property in the name of the purchaser, joint owner or creditor and regarding the discharge of debts entered in the Land Register (Section 613.).
(5): If no one has applied for the retaining of immovable property for himself or herself, a second

auction shall be organised.
Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003]

Section 616. Second and Third Auctions

(1): A second auction shall be announced and organised, observing the provisions regarding a first auction. However, bidding for immovable property shall start from the amount which corresponds to 75 per cent of the initial price at the first auction.
(2): If a second auction is also deemed to not have taken place and no one intends to retain the immovable property for himself or herself (Section 615.), pursuant to the request of a judgment creditor, the bailiff shall hold a third auction, after one month from the date of advertising thereof, observing provisions regarding a first auction but bidding shall start from the amount which corresponds to 60 per cent of the initial price at the first auction.
(3): If a judgment creditor has not requested that a third auction be organised or if the third auction is also deemed not to have taken place and no one intends to retain the immovable property for himself or herself, the immovable property shall remain in the ownership of the previous owner and the entry in the Land Register regarding recovery shall be expunged.

[31 October 2002]

Section 617. Invalid Auction

(1) A court shall declare an auction to be invalid, if: 1) any person has unjustifiably not been allowed to participate in the auction, or a higher bid has wrongly been refused; 2) the immovable property was bought by a person who was not entitled to participate in the auction; 3) the immovable property was sold before the time period stipulated in the notice regarding the sale;

4) at the first auction the immovable property was sold for less than the amount of the claims which pursuant to the order of satisfaction of judgment creditor claims have priority in comparison with all of the recovery directed against the immovable property; or

5) the bailiff, the judgment creditor or the purchaser has demonstrated bad faith.

(2): The interested parties may submit a complaint regarding bailiff’s actions, which provide the basis for requesting that an auction is declared invalid, to the regional court according to the location of the immovable property, within a period of 10 days from the day of the auction.
(3): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding the court decision.
(4): If an auction of immovable property is declared invalid, a repeated auction shall be organised pursuant to provisions of the auction, which was declared invalid.
(5): Dismissal of a complaint by an interested party is not an impediment for bringing an action in accordance with general procedures.

[31 October 2002]

Section 618. Sale of Immovable Property Held Jointly

(1): In directing recovery against one or several owners of undivided joint property, such property shall be inventorized in its entirety but only the right of a debtor to his or her part, without prior separation thereof, shall be sold at the auction.
(2): Immovable property held jointly may also be sold in its entirety, if the joint owners wish and creditors do not raise objections thereto. The money received from the sale shall be divided

between the owners of the immovable property but the amount due to the debtor shall be used for the discharge of the debt.

Chapter 74
Compulsory Delivery of Property Adjudged by a Court; Execution of Actions Imposed by a
Court Judgment

Section 619. Delivery of Articles Set Out in a Court Judgment to the Judgment Creditor

(1): If specific articles set out in a court judgment are adjudged to a judgment creditor, a bailiff in accordance with the procedures prescribed by Section 555 of this Law shall notify the debtor of a duty to voluntarily execute the judgment. The bailiff shall also set out in the proposal the date when compulsory execution of the court judgment shall be performed if it is not executed voluntarily. If the court judgment is to be executed without delay, the bailiff shall not provide the debtor with a time period for voluntary execution of the court judgment but notify in writing the date and time when compulsory execution of the court judgment shall be performed, for which notice the recipient shall sign or it shall be sent by registered mail.
(2): At the request of the bailiff during the time set by the bailiff for compulsory execution of the judgment the debtor has a duty to present the articles specified in the writ of execution which are to be handed over to the judgment creditor. The debtor and the judgment creditor have the right to invite not more than two witnesses to handing over of articles. The failure of witnesses to attend shall not stay execution of the judgment.
(3): If during compulsory execution of a court judgment the debtor fails to present the articles specified in the judgment which are to be handed over to the judgment creditor, refuses to disclose the location thereof and subsequent to inspection of the premises the articles are not found, the bailiff shall draw up a statement to this effect which shall be signed by the bailiff, the judgment creditor and the witnesses if such have participated. When a statement regarding non-existence of the property to be handed over to the judgment creditor has been drawn up the bailiff in conformity with provisions of this Law shall carry out compulsory execution activities to recover the amount specified in the court judgment (Section 196).

[31 October 2002]

Section 620. Consequences Resulting from a Failure to Execute a Judgment Imposing on a Debtor a Duty to Perform Certain Actions

(1): If there is a failure to execute a judgment which imposes on a debtor a duty to perform stipulated actions which are not connected with the providing of property or of an amount of money, a bailiff shall draw up a statement regarding failure to execute the judgment.
(2): If there are set out in the judgment the consequences of failure to execute the judgment provided for in Section 197, Paragraph two of this Law, the statement drawn up shall be sent to the district (city) court according to the place of execution in order that it take a decision regarding the application of the consequences set out in the judgment in connection with the fact that the debtor does not perform the stipulated actions.
(3): If the consequences of a failure to execute the judgment are not set out therein, the statement drawn up shall be sent to the court which rendered the judgment in the matter, and that court shall decide as to the issue regarding procedures for execution of the judgment in accordance with the provisions of Sections 206 and 438 of this Law.
(4): If a judgment which imposes on a debtor a duty to fulfil actions which may be fulfilled only by

the court judgment, the statement drawn up shall be forwarded by the bailiff to the court according to the place of execution. The issue regarding failure to execute the judgment shall be decided at a court sitting. The judgment creditor and debtor shall be notified of the time and place of the sitting; however, failure of such persons to attend shall not impede the adjudication of the issue regarding the failure to execute the judgment. Where a debtor does not execute a judgment which imposes on the debtor a duty to fulfil actions which may only be fulfilled by the debtor himself or herself, within the time limit specified by the court, the court may impose a fine not exceeding two hundred and fifty lats on the debtor, stipulating a new time period for the execution of the judgment. The fine is recoverable from the debtor for payment into State revenues.

(5): If the debtor a second time and repeatedly violates the time period for the execution of the judgment, the court shall take measures provided for by Paragraph four of this Section anew. The court shall impose a fine in the amount of five hundred lats for a repeated failure to execute the judgment. Payment of the fine shall not release the debtor from the duty to fulfil actions provided for by the court judgment.
(6): If an employer does not execute a court judgment regarding reinstatement of a dismissed or transferred employee, the court, pursuant to the request of the employee, shall take a decision regarding remuneration for work for the entire period from the day the judgment is rendered until the day it is executed.
(7): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding the decision of the court.

Chapter 74.^¹Eviction of Persons and Removal of Property from Premises

[31 October 2002]

Section 620.¹ Proposal to Voluntarily Execute a Court Judgment

(1): A bailiff shall issue a proposal to voluntarily execute a court judgment and vacate premises in accordance with the procedures set out in Section 555 of this Law to each person of legal age who pursuant to the court judgment is to be evicted.
(2): In the proposal the bailiff shall also set out the date on which compulsory execution of the judgment shall take place if the debtor fails to execute it voluntarily.

[31 October 2002]

Section 620.² Eviction in the Presence of the Debtor

(1): A judgment creditor and a debtor have the right to invite to compulsory eviction not more than two witnesses each. A bailiff shall verify the identity of the witnesses and specify such persons in the statement. The failure of witnesses to attend shall not stay compulsory execution.
(2): The bailiff shall invite the debtor to clear the premises specified in the court judgment from property and to vacate such premises together with minor members of the family.
(3): If the debtor fails to fulfil the invitation of the bailiff, the bailiff shall inventorize and make appraisal of the property in conformity with the provisions of Sections 577 and 578 of this Law, as well as appoint a storer of the property, remove the property and transfer it for storage to the storer of the property pursuant to the statement.
(4): The bailiff shall issue one copy of the statement to the debtor.
(5): Subsequent to execution of the judgment the premises shall be transferred to the judgment creditor.
(6): If things which are subject to rapid deterioration have been inventorized, the bailiff shall sell

transferred for covering of execution of the judgment expenditures but the probable money surplus shall be paid to the debtor.

[31 October 2002]

Section 620.³ Eviction in the Absence of the Debtor

(1): If the debtor fails to appear at the time specified for eviction and there is no information regarding the reason for his or her absence or he or she has not appeared due to a justified reason, the bailiff shall postpone the eviction.
(2): If the debtor has repeatedly failed to appear for eviction at the time specified and has not notified the reason for his or her absence or has not appeared due to a reason which is not recognised as justified by the bailiff, the premises shall be opened by forcible means, in the presence of a police representative. The bailiff shall make a note in the statement regarding opening of premises by forcible means.
(3): Eviction shall be carried out in accordance with the procedures prescribed by Section 620.² of this Law.
(4): The debtor is entitled to receive one copy of the property inventory statement.

[31 October 2002]

Section 620.⁴ Actions with Debtor’s Property

(1): A debtor has the right to receive the property transferred for storage within a period of one month, by paying execution of the judgment expenditures.
(2): If the debtor refuses to pay execution of the judgment expenditures, the bailiff shall detain debtor’s property in the value required for covering execution of the judgment expenditures but transfer the remaining property to the debtor.
(3): The bailiff shall sell the detained property in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 71 of this Law.
(4): Money received from the sale of the property shall be transferred for covering of execution of the judgment expenditures but the probable money surplus shall be paid to the debtor. The bailiff shall notify the debtor of the sale of the property if he or she has information regarding the place of residence of the debtor.
(5): If the debtor fails to appear to receive the property transferred for storage within a period of one month, the bailiff shall sell it in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 71 of this Law.
(6): The bailiff shall destroy property which has no market value and which cannot be sold in the presence of witnesses, drawing up a statement to this effect.

[31 October 2002]

Chapter 74.^²Placing in Possession of Immovable Property

[31 October 2002]

Section 620.⁵ Proposal to Voluntarily Execute a Court Adjudication

(1): A bailiff shall issue a proposal to voluntarily vacate immovable property and to transfer it to the acquirer in accordance with the procedures set out in Section 555 of this Law to a person from whose possession immovable property is to be removed (debtor).
(2): In the proposal the bailiff shall also set out the date on which placing of the acquirer in possession of immovable property shall take place if the debtor fails to execute the proposal voluntarily.
(3): Placing in possession shall also take place if the acquirer has not yet fixed the ownership rights in the Land Register.

[31 October 2002]

Section 620.⁶ Placing in Possession of Immovable Property in the Presence of the Debtor

(1): A bailiff shall carry out placing in possession of immovable property in the presence of the acquirer of the immovable property and the debtor or his or her family member of legal age. These persons have the right to invite not more than two witnesses each. The bailiff shall verify the identity of witnesses and specify these persons in the statement. The failure of witnesses to attend shall not stay compulsory execution.
(2): The bailiff shall invite the debtor to clear the immovable property from the property owned by him or her and to vacate the immovable property together with the family members and other persons living together with his or her family.
(3): If the invitation of the bailiff is not fulfilled, the bailiff shall inventorize and make appraisal of the property in conformity with the provisions of Sections 577 and 578 of this Law, as well as appoint a storer of the property, remove the property and transfer it for storage to the storer of the property pursuant to the inventory statement. Movable property belonging to the immovable property shall not be included in this inventory statement and shall not be removed.
(4): The bailiff shall issue one copy of the statement to the person from whose possession the immovable property is removed.
(5): The bailiff shall draw up a separate statement regarding the immovable property to be transferred to the acquirer which shall specify the state of the immovable property and movable property belonging thereto, which shall be transferred to the acquirer.
(6): If things which are subject to rapid deterioration have been inventorized and removed, the bailiff shall sell such in accordance with the provisions of Section 583 of this Law. The received money shall be transferred for covering of execution of the judgment expenditures but the probable money surplus shall be paid to the debtor.

[31 October 2002]

Section 620.⁷ Placing in Possession of Immovable Property in the Absence of the Debtor

(1): If the debtor fails to appear at the time specified for placing in possession of immovable property and there is no information regarding the reason for his or her absence or he or she has not appeared due to a justified reason, the bailiff shall postpone placing in possession.
(2): If the debtor has repeatedly failed to appear for placing in possession of immovable property at the time specified and has not notified the reason for his or her absence or has not appeared due to a reason which is not recognised as justified by the bailiff, the buildings shall be opened by forcible means, in the presence of a police representative and two witnesses. The bailiff shall make a note in the statement regarding opening of buildings by forcible means.
(3): Placing in possession of immovable property shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions of Section 620.⁶ of this Law.
(4): The debtor is entitled to receive one copy of the property inventory statement.

[31 October 2002]

Section 620.^⁸Disputes and Complaints in Connection with Placing in Possession of Immovable Property

(1): Objections of the possessor whose immovable property has been transferred to the acquirer, as well as objections of third persons against the transfer of the immovable property acquired at auction shall not stay placing in possession. The former possessor and third persons may prove their rights only by bringing an action at court.
(2): A complaint, which is submitted to a court by a third person who is in possession of the immovable property to be transferred, shall stay placing in possession until adjudication of the complaint. Satisfaction of the complaint does not impede the acquirer of the immovable property to bring an action in accordance with general procedures against the possessor of the immovable property.

[31 October 2002]

Chapter 75
Apportionment Between Judgment Creditors of Amounts Recovered

Section 621. Issue of Recovered Amounts to Judgment Creditors

(1): Execution of a judgment expenditures shall firstly be covered from the amount recovered by a bailiff from a debtor; claims of judgment creditors shall be satisfied from the balance of the amount. The amount remaining after satisfaction of all of the claims shall be returned to the debtor.
(2): Amounts, which are recovered from a debtor and are to be provided to a judgment creditor shall be paid into the bailiff’s deposit account, but subsequently shall be delivered or transferred in accordance with prescribed procedures.
(3): A bailiff shall pay amounts, which are to be paid in to State revenue, into a budget account of the State Treasury.
(4): Amounts recovered for the benefit of a person who is a foreign resident shall be transferred to the judgment creditor in accordance with prescribed procedures.
(5): Persons who have execution documents in other matters may join in the recovery by submitting the execution document to the bailiff until the day of auction of the property or until the day when the property is transferred to a trading undertaking for sale pursuant to terms regarding commission.

[31 October 2001]

Section 622. Order of Satisfaction of Claims of Judgment Creditors

(1): If an amount recovered from a debtor does not suffice to satisfy all the claims pursuant to the execution documents, such amount shall be apportioned between the judgment creditors in accordance with the order prescribed by this Law unless a specific law prescribes priority for certain judgment creditors.
(2): Claims of every next order shall be satisfied after full satisfaction of claims of the previous order.
(3): If an amount collected does not suffice to satisfy all the claims of one order in full, such claims shall be satisfied in proportion to the amount, which is due to each judgment creditor.

Section 623. First Order of Recovery

(1) The following shall be satisfied first of all: 1) claims regarding recovery of means of support; 2) claims regarding recovery of remuneration for work; and

3) claims arising from personal injuries which have resulted in mutilation or other injury to health, or in the death of a person.

(2) If means of support is paid in accordance with a decision of the Means of Support Guarantee Fund administration and the amount of means of support recovered:

1) does not ensure the minimal amount of means of support which, based upon Section 179, Paragraph five of the Civil Law, has been specified by the Cabinet, the recovered means of support shall be paid into the Means of Support Guarantee Fund; and

2) ensures the minimal amount of means of support which, based upon Section 179, Paragraph five of the Civil Law, has been specified by the Cabinet, then means of support in such amount as based upon Section 179, Paragraph five of the Civil Law has been specified by the Cabinet, shall be paid out to the submitter, but the surplus amount shall be paid into the Means of Support Guarantee Fund until the debt is discharged in full. [17 June 2004]

Section 624. Second Order of Recovery

Claims regarding taxes and non-tax payments into the budget shall be satisfied in the second order.

Section 625. Third Order of Recovery

Claims of natural persons regarding compensation for such losses as have been caused to their property by a criminal act or administrative violation shall be satisfied in the third order.

Section 626. Fourth Order of Recovery

All other claims shall be satisfied in the fourth order.

Section 627. Apportionment of Money Received from Sale of Movable Property Encumbered by a Pledge

Firstly, costs of execution of a judgment shall be covered from the money which has been received from the sale of movable property encumbered by a pledge and thereafter, claims shall be satisfied in the following order:

1) claims secured by a pledge; and

2) other claims in accordance with the order prescribed by this Law.

Section 628. Apportionment of Money Received from Sale of Immovable Property Encumbered by a Pledge

(1) From the money which has been received from the sale of immovable property encumbered by a pledge, there shall firstly be covered the costs of execution of the judgment as is connected with the sale of such property, and thereafter claims shall be satisfied in the following order:

1) those claims of employees regarding payment of salaries which are related to the

maintenance of the immovable property and social insurance payments related to their salaries; 2) claims regarding tax payments which are payable regarding such immovable property; 3) real charges entered in the Land Register which have come due;

4) claims secured by a pledge on such immovable property according to the rights of priority thereof; and

5) other claims in accordance with the procedures provided for by this Law.

(2): In satisfying mortgage claims according to the rights of priority thereof, the accessory claims thereof shall also be satisfied and together therewith - interest for the last three years up to the day of auction, court costs adjudged and costs related to the conducting of the court proceeding.
(3): If immovable property has been sold by auction in respect of which an entry regarding the right of pledge has been made in the Land Register, money in the amount of the claim in conformity with the claim priority shall be transferred to the bailiff’s deposit account and stored until adjudication of the ensured claim at the court.

[31 October 2002]

Section 629. Apportionment of Money Received from Sale of a Ship

From the amount received from the sale of a ship, the costs of execution of the judgment and other claims shall be satisfied taking into account Section 56, Paragraph two of the Maritime Code. [19 June 2003]

Section 630. Order of Recovery in Cases where Property of a Debtor is Confiscated Pursuant to a Judgment in a Criminal Matter

(1): In executing a judgment regarding confiscation of property in a criminal matter, a bailiff shall transfer the property of a debtor to financial institutions after satisfaction of all the claims submitted as against the debtor which have arisen before the arrest of the property of the convicted person or attachment of it by preliminary investigation agencies or court.
(2): Claims regarding means of support and claims arising from personal injuries which have resulted in mutilation or other injury to health, or in the death of a person, shall also be satisfied if they have arisen after arrest is imposed or an attachment placed upon the property of the convicted person.

[31 October 2002]

Section 631. Calculation Drawn up by a Bailiff

(1): If a court has found that a judgment creditor has the right to receive interest on the amount adjudged until the execution of the judgment (the day of an auction) or if the duty to pay interest is specified in another law, a bailiff shall draw up a calculation of the total amount to be paid to the judgment creditor.
(2): If there are several judgment creditors and the amount recovered from a debtor does not suffice to satisfy all the claims in full, the bailiff shall make a calculation of the apportionment of the money between the judgment creditors and issue it to the judgment creditors and the debtor.
(3): If an auction of immovable property has been announced as not having taken place and a creditor has expressed his or her wish to retain the immovable property for himself or herself at the initial auction price, the bailiff shall draw up a calculation in order to determine the amount due from the creditor and apportion it between the judgment creditors.
(4): A calculation drawn up by a bailiff may be appealed to the district (city) court according to the bailiff's official appointment location. An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding the court decision.

[17 June 2004]

Chapter 76
Protection of Rights of Judgment Creditors, Debtors and Other Persons in Execution of a
Court Judgment

Section 632. Appeal of Actions of a Bailiff

(1): A judgment creditor or a debtor may appeal the actions of a bailiff in executing a judgment or the bailiff's refusal to perform such actions to the district (city) court according to the official appointment location of the bailiff within 10 days from the day when the actions appealed from are taken or the day when a complainant, who has not been notified of the time and place of actions to be taken, becomes informed of such actions.
(2): A complaint shall be adjudicated at a court sitting within 15 days. A debtor and a judgment creditor, as well as the bailiff, shall be notified of the court sitting. The failure of such persons to attend is not an impediment to the adjudicating of the issue.
(3): On the basis of a petition from the submitter of a complaint, a judge according to the procedures specified in Section 140 of this Law, may take a decision regarding a stay of execution activities, regarding a prohibition to transfer money to a bailiff or judgment creditor or debtor or the suspension of the sale of property. The decision shall be implemented without delay after it has been taken.
(4): An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding the court decision.

[31 October 2002; 19 June 2003]

Section 633. Protection of Rights of Other Persons in Execution of an Adjudication

(1): A person who considers that he or she has any right to the inventorized movable property or immovable property against which recovery is directed or a part thereof, shall bring an action in court in accordance with general jurisdiction over matters.
(2): Claims for exclusion of property from an inventory statement, deletion of an entry in the Land Register regarding recovery or another claim shall be submitted against the debtor and the judgment creditor. If the property is inventorized on the basis of a judgment in a criminal matter in the part regarding property confiscation, the convicted person and the financial institution shall be summoned as defendants.
(3): If the property has already been sold, a claim shall also be submitted against the persons to which the property was handed over. If the court satisfies a claim regarding immovable property, the entry in the Land Register regarding transfer of ownership rights to the acquirer thereof shall be declared invalid.
(4): If the claim for return of the already sold property in specie is satisfied, disputes among the acquirer of the property, the judgment creditor and the debtor shall be adjudicated by a court in accordance with the procedures applicable to actions.

[31 October 2002]

Section 634. Reversal of Execution of a Judgment

(1) If an executed judgement is set aside and, upon re-adjudication of the matter, a judgment is rendered dismissing the claim or a decision is taken to terminate court proceedings in the matter or to leave the matter unadjudicated, there shall be returned to the defendant everything which has been recovered from the defendant for the benefit of the plaintiff pursuant to the judgment set aside (reversal of execution of a judgment).

(2) If it is impossible to return the property in specie, the court judgment or decision shall provide for compensation for the value of such property.

Section 635. Decision on Issue regarding Reversal of Execution of a Judgment

(1): A court to which a matter has been referred for re-adjudication shall, on its own initiative, adjudicate the issue regarding the reversal of execution of the judgment and decide it in the new judgment or decision by which court proceedings in the matter are terminated.
(2): If a court, which re-adjudicates a matter, has not decided the matter regarding reversal of the execution of the judgment set aside, the defendant has the right to submit to such court an application for the reversal of execution of the judgment. Such application shall be adjudicated at a court sitting upon prior notice to the participants in the matter. The failure of such persons to attend is not an impediment to the adjudicating of the application.
(3): A cassation instance court, if by its judgment it varies a judgment which has been appealed (protested), sets it aside and terminates court proceedings in a matter or leaves an application unadjudicated, shall decide the issue regarding reversal of execution of the judgment or assign the deciding thereof to the court whose judgment has been appealed.
(4): If a court of appellate instance dismisses a claim in a matter in which a court of first instance in accordance with Section 205 of this Law has permitted immediate execution of a judgment, or court proceedings in such matter are terminated or a claim is left unadjudicated, it shall, together therewith, decide the issue regarding the reversal of execution of the judgment.
(5): If a judgment is set aside in connection with newly-discovered facts, an issue regarding reversal of execution of the judgment shall be decided by the court which upon setting aside of the judgment re-adjudicates the matter.
(6): Reversal of execution of a judgment shall be allowed in matters regarding recovery of means of support, recovery of remuneration for work, recovery of losses arising from personal injuries resulting in mutilation or other injury to health, or in the death of a person, if the judgment set aside was based on false information furnished by or forged documents submitted by the plaintiff.
(7): An ancillary complaint may be submitted in regard to a court judgment respecting an issue regarding reversal of execution of a judgment.

Part F
International Civil Procedure

[7 April 2004]

Division Fifteen
International Civil Procedural Co-operation

[7 April 2004]

Chapter 77
Recognition and Execution of an Adjudication of a Foreign Court

Section 636. Adjudication of a Foreign Court

(1): An adjudication of a foreign court within the meaning of this Chapter is a judgment made by a foreign court, in which the issue of dispute between the parties has been adjudicated according to substance, as well as an approved amicable settlement of a foreign court.
(2): An adjudication of a foreign court within the meaning of this Chapter is also an adjudication of

the adjudication and execution arises from directly applicable European Union legal norms or international agreements binding upon the Republic of Latvia.

[7 April 2004; 7 September 2006]

Section 637. Recognition of Adjudications of Foreign Courts

(1): Recognition of adjudications of foreign courts shall take place in accordance with the general provisions of this Chapter.
(2): An adjudication of a foreign court shall not be recognised only if one of the following bases for non-recognition exists:

1) the foreign court, which made the adjudication, was not competent in accordance with Latvian law to adjudicate the dispute or such dispute is an exception jurisdiction of the Latvian courts;

2) the adjudication of the foreign court has not come into legal effect;

3) the defendant was denied a possibility of defending his or her rights, especially if the defendant who has not participated in the adjudication of the matter was not in a timely and proper manner notified regarding appearing in court, except if the defendant has not appealed such adjudication even though he or she had the possibility to do so;

4) the adjudication of the foreign court is not compatible with a court adjudication already made earlier and entered into legal effect in Latvia in the same dispute between the same parties or with already earlier commenced court proceedings between the same parties in a Latvian court;

5) the adjudication of the foreign court is not compatible with such already earlier made and entered into legal effect adjudication of another foreign court in the same dispute between the same parties, which may be recognised or is already recognised in Latvia;

6) the recognition of the adjudication of the foreign court is in conflict with the public structure of Latvia; or

7) in the making the adjudication of the foreign court, the law of such state was not applied as should have been applied in conformity with Latvian international private law conflict of law norms.

(3) In foreign court adjudication matters, which arise from custody, guardianship and access rights, shall not be recognised only if there exists at least one of the non-recognition bases referred to in Paragraph two, Clauses 1, 2, 3, 6 and 7 of this Section or one of the following non-recognition bases:

1) the adjudication of the foreign court is not compatible with a court adjudication made later and entered into legal effect in Latvia in the same dispute between the same parties or with later commenced court proceedings between the same parties in a Latvian court; or

2) the adjudication of the foreign court is not compatible with a later made and entered into legal effect adjudication of another foreign court in the same dispute between the same parties, which may be recognised or is already recognised in Latvia.

(4): In deciding an issue regarding whether in conformity with the provisions of Paragraph two of this Section an adjudication of a court is to be recognised, the judge or court shall be guided by the circumstances, which are established by the adjudication of the foreign court.
(5): If with an adjudication of the foreign court several combined claims in one claim are satisfied and such adjudication is not to be recognised in full, the adjudication of the foreign court may be recognised in relation to one or more of the satisfied claims.

[7 April 2004; 7 September 2006]

Section 638. Submission of an Application

(1): An application for the recognition or recognition and execution of an adjudication of a foreign court shall be submitted for adjudication to a district (city) court on the basis of the place of execution of the adjudication or also on the basis of the place of residence of the defendant or location (legal address).
(2): An application shall indicate: 1) the name of the court to which an application is submitted; 2) the given name, surname, personal identity number (if there is none such, then other

identification data) and place of residence of the applicant and defendant, but for a legal person –

its name, registration number and location (legal address);

3) the object of the application and the circumstances upon which the application is based;

4) the petition of the applicant to recognise or recognise and execute the adjudication of a foreign court in full or any of its parts;

5) the authorised representative and his or her address if for the conduct of the matter in

Latvia a representative has been appointed; 6) a list of the documents appended; and 7) the time of completing the application.

(3) An application shall have appended: 1) an adjudication of a foreign court with a statement certifying that the adjudication has come into legal effect, or a properly certified true copy of the adjudication;

2) a document issued by a foreign court which certifies that the defendant, who has not participated in the adjudication of the matter, was notified of the time and place of the adjudication of the matter in a timely and proper manner;

3) a document issued by a foreign court or a competent authority regarding the execution of the adjudication if the adjudication of the foreign court is already partially executed;

4) a document issued by a foreign court, which certifies that the foreign court adjudication is to be executed in the state wherein it was made if the applicant requests the recognition and execution of the foreign court adjudication;

5) the application and a certified translation into the official language according to specified procedures of the documents referred to in Clauses 1-3 of this Paragraph; and 6) a document, which certifies the payment of the State fee according to the procedures and in the amount specified by law.

(4) The applicant or his or her representative shall sign the application. If the application has been signed by the representative, to the application shall be appended the authorisation or another document, which certifies the authorisation of the representative to apply to the court with an application.

[7 April 2004; 2 September 2004; 7 September 2006]

Section 639. Application Left not Proceeded With

If an application does not conform to the requirements of Section 638, Paragraphs two, three and four of this Law, a judge shall leave the application not proceeded with and the consequences provided for in Section 133 of this Law shall come into effect. [7 April 2004]

Section 640. Adjudication of Applications

A decision regarding the recognition and execution of an adjudication of a foreign court or a decision regarding the refusal of the application shall be taken by a judge sitting alone on the basis of the submitted application and the documents appended thereto within a period of 10 days from the day of submission of the application without inviting the parties. [7 April 2004]

Section 641. Appeal of Decisions of First Instance and Appellate Courts

(1): In respect of a decision by a first instance court in an adjudication of a foreign court recognition matter, an ancillary complaint to the regional court may be submitted, and a decision by the regional court in respect of an ancillary complaint may be appealed to the Senate by submitting an ancillary complaint.]
(2): A participant in the matter whose place of residence or location is in Latvia, may submit the complaints referred to in Paragraph one of this Section within a period of 30 days from the day of receipt of the true copy of the decision, but a participant in the matter whose place of residence or location is not in Latvia – within a period of 60 days from the day of receipt of the true copy of the decision.

[7 April 2004]

Section 642. Competence of Regional Courts and the Senate

(1) A regional court and the Senate in adjudicating an ancillary complaint have the right to: 1) leave the decision unamended, and reject the complaint; 2) set aside the decision fully or a part thereof and decide the issue of the recognition of the

adjudication of the foreign court; or 3) amend the decision.

(2): A court may request from the parties, explanations or also additional information from the foreign court that had made the adjudication.
(3): A court on the basis of a petition from the defendant may suspend the court proceedings if the adjudication of the foreign court has been appealed according to general procedures or also the time period for such appeal has not ended. In the second case, the court may specify a time period within which a complaint to appeal the adjudication of the foreign court shall be submitted in the relevant foreign state.

[7 April 2004]

Section 643. Ensuring Execution of a Foreign Court Adjudication

(1): On the basis of an application from the applicant, a judge’s or court decision with which an adjudication of the foreign court is recognised, may specify the measures provided for in Section 138 of this Law to ensure the execution of the adjudication of the foreign court.
(2): The submission of the ancillary complaints referred to in Section 641, Paragraph one of this Law shall not stop the execution of the judge’s or court’s decision in the part regarding ensuring the execution of the adjudication of the foreign court. The submission of ancillary complaint in respect of such a decision in an adjudication of the foreign court matter as which the ensuring of the execution of the adjudication of the foreign court is set aside or the means of security is changed, shall stop the execution of the decision in this part.

[7 April 2004; 7 September 2006]

Section 644. Execution of an Adjudication of a Foreign Court

(1): An adjudication of a foreign court, which is to be executed in the state wherein it was made, after its recognition shall be executed according to the procedures specified in this Law.
(2): In relation to the procedures for the proclamation of the execution of a judgment, which are provided for in Council Regulation No. 44/2001 and Council Regulation No. 2201/2003, the provisions of Chapter 77 of this Law regarding the recognition of adjudications of foreign courts shall be applied insofar as such is allowed by the provisions of the relevant regulation.
(3): In the cases, which are provided for in Council Regulation No. 2201/2003 and European Parliament and Council Regulation No. 805/2004, an adjudication of the foreign court shall be executed according to the procedures specified in this Law, without requesting recognition of the adjudication of the foreign court, as well as the proclamation of the execution of the adjudication of the foreign court.
(4): Expenditures associated with the execution of an adjudication of the foreign court shall be covered according to general procedures.

[7 April 2004; 7 September 2006]

Section 644.^¹Staying, Division into Time Periods, and Amendment of the Way or Procedures of the Execution of an Adjudication of the Foreign Court

(1): A court, which has taken a decision regarding the recognition and execution of an adjudication of a foreign court, on the basis of an application by a participant in the matter may stay the execution of the adjudication of the foreign court, divide the execution into time periods, and amend the way or procedures of execution.
(2): An application shall be adjudicated in a court sitting, previously notifying the participants in the matter regarding this. The non-attendance of such persons shall not be an obstacle to adjudicate the application.
(3): An ancillary complaint may be submitted in respect of a decision by the court to stay or divide into time periods the execution of the judgment, as well as to amend the way or procedures of execution.

[7 September 2006]

Section 644.^²Issues of Execution associated with European Union Execution Documents

(1) A district (city) court in the territory of which the adjudication of the foreign court, which has been approved as a European Enforcement Order in accordance with Article 23 of European Parliament and Council Regulation No. 805/2004 is to be executed, on the basis of the receipt of an application from the debtor may:

1) replace the execution of the adjudication with the measures for ensuring the execution of

such adjudication provided for in Section 138 of this Law; 2) amend the way or procedures for the execution of the adjudication; or 3) suspend the execution of the adjudication.

(2): A district (city) court in the territory of which the adjudication of the foreign court is to be executed, in respect of which a certificate referred to in Article 41, Paragraph 1 of Council Regulation No. 2201/2003 has been issued, on the basis of the receipt of an application from a participant in the matter based upon Article 48 of the referred to regulation, may take a decision regarding the performance of practical execution measures.
(3): The applications referred to in Paragraphs one and two of this section shall be adjudicated in a court sitting, previously notifying the participants in the matter regarding this. The non-attendance of such persons shall not be an obstacle to adjudicate the application.
(4): An ancillary complaint may be submitted in respect of a decision by the court.

[7 September 2006]

Section 644.^³Refusal of Execution of an Adjudication of a Foreign Court

(1): A district (city) court in the territory of which the adjudication of the foreign court, which has been approved as a European Enforcement Order in accordance with Article 21 of European Parliament and Council Regulation No. 805/2004 is to be executed, on the basis of the receipt of an application from the debtor may refuse the execution of the adjudication.
(2): A district (city) court in the territory of which the adjudication of the foreign court is to be executed, in respect of which a certificate referred to in Article 41, Paragraph 1 or Article 42, Paragraph 1 of Council Regulation No. 2201/2003 has been issued, on the basis of the receipt of an application from a participant in the matter based upon Article 47 of the referred to regulation, may refuse the execution of the adjudication.
(3): The applications referred to in Paragraphs one and two of this section shall be adjudicated in a court sitting, previously notifying the participants in the matter regarding this. The non-attendance of such persons shall not be an obstacle to adjudicate the application.
(4): An ancillary complaint may be submitted in respect of a decision by the court.

[7 September 2006]

Section 644.^⁴Submission of Applications regarding the Staying, Division into Time Periods, Amendment of the Way or Procedures, and Refusal of the Execution of an Adjudication of the Foreign Court and European Union Execution Documents

(1) The applications referred to in Sections 644.¹, 644.² and 644.³ of this Law shall indicate: 1) the name of the court in which the application is submitted; 2) the given name, surname, personal identity number (if such does not exist, then other

identification data) and place of residence of the applicant and defendant (judgment creditor), but for a legal person – its name, registration number and location (legal address); 3) the subject-matter of the application and circumstances upon which the application is

based; 4) the request of the applicant; 5) the authorised representative and his or her address if a representative in Latvia has been

appointed for the conduct of the matter; 6) the list of appended documents; and 7) the period of drawing up of the application.

(2) The following shall appended to the application: 1) a properly certified true copy of the adjudication of the foreign court; 2) in relevant cases – a properly certified true copy of the issued European Enforcement

Order or the certificate referred to in Article 41, Paragraph 1 of Council Regulation No. 2201/2003; 3) other documents upon which the applicant’s application is based; and 4) the application and a certified translation into the official language according to specified

procedures of the documents referred to in Clauses 1, 2 and 3 of this Paragraph.

(3) The application shall be signed by the applicant or the representative thereof. If the application has been signed by the representative of the applicant, an authorisation or other document shall be appended to the application, which certifies authorisation to submit the application.

[7 September 2006]

Section 644.5 Leaving a Submitted Application regarding the Staying, Division into Time Periods, Amendment of the Way or Procedures, and Refusal of the Execution of an Adjudication of the Foreign Court – European Union Execution Documents – Not Proceeded With

If the in accordance with Section 644.¹, 644.² or 644.³ of this Law submitted application does not conform to the requirements of Section 644.⁴ of this Law, the judge shall leave the application not proceeded with and the consequences provided for in Section 133 of this Law shall come into effect.

[7 September 2006]

Chapter 77.^¹Matters regarding the Unlawful Movement of Children across Borders to a Foreign State or
Detention in a Foreign State

Section 644.⁶Procedures for Adjudicating Matters

Matters regarding the unlawful movement of a child across borders to a foreign state or detention in a foreign state if the place of residence of the child is in Latvia shall be adjudicated in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter, taking into account the general provisions of this Law.

[7 September 2006]

Section 644.⁷ Applications for the Issuance of a Request to a Foreign State for the Return of a Child to Latvia

(1): In order to ensure the return to Latvia of such a child whose place of residence is Latvia and who has been unlawfully moved to another state, the person whose right to implement custody or guardianship has been violated, as well as an Orphan’s Court or a public prosecutor may submit an application to a court regarding the issuance of a request to a foreign state regarding the return of the child to Latvia.
(2): An application shall be submitted to a district (city) court on the basis of the place of residence of the applicant or the place of residence of the child in which he or she lived prior to the unlawful movement or detention.
(3): The application shall indicate: 1) the name of the court in which the application is submitted; 2) the given name, surname, personal identity number (if such does not exist, then other

identification data) and place of residence of the applicant;

3) the given name, surname, personal identity number (if such does not exist, then other identification data) of the unlawfully moved or detained child and other information regarding the child, as well as information regarding the possible whereabouts of the child and the identity of the person with whom the child may be found;

4) the given name, surname, personal identity number (if such does not exist, then other identification data) and place of residence of the defendant or information regarding his or her whereabouts;

5) the circumstances, which certify the custody or guardianship rights of the applicant;

6) the circumstances, which certify the fact of the unlawful movement or detention of the child and civil law aspects;

7) the request of the applicant;

8) the list of appended documents; and

9) the period of drawing up of the application.

(4): The application shall have appended the documents upon which it is based.
(5): The application shall be signed by the applicant or the representative thereof. If the application has been signed by the representative of the applicant, an authorisation or other document shall be appended to the application, which certifies authorisation to submit the application.

[7 September 2006]

Section 644.⁸Leaving the Application Not proceeded With

If the application does not conform to the requirements of Section 644.⁷, Paragraphs three, four and five of this Law, the court shall leave the application not proceeded with and the consequences provided for in Section 133 of this Law shall come into effect. [7 September 2006]

Section 644.⁹Adjudication of the Application

(1): A court shall adjudicate an application in a court sitting in which shall participate the submitter of the application and the representative of the relevant Orphan’s Court.
(2): The defendant shall be notified of the court sitting if his or her address is known. The nonattendance of such persons shall not be an obstacle to adjudicate the application.
(3): If the court determines that the child has been unlawfully moved to another state or detained in another state, it shall take a decision regarding the issuance of a request to a foreign state regarding the return of the child to Latvia.
(4): In adjudicating the application, the court on its own initiative shall request evidence.
(5): The decision regarding the issuance of a request to a foreign state shall be executed without delay.
(6): An ancillary complaint may be submitted in respect of a decision by the court.

[7 September 2006]

Section 644.¹⁰Competence of the Regional Court

(1): A regional court in adjudicating an ancillary complaint has the right to: 1) leave the decision unamended, but reject the complaint; or 2) revoke the decision and decide the issue according to substance.
(2): A decision shall come into effect and shall be executed without delay.

[7 September 2006]

Section 644.¹¹Actions after the Taking of a Decision

(2): If a true copy of the decision regarding a request to a foreign state regarding the return of the child to Latvia is to be submitted to a state, which is not a contracting state to the Hague Convention of 25 October 1980 on the Civil Aspects of International Child Abduction or the Hague Convention of 19 October 1996 on Jurisdiction, Applicable Law, Recognition, Enforcement and Co-operation in Respect of Parental Responsibility and Measures for the Protection of Children, the court in order that the referred to decision be recognised and executed in the foreign state shall submit it to the Ministry of Justice.
(3): A court on its own initiative or that of the relevant ministry referred to in Paragraph one or two of this Section shall append to the court documents information regarding the provisions of the Latvian regulatory enactments.

[7 September 2006]

Section 644.¹²Consequences of Adjudication by a Foreign Court or Competent Institution regarding Non-return of the Child

(1): An adjudication by a foreign court or competent institution regarding the non-return of a child and other documents shall be submitted to a court in Latvia through the mediation of the Ministry of Children and Family Affairs.
(2): The Ministry of Children and Family Affairs after receipt of the documents referred to in Paragraph one of this Section shall send them to a court according to the place of residence of the child or one or both parents or guardians, as well as informing the relevant Orphan’s Court regarding the decision of the foreign court or competent institution.

[7 September 2006]

Chapter 77.^²Matters regarding the Unlawful Movement of Children across Borders to Latvia or Detention
in Latvia

Section 644.¹³Procedures for Adjudicating Matters

Matters regarding the unlawful movement of a child across borders to Latvia or detention in Latvia if the place of residence of the child is in another state shall be adjudicated in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter, taking into account the general provisions of this Law. [7 September 2006]

Section 644.¹⁴ Jurisdiction regarding Matters

(1): An application for the return of a child to the state, which is his or her place of residence, shall be submitted to a district (city) court according to the location of the child or the place of residence or location of the person, who has illegally moved or detained the child.
(2): If the place of residence or location of the referred to person is not known, the application shall be submitted to the Rīga Central District Court.

[7 September 2006]

Section 644.¹⁵ Applications for the Return of a Child to the State, which is his or her place of residence

(1) In order to ensure the return to the state, which is his or her place of residence of such a child

implement custody or guardianship has been violated may submit an application to a court regarding the return of the child to the state, which is his or her place of residence if the relevant state is a contracting state to the Hague Convention of 25 October 1980 on the Civil Aspects of International Child Abduction or the Hague Convention of 19 October 1996 on Jurisdiction, Applicable Law, Recognition, Enforcement and Co-operation in Respect of Parental Responsibility and Measures for the Protection of Children.

(2): The application referred to in Paragraph one of this Section may be submitted to a court also by competent institutions in order to apply the Hague Convention of 25 October 1980 on the Civil Aspects of International Child Abduction, the Hague Convention of 19 October 1996 on Jurisdiction, Applicable Law, Recognition, Enforcement and Co-operation in Respect of Parental Responsibility and Measures for the Protection of Children or Council Regulation No. 2201/2003.
(3): The application shall indicate: 1) the name of the court in which the application is submitted; 2) the given name, surname, personal identity number (if such does not exist, then other

identification data) and place of residence of the applicant or information regarding his or her whereabouts;

4) the given name, surname, personal identity number (if such does not exist, then other identification data) and place of residence of the defendant or information regarding his or her whereabouts;

5) the circumstances, which certify the custody or guardianship rights of the applicant to the child;

6) the circumstances, which certify the fact of the unlawful movement or detention of the

child and civil law aspects; 7) the request of the applicant; 8) the list of appended documents; and 9) the period of drawing up of the application.

(5): The application shall be signed by the applicant or the representative thereof. If the application has been signed by the representative of the applicant, an authorisation or other document shall be appended to the application, which certifies authorisation to submit the application.

[7 September 2006]

Section 644.¹⁶ Leaving the Application Not proceeded With

(1): If the application does not conform to the requirements of Section 644.¹⁵ of this Law, the court shall leave the application not proceeded with only in such case where the document or necessary information deficiency will significantly influence the possibility of adjudicating the application.
(2): If a court in conformity with Paragraph one of this Section leaves the application not proceeded with, the consequences provided for in Section 133 of this Law shall come into effect.

[7 September 2006]

Section 644.¹⁷Searches for Defendant and Child

If the place of residence or whereabouts of the defendant or the unlawfully moved or detained child is not known, but there is a basis for believing that the child is located in Latvia, a judge on the basis of a request from interested parties shall take a decision regarding searches for the child or defendant with the assistance of the police. [7 September 2006]

Section 644.¹⁸ Actions by a Court after the Initiation of a Matter

(1): A court shall notify the Ministry of Children and Family Affairs regarding the initiating of a matter. The Ministry of Children and Family Affairs shall inform the competent institutions, which are in the place of residence of the child of this in order to apply the Hague Convention of 25 October 1980 on the Civil Aspects of International Child Abduction, the Hague Convention of 19 October 1996 on Jurisdiction, Applicable Law, Recognition, Enforcement and Co-operation in Respect of Parental Responsibility and Measures for the Protection of Children or Council Regulation No. 2201/2003.
(2): If the application is based upon a decision taken by the relevant competent institution of the foreign state regarding the return of the child, the court may in addition directly inform also the relevant foreign competent institution, which has taken the decision regarding the return of the child to the relevant state.

[7 September 2006]

Section 644.¹⁹ Adjudication of the Application

(1): A court shall adjudicate an application in a court sitting in which shall participate the parties. The court sitting shall invite a representative of the Orphan’s Court, as well as ascertain the point of view of the child if he or she can formulate it.
(2): If the defendant, without justified cause, fails to attend pursuant to a court summons, he or she may be brought to court by forced conveyance.
(3): If one of the parties lives far or due to other reasons cannot attend pursuant to a court summons, the court may admit as sufficient for the adjudicating of the matter a written explanation by this party or the participation of a representative thereof.
(4): In adjudicating the application, the court on its own initiative shall request evidence. The court shall utilise the most appropriate procedural possibilities, as well as the quickest way of acquiring evidence in order that a decision may be taken within a period of six weeks after the submission of the application.
(5): If the court determines that the child has been unlawfully moved to Latvia or detained in Latvia, it shall take a decision regarding the return of the child to the state, which is his or her place of residence, in one of the following cases:

1) the time period after the unlawful movement of the child to Latvia or detention in Latvia does not exceed one year since the relevant person or institution has found out about the whereabouts of the child; or

2) the time period after the unlawful movement of the child to Latvia or detention in Latvia does exceeds one year, but the child has not adapted to life in Latvia.

(6) A court may take a decision regarding not returning the child to the state, which is his or her place of residence if it determines that the child has been unlawfully moved to Latvia or detained in Latvia and one of the following circumstances exists:

1) more than one year has passed since the relevant person has known or could have known regarding the whereabouts of the child, but in this time period he or she has not turned to the relevant institution about the issue of the return of the child to the state, which is his or her place of residence;

2) the child has adapted to life in Latvia and his or her return does not conform to the interests of the child.

(7) Paragraphs six and seven of this Section shall be applied insofar as the Hague Convention of 25 October 1980 on the Civil Aspects of International Child Abduction and Council Regulation No. 2201/2003.

[7 September 2006]

Section 644.²⁰ Coming into Effect of Decisions and Appeals

(1): A decision regarding the return of a child to the state, which is his or her place of residence shall be executed without delay.
(2): An ancillary complaint may be submitted in respect of a decision by the court. The submission of an ancillary complaint shall not stop the execution of the decision.
(3): If the decision has been taken without the presence of a participant in the matter, the time period for the submission of an ancillary complaint shall be counted from the day when he or she received a true copy of the decision.

[7 September 2006]

Section 644.²¹Competence of the Regional Court

(1): A regional court in adjudicating an ancillary complaint has the right to: 1) leave the decision unamended, but reject the complaint; or 2) revoke the decision and decide the issue according to substance.
(2): A decision shall come into effect and shall be executed without delay.

[7 September 2006]

Section 644.²²Actions after the Taking of a Decision

A true copy of the decision taken by a court regarding the non-return of the child to the state, which is his or her place of residence and other materials of the matter, shall be submitted to the Ministry of Children and Family Affairs. [7 September 2006]

Chapter 78 Recognition and Execution of an Adjudication of a Foreign Arbitration Court

[7 April 2004]

Section 645. An Adjudication of a Foreign Arbitration Court

An adjudication of a foreign arbitration court is a binding adjudication made by a foreign arbitration court irrespective of its designation. [7 April 2004]

Section 646. Recognition of Adjudications of Foreign Arbitration Courts

Recognition of adjudications of foreign arbitration courts shall take place in accordance with this Law and international agreements that are binding for the Republic of Latvia. [7 April 2004]

Section 647. Submission of an Application

(1): An application for the recognition and execution of an adjudication of a foreign arbitration court shall be submitted for adjudication to a district (city) court on the basis of the place of execution of the adjudication or also on the basis of the place of residence of the defendant or location (legal address).
(2): An application shall indicate the information referred to in Section 638 of this Law.
(4): The applicant or his or her representative shall sign the application. If the application has been signed by the representative, to the application shall be appended the authorisation or another document, which certifies the authorisation of the representative to apply to the court with an application.

[7 April 2004]

Section 648. Application Left not Proceeded With

If an application does not conform to the requirements of Section 647, Paragraphs two, three and four of this Law, a judge shall leave the application not proceeded with and the consequences provided for in Section 133 of this Law shall come into effect. [7 April 2004]

Section 649. Adjudication of Applications

(1): An application for the recognition and execution of a foreign arbitration court adjudication shall be adjudicated at a court sitting, notifying the parties thereof beforehand. The failure of such persons to attend shall not impede the adjudication of the application.
(2): A court may request explanations from parties or also additional information from the foreign arbitration court, which rendered the adjudication.
(3): Having adjudicated an application for the recognition and execution of a foreign arbitration court adjudication, a court shall take a decision to recognise and execute the adjudication or to reject the application.
(4): An application shall only be dismissed in the cases provided for by international treaties binding

upon the Republic of Latvia.
Translation © 2007 Tulkošanas un terminoloģijas centrs (Translation and Terminology Centre)

(5) An ancillary complaint may be submitted regarding the decision of the court.

[7 April 2004]

Section 650. Ensuring Execution of an Adjudication of a Foreign Arbitration Court

(1): On the basis of an application from the applicant, a court decision with which an adjudication of the foreign arbitration court is recognised, may specify the measures provided for in Section 138 of this Law to ensure the execution of the adjudication of the foreign arbitration court.
(2): The submission of the ancillary complaints referred to in Section 649, Paragraph five of this Law shall not stop the execution of the court decision in the part regarding ensuring the execution of the adjudication of the foreign arbitration court.

[7 April 2004; 7 September 2006]

Section 651. Execution of an Adjudication of a Foreign Arbitration Court

(1): An adjudication of a foreign arbitration court after its recognition shall be executed according to the procedures specified in this Law.
(2): Expenditures associated with the execution of an adjudication of the foreign arbitration court shall be covered according to general procedures if not specified otherwise in international agreements binding on the Republic of Latvia.

[7 April 2004]

Chapter 79
International Legal Co-operation

[7 April 2004]

Section 652. Requests for Legal Assistance

Courts shall execute requests from foreign courts for legal assistance (regarding the performance of procedural activities, regarding the sending of court and extrajudicial documents and others), as well as shall send to foreign courts such requests in accordance with international agreements binding on the Republic of Latvia, legal norms of the European Court of Justice and this Law. [7 April 2004]

Section 653. Communication of Latvian Courts with Foreign Courts and Law Enforcement Institutions

The Latvian courts communicate with foreign courts and law enforcement institutions in accordance with laws, international agreements binding upon the Republic of Latvia and the legal norms of the European Union. [7 April 2004]

Section 653.^¹Legal Co-operation in Matters regarding the Unlawful Movement of a Child across Borders or Detention

(1) If in this Law is not stated otherwise, in matters regarding the unlawful movement of a child across borders or detention, Latvian courts shall communicate directly with the relevant foreign courts or competent institutions or through the mediation of the Ministry of Children and Family

Affairs in cases where the Hague Convention of 19 October 1996 on Jurisdiction, Applicable Law, Recognition, Enforcement and Co-operation in Respect of Parental Responsibility and Measures for the Protection of Children, the Hague Convention of 25 October 1980 on the Civil Aspects of International Child Abduction, or Council Regulation No. 2201/2003 is applicable in the involved states mutual relations.

(2): If in the involved states mutual relations the legal acts referred to in Paragraph one of this Section are not applicable, Latvian courts shall communicate with the relevant foreign courts or competent institutions through the mediation of the Ministry of Justice.
(3): The court documents shall be translated into the language, which has been specified as the language of communication in the application of the relevant legal act, or in the official language of the recipient of the documents, or in such language, which the relevant state has notified as being acceptable for communications, and shall be ensured by the relevant ministry referred to in Paragraph one or two of this Section.
(4): In order to apply the regulatory enactments referred to in Paragraph one of this Section, the foreign competent institution documents, the application of the person or other documents, which are to be submitted to the Ministry of Children and Family Affairs, in the relevant cases shall be drawn up in the original language with an appended translation in the official language, but if this is not possible, the documents may be submitted in English, then the translation shall be ensured by the Ministry of Children and Family Affairs.

[7 September 2006]

Chapter 80
Application of Foreign Laws to Adjudication of Civil Matters

[7 April 2004]

Section 654. Texts of Foreign Laws

In cases where foreign laws shall be applied, the participant in the matter who refers to the foreign law shall submit to the court a translation of the text in a certified translation into the official language according to specified procedures. [7 April 2004]

Section 655. Ascertaining the Contents of Foreign Law

(1): In accordance with the specified procedures in international agreements binding on the Republic of Latvia, a court shall ascertain the contents of the foreign law to be applied.
(2): In other cases, a court through the intermediation of the Ministry of Justice and within the bounds of possibility shall ascertain the contents of the foreign law to be applied.

[7 April 2004]

Transitional Provisions

Procedures regarding the adjudicating of matters which arise from administrative legal relations shall, until the day when the Administrative Procedure Law comes into force, be regulated by general provisions of the Civil Procedure Law and the provisions of Chapters twenty-two, twenty-three, twenty-three A, twenty-four, twenty-four A and twenty-five of the Latvian Civil Procedure Code.
The provisions of Section 548, Paragraph two and Sections 550 and 632 of this Law are applicable only after the relevant amendments to the Law on Judicial Power come into force.
Until the day when the amendments to the Law on Judicial Power mentioned in Paragraph 2 of these Transitional Provisions come into force: 1) the correctness and promptness of the execution of court judgments shall be controlled by the Bailiffs Department of the Ministry of Justice;

2) a decision of the Senior Bailiff by which an application for the refusal of a bailiff has been dismissed without satisfaction may be appealed to the Bailiffs Department of the Ministry of Justice. Submission of a complaint does not stay execution activities;

3) a judgment creditor or a debtor may only submit complaints about activities of bailiffs or their refusal to carry out such activities to a court after the Bailiffs Department of the Ministry of Justice has examined the complaint. A complaint may be submitted within 10 days from the day the submitter of the complaint receives an answer from the Bailiffs Department of the Ministry of Justice or from the day when a period of one month has elapsed since the complaint has been submitted and the submitter has not received an answer thereto.

If immovable property has not been entered in the Land Register (apartment property in the cases provided for by law, in the Cadastral Register), in securing a claim or bringing recovery proceedings against it, the immovable property shall be inventorized and transferred for administration in accordance with the provisions of Section 603, Paragraphs two to four and Section 605 of this Law. Before inventorizing the immovable property, a bailiff shall ascertain the ownership thereof or who its possessor is by requesting information from the State Land Service or the appropriate local government. The bailiff shall notify the State Land Service or the local government accordingly of the inventorizing of the immovable property for the securing of the claim or recovery of the debt.
If on the day this Law comes into force the procedural time periods prescribed by the Latvian Civil Procedure Code in regards to execution activities regarding a judgment have not elapsed and this Law prescribes a longer time period, the longer time period is applicable, including the time elapsed.
If, by the day this Law comes into force, property has been delivered on commission in accordance with Section 390 of the Latvian Civil Procedure Code, its sale shall be carried out pursuant to terms of the commission agreement.
If, by the day this Law comes into force, capital shares or non-publicly issued stocks of a company have been delivered to the relevant company executive body in accordance with the provisions of Section 389, Paragraph three of the Latvian Civil Procedure Code, the executive body shall carry out the sale within the prescribed period of one month from the day of delivery.
If, by the day this Law comes into force, an auction of inventorized property belonging to a debtor has been advertised, it shall be conducted pursuant to the provisions advertised.
If, by the day this Law comes into force, calculations drawn up by a bailiff regarding costs of execution of a judgment have been submitted to a court, the court shall take a decision regarding the calculations previously drawn up by the bailiff.
If a bailiff has taken a decision to stay execution proceedings, then, in a matter where the Civil Procedure Law does not provide for execution proceedings to be stayed, upon the coming into force of this Law the execution proceedings shall be resumed without delay. The bailiff shall take an appropriate decision thereon and send it to the persons interested.
Upon this Law coming into force, the Latvian Civil Procedure Code is repealed, with the exception of Chapters twenty-two, twenty-three, twenty-three A, twenty-four, twenty-four A and twenty-five thereof.
Amendments to the Civil Procedure Law regarding deletion of Section 34, Paragraph two, Clause 1 and 2 and first sentence of Paragraph three, Section 39, Clause 8, Section 43, Clause 9, Chapters 40, 41, 42, 43, 44 and Section 566, Paragraph two shall come into force on 1 January 2009.

[31 October 2002; 1 December 2005]

13. Courts shall adjudicate matters regarding the rights of inheritance, which by 31 December 2002 have been accepted for adjudication in accordance with special adjudication procedures, and in accordance with the procedures set out in the Civil Procedure Law until 31 December 2008.

[31 October 2002; 1 December 2005]

14. Courts shall adjudicate applications regarding establishment of trusteeship for an estate in the inheritance matters which are in the record-keeping of notaries, by applying Section 323 of this Law and Section 660 of the Civil Law.

[31 October 2002]

15. Courts shall adjudicate applications regarding establishing the existence of an oral will which are required for submission to a notary in an inheritance matter in accordance with the procedures prescribed by Section 309 of this Law, by summoning heirs as interested parties.

[31 October 2002]

16. Until determination of a State fee for transfer of property to heirs on the basis of an inheritance certificate issued by a notary the State fee shall be paid in the amount of 50 per cent of the rate provided for in Section 34 of the Civil Procedure Law in matters regarding confirmation of the rights of inheritance or coming into legal effect of the last will instruction instrument. In the matters referred to the State fee in respect of immovable property shall be collected before entry of the ownership rights in the Land Register, but in respect of movable property it shall be paid before the issue of an inheritance certificate and the notary shall make a certification to this effect in the inheritance certificate. Holders of movable property registers, as well as persons who have the estate property in possession (credit institutions, etc) are not entitled to re-register the estate property or issue it to the heirs if the property is not specified in the inheritance certificate and State fee has not been paid.

[31 October 2001]

17. Section 346, Paragraph one, Clause 2 of this Law regarding the fact that the decision of a judge regarding the initiation of an insolvency matter shall be sent to the Finance and Capital Market Commission, and Section 378, Paragraph 2.¹ of this Law shall come into force with a special law.

[12 February 2004]

18. All applications regarding the recognition and execution of an adjudication of a foreign court (except adjudications of foreign arbitration courts), which are submitted to district (city) courts and have not been adjudicated up to 1 May 2004, shall be adjudicated according to the procedures of first instance courts that were in effect prior to 1 May 2004. On the basis of a petition from the applicant, the judge may decide such application according to the procedures specified in this Law, and the 10 day time period in respect of deciding an application shall count from the day of the submission of the petition from the applicant.

[7 April 2004]

19. If the district (city) court has taken a decision regarding the recognition and execution of an adjudication of a foreign court (except adjudications of foreign arbitration courts) or a decision to reject the application and on 1 May 2004 the time period for the submission of ancillary complaints has not ended, the time periods for the submission of ancillary complaints specified in Section 641, Paragraph two of this Law shall be applied, including in them the time already passed.

[7 April 2004]

20. The new version of Section 486 of this Law, which determines the procedures for the establishment of an arbitration court and Section 486.¹, shall come into force on 1 April 2005.

[17 February 2005]

21. An arbitration court, which has been established and regarding the establishment of which has been notified to the Ministry of Justice by 31 March 2005, shall not later than by 15 August 2005 submit an application to the Enterprise Register for the registration of an arbitration court, taking into account the procedures specified in this Law and other regulatory enactments.

[17 February 2005]

22. The ministry of Justice shall by 20 October 2005 publish in the Latvijas Vēstnesis those arbitration courts, which up to 30 September 2005 have not registered in the Enterprise Register.

[17 February 2005]

23. If the parties have agreed regarding the referral of a dispute for resolution in a permanent arbitration court and this arbitration court has not registered according to the procedures specified by law by 30 September 2005 or has terminated its operations, the parties shall agree regarding the transfer of the dispute to another arbitration court. If agreement cannot be reached, the dispute shall be adjudicated in a court.

[17 February 2005]

24. The name of newly established arbitration courts shall clearly and specifically differ from the names of the arbitration courts in the Ministry of Justice’s existing list. Benefit of a right to the name of an arbitration court in the Arbitration Court Register shall belong to the arbitration court, which has been entered first with such a name in the Ministry of Justice’s list.

[17 February 2005]

25. If up to 10 March 2005 arbitration court proceedings have been commenced in respect of the disputes referred to in Section 487, Clauses 6 and 7 of this Law (regarding the eviction of persons from living quarters and individual labour rights disputes), the resolution thereof shall be completed in the relevant arbitration court.

[17 February 2005]

26. Up to 30 June 2006, applications regarding the insolvency of undertakings and companies shall be submitted to the relevant regional court. Up to 30 June 2006, actions brought regarding the insolvency of undertakings and companies shall be adjudicated by the relevant regional court.

[1 December 2005]

27. The new version of Section 447 of this Law, which determines that an ancillary complaint regarding the decisions of a judge and regarding decisions of a Land Register office judge shall be adjudicated by written proceedings, shall come into force on 1 July 2006 and shall apply to the adjudication ancillary complaints regarding the decisions, which have been taken from 1 July 2006.

[25 May 2006]

28. Amendments to Section 238, Paragraph three; Section 239, Paragraph two; Section 246, Paragraph four; Section 250.⁵, Paragraph one; Section 266, Paragraph one; Section 267, Paragraph three; Section 268, Paragraph two; Section 270, Paragraphs one and three; Section 275, Paragraph two; Section 276, Paragraph two; Section 277, Paragraph two; Section 280, Paragraph two; Section 286, Paragraph four; Section 323 (regarding deletion of the words “parish court”) and Section 329, Paragraph three (regarding the replacement of the words “parish court” with the words “Orphan’s Court”) of this Law, shall come into force on 1 January 2007.

[7 September 2006]

Informative Reference to European Union Directives

Legal provisions arising from the following directives have been included in this Law:

1) Directive 2000/35/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 June 2000 on combating late payment in commercial transactions; and 2) Directive 2004/48/Ec of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2004 on the enforcement of intellectual property rights.

[7 September 2006; 14 December 2006]

This Law shall come into force on 1 March 1999.

This Law has been adopted by the Saeima on 14 October 1998.

President G. Ulmanis

Rīga, 3 November 1998

Transitional Provisions Regarding Amendments to the Civil Procedure Law

Transitional Provision

(regarding amending law of 1 December 2005)

Section 1 of this Law shall come into force on 1 July 2006.

Annex 1

Civil Procedure Law

List of Property against which Recovery may not be Directed Pursuant to Execution Documents

The following property and articles which belong to a debtor or constitute the debtor's part in joint property shall not be subject to the directing of recovery pursuant to execution documents:

1. Domestic equipment and household articles, and clothing required for the debtor, his or her

family members and persons who are dependent on the debtor:

1) clothing, footwear and underwear necessary for everyday wear;

2) bedding, bedclothes and towels;

3) kitchen utensils and tableware which are required for everyday use;

4) furniture - one bed and chair for each person, as well as one table and one wardrobe per

family; and 5) all children's articles.

Foodstuffs in the home in the amount required for the maintenance of the debtor and his or her family members for a period of three months.
Money in the amount of the minimum monthly wage for the debtor, each member of his or her family and persons dependent on the debtor, but in means of support recovery matters for the support of minor children or for the benefit of the Means of Support Guarantee Fund administration

– money in the amount of 50 per cent of the minimum monthly wage for the debtor, each member of his or her family and persons dependent on the debtor. .

One cow or goat and one pig per family, and feed in the amount required until new feed is gathered or until the livestock are taken to pasture.
Fuel required for preparing food for the family and for heating of the living premises during the heating season.
Books, instruments and tools required for the debtor in his or her daily work, providing the means needed for maintenance.
Agricultural stock, that is, agricultural tools, machinery, livestock and seed required for the farm, together with the amount of feed required for the maintenance of livestock of the relevant farm until a new harvest. What agricultural tools, how much livestock and what amount of feed is to be regarded as necessary shall be determined by instructions of the Minister of Agriculture.
Movable property which in accordance with the Civil Law is recognised to be an appurtenance to immovable property - separately from such immovable property.
Houses of worship and ritual articles.

Annex 2

Civil Procedure Law

Provisions regarding Renewal of Lost Court Proceedings Materials and Execution Proceedings Materials

A court may renew lost court proceedings materials and lost execution proceedings materials in civil matters pursuant to the application of a participant in the matter, of a bailiff or of a public prosecutor, as well as on its own initiative.
Lost court proceedings materials shall be renewed in full or in that part the renewal of which is necessary pursuant to the opinion of court. If there has been a judgment or a decision to terminate the court proceedings in the matter, the renewal of such judgment or decision is mandatory.
An application for the renewal of lost court proceedings materials or writs of execution shall be submitted to the court which adjudicated the matter, but an application for the renewal of lost execution proceedings materials (except a writ of execution), to the district (city) court according to the place of execution.
Particulars concerning the matter shall be set out in the application. The application shall be accompanied by documents or true copies thereof which have been retained by the submitter and which pertain to the matter even if such have not been certified in accordance with prescribed procedures.
A court, in adjudicating a matter, shall use the preserved parts of materials of the judicial proceeding, request from participants in the matter or other persons documents submitted to them before the court proceedings material were lost, and true copies of other documents and materials pertaining to the matter. The participants in the matter have the right to submit for consideration a draft made by them of the judgment or decision to be renewed.
A court may examine as witnesses persons who have been present at the performance of procedural actions and, if required, persons who were in the court panel when the matter in which the judicial materials have been lost was adjudicated and persons who executed the court judgment.
If the materials gathered do not suffice for an accurate renewal of lost court proceedings materials, a court pursuant to a decision shall terminate the adjudicating of the application for the renewal of the court proceedings materials. In such case, the submitter has the right to repeatedly submit an action or an application in accordance with general procedures. Costs relating to the adjudicating of such matter shall be covered by the State.
Costs incurred by a court in the adjudicating of a matter regarding renewal of lost materials shall be covered by the State. If an application known to be false has been submitted, court costs shall be recovered from the submitter.

Télécharger le PDF open_in_new

Civilprocesa likums

Saeima ir pieņēmusi un Valsts

prezidents izsludina šādu likumu:

Civilprocesa likums

A daļa Vispārīgie noteikumi

Pirmā sadaļa Civilās tiesvedības pamatnoteikumi

1.nodaļa Civilprocesa principi

1.pants. Personas tiesības uz tiesas aizsardzību

(1) Katrai fiziskajai un juridiskajai personai (turpmāk — persona) ir tiesības uz savu aizskarto vai apstrīdēto civilo

tiesību vai ar likumu aizsargāto interešu aizsardzību tiesā.

(2) Personai, kas griezusies tiesā, ir tiesības uz tās lietas izskatīšanu tiesā likumā noteiktajā procesuālajā kārtībā.

2.pants. Tiesas spriešana civillietās

Civillietas tiesa izspriež kārtībā, kāda noteikta šajā likumā un likumā "Par tiesu varu".

3.pants. Tiesvedību civillietā regulējošo tiesību normu spēks laikā

Tiesvedību civillietā regulē civilprocesuālo tiesību normas, kas ir spēkā lietas izskatīšanas, atsevišķu procesuālo

darbību izdarīšanas vai tiesas sprieduma izpildīšanas laikā.

(07.04.2004. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.05.2004.)

4.pants. Tiesvedības instances civillietā

(1) Civillietu pēc būtības izskata pirmās instances tiesa, bet pēc lietas dalībnieku sūdzības par šīs tiesas spriedumu —

arī otrās instances tiesa apelācijas kārtībā, ja likumā nav noteikts citādi.

(2) Civillieta nav izskatāma pēc būtības augstākā tiesu instancē, iekams tā nav izskatīta zemākā tiesu instancē.

(3) Otrās instances tiesas spriedumu lietas dalībnieki var pārsūdzēt kasācijas kārtībā.

5.pants. Tiesību normu piemērošana

(1) Tiesa izspriež civillietas saskaņā ar likumiem un citiem normatīvajiem aktiem, Latvijas Republikai saistošiem

starptautiskajiem līgumiem un Eiropas Savienības tiesību normām.

(2) Ja starptautiskajā līgumā, ko apstiprinājusi Saeima, ir paredzēti citādi noteikumi nekā Latvijas likumā, piemēro

starptautiskā līguma noteikumus.

(3) Ja attiecīgo tiesību jautājumu regulē Eiropas Savienības tiesību normas, kas ir tieši piemērojamas Latvijā, Latvijas

likumu piemēro, ciktāl to pieļauj Eiropas Savienības tiesību normas.

(4) Likumā vai līgumā noteiktajos gadījumos tiesa piemēro arī citu valstu likumus un starptautisko tiesību normas.

(5) Ja nav likuma, kas regulē strīdīgo attiecību, tiesa piemēro likumu, kurš regulē līdzīgas tiesiskās attiecības, bet, ja

tāda likuma nav, — vadās pēc tiesību vispārējiem principiem un jēgas.

(6) Piemērojot tiesību normas, tiesa ņem vērā judikatūru.

(07.04.2004. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.05.2004.)

5.1 pants. Jautājuma uzdošana Eiropas Kopienu Tiesai

Tiesa saskaņā ar Eiropas Savienības tiesību normām uzdod Eiropas Kopienu Tiesai jautājumu par Eiropas Savienības

tiesību normu iztulkošanu vai spēkā esamību prejudiciāla nolēmuma pieņemšanai.

(07.04.2004. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.05.2004.)

6.pants. Civillietas ierosināšana tiesā

(1) Tiesnesis ierosina civillietu pēc to personu pieteikuma, uz kurām šī lieta attiecas.

(2) Tiesnesis ierosina civillietu arī pēc to valsts vai pašvaldību iestāžu un personu pieteikuma, kurām ar likumu

piešķirtas tiesības aizstāvēt tiesā citu personu tiesības vai ar likumu aizsargātās intereses.

(3) Prasības tiesvedības lietās iesniedz prasības pieteikumus, bet sevišķās tiesāšanas kārtības lietās — pieteikumus.

7.pants. Civilprasība krimināllietā

(1) Civilprasību par mantisko zaudējumu un morālā kaitējuma atlīdzināšanu krimināllietā var celt kriminālprocesa

likumā noteiktajā kārtībā.

(2) Ja civilprasība krimināllietā nav iesniegta vai nav izspriesta, prasību var celt šajā likumā noteiktajā kārtībā.

8.pants. Apstākļu noskaidrošana civillietā

(1) Tiesa noskaidro lietas apstākļus, pārbaudot pierādījumus, kuri iegūti likumā noteiktajā kārtībā.

(2) Tiesa izskaidro lietas dalībniekiem viņu tiesības un pienākumus, kā arī procesuālo darbību izdarīšanas vai

neizdarīšanas sekas.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 25.05.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 28.06.2006.)

9.pants. Pušu līdztiesība civilprocesā

(1) Pusēm ir vienlīdzīgas procesuālās tiesības.

(2) Tiesa nodrošina pusēm vienādas iespējas izmantot tām piešķirtās tiesības savu interešu aizsardzībai.

10.pants. Sacīkste civilprocesā

(1) Puses realizē savas procesuālās tiesības sacīkstes formā.

(2) Sacīkste notiek, pusēm dodot paskaidrojumus, iesniedzot pierādījumus, tiesai adresētus pieteikumus, piedaloties

liecinieku un ekspertu nopratināšanā, citu pierādījumu pārbaudē un novērtēšanā, piedaloties tiesu debatēs un veicot

citas procesuālās darbības šajā likumā noteiktajā kārtībā.

11.pants. Civillietas izskatīšanas atklātums

(1) Civillietas tiesās izskata atklāti, izņemot lietas par:

1) bērna izcelšanās noteikšanu;

2) adopcijas apstiprināšanu un atcelšanu;

3) laulības šķiršanu vai neesamību;

4) personas atzīšanu par rīcībnespējīgu gara slimības vai plānprātības dēļ.

(2) Personas, kas jaunākas par 15 gadiem un kas nav lietas dalībnieki vai liecinieki, tiesas sēdē var būt klāt tikai ar

tiesas atļauju.

(3) Pēc lietas dalībnieka motivēta lūguma vai tiesas ieskata tiesas sēdi vai tās daļu var pasludināt par slēgtu:

1) ja nepieciešams aizsargāt valsts noslēpumu vai komercnoslēpumu;

2) ja nepieciešams aizsargāt personu privāto dzīvi un korespondences noslēpumu;

3) nepilngadīgo interesēs;

4) ja nepieciešams nopratināt personu, kas nav sasniegusi 15 gadu vecumu;

5) tiesas spriešanas interesēs.

(31) Tiesa rakstveidā brīdina personas, kuras piedalās tādas lietas izskatīšanā, kuras materiālos ir iekļauts valsts

noslēpuma objekts, un kurām ir tiesības iepazīties ar lietas materiāliem, par pienākumu glabāt valsts noslēpumu un

par atbildību, kas paredzēta par valsts noslēpuma izpaušanu. Valsts noslēpumu saturošu dokumentu kopiju

izgatavošana nav pieļaujama.

(4) Slēgtā tiesas sēdē piedalās lietas dalībnieki, bet, ja nepieciešams, — arī eksperti un tulki.

(5) Ja neviens lietas dalībnieks neiebilst, ar tiesas sēdes priekšsēdētāja atļauju slēgtā tiesas sēdē var piedalīties

personas, kam to darīt ir īpašs iemesls.

(6) Lietu slēgtā tiesas sēdē izskata, ievērojot visus tiesvedības noteikumus.

(7) Tiesas nolēmumus lietās, kas izskatītas atklāti, pasludina publiski.

(8) Lietās, kas izskatītas slēgtā sēdē, tiesas nolēmuma rezolutīvo daļu pasludina publiski. Lietās par adopcijas

apstiprināšanu vai atcelšanu nolēmumu pasludina slēgtā tiesas sēdē.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

12.pants. Civillietas vienpersoniska un koleģiāla izskatīšana

(1) Pirmās instances tiesā civillietu izskata tiesnesis vienpersoniski.

(2) Apelācijas un kasācijas instances tiesā civillietu izskata koleģiāli.

13.pants. Tiesvedības valoda

(1) Tiesvedība notiek valsts valodā.

(2) Dokumentus svešvalodās lietas dalībnieki iesniedz, pievienojot noteiktā kārtībā apliecinātu tulkojumu valsts

valodā.

(3) Tiesa var pieļaut atsevišķas procesuālās darbības arī citā valodā, ja to lūdz kāds no lietas dalībniekiem un ja visi

lietas dalībnieki tam piekrīt. Tiesas sēdes protokols un tiesas nolēmumi rakstāmi valsts valodā.

(4) Lietas dalībniekiem, izņemot juridisko personu pārstāvjus, kuri nepārvalda tiesvedības valodu, tiesa nodrošina

tiesības iepazīties ar lietas materiāliem un piedalīties procesuālajās darbībās, izmantojot tulka palīdzību.

14.pants. Tiesas sastāva nemainīgums

(1) Lietas izskatīšana pēc būtības noris nemainīgā tiesas sastāvā.

(2) Tiesneša aizstāšana lietas iztiesāšanas gaitā pieļaujama tikai tad, ja viņš sakarā ar pāriešanu citā darbā, slimības

vai citu objektīvu iemeslu dēļ nevar pabeigt lietas izskatīšanu.

(3) Ja lietas iztiesāšanas gaitā kādu no tiesnešiem aizstāj cits tiesnesis, lietas iztiesāšana jāsāk no jauna.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

15.pants. Civillietas izskatīšanas tiešums un mutiskums

(1) Pirmās instances un apelācijas instances tiesa, izskatot civillietu, pati pārbauda pierādījumus lietā.

(2) Uz tiesu uzaicinātās un izsauktās personas paskaidrojumus un liecības dod mutvārdos. Iepriekš nopratināto

liecinieku protokolētās liecības, rakstveida pierādījumi un citi materiāli pēc pušu lūguma tiek nolasīti. Tiesa var lietā

esošos dokumentus nenolasīt, ja puses tam piekrīt.

(3) Šajā likumā vai Eiropas Savienības tiesību normās paredzētajos gadījumos tiesa pieteikumus, sūdzības un

jautājumus izskata rakstveida procesā, nerīkojot tiesas sēdi.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 25.05.2006. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā

01.03.2009.)

2.nodaļa Tiesas sastāvs

16.pants. Tiesneši

Lietu tiesā izskata likumā "Par tiesu varu" noteiktajā kārtībā iecelti vai apstiprināti tiesneši.

17.pants. Jautājumu izlemšana tiesā

(1) Visus jautājumus, kas rodas, izskatot lietu koleģiāli, tiesneši izlemj ar balsu vairākumu. Neviens no tiesnešiem nav

tiesīgs atturēties no balsošanas.

(2) Šajā likumā paredzētajos gadījumos jautājumus tiesnesis izlemj vienpersoniski.

18.pants. Nepieļaujamība tiesnesim piedalīties lietas atkārtotā izskatīšanā

(1) Tiesnesis, kas piedalījies lietas izskatīšanā pirmās instances tiesā, nevar piedalīties šīs lietas izskatīšanā apelācijas

vai kasācijas instances tiesā, kā arī jaunā lietas izskatīšanā pirmās instances tiesā, ja ir atcelts spriedums vai lēmums

par tiesvedības izbeigšanu vai prasības atstāšanu bez izskatīšanas, kas sastādīts, viņam piedaloties.

(2) Tiesnesis, kas piedalījies lietas izskatīšanā apelācijas vai kasācijas instances tiesā, nevar piedalīties šīs lietas

izskatīšanā pirmās instances tiesā vai apelācijas instances tiesā.

19.pants. Tiesneša atstatīšana vai noraidīšana

(1) Tiesnesis nav tiesīgs piedalīties lietas izskatīšanā, ja viņš:

1) šīs lietas iepriekšējā izskatīšanā ir bijis lietas dalībnieks, liecinieks, eksperts, tulks vai tiesas sēdes sekretārs;

2) ir radniecības attiecībās līdz trešajai pakāpei vai svainības attiecībās līdz otrajai pakāpei ar kādu no lietas

dalībniekiem;

3) ir radniecības attiecībās līdz trešajai pakāpei vai svainības attiecībās līdz otrajai pakāpei ar kādu no tiesnešiem, kas

ir tās tiesas sastāvā, kura izskata lietu;

4) ir personīgi tieši vai netieši ieinteresēts lietas iznākumā vai ir citi apstākļi, kas rada pamatotas šaubas par viņa

objektivitāti.

(2) Ja ir šā panta pirmajā daļā vai šā likuma 18.pantā minētie apstākļi, tiesnesis sevi atstata līdz lietas iztiesāšanas

sākumam .

(3) Ja šā panta pirmajā daļā minētos apstākļus tiesnesis atklāj lietas iztiesāšanas gaitā, sevis atstatīšana izdarāma

tiesas sēdē, norādot sevis atstatīšanas motīvus. Šajā gadījumā tiesa lietas izskatīšanu atliek.

(4) Ja tiesnesis nav sevi atstatījis, jebkurš lietas dalībnieks uz šajā pantā minētajiem pamatiem var pieteikt

noraidījumu tiesnesim vai vairākiem tiesnešiem vienlaikus, norādot katra tiesneša atstatīšanas iemeslus.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

20.pants. Noraidījuma pieteikšana

(1) Lietas dalībnieks noraidījumu var pieteikt rakstveidā vai mutvārdos, un par to izdarāms ieraksts tiesas sēdes

protokolā.

(2) Noraidījums jāpieteic, pirms uzsākta lietas izskatīšana pēc būtības. Vēlāk noraidījumu var pieteikt tad, ja tā

pamats kļuvis zināms lietas iztiesāšanas laikā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

21.pants. Pieteiktā noraidījuma izskatīšanas kārtība

(1) Ja pieteikts noraidījums, tiesa uzklausa citu lietas dalībnieku viedokli un noklausās tiesnesi, kuram noraidījums

pieteikts.

(2) Tiesas sēdē pieteikto noraidījumu tiesa izlemj apspriežu istabā.

(3) Lietā, kuru tiesnesis izskata vienpersoniski, pieteikto noraidījumu izlemj pats tiesnesis.

(4) Lietā, kuru izskata koleģiāli, pieteikto noraidījumu izlemj šādā kārtībā:

1) ja noraidījums pieteikts vienam tiesnesim, to izlemj pārējais tiesas sastāvs. Ja balsis sadalās līdzīgi, tiesnesis ir

noraidīts;

2) ja noraidījums pieteikts vairākiem tiesnešiem, to ar balsu vairākumu izlemj tā pati tiesa pilnā sastāvā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

22.pants. Noraidījuma apmierināšanas sekas

(1) Ja noraidīts tiesnesis vai vairāki tiesneši, lietu izskata tā pati tiesa citā sastāvā.

(2) Ja jaunu tiesas sastāvu attiecīgajā tiesā nav iespējams izveidot, lietu nosūta cita rajona (pilsētas) tiesai vai citai

apgabaltiesai.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

3.nodaļa Civiltiesisko strīdu pakļautība un piekritība

23.pants. Pakļautība

(1 ) Visi civiltiesiskie strīdi ir pakļauti tiesai, ja likumā nav noteikts citādi. Tas neatņem pusēm tiesības, savstarpēji

vienojoties, griezties strīda izšķiršanai šķīrējtiesā.

(2) Jautājumu par strīda pakļautību izšķir tiesa vai tiesnesis. Ja tiesa vai tiesnesis atzīst, ka strīds nav pakļauts tiesai,

lēmumā jānorāda iestāde, kuras kompetencē ietilpst šā strīda izšķiršana.

(3) Tiesa izskata arī fizisko un juridisko personu pieteikumus, kuriem nav civiltiesiska strīda rakstura, ja tas noteikts

likumā.

24.pants. Piekritība rajona (pilsētas) tiesai

Tiesai pakļautās lietas izskata rajona (pilsētas) tiesa, izņemot tās lietas, kuras saskaņā ar likumu izskata apgabaltiesa.

25.pants. Piekritība apgabaltiesai

(1) Apgabaltiesa izskata šādas tiesai pakļautās lietas:

1) lietas, kurās ir strīds par īpašuma tiesībām uz nekustamo īpašumu, izņemot laulāto mantas dalīšanu;

2) lietas, kas izriet no saistību tiesībām, ja prasības summa pārsniedz 150 000 latu;

3) lietas par patenttiesību, preču zīmju un ģeogrāfiskās izcelsmes norāžu aizsardzību;

4) (izslēgts ar 01.12.2005. likumu);

5) lietas par kredītiestāžu maksātnespēju un likvidāciju.

(2) Ja lietā savienoti vairāki prasījumi, no kuriem vieni piekrīt rajona (pilsētas) tiesas izskatīšanai, bet citi —

apgabaltiesas izskatīšanai, vai arī rajona (pilsētas) tiesā pieņemta pretprasība, kas piekrīt izskatīšanai apgabaltiesā,

lietu izskata apgabaltiesa.

(3) Rīgas apgabaltiesai kā pirmās instances tiesai ir piekritīgas civillietas, kuru materiālos ir iekļauts valsts noslēpuma

objekts.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 01.12.2005., 26.10.2006., 14.12.2006. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā

01.03.2009.)

26.pants. Prasības celšana pēc atbildētāja dzīvesvietas vai atrašanās vietas

(1) Prasību pret fizisko personu ceļ tiesā pēc tās dzīvesvietas.

(2) Prasību pret juridisko personu ceļ tiesā pēc tās atrašanās vietas (juridiskās adreses).

27.pants. Prasības celšana, ja atbildētāja dzīvesvieta nav zināma

Prasība pret atbildētāju, kura dzīvesvieta nav zināma vai kuram nav pastāvīgas dzīvesvietas Latvijā, ceļama pēc viņa

nekustamā īpašuma atrašanās vietas vai pēc viņa pēdējās zināmās dzīvesvietas.

28.pants. Piekritība pēc prasītāja izvēles

(1) Prasību, kas radusies sakarā ar juridiskās personas filiāles vai pārstāvniecības darbību, var celt tiesā arī pēc filiāles

vai pārstāvniecības atrašanās vietas.

(2) Prasību par uzturlīdzekļu piedziņu vai paternitātes noteikšanu prasītājs var celt arī pēc savas dzīvesvietas.

(3) Prasību, kas izriet no personiskiem aizskārumiem (Civillikuma 2347. - 2353.pants), kuru rezultātā radies

sakropļojums vai cits veselības bojājums vai iestājusies personas nāve, prasītājs var celt arī pēc savas dzīvesvietas vai

pēc aizskāruma nodarīšanas vietas.

(4) Prasību par fiziskās vai juridiskās personas mantai nodarītajiem zaudējumiem var celt arī pēc to nodarīšanas

vietas.

(5) Prasību par mantas atdošanu vai tās vērtības atlīdzināšanu prasītājs var celt arī pēc savas dzīvesvietas.

(6) Jūras prasību var celt arī pēc atbildētāja kuģa aresta vietas.

(7) Prasību pret vairākiem atbildētājiem, kuri dzīvo vai atrodas dažādās vietās, var celt pēc viena atbildētāja

dzīvesvietas vai atrašanās vietas.

(8) Prasību par laulības šķiršanu vai laulības neesamību var celt tiesā pēc prasītāja izvēles atbilstoši šā likuma 234. un

235.panta noteikumiem.

(9) Prasību, kas izriet no darba tiesiskajām attiecībām, prasītājs var celt arī pēc savas dzīvesvietas vai darbavietas.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 19.06.2003. un 07.04.2004. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.05.2004.)

29.pants. Izņēmuma piekritība

(1) Prasība par īpašuma tiesībām un par jebkuru citu lietu tiesību uz nekustamo īpašumu vai tā piederumiem, kā arī

prasība par minēto tiesību ierakstīšanu zemesgrāmatā vai par šo tiesību dzēšanu un par mantas izslēgšanu no

aprakstes akta ceļama pēc mantas atrašanās vietas.

(2) Kreditora prasības pret mantojuma masu, kad nav zināmi mantojuma tiesībās apstiprinātie vai mantojumu

pieņēmušie mantinieki, piekrīt tiesai pēc mantojuma atstājēja dzīvesvietas, bet, ja viņa dzīvesvieta nav bijusi Latvijā

vai ja tā nav zināma, — tiesai pēc mantojamās mantas vai tās daļu atrašanās vietas.

(3) Izņēmuma piekritība var būt noteikta arī citos likumos.

30.pants. Līgumiskā piekritība

(1) Slēdzot līgumu, tā slēdzēji var noteikt to pirmās instances tiesu, kurā izšķirami strīdi, kas viņiem varētu celties par

šo līgumu vai tā izpildīšanu.

(2) Likumā noteikto izņēmuma piekritību nevar grozīt, pusēm vienojoties.

31.pants. Vairāku savstarpēji saistītu lietu piekritība

(1) Pretprasība neatkarīgi no tās piekritības ceļama tiesā pēc sākotnējās prasības izskatīšanas vietas.

(2) Civilprasība, kas radusies no krimināllietas, ja tā nav iesniegta vai nav izspriesta, izskatot krimināllietu,

civilprocesa kārtībā ceļama pēc vispārējiem piekritības noteikumiem.

32.pants. Tiesvedībā pieņemtās lietas nodošana citai tiesai

(1) Lieta, kuru tiesa pieņēmusi savā tiesvedībā, ievērojot piekritības noteikumus, tiesai jāizskata pēc būtības, kaut arī

lietas izskatīšanas gaitā būtu mainījusies tās piekritība, izņemot šā panta trešajā daļā paredzēto gadījumu.

(2) Tiesa var nodot lietu izskatīšanai citā tiesā, ja:

1) izskatot lietu tiesā, atklājas, ka tā pieņemta, pārkāpjot piekritības noteikumus;

2) pēc viena vai vairāku tiesnešu atstatīšanas vai noraidīšanas viņu aizstāšana tai pašā tiesā nav iespējama;

3) atbildētājs, kura dzīvesvieta iepriekš nav bijusi zināma, iesniedz lūgumu par lietas nodošanu tiesai pēc viņa

dzīvesvietas, izņemot gadījumu, kad atbildētājs to ir slēpis.

(3) Rajona (pilsētas) tiesa nosūta lietu izskatīšanai apgabaltiesā, ja saskaņā ar šā likuma 25.pantu tā piekrīt

apgabaltiesai.

(4) Lēmumu par lietas nodošanu izskatīšanai citā tiesā lietas dalībnieki var pārsūdzēt šajā likumā noteiktajā kārtībā.

(5) Lietu nodod izskatīšanai citā tiesā, kad notecējis termiņš šā lēmuma pārsūdzēšanai, bet, ja lēmums pārsūdzēts, —

pēc sūdzības noraidīšanas.

(6) Lietu, kas nosūtīta no vienas tiesas citai tiesai, pieņem izskatīšanai tā tiesa, kurai šī lieta nosūtīta.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

4.nodaļa Tiesāšanās izdevumi

33.pants. Tiesāšanās izdevumi

(1) Tiesāšanās izdevumi ir tiesas izdevumi un ar lietas vešanu saistītie izdevumi.

(2) Tiesas izdevumi ir:

1) valsts nodeva;

2) kancelejas nodeva;

3) ar lietas izskatīšanu saistītie izdevumi.

(3) Ar lietas vešanu saistītie izdevumi ir:

1) izdevumi par advokāta palīdzību;

2) izdevumi sakarā ar ierašanos uz tiesas sēdēm;

3) ar pierādījumu savākšanu saistītie izdevumi.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2001.)

34.pants. Valsts nodeva

(1) Par katru prasības pieteikumu — sākotnējo prasību vai pretprasību, trešās personas pieteikumu ar patstāvīgu

prasījumu par strīda priekšmetu, kas iesniegts jau iesāktā procesā, pieteikumu sevišķās tiesāšanas kārtības lietās, kā

arī citiem šajā pantā paredzētajiem pieteikumiem, kurus iesniedz tiesā, — maksājama valsts nodeva šādā apmērā:

1) par prasību, kas novērtējama naudas summā:

a) (izslēgts ar 05.02.2009. likumu),

b) līdz 1000 latiem — 15 procenti no prasības summas, bet ne mazāk par 50 latiem,

c) no 1001 lata līdz 5000 latiem — 150 latu plus 2,5 procenti no prasības summas, kas pārsniedz 1000 latus,

d) no 5001 lata līdz 20 000 latiem — 250 latu plus 1,6 procenti no prasības summas, kas pārsniedz 5000 latus,

e) no 20 001 lata līdz 100 000 latiem — 490 latu plus 1 procents no prasības summas, kas pārsniedz 20 000 latus,

f) no 100 001 lata līdz 500 000 latiem — 1290 latu plus 0,3 procenti no prasības summas, kas pārsniedz 100 000

latus,

g) vairāk par 500 000 latiem — 2490 latu plus 0,05 procenti no prasības summas, kas pārsniedz 500 000 latus;

2) par prasības pieteikumu laulības šķiršanas lietā — 100 latu, bet par prasības pieteikumu laulības šķiršanas lietā ar

personu, kas noteiktā kārtībā atzīta par bezvēsts promesošu vai rīcībnespējīgu gara slimības vai plānprātības dēļ, vai

ar personu, kas notiesāta ar brīvības atņemšanu uz laiku, kas nav mazāks par trim gadiem, — 10 latu;

3) par pieteikumu sevišķās tiesāšanas kārtības lietās — 30 latu, par pieteikumu tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa lietā,

maksātnespējas procesa lietā vai lietā par kredītiestāžu maksātnespēju vai likvidāciju — 100 latu;

4) par citām prasībām, kam nav mantiska rakstura vai kas nav jānovērtē, — 50 latu;

5) par prasības nodrošinājuma pieteikumu vai pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa pieteikumu — 0,5 procenti no prasības

summas, bet ne mazāk par 50 latiem;

6) par pierādījumu nodrošināšanas pieteikumu, ja tas iesniegts pirms prasības celšanas, — 20 latu;

7) par pieteikumu par bezstrīdus piespiedu izpildīšanu, par saistību piespiedu izpildīšanu brīdinājuma kārtībā, par

nekustamā īpašuma labprātīgu pārdošanu izsolē tiesas ceļā vai saistības priekšmeta iesniegšanu tiesai glabājumā — 2

procenti no parāda summas, atdodamās vai labprātīgā izsolē pārdodamās mantas vērtības vai glabājumā nododamā

priekšmeta vērtības, bet ne vairāk par 200 latiem;

8) par pieteikumu par izpildu raksta izdošanu uz pastāvīgās šķīrējtiesas sprieduma pamata vai ārvalsts šķīrējtiesas

nolēmuma atzīšanu un izpildīšanu — 1 procents no parāda summas, bet ne vairāk par 200 latiem;

9) par pieteikumu par tiesvedības atjaunošanu un lietas jaunu izskatīšanu lietā, kurā taisīts aizmugurisks spriedums,

— tādā pašā apmērā kā par prasības pieteikumu;

10) par prasības pieteikumu par kopīgas mantas dalīšanu — tādā pašā apmērā kā par prasības pieteikumu vispārējā

kārtībā;

11) par sūdzībām tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa lietās, par sūdzībām maksātnespējas procesa lietās sakarā ar

kreditoru sapulces lēmumu, par sūdzībām sakarā ar maksātnespējas procesa administratora (turpmāk —

administrators) lēmumu vai rīcību, par sūdzībām par valsts aģentūras "Maksātnespējas administrācija" (turpmāk —

Maksātnespējas administrācija) lēmumiem, kā arī par Padomes 2000.gada 29.maija regulas (EK) Nr. 1346/2000 par

maksātnespējas procedūrām (turpmāk — Padomes regula Nr. 1346/2000) 33. un 37.pantā noteikto darbību veikšanu

— 15 latu;

12) par sūdzībām sakarā ar tiesu izpildītāja vai zvērināta notāra lēmumiem vai rīcību — 15 latu.

(2) Taisot spriedumu, tiesa nosaka valsts nodevu šādā apmērā:

1) lietās par apstiprināšanu mantojuma tiesībās, ja mantojuma vērtība pārsniedz 10 minimālās mēnešalgas:

a) laulātajam un kopā ar mantojuma atstājēju dzīvojušajiem pirmās, otrās un trešās šķiras mantiniekiem — 0,5

procenti no mantojamās mantas vērtības,

b) pārējiem pirmās un otrās šķiras mantiniekiem — 1 procents no mantojamās mantas vērtības,

c) pārējiem trešās šķiras mantiniekiem — 3 procenti no mantojamās mantas vērtības,

d) ceturtās šķiras mantiniekiem — 10 procenti no mantojamās mantas vērtības;

2) lietās par pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akta vai mantojuma līguma stāšanos likumīgā spēkā, ja mantojuma vērtība

pārsniedz

10 minimālās mēnešalgas:

a) laulātajam un pirmās, otrās un trešās šķiras mantiniekiem — 50 procenti no šā panta otrās daļas 1.punktā noteiktā

valsts nodevas apmēra,

b) ceturtās šķiras mantiniekiem — 8 procenti no mantojamās mantas vērtības,

c) pārējiem testamentārajiem vai līgumiskajiem mantiniekiem — 15 procenti no mantojamās mantas vērtības,

d) testamentārajiem vai līgumiskajiem mantiniekiem, ja tie ir sabiedriskā labuma organizācijas, — 3 procenti no

mantojamās mantas vērtības;

3) (izslēgts ar 31.10.2002. likumu).

(3) Lietās par apstiprināšanu mantojuma tiesībās un pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akta vai mantojuma līguma spēkā

stāšanos šā panta otrajā daļā noteiktā valsts nodeva maksājama, saņemot sprieduma norakstu pēc sprieduma

stāšanās likumīgā spēkā vai arī saņemot pēdējās gribas rīkojuma aktu vai mantojuma līgumu ar uzrakstu par tā

stāšanos likumīgā spēkā.

(4) Par apelācijas sūdzību valsts nodeva ir 50 procenti no likmes, kas jāmaksā, iesniedzot prasības pieteikumu

(pieteikumu sevišķās tiesāšanas kārtības lietā), bet mantiska rakstura strīdos — no likmes, ko aprēķina atbilstoši

strīda summai.

(5) Iesniedzot blakus sūdzību par tiesas lēmumu, maksājama valsts nodeva — 20 latu.

(6) Iesniedzot izpildu rakstu vai citu izpildu dokumentu izpildei, maksājama valsts nodeva — 2 lati.

(7) Iesniedzot pieteikumu par ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma atzīšanu un izpildīšanu, maksājama valsts nodeva — 20 latu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002., 07.04.2004., 02.09.2004., 17.02.2005., 25.05.2006., 14.12.2006.,

01.11.2007. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

35.pants. Prasības summa

(1) Prasības summa ir:

1) prasībās par naudas piedziņu — piedzenamā summa;

2) prasībās par mantas izprasīšanu — izprasāmās mantas vērtība;

3) prasībās par uzturlīdzekļu piedziņu — maksājumu kopsumma par vienu gadu;

4) prasībās par terminētiem maksājumiem un devumiem — visu maksājumu vai devumu kopsumma, bet ne vairāk kā

par trim gadiem;

5) prasībās par beztermiņa vai mūža maksājumiem un devumiem — visu maksājumu un devumu kopsumma par trim

gadiem;

6) prasībās par maksājumu vai devumu samazināšanu vai palielināšanu — summa, par kādu samazina vai palielina

maksājumus vai devumus, bet ne vairāk kā par vienu gadu;

7) prasībās par maksājumu vai devumu izbeigšanu — atlikušo maksājumu vai devumu kopsumma, bet ne vairāk kā

par vienu gadu;

8) prasībās par nomas un īres līguma pirmstermiņa izbeigšanu — maksājumu kopsumma par atlikušo līguma darbības

laiku, bet ne vairāk kā par trim gadiem;

9) prasībās par īpašuma tiesībām uz nekustamo mantu — tās vērtība, bet ne mazāka par tās kadastrālo vērtību;

10) prasībās, kas sastāv no vairākiem patstāvīgiem mantiskiem prasījumiem — visu prasījumu kopsumma;

11) prasībās par darījuma izbeigšanu vai atzīšanu par spēkā neesošu — apstrīdētā darījuma summa.

(2) Prasības summu norāda prasītājs. Ja norādītā prasības summa acīm redzami neatbilst izprasāmās mantas īstajai

vērtībai, prasības summu nosaka tiesa.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 02.09.2004. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 07.10.2004.)

36.pants. Valsts nodevas piemaksa

(1) Prasībai, kuru iesniegšanas laikā ir grūti novērtēt, tiesnesis iepriekš nosaka valsts nodevas apmēru. Galīgo valsts

nodevas apmēru, izskatot lietu, nosaka tiesa.

(2) Ja palielina prasības summu, izņemot procentu un pieaugumu pievienošanu, atbilstoši piemaksājama valsts

nodeva.

37.pants. Valsts nodevas atmaksāšana

(1) Samaksātā valsts nodeva atmaksājama pilnīgi vai daļēji šādos gadījumos:

1) ja iemaksāta lielāka nodeva, nekā to nosaka likums;

2) ja tiesa atsakās pieņemt pieteikumu vai atstāj bez izskatīšanas pieteikumu saskaņā ar šā likuma 406.6 pantu;

3) ja izbeidz lietā tiesvedību uz tā pamata, ka lietas izskatīšana nav pakļauta tiesai vai tiesvedība izbeigta saskaņā ar

šā likuma 406.8 pantu;

4) ja prasību atstāj bez izskatīšanas uz tā pamata, ka ieinteresētā persona, kas griezusies tiesā, nav ievērojusi

attiecīgajai lietu kategorijai noteikto lietas ārpustiesas izskatīšanas kārtību, vai pieteikumu iesniegusi rīcībnespējīga

persona.

(2) Valsts nodevu atmaksā ar noteikumu, ka pieteikums par tās atmaksāšanu iesniegts tiesā gada laikā no summas

iemaksas valsts budžetā.

(3) Valsts nodevu atmaksā no valsts budžeta līdzekļiem uz tiesas vai tiesneša lēmuma pamata.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 19.06.2003. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 24.07.2003.)

38.pants. Kancelejas nodeva

(1) Kancelejas nodeva maksājama:

1) par lietā esošā dokumenta noraksta izsniegšanu, kā arī par tiesas sprieduma vai lēmuma atkārtotu izsniegšanu — 5

lati;

2) par izziņas izsniegšanu — 2 lati;

3) par izpildu raksta dublikāta izdošanu — 10 latu;

4) par tiesas nolēmuma spēkā stāšanās apliecināšanu, ja šis nolēmums iesniedzams ārvalstu iestādēs, — 3 lati;

5) par liecinieku uzaicināšanu — 3 lati par katru personu.

(2) Kancelejas nodevu ieskaita valsts pamatbudžetā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 02.09.2004. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

39.pants. Ar lietas izskatīšanu saistītie izdevumi

(1) Ar lietas izskatīšanu saistītie izdevumi ir:

1) summas, kas jāizmaksā lieciniekiem un ekspertiem;

2) izdevumi, kas saistīti ar liecinieku nopratināšanu vai apskates izdarīšanu uz vietas;

3) ar atbildētāja meklēšanu saistītie izdevumi;

4) ar tiesas sprieduma izpildi saistītie izdevumi;

5) ar tiesas pavēstu un citu tiesas dokumentu piegādāšanu, izsniegšanu un tulkošanu saistītie izdevumi;

6) ar sludinājuma ievietošanu laikrakstā saistītie izdevumi;

7) ar prasības nodrošināšanu saistītie izdevumi;

8) ar mantojuma apsardzību un inventāra saraksta sastādīšanu saistītie izdevumi.

(2) Kārtību, kādā aprēķināmas lieciniekiem un ekspertiem izmaksājamās summas, kā arī ar liecinieku nopratināšanu

vai apskates izdarīšanu uz vietas, atbildētāja meklēšanu, tiesas pavēstu un citu tiesas dokumentu piegādāšanu,

izsniegšanu un tulkošanu, sludinājuma ievietošanu laikrakstā un prasības nodrošināšanu saistīto izdevumu apmēru

nosaka Ministru kabinets.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

40.pants. Ar lietas izskatīšanu saistīto izdevumu iemaksāšanas kārtība

(1) Izdevumu summas, kas izmaksājamas lieciniekiem un ekspertiem, vai arī summas, kas nepieciešamas izdevumu

samaksai par liecinieku nopratināšanu vai apskates izdarīšanu uz vietas, tiesas pavēstu un citu tiesas dokumentu

piegādāšanu, izsniegšanu un tulkošanu, sludinājuma ievietošanu laikrakstā un prasības nodrošināšanu, iemaksā līdz

lietas izskatīšanai tā puse, kura izteikusi attiecīgu lūgumu.

(2) Ja pēc Latvijas lūguma pierādījumus iegūst vai tiesas dokumentus izsniedz personai ārvalstī, izdevumu summas,

kuras ārvalsts kompetentā iestāde pieprasa iemaksāt pirms vai atmaksāt pēc lūguma izpildes, iemaksā tā puse, kura

izteikusi attiecīgu lūgumu.

(3) Ja šā panta pirmajā vai otrajā daļā minēto lūgumu iesniegušas abas puses, tās iemaksā pieprasītās summas

vienādā apmērā.

(4) Ja šā panta pirmajā vai otrajā daļā minēto lūgumu šajā likumā paredzētajos gadījumos iesniegusi tiesa vai

tiesnesis pēc savas iniciatīvas, nepieciešamo summu iemaksā valsts.

(5) Šajā pantā minētās summas neiemaksā puse, kas atbrīvota no tiesas izdevumu samaksas.

(05.02.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

41.pants. Tiesas izdevumu atlīdzināšana

(1) Pusei, kuras labā taisīts spriedums, tiesa piespriež no otras puses visus tās samaksātos tiesas izdevumus. Ja

prasība apmierināta daļēji, šajā pantā norādītās summas piespriež prasītājam proporcionāli tiesas apmierināto

prasījumu apmēram, bet atbildētājam — proporcionāli tai prasījumu daļai, kurā prasība noraidīta. Valsts nodeva par

pieteikumu par tiesvedības atjaunošanu un lietas jaunu izskatīšanu lietā, kurā taisīts aizmugurisks spriedums, netiek

atlīdzināta.

(2) Ja prasītājs atsakās no prasības, viņš atlīdzina atbildētājam radušos tiesas izdevumus. Prasītāja samaksātos tiesas

izdevumus šajā gadījumā atbildētājs neatlīdzina. Tomēr, ja prasītājs neuztur savus prasījumus tāpēc, ka atbildētājs

tos pēc prasības iesniegšanas labprātīgi apmierinājis, tiesa pēc prasītāja lūguma piespriež no atbildētāja prasītāja

samaksātos tiesas izdevumus.

(3) Ja prasība atstāta bez izskatīšanas, tiesa pēc atbildētāja lūguma piespriež no prasītāja atbildētāja samaksātos

tiesas izdevumus, izņemot šā likuma 219.panta 2.punktā norādīto gadījumu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

42.pants. Tiesas izdevumu atlīdzināšana valstij

(1) Tiesas izdevumi, ja prasītājs no to samaksāšanas bijis atbrīvots, piespriežami no atbildētāja valsts ienākumos

proporcionāli apmierinātajai prasījuma daļai.

(2) Ja prasību noraida, tiesas izdevumi, kas nav samaksāti iepriekš, piespriežami no prasītāja valsts ienākumos.

(3) Ja prasība apmierināta daļēji, bet atbildētājs atbrīvots no tiesas izdevumu samaksas, tie piedzenami valsts

ienākumos no prasītāja, kas nav atbrīvots no tiesas izdevumu samaksas, proporcionāli tai prasījuma daļai, kura

noraidīta.

(4) Ja abas puses ir atbrīvotas no tiesas izdevumu samaksas, tiesas izdevumus uzņemas valsts.

43.pants. Izņēmumi no vispārīgiem noteikumiem par tiesas izdevumiem

(1) No tiesas izdevumu samaksas valsts ienākumos atbrīvoti:

1) prasītāji — prasībās par darba samaksas piedziņu un citiem darbinieku prasījumiem, kas izriet no darba tiesiskajām

attiecībām vai ir ar tām saistīti;

2) prasītāji — prasībās, kas izriet no personiskiem aizskārumiem, kuru rezultātā radies sakropļojums vai cits veselības

bojājums vai iestājusies personas nāve;

3) prasītāji — prasībās par uzturlīdzekļu piedziņu;

4) prasītāji — prasībās par noziedzīga nodarījuma rezultātā radušos materiālo zaudējumu un morālā kaitējuma

atlīdzināšanu;

5) prokurori, tās valsts vai pašvaldību iestādes un personas, kurām ar likumu piešķirtas tiesības aizstāvēt tiesā citu

personu tiesības un ar likumu aizsargātās intereses;

6) pieteikuma iesniedzēji — par personas atzīšanu par rīcībnespējīgu un aizgādnības nodibināšanu;

7) pieteikuma iesniedzēji — par aizgādnības nodibināšanu personai tās izlaidīgas vai izšķērdīgas dzīves dēļ, kā arī

alkohola vai narkotiku pārmērīgas lietošanas dēļ;

8) atbildētāji — lietās par tiesas piespriesto uzturlīdzekļu samazināšanu un to maksājumu samazināšanu, kurus tiesa

piespriedusi prasībās, kas izriet no personiskiem aizskārumiem, kuru rezultātā radies sakropļojums vai cits veselības

bojājums vai iestājusies personas nāve;

9) pieteikuma iesniedzēji — laulātais, kā arī pirmās un otrās pakāpes radinieki — mantojuma lietās daļā par

privatizācijas sertifikātu mantošanu;

91) pieteikuma iesniedzēji — lietās par bērna prettiesisku pārvietošanu pāri robežai vai aizturēšanu;

10) administratori — prasībās, kas celtas par maksātnespējīgu atzītas personas labā;

11) piedzinēji — izpildu lietās par piedziņām valsts ienākumos;

12) nodokļu (nodevu) administrācija — pieteikumos juridiskās personas maksātnespējas procesa lietās;

13) Naturalizācijas pārvalde — lietās par Latvijas pilsonības atņemšanu.

(2) Ja prokurors, tās valsts vai pašvaldību iestādes un personas, kurām ar likumu piešķirtas tiesības aizstāvēt tiesā

citu personu tiesības un ar likumu aizsargātās intereses, atsakās no pieteikuma, kas iesniegts citas personas labā, bet

šī persona prasa lietas izskatīšanu pēc būtības, tiesas izdevumi jāmaksā saskaņā ar vispārīgiem noteikumiem.

(3) Puses atbrīvojamas no tiesas izdevumu samaksas valsts ienākumos arī citos likumā paredzētajos gadījumos.

(4) Tiesa vai tiesnesis, ievērojot fiziskās personas mantisko stāvokli, pilnīgi vai daļēji atbrīvo to no tiesas izdevumu

samaksas valsts ienākumos, kā arī atliek valsts ienākumos piespriesto tiesas izdevumu samaksu vai sadala to

termiņos.

(5) Prasībās par laulības šķiršanu pēc prasītāja lūguma tiesnesis atliek valsts nodevas samaksu vai sadala to termiņos,

ja prasītāja aprūpē ir nepilngadīgs bērns.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001., 31.10.2002., 19.06.2003., 07.09.2006., 01.11.2007. un 05.02.2009.

likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009. Sk. Pārejas noteikumus.)

44.pants. Ar lietas vešanu saistītie izdevumi un to atlīdzināšana

(1) Ar lietas vešanu saistītie izdevumi ir atlīdzināmi šādos apmēros:

1) izdevumi advokāta palīdzības samaksai — to faktiskajā apmērā, tomēr ne vairāk par pieciem procentiem no

prasījumu apmierinātās daļas, bet prasībās, kam nav mantiska rakstura, — ne vairāk par advokātu atlīdzības taksi;

2) ceļa un uzturēšanās izdevumi sakarā ar ierašanos tiesas sēdē, kā arī sakarā ar pušu vai to pārstāvju klātbūtni vai

piedalīšanos pierādījumu iegūšanā, pēc Latvijas lūguma pierādījumus iegūstot ārvalstī, — pēc Ministru kabineta

noteiktajām likmēm komandējuma izdevumu atlīdzībai;

3) izdevumi sakarā ar rakstveida pierādījumu iegūšanu — izdevumu faktiskajā apmērā;

4) tulka izdevumi sakarā ar pušu vai to pārstāvju klātbūtni vai piedalīšanos pierādījumu iegūšanā, pēc Latvijas lūguma

pierādījumus iegūstot ārvalstī, — izdevumu faktiskajā apmērā.

(2) Ar lietas vešanu saistītos izdevumus piespriež no atbildētāja par labu prasītājam, ja viņa prasījums ir apmierināts

pilnīgi vai daļēji, kā arī tad, ja prasītājs neuztur savus prasījumus sakarā ar to, ka atbildētājs tos pēc prasības

iesniegšanas labprātīgi apmierinājis.

(3) Ja prasība noraidīta, ar lietas vešanu saistītos izdevumus piespriež no prasītāja par labu atbildētājam.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

45.pants. Par tiesāšanās izdevumiem pieņemto lēmumu pārsūdzēšana

Lēmumu jautājumā par tiesāšanās izdevumiem var pārsūdzēt persona, uz kuru tas attiecas.

(19.06.2003. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 24.07.2003.)

5.nodaļa Procesuālie termiņi

46.pants. Procesuālo termiņu noteikšana

(1) Procesuālās darbības izpilda likumā noteiktajos termiņos. Ja procesuālie termiņi nav noteikti likumā, tos nosaka

tiesa vai tiesnesis. Tiesas vai tiesneša noteiktā termiņa ilgumam jābūt tādam, lai procesuālo darbību varētu izpildīt.

(2) Procesuālo darbību izpildīšanai nosaka precīzu datumu vai termiņu līdz noteiktam datumam, vai laika periodu

(gados, mēnešos, dienās vai stundās). Ja procesuālā darbība nav jāizpilda noteiktā datumā, to var izpildīt visā

noteiktā termiņa laikā.

(3) Termiņu var noteikt, norādot arī notikumu, kuram katrā ziņā jāiestājas.

(4) Ja likumā tiesai vai tiesnesim ir noteikti termiņi lietu izskatīšanai vai citu procesuālo darbību izpildīšanai un par

attiecīgās procesuālās darbības veikšanu paziņo lietas dalībniekam saskaņā ar šā likuma 56.2 pantu, bet attiecīgās

procesuālās darbības izpilde likumā noteiktajā termiņā nav iespējama, tiesa vai tiesnesis ir tiesīgs noteikt saprātīgāku

un garāku termiņu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

47.pants. Procesuālo termiņu skaitījuma sākums

(1) Termiņš, kas skaitāms gados, mēnešos vai dienās, sākas nākamajā dienā pēc datuma vai pēc notikuma, kas

nosaka tā sākumu.

(2) Termiņš, kas skaitāms stundās, sākas nākamajā stundā pēc notikuma, kas nosaka tā sākumu.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

48.pants. Procesuālo termiņu izbeigšanās

(1) Termiņš, kas skaitāms gados, izbeidzas termiņa pēdējā gada attiecīgā mēnesī un datumā. Termiņš, kas skaitāms

mēnešos, izbeidzas termiņa pēdējā mēneša attiecīgā datumā. Ja mēnešos skaitāmais termiņš beidzas tādā mēnesī,

kuram nav attiecīga datuma, tas izbeidzas šā mēneša pēdējā dienā. Termiņš, kas noteikts līdz konkrētam datumam,

izbeidzas šajā datumā.

(2) Ja termiņa pēdējā diena ir sestdiena, svētdiena vai likumā noteikta svētku diena, par termiņa pēdējo dienu

skaitāma nākamā darba diena.

(3) Procesuālo darbību, kurai beidzas termiņš, var izpildīt termiņa pēdējā dienā līdz pulksten divdesmit četriem.

(4) Ja procesuālā darbība izpildāma tiesā, termiņš izbeidzas tajā stundā, kad tiesa beidz darbu. Ja prasības

pieteikums, sūdzība vai citi pasta sūtījumi nodoti sakaru iestādē termiņa pēdējā dienā līdz pulksten divdesmit četriem,

tie uzskatāmi par nodotiem termiņā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

49.pants. Procesuālo termiņu nokavējuma sekas

Tiesības izpildīt procesuālās darbības zūd līdz ar likuma vai tiesas noteiktā termiņa izbeigšanos. Pēc procesuālā

termiņa izbeigšanās iesniegtās sūdzības un dokumentus nepieņem.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

50.pants. Procesuālo termiņu apturēšana

Apturot tiesvedību lietā, termiņa skaitījums tiek apturēts. Termiņa skaitījums apstājas brīdī, kad radies apstāklis, kas

ir par pamatu tiesvedības apturēšanai. Procesuālā termiņa skaitījums turpinās no dienas, kad atjaunota tiesvedība

lietā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

51.pants. Procesuālo termiņu atjaunošana

(1) Nokavētos procesuālos termiņus pēc lietas dalībnieka pieteikuma atjauno tiesa, ja tā atzīst nokavēšanas iemeslus

par attaisnojošiem.

(2) Atjaunojot nokavēto termiņu, tiesa vienlaikus atļauj izpildīt nokavēto procesuālo darbību.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

52.pants. Procesuālo termiņu pagarināšana

Tiesas vai tiesneša noteiktos termiņus var pagarināt pēc lietas dalībnieka pieteikuma.

53.pants. Procesuālo termiņu pagarināšanas un atjaunošanas kārtība

(1) Pieteikums par termiņa pagarināšanu vai nokavētā termiņa atjaunošanu iesniedzams tiesā, kurā nokavēto darbību

vajadzēja izpildīt. Tas tiek izlemts tiesas sēdē, iepriekš par sēdes laiku un vietu paziņojot lietas dalībniekiem. Šo

personu neierašanās nav šķērslis jautājuma izlemšanai tiesā.

(2) Pieteikumam par procesuālā termiņa atjaunošanu pievienojami dokumenti, kas nepieciešami procesuālās darbības

izpildīšanai, un pamatojums termiņa atjaunošanai.

(3) Tiesneša noteikto termiņu var pagarināt tiesnesis vienpersoniski .

(4) Par tiesas vai tiesneša atteikumu pagarināt vai atjaunot termiņu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

6.nodaļa Tiesas paziņojumi, izsaukumi un tiesas dokumentu piegādāšana un

izsniegšana

(Nodaļas nosaukums 05.02.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

54.pants. Aicināšana uz tiesu

(1) Lietas dalībniekus aicina uz tiesu, savlaicīgi paziņojot par tiesas sēdes vai atsevišķas procesuālās darbības laiku un

vietu.

(2) Lietas dalībniekus aicina uz tiesu ar tiesas pavēsti, ja personas dzīvesvieta norādīta pieteikumā. Ja atbildētāja

dzīvesvieta nav zināma, viņu aicina uz tiesu ar publikāciju laikrakstā "Latvijas Vēstnesis".

(3) Lieciniekus, ekspertus un tulkus izsauc uz tiesu ar tiesas pavēstēm.

55.pants. Tiesas pavēste

Pavēstē norāda:

1) aicināmās vai izsaucamās fiziskās personas vārdu, uzvārdu, dzīvesvietu vai citu šīs personas norādītu adresi vai

juridiskās personas nosaukumu un atrašanās vietu (juridisko adresi);

2) tiesas nosaukumu un adresi;

3) ierašanās laiku un vietu;

4) tās lietas nosaukumu, kurā persona aicināta vai izsaukta;

5) norādījumu, kādā sakarībā aicināts vai izsaukts adresāts;

6) norādījumu, ka personai, kas saņēmusi pavēsti sakarā ar adresāta prombūtni, ir pienākums nodot to adresātam;

7) neierašanās sekas.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

56.pants. Pavēstes un citu tiesas dokumentu piegādāšana un izsniegšana

(1) Pavēsti nosūta ierakstītā pasta sūtījumā, ierakstītā pasta sūtījumā ar paziņojumu par saņemšanu vai piegādā

ziņnesis.

(2) Citus tiesas sagatavotos dokumentus (spriedumus, lēmumus, paziņojumus u.c.), kā arī dokumentus (pieteikumu

sevišķās tiesāšanās kārtībā, apelācijas, kasācijas sūdzību, rakstveida paskaidrojumu norakstus u.c.), kurus sagatavo

un tiesai iesniedz lietas dalībnieki, bet kurus tālāk izsniedz tiesa, pēc lietas dalībnieka lūguma vai pēc tiesas ieskata

var piegādāt vienā no šā panta pirmajā daļā minētajiem veidiem vai arī nosūtīt ar vienkāršo pasta sūtījumu.

(3) Tiesas dokumentus var izsniegt adresātam personīgi pret parakstu, ja nepieciešams, ar pavēsti izsaucot adresātu

ierasties pēc izsniedzamajiem dokumentiem uz tiesu.

(4) Lietas dalībnieks ar tiesneša piekrišanu var saņemt tiesas dokumentus piegādāšanai citam adresātam lietā.

(5) Tiesas dokumentus fiziskajai personai piegādā pēc adreses, kādu norādījis lietas dalībnieks. Tiesas dokumentus

var piegādāt arī pēc deklarētās dzīvesvietas adreses, ja lietas dalībnieka norādītā personas adrese nesakrīt ar

personas deklarētās dzīvesvietas adresi. Tiesas dokumentus var piegādāt arī uz šīs personas darbavietu.

(6) Tiesas dokumentus juridiskajai personai piegādā pēc tās juridiskās adreses.

(7) Tiesas dokumentus, kurus piegādā ziņnesis vai lietas dalībnieks, adresātam izsniedz personīgi pret parakstu,

paraksta daļā atzīmējot dokumenta izsniegšanas laiku un datumu un nododot paraksta daļu atpakaļ tiesai.

(8) Ja tiesas dokumentu piegādātājs nesastop adresātu tā dzīvesvietā, viņš izsniedz tiesas dokumentus kādam no

kopā ar šo personu dzīvojošiem pieaugušajiem ģimenes locekļiem. Ja tiesas dokumentu piegādātājs nesastop

adresātu tā darbavietā, viņš atstāj izsniedzamos dokumentus darbavietas administrācijai — nodošanai adresātam.

Minētajos gadījumos tiesas dokumentu saņēmējs paraksta daļā norāda savu vārdu un uzvārdu, dokumenta

izsniegšanas laiku un datumu, kā arī attiecības ar adresātu vai ieņemamo amatu un tiesas dokumentu nekavējoties

nodod adresātam.

(9) Ja tiesas dokumentu adresāts dzīvesvietā nav sastopams un viņa atrašanās vieta nav zināma, tiesas dokumentu

piegādātājs par to izdara atzīmi dokumenta paraksta daļā. Šajā dokumenta daļā tiesas dokumentu piegādātājs norāda

arī vietu, uz kurieni aizbraucis adresāts, un laiku, kad gaidāma viņa atgriešanās, ja ir to noskaidrojis.

(10) Atsevišķiem tiesas dokumentiem likums var paredzēt noteiktus to piegādāšanas vai izsniegšanas veidus.

(05.02.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

56.1 pants. Tiesas dokumentu piegādāšanas un izsniegšanas datums

Ja tiesas dokumenti piegādāti šā likuma 56.pantā noteiktajā kārtībā, izņemot tā devītajā daļā paredzēto gadījumu,

uzskatāms, ka personai ir paziņots par tiesas sēdes vai procesuālās darbības laiku un vietu vai par attiecīgā

dokumenta saturu un tiesas dokumenti ir izsniegti:

1) datumā, kad adresāts vai cita persona tos pieņēmusi saskaņā ar šā likuma 56.panta trešo, septīto vai astoto daļu;

2) datumā, kad persona atteikusies tos pieņemt (57.pants);

3) septītajā dienā no nosūtīšanas dienas, ja dokumenti nosūtīti ar pasta sūtījumu.

(05.02.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

56.2 pants. Tiesas dokumentu piegādāšana un izsniegšana personai, kuras dzīvesvieta vai atrašanās vieta nav Latvijā

(1) Personai, kuras dzīvesvieta vai atrašanās vieta nav Latvijā un kuras adrese ir zināma, tiesas dokumentus piegādā:

1) Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes 2007.gada 13.novembra regulā (EK) Nr. 1393/2007 par tiesas un ārpustiesas

civillietu vai komerclietu dokumentu izsniegšanu dalībvalstīs (dokumentu izsniegšana), un ar ko atceļ Padomes regulu

(EK) Nr. 1348/2000 (turpmāk — Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regula Nr. 1393/2007) (81.nodaļa) paredzētajā

kārtībā;

2) Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes 2007.gada 11.jūlija regulas (EK) Nr. 861/2007, ar ko izveido Eiropas procedūru

maza apmēra prasībām (turpmāk — Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regula Nr. 861/2007), 13.pantā paredzētajā

kārtībā;

3) Latvijai saistošos starptautiskajos līgumos (82.nodaļa) paredzētajā kārtībā;

4) šā likuma 83.nodaļā paredzētajā kārtībā.

(2) Ja tiesas dokumenti personai piegādāti šā panta pirmajā daļā noteiktajā kārtībā, uzskatāms, ka personai par tiesas

sēdes vai procesuālās darbības laiku un vietu vai par attiecīgā dokumenta saturu ir paziņots tikai tajā gadījumā, ja ir

saņemts apstiprinājums par dokumenta izsniegšanu. Dokumentus uzskata par izsniegtiem datumā, kāds norādīts

apstiprinājumā par dokumentu izsniegšanu.

(3) Šo pantu nepiemēro, ja persona, kuras dzīvesvieta vai atrašanās vieta nav Latvijā, lietu ved ar Latvijā pilnvarota

pārstāvja starpniecību. Šādā gadījumā tiesas dokumenti vispārējā kārtībā izsniedzami tikai pārstāvim.

(05.02.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

57.pants. Sekas, ko rada atteikšanās pieņemt tiesas dokumentus

(1) Ja adresāts atsakās pieņemt tiesas dokumentus, dokumentu piegādātājs izdara dokumentā attiecīgu atzīmi,

norādot arī atteikšanās iemeslus, datumu un laiku.

(2) Atteikšanās pieņemt tiesas dokumentus nav šķērslis lietas izskatīšanai.

(05.02.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

58.pants. Adreses maiņa lietas tiesvedības laikā

(1) Lietas dalībnieks paziņo tiesai par savas adreses maiņu lietas tiesvedības laikā. Ja tāda paziņojuma nav, pavēsti

nosūta pēc pēdējās tiesai zināmās adreses. Šajā gadījumā uzskatāms, ka lietas dalībniekam ir paziņots par lietas

izskatīšanas laiku un vietu.

(2) Lietas dalībniekam, ja viņš nepaziņo tiesai par savas adreses maiņu tiesvedības laikā, tiesa vai tiesnesis var uzlikt

naudas sodu līdz 15 latiem.

59.pants. Aicināšana uz tiesu ar publikāciju laikrakstā

(1) Atbildētājs, kura dzīvesvieta nav zināma vai kuru nevar sastapt dzīvesvietā, aicināms uz tiesu ar publikāciju

laikrakstā "Latvijas Vēstnesis".

(2) Neatkarīgi no aicinājuma publikācijas laikrakstā "Latvijas Vēstnesis" prasītājs ir tiesīgs tiesas aicinājuma tekstu

publicēt uz sava rēķina citos laikrakstos.

(3) Laikrakstā publicējams pavēstes saturam atbilstošs aicinājuma teksts.

(4) Tiesa var izskatīt lietu bez atbildētāja piedalīšanās, ja pagājis ne mazāk kā viens mēnesis no aicinājuma

publikācijas dienas laikrakstā "Latvijas Vēstnesis".

(5) Līdztekus atbildētāja aicināšanai ar publikāciju laikrakstā pavēste piesūtāma arī pēc viņa nekustamās mantas

atrašanās vietas, ja to norādījis prasītājs.

60.pants. Atbildētāja meklēšana, ja viņa atrašanās vieta nav zināma

Ja atbildētāja atrašanās vieta nav zināma, tiesa pēc prasītāja lūguma ir tiesīga izsludināt atbildētāja meklēšanu.

7.nodaļa Protokoli

61.pants. Pienākums rakstīt protokolu

(1) Katrā pirmās instances un apelācijas instances tiesas sēdē rakstāms tiesas sēdes protokols.

(2) Šajā likumā paredzētajos gadījumos protokols rakstāms arī par atsevišķām procesuālajām darbībām, kas izpildītas

ārpus tiesas sēdes.

62.pants. Protokola saturs

(1) Tiesas sēdes protokolā norāda:

1) gadu, datumu, mēnesi un tiesas sēdes vietu;

2) tās tiesas nosaukumu, kura izskata lietu, tiesas sastāvu, tiesas sēdes sekretāru, advokātu un prokuroru, kuri

piedalās lietā;

3) tiesas sēdes atklāšanas laiku;

4) lietas nosaukumu;

5) ziņas par lietas dalībnieku, liecinieku, ekspertu un tulku ierašanos;

6) ziņas par to, ka lietas dalībniekiem izskaidrotas viņu procesuālās tiesības un pienākumi;

7) ziņas par to, ka liecinieki, eksperti un tulki brīdināti par kriminālatbildību;

8) lietas dalībnieku paskaidrojumus, liecinieku liecības, ekspertu mutvārdu paskaidrojumus par viņu atzinumiem, ziņas

par lietisko un rakstveida pierādījumu pārbaudi;

9) lietas dalībnieku pieteikumus;

10) tiesas rīkojumus un lēmumus, kas nav pieņemti atsevišķu procesuālo dokumentu veidā;

11) valsts un pašvaldību iestāžu atzinumu īsu saturu;

12) tiesas debašu un prokurora atzinuma īsu saturu;

13) ziņas par tiesas aiziešanu lēmuma pieņemšanai vai sprieduma taisīšanai;

14) ziņas par sprieduma vai atsevišķa procesuālā dokumenta veidā pieņemta lēmuma pasludināšanu;

15 ) ziņas par sprieduma vai lēmuma satura, pārsūdzēšanas kārtības un termiņa izskaidrošanu;

16) ziņas par to, kad lietas dalībnieki var iepazīties ar tiesas sēdes protokolu un pilnu sprieduma tekstu;

17) tiesas sēdes slēgšanas laiku;

18) tiesas sēdes protokola parakstīšanas laiku.

(2) Prasītāja atteikšanos no prasības, kā arī to, ka atbildētājs ir atzinis prasību un lietas dalībnieki atzinuši juridiskos

faktus, ieraksta tiesas sēdes protokolā un paraksta attiecīgi prasītājs, atbildētājs vai abas puses.

(3) Tiesas sēdes protokolu paraksta tiesas sēdes priekšsēdētājs un tiesas sēdes sekretārs.

(4) Ārpus tiesas sēdes izpildīto atsevišķo procesuālo darbību protokolam jāatbilst šajā pantā minētajām prasībām.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. un 19.06.2003. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 24.07.2003.)

63.pants. Protokola rakstīšana

(1) Protokolu raksta tiesas sēdes sekretārs.

(2) Protokols parakstāms ne vēlāk kā triju dienu laikā pēc tiesas sēdes pabeigšanas vai atsevišķu procesuālo darbību

izpildīšanas, bet sarežģītās lietās — ne vēlāk kā piecu dienu laikā.

(3) Visi pierakstījumi un labojumi protokolā jāatrunā pirms tiesas sēdes priekšsēdētāja un tiesas sēdes sekretāra

paraksta. Līdz galam neaizpildītās rindas un citas brīvas vietas protokolā pārsvītrojamas. Protokolā nav pieļaujami

teksta dzēsumi un aizkrāsojumi.

64.pants. Piezīmes par protokolu

(1) Lietas dalībnieki, kuri ir piedalījušies tiesas sēdē, triju dienu laikā no protokola parakstīšanas dienas var iesniegt

rakstveida piezīmes par protokolu, norādot tajā pieļautās nepilnības un nepareizības.

(2) Iesniegtās piezīmes izskata tiesas sēdes priekšsēdētājs piecu dienu laikā un, ja viņš piekrīt piezīmēm, tad apliecina

to pareizību un pievieno tās tiesas sēdes protokolam.

(3) Ja tiesas sēdes priekšsēdētājs nepiekrīt iesniegtajām piezīmēm, tās izskatāmas tiesas sēdē tajā pašā tiesas

sastāvā, kādā izskatīta lieta, 10 dienu laikā no tās dienas, kad piezīmes izskatījis tiesas sēdes priekšsēdētājs. Ja lieta

izskatīta triju tiesnešu sastāvā un tādu pašu tiesas sastāvu nav iespējams nodrošināt, jautājumu izskata tiesa, kuras

sastāvā ir vismaz divi no tiem tiesnešiem, kuri piedalījās lietas izskatīšanā.

(4) Lietas dalībniekiem paziņo par tiesas sēdes laiku un vietu. Šo personu neierašanās nav šķērslis jautājuma

izskatīšanai.

(5) Pēc piezīmju izskatīšanas tiesa pieņem lēmumu par to pareizību vai noraidīšanu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 19.06.2003. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 24.07.2003.)

8.nodaļa Procesuālās sankcijas

65.pants. Procesuālo sankciju veidi

Šajā likumā noteiktajos gadījumos tiesa var piemērot šādas procesuālās sankcijas:

1) brīdinājumu;

2) izraidīšanu no sēžu zāles;

3) naudas sodu;

4) piespiedu atvešanu uz tiesu.

66.pants. Brīdinājums

Personai, kas traucē kārtību lietas iztiesāšanas laikā, tiesas sēdes priekšsēdētājs izsaka brīdinājumu, un par to

izdarāma atzīme tiesas sēdes protokolā.

67.pants. Izraidīšana no sēžu zāles

Ja lietas dalībnieki, liecinieki, eksperti vai tulki atkārtoti traucē kārtību lietas iztiesāšanas laikā, viņus ar tiesas lēmumu

var izraidīt no sēžu zāles, bet citas klātesošās personas var izraidīt ar tiesas sēdes priekšsēdētāja rīkojumu arī bez

iepriekšēja brīdinājuma.

68.pants. Naudas sods

(1) Tiesa uzliek naudas sodu šajā likumā noteiktajos gadījumos un apmēros.

(2) Tiesas lēmuma norakstu (izrakstu no protokola) par naudas soda uzlikšanu nosūta personai, kurai naudas sods

uzlikts.

(3) Persona, kurai uzlikts naudas sods, 10 dienu laikā pēc tiesas lēmuma noraksta (izraksta no protokola)

izsniegšanas var lūgt tiesu, kura to uzlikusi, atbrīvot šo personu no naudas soda vai samazināt tā apmēru. Šo

iesniegumu izskata tiesas sēdē, iepriekš paziņojot par sēdi personai, kurai naudas sods uzlikts. Šīs personas

neierašanās nav šķērslis iesnieguma izskatīšanai.

(4) Amatpersonām uzliktos naudas sodus piedzen no viņu personīgajiem līdzekļiem.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

69.pants. Piespiedu atvešana

(1) Šajā likumā noteiktajos gadījumos tiesa var pieņemt lēmumu par personas piespiedu atvešanu uz tiesu.

(2) Šo lēmumu izpilda tiesas norādītā policijas iestāde.

70.pants. Lietas dalībnieku un citu personu administratīvā un kriminālā atbildība

Lietas dalībniekus un citas personas, kuras ar savu darbību vai bezdarbību traucē tiesas darbu, līdztekus likumā

paredzētajām procesuālajām sankcijām likumā noteiktajos gadījumos var saukt pie administratīvās vai kriminālās

atbildības.

Otrā sadaļa Lietas dalībnieki

9. nodaļa Civilprocesuālā tiesībspēja un rīcībspēja

71.pants. Civilprocesuālā tiesībspēja

(1) Civilprocesuālā tiesībspēja ir spēja būt apveltītam ar civilprocesuālām tiesībām un pienākumiem.

(2) Civilprocesuālā tiesībspēja atzīstama vienlīdzīgi visām fiziskajām un juridiskajām personām.

72.pants. Civilprocesuālā rīcībspēja

(1) Spēja realizēt civilprocesuālās tiesības un izpildīt pienākumus (civilprocesuālā rīcībspēja) ir pilngadīgām

rīcībspējīgām fiziskajām un juridiskajām personām.

(2) Fiziskajām personām vecumā no 15 līdz 18 gadiem un tām personām, kurām nodibināta aizgādnība saskaņā ar

Civillikuma 365.pantu, lietas tiesā ved to likumiskie pārstāvji, tomēr tiesai šādās lietās jāuzaicina piedalīties arī pašas

šīs personas.

(3) Fiziskajām personām, kuras nav sasniegušas 15 gadu vecumu vai kuras atzītas par rīcībnespējīgām, lietas tiesā

ved to likumiskie pārstāvji.

(4) Likumā noteiktajos gadījumos nepilngadīgās personas ir tiesīgas patstāvīgi realizēt savas civilprocesuālās tiesības

un izpildīt pienākumus. Šādās lietās pēc tiesas ieskatiem var pieaicināt šo personu likumiskos pārstāvjus, lai sniegtu

tām palīdzību lietas vešanā.

73.pants. Lietas dalībnieka jēdziens

(1) Lietas dalībnieki ir puses, trešās personas, pušu un trešo personu pārstāvji, prokurors un tās valsts vai pašvaldību

iestādes un personas, kurām ar likumu piešķirtas tiesības aizstāvēt tiesā citu personu tiesības un ar likumu

aizsargātās intereses, institūcijas, kuras likumā paredzētajos gadījumos pieaicina atzinuma došanai, kā arī šo personu

pārstāvji.

(2) Lietas dalībnieks var būt persona, kurai ir civilprocesuālā tiesībspēja un rīcībspēja. Valsts un pašvaldību iestādes,

kurām ar likumu piešķirtas tiesības aizstāvēt tiesā citu personu tiesības un ar likumu aizsargātās intereses, var būt

lietas dalībnieki neatkarīgi no tā, vai tās ir juridiskās personas.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.04.2004. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.05.2004.)

10.nodaļa Puses

74 .pants. Puses, to tiesības un pienākumi

(1) Civilprocesā par pusēm — prasītāju un atbildētāju — var būt jebkura fiziskā vai juridiskā persona.

(2) Pusēm ir šādas civilprocesuālās tiesības:

1) iepazīties ar lietas materiāliem, izdarīt no tiem izrakstus un izgatavot kopijas;

2) piedalīties tiesas sēdē;

3) pieteikt noraidījumus;

4) iesniegt pierādījumus;

5) piedalīties pierādījumu pārbaudīšanā;

6) pieteikt lūgumus;

7) dot tiesai mutvārdu un rakstveida paskaidrojumus;

8) izteikt savus argumentus un apsvērumus;

9) celt iebildumus pret citu lietas dalībnieku lūgumiem, argumentiem un apsvērumiem;

10) pārsūdzēt tiesas spriedumus un lēmumus;

11) saņemt spriedumu, lēmumu un citu lietā esošo dokumentu norakstus, kā arī izmantot citas procesuālās tiesības,

kuras tām piešķirtas ar šo likumu.

(3) Prasītājs turklāt ir tiesīgs:

1) pilnīgi vai daļēji atteikties no prasības;

2) samazināt prasījumu apmēru;

3) rakstveidā grozīt prasības pamatu vai priekšmetu vai palielināt prasījumu apmēru, iekams nav uzsākta lietas

izskatīšana pēc būtības (šā likuma 163.pants).

(4) Atbildētājs ir tiesīgs pilnīgi vai daļēji atzīt prasību, celt iebildumus pret prasību vai celt pretprasību.

(5) Puses var noslēgt izlīgumu vai vienoties par lietas nodošanu izskatīšanai šķīrējtiesā.

(6) Pusēm savas tiesības jāizmanto un pienākumi jāizpilda godprātīgi.

(7) Pusēm ir pienākums:

1) ierasties pēc tiesas aicinājuma tiesā;

2) savlaicīgi rakstveidā paziņot par iemesliem, kuru dēļ nevar ierasties uz tiesas sēdi;

3) izpildīt citus procesuālos pienākumus, kuri tām uzlikti saskaņā ar šo likumu.

75.pants. Procesuālā līdzdalība

(1) Prasību var celt vairāki prasītāji pret vienu atbildētāju, viens prasītājs pret vairākiem atbildētājiem vai vairāki

prasītāji pret vairākiem atbildētājiem.

(2) Katrs līdzprasītājs un līdzatbildētājs attiecībā pret otru pusi un citiem līdzdalībniekiem uzstājas patstāvīgi.

(3) Līdzdalībnieki var uzdot lietas vešanu vienam no viņiem vai vienam kopējam pārstāvim.

76.pants. Prasītājs lietās, kas uzsāktas pēc citu personu iniciatīvas

Persona, kuras interesēs lieta uzsākta pēc prokurora, kā arī tās valsts vai pašvaldības iestādes vai personas

pieteikuma, kurai ar likumu piešķirtas tiesības aizstāvēt tiesā citu personu tiesības un ar likumu aizsargātās intereses,

piedalās lietā kā prasītājs.

77.pants. Puses procesuālo tiesību pārņemšana

(1) Ja viena no pusēm lietā izstājas (fiziskās personas nāve, juridiskā persona beidz pastāvēt, prasījuma cesija,

parāda pārvede), tiesa pieļauj aizstāt šo pusi tās tiesību pārņēmējam.

(2) Tiesību pārņemšana iespējama jebkurā procesa stadijā.

(3) Visas darbības, kas izpildītas procesā līdz tiesību pārņēmēja iestāšanās brīdim, tiesību pārņēmējam ir tikpat

obligātas, cik obligātas tās bija personai, kuras tiesības ir pārņemtas.

11.nodaļa Trešās personas

78.pants. Trešo personu piedalīšanās civilprocesā

(1) Par trešo personu civilprocesā var būt fiziskā vai juridiskā persona, kuras tiesības vai pienākumus pret vienu no

pusēm var skart spriedums lietā.

(2) Uz trešajām personām attiecas pušu procesuālās tiesībspējas un rīcībspējas noteikumi, tām ir pušu procesuālās

tiesības un pienākumi ar izņēmumiem, kas noteikti šā likuma 80.pantā.

(3) Trešās personas var iestāties lietā, pirms ir pabeigta lietas izskatīšana pēc būtības pirmās instances tiesā. Tās var

pieaicināt piedalīties lietā arī pēc pušu vai prokurora lūguma.

79.pants. Trešās personas ar patstāvīgiem prasījumiem

(1) Trešās personas, kas piesaka patstāvīgus prasījumus par strīda priekšmetu, var iestāties lietā, iesniedzot prasības

pieteikumu.

(2) Trešajām personām ar patstāvīgiem prasījumiem ir prasītāja tiesības un pienākumi.

80.pants. Trešās personas bez patstāvīgiem prasījumiem

(1) Trešās personas, kas nepiesaka patstāvīgus prasījumus par strīda priekšmetu, var iestāties lietā prasītāja vai

atbildētāja pusē, ja spriedums lietā var skart šo personu tiesības vai pienākumus pret vienu no pusēm.

(2) Trešajām personām, kas nepiesaka patstāvīgus prasījumus, ir puses procesuālās tiesības un pienākumi, izņemot

tiesības grozīt prasības pamatu vai priekšmetu, palielināt vai samazināt prasījumu apmēru, atteikties no prasības,

atzīt prasību vai noslēgt izlīgumu, kā arī prasīt tiesas sprieduma izpildi.

(3) Iesniegumos par trešo personu pieaicināšanu un trešo personu iesniegumos par iestāšanos lietā prasītāja vai

atbildētāja pusē norādāmi tie pamati, kuru dēļ trešās personas pieaicināmas vai pielaižamas piedalīties lietā.

81.pants. Tiesas lēmums par trešās personas pieaicināšanu vai pielaišanu piedalīties lietā

(1) Trešā persona tiek pieaicināta vai pielaista piedalīties lietā saskaņā ar tiesas lēmumu.

(2) Par tiesas lēmumu, ar kuru noraidīts lūgums par trešās personas iestāšanos lietā, var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

12.nodaļa Pārstāvji

82.pants. Tiesības uz pārstāvību civilprocesā

(1) Fiziskās personas lietas tiesā var vest pašas vai ar pilnvarotu pārstāvju starpniecību.

(2) Juridisko personu lietas tiesā ved to amatpersonas, kas darbojas likumā, statūtos vai nolikumā piešķirto pilnvaru

ietvaros, vai arī citi juridisko personu pilnvaroti pārstāvji.

(3) Tās valsts vai pašvaldības iestādes lietas, kurai ar likumu piešķirtas tiesības aizstāvēt citu personu tiesības vai ar

likumu aizsargātās intereses, tiesā ved iestādes vadītājs vai viņa pilnvarots pārstāvis.

(4) Šā panta pirmajā, otrajā un trešajā daļā minēto lietas dalībnieku piedalīšanās civilprocesā neatņem viņiem tiesības

uzaicināt savā lietā advokātu juridiskās palīdzības sniegšanai. Šajā gadījumā advokāta pilnvaru apjomu nosaka šā

likuma 86.pants, paskaidrojumus par lietas būtību viņš nesniedz.

(5) (Izslēgta ar 12.02.2004. likumu.)

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001., 31.10.2002. likumu, Satversmes tiesas 27.06.2003. spriedumu un

12.02.2004. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2004.)

83.pants. Persona, kura var būt par pilnvarotu pārstāvi civilprocesā

Par pilnvarotu pārstāvi civilprocesā var būt jebkura fiziskā persona, ievērojot šā likuma 84.pantā noteiktos

ierobežojumus.

(12.02.2004. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2004.)

84.pants. Personas, kas nevar būt par pārstāvjiem civilprocesā

(1) Par pārstāvjiem civilprocesā nevar būt:

1) persona, kura nav sasniegusi pilngadību;

2) persona, kura atzīta par rīcībnespējīgu, kā arī persona, kurai nodibināta aizgādnība atbilstoši Civillikuma 365.panta

prasībām;

3) persona, kurai ar tiesas spriedumu atņemtas tiesības vest citu personu lietas;

4) persona, kura atrodas radniecības attiecībās līdz trešajai pakāpei vai svainības attiecībās līdz otrajai pakāpei ar

tiesnesi, kuram lieta jāiztiesā;

5) persona, kura sniegusi juridisko palīdzību strīda otrai pusei šajā vai ar to saistītā citā lietā.

(2) Konstatējot šā panta pirmajā daļā minētos apstākļus, tiesa nepielaiž šādu personu lietas izskatīšanā.

85.pants. Pārstāvības noformēšana

(1) Fizisko personu pārstāvību noformē ar notariāli apliecinātu pilnvaru. Pārstāvja pilnvarojumu pārstāvamais tiesā var

izteikt mutvārdu pieteikumā, un par to izdarāms ieraksts tiesas sēdes protokolā.

(2) Juridisko personu pārstāvību noformē ar rakstveida pilnvaru vai dokumentiem, kas apliecina amatpersonas

tiesības bez īpaša pilnvarojuma pārstāvēt juridisko personu.

(3) Advokāta pilnvarojumu juridiskās palīdzības sniegšanai apliecina orderis. Ja advokāts uzstājas kā puses pilnvarots

pārstāvis, šo pilnvarojumu apliecina ar rakstveida pilnvaru.

(4) Vecāki, adoptētāji, aizbildņi un aizgādņi uzrāda tiesai dokumentus, kas apliecina viņu tiesības.

(5) Ja pilnvarotais pārstāvis ir viens no procesuālajiem līdzdalībniekiem citu līdzdalībnieku uzdevumā, pārstāvamais

viņa pilnvarojumu tiesā var izteikt mutvārdu pieteikumā, un par to izdarāms ieraksts tiesas sēdes protokolā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001., 12.02.2004. un 17.02.2005. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

86.pants. Pārstāvju pilnvaru apjoms

(1) Pārstāvim ir tiesības pārstāvamā vārdā izpildīt visas procesuālās darbības, izņemot tās, kuru izpildīšanai

nepieciešams īpašs pilnvarojums. Ja fiziskā persona lietu ved ar pilnvarota pārstāvja starpniecību, tiesas paziņojumi

un dokumenti nosūtāmi tikai pārstāvim.

(2) Pilnīga vai daļēja atteikšanās no prasības, prasības priekšmeta grozīšana, pretprasības celšana, prasības pilnīga

vai daļēja atzīšana, izlīguma noslēgšana, lietas nodošana šķīrējtiesai, tiesas nolēmumu pārsūdzēšana apelācijas vai

kasācijas kārtībā, izpilddokumentu iesniegšana piedziņai, piespriestās mantas vai naudas saņemšana, izpildu

lietvedības izbeigšana īpaši jānorāda pilnvarā, kuru izdevis pārstāvamais.

(3) Visas procesuālās darbības, kuras pārstāvis veicis saskaņā ar viņam izdoto pilnvaru, ir saistošas pārstāvamajam.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 19.06.2003. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 24.07.2003.)

87.pants. Pārstāvības pirmstermiņa izbeigšana

(1) Pārstāvamais var jebkurā laikā atsaukt pārstāvim doto pilnvarojumu, rakstveidā paziņojot par to tiesai. Mutvārdu

paziņojumu par pilnvarojuma atsaukšanu var sniegt tiesas sēdē, un par to izdarāms ieraksts tiesas sēdes protokolā.

(2) Pārstāvim ir tiesības atteikties no lietas vešanas, par to savlaicīgi rakstveidā paziņojot pārstāvamajam un tiesai.

13.nodaļa Institūcijas un personas, kuras

piedalās procesā saskaņā ar likumu

(Nodaļas nosaukums 07.04.2004. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.05.2004.)

88.pants. Valsts vai pašvaldību iestāžu un atsevišķu personu piedalīšanās procesā, aizstāvot citu personu tiesības

(1) Likumā paredzētajos gadījumos valsts vai pašvaldību iestādes un personas var iesniegt tiesā pieteikumu, lai

aizstāvētu citu personu tiesības un ar likumu aizsargātās intereses.

(2) Šajā pantā norādītās iestādes un personas var iepazīties ar lietas materiāliem, pieteikt noraidījumus, dot

paskaidrojumus, iesniegt pierādījumus, piedalīties pierādījumu pārbaudīšanā, iesniegt lūgumus, pārsūdzēt tiesas

spriedumu un lēmumu.

(3) Norādīto iestāžu un personu atteikšanās no pieteikuma, kuru tās iesniegušas saskaņā ar šā panta pirmo daļu,

neatņem personai, kuras interešu aizstāvēšanai pieteikums iesniegts, tiesības prasīt, lai tiesa lietu izskata pēc būtības.

89.pants. Institūciju piedalīšanās procesā atzinuma došanai

(1) Tiesa likumā paredzētajos gadījumos pieaicina piedalīties procesā institūcijas, lai tās savas kompetences ietvaros

dotu atzinumu lietā un aizstāvētu personu tiesības un ar likumu aizsargātās intereses.

(2) Pieaicinātajām institūcijām ir tiesības iepazīties ar lietas materiāliem, piedalīties pierādījumu pārbaudīšanā, pieteikt

lūgumus un dot atzinumu.

(07.04.2004. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.05.2004.)

14.nodaļa Prokurors

90.pants. Prokurora piedalīšanās civilprocesā

(1) Prokurors ir tiesīgs piedalīties lietas izskatīšanā, ja viņš ir cēlis prasību, iesniedzis pieteikumu vai viņa piedalīšanās

ir obligāta.

(2) Prokuroram ir tiesības celt prasību vai iesniegt pieteikumu tiesā, ja:

1) tas ir nepieciešams likumā noteikto valsts vai pašvaldības tiesību un interešu aizsardzībai;

2) ir pārkāptas rīcībnespējīgo, invalīdu, nepilngadīgo, ieslodzīto vai citu tādu personu tiesības vai likumīgās intereses,

kurām ir ierobežotas iespējas aizstāvēt savas tiesības;

3) veicot prokurora pārbaudi, ir konstatēts likuma pārkāpums.

(3) Prokurora piedalīšanās lietas izskatīšanā ir obligāta, ja tas ir noteikts likumā vai to par nepieciešamu atzinusi tiesa.

(4) Prokuroram, kurš piedalās lietas izskatīšanā, ir tiesības iepazīties ar lietas materiāliem, pieteikt noraidījumus,

iesniegt pierādījumus, piedalīties pierādījumu pārbaudīšanā, pieteikt lūgumus, dot atzinumu jautājumos, kas radušies

lietas iztiesāšanas gaitā un par lietas būtību kopumā, iesniegt protestu par tiesas spriedumu vai lēmumu, saņemt

sprieduma, lēmuma norakstu vai cita lietā esoša dokumenta norakstu, kā arī izpildīt citas likumā noteiktās procesuālās

darbības.

(5) Ja prokurors ir lietas dalībnieks, viņam ir tiesības iesniegt protestu par tiesas spriedumu vai lēmumu visos

gadījumos, kad tiesības pārsūdzēt spriedumu vai lēmumu ir citiem lietas dalībniekiem.

(6) Prokurora atteikšanās no prasības vai pieteikuma, ko viņš iesniedzis tiesā, neatņem personai, kuras interešu

aizstāvēšanai prokurors iesniedzis prasību vai pieteikumu, tiesības prasīt, lai tiesa izskata lietu pēc būtības.

91.pants. Prokurora atstatīšana vai noraidīšana

(1) Prokurors nevar dot lietā savu atzinumu, ja viņš šīs lietas izskatīšanā iepriekš ir bijis tiesnesis, puse, trešā

persona, pārstāvis, liecinieks, eksperts, tulks vai tiesas sēdes sekretārs, kā arī šā likuma 19.panta pirmās daļas 2., 3.

un 4.punktā norādītajos gadījumos.

(2) Pastāvot minētajiem apstākļiem, prokuroram ir sevi jāatstata pirms lietas iztiesāšanas sākuma.

(3) Ja prokurors nav sevi atstatījis, lietas dalībnieki ir tiesīgi pieteikt noraidījumu prokuroram uz šajā pantā

minētajiem pamatiem.

(4) Noraidījumu prokuroram piesaka un tiesa to izlemj šā likuma 20. un 21.pantā noteiktajā kārtībā.

Trešā sadaļa Pierādījumi

15.nodaļa Vispārīgie noteikumi par pierādījumiem

92.pants. Pierādījumi

Pierādījumi ir ziņas, uz kuru pamata tiesa nosaka tādu faktu esamību vai neesamību, kuriem ir nozīme lietas

izspriešanā.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

93.pants. Pienākums pierādīt un iesniegt pierādījumus

(1) Katrai pusei jāpierāda tie fakti, uz kuriem tā pamato savus prasījumus vai iebildumus. Prasītājam jāpierāda savu

prasījumu pamatotība. Atbildētājam jāpierāda savu iebildumu pamatotība.

(2) Pierādījumus iesniedz puses un citi lietas dalībnieki. Ja pusēm vai citiem lietas dalībniekiem nav iespējams iesniegt

pierādījumus, pēc viņu motivēta lūguma tos izprasa tiesa.

(3) Pierādījumus iesniedz ne vēlāk kā septiņas dienas pirms tiesas sēdes, ja tiesnesis nav noteicis citu termiņu

pierādījumu iesniegšanai. Lietas iztiesāšanas laikā pierādījumus var iesniegt pēc puses vai citu lietas dalībnieku

motivēta lūguma, ja tas nekavē lietas iztiesāšanu vai tiesa savlaicīgas pierādījumu neiesniegšanas iemeslus atzinusi

par attaisnojošiem, vai pierādījumi ir par faktiem, kuri kļuvuši zināmi lietas iztiesāšanas laikā. Ja lietas dalībnieks

iesniedz pierādījumus pēc tam, kad notecējis termiņš, un tiesa atzīst, ka ar šādu rīcību apzināti tiek kavēta lietas

iztiesāšana, tiesa var uzlikt naudas sodu līdz piecdesmit latiem. Tiesas lēmums par atteikšanos pieņemt pierādījumus

nav pārsūdzams, bet iebildumus par to var izteikt apelācijas vai kasācijas sūdzībā.

(4) Ja tiesa atzīst, ka par kādu no faktiem, uz kuriem pamatoti puses prasījumi vai iebildumi, nav iesniegti

pierādījumi, tā paziņo par to pusēm un, ja nepieciešams, nosaka termiņu pierādījumu iesniegšanai.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 19.06.2003. un 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā

11.10.2006.)

94.pants. Pierādījumu attiecināmība

Tiesa pieņem tikai tos pierādījumus, kuriem ir nozīme lietā.

95.pants. Pierādījumu pieļaujamība

(1) Tiesa pieļauj tikai likumā noteiktos pierādīšanas līdzekļus.

(2) Faktus, kurus saskaņā ar likumu var pierādīt tikai ar noteiktiem pierādīšanas līdzekļiem, nevar pierādīt ne ar

kādiem citiem pierādīšanas līdzekļiem.

96.pants. Pamats atbrīvošanai no pierādīšanas

(1) Ja tiesa atzīst kādu faktu par vispārzināmu, tas nav jāpierāda.

(2) Fakti, kas nodibināti ar likumīgā spēkā stājušos spriedumu vienā civillietā, nav no jauna jāpierāda, iztiesājot citas

civillietas, kurās piedalās tās pašas puses.

(3) Likumīgā spēkā stājies tiesas spriedums krimināllietā, prokurora priekšraksts par sodu, kā arī lēmums par

kriminālprocesa izbeigšanu uz nereabilitējoša pamata ir obligāts tiesai, kas izskata lietu par tās personas civiltiesisko

atbildību, par kuru pieņemts attiecīgais nolēmums, vienīgi jautājumā par to, vai noziedzīgā darbība vai bezdarbība

notikusi vai to izdarījusi vai pieļāvusi tā pati persona.

(4) Fakti, kas saskaņā ar likumu uzskatāmi par nodibinātiem, nav jāpierāda. Tādu pieņēmumu var apstrīdēt vispārīgā

kārtībā.

(5) Pusei nav jāpierāda fakti, kurus šajā likumā noteiktajā kārtībā nav apstrīdējusi otra puse.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

97.pants. Pierādījumu novērtēšana

(1) Tiesa novērtē pierādījumus pēc savas iekšējās pārliecības, kas pamatota uz tiesas sēdē vispusīgi, pilnīgi un

objektīvi pārbaudītiem pierādījumiem, vadoties no tiesiskās apziņas, kas balstīta uz loģikas likumiem, zinātnes

atziņām un dzīvē gūtiem novērojumiem.

(2) Nekādiem pierādījumiem nav iepriekš noteikta spēka, kas saistītu tiesu.

(3) Tiesai spriedumā jānorāda, kādēļ tā vienam pierādījumam devusi priekšroku salīdzinājumā ar citu pierādījumu un

atzinusi vienus faktus par pierādītiem, bet citus — par nepierādītiem.

16.nodaļa Pierādījumu nodrošināšana

98.pants. Pierādījumu nodrošināšanas pieļaujamība

(1) Ja personai ir pamats uzskatīt, ka tai nepieciešamo pierādījumu iesniegšana vēlāk var būt neiespējama vai

apgrūtināta, tā var lūgt šos pierādījumus nodrošināt.

(2) Pieteikumus par pierādījumu nodrošināšanu var iesniegt jebkurā procesa stadijā, kā arī pirms prasības celšanas

tiesā.

(3) Pierādījumus līdz lietas ierosināšanai tiesā nodrošina tā rajona (pilsētas) tiesa, kuras darbības teritorijā atrodas

nodrošināmā pierādījuma avots. Pierādījumus pēc lietas ierosināšanas tiesā nodrošina tiesa, kas izskata lietu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 14.12.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2007.)

99.pants. Pieteikums par pierādījumu nodrošināšanu

Pieteikumā par pierādījumu nodrošināšanu norāda:

1) pieteicēja vārdu, uzvārdu, lietu, kuras izskatīšanai nepieciešams nodrošināt pierādījumus, vai tās iespējamos

dalībniekus;

2) pierādījumus, kurus nepieciešams nodrošināt;

3) faktus, kuru pierādīšanai šie pierādījumi nepieciešami;

4) iemeslus, kuru dēļ pieteicējs prasa nodrošināt pierādījumus.

100.pants. Kārtība, kādā izlemj pieteikumu par pierādījumu nodrošināšanu pirms prasības celšanas

(1) Pieteikumu par pierādījumu nodrošināšanu tiesa vai tiesnesis izlemj 10 dienu laikā no tā saņemšanas dienas.

(2) Ja pieteikumu par pierādījumu nodrošināšanu izlemj tiesa, uz tiesas sēdi aicina pieteicēju un iespējamos lietas

dalībniekus. Šo personu neierašanās nav šķērslis iesniegtā pieteikuma izskatīšanai.

(3) Ar tiesneša lēmumu pierādījumus bez iespējamo lietas dalībnieku uzaicināšanas var nodrošināt tikai neatliekamos

gadījumos, tai skaitā neatliekamos autortiesību un blakustiesību, datu bāzu aizsardzības (sui generis), preču zīmju un

ģeogrāfiskās izcelsmes norāžu, patentu, dizainparaugu, augu šķirņu, pusvadītāju izstrādājumu topogrāfiju (turpmāk -

intelektuālā īpašuma tiesības) pārkāpumu vai iespējamu pārkāpumu gadījumos vai gadījumos, kad nevar noteikt, kas

būs lietas dalībnieki.

(4) Ja lēmums par pierādījumu nodrošināšanu pieņemts bez iespējamā atbildētāja vai cita lietas dalībnieka klātbūtnes,

viņam paziņo par šo lēmumu ne vēlāk minētā lēmuma izpildes brīdī.

(5) Liecinieku nopratināšanu, kā arī apskati uz vietas un ekspertīzi izdara saskaņā ar šā likuma attiecīgajām normām.

(6) Apmierinot pieteikumu par pierādījumu nodrošināšanu pirms prasības celšanas, tiesnesis nosaka prasības

pieteikuma iesniegšanai termiņu, ne ilgāku par 30 dienām.

(7) Apmierinot pieteikumu par pierādījumu nodrošināšanu pirms prasības celšanas, tiesnesis var pieprasīt, lai

iespējamais prasītājs, iemaksājot noteiktu naudas summu tiesu izpildītāja depozīta kontā vai sniedzot līdzvērtīgu

garantiju, nodrošina to zaudējumu segšanu, kuri atbildētājam varētu rasties sakarā ar pierādījumu nodrošināšanu.

(8) Tiesas sēdes protokolu un materiālus, kas savākti, nodrošinot pierādījumus, glabā, līdz tos pieprasa tiesa, kas

izskata lietu.

(9) Par tiesneša lēmumu atteikties pieņemt pieteikumu par pierādījumu nodrošināšanu vai šā panta trešajā daļā

minēto lēmumu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību. Ja lēmums par pierādījumu nodrošināšanu pieņemts bez lietas dalībnieka

klātbūtnes, termiņu blakus sūdzības iesniegšanai skaita no lēmuma izsniegšanas vai nosūtīšanas dienas.

(14.12.2006. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2007.)

101.pants. Kārtība, kādā izskata pieteikumu par pierādījumu nodrošināšanu pēc lietas ierosināšanas tiesā

(1) Pieteikumu par pierādījumu nodrošināšanu izskata tiesas sēdē saskaņā ar šā likuma attiecīgajām normām.

(2) Pieteikuma iesniedzējam un citiem lietas dalībniekiem paziņo par sēdes laiku un vietu. Šo personu neierašanās nav

šķērslis izskatīt pieteikumu par pierādījumu nodrošināšanu.

102.pants. Tiesas uzdevumi

(1) Ja tiesai, kura izskata lietu, nav iespējams savākt pierādījumus, kas atrodas citā pilsētā vai rajonā, tiesa vai

tiesnesis uzdod attiecīgajai tiesai izdarīt noteiktas procesuālās darbības.

(2) Lēmumā par tiesas uzdevumu īsi izklāstāma izskatāmās lietas būtība un norādāmi apstākļi, kuri jānoskaidro, un

pierādījumi, kuri jāsavāc tiesai, kas izpilda uzdevumu. Šis lēmums ir obligāts tiesai, kurai tas adresēts, un tas jāizpilda

15 dienu laikā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

103.pants. Tiesas uzdevumu izpildīšanas kārtība

(1) Tiesas uzdevumus izpilda tiesas sēdē šajā likumā noteiktajā kārtībā. Lietas dalībniekiem paziņo par sēdes laiku un

vietu. Šo personu neierašanās nav šķērslis uzdevuma izpildīšanai.

(2) Protokolus un citus lietas materiālus, kas savākti, izpildot uzdevumu, triju dienu laikā nosūta tiesai, kas izskata

lietu.

103.1 Pierādījumu nodrošināšanas izbeigšanās

Ja lēmums par pierādījumu nodrošināšanu pieņemts pirms prasības celšanas un tiesas noteiktajā termiņā prasība nav

atcelta, tiesnesis pēc iespējamām prasītāja vai atbildētāja pieteikuma saņemšanas pieņem lēmumu par pierādījumu

nodrošināšanas atcelšanu.

(14.12.2006. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2007.)

103.2 pants. Ar pierādījumu nodrošināšanu radīto zaudējumu atlīdzināšana

Atbildētājs ir tiesīgs prasīt atlīdzību par zaudējumiem, kas viņam radušies sakarā ar pierādījumu nodrošināšanu, ja

pierādījumu nodrošināšana ir atcelta šā likuma 103.1 pantā noteiktajā gadījumā, ja pret viņu celtā prasība ir noraidīta,

atstāta bez izskatīšanas vai tiesvedība izbeigta šā likuma 223.panta 2. un 4. punktā noteiktajos gadījumos.

(14.12.2006. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2007.)

17.nodaļa Pierādīšanas līdzekļi

104.pants. Pušu un trešo personu paskaidrojumi

(1) Pušu un trešo personu paskaidrojumi, kuri ietver ziņas par faktiem, uz kuriem pamatoti viņu prasījumi vai

iebildumi, atzīstami par pierādījumiem, ja tos apstiprina citi tiesas sēdē pārbaudīti un novērtēti pierādījumi.

(2) Ja viena puse atzīst faktus, ar kuriem otra puse pamato savus prasījumus vai iebildumus, tiesa var atzīt šādus

faktus par pierādītiem, ja tai nav šaubu, ka atzīšana nav notikusi viltus, vardarbības, draudu vai maldības ietekmē vai

arī lai slēptu patiesību.

105.pants. Liecinieku liecības

(1) Liecinieks ir persona, kurai zināmi fakti, kas attiecas uz lietu, un kuru tiesa izsaukusi uz tiesas sēdi.

(2) Lietas dalībniekam, lūdzot nopratināt liecinieku, jānorāda, kādus lietai nozīmīgus apstākļus liecinieks var

apstiprināt.

(3) Nevienam uz tiesu izsauktajam lieciniekam nav tiesību atteikties no liecību došanas, izņemot šā likuma 106. un

107.pantā noteiktos gadījumus.

(4) Liecinieku var nopratināt vienīgi par šajā lietā noskaidrojamiem faktiem.

(5) Nevar būt par pierādījumu liecinieka liecības, kas pamatotas uz ziņām, kuru avots nav zināms, vai uz citu personu

sniegtajām ziņām, ja šīs personas nav nopratinātas.

106.pants. Personas, kuras nevar būt par lieciniekiem

Par lieciniekiem nevar izsaukt un nopratināt:

1) garīdzniekus — par apstākļiem, kas viņiem kļuvuši zināmi, uzklausot grēksūdzi, un personas, kurām pēc sava

amata vai profesijas nav tiesību izpaust tām uzticētās ziņas, — par šīm ziņām;

2) nepilngadīgas personas — par apstākļiem, kas liecina pret viņu vecākiem, vecvecākiem, brāļiem un māsām;

3) personas, kas savu fizisko vai psihisko trūkumu dēļ nespēj pareizi uztvert apstākļus, kuriem ir nozīme lietā;

4) bērnus līdz septiņu gadu vecumam.

107.pants. Personas, kuras var atteikties liecināt

(1) No pienākuma liecināt var atteikties:

1) pušu radinieki taisnā līnijā un sānu līniju pirmajā un otrajā pakāpē, laulātais un pirmās pakāpes svaiņi, kā arī pušu

ģimenes locekļi;

2) pušu aizbildņi un aizgādņi, kā arī personas, kas atrodas pušu aizbildnībā vai aizgādnībā;

3) personas, kuras citā lietā tiesājas ar vienu no pusēm.

(2) Tiesai jāizskaidro minētajām personām to tiesības atteikties liecināt.

108.pants. Liecinieka pienākumi

(1) Par liecinieku izsauktai personai jāierodas tiesā un jādod patiesa liecība par tai zināmiem apstākļiem.

(2) Lieciniekam jāatbild uz tiesas un lietas dalībnieku jautājumiem.

(3) Tiesa liecinieku var nopratināt viņa atrašanās vietā, ja viņš slimības, vecuma, invaliditātes vai cita attaisnojoša

iemesla dēļ nevar ierasties pēc tiesas izsaukuma.

109.pants. Liecinieka atbildība

(1) Par atteikšanos liecināt tādu iemeslu dēļ, kurus tiesa atzinusi par neattaisnojošiem, un par apzināti nepatiesas

liecības došanu liecinieks ir atbildīgs saskaņā ar krimināllikumu.

(2) Ja liecinieks bez attaisnojoša iemesla neierodas pēc tiesas vai tiesneša izsaukuma, tiesa viņam var uzlikt naudas

sodu līdz četrdesmit latiem vai atvest viņu uz tiesu piespiedu kārtā.

110.pants. Rakstveida pierādījumi

Rakstveida pierādījumi ir ziņas par faktiem, kuriem ir nozīme lietā, un šīs ziņas ar burtu, ciparu un citu rakstisku zīmju

vai tehnisku līdzekļu palīdzību ierakstītas dokumentos, citos rakstos, kā arī attiecīgās ierakstu sistēmās (audio, video

magnetofonu lentēs, datoru disketēs u.c.).

111.pants. Rakstveida pierādījumu iesniegšanas kārtība

(1) Lietas dalībniekiem, iesniedzot tiesai rakstveida pierādījumu vai lūdzot to pieprasīt, jānorāda, kādus lietā

nozīmīgus apstākļus šis pierādījums var apstiprināt.

(2) Rakstveida pierādījumi iesniedzami oriģinālā vai noteiktā kārtībā apliecināta noraksta veidā. Norakstu var

apliecināt arī tiesnesis. Ja to faktu noskaidrošanai, kuriem ir nozīme lietā, pietiek ar rakstveida dokumenta vai cita

raksta daļu, tiesai var iesniegt apliecinātu izrakstu no tā.

(3) Oriģināldokumenti, kā arī noteiktā kārtībā apliecināti rakstveida pierādījumi iesniedzami, ja likumos vai Latvijas

Republikai saistošos starptautiskajos līgumos paredzēts, ka konkrētos faktus var pierādīt tikai ar oriģināldokumentiem

vai noteiktā kārtībā apliecinātiem norakstiem.

(4) Ja tiesai iesniegts rakstveida pierādījuma noraksts vai izraksts no tā, tiesa pēc lietas dalībnieku motivēta lūguma

vai pēc savas iniciatīvas ir tiesīga pieprasīt iesniegt oriģinālu, ja tas nepieciešams lietas apstākļu noskaidrošanai.

112.pants. Rakstveida pierādījumu pieprasīšanas kārtība

(1) Tiesa vai tiesnesis pēc lietas dalībnieka motivēta lūguma ir tiesīga pieprasīt rakstveida pierādījumus no valsts un

pašvaldību iestādēm, citām fiziskajām un juridiskajām personām.

(2) Lietas dalībniekam, kurš lūdz tiesu pieprasīt rakstveida pierādījumu, jāapraksta šis pierādījums un jāmotivē, kāpēc

viņš uzskata, ka tas atrodas pie minētās personas.

(3) Valsts un pašvaldību iestādēm, citām fiziskajām un juridiskajām personām, kurām nav iespējams iesniegt

pieprasītos rakstveida pierādījumus vai arī iesniegt tos tiesas vai tiesneša noteiktajā termiņā, rakstveidā jāpaziņo par

to tiesai, norādot iemeslus.

(4) Ja puse atsakās iesniegt tiesai pieprasīto rakstveida pierādījumu, nenoliegdama, ka šis pierādījums atrodas pie

tās, tiesa var atzīt par pierādītiem tos faktus, kuru apstiprināšanai pretējā puse atsaukusies uz šo rakstveida

pierādījumu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

113.pants. Lietā esošo rakstveida pierādījumu atdošana

Pēc tās personas motivēta rakstveida pieprasījuma, kura iesniegusi rakstveida pierādījumu oriģinālus, tiesa tos atdod

šai personai pēc tiesas sprieduma stāšanās likumīgā spēkā. Ja uz šiem pierādījumiem ir atsauce tiesas nolēmumos,

lietā atstājami tiesneša apliecināti šo rakstveida pierādījumu noraksti.

114.pants. Rakstveida pierādījumu apskate to glabāšanas vietā

Ja rakstveida pierādījumu iesniegšana tiesai ir neiespējama vai apgrūtināta to skaita, apjoma vai citu iemeslu dēļ,

tiesa var izdarīt rakstveida pierādījumu apskati un izpēti to glabāšanas vietā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

115.pants. Lietiskie pierādījumi

Lietiskie pierādījumi ir ķermeniskas lietas, kas ar savām īpašībām, īpatnībām vai pašu esamību var noderēt to faktu

noskaidrošanai, kam ir nozīme lietā.

116.pants. Lietisko pierādījumu iesniegšana un pieprasīšana

(1) Lietas dalībniekam, kurš iesniedz tiesai lietisko pierādījumu vai lūdz to pieprasīt, jānorāda, kādus lietā nozīmīgus

apstākļus šis pierādījums var apstiprināt.

(2) Lietas dalībniekam, kurš lūdz tiesu pieprasīt lietisko pierādījumu, jāapraksta šis pierādījums un jāmotivē, kāpēc

viņš uzskata, ka tas atrodas pie minētās personas.

(3) Tiesa vai tiesnesis pēc lietas dalībnieka motivēta lūguma ir tiesīga pieprasīt lietiskos pierādījumus no valsts un

pašvaldību iestādēm, citām fiziskajām un juridiskajām personām.

(4) Valsts un pašvaldību iestādēm, citām fiziskajām un juridiskajām personām, kuras nevar iesniegt pieprasītos

lietiskos pierādījumus vai arī nevar tos iesniegt tiesas vai tiesneša noteiktajā termiņā, rakstveidā jāpaziņo par to

tiesai, norādot iemeslus.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

117.pants. Lietisko pierādījumu apskate to glabāšanas vietā

Ja lietisko pierādījumu iesniegšana tiesai ir neiespējama vai apgrūtināta to skaita, apjoma vai citu iemeslu dēļ, tiesa

var izdarīt lietisko pierādījumu apskati un izpēti to glabāšanas vietā vai uzdot to veikt tiesu izpildītājam.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

118.pants. Lietisko pierādījumu glabāšana

(1) Lietiskos pierādījumus pievieno lietai vai glabā tiesas lietisko pierādījumu glabātavā.

(2) Priekšmetus, kurus nevar nogādāt tiesā, glabā to atrašanās vietā. Tos apraksta un, ja nepieciešams, nofotografē

vai nofilmē. Aprakstus un attēlus p ievieno lietai.

(3) Ātri bojājošos lietiskos pierādījumus tiesa apskata nekavējoties, paziņojot par to lietas dalībniekiem. Pēc apskates

šos lietiskos pierādījumus atdod personām, no kurām tie saņemti.

119.pants. Lietisko pierādījumu atdošana

(1) Lietiskos pierādījumus pēc tiesas sprieduma stāšanās likumīgā spēkā atdod personām, no kurām tie saņemti, vai

nodod personām, kurām tiesa atzinusi tiesības uz šīm lietām.

(2) Lietiskos pierādījumus, ko pēc likuma vai tiesas sprieduma nedrīkst atdot lietas dalībniekiem vai personām, no

kurām tie saņemti, tiesa nodod attiecīgām valsts iestādēm.

(3) Atsevišķos gadījumos lietiskos pierādījumus var atdot pirms sprieduma stāšanās likumīgā spēkā, ja tas nekaitē

lietas izskatīšanai.

120.pants. Atbildība par rakstveida un lietisko pierādījumu neiesniegšanu

Ja tiesai nav paziņots, ka nav iespējams iesniegt pieprasītos rakstveida vai lietiskos pierādījumus, vai arī tie nav

iesniegti tādu iemeslu dēļ, kurus tiesa atzinusi par neattaisnojošiem, tiesa var uzlikt vainīgajai personai naudas sodu

līdz divdesmit pieciem latiem. Naudas soda samaksa neatbrīvo šo personu no pienākuma iesniegt tiesas pieprasītos

pierādījumus.

121.pants. Ekspertīze

(1) Ekspertīzi lietā tiesa nosaka pēc puses lūguma gadījumos, kad lietai nozīmīgu faktu noskaidrošanai nepieciešamas

speciālas zināšanas zinātnē, tehnikā, mākslā vai citā nozarē. Ja nepieciešams, tiesa nosaka vairākas ekspertīzes.

(2) Ekspertīzi izdara attiecīgo ekspertīzes iestāžu eksperti vai citi speciālisti. Ekspertu izrauga puses pēc savstarpējas

vienošanās, bet, ja tāda nav panākta tiesas noteiktajā termiņā, ekspertu izraugās tiesa. Ja nepieciešams, var

izraudzīties vairākus ekspertus.

(3) Lietas dalībniekiem ir tiesības iesniegt tiesai jautājumus, par kuriem, pēc viņu domām, ekspertam jādod atzinums.

Jautājumus, kuros nepieciešams eksperta atzinums, nosaka tiesa. Lietas dalībnieku uzdoto jautājumu noraidīšana

tiesai ir jāmotivē.

(4) Tiesas lēmumā par ekspertīzes noteikšanu norādāms, kuros jautājumos nepieciešams eksperta atzinums un kam

uzdots izdarīt ekspertīzi.

(5) Ekspertīzi izdara tiesā vai ārpus tiesas, ja tās izdarīšana tiesā nav iespējama vai ir apgrūtināta.

122.pants. Eksperta pienākumi un tiesības

(1) Par ekspertu izraudzītajai personai jāierodas pēc tiesas izsaukuma.

(2) Ja izsauktais eksperts neierodas tiesas sēdē tādu iemeslu dēļ, kurus tiesa atzinusi par neattaisnojošiem, tiesa var

uzlikt viņam naudas sodu līdz četrdesmit latiem.

(3) Ekspertam ir tiesības iepazīties ar lietas materiāliem, uzdot jautājumus lietas dalībniekiem un lieciniekiem, kā arī

lūgt tiesu izprasīt papildu materiālus.

(4) Eksperts dod objektīvu atzinumu savā vārdā un ir personīgi atbildīgs par to.

(5) Eksperts var atteikties no atzinuma došanas, ja viņam izsniegtie izpētāmie materiāli nav pietiekami vai ja uzdotie

jautājumi pārsniedz viņa speciālo zināšanu robežas. Šajos gadījumos eksperts rakstveidā paziņo tiesai, ka atzinumu

dot nav iespējams.

(6) Par atteikšanos bez attaisnojoša iemesla no savu pienākumu pildīšanas vai par apzināti nepatiesa atzinuma

došanu eksperts ir atbildīgs saskaņā ar krimināllikumu.

123.pants. Eksperta atstatīšana vai noraidīšana

(1) Eksperts nevar piedalīties lietas izskatīšanā, ja viņš šīs lietas izskatīšanā iepriekš ir bijis tiesnesis, lietas dalībnieks,

kā arī šā likuma 19.panta pirmās daļas 2., 3. un 4.punktā paredzētajos gadījumos.

(2) Eksperts nevar piedalīties lietas izskatīšanā arī tad, ja:

1) viņš pēc dienesta stāvokļa vai citādi ir vai ir bijis atkarīgs no puses vai cita lietas dalībnieka;

2) kāda no pusēm izskatāmajā lietā līdz lietas ierosināšanai tiesā ir bijusi saistīta ar šā eksperta profesionālo

pienākumu izpildi;

3) noskaidrots, ka viņš nav kompetents.

(3) Pastāvot minētajiem apstākļiem, ekspertam sevi jāatstata līdz lietas iztiesāšanas sākumam.

(4) Ja eksperts nav sevi atstatījis, lietas dalībnieki ir tiesīgi pieteikt noraidījumu viņam uz šajā pantā minētajiem

pamatiem.

(5) Noraidījumu ekspertam piesaka un tiesa to izlemj šā likuma 20. un 21.pantā noteiktajā kārtībā.

124.pants. Eksperta atzinums

(1) Eksperta atzinumam jābūt motivētam un pamatotam.

(2) Atzinumu izsaka rakstveidā un iesniedz tiesai. Eksperta atzinumam jāsatur precīzs veikto pētījumu apraksts, to

rezultātā izdarītie secinājumi un motivētas atbildes uz tiesas uzdotajiem jautājumiem. Ja eksperts, izdarot ekspertīzi,

konstatē apstākļus, kuriem ir nozīme lietā un par kuriem viņam jautājumi nav uzdoti, viņš ir tiesīgs savā atzinumā

norādīt uz šiem apstākļiem.

(3) Ja izraudzīti vairāki eksperti, viņi ir tiesīgi savā starpā apspriesties. Ja eksperti nonāk pie kopīga atzinuma, to

paraksta visi eksperti. Ja ekspertu domas nesaskan, katrs eksperts raksta atsevišķu atzinumu.

125.pants. Eksperta atzinuma novērtēšana

(1) Eksperta atzinumu tiesa novērtē saskaņā ar šā likuma 97.panta noteikumiem .

(2) Ja eksperta atzinums nav pietiekami skaidrs vai ir nepilnīgs, tiesa var noteikt papildu ekspertīzi, uzdodot tās

izdarīšanu tam pašam ekspertam.

(3) Ja eksperta atzinums nav pamatots, kā arī gadījumā, ja vairāku ekspertu atzinumi ir pretrunīgi, tiesa var noteikt

atkārtotu ekspertīzi, uzdodot tās izdarīšanu citam ekspertam vai ekspertiem.

126.pants. Institūcijas atzinums

Šā likuma 89.pantā noteiktajā kārtībā pieaicinātās institūcijas atzinumu tiesa novērtē kā pierādījumu. Tiesas

nepievienošanās atzinumam motivējama lietā pieņemtajā nolēmumā.

(07.04.2004. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.05.2004.)

B daļa Tiesvedība pirmās instances tiesā

Ceturtā sadaļa Prasības tiesvedība

18.nodaļa Prasības celšana

127.pants. Personas, kuras var celt prasību tiesā

(1) Jebkura pilngadīga un rīcībspējīga fiziskā vai juridiskā persona var celt tiesā prasību, lai aizstāvētu savas

aizskartās vai apstrīdētās civilās tiesības.

(2) Nepilngadīgo vai aizgādnībā esošu personu interesēs prasību ceļ šo personu likumiskie pārstāvji, bet šā likuma

72.panta ceturtajā daļā paredzētajos gadījumos prasību var celt pats nepilngadīgais.

(3) Prokurors, valsts vai pašvaldību iestādes vai personas, kurām ar likumu piešķirtas tiesības aizstāvēt tiesā citu

personu tiesības vai ar likumu aizsargātās intereses, var celt prasību, lai aizstāvētu šo personu aizskartās vai

apstrīdētās civilās tiesības.

128.pants. Prasības pieteikums

(1) Prasību ceļ, iesniedzot tiesā rakstveida prasības pieteikumu.

(2) Prasības pieteikumā norādāms:

1) tās tiesas nosaukums, kurai iesniegts pieteikums;

2) prasītāja, kā arī viņa pārstāvja, ja prasību ceļ pārstāvis, atbildētāja, trešās personas vārds, uzvārds, personas kods

un dzīvesvieta, bet juridiskajai personai — tās nosaukums, reģistrācijas numurs un atrašanās vieta (juridiskā adrese).

Atbildētāja personas kodu vai reģistrācijas numuru norāda, ja tas ir zināms;

3) prasības priekšmets;

4) prasības summa, ja prasība ir novērtējama naudas izteiksmē, kā arī piedzenamās vai apstrīdamās summas

aprēķins;

5) apstākļi, ar kuriem prasītājs pamato savu prasījumu, un pierādījumi, kas tos apstiprina;

6) likums, uz kura prasība pamatota;

7) prasītāja prasījumi;

8) prasības pieteikumam pievienoto dokumentu saraksts;

9) prasības pieteikuma sastādīšanas laiks un citas ziņas, ja tās nepieciešamas lietas izskatīšanai.

(3) Prasības pieteikumu paraksta prasītājs vai viņa pārstāvis. Ja prasību prasītāja vārdā ceļ viņa pārstāvis, prasības

pieteikumam pievienojama pilnvara vai cits dokuments, kas apliecina pārstāvja pilnvarojumu celt prasību.

129.pants. Prasības pieteikumam pievienojamie dokumenti

(1) Prasības pieteikumu iesniedz tiesai, pievienojot tik norakstus, cik lietā ir atbildētāju un trešo personu.

(2) Prasības pieteikumam pievienojami dokumenti, kas apstiprina:

1) valsts nodevas un citu tiesas izdevumu nomaksu likumā noteiktajā kārtībā un apmērā;

2) lietas iepriekšējās ārpustiesas izskatīšanas kārtības ievērošanu, ja tāda noteikta likumā;

3) apstākļus, uz kuriem prasījums pamatots.

(3) Tiesnesis atkarībā no lietas apstākļiem un rakstura var uzlikt prasītājam par pienākumu iesniegt prasības

pieteikumam pievienoto dokumentu norakstus nosūtīšanai atbildētājam un trešajām personām.

(4) Likumā paredzētajos gadījumos prasības pieteikumam un tam pievienoto dokumentu norakstiem pievienojams

noteiktā kārtībā apliecināts tulkojums, ja dokumenti paredzēti izsniegšanai personai saskaņā ar šā likuma 56.2 pantu.

Tulkojumu nepievieno persona, kas atbrīvota no tiesas izdevumu samaksas.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

130.pants. Prasības pieteikuma iesniegšana tiesā

(1) Prasības pieteikums iesniedzams pirmās instances tiesā atbilstoši noteikumiem par piekritību.

(2) Prasības pieteikumu var iesniegt prasītājs personīgi vai viņa pilnvarota persona. Prasības pieteikumu var nosūtīt

arī pa pastu.

(3) Pilnvarojumu prasības pieteikuma iesniegšanai var ietvert pašā prasības pieteikumā.

131.pants. Jautājuma izlemšana par prasības pieteikuma pieņemšanu un civillietas ierosināšanu

(1) Pēc prasības pieteikuma saņemšanas tiesā tiesnesis septiņu dienu laikā pieņem lēmumu:

1) par prasības pieteikuma pieņemšanu un lietas ierosināšanu;

2) par atteikšanos pieņemt prasības pieteikumu;

3) par prasības pieteikuma atstāšanu bez virzības.

(2) Ja nav iespējama lietas izskatīšana saskaņā ar Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulu Nr. 861/2007 vai Eiropas

Parlamenta un Padomes 2006.gada 12.decembra regulu (EK) Nr. 1896/2006, ar ko izveido Eiropas maksājuma

rīkojuma procedūru (turpmāk — Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regula Nr. 1896/2006), tiesnesis minētajos tiesību

aktos paredzētajos gadījumos par prasības pieteikuma virzību pieņem vienu no šā panta pirmajā daļā paredzētajiem

lēmumiem.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

132.pants. Prasības pieteikuma nepieņemšanas pamats

(1) Tiesnesis atsakās pieņemt prasības pieteikumu, ja:

1) strīds nav pakļauts tiesai;

2) prasību cēlusi persona, kurai nav prasības tiesību;

3) puses likumā noteiktajā kārtībā vienojušās par strīda nodošanu izskatīšanai šķīrējtiesā;

4) tās pašas vai citas tiesas tiesvedībā ir lieta par strīdu starp tām pašām pusēm, par to pašu priekšmetu un uz tā

paša pamata;

5) strīdā starp tām pašām pusēm, par to pašu priekšmetu un uz tā paša pamata ir likumīgā spēkā stājies tiesas

spriedums vai lēmums izbeigt tiesvedību sakarā ar prasītāja atteikšanos no prasības vai pušu izlīguma apstiprināšanu;

6) lieta nav piekritīga šai tiesai;

7) prasītājs nav ievērojis attiecīgo lietu kategorijai noteikto lietas iepriekšējās ārpustiesas izskatīšanas kārtību vai nav

veicis likumā noteiktos pasākumus, lai noregulētu strīdu ar atbildētāju līdz prasības celšanai;

8) prasības pieteikumu iesniegusi rīcībnespējīga persona vai persona, kurai nodibināta aizgādnība atbilstoši Civillikuma

365.panta noteikumiem;

9) prasības pieteikumu prasītāja vārdā iesniegusi persona, kura nav tam pilnvarota likumā noteiktajā kārtībā.

(2) Par atteikšanos pieņemt prasības pieteikumu tiesnesis pieņem motivētu lēmumu. Lēmumu līdz ar iesniegto

prasības pieteikumu izsniedz prasītājam.

(3) Lēmumu var pārsūdzēt šajā likumā noteiktajā kārtībā.

(4) Tiesneša atteikums pieņemt prasības pieteikumu uz šā panta pirmās daļas 6.-9.punkta pamata nav šķērslis tāda

paša pieteikuma iesniegšanai tiesā, kad būs novērsti pieļautie trūkumi.

133.pants. Prasības pieteikuma atstāšana bez virzības

(1) Tiesnesis atstāj prasības pieteikumu bez virzības, ja:

1) prasības pieteikumā nav visu šā likuma 128.pantā noteikto rekvizītu;

2) prasības pieteikumam nav pievienoti šā likuma 129.pantā noteiktie dokumenti.

(2) Par prasības pieteikuma atstāšanu bez virzības tiesnesis pieņem motivētu lēmumu, nosūta to prasītājam un

nosaka termiņu trūkumu novēršanai. Šis termiņš nevar būt īsāks par 20 dienām, skaitot no lēmuma nosūtīšanas

dienas. Tiesneša lēmumu var pārsūdzēt šajā likumā noteiktajā kārtībā. Pārsūdzības termiņš skaitāms no dienas, kad

lēmums izsniegts prasītājam.

(3) Ja prasītājs noteiktā termiņā trūkumus novērš, prasības pieteikums uzskatāms par iesniegtu dienā, kad tas

pirmoreiz iesniegts tiesai.

(4) Ja prasītājs noteiktā termiņā trūkumus nenovērš, prasības pieteikumu uzskata par neiesniegtu un atdod

prasītājam.

(5) Prasības pieteikuma atdošana prasītājam nav šķērslis tā atkārtotai iesniegšanai tiesā, ievērojot šajā likumā

noteikto vispārējo prasības pieteikumu iesniegšanas kārtību.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

134.pants. Prasījumu un civillietu apvienošana

(1) Prasītājs ir tiesīgs apvienot vienā prasības pieteikumā vairākus savstarpēji saistītus prasījumus.

(2) Ja tiesas tiesvedībā atrodas vairākas vienveidīgas lietas, kurās piedalās vienas un tās pašas puses, vai arī lietas,

kurās viens prasītājs ceļ tiesā prasību pret vairākiem atbildētājiem vai vairāki prasītāji — pret vienu un to pašu

atbildētāju, tiesnesis ir tiesīgs apvienot šīs lietas vienā tiesvedībā, ja šāda apvienošana sekmēs lietu ātrāku un

pareizāku izskatīšanu un ja pusēm nav iebildumu.

135.pants. Prasījumu un civillietu sadalīšana

(1) Tiesnesis var uzdot prasītājam izdalīt vienu prasījumu vai vairākus prasījumus no apvienotajiem prasījumiem

atsevišķā prasībā, ja atzīst par lietderīgu prasījumu atsevišķu izskatīšanu.

(2) Tiesa, kas izskata lietu, ar lēmumu var izdalīt vienu prasījumu vai vairākus prasījumus no apvienotajiem

prasījumiem atsevišķā lietā, ja to izskatīšana vienā tiesvedībā kļuvusi apgrūtināta vai neiespējama.

136.pants. Pretprasības celšana

(1) Atbildētājs ir tiesīgs līdz brīdim, kad lietas izskatīšana pēc būtības pabeigta pirmās instances tiesā, celt pret

prasītāju pretprasību.

(2) Pretprasību ceļ atbilstoši prasības celšanas vispārīgajiem noteikumiem.

(3) Tiesa vai tiesnesis pieņem pretprasību, ja:

1) starp sākotnējo prasību un pretprasību iespējams savstarpējs ieskaits;

2) pretprasības apmierināšana pilnīgi vai daļēji izslēdz sākotnējās prasības apmierināšanu;

3) pretprasībai un sākotnējai prasībai ir savstarpējs sakars un to kopīga izskatīšana sekmēs lietas ātrāku un pareizāku

iztiesāšanu.

(4) Pretprasību izskata kopā ar sākotnējo prasību.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 19.06.2003. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

19.nodaļa Prasības nodrošināšana

137.pants. Prasības nodrošināšanas pamats

(1) Ja ir pamats uzskatīt, ka tiesas sprieduma izpilde lietā varētu kļūt apgrūtināta vai neiespējama, tiesa vai tiesnesis

pēc prasītāja motivēta pieteikuma var pieņemt lēmumu par prasības nodrošināšanu. Pieteikumā par prasības

nodrošināšanu norādāms prasības nodrošinājuma līdzeklis.

(2) Prasības nodrošināšana pieļaujama tikai mantiska rakstura prasībās.

(3) Izskatīt jautājumu par prasības nodrošināšanu pieļaujams jebkurā procesa stadijā, kā arī pirms prasības celšanas

tiesā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

138.pants. Prasības nodrošinājuma līdzekļi

(1) Prasības nodrošinājuma līdzekļi ir:

1) atbildētājam piederošas kustamas mantas un skaidras naudas apķīlāšana;

2) aizlieguma atzīmes ierakstīšana attiecīgās kustamas mantas reģistrā vai citā publiskā reģistrā;

3) prasības nodrošināšanas atzīmes ierakstīšana zemesgrāmatā vai kuģu reģistrā;

4) kuģa arests;

5) aizliegums atbildētājam veikt noteiktas darbības;

6) to maksājumu apķīlāšana, kuri pienākas no trešajām personām, tajā skaitā naudas līdzekļi kredītiestādēs un citās

finanšu institūcijās;

7) izpildu darbības atlikšana (arī aizliegums tiesu izpildītājam nodot naudu vai mantu piedzinējam vai parādniekam vai

mantas pārdošanas apturēšana).

(2) Nodrošinot prasību ar aizlieguma atzīmes ierakstīšanu attiecīgās kustamas mantas reģistrā vai citā publiskā

reģistrā, lēmumā norāda, kāda veida aizliegums ierakstāms.

(3) Ja prasības priekšmets ir īpašuma tiesība uz kustamu mantu vai nekustamo īpašumu vai prasība vērsta uz tiesības

nostiprinājuma izdarīšanu, prasības nodrošinājums izdarāms, apķīlājot strīdā esošo kustamo mantu vai ierakstot

zemesgrāmatā attiecīgā nekustamā īpašuma nodalījumā aizlieguma atzīmi.

(4) Ja prasības priekšmets ir lietu tiesība uz nekustamo īpašumu, prasības nodrošinājums izdarāms, ierakstot

zemesgrāmatā attiecīgā nekustamā īpašuma nodalījumā apgrūtinājuma atzīmi.

(5) Ja prasības priekšmets ir naudas prasījums, tās nodrošinājums ar nekustamo īpašumu izdarāms, ierakstot

zemesgrāmatā attiecīgā nekustamā īpašuma nodalījumā ķīlas tiesības atzīmi.

(6) Kuģa arests piemērojams tikai jūras prasībās.

(7) Mantas pārdošanas apturēšana nav pieļaujama lietās, kurās prasība celta par naudas piedziņu.

(8) Apmierinot pieteikumu par prasības nodrošināšanu, lēmumā norāda summu, līdz kurai sniedzas nodrošinājums,

bet tā nedrīkst būt lielāka par prasības summu.

(9) Pieļaujams vienlaikus piemērot vairākus prasības nodrošinājuma līdzekļus, ievērojot šā panta astotās daļas

noteikumus.

(07.09.2006. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

139.pants. Prasības nodrošināšana pirms prasības celšanas

(1) Iespējamais prasītājs var lūgt nodrošināt prasību pirms tās celšanas tiesā un pat pirms saistības termiņa

iestāšanās, ja parādnieks, izvairoties no saistības izpildes, izved vai atsavina savu mantu, atstāj dzīvesvietu,

neinformējot kreditoru, vai veic citas darbības, kas liecina, ka viņš nav godprātīgs. Iesniedzot pieteikumu par prasības

nodrošināšanu pirms prasības celšanas, iespējamais prasītājs sniedz pierādījumus, kas apliecina viņa tiesību pēc

saistības un nepieciešamību nodrošināt prasību.

(2) Pieteikumu par prasības nodrošināšanu pirms prasības celšanas iesniedz tiesai, kurā ceļama nodrošināmā prasība.

Ja puses ir vienojušās par strīda nodošanu šķīrējtiesai, pieteikumu iesniedz tiesai pēc parādnieka vai tā mantas

atrašanās vietas.

(3) Apmierinot pieteikumu par prasības nodrošināšanu pirms prasības celšanas, tiesnesis prasītājam nosaka termiņu

prasības pieteikuma iesniegšanai tiesā.

(07.09.2006. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

140.pants. Prasības nodrošinājuma jautājumu izskatīšana

(1) Pieteikumu par prasības nodrošināšanu tiesa vai tiesnesis izlemj ne vēlāk kā nākamajā dienā pēc lietas

ierosināšanas, iepriekš nepaziņojot atbildētājam un citiem lietas dalībniekiem.

(2) Apmierinot pieteikumu par prasības nodrošināšanu, tiesa vai tiesnesis var uzdot prasītājam nodrošināt

zaudējumus, kas atbildētājam varētu rasties sakarā ar prasības nodrošināšanu, iemaksājot noteiktu naudas summu

tiesu izpildītāja depozīta kontā.

(3) Tiesa pēc lietas dalībnieka pieteikuma var aizstāt noteiktos prasības nodrošinājuma līdzekļus ar citiem līdzekļiem.

(4) Lietās, kurās prasības priekšmets ir naudas prasījums, atbildētājs var iemaksāt nodrošinātās prasības summu

tiesu izpildītāja depozīta kontā. Iesniegumā tiesu izpildītājam atbildētājs norāda, kādā lietā piemērotā prasības

nodrošinājuma līdzekļa aizstāšanai šī summa tiek iemaksāta, kā arī iesniedz tiesu izpildītājam attiecīgā lēmuma par

prasības nodrošināšanu norakstu. Tiesa vai tiesnesis, pamatojoties uz tiesu izpildītāja izsniegtu apliecinājumu par

summas iemaksu depozīta kontā, aizstāj pieņemto prasības nodrošinājuma līdzekli ar iemaksāto naudas līdzekļu

apķīlājumu. Apķīlātās kustamās mantas aizstāšana ar naudu, iemaksājot nodrošinātās prasības summu tiesu

izpildītāja depozīta kontā, uzskatāma par prasības nodrošinājuma līdzekļa aizstāšanu.

(5) Prasības nodrošinājumu pēc puses motivēta pieteikuma var atcelt tā pati tiesa, kura nodrošinājusi prasību, vai

tiesa, kuras lietvedībā atrodas lieta izskatīšanai pēc būtības.

(6) Noraidot prasību, tiesa spriedumā atceļ prasības nodrošinājumu. Prasības nodrošinājums saglabājas līdz dienai,

kad spriedums stājas likumīgā spēkā.

(7) Ja prasība atstāta bez izskatīšanas vai tiesvedība izbeigta, tiesa lēmumā atceļ prasības nodrošinājumu. Prasības

nodrošinājums saglabājas līdz dienai, kad lēmums stājas likumīgā spēkā.

(8) Ja lēmums par prasības nodrošinājumu pieņemts pirms prasības celšanas un tiesas noteiktajā termiņā prasība nav

celta, tiesnesis pēc iespējamā prasītāja vai atbildētāja pieteikuma saņemšanas pieņem lēmumu par nodrošinājuma

atcelšanu.

(9) Šā panta trešajā un piektajā daļā minētos pieteikumus izlemj tiesas sēdē, iepriekš par to paziņojot lietas

dalībniekiem. Šo personu neierašanās nav šķērslis pieteikuma izskatīšanai.

(07.09.2006. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

141.pants. Prasības nodrošinājuma jautājumos pieņemto lēmumu pārsūdzēšana

(1) Par šā likuma 140.panta trešajā daļā minēto lēmumu un lēmumu, ar kuru noraidīts pieteikums par prasības

nodrošināšanu, var iesniegt blakus sūdzību. Šā likuma 140.panta otrajā daļā minētajā gadījumā blakus sūdzību var

iesniegt par tiesas lēmumu daļā, ar kuru prasītājam uzdots nodrošināt zaudējumus.

(2) Ja lēmums par prasības nodrošināšanu pieņemts bez lietas dalībnieka klātbūtnes, termiņu sūdzības iesniegšanai

skaita no lēmuma izsniegšanas dienas.

(07.09.2006. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 14.12.2006. un 05.02.2009. likumu. Ar Satversmes

tiesas 30.03.2010. spriedumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.04.2010., pirmā daļa, ciktāl tā neparedz tiesības iesniegt blakus

sūdzību par lēmumu, ar ko apmierināts pieteikums par prasības nodrošināšanu, vai lēmumu, ar ko noraidīts

pieteikums par prasības nodrošinājuma atcelšanu, atzīta par neatbilstošu Latvijas Republikas Satversmes 92. pantam

un noteikts, ka līdz brīdim, kad Saeima izdarīs grozījumus normatīvajā regulējumā, ir spēkā Civilprocesa likuma 141.

panta pirmā daļa 14.12.2006. redakcijā, ciktāl tā paredz atbildētājam tiesības iesniegt blakus sūdzību par lēmumu, ar

kuru tiesa ir atteikusies atcelt prasības nodrošinājumu)

142.pants. Prasības nodrošinājuma jautājumos pieņemto lēmumu izpilde

(1) Lēmums par prasības nodrošināšanu (140.panta pirmā daļa) un lēmums par prasības nodrošinājuma atcelšanu

(140.panta piektā daļa) izpildāms nekavējoties pēc tā pieņemšanas.

(2) Lēmums par prasības nodrošināšanu, kas pieņemts ar šā likuma 140.panta otrajā daļā noteikto nosacījumu,

izpildāms pēc tam, kad prasītājs iemaksājis tiesas vai tiesneša noteikto summu tiesu izpildītāja depozīta kontā. Izpildu

dokumentu vai šā panta trešajā daļā minētā lēmuma norakstu izsniedz pēc tiesas noteiktās summas iemaksas.

(3) Ja prasība nodrošināta ar nekustamo īpašumu vai kuģi, vai ar aizlieguma atzīmes ierakstīšanu kustamas mantas

reģistrā vai citā publiskā reģistrā, tiesa izsniedz prasītājam attiecīgā lēmuma norakstu ar uzrakstu, ka šis lēmuma

noraksts izsniegts atzīmes ierakstīšanai zemesgrāmatā kustamas mantas reģistrā vai citā attiecīgā publiskā reģistrā,

bet kuģa aresta gadījumā — kuģa aizturēšanai ostā.

(4) Lēmumu par prasības nodrošināšanu, apķīlājot atbildētājam piederošu kustamu mantu vai skaidru naudu, kas

atrodas pie atbildētāja vai trešajām personām, izpilda šā likuma 71.nodaļā noteiktajā kārtībā.

(5) Apķīlājot maksājumus, kuri atbildētājam pienākas no trešajām personām saskaņā ar līgumu (tajā skaitā naudas

līdzekļus kredītiestādēs un citās finanšu institūcijās), tiesu izpildītājs, pamatojoties uz izpildu dokumentu, nosūta šīm

personām pieprasījumu paziņot, vai tām ir pienākums maksāt kādas summas atbildētājam, kādā apmērā un termiņā,

kā arī paziņo, ka šīs summas tiek apķīlātas prasības summas apmērā, ievērojot šā likuma 1.pielikuma 3.punktā

noteikto ierobežojumu attiecībā uz parādnieku, un dod rīkojumu ieskaitīt maksājumus (tajā skaitā pieprasījuma

noguldījumus), kuriem iestājies termiņš, tiesu izpildītāja depozītu kontā. Apķīlātos maksājumus var izmaksāt citām

personām tikai atbilstoši tā tiesu izpildītāja aprēķinam, kurš pirmais apķīlājis maksājumus.

(6) Lēmumu par prasības nodrošināšanu, nosakot aizliegumu atbildētājam veikt noteiktas darbības, izpilda tiesu

izpildītājs un paziņo tiesas lēmumu atbildētājam vai attiecīgajai trešajai personai pret parakstu vai nosūtot ierakstītā

pasta sūtījumā.

(7) Ja lietās, kurās prasības priekšmets ir naudas prasījums, atbildētājs iemaksājis prasības summu tiesu izpildītāja

depozīta kontā, tiesu izpildītājs atbrīvo no apķīlājuma apķīlāto kustamo mantu.

(8) Piemērotā prasības nodrošinājuma līdzekļa atcelšana, ja prasības nodrošinājums atcelts, izpildāma pēc tā tiesu

izpildītāja rīkojuma, kurš izpildījis lēmumu par prasības nodrošināšanu.

(9) Lēmumu par prasības nodrošinājuma līdzekļa aizstāšanu izpilda tiesu izpildītājs, vispirms nodrošinot prasību ar

aizstājošo prasības nodrošinājuma līdzekli un pēc tam atceļot aizstāto prasības nodrošinājuma līdzekli. Summu, kura

iemaksāta tiesu izpildītāja depozīta kontā kā prasības nodrošinājuma līdzeklis, tiesu izpildītājs atmaksā, tikai

pamatojoties uz tiesas nolēmumu.

(07.09.2006. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

143.pants. Ar prasības nodrošināšanu radīto zaudējumu atlīdzināšana

Atbildētājs ir tiesīgs prasīt atlīdzību par zaudējumiem, kas viņam radušies sakarā ar prasības nodrošināšanu, ja pret

viņu celtā prasība ir noraidīta.

144.pants. Prasības nodrošinājuma atcelšana

(Izslēgts ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

145.pants. Prasības nodrošinājuma izbeigšanās

(Izslēgts ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

146.pants. Lēmuma pārsūdzēšana

(Izslēgts ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

20.nodaļa Civillietu sagatavošana iztiesāšanai

(Nodaļa 31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

147.pants. Civillietu sagatavošana iztiesāšanai

(1) Lai nodrošinātu lietas savlaicīgu izskatīšanu, tiesnesis pēc prasības pieteikuma saņemšanas sagatavo lietu

iztiesāšanai.

(2) Lietas dalībnieku pienākums ir piedalīties lietas sagatavošanā iztiesāšanai: atbildēt tiesneša noteiktajos termiņos

uz viņa pieprasījumiem, iesniegt rakstveida paskaidrojumus, nepieciešamos pierādījumus un ierasties tiesā pēc

tiesneša uzaicinājuma.

148.pants. Prasības pieteikuma un tam pievienoto dokumentu nosūtīšana atbildētājam

(1) Pēc lietas ierosināšanas prasības pieteikums un tam pievienoto dokumentu noraksti (129.panta trešā daļa)

nekavējoties nosūtāmi atbildētājam ierakstītā pasta sūtījumā, nosakot rakstveida paskaidrojuma iesniegšanai termiņu

— 15-30 dienas no prasības pieteikuma nosūtīšanas dienas.

(11) Ja prasības pieteikums un tam pievienoto dokumentu noraksti (129.panta trešā un ceturtā daļa) pēc lietas

ierosināšanas nosūtāmi atbildētājam saskaņā ar šā likuma 56.2 pantu, rakstveida paskaidrojuma iesniegšanas termiņš

ir 30 dienas, skaitot no dienas, kad prasības pieteikums izsniegts atbildētājam.

(12) Prasītājam paziņo par prasības pieteikuma un tam pievienoto dokumentu norakstu nosūtīšanu atbildētājam.

(2) Paskaidrojumā atbildētājs norāda:

1) vai viņš atzīst prasību pilnīgi vai kādā tās daļā;

2) savus iebildumus pret prasību un to pamatojumu;

3) pierādījumus, kas apstiprina viņa iebildumus pret prasību un to pamatojumu, kā arī likumu, uz kuru tie pamatoti;

4) lūgumus par pierādījumu pieņemšanu vai to izprasīšanu;

5) citus apstākļus, kurus viņš uzskata par nozīmīgiem lietas izskatīšanā.

(3) Atbildētājs pievieno paskaidrojumam tā norakstus atbilstoši lietas dalībnieku skaitam un rakstveida pierādījumus,

kas apstiprina apstākļus, uz kuriem pamatoti iebildumi.

(4) Pēc paskaidrojuma saņemšanas tā norakstu nekavējoties nosūta prasītājam un trešajām personām. Ja tiesnesis

atzīst par nepieciešamu, viņš ir tiesīgs pieprasīt no prasītāja atsauksmi par paskaidrojumu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

149.pants. Tiesneša darbības, sagatavojot lietu iztiesāšanai

(1) Pēc paskaidrojuma saņemšanas vai tā iesniegšanai noteiktā termiņa izbeigšanās tiesnesis lemj par lietas

sagatavošanas darbībām, lai to varētu izskatīt tiesas sēdē.

(2) Sagatavojot lietu iztiesāšanai, tiesnesis cenšas puses samierināt.

(3) Sagatavojot lietu iztiesāšanai, tiesnesis izlemj lietas dalībnieku lūgumus par:

1) trešo personu pieaicināšanu vai pielaišanu;

2) pierādījumu nodrošināšanu;

3) liecinieku izsaukšanu;

4) ekspertīzes noteikšanu;

5) rakstveida un lietisko pierādījumu pieņemšanu vai pieprasīšanu.

(4) Tiesnesis ir tiesīgs pieprasīt no lietas dalībniekiem rakstveida pa-skaidrojumus, lai precizētu lietas apstākļus un

pierādījumus. Paskaidrojumi un pierādījumi iesniedzami tiesneša noteiktajā termiņā.

(5) Tiesnesis izlemj jautājumus par valsts un pašvaldību iestāžu pārstāvju un prokurora piedalīšanos lietā likumā

noteiktajos gadījumos, par tiesas uzdevumu nosūtīšanu citām tiesām, kā arī izpilda citas nepieciešamās procesuālās

darbības.

(6) Šajā pantā norādīto darbību veikšanai tiesnesis var noteikt sagatavošanas sēdi, uz kuru aicina puses un trešās

personas.

(7) Ja sagatavošanas sēde nav nepieciešama, tiesnesis nosaka tiesas sēdes dienu un laiku, uz tiesu aicināmās un

izsaucamās personas.

(8) Lietās par darbinieka atjaunošanu darbā un lietās par darba devēja uzteikuma atzīšanu par spēkā neesošu tiesas

sēdes diena nosakāma ne vēlāk kā 15 dienu laikā pēc paskaidrojuma saņemšanas vai tā iesniegšanas termiņa

notecēšanas vai pēc sagatavošanas sēdes.

(9) Lietās par atlīdzības apmēra noteikšanu nekustamā īpašuma piespiedu atsavināšanas gadījumos tiesas sēde

nosakāma 15 dienu laikā pēc paskaidrojumu saņemšanas vai tā iesniegšanas termiņa notecēšanas, vai pēc

sagatavošanas sēdes.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.04.2004. un 09.06.2005. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 23.06.2005.)

149.1 pants. Sagatavošanas sēde

(1) Sagatavošanas sēdē tiesnesis iztaujā lietas dalībniekus par lietas būtību, lai precizētu strīda priekšmetu un

robežas, izskaidro lietas dalībniekiem viņu procesuālās tiesības un pienākumus, procesuālo darbību izdarīšanas vai

neizdarīšanas sekas, izlemj šā likuma 149.panta trešajā, ceturtajā un piektajā daļā paredzētos jautājumus, cenšas

puses samierināt, ja nepieciešams, nosaka termiņu, līdz kuram izpildāmas atsevišķas procesuālās darbības.

(2) Ja tiesas sēde nav noteikta iepriekš, sagatavošanas sēdē tiesnesis nosaka tiesas sēdes dienu un laiku un pret

parakstu paziņo par to klātesošajiem lietas dalībniekiem, kā arī nosaka uz tiesas sēdi aicināmās un izsaucamās

personas.

(3) Sagatavošanas sēde tiek protokolēta. Protokolā ieraksta ziņas par sēdes norisi, lietas dalībnieku paskaidrojumu

būtību un tiesneša pieņemtos lēmumus.

150.pants. Lietas dalībnieku atbildība

(1) Ja lietas dalībnieks bez attaisnojoša iemesla tiesneša noteiktajā termiņā neiesniedz paskaidrojumus, neatbild uz

tiesneša pieprasījumu, tiesnesis var viņam uzlikt naudas sodu līdz 50 latiem.

(2) Ja lietas dalībnieks bez attaisnojoša iemesla neierodas uz sagatavošanas sēdi, tiesnesis var viņam uzlikt naudas

sodu līdz 50 latiem.

(3) Ja atbildētājs nav iesniedzis paskaidrojumus, nav ieradies uz sagatavošanas sēdi un nav paziņojis savas

neierašanās iemeslu, tiesa pēc prasītāja lūguma var sagatavošanas sēdē taisīt aizmugurisku spriedumu.

21.nodaļa Civillietu iztiesāšana

151.pants. Tiesas sēde

(1) Lietas iztiesā tiesas sēdē, kuru vada tiesnesis.

(2) Tiesnesis vada lietas iztiesāšanu tā, lai nodrošinātu visiem lietas dalībniekiem vienādas iespējas piedalīties lietas

apstākļu noskaidrošanā.

(3) Lietas iztiesāšanas gaitā tiesnesis cenšas puses samierināt.

152.pants. Kārtība tiesas sēdē

(1) Lietas dalībniekiem, lieciniekiem, ekspertiem, tulkiem tiesas sēdē jāievēro šajā likumā noteiktā kārtība un bez

ierunām jāpakļaujas tiesneša norādījumiem un tiesas lēmumiem.

(2) Tiesas sēžu zālē klātesošajām personām jāuzvedas tā, lai netraucētu tiesas sēdes gaitu.

(3) Lietas iztiesāšanas gaitu var pierakstīt vai citādi fiksēt, netraucējot tiesas sēdes norisi. Foto, kino un video

aparatūras lietošana tiesas sēdē pieļaujama tikai ar tiesas atļauju. Pirms šā jautājuma izlemšanas tiesa noklausās

lietas dalībnieku viedokli.

(4) Tiesas sēžu zālē ielaižamo personu skaitu nosaka tiesa atbilstoši zālē esošo vietu skaitam. Pušu radiniekiem un

masu informācijas līdzekļu pārstāvjiem ir priekšrocības tiesības būt klāt lietas iztiesāšanā.

(5) Tiesai ienākot sēžu zālē un aizejot no tās, visiem tiesas sēžu zālē klātesošajiem jāpieceļas.

(6) Lietas dalībnieki, liecinieki un eksperti sniedz tiesai paskaidrojumus un atzinumus, piesaka lūgumus un dod

liecības, stāvot kājās. Atkāpšanās no šā noteikuma pieļaujama tikai ar tiesneša atļauju.

(7) Tiesas spriedumu visi tiesas sēžu zālē klātesošie noklausās, stāvot kājās.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 19.06.2003. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 24.07.2003.)

153.pants. Kārtības nodrošināšana tiesas sēdē

(1) Personai, kura traucē kārtību lietas iztiesāšanas laikā, tiesnesis izsaka brīdinājumu.

(2) Ja lietas dalībnieki, liecinieki, eksperti vai tulki atkārtoti traucē kārtību, tiesa var šīm personām uzlikt naudas sodu

līdz piecdesmit latiem.

(3) Ja prokurors vai advokāts atkārtoti traucē kārtību, par to paziņo amatā augstākam prokuroram vai Latvijas

Zvērinātu advokātu padomei.

(4) Ja persona, kura nav lietas dalībnieks, atkārtoti traucē kārtību, tiesnesis izraida to no tiesas sēžu zāles. Par

necieņu pret tiesu šo personu var saukt arī pie likumā noteiktās atbildības.

154.pants. Tiesas sēdes uzsākšana

Lietas iztiesāšanai noteiktajā laikā tiesa ienāk sēžu zālē, sēdes vadītājs atklāj tiesas sēdi, paziņo, kāda lieta tiks

izskatīta, nosauc tiesas sastāvu, sēdes sekretāru un tulku.

155.pants. Procesa dalībnieku ierašanās pārbaude

(1) Tiesas sēdes sekretārs ziņo tiesai, kuras šajā lietā uzaicinātās un izsauktās personas ieradušās, kā arī to, vai ir

paziņots par tiesas sēdi personām, kas nav ieradušās, un kādas ziņas saņemtas par šo personu neierašanās

iemesliem.

(2) Tiesa pārbauda ieradušos personu identitāti un pārstāvju pilnvaras.

156.pants. Lietas dalībnieka, liecinieka, eksperta vai tulka neierašanās sekas

(1) Ja uz tiesas sēdi nav ieradies kāds no lietas dalībniekiem, liecinieks, eksperts vai tulks, tiesa uzsāk lietas

izskatīšanu, ja vien saskaņā ar šā likuma 209. vai 210.pantu nav pamats to atlikt.

(2) Ja lietas dalībnieks, kas nav ieradies tiesas sēdē, nav laikus paziņojis tiesai savas neierašanās iemeslu, tiesa var

uzlikt šai personai naudas sodu līdz piecdesmit latiem.

(3) Ja kāds no lietas dalībniekiem neierodas tiesā tādu iemeslu dēļ, kurus tiesa atzīst par neattaisnojošiem, tiesa var

uzlikt šai personai naudas sodu līdz simt latiem.

(4) Lieciniekam un ekspertam, kuri nav ieradušies tiesas sēdē, piemērojamas šā likuma 109. un 122.pantā noteiktās

procesuālās sankcijas.

157.pants. Pienākumu izskaidrošana tulkam

(1) Tiesa izskaidro tulkam viņa pienākumu tulkot to personu paskaidrojumus, jautājumus, liecības, pieteikumus un

lūgumus, kuras nepārvalda tiesvedības valodu, bet šīm personām — citu lietas dalībnieku paskaidrojumus,

jautājumus, liecības, pieteikumus, lūgumus, nolasīto dokumentu saturu, tiesneša rīkojumus un tiesas nolēmumus.

(2) Tiesa brīdina tulku, ka par atteikšanos tulkot vai par apzināti nepareizu tulkošanu viņš ir atbildīgs saskaņā ar

krimināllikumu.

158.pants. Liecinieku izraidīšana no tiesas sēžu zāles

Liecinieki līdz viņu nopratināšanas sākumam tiek izraidīti no tiesas sēžu zāles. Sēdes priekšsēdētājs gādā, lai tiesas

nopratinātie liecinieki nesazinātos ar nenopratinātajiem lieciniekiem.

159.pants. Tiesību un pienākumu izskaidrošana lietas dalībniekiem

(1) Tiesa izskaidro lietas dalībniekiem viņu procesuālās tiesības un pienākumus.

(2) Tiesa lietas izskatīšanas gaitā izskaidro pusēm un trešajām personām procesuālo darbību izpildīšanas vai

neizpildīšanas sekas.

160.pants. Noraidījumu izlemšana

(1) Tiesa noskaidro, vai lietas dalībniekiem ir noraidījumi tiesnesim, prokuroram, tiesas sēdes sekretāram, ekspertam

vai tulkam.

(2) Pieteiktos noraidījumus tiesa izlemj šā likuma 21.pantā noteiktajā kārtībā.

161.pants. Tiesību un pienākumu izskaidrošana ekspertam

Tiesa izskaidro ekspertam viņa tiesības un pienākumus un brīdina, ka par atteikšanos no atzinuma došanas vai par

apzināti nepatiesa atzinuma došanu eksperts ir atbildīgs saskaņā ar krimināllikumu.

162.pants. Lietas dalībnieku pieteikto lūgumu izlemšana

Tiesa noskaidro, vai lietas dalībniekiem ir lūgumi, kas saistīti ar lietas iztiesāšanu, un izlemj tos pēc pārējo lietas

dalībnieku viedokļa noklausīšanās.

163.pants. Sākums lietas izskatīšanai pēc būtības

(1) Lietas izskatīšana pēc būtības sākas ar tiesneša ziņojumu par lietas apstākļiem.

(2) Pēc tiesneša ziņojuma tiesa noskaidro, vai prasītājs uztur prasību, vai atbildētājs atzīst prasību un vai puses

nevēlas noslēgt izlīgumu vai nodot lietu izskatīšanai šķīrējtiesā.

164.pants. Atteikšanās no prasības, prasības atzīšana, izlīgums, vienošanās par lietas nodošanu šķīrējtiesai

(1) Atteikšanos no prasības vai prasības atzīšanu ieraksta tiesas sēdes protokolā un attiecīgi paraksta prasītājs vai

atbildētājs.

(2) Ja atteikšanās no prasības vai prasības atzīšana izteikta tiesai adresētos rakstveida pieteikumos, tos pievieno

lietai.

(3) Izlīgums iesniedzams tiesai rakstveidā, un to pievieno lietai.

(4) Vienošanos par lietas nodošanu šķīrējtiesai noformē rakstveidā un pievieno lietai.

(5) Par prasītāja atteikšanos no prasības, par pušu vienošanos nodot lietu izskatīšanai šķīrējtiesā, kā arī par pušu

izlīgumu tiesa pieņem lēmumu, ar kuru vienlaikus izbeidz tiesvedību lietā. Lēmumā par izlīguma apstiprināšanu

norādāmi izlīguma noteikumi.

(6) Par atteikšanos apstiprināt izlīgumu tiesa pieņem motivētu lēmumu un turpina izskatīt lietu pēc būtības.

(7) Iekams lietas izskatīšana pēc būtības nav pabeigta, ir iespējams atteikties no prasības, atzīt prasību, noslēgt

izlīgumu vai vienošanos par strīda nodošanu izskatīšanai šķīrējtiesā.

165.pants. Lietas dalībnieku paskaidrojumi

(1) Lietas dalībnieki dod paskaidrojumus tiesas sēdē šādā secībā: prasītājs, trešā persona ar patstāvīgiem

prasījumiem un atbildētājs.

(2) Ja lietā piedalās trešā persona, kurai nav patstāvīgu prasījumu, tā dod paskaidrojumus pēc prasītāja vai

atbildētāja atkarībā no tā, kura pusē šī trešā persona piedalās lietā.

(3) Ja prasību cēlis prokurors, valsts vai pašvaldības iestāde vai persona, kurai ar likumu piešķirtas tiesības aizstāvēt

tiesā citu personu tiesības un ar likumu aizsargātās intereses, tā dod paskaidrojumus tiesas sēdē pirmā.

(4) Lietas dalībnieku pārstāvji dod paskaidrojumus savu pārstāvamo vārdā.

(5) Lietas dalībnieki paskaidrojumos norāda visus apstākļus, uz kuriem pamatoti viņu prasījumi vai iebildumi.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

166.pants. Lietas dalībnieku rakstveida paskaidrojumi

(1) Lietas dalībnieki ir tiesīgi savus paskaidrojumus iesniegt tiesai rakstveidā.

(2) Lietas dalībnieku rakstveida paskaidrojumus nolasa tiesas sēdē, ievērojot šā likuma 165.pantā noteikto secību, un

pievieno lietai.

167.pants. Jautājumu uzdošanas kārtība

(1) Ar tiesas atļauju lietas dalībnieki var uzdot cits citam jautājumus. Tiesa var noraidīt jautājumus, kuri neattiecas uz

lietu.

(2) Tiesnesis var uzdot jautājumu lietas dalībniekam, ja viņš izsakās neskaidri vai nenoteikti, kā arī tad, ja no

paskaidrojumiem nav redzams, ka lietas dalībnieks atzītu vai noliegtu apstākļus, uz kuriem pamatoti pretējās puses

prasījumi vai iebildumi.

(3) Ja puse atsakās atbildēt uz jautājumu par strīdīgiem apstākļiem vai izvairās dot paskaidrojumus par tiem, tiesa

var pieļaut, ka puse šos apstākļus neapstrīd.

168.pants. Pierādījumu pārbaudes kārtības noteikšana

Tiesa, noklausījusies lietas dalībnieku paskaidrojumus un uzklausījusi viņu viedokli, nosaka liecinieku un ekspertu

nopratināšanas un citu pierādījumu pārbaudes kārtību.

169.pants. Liecinieka brīdināšana

(1) Pirms liecinieka nopratināšanas tiesa noskaidro viņa personību un brīdina par atbildību par atteikšanos liecināt vai

par apzināti nepatiesas liecības došanu, kā arī izskaidro šā likuma 107.panta saturu.

(2) Pirms nopratināšanas liecinieks paraksta šāda satura brīdinājumu:

"Es, . . . (liecinieka vārds un uzvārds), apņemos liecināt tiesai par visu, kas man zināms lietā, kurā esmu aicināts kā

liecinieks. Man izskaidrots, ka par atteikšanos no liecināšanas vai par apzināti nepatiesas liecības došanu man draud

kriminālatbildība saskaņā ar krimināllikumu."

(3) Liecinieka parakstīto brīdinājumu pievieno tiesas sēdes protokolam.

(4) Lieciniekam, kurš nav sasniedzis 14 gadu vecumu, tiesnesis izskaidro viņa pienākumu patiesi liecināt, izstāstīt visu

viņam šajā lietā zināmo, bet nebrīdina šo liecinieku par atbildību par atteikšanos liecināt vai par apzināti nepatiesas

liecības došanu

170.pants. Liecinieku nopratināšana

(1) Katru liecinieku nopratina atsevišķi.

(2) Vispirms nopratināmi prasītāja norādītie liecinieki, pēc tam — atbildētāja norādītie liecinieki. Vienas puses norādīto

liecinieku nopratināšanas secību nosaka tiesa, ņemot vērā šīs puses viedokli.

(3) Liecinieks dod savas liecības un atbild uz jautājumiem mutvārdos.

(4) Tiesa noskaidro liecinieka attiecības ar pusēm un trešajām personām un aicina viņu izstāstīt tiesai visu, kas

lieciniekam personīgi zināms lietā, izvairoties no tādu ziņu sniegšanas, kuru avotu viņš nevar uzrādīt, kā arī no savu

pieņēmumu un secinājumu izteikšanas. Tiesa var pārtraukt liecinieka stāstījumu, ja viņš runā par apstākļiem, kas

neattiecas uz lietu.

(5) Ar tiesas atļauju lietas dalībnieki var uzdot jautājumus lieciniekam. Pirmais jautājumus uzdod lietas dalībnieks, pēc

kura lūguma liecinieks izsaukts, pēc tam — citi lietas dalībnieki.

(6) Tiesnesis var uzdot jautājumus lieciniekam jebkurā viņa nopratināšanas brīdī. Liecinieka nopratināšanas laikā

jautājumus var uzdot arī lietas dalībniekiem.

(7) Tiesa var nopratināt liecinieku otrreiz tajā pašā vai citā tiesas sēdē, kā arī konfrontēt lieciniekus.

(8) Ja apstākļi, kuru noskaidrošanai liecinieki izsaukti, ir noskaidroti, tiesa ar lietas dalībnieku piekrišanu var

nenopratināt ieradušos lieciniekus, pieņemot par to attiecīgu lēmumu. Lietas dalībnieku piekrišanu ieraksta tiesas

sēdes protokolā, un to paraksta katrs lietas dalībnieks.

171.pants. Liecinieka tiesības lietot rakstveida piezīmes

Liecināšanas laikā liecinieks var lietot rakstveida piezīmes, ja viņa liecība saistīta ar aprēķiniem vai citiem datiem,

kurus grūti atcerēties. Šīs piezīmes uzrādāmas tiesai un lietas dalībniekiem, un tās pēc tiesas lēmuma var pievienot

lietai.

172.pants. Nepilngadīga liecinieka nopratināšana

(1) Nepilngadīga liecinieka nopratināšana pēc tiesas ieskata izdarāma likumiskā pārstāvja vai pedagoga klātbūtnē. Šīs

personas var uzdot jautājumus nepilngadīgajam lieciniekam.

(2) Gadījumos, kad tas nepieciešams lietas apstākļu noskaidrošanai, nepilngadīgā liecinieka nopratināšanas laikā pēc

tiesas lēmuma var izraidīt no tiesas sēžu zāles jebkuru lietas dalībnieku un sēžu zālē klātesošu personu. Pēc lietas

dalībnieka atgriešanās sēžu zālē viņu iepazīstina ar nepilngadīgā liecinieka liecību un viņam dod iespēju uzdot

lieciniekam jautājumus.

(3) Liecinieks, kas nav sasniedzis 15 gadu vecumu, pēc nopratināšanas izraidāms no tiesas sēžu zāles, izņemot

gadījumus, kad tiesa atzīst par nepieciešamu šā liecinieka klātbūtni tiesas sēžu zālē.

173.pants. Liecinieka liecības nolasīšana

Liecinieka liecību, kas iegūta pierādījumu nodrošināšanas vai tiesas uzdevuma kārtībā vai iepriekšējā tiesas sēdē,

nolasa tiesas sēdē, kurā iztiesā lietu.

174.pants. Nopratinātā liecinieka pienākums

Nopratinātajam lieciniekam jāpaliek tiesas sēžu zālē līdz lietas iztiesāšanas beigām. Viņš var atstāt sēžu zāli pirms

lietas iztiesāšanas beigām tikai saskaņā ar tiesas lēmumu, kas pieņemts pēc lietas dalībnieku viedokļu noklausīšanās.

175.pants. Eksperta atzinuma pārbaude un eksperta nopratināšana

(1) Eksperta atzinumu nolasa tiesas sēdē.

(2) Tiesa un lietas dalībnieki var uzdot ekspertam jautājumus tādā pašā kārtībā kā lieciniekiem.

(3) Šā likuma 125.pantā minētajos gadījumos tiesa var noteikt papildu vai atkārtotu ekspertīzi.

176.pants. Rakstveida pierādījumu pievienošana lietai

(1) Jautājumu par rakstveida pierādījumu pievienošanu lietai tiesa izlemj pēc tam, kad tā iepazīstinājusi lietas

dalībniekus ar šo pierādījumu saturu un uzklausījusi viņu viedokli.

(2) Valsts noslēpumu objektus apkopo atsevišķā sējumā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

177.pants. Rakstveida pierādījumu pārbaude

(1) Rakstveida pierādījumus vai to apskates protokolus nolasa tiesas sēdē vai uzrāda lietas dalībniekiem, bet, ja

nepieciešams, — arī ekspertiem un lieciniekiem.

(2) Personisko korespondenci var nolasīt atklātā tiesas sēdē tikai ar sarakstē iesaistīto personu piekrišanu. Ja šādas

piekrišanas nav vai personas mirušas, minētos pierādījumus nolasa un pārbauda slēgtā tiesas sēdē.

178.pants. Rakstveida pierādījumu apstrīdēšana

(1) Lietas dalībnieki var apstrīdēt rakstveida pierādījumu patiesīgumu.

(2) Pret rakstveida pierādījuma patiesīgumu nevar iebilst persona, kas to pati parakstījusi. Šī persona var apstrīdēt šo

pierādījumu, ceļot atsevišķu prasību, ja paraksts dots vardarbības, draudu vai viltus ietekmē.

(3) Zemesgrāmatu, notariālo un citu likumā noteiktajā kārtībā apliecināto aktu patiesīgumu nevar apšaubīt. Tos var

apstrīdēt, ceļot atsevišķu prasību.

(4) Apstrīdētā rakstveida pierādījuma iesniedzējam jādod tajā pašā tiesas sēdē paskaidrojumi par to, vai viņš vēlas

izmantot šo rakstveida pierādījumu vai arī lūdz to izslēgt no pierādījumiem.

(5) Ja lietas dalībnieks vēlas izmantot apstrīdēto pierādījumu, tiesa, salīdzinājusi šo pierādījumu ar citiem lietā

esošajiem pierādījumiem, lemj par tā izmantošanas pieļaujamību.

179.pants. Pieteikums par rakstveida pierādījuma viltojumu

(1) Lietas dalībnieks var iesniegt motivētu pieteikumu par rakstveida pierādījuma viltojumu.

(2) Persona, kura iesniegusi šo pierādījumu, var lūgt tiesu to izslēgt.

(3) Lai pārbaudītu pieteikumu par rakstveida pierādījuma viltojumu, tiesa var noteikt ekspertīzi vai pieprasīt citus

pierādījumus.

(4) Ja tiesa atzīst, ka rakstveida pierādījums viltots, tā izslēdz šo pierādījumu un par viltojuma faktu paziņo

prokuroram.

(5) Ja tiesa atzīst, ka lietas dalībnieks apzināti nepamatoti ierosinājis strīdu par rakstveida pierādījuma viltojumu, tā

var šim lietas dalībniekam uzlikt naudas sodu līdz simt latiem.

180.pants. Lietisko pierādījumu pārbaude

(1) Lietiskos pierādījumus apskata tiesas sēdē un uzrāda lietas dalībniekiem, bet, ja nepieciešams, — arī ekspertiem

un lieciniekiem.

(2) Lietas dalībnieki par lietiskajiem pierādījumiem var sniegt paskaidrojumus un izteikt savu viedokli un lūgumus.

(3) Lietisko pierādījumu apskates protokolu, kas sastādīts pierādījumu nodrošināšanas vai tiesas uzdevuma kārtībā,

nolasa tiesas sēdē.

181.pants. Pierādījumu apskate un pārbaude uz vietas

(1) Ja rakstveida vai lietiskos pierādījumus nevar nogādāt tiesā, pēc lietas dalībnieka lūguma tiesa pieņem lēmumu

par šo pierādījumu apskati un pārbaudi to atrašanās vietā.

(2) Par apskati uz vietas tiesa paziņo lietas dalībniekiem. Šo personu neierašanās nav šķērslis apskates izdarīšanai.

(3) Izdarot apskati uz vietas, tiesa var izsaukt ekspertus un lieciniekus.

(4) Apskates norisi ieraksta tiesas sēdes protokolā, kuram pievieno apskatē sastādīto un pārbaudīto lietisko

pierādījumu plānus, rasējumus un attēlus.

182.pants. Institūcijas atzinums

(1) Pēc pierādījumu pārbaudes tiesa noklausās tās institūcijas atzinumu, kura piedalās procesā saskaņā ar likumu vai

tiesas lēmumu.

(2) Tiesnesis un lietas dalībnieki var uzdot šīs institūcijas pārstāvim jautājumus sakarā ar atzinumu.

(07.04.2004. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.05.2004.)

183.pants. Lietas izskatīšanas pēc būtības pabeigšana

(1) Pēc tam, kad pārbaudīti visi pieteiktie pierādījumi, tiesa noskaidro lietas dalībnieku viedokli par iespēju pabeigt

lietas izskatīšanu pēc būtības.

(2) Ja nav nepieciešams pārbaudīt papildu pierādījumus, tiesa noskaidro, vai prasītājs uztur prasību un vai puses

nevēlas noslēgt izlīgumu.

(3) Ja prasītājs neatsakās no prasības un puses nevēlas noslēgt izlīgumu, tiesa pasludina lietas izskatīšanu pēc būtības

par pabeigtu un pāriet pie tiesas debatēm.

184.pants. Tiesas debates

(1) Tiesas debatēs pirmais runā prasītājs vai viņa pārstāvis, pēc tam — atbildētājs vai viņa pārstāvis. Prokurors, valsts

vai pašvaldību iestādes pārstāvis un persona, kas griezušies tiesā, lai aizstāvētu citu personu tiesības un ar likumu

aizsargātās intereses, runā tiesas debatēs pirmie.

(2) Ja lietā piedalās trešā persona ar patstāvīgiem prasījumiem par strīda priekšmetu, šī persona vai tās pārstāvis

runā pēc pusēm.

(3) Trešā persona, kurai nav patstāvīgu prasījumu par strīda priekšmetu, vai tās pārstāvis runā pēc prasītāja vai

atbildētāja, kura pusē šī trešā persona piedalās lietā.

(4) Tiesas debašu dalībnieks nav tiesīgs savā runā atsaukties uz apstākļiem un pierādījumiem, kas nav pārbaudīti

tiesas sēdē.

(5) Tiesa var pārtraukt debašu dalībnieku, ja viņš runā par apstākļiem, kas neattiecas uz lietu.

185.pants. Replikas

(1) Pēc tam, kad šā likuma 184.pantā minētie lietas dalībnieki runājuši debatēs, katram no viņiem ir tiesības uz vienu

repliku.

(2) Tiesa var ierobežot repliku ilgumu.

186.pants. Prokurora atzinums

Ja lietā piedalās prokurors, kurš nav cēlis prasību, viņš pēc tiesas debatēm un replikām dod atzinumu par prasības

pamatotību.

187.pants. Tiesas apspriede

(1) Pēc tiesas debatēm, kā arī replikām un prokurora atzinuma tiesa aiziet apspriežu istabā taisīt spriedumu, pirms

tam paziņojot par to tiesas sēžu zālē esošajiem.

(2) Ja sarežģītā lietā tiesa atzīst, ka šajā tiesas sēdē nav iespējams taisīt spriedumu, tā nosaka nākamo tiesas sēdi

tuvāko 14 dienu laikā, kurā tā paziņos spriedumu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 19.06.2003. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 24.07.2003.)

188.pants. Lietas izskatīšanas pēc būtības atsākšana

(1) Ja apspriedes laikā tiesa atzīst par nepieciešamu noskaidrot jaunus apstākļus, kuriem ir nozīme lietā, vai papildus

pārbaudīt esošos vai jaunus pierādījumus, tā atsāk lietas izskatīšanu pēc būtības.

(2) Tādā gadījumā tiesas sēde turpinās šajā nodaļā noteiktajā kārtībā.

22.nodaļa Spriedums

189.pants. Vispārīgie noteikumi

(1) Tiesas nolēmumu, ar kuru lietu izspriež pēc būtības, tiesa taisa sprieduma veidā un pasludina Latvijas Republikas

vārdā.

(2) Spriedumu taisa un pasludina pēc lietas izskatīšanas.

(3) Spriedumam jābūt likumīgam un pamatotam.

(4) Nav pieļaujama nekāda tieša vai netieša iejaukšanās sprieduma taisīšanā vai tiesas iespaidošana.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 19.06.2003. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 24.07.2003.)

190.pants. Sprieduma likumīgums un pamatotība

(1) Taisot spriedumu, tiesa vadās pēc materiālo un procesuālo tiesību normām.

(2) Tiesa spriedumu pamato uz apstākļiem, kas nodibināti ar pierādījumiem lietā. Spriedumā tiesa neatspoguļo

informāciju, kas ir valsts noslēpuma objekts, bet norāda, ka ar šo informāciju ir iepazinusies un to izvērtējusi.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

191.pants. Sprieduma taisīšanas kārtība

(1) (Izslēgta ar 19.06.2003. likumu.)

(2) Tiesnešu apspriedē drīkst būt klāt tikai tiesneši, kas ir tiesas sastāvā izskatāmajā lietā.

(3) Ja spriedumu taisa koleģiāli, tiesas sēdes priekšsēdētājs izsaka savu viedokli pēdējais.

(4) Tiesa, taisot spriedumu, visus nolēmumus pieņem ar balsu vairākumu. Spriedumu paraksta visi tiesneši.

(5) Lietā, kuru tiesnesis izskata vienpersoniski, spriedumu paraksta tiesnesis.

(6) Pēc sprieduma parakstīšanas to grozīt vai mainīt nav atļauts.

(7) Spriedumā dzēsumi un aizkrāsojumi nav pieļaujami, bet labojumi un pierakstījumi atrunājami pirms visu tiesnešu

parakstiem.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 19.06.2003. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 24.07.2003.)

192.pants. Prasījuma robežu ievērošana

Tiesa taisa spriedumu par prasībā noteikto prasības priekšmetu un uz prasībā norādītā pamata, nepārsniedzot

prasījuma robežas.

193.pants. Sprieduma forma un saturs

(1) Spriedumu sastāda rakstveidā.

(2) Spriedums sastāv no ievaddaļas, aprakstošās daļas, motīvu daļas un rezolutīvās daļas.

(3) Ievaddaļā norāda, ka spriedums taisīts Latvijas Republikas vārdā, kā arī sprieduma taisīšanas laiku, tās tiesas

nosaukumu, kas taisījusi spriedumu, tiesas sastāvu, tiesas sēdes sekretāru, lietas dalībniekus un strīda priekšmetu.

(4) Aprakstošajā daļā norāda prasītāja prasījumus, atbildētāja pretprasību, iebildumus, kā arī lietas dalībnieku sniegto

paskaidrojumu būtību.

(5) Motīvu daļā norāda lietā konstatētos faktus, pierādījumus, uz kuriem pamatoti tiesas secinājumi, un argumentus,

ar kuriem noraidīti tie vai citi pierādījumi. Šajā daļā norāda arī normatīvos aktus, pēc kuriem tiesa vadījusies, un

konstatēto lietas apstākļu juridisko novērtējumu, kā arī tiesas secinājumus par prasības pamatotību vai nepamatotību.

Ja atbildētājs pilnībā atzinis prasību, sprieduma motīvu daļā iekļauj tikai norādi uz normatīvajiem aktiem, pēc kuriem

tiesa vadījusies.

(6) Rezolutīvajā daļā norāda tiesas nolēmumu par prasības pilnīgu vai daļēju apmierināšanu vai par tās pilnīgu vai

daļēju noraidīšanu un sprieduma būtību. Turklāt norāda, kam un kādā apmērā maksājami tiesāšanās izdevumi,

sprieduma labprātīgas izpildes termiņu, ja tiesa tādu noteikusi, sprieduma pārsūdzēšanas termiņu un kārtību, kā arī

pilna sprieduma sastādīšanas datumu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 17.02.2005., 07.09.2006. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

194.pants. Saīsināts spriedums

Sarežģītā lietā tiesa var sastādīt saīsinātu spriedumu, kas sastāv no ievaddaļas un rezolutīvās daļas. Šajā gadījumā

pilnu spriedumu tiesa sastāda 14 dienu laikā.

195.pants. Spriedums par naudas summas piedziņu

Taisot spriedumu par naudas summas piedziņu, tiesa tā rezolutīvajā daļā norāda prasījuma veidu un piedzenamo

summu, atsevišķi uzrādot galveno parādu un procentus, laiku, par kādu procenti piespriesti, kā arī prasītāja tiesības

par laiku līdz sprieduma izpildei (izsoles dienai) saņemt procentus, minot arī to apmēru.

196.pants. Spriedums par mantas atdošanu natūrā

Taisot spriedumu par mantas atdošanu natūrā, tiesa tā rezolutīvajā daļā norāda konkrēto mantu, kā arī nosaka, ka

mantas neesamības gadījumā no atbildētāja piedzenama tās vērtība, minot konkrētu summu.

197.pants. Spriedums, kas uzliek pienākumu izpildīt noteiktas darbības

(1) Spriedumā, kas uzliek pienākumu izpildīt noteiktas darbības, tiesa nosaka, konkrēti kam, kādas darbības un kādā

termiņā ir jāizpilda.

(2) Taisot spriedumu, kas atbildētājam uzliek pienākumu izpildīt noteiktas darbības, kuras nav saistītas ar mantas vai

naudas summu nodošanu, tiesa spriedumā var norādīt, ka tad, ja atbildētājs noteiktā termiņā neizpildīs spriedumu,

prasītājs ir tiesīgs izpildīt šīs darbības uz atbildētāja rēķina , pēc tam no viņa piedzenot nepieciešamos izdevumus.

198.pants. Spriedums vairāku prasītāju labā vai pret vairākiem atbildētājiem

(1) Spriedumā vairāku prasītāju labā tiesa norāda, kāda sprieduma daļa attiecas uz katru no viņiem, vai arī to, ka

piedziņas tiesības ir solidāras.

(2) Spriedumā pret vairākiem atbildētājiem tiesa norāda, kāda sprieduma daļa izpildāma katram no viņiem, vai arī to,

ka viņu atbildība ir solidāra.

199.pants. Sprieduma pasludināšana

(1) Pēc sprieduma parakstīšanas tiesa atgriežas tiesas sēžu zālē, kur tiesnesis pasludina spriedumu, to nolasot.

(2) Pēc sprieduma pasludināšanas tiesnesis izskaidro tā saturu, pārsūdzēšanas kārtību un termiņus.

(3) Pasludinot saīsinātu spriedumu, tiesa paziņo datumu, kad būs sastādīts pilns spriedums.

200.pants. Pārrakstīšanās un matemātiskā aprēķina kļūdu labošana

(1) Tiesa pēc savas iniciatīvas vai lietas dalībnieka pieteikuma var izlabot spriedumā pārrakstīšanās un matemātiskā

aprēķina kļūdas. Jautājumu par kļūdu labošanu izskata tiesas sēdē, iepriekš par to paziņojot lietas dalībniekiem. Šo

personu neierašanās nav šķērslis jautājuma izskatīšanai.

(2) Pārrakstīšanās vai matemātiskā aprēķina kļūdas spriedumā izlabo ar tiesas lēmumu.

(3) Par lēmumu izdarīt kļūdas labojumu spriedumā lietas dalībnieks var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

201.pants. Papildspriedums

(1) Tiesa, kas taisījusi lietā spriedumu, ir tiesīga pēc savas iniciatīvas vai lietas dalībnieka pieteikuma taisīt

papildspriedumu, ja:

1) nav taisīts spriedums par kādu no prasījumiem, par kuru lietas dalībnieki iesnieguši pierādījumus un devuši

paskaidrojumus;

2) tiesa nav noteikusi piespriestās summas apmēru, mantu, kas jānodod, darbības, kas jāizpilda, vai tiesāšanās

izdevumu atlīdzināšanu.

(2) Papildsprieduma taisīšanu var ierosināt likumā noteiktajā sprieduma pārsūdzēšanas termiņā.

(3) Par šā jautājuma izskatīšanas laiku un vietu tiesa paziņo lietas dalībniekiem. Šo personu neierašanās nav šķērslis

tam, lai izlemtu jautājumu par papildsprieduma taisīšanu.

(4) Par tiesas lēmumu atteikt papildsprieduma taisīšanu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

202.pants. Sprieduma izskaidrošana

(1) Tiesa, kura taisījusi spriedumu, var pēc lietas dalībnieka pieteikuma ar savu lēmumu to izskaidrot, negrozot

sprieduma saturu.

(2) Sprieduma izskaidrošana pieļaujama, ja tas vēl nav izpildīts un nav notecējis termiņš tā izpildīšanai piespiedu

kārtā.

(3) Jautājumu par sprieduma izskaidrošanu izskata tiesas sēdē, iepriekš par to paziņojot lietas dalībniekiem. Šo

personu neierašanās nav šķērslis jautājuma izskatīšanai.

(4) Par tiesas lēmumu jautājumā par sprieduma izskaidrošanu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

203.pants. Sprieduma stāšanās likumīgā spēkā

(1) Tiesas spriedums stājas likumīgā spēkā pēc tam, kad notecējis termiņš tā pārsūdzēšanai apelācijas kārtībā un

sūdzība nav iesniegta. Ja apelācijas instances tiesa apelācijas sūdzību atstājusi bez izskatīšanas vai apelācijas

tiesvedību izbeigusi, spriedums stājas spēkā no attiecīgā lēmuma pasludināšanas brīža.

(2) Ja spriedums pārsūdzēts kādā daļā, tā nepārsūdzētajā daļā spriedums stājas spēkā, kad notecējis termiņš tā

pārsūdzēšanai.

(21) Ja attiecībā uz dažādiem lietas dalībniekiem termiņu apelācijas sūdzības iesniegšanai par pirmās instances tiesas

spriedumu nosaka gan saskaņā ar šā likuma 415.panta pirmo vai otro daļu, gan 415.panta 2.2daļu vai attiecībā uz

visiem lietas dalībniekiem termiņu apelācijas sūdzībai par pirmās instances tiesas spriedumu nosaka saskaņā ar šā

likuma 415.panta trešo daļu, tiesas spriedums stājas likumīgā spēkā pēc tam, kad notecējis termiņš tā pārsūdzēšanai,

termiņu skaitot no vēlākā sprieduma noraksta izsniegšanas datuma, ja nav iesniegta apelācijas sūdzība.

(22) Ja šā panta 2.1daļā minētajos gadījumos nav saņemts attiecīgs apstiprinājums par sprieduma noraksta

izsniegšanu (56.2pants), spriedums stājas likumīgā spēkā sešus mēnešus pēc tā pasludināšanas.

(3) Pēc sprieduma stāšanās likumīgā spēkā lietas dalībnieki, kā arī viņu tiesību pārņēmēji nav tiesīgi citā procesā

apstrīdēt tiesas nodibinātos faktus, kā arī no jauna celt tiesā prasību par to pašu priekšmetu uz tā paša pamata,

izņemot šajā likumā noteiktos gadījumus.

(4) Ja pēc tam, kad likumīgā spēkā stājies spriedums, ar kuru no atbildētāja piespriesti periodiski maksājumi, mainās

apstākļi, kas ietekmē maksājumu apmēra vai ilguma noteikšanu, katra puse ir tiesīga, iesniedzot jaunu prasību, prasīt

maksājumu apmēra vai termiņa grozīšanu.

(5) Spriedumam, kas stājies likumīgā spēkā, ir likuma spēks, tas ir obligāts un izpildāms visā valsts teritorijā, un to

var atcelt tikai likumā noteiktajos gadījumos un kārtībā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

204.pants. Sprieduma izpildīšana

Spriedumu izpilda pēc tā stāšanās likumīgā spēkā, izņemot gadījumus, kad spriedums izpildāms nekavējoties.

204.1 pants. Sprieduma labprātīga izpilde

(1) Taisot spriedumu par naudas summas piedziņu, par mantas atdošanu natūrā, par personu un mantas izlikšanu no

telpām un par tiesāšanās izdevumu piedziņu, tiesa nosaka termiņu sprieduma labprātīgai izpildei, izņemot gadījumus,

kad spriedums izpildāms nekavējoties.

(2) Sprieduma labprātīgas izpildes termiņš nedrīkst būt garāks par 10 dienām no sprieduma spēkā stāšanās dienas.

(17.02.2005. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

205.pants. Nekavējoties izpildāmie spriedumi

(1) Pēc lietas dalībnieka lūguma tiesa spriedumā var noteikt, ka pilnīgi vai noteiktā daļā nekavējoties izpildāmi

spriedumi:

1) par līdzekļu piedziņu bērnu uzturēšanai;

2) par darba samaksas piedziņu;

3) par atjaunošanu darbā;

4) par atlīdzību par sakropļojumu vai citu veselības bojājumu;

5) par uzturlīdzekļu piedziņu sakarā ar tādas personas nāvi, kuras pienākums bijis kādu uzturēt;

6) lietās, kurās atbildētājs atzinis prasījumu;

7) lietās, kurās sevišķu apstākļu dēļ sprieduma izpildīšanas novilcināšana var radīt ievērojamus zaudējumus

piedzinējam vai arī pati piedziņa var kļūt neiespējama .

(2) Sprieduma tūlītēja izpildīšana šā panta pirmās daļas 7.punktā paredzētajā gadījumā pieļaujama, vienīgi pieprasot

no piedzinēja pienācīgu nodrošinājumu gadījumam, ja apelācijas instances tiesa spriedumu grozītu.

206.pants. Sprieduma izpildes atlikšana, sadalīšana termiņos, tā izpildes veida vai kārtības grozīšana

(1) Tiesa, kas taisījusi spriedumu lietā, ir tiesīga pēc lietas dalībnieka pieteikuma, ievērojot pušu mantisko stāvokli,

bērnu tiesības vai citus apstākļus, pieņemt lēmumu par sprieduma izpildīšanas atlikšanu vai sadalīšanu termiņos, kā

arī par sprieduma veida un kārtības grozīšanu.

(2) Pieteikums tiek izskatīts tiesas sēdē, iepriekš par to paziņojot lietas dalībniekiem. Šo personu neierašanās nav

šķērslis pieteikuma izskatīšanai.

(3) Par tiesas lēmumu atlikt sprieduma izpildīšanu vai to sadalīt termiņos, kā arī par tā izpildes veida un kārtības

grozīšanu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 14.12.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2007.)

206.1 pants. Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulā Nr. 861/2007 paredzētajā kārtībā taisītā sprieduma izpildes jautājumi

(1) Tiesa, kas taisījusi spriedumu Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulā Nr. 861/2007 paredzētajā kārtībā, ir tiesīga

pēc parādnieka pieteikuma minētās regulas 15.panta 2.punktā paredzētajos gadījumos:

1) aizstāt sprieduma izpildi ar šā likuma 138.pantā paredzētajiem pasākumiem šā sprieduma izpildes

nodrošinājumam;

2) grozīt sprieduma izpildes veidu vai kārtību;

3) apturēt sprieduma izpildi.

(2) Šā panta pirmajā daļā minēto pieteikumu izskata tiesas sēdē, iepriekš par to paziņojot lietas dalībniekiem. Šo

personu neierašanās nav šķērslis pieteikuma izskatīšanai.

(3) Par tiesas lēmumu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

(05.02.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

207.pants. Sprieduma izpildīšanas nodrošinājums

Pēc lietas dalībnieku pieteikuma tiesa spriedumā var noteikt šā likuma 138. pantā paredzētos pasākumus sprieduma

izpildes nodrošinājumam.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

208.pants. Sprieduma noraksta nosūtīšana lietas dalībniekiem

(1) Lietas dalībniekam, kas nav piedalījies tiesas sēdē, sprieduma norakstu nosūta ne vēlāk kā trīs dienas pēc tā

pasludināšanas, bet, ja ir pasludināts saīsināts spriedums, — triju dienu laikā pēc pilna sprieduma sastādīšanas.

(2) Ja lietas dalībnieks ir piedalījies tiesas sēdē un tiesa ir pasludinājusi saīsinātu spriedumu, pēc viņa rakstveida

lūguma tiesa nosūta viņam pilna sprieduma norakstu triju dienu laikā pēc tā sastādīšanas.

(3) Ja sprieduma noraksts šā panta pirmajā un otrajā daļā minētajos gadījumos nosūtāms personai saskaņā ar šā

likuma 56.2 pantu un šajā likumā paredzētajos gadījumos sprieduma norakstam pievienojams tulkojums, tiesa nosūta

sprieduma norakstu kopā ar tulkojumu nekavējoties pēc tulkojuma sagatavošanas.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

22.1 nodaļa Aizmugurisks spriedums

(Nodaļa 31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

208.1 pants. Aizmugurisks spriedums

(1) Aizmugurisks spriedums ir spriedums, ko pēc prasītāja lūguma pirmās instances tiesa taisa lietā, kurā atbildētājs

nav sniedzis paskaidrojumus par prasību un nav ieradies pēc tiesas aicinājuma, nepaziņojot neierašanās iemeslu.

(2) Aizmugurisku spriedumu tiesa taisa, pamatojoties uz prasītāja paskaidrojumiem un lietā esošajiem materiāliem, ja

tiesa tos atzīst par pietiekamiem strīda izšķiršanai.

(3) Aizmugurisku spriedumu nevar taisīt lietās:

1) kuras nevar izbeigt ar izlīgumu;

2) kurās atbildētāja dzīvesvieta vai atrašanās vieta nav Latvijas Republikā;

3) kurās atbildētājs aicināts uz tiesu ar publikāciju laikrakstā "Latvijas Vēstnesis";

4) kurās ir vairāki atbildētāji un kaut viens piedalās procesā.

(4) Noteikumi par aizmugurisku spriedumu neattiecas uz sevišķo tiesāšanas kārtību.

208.2 pants. Aizmuguriska sprieduma forma un saturs

(1) Aizmugurisku spriedumu tiesa taisa un sastāda šā likuma 189.-198.pantā norādītajā kārtībā, ievērojot šajā pantā

noteiktās īpatnības.

(2) To, ka spriedums ir aizmugurisks, norāda tā nosaukumā.

(3) Aizmuguriska sprieduma aprakstošajā daļā norāda prasītāja prasījumus, prasītāja paskaidrojuma būtību, šā

sprieduma taisīšanas procesuālo pamatojumu.

(4) Aizmuguriska sprieduma rezolutīvajā daļā papildus šā likuma 193.panta sestajā daļā minētajam tiesa norāda, ka

prasītājs ir tiesīgs pārsūdzēt spriedumu apelācijas kārtībā, bet atbildētājs 20 dienu laikā no aizmuguriska sprieduma

nosūtīšanas dienas ir tiesīgs iesniegt tiesai, kura taisījusi aizmugurisku spriedumu, pieteikumu par tiesvedības

atjaunošanu un lietas izskatīšanu no jauna.

208.3 pants. Aizmuguriska sprieduma noraksta nosūtīšana atbildētājam

Aizmuguriska sprieduma norakstu nosūta atbildētājam ierakstītā pasta sūtījumā.

208.4 pants. Aizmuguriska sprieduma pārsūdzēšana

(1) Prasītājs ir tiesīgs pārsūdzēt aizmugurisku spriedumu apelācijas kārtībā.

(2) Atbildētājs nav tiesīgs pārsūdzēt aizmugurisku spriedumu apelācijas kārtībā.

208.5 pants. Tiesvedības atjaunošana un lietas izskatīšana no jauna

(1) Atbildētājs ir tiesīgs 20 dienu laikā no aizmuguriska sprieduma nosūtīšanas dienas iesniegt tiesai, kas taisījusi

aizmugurisku spriedumu, pieteikumu par tiesvedības atjaunošanu un lietas izskatīšanu no jauna.

(2) Pieteikumā norāda:

1) tiesas nosaukumu, kas taisījusi aizmugurisku spriedumu;

2) atbildētāja vārdu, uzvārdu, personas kodu un dzīvesvietu, bet juridiskajai personai — tās nosaukumu, reģistrācijas

numuru un atrašanās vietu (juridisko adresi);

3) aizmuguriska sprieduma taisīšanas datumu un būtību;

4) iemeslus, kuru dēļ atbildētājs nav ņēmis dalību lietā;

5) atbildētāja iebildumus pret prasību un spriedumu, iebildumu pamatojumu;

6) pierādījumus, kas apstiprina iebildumus un to pamatojumu, likumu, uz kuru tie pamatoti;

7) lūgumus par pierādījumu pieņemšanu vai to izprasīšanu;

8) lūgumu atjaunot tiesvedību lietā un izskatīt lietu no jauna.

(3) Pieteikumam pievieno dokumentus, kas apstiprina:

1) valsts nodevas un citu tiesas izdevumu samaksu likumā noteiktajā kārtībā un apmērā;

2) iebildumu pamatojumu.

(4) Pieteikumam pievieno tā norakstus un rakstveida pierādījumu norakstus nosūtīšanai prasītājam un trešajām

personām.

208.6 pants. Pieteikuma atstāšana bez virzības

(1) Tiesnesis atstāj pieteikumu bez virzības, ja:

1) pieteikumā nav visu šā likuma 208.5 panta otrajā daļā noteikto rekvizītu;

2) pieteikumam nav pievienoti šā likuma 208.5 panta trešajā un ceturtajā daļā noteiktie dokumenti.

(2) Par pieteikuma atstāšanu bez virzības tiesnesis pieņem motivētu lēmumu, kura norakstu nosūta atbildētājam, un

nosaka termiņu, ne īsāku par 20 dienām, trūkumu novēršanai. Termiņu skaita no lēmuma izsniegšanas dienas.

Tiesneša lēmums ir pārsūdzams šajā likumā noteiktajā kārtībā. Pārsūdzēšanas termiņu skaita no lēmuma izsniegšanas

dienas.

(3) Ja atbildētājs tiesneša noteiktajā termiņā trūkumus nav novērsis, pieteikumu uzskata par neiesniegtu un atdod

atbildētājam. Lēmums par pieteikuma atdošanu nav pārsūdzams.

(4) Ja pieteikums atdots atbildētājam, viņam nav tiesību atkārtoti iesniegt tiesai pieteikumu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

208.7 pants. Tiesneša rīcība pēc pieteikuma pieņemšanas

(1) Atzinis, ka pieteikums atbilst šā likuma 208.5 panta prasībām, tiesnesis paziņo par pieteikumu prasītājam un

trešajām personām un nosūta viņiem pieteikuma un tam pievienoto dokumentu norakstus.

(2) Tiesnesis izskata pieteikumu septiņu dienu laikā pēc tā saņemšanas un pieņem vienu no šādiem lēmumiem:

1) par tiesvedības atjaunošanu un lietas izskatīšanu no jauna, ja atzīst, ka lietas izskatīšana bez atbildētāja

piedalīšanās un viņa pieteikto pierādījumu pārbaudes novedusi vai varējusi novest pie lietas nepareizas izspriešanas;

2) par pieteikuma noraidīšanu, ja atzīst, ka lietas izskatīšanai no jauna nav šā panta otrās daļas 1.punktā norādītā

pamata.

(3) Lēmumā par tiesvedības atjaunošanu un lietas izskatīšanu no jauna tiesnesis nosaka tiesas sēdes dienu un laiku

un uz tiesu aicināmās un izsaucamās personas.

(4) Ja pieņemts lēmums par tiesvedības atjaunošanu un lietas izskatīšanu no jauna un prasītājs ir iesniedzis apelācijas

sūdzību par aizmugurisku spriedumu, sūdzību atdod prasītājam.

(5) Par lēmumu, ar kuru noraidīts pieteikums, var iesniegt blakus sūdzību. Lēmums par tiesvedības atjaunošanu un

lietas izskatīšanu no jauna nav pārsūdzams.

208.8 pants. Aizmuguriska sprieduma stāšanās likumīgā spēkā

(1) Aizmugurisks spriedums stājas likumīgā spēkā, ja likumā noteiktajā termiņā nav iesniegta apelācijas sūdzība un

nav iesniegts pieteikums par tiesvedības atjaunošanu un lietas izskatīšanu no jauna.

(2) Ja ir noraidīts pieteikums par tiesvedības atjaunošanu un apelācijas sūdzība par tiesas spriedumu nav iesniegta,

aizmugurisks spriedums stājas spēkā pēc tam, kad izbeidzies termiņš tiesneša lēmuma pārsūdzēšanai.

(3) Ja tiesneša lēmums par pieteikuma noraidīšanu ir pārsūdzēts un apelācijas instances tiesa to atstājusi negrozītu,

aizmugurisks spriedums stājas spēkā no apelācijas instances tiesas lēmuma pasludināšanas brīža.

208.9 pants. Lietas izskatīšana no jauna

Ja ir pieņemts lēmums par tiesvedības atjaunošanu un lietas izskatīšanu no jauna, aizmugurisks spriedums spēkā

nestājas un lieta tiek izskatīta no jauna pilnā apjomā šā likuma 21.nodaļā paredzētajā kārtībā. Uz šo gadījumu

neattiecas likumā noteiktais ierobežojums tiesnesim piedalīties lietas izskatīšanā no jauna.

23.nodaļa Lietas izskatīšanas atlikšana

209.pants. Tiesas pienākums atlikt lietas izskatīšanu

Tiesa atliek lietas izskatīšanu:

1) ja tiesas sēdē neierodas kāds no lietas dalībniekiem un viņam nav paziņots par tiesas sēdes laiku un vietu;

2) ja kāds no lietas dalībniekiem, kam paziņots par tiesas sēdes laiku un vietu, neierodas tiesas sēdē tāda iemesla dēļ,

kuru tiesa atzīst par attaisnojošu;

3) ja atbildētājam nav izsniegts prasības pieteikuma noraksts un tāpēc viņš lūdz lietas izskatīšanu atlikt;

4) ja nepieciešams pieaicināt par lietas dalībnieku personu, kuras tiesības vai ar likumu aizsargātās intereses var tikt

aizskartas ar tiesas spriedumu;

5) šā likuma 240.pantā paredzētajā gadījumā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

210.pants. Tiesas tiesības atlikt lietas izskatīšanu

(1) Tiesa var atlikt lietas izskatīšanu:

1) ja prasītājs, kam paziņots par tiesas sēdes laiku un vietu, neierodas tiesas sēdē nezināma iemesla dēļ;

2) ja atbildētājs, kam paziņots par tiesas sēdes laiku un vietu, neierodas tiesas sēdē nezināma iemesla dēļ;

3) ja atzīst, ka nav iespējams izskatīt lietu tāpēc, ka nav ieradies kāds lietas dalībnieks, kura piedalīšanās lietas

izskatīšanā saskaņā ar likumu ir obligāta, kā arī liecinieks, eksperts vai tulks;

4) pēc lietas dalībnieka lūguma, lai dotu viņam iespēju iesniegt papildu pierādījumus.

(2) Šā panta pirmās daļas 1. vai 2.punktā norādītā iemesla dēļ tiesa var atlikt lietas izskatīšanu ne vairāk kā vienu

reizi.

211.pants. Lēmums par lietas izskatīšanas atlikšanu

(1) Lēmumu par lietas izskatīšanas atlikšanu ieraksta tiesas sēdes protokolā.

(2) Lēmumā par lietas izskatīšanas atlikšanu jāmin visas tās procesuālās darbības, kuras jāizpilda līdz nākamajai

tiesas sēdei, kā arī jānosaka nākamās tiesas sēdes diena.

(3) Nākamās tiesas sēdes dienu tiesa paziņo pret parakstu personām, kuras ieradušās uz tiesas sēdi. Klātneesošās

personas no jauna uzaicina vai izsauc uz tiesas sēdi.

(4) Lēmums par lietas izskatīšanas atlikšanu nav pārsūdzams, izņemot lēmumu, kurā nav noteikta nākamā tiesas

sēdes diena.

212.pants. Liecinieku nopratināšana, atliekot lietas izskatīšanu

(1) Ja tiesas sēdē ir klāt visi lietas dalībnieki, tiesa, atliekot lietas izskatīšanu, var nopratināt ieradušos lieciniekus.

(2) Ja nepieciešams, nopratinātos lieciniekus var izsaukt uz nākamo tiesas sēdi.

213.pants. Lietas izskatīšanas atsākšana

(Izslēgts ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

24.nodaļa Tiesvedības apturēšana civillietā

214.pants. Tiesas pienākums apturēt tiesvedību

Tiesa aptur tiesvedību, ja:

1) mirusi fiziskā persona vai beigusi pastāvēt juridiskā persona, kas lietā ir puse vai trešā persona ar patstāvīgiem

prasījumiem, un ja apstrīdētā tiesiskā attiecība pieļauj tiesību pārņemšanu;

2) puse vai trešā persona zaudējusi rīcībspēju;

3) puse vai trešā persona smagas slimības, vecuma vai invaliditātes dēļ vispār nespēj piedalīties lietas izskatīšanā;

4) tā pieņem lēmumu par pieteikuma iesniegšanu Satversmes tiesai vai arī Satversmes tiesa ir ierosinājusi lietu

sakarā ar puses vai trešās personas iesniegto konstitucionālo sūdzību;

41) tā pieņem lēmumu par jautājuma uzdošanu Eiropas Kopienu Tiesai prejudiciāla nolēmuma pieņemšanai;

5) lietas izskatīšana nav iespējama, iekams nav izšķirta cita lieta, kas jāizskata civilā, kriminālā vai administratīvā

kārtībā;

6) uz tiesas sēdi nav ieradies atbildētājs, kuram paziņojums par tiesas sēdes laiku un vietu vai prasības pieteikuma

noraksts ir nosūtīts saskaņā ar šā likuma 56.2 pantu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001., 07.04.2004., 07.09.2006. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā

01.03.2009.)

215.pants. Tiesas tiesības apturēt tiesvedību

Tiesa pēc lietas dalībnieka vai savas iniciatīvas var apturēt tiesvedību, ja:

1) puse vai trešā persona ar patstāvīgiem prasījumiem atrodas ārpus Latvijas robežām sakarā ar ilgstošu

komandējumu vai valsts pienākumu pildīšanu;

2) izsludināta atbildētāja meklēšana;

3) puse vai trešā persona ar patstāvīgiem prasījumiem slimības dēļ nespēj piedalīties lietas izskatīšanā;

4) tiesa nosaka ekspertīzi;

5) ir pušu savstarpēja vienošanās par tiesvedības apturēšanu un pret to neiebilst trešā persona ar patstāvīgiem

prasījumiem.

216.pants. Tiesvedības apturēšanas termiņi

Tiesvedība tiek apturēta:

1) šā likuma 214.panta 1.punktā paredzētajos gadījumos — līdz tiesību pārņēmēja noteikšanai vai likumiskā pārstāvja

iecelšanai;

2) šā likuma 214.panta 2.punktā paredzētajos gadījumos — līdz likumiskā pārstāvja iecelšanai;

3) šā likuma 214.panta 3.punktā paredzētajos gadījumos — līdz tiesas noteiktajam termiņam pārstāvības

noformēšanai;

4) šā likuma 214.panta 4., 4.1 un 5.punktā paredzētajos gadījumos — līdz likumīgā spēkā stājas Satversmes tiesas vai

Eiropas Kopienu Tiesas nolēmums vai tiesas nolēmums civillietā, krimināllietā vai administratīvajā lietā;

5) šā likuma 215.panta 1. — 4.punktā paredzētajos gadījumos — līdz brīdim, kad atkrituši šajos punktos minētie

apstākļi;

6) šā likuma 215.panta 5.punktā paredzētajos gadījumos — līdz tiesas lēmumā noteiktajam termiņam;

7) šā likuma 214.panta 6.punktā paredzētajos gadījumos — līdz ir ievēroti Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr.

1393/2007 19.panta 2.punktā vai 1965.gada 15.novembra Hāgas konvencijas par tiesas un ārpustiesas dokumentu

izsniegšanu civillietās un komerclietās (turpmāk — Hāgas 1965.gada konvencija) 15.panta otrajā daļā minētie

nosacījumi vai, ja šajā punktā minētie tiesību akti nav piemērojami, ir veikti līdzvērtīgi pasākumi.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001., 07.04.2004. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

217.pants. Lēmums par tiesvedības apturēšanu

(1) Par tiesvedības apturēšanu tiesa pieņem motivētu lēmumu, kuru noformē atsevišķa procesuālā dokumenta veidā.

(2) Lēmumā norādāmi apstākļi, līdz kuru iestāšanās vai izbeigšanās brīdim tiesvedība apturēta, vai termiņš, uz kādu

tiesvedība apturēta.

(3) Par tiesas lēmumu apturēt tiesvedību var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

218.pants. Tiesvedības atjaunošana

Tiesvedību atjauno tiesa ar lēmumu pēc savas iniciatīvas vai pēc lietas dalībnieku pieteikuma.

25.nodaļa Prasības atstāšana bez izskatīšanas

219.pants. Tiesas pienākums atstāt prasību bez izskatīšanas

(1) Tiesa atstāj prasību bez izskatīšanas, ja:

1) prasītājs nav ievērojis attiecīgajai lietu kategorijai noteikto lietas iepriekšējās ārpustiesas izskatīšanas kārtību vai

līdz prasības celšanai nav veicis likumā noteiktos pasākumus, lai noregulētu savu strīdu ar atbildētāju;

2) prasības pieteikumu iesniegusi rīcībnespējīga persona vai persona, kurai nodibināta aizgādnība atbilstoši Civillikuma

365.panta noteikumiem;

3) prasību prasītāja vārdā cēlusi persona, kura nav tam likumā noteiktajā kārtībā pilnvarota;

4) strīds prasības lietā starp tām pašām pusēm, par to pašu priekšmetu un uz tā paša pamata atrodas tās pašas vai

citas tiesas izskatīšanā.

(2) Tiesa atstāj prasību bez izskatīšanas daļā, par kuru neizsniedz Eiropas maksājuma rīkojumu Eiropas Parlamenta

un Padomes regulas Nr. 1896/2006 10.panta 2.punktā paredzētajā gadījumā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

220.pants. Tiesas tiesības atstāt prasību bez izskatīšanas

Tiesa var atstāt prasību bez izskatīšanas, ja prasītājs vai viņa pārstāvis atkārtoti neierodas tiesā un nav lūdzis izskatīt

lietu viņa prombūtnē.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 19.06.2003. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 24.07.2003.)

221.pants. Lēmums par prasības atstāšanu bez izskatīšanas

(1) Par prasības atstāšanu bez izskatīšanas tiesa pieņem motivētu lēmumu atsevišķa procesuālā dokumenta veidā.

(2) Par tiesas lēmumu atstāt prasību bez izskatīšanas var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

222.pants. Sekas prasības atstāšanai bez izskatīšanas

Ja prasība atstāta bez izskatīšanas, prasītājs ir tiesīgs no jauna iesniegt prasības pieteikumu tiesā, ievērojot likumā

noteikto kārtību.

26.nodaļa Tiesvedības izbeigšana

223.pants. Tiesvedības izbeigšanas pamats

Tiesa izbeidz tiesvedību lietā, ja:

1) lietas izskatīšana nav pakļauta tiesai;

2) prasību cēlusi persona, kurai nav prasības tiesības;

3) likumīgā spēkā stājies tiesas spriedums, kas taisīts strīdā starp tām pašām pusēm, par to pašu priekšmetu un uz tā

paša pamata, vai arī tiesas lēmums, ar kuru izbeigta tiesvedība;

4) prasītājs atteicies no prasības;

5) puses noslēgušas izlīgumu un tiesa to apstiprinājusi;

6) puses likumā noteiktajā kārtībā vienojušās par strīda nodošanu izskatīšanai šķīrējtiesā;

7) mirusi fiziskā persona, kura ir viena no pusēm lietā, un apstrīdētā tiesiskā attiecība nepieļauj tiesību pārņemšanu;

8) beigusi pastāvēt juridiskā persona, kura ir viena no pusēm lietā, un nav tās tiesību pārņēmēja.

224.pants. Lēmums par tiesvedības izbeigšanu

(1) Tiesvedību izbeidz ar motivētu tiesas lēmumu, ko pieņem atsevišķa procesuālā dokumenta veidā.

(2) Par tiesas lēmumu izbeigt tiesvedību var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

225.pants. Tiesvedības izbeigšanas sekas

Ja tiesvedība izbeigta, atkārtota griešanās tiesā strīdā starp tām pašām pusēm, par to pašu priekšmetu un uz tā paša

pamata nav pieļaujama.

27.nodaļa Izlīgums

226.pants. Vienošanās par izlīgumu

(1) Izlīgums pieļaujams jebkurā procesa stadijā.

(2) Izlīgums pieļaujams jebkurā civiltiesiskā strīdā, izņemot šajā likumā paredzētos gadījumus.

(3) Izlīgums nav pieļaujams:

1) strīdos, kas saistīti ar grozījumiem civilstāvokļa aktu reģistros;

2) strīdos, kas saistīti ar aizbildnībā vai aizgādnībā esošu personu mantiskajām tiesībām;

3) strīdos par nekustamo īpašumu, ja dalībnieku vidū ir personas, kuru tiesības iegūt nekustamu lietu īpašumā vai

valdījumā ir likumā noteiktajā kārtībā ierobežotas;

4) ja izlīguma noteikumi aizskar citas personas tiesības vai ar likumu aizsargātās intereses.

227.pants. Izlīguma slēgšana

(1) Izlīgumu puses slēdz rakstveidā un iesniedz tiesai.

(2) Izlīgumā norāda:

1) prasītāja vārdu, uzvārdu, personas kodu un dzīvesvietu, bet, ja prasītājs ir juridiskā persona, — tās nosaukumu,

reģistrācijas numuru un atrašanās vietu (juridisko adresi);

2) atbildētāja vārdu, uzvārdu, personas kodu un dzīvesvietu, bet, ja atbildētājs ir juridiskā persona, — tās

nosaukumu, reģistrācijas numuru un atrašanās vietu (juridisko adresi);

3) strīda priekšmetu;

4) katras puses saistības, ko tā labprātīgi uzņemas izpildīt.

(3) Izlīgumu tiesa var apstiprināt bez pušu piedalīšanās, ja izlīgums apliecināts pie notāra un tajā ietverts pušu

paziņojums, ka tām ir zināmas izlīguma apstiprināšanas procesuālās sekas.

228.pants. Tiesas lēmums par izlīguma apstiprināšanu

(1) Tiesa, saņēmusi pušu izlīgumu, noskaidro, vai puses labprātīgi vienojušās par izlīgumu, vai tas atbilst šā likuma

226. un 227.panta prasībām un vai pusēm ir zināmas izlīguma apstiprināšanas procesuālās sekas.

(2) Ja tiesa atzīst, ka izlīgums atbilst šā likuma prasībām, tā pieņem lēmumu, ar kuru apstiprina izlīgumu un izbeidz

tiesvedību lietā.

(3) Ar tiesas lēmumu apstiprinātais izlīgums izpildāms, ievērojot tiesas spriedumu izpildes noteikumus.

28.nodaļa Tiesas lēmums

229.pants. Lēmuma pieņemšana

(1) Tiesas nolēmumu, ar kuru lieta netiek izspriesta pēc būtības, pieņem lēmuma veidā.

(2) Lēmumu sastāda atsevišķa procesuālā dokumenta veidā vai ieraksta tiesas sēdes protokolā un pasludina pēc tā

pieņemšanas.

(3) Atsevišķa procesuālā dokumenta veidā tiesas lēmumu sastāda šajā likumā paredzētajos gadījumos apspriežu

istabā.

(4) Par tiesneša procesuālo darbību ārpus tiesas sēdes pieņemams lēmums, kas noformējams atsevišķa procesuālā

dokumenta veidā.

230.pants. Lēmuma saturs

(1) Lēmumā tiesa vai tiesnesis norāda:

1) lēmuma pieņemšanas laiku un vietu;

2) tiesas nosaukumu un sastāvu;

3) lietas dalībniekus un strīda priekšmetu;

4) jautājumus, par kuriem pieņemts lēmums;

5) lēmuma motīvus;

6) tiesas vai tiesneša nolēmumu;

7) lēmuma pārsūdzēšanas kārtību un termiņu.

(2) Lēmumos, kuri nepieciešami tiesu izpildītājam, papildus norādāmas ziņas par lietas dalībniekiem [fiziskajai

personai — vārds, uzvārds, personas kods (ja tas ir zināms) un dzīvesvieta, juridiskajai personai — nosaukums,

atrašanās vieta (juridiskā adrese) un reģistrācijas numurs (ja tas ir zināms)].

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 19.06.2003. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 24.07.2003.)

231.pants. Lēmuma noraksta nosūtīšana

(1) Tiesas lēmuma noraksts triju dienu laikā nosūtāms lietas dalībniekam, kas nav bijis klāt tā pasludināšanā.

(2) Tiesneša lēmuma noraksts triju dienu laikā nosūtāms personai, uz kuru tas attiecas.

(3) Ja tiesas lēmuma noraksts šā panta pirmajā un otrajā daļā minētajos gadījumos ir nosūtīts personai saskaņā ar šā

likuma 56.2 pantu un šajā likumā paredzētajos gadījumos tiesas lēmuma norakstam pievienojams tulkojums, tiesa

nosūta lēmuma norakstu kopā ar tulkojumu nekavējoties pēc tulkojuma sagatavošanas.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

232.pants. Tiesas blakus lēmums

(1) Ja, izskatot lietu, konstatēti apstākļi, kas liecina par iespējamu likuma pārkāpumu, tiesa ir tiesīga pieņemt blakus

lēmumu, ko nosūta attiecīgajai iestādei.

(2) Tiesas blakus lēmums nav pārsūdzams.

Piektā sadaļa Atsevišķu kategoriju lietu izskatīšanas īpatnības

29.nodaļa Lietas par laulības neesamību vai šķiršanu

233.pants. Lietu izskatīšanas kārtība

Lietas par laulības neesamību vai šķiršanu tiesa izskata prasības kārtībā pēc vispārējiem noteikumiem, ievērojot šajā

nodaļā paredzētos izņēmumus.

234.pants. Lietu piekritība

Prasību par laulības neesamību vai laulības šķiršanu var celt tiesā arī pēc prasītāja dzīvesvietas, ja:

1) pie prasītāja ir nepilngadīgi bērni;

2) laulība šķirama ar personu, kura noteiktā kārtībā atzīta par rīcībnespējīgu gara slimības dēļ vai kurai nodibināta

aizgādnība atbilstoši Civillikuma 365.panta noteikumiem;

3) laulība šķirama ar personu, kas izcieš sodu brīvības atņemšanas vietā;

4) laulība šķirama ar personu, kuras dzīvesvieta nav zināma vai kura dzīvo ārzemēs.

235.pants. Lietas par laulības šķiršanu pēc abu laulāto pieteikuma

(1) Lietas par laulības šķiršanu, abiem laulātajiem par to vienojoties, tiesa izskata pēc abu laulāto kopīga pieteikuma.

(2) Pieteikumu var iesniegt tiesai pēc jebkura laulātā dzīvesvietas.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

235.1 pants. Prasības pieteikums par laulības šķiršanu

Prasības pieteikumā papildus šā likuma 128.pantā noteiktajam norāda:

1) no kura laika puses dzīvo šķirti;

2) vai otrs laulātais piekrīt laulības šķiršanai;

3) vai puses ir vienojušās par bērna aizgādību, otra vecāka saskarsmes tiesības izmantošanas kārtību, uzturlīdzekļiem

un laulības laikā iegūtās mantas sadali vai piesaka attiecīgus prasījumus.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 19.06.2003. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 24.07.2003.)

236.pants. Pušu piedalīšanās tiesas sēdē

(1) Laulības šķiršanas lieta izskatāma, piedaloties abām pusēm.

(2) Ja atbildētājs bez attaisnojoša iemesla neierodas pēc tiesas uzaicinājuma, viņu var atvest uz tiesu piespiedu kārtā.

(3) Ja viena no pusēm dzīvo tālu vai cita iemesla dēļ nevar ierasties pēc tiesas uzaicinājuma, tiesa var atzīt par

pietiekamu lietas izskatīšanai šīs puses rakstveida paskaidrojumu vai tās pārstāvja piedalīšanos.

(4) Ja atbildētāja dzīvesvieta nav zināma vai tā neatrodas Latvijā, lietu var izskatīt bez atbildētāja piedalīšanās, ja viņš

likumā noteiktajā kārtībā ir aicināts uz tiesu.

(5) Lietā par laulības šķiršanu vai neesamību puses pārstāvim jābūt speciāli pilnvarotam šīs lietas vešanai.

Pilnvarojums par pārstāvību laulības šķiršanas vai neesamības lietā attiecas arī uz visiem citiem ar to saistītajiem

prasījumiem.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 19.06.2003. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 24.07.2003.)

237.pants. Prasības celšana par laulības neesamību

Prasību par laulības neesamību var celt ieinteresētās personas un prokurors.

238.pants. Prasības sadalīšanas aizliegums un pagaidu lēmums atsevišķos strīdos

(1) Lietā par laulības šķiršanu vai neesamību prasījumi, kas izriet no ģimenes tiesiskajām attiecībām, izspriežami

vienlaikus. Šādi prasījumi ir strīdi par:

1) aizgādības noteikšanu;

2) saskarsmes tiesības izmantošanu;

3) uzturlīdzekļiem bērnam;

4) līdzekļiem laulātā iepriekšējā labklājības līmeņa vai uztura nodrošināšanai;

5) kopīgo ģimenes mājokli un mājsaimniecības vai personiskās lietošanas priekšmetiem;

6) laulāto mantas dalīšanu (arī tad, ja tas skar trešās personas).

(2) Pēc puses lūguma tiesa var pieņemt lēmumu, ar kuru uz laiku līdz sprieduma taisīšanai par laulības šķiršanu vai

laulības neesamību nosaka bērna aprūpes kārtību, saskarsmes tiesību izmantošanas kārtību, uzturlīdzekļus bērnam,

aizliegumu bērna izvešanai no valsts, līdzekļus otra laulātā iepriekšējā labklājības līmeņa vai uztura nodrošināšanai,

laulāto kopīgā mājokļa lietošanas kārtību vai uzdod vienai pusei izsniegt otrai pusei mājsaimniecības un personiskās

lietošanas priekšmetus.

(3) Par tiesas sēdi paziņo pusēm, bet lietās, kas skar bērnu, — uz tiesas sēdi uzaicina bāriņtiesas pārstāvi, kā arī

noskaidro bērna viedokli, ja viņš var savu viedokli formulēt. Otra laulātā neierašanās nav šķērslis jautājuma

izskatīšanai.

(4) Lēmums zaudē spēku, ja attiecīgajā jautājumā tiek pieņemts cits nolēmums.

(5) Par tiesas lēmumu minētajos jautājumos var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006. Sk.

Pārejas noteikumus.)

239.pants. Laulības šķiršanas lietu sagatavošana izskatīšanai un to izskatīšana

(1) Laulības šķiršanas vai neesamības lietā tiesa pēc savas iniciatīvas pieprasa pierādījumus, it īpaši tādu jautājumu

izšķiršanai, kas skar bērna intereses.

(2) Jautājumos par aizgādības tiesību piešķiršanu, bērna aprūpi un saskarsmes tiesības izmantošanas kārtību tiesa

pieprasa bāriņtiesas atzinumu un uzaicina tās pārstāvi piedalīties tiesas sēdē, kā arī noskaidro bērna viedokli, ja viņš

var savu viedokli formulēt.

(3) Laulības šķiršanas lietas izskatāmas un spriedums pasludināms slēgtā tiesas sēdē. Dokumentu kopijas (pilns

dokumentu teksts) izsniedzamas trešajām personām tikai tad, ja tas tieši attiecas uz šīm personām.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006. Sk.

Pārejas noteikumus.)

240.pants. Laulības šķiršanas lietu izskatīšanas atlikšana

(1) Tiesa pēc savas iniciatīvas atliek lietas izskatīšanu nolūkā atjaunot laulāto kopdzīvi vai veicināt lietas mierīgu

atrisinājumu. Pēc puses lūguma lietas izskatīšanu šajā nolūkā var atlikt arī atkārtoti.

(2) Tiesa nevar atlikt lietas izskatīšanu, ja puses ir dzīvojušas šķirti vairāk nekā trīs gadus un pret izskatīšanas

atlikšanu iebilst abas puses.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

241.pants. Izlīgums un pušu samierināšanās

(1) Lietās par laulības šķiršanu vai neesamību pušu izlīgums pieļaujams tikai strīdos, kas saistīti ar ģimenes

tiesiskajām attiecībām (238.panta pirmā daļa).

(2) Laulības šķiršanas prasības atsaukšana vai tiesvedības izbeigšana par laulības šķiršanu nav šķērslis pārējo

prasījumu izskatīšanai pēc būtības.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

242.pants. Tiesas spriedums laulības šķiršanas lietās

Taisot spriedumu laulības šķiršanas lietā, tiesa:

1) izspriež visus prasījumus, kuri izriet no ģimenes tiesiskajām attiecībām un par kuriem celtas prasības;

2) nosaka, vai pusei, kura, stājoties laulībā, savu uzvārdu mainījusi, piešķirams pirmslaulības uzvārds;

3) sadala starp pusēm tiesāšanās izdevumus, ņemot vērā viņu materiālo stāvokli.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

243.pants. Tiesas spriedums lietās par laulības neesamību

Taisot spriedumu par laulības neesamību, tiesa spriedumā norāda:

1) laulības neesamības pamatu atbilstoši Civillikuma 60. — 67.pantam;

2) vai pusei, kura, stājoties laulībā, savu uzvārdu mainījusi, piešķirams pirmslaulības uzvārds vai atstājams laulības

uzvārds;

3) pie kura no vecākiem un kuri bērni paliek, ja par to pastāv strīds;

4) no kura no vecākiem un kādā apmērā piedzenami līdzekļi bērna uzturam, ja par to pastāv strīds.

244.pants. Sprieduma noraksta izsniegšana, nosūtīšana un paziņošana par spriedumu

(1) Pēc tam, kad likumīgā spēkā stājies spriedums attiecībā uz laulības neesamību vai šķiršanu, sprieduma norakstu

vai izrakstu no šāda sprieduma nosūta tai dzimtsarakstu nodaļai, kurā laulība noslēgta vai kurā glabājas iepriekšējo

gadu civilstāvokļa aktu reģistru pirmie eksemplāri, bet, ja laulība noslēgta pie garīdznieka, — attiecīgajai baznīcai

(draudzes garīdzniekam) un dzimtsarakstu nodaļai, kuras darbības iecirknī atrodas baznīca (draudze).

(2) Lietā, kurā atbildētāja dzīvesvieta nav zināma, tiesa paziņo par laulības neesamību laikrakstā "Latvijas Vēstnesis".

(3) Tiesa bijušajiem laulātajiem izsniedz tā sprieduma norakstu, ar kuru laulība šķirta vai atzīta par spēkā neesošu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

29.1 nodaļa Lietas, kas izriet no aizgādības un saskarsmes tiesībām

(Nodaļa 07.09.2006. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

244.1 pants. Lietu izskatīšanas kārtība

Lietas, kas izriet no aizgādības un saskarsmes tiesībām, tiesa izskata prasības kārtībā pēc vispārējiem noteikumiem,

ievērojot šajā nodaļā paredzētos izņēmumus.

244.2 pants. Prasības celšana

(1) Prasību lietās, kas izriet no aizgādības tiesībām, var celt bērna vecāki, aizbildņi, bāriņtiesa vai prokurors.

(2) Prasību lietās, kas izriet no saskarsmes tiesībām, var celt Civillikuma 181.pantā norādītās personas, kā arī

prokurors vai bāriņtiesa.

244.3 pants. Lietu piekritība

(1) Prasību lietās, kas izriet no aizgādības un saskarsmes tiesībām, ceļ tiesā pēc bērna dzīvesvietas.

(2) Ja lietas, kas izriet no aizgādības vai saskarsmes tiesībām, izskatāmas līdz ar lietu par laulības šķiršanu vai

laulības neesamību, piemērojami šā likuma 29.nodaļas noteikumi.

244.4 pants. Pušu piedalīšanās tiesas sēdē

(1) Lieta, kas izriet no aizgādības vai saskarsmes tiesībām, izskatāma, piedaloties pusēm.

(2) Ja atbildētājs bez attaisnojoša iemesla neierodas pēc tiesas uzaicinājuma, viņu var atvest uz tiesu piespiedu kārtā.

(3) Ja viena no pusēm dzīvo tālu vai cita iemesla dēļ nevar ierasties pēc tiesas uzaicinājuma, tiesa var atzīt par

pietiekamu lietas izskatīšanai šīs puses rakstveida paskaidrojumu vai tās pārstāvja piedalīšanos.

(4) Ja atbildētāja dzīvesvieta nav zināma vai neatrodas Latvijā, lietu var izskatīt bez atbildētāja piedalīšanās, ja viņš

likumā noteiktajā kārtībā ir aicināts uz tiesu.

244.5 pants. Lietu sagatavošana izskatīšanai un to izskatīšana

(1) Lietā, kas izriet no aizgādības vai saskarsmes tiesībām, tiesa pēc savas iniciatīvas vai ieinteresēto personu lūguma

pieprasa pierādījumus.

(2) Lietā, kas izriet no aizgādības vai saskarsmes tiesībām, tiesa pēc savas iniciatīvas vai ieinteresēto personu lūguma

pieprasa attiecīgās bāriņtiesas atzinumu un uzaicina tās pārstāvi piedalīties tiesas sēdē, kā arī noskaidro bērna

viedokli, ja viņš var savu viedokli formulēt.

(3) Pēc puses lūguma tiesa pieņem lēmumu, ar kuru uz laiku līdz sprieduma taisīšanai nosaka bērna dzīvesvietu,

bērna aprūpes kārtību, saskarsmes tiesību izmantošanas kārtību, aizliegumu bērna izvešanai no valsts.

(4) Tiesa, piemērojot 1996.gada 19.oktobra Hāgas konvenciju par jurisdikciju, piemērojamiem tiesību aktiem,

atzīšanu, izpildi un sadarbību attiecībā uz vecāku atbildību un bērnu aizsardzības pasākumiem un izvērtējot lietas

piekritības atbilstību bērna interesēm, pēc savas iniciatīvas vai ieinteresēto personu lūguma var pieņemt lēmumu par

lietas nodošanu izskatīšanai tiesā citā valstī, ja bērns tiesvedības procesa laikā iegūst dzīvesvietu šajā valstī un

attiecīgās valsts tiesa ir piekritusi pārņemt lietu.

(5) Ja iesaistīto valstu savstarpējās attiecībās piemērojama Padomes 2003.gada 27.novembra regula (EK) Nr.

2201/2003 par jurisdikciju un spriedumu atzīšanu un izpildi laulības lietās un lietās par vecāku atbildību un par regulas

(EK) Nr. 1347/2000 atcelšanu (turpmāk — Padomes regula Nr. 2201/2003), tiesa lēmumu par lietas nodošanu pieņem

saskaņā ar minētās regulas noteikumiem.

244.6 pants. Pušu izlīgums

(1) Lietās, kas izriet no aizgādības un saskarsmes tiesībām, puses ir tiesīgas slēgt izlīgumu.

(2) Izlīgums apstiprināms, tiesai pēc savas iniciatīvas pieprasot attiecīgās bāriņtiesas atzinumu vai uzaicinot tās

pārstāvi piedalīties tiesas sēdē.

244.7 pants. Tiesas sprieduma sekas

Ja pēc tam, kad likumīgā spēkā stājies spriedums lietā, kas izriet no aizgādības vai saskarsmes tiesībām, mainās

apstākļi, katra puse ir tiesīga iesniegt jaunu prasību tiesā vispārējā kārtībā.

30. nodaļa Lietas par bērna izcelšanās noteikšanu

(Nodaļa 19.06.2003. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 24.07.2003.)

245.pants. Lietu izskatīšanas kārtība

Lietas par bērna izcelšanās noteikšanu vai paternitātes apstrīdēšanu tiesa izskata pēc vispārējiem noteikumiem,

ievērojot šajā nodaļā paredzētos izņēmumus.

246.pants. Personas, kuras var apstrīdēt paternitātes pieņēmumu

(1) Paternitātes pieņēmumu tiesā var apstrīdēt bērna māte, bērna mātes vīrs un bērns pats pēc pilngadības

sasniegšanas.

(2) Pēc bērna mātes vīra nāves šādu prasību var celt vīra vecāki, ja vīrs līdz nāves brīdim nav zinājis par bērna

dzimšanu.

(3) Pēc bērna mātes vīra nāves viņa likumiskie mantinieki var iestāties viņa uzsāktajā procesā kā tiesību pārņēmēji.

(4) Ja tiesa personu, kurai ir tiesības apstrīdēt paternitātes pieņēmumu, atzinusi par rīcībnespējīgu gara slimības vai

plānprātības dēļ, tās vietā prasību var celt rīcībnespējīgās personas aizgādnis. Šajos gadījumos tiesa pieaicina lietā

bāriņtiesu.

(5) Šajā pantā minēto prasību var celt saskaņā ar Civillikuma 149.panta noteikumiem.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006. Sk. Pārejas noteikumus.)

247.pants. Personas, kuras var apstrīdēt paternitātes atzīšanu

(1) Paternitāti, kas atzīta un reģistrēta dzimtsarakstu nodaļā, var apstrīdēt persona, kura paternitāti atzinusi, tās

aizgādnis, ja šī persona atzīta par rīcībnespējīgu gara slimības vai plānprātības dēļ, vai bērna māte.

(2) Bērns pats var celt šādu prasību pēc pilngadības sasniegšanas, ja viņa vecāki ir miruši.

(3) Pēc bērna tēva nāves viņa likumiskie mantinieki var iestāties viņa uzsāktajā procesā kā tiesību pārņēmēji.

(4) Nevar apstrīdēt paternitāti, kas noteikta ar likumīgā spēkā stājušos tiesas spriedumu.

(5) Šajā pantā minēto prasību var celt saskaņā ar Civillikuma 156.panta noteikumiem.

248.pants. Personas, kuras var celt prasību par paternitātes noteikšanu

(1) Prasību noteikt bērna paternitāti tiesā var celt bērna māte vai bērna aizbildnis, kā arī bērna bioloģiskais tēvs.

(2) Bērns pats var celt šādu prasību pēc pilngadības sasniegšanas.

(3) Šajā pantā minēto prasību var celt saskaņā ar Civillikuma 158.panta pirmās daļas noteikumiem.

249.pants. Kārtība, kādā ceļama prasība par bērna paternitātes noteikšanu

(1) Bērna māte, bērns pats vai viņa aizbildnis var celt prasību par paternitātes noteikšanu pret personu, no kuras

bērns izcēlies.

(2) Persona, no kuras bērns izcēlies, prasību par paternitātes noteikšanu var celt pret bērna māti gadījumā, ja viņa

nepiekrīt paternitātes noteikšanai vai pastāv citi likumā norādītie šķēršļi paternitātes ieraksta izdarīšanai dzimšanas

reģistrā.

(3) (Izslēgta ar 07.09.2006. likumu.)

(4) Prasījumus par paternitātes pieņēmuma apstrīdēšanu un paternitātes noteikšanu var apvienot.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

249.1 pants. Tiesu ekspertīzes noteikšana

(1) Tiesa pēc lietas dalībnieka lūguma nosaka ekspertīzi bērna bioloģiskās izcelšanās noteikšanai.

(2) Ja kāds no lietas dalībniekiem izvairās no ekspertīzes, tiesa pieņem lēmumu par šīs personas piespiedu

nogādāšanu tiesu ekspertīzes izdarīšanai.

249.2 pants. Paternitātes fakta konstatēšana

Ja persona, no kuras bērns izcēlies, ir mirusi, paternitātes faktu var konstatēt sevišķā tiesāšanas kārtībā.

250.pants. Tiesas sprieduma norakstu nosūtīšana un izsniegšana

Tiesas spriedumu norakstu par paternitātes noteikšanu, paternitātes fakta konstatēšanu un paternitātes ieraksta

atzīšanu par spēkā neesošu tiesa nosūta ieraksta grozīšanai tai dzimtsarakstu nodaļai, kurā reģistrēta bērna

dzimšana.

30.1 nodaļa

Lietas par mantojuma dalīšanu

(Nodaļa 31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

250.1 pants. Lietas piekritība

(1) Prasības pieteikums par mantojuma dalīšanu, ja mantinieki nevienojas par to mājas kārtībā vai pie notāra,

iesniedzams tiesai pēc viena mantinieka dzīvesvietas, bet, ja mantojuma sastāvā ir nekustamais īpašums, — pēc tā

atrašanās vietas.

(2) Pieteikumā par mantojuma dalīšanu norāda, kādas mantojumā ietilpstošās mantas ir pakļautas sadalīšanai un kuri

mantinieki uz tām pretendē.

250.2 pants. Tiesneša darbības lietas sagatavošanā

(1) Tiesnesis nosaka sagatavošanas sēdi, par ko paziņo pusēm.

(2) Pēc tiesneša lēmuma zemesgrāmatā izdarāma prasības nodrošināšanas atzīme atbilstoši noteikumiem par prasības

nodrošināšanu.

(3) Tiesnesis var uzdot notāram, kurš izsniedzis mantojuma apliecību, vai citam tiesas apgabalā praktizējošam

notāram pārzināt mantojuma dalīšanas projekta sastādīšanas gaitu.

250.3 pants. Mantojuma dalīšanas projekta sastādīšana

(1) Notārs, kurš saņēmis uzdevumu pārzināt mantojuma dalīšanas projekta sastādīšanas gaitu, ja tas nepieciešams,

uzaicina tiesu izpildītāju sastādīt mantojamās mantas aprakstes aktu un veikt mantas novērtēšanu.

(2) Mantojamās mantas aprakstīšana notiek saskaņā ar šā likuma noteikumiem. Aprakstes aktā norāda arī zināmos

parādus, saistības un ierakstus zemesgrāmatā, kas mantojumu apgrūtina.

(3) Notārs veic darbības, lai tuvinātu pušu viedokļus un panāktu vienošanos.

(4) Personas, kas sastāda mantojuma dalīšanas projektu, savā atzinumā norāda, kādu pamatojumu tās ņēmušas

vērā.

(5) Mantas aprakstes aktu, mantas novērtējumu un mantojuma dalīšanas projektu notārs iesniedz tiesnesim.

250.4 pants. Tiesneša darbības pēc mantojuma dalīšanas projekta saņemšanas

(1) Notāra iesniegtos dokumentu norakstus tiesa nosūta līdzmantiniekiem un nosaka termiņu paskaidrojuma

sniegšanai.

(2) Papildus rakstveida paskaidrojumiem tiesnesis var uzaicināt visus līdzmantiniekus aprēķinu pārbaudei un

mantojuma dalīšanas projekta precizēšanai.

250.5 pants. Dalāmās mantas pārdošana izsolē

(1) Mantu novērtē un pārdod izsolē pēc šā likuma vispārējiem noteikumiem. Ja visi mantinieki un attiecīgos gadījumos

arī bāriņtiesa (Civillikuma 280.—283.pants) tam piekrīt, mantu var pārdot par brīvu cenu.

(2) Nekustamā īpašuma pārdošana tā īstās vērtības noteikšanai izdarāma pēc noteikumiem par labprātīgu pārdošanu

izsolē tiesas ceļā, ievērojot Civillikuma 737. un 738.panta noteikumus, turklāt nekustamo īpašumu apraksta un

novērtē tikai tad, ja kāds no līdzmantiniekiem to prasa.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006. Sk. Pārejas noteikumus.)

250.6 pants. Valsts nodeva mantas dalīšanas lietās

Mantas dalīšanas lietās valsts nodevu sadala starp mantiniekiem, ņemot vērā katram piešķirtās mantas vērtību.

250.7 pants. Kopīgas mantas dalīšana

Šīs nodaļas noteikumi piemērojami, dalot arī visāda veida kopīgu mantu un ievērojot šādā dalīšanā attiecīgo likumu

noteikumus.

30.2 nodaļa. Lietas par intelektuālā īpašuma tiesību pārkāpumiem un aizsardzību

(Nodaļa 14.12.2006. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2007.)

250.8 Lietu izskatīšanas kārtība

Lietas par intelektuālā īpašuma tiesību pārkāpumiem un aizsardzību tiesa izskata prasības kārtībā pēc vispārējiem

noteikumiem, ievērojot šajā nodaļā paredzētos izņēmumus.

250.9 pants. Personas, kuras var iesniegt pieteikumu par intelektuālā īpašuma tiesību pārkāpumiem un aizsardzību

Pieteikumu par intelektuālā īpašuma tiesību pārkāpumiem un aizsardzību var iesniegt likumā noteiktās personas.

250.10 pants. Pagaidu aizsardzības noteikšanas pamats un līdzekļi

(1) Ja ir pamats uzskatīt, ka intelektuālā īpašuma tiesību subjekta tiesības tiek pārkāptas vai varētu tikt pārkāptas,

tiesa pēc prasītāja motivēta pieteikuma var pieņemt lēmumu par pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa noteikšanu. Pieteikumā

par pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa noteikšanu norādāms pagaidu aizsardzības līdzeklis.

(2) Izskatīt jautājumu par pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa noteikšanu pieļaujams jebkurā procesa stadijā, kā arī pirms

prasības celšanas tiesā.

(3) Pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļi ir:

1) tādas kustamas mantas apķīlāšana, ar kuru iespējams, tiek pārkāptas intelektuālā īpašuma tiesības;

2) pienākums atsaukt preces, ar kurām, iespējams, tiek pārkāptas intelektuālā īpašuma tiesības;

3) aizliegums veikt noteiktas darbības gan atbildētājam, gan personām, kuru sniegtie pakalpojumi tiek izmantoti, lai

pārkāptu intelektuālā īpašuma tiesības, vai personām, kuras padara iespējamu šāda pārkāpuma izdarīšanu.

250.11 pants. Pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa noteikšana pirms prasības celšanas

(1) Triju mēnešu laikā no dienas, kad iespējamais prasītājs uzzināja par pārkāpumu vai iespējamu pārkāpumu, viņš

var lūgt, lai tiek noteikts pagaidu aizsardzības līdzeklis pirms prasības celšanas tiesā.

(2) Iesniedzot pieteikumu par pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa noteikšanu pirms prasības celšanas, iespējamais prasītājs

sniedz pierādījumus, kas apliecina viņa intelektuālā īpašuma tiesības, kuras tiek pārkāptas, un pierādījumus, ka tās

tiek pārkāptas vai varētu tikt pārkāptas.

(3) Pieteikumu par pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa noteikšanu pirms prasības celšanas iesniedz tai tiesai, kurā ceļama

prasība.

(4) Apmierinot pieteikumu par pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa noteikšanu pirms prasības celšanas, tiesnesis nosaka

prasītājam termiņu prasības pieteikuma iesniegšanai tiesā, ne ilgāku par 30 dienām.

250.12 pants. Jautājuma par pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa noteikšanu izskatīšana

(1) Pieteikuma par pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa noteikšanu tiesa vai tiesnesis izlemj 10 dienu laikā pēc pieteikuma

saņemšanas vai lietas ierosināšanas, ja pieteikums iesniegts vienlaikus ar prasības celšanu.

(2) Ja kavēšanās varētu radīt neatgriezenisku kaitējumu intelektuālā īpašuma tiesību subjektam, tad pieteikumu par

pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa noteikšanu tiesa vai tiesnesis izlemj ne vēlāk kā nākamajā dienā pēc pieteikuma

saņemšanas, iepriekš nepaziņojot atbildētājam un citiem lietas dalībniekiem. Ja lēmums par pagaidu aizsardzības

līdzekļa noteikšanu pieņemts bez atbildētāja vai citu lietas dalībnieku klātbūtnes, atbildētājam un citiem lietas

dalībniekiem paziņo par šo lēmumu ne vēlāk kā minētā lēmuma izpildes brīdī.

(3) Apmierinot pieteikumu par pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa noteikšanu pirms prasības celšanas, tiesa vai tiesnesis var

uzdot prasītājam, lai tas nodrošina zaudējumus, kas varētu rasties atbildētājam vai citām personām, kuras minētas šā

likuma 250.10 panta trešās daļas 3.punktā sakarā ar pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa noteikšanu, iemaksājot noteiktu

naudas summu tiesu izpildītāja depozīta kontā vai sniedzot līdzvērtīgu garantiju.

(4) Tiesa pēc prasītāja pieteikuma var aizstāt noteiktos pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļus ar citiem līdzekļiem.

(5) Pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļus var atcelt tā pati tiesa pēc lietas dalībnieka pieteikuma.

(6) Noraidot prasību, tiesa spriedumā atceļ pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekli. Pagaidu aizsardzības līdzeklis ir spēkā līdz

dienai, kad spriedums stājas likumīgā spēkā.

(7) Ja prasība atstāta bez izskatīšanas vai tiesvedība izbeigta, tiesa lēmumā atceļ pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekli.

Pagaidu aizsardzības līdzeklis ir spēkā līdz dienai, kad lēmums stājas likumīgā spēkā.

(8) Ja lēmums par pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa noteikšanu pieņemts pirms prasības celšanas un tiesas noteiktajā

termiņā prasība nav celta, tiesnesis pēc iespējamā prasītāja vai cita iespējamā lietas dalībnieka vai atbildētāja

pieteikuma saņemšanas pieņem lēmumu par pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa atcelšanu.

(9) Šā panta pirmajā, ceturtajā un piektajā daļā minētos pieteikumus izlemj tiesas sēdē, iepriekš par to paziņojot

lietas dalībniekiem. Šo personu neierašanās nav šķērslis pieteikuma izskatīšanai.

250.13 pants. Par pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa noteikšanu pieņemto lēmumu pārsūdzēšana

(1) Par šā likuma 250.12 panta otrajā, trešajā un ceturtajā daļā minētajiem lēmumiem un lēmumu, ar kuru noraidīts

pieteikums par pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa noteikšanu, var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

(2) Ja lēmums par pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa noteikšanu pieņemts bez lietas dalībnieka klātbūtnes, termiņu blakus

sūdzības iesniegšanai skaita no lēmuma izsniegšanas vai nosūtīšanas dienas.

250.14 pants. Lēmuma par pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa noteikšanu izpilde

(1) Lēmums par pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa noteikšanu (250.12 panta pirmā daļa) izpildāms 30 dienu laikā pēc tā

pieņemšanas. Blakus sūdzības iesniegšana par šo lēmumu neaptur tā izpildi.

(2) Lēmums par pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa noteikšanu, kas pieņemts ar šā likuma 250.12 panta otrās daļas pirmajā

teikumā minēto nosacījumu, izpildāms pēc tam, kad prasītājs iemaksājis tiesas vai tiesneša noteikto summu tiesu

izpildītāja depozīta kontā vai iesniedzis līdzvērtīgu garantiju. Izpildu dokumentu izsniedz pēc tiesas noteiktās summas

iemaksas vai līdzvērtīgās garantijas saņemšanas.

(3) Lēmumu par pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa noteikšanu, apķīlājot kustamu mantu, ar kuru, iespējams, tiek

pārkāptas intelektuālā īpašuma tiesības, izpilda šā likuma 71.nodaļā noteiktajā kārtībā.

(4) Lēmumu par pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa noteikšanu, nosakot aizliegumu veikt konkrētas darbības vai pienākumu

atsaukt preces, ar kurām, iespējams, tiek pārkāptas intelektuālā īpašuma tiesības, izpilda tiesu izpildītājs un paziņo

tiesas lēmumu atbildētājam vai attiecīgajai trešajai personai pret parakstu vai nosūtot ierakstītā pasta sūtījumā.

(5) Piemērotā pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa atcelšana izpildāma pēc tā tiesu izpildītāja rīkojuma, kurš izpildījis lēmumu

par pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa noteikšanu.

(6) Lēmumu par pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa aizstāšanu izpilda tiesu izpildītājs, vispirms piemērojot aizstājošo

pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekli un pēc tam atceļot aizstāto pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekli.

250.15 pants. Ar pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekli radīto zaudējumu atlīdzināšana

Atbildētājs ir tiesīgs prasīt atlīdzību par zaudējumiem, kas viņam radušies sakarā ar pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa

noteikšanu, ja pagaidu aizsardzības līdzeklis ir atcelts šā likuma 250.12 pantā astotajā daļā noteiktajā gadījumā, ja

pret viņu celtā prasība ir noraidīta, atstāta bez izskatīšanas vai tiesvedība izbeigta šā likuma 223.panta 2. un 4.

punktā noteiktajos gadījumos.

250.16 pants. Tiesības uz informāciju

(1) Lietās par intelektuālā īpašuma tiesību pārkāpumiem pēc prasītāja motivēta lūguma tiesa, ievērojot lietas

dalībnieku tiesības uz komercnoslēpuma aizsardzību, var pieprasīt, lai informāciju par preču vai pakalpojumu izcelsmi

un to izplatīšanu sniegtu atbildētājs vai persona:

1) kuras rīcībā ir pārkāpuma preces (kontrafaktie eksemplāri) komerciālā mērogā;

2) kura komercionālā mērogā sniegusi vai izmantojusi pakalpojumus saistībā ar intelektuālā īpašuma objektu

prettiesisku izmantošanu;

3) par kuru šīs daļas 1. un 2.punktā minētās personas sniegušas ziņas, ka tā iesaistīta pārkāpuma preču (kontrafakto

eksemplāru) ražošanā, izplatīšanā vai piedāvāšanā vai tādu pakalpojumu sniegšanā vai piedāvāšanā, kuri saistīti ar

intelektuālā īpašuma objektu prettiesisku izmantošanu.

(2) Šā panta pirmajā daļā minētajā informācijā norādāmas ziņas par attiecīgo preču ražotāju, izplatītāju, piegādātāju,

vairumtirgotāju un mazumtirgotāju vai attiecīgo pakalpojumu sniedzēju un izplatītāju [fiziskajai personai - vārds,

uzvārds, personas kods (ja tas ir zināms) un dzīvesvieta, juridiskajai personai - nosaukums, atrašanās vieta (juridiskā

adrese) un reģistrācijas numurs (ja tas ir zināms)], ziņas par saražoto, izplatīto, saņemto vai pasūtīto preču vai

sniegto vai pasūtīto pakalpojumu daudzumu, kā arī cena, kāda par tiem maksāta.

(3) Ja pastāv acīmredzami intelektuālā īpašuma pārkāpuma fakta pierādījumi un intelektuālā īpašuma tiesību subjekts

ir lūdzis piemērot šajā likumā noteikto pierādījumu nodrošināšanu, prasības nodrošināšanu vai pagaidu aizsardzības

līdzekļa noteikšanu, tad intelektuālā īpašuma tiesību subjekts ir tiesīgs lūgt, lai šā panta pirmajā un otrajā daļā minētā

informācija tiktu nodrošināta arī pirms prasības celšanas tiesā šajā likumā noteiktās pierādījumu nodrošināšanas

procedūras ietvaros.

250.17 pants. Tiesas spriedums intelektuālā īpašuma tiesību pārkāpumu un aizsardzības lietās

(1) Ja pārkāpuma fakts ir pierādīts, tiesa spriedumā var noteikt vienu vai vairākus šādus pasākumus:

1) pārtraukt un aizliegt prettiesisku intelektuālā īpašuma tiesību objekta izmantošanu;

2) pārtraukt un aizliegt pasākumus, kas atzīstami par gatavošanos intelektuālā īpašuma tiesību objektu prettiesiskai

izmantošanai;

3) pārtraukt un aizliegt sniegt pakalpojumus, kuri tiek izmantoti prettiesiskām darbībām ar intelektuālā īpašuma

tiesību objektiem, personām:

a) kuru pakalpojumi tiek izmantoti, lai pārkāptu intelektuālā īpašuma subjektu tiesības,

b) kuras padara iespējamu šāda pārkāpuma veikšanu;

4) atlīdzināt likumā noteiktajā kārtībā sakarā ar intelektuālā īpašuma tiesību objekta prettiesisku izmantošanu

nodarītos zaudējumus un morālo kaitējumu.

(2) Tiesa pēc prasītāja pieteikuma neatkarīgi no prasītājam radītā kaitējuma un kaitējuma atlīdzības var noteikt vienu

vai vairākus šādus pasākumus, kuri veicami par pārkāpēja līdzekļiem:

1) atsaukt vai pilnībā izņemti no tirdzniecības pārkāpuma preces (kontrafaktos eksemplārus);

2) iznīcināt pārkāpuma preces (kontrafaktos eksemplārus);

3) atsaukt vai pilnībā izņemt no tirdzniecības vai iznīcināt ierīces un materiālus, kas izmantoti vai paredzēti

pārkāpuma preču (kontrafakto eksemplāru) izgatavošanai, ja to īpašnieks zināja vai viņam no lietas apstākļiem

vajadzēja zināt, ka šīs ierīces un materiāli lietoti vai paredzēti prettiesisku darbību veikšanai;

4) publiskot pilnībā vai daļēji tiesas spriedumu laikrakstos un citos masu informācijas līdzekļos.

Sestā sadaļa Sevišķā tiesāšanas kārtība

31.nodaļa Vispārīgie noteikumi

251.pants. Lietas, kuras tiesa izskata sevišķā tiesāšanas kārtībā

Sevišķā tiesāšanas kārtībā tiesa izskata lietas:

1) par adopcijas apstiprināšanu un atcelšanu;

2) par personu atzīšanu par rīcībnespējīgām un aizgādnības nodibināšanu;

3) par aizgādnības nodibināšanu personām to izlaidīgas vai izšķērdīgas dzīves, kā arī alkohola vai narkotiku

pārmērīgas lietošanas dēļ;

4) par aizgādnības nodibināšanu promesošo vai pazudušo personu mantai;

5) par pazudušo personu izsludināšanu par mirušām;

6) par tādu faktu konstatēšanu, kuriem ir juridiska nozīme;

7) par tiesību dzēšanu uzaicinājuma kārtībā;

8) par tiesību atjaunošanu pēc parāda aktiem vai uzrādītāja vērtspapīriem;

9) par mantojuma tiesībām;

10) par nekustamā īpašuma izpirkšanu;

11) par tiesiskās aizsardzības procesu un maksātnespējas procesu;

12) par kredītiestāžu likvidāciju vai maksātnespēju;

13) par streika vai streika pieteikuma atzīšanu par nelikumīgu;

14) par lokauta vai lokauta pieteikuma atzīšanu par nelikumīgu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 01.11.2007. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2008.)

252.pants. Lietu ierosināšana

Sevišķā tiesāšanas kārtībā izskatāmu lietu tiesnesis ierosina uz rakstveida pieteikuma pamata.

253.pants. Lietas dalībnieki

(1) Sevišķās tiesāšanas kārtības lietās lietas dalībnieki ir pieteicējs un viņa pārstāvis, ieinteresētā persona un tās

pārstāvis, kā arī likumā paredzētajos gadījumos prokurors, valsts vai pašvaldības iestāde.

(2) Sevišķās tiesāšanas kārtības lietās lietas dalībniekiem ir šā likuma 74.panta otrajā daļā noteiktās pušu procesuālās

tiesības.

254.pants. Pieteikums sevišķā tiesāšanas kārtībā

(1) Pieteikumā norāda:

1) tās tiesas nosaukumu, kurai pieteikums iesniegts;

2) pieteicēja un ieinteresētās personas vārdu, uzvārdu, personas kodu un dzīvesvietu, bet juridiskajai personai — tās

nosaukumu, reģistrācijas numuru un atrašanās vietu (juridisko adresi). Ieinteresētajai personai personas kodu vai

reģistrācijas numuru norāda, ja tas ir zināms;

3) pieteikuma priekšmetu un pamatojumu;

4) apstākļus, uz kuriem pieteikums pamatots, un pierādījumus, kas tos apstiprina;

5) likumu, uz kuru pieteikums pamatots;

6) pieteicēja lūgumu;

7) pievienoto dokumentu sarakstu;

8) pieteikuma sastādīšanas laiku.

(2) Pieteikumu paraksta pieteicējs vai viņa pārstāvis. Ja pieteikumu parakstījis pārstāvis, pieteikumam pievienojama

pilnvara vai cits dokuments, kas apliecina pārstāvja pilnvarojumu griezties ar pieteikumu tiesā.

(3) Pieteikumu iesniedz tiesai, pievienojot tik norakstus, cik lietā ir ieinteresēto personu.

255.pants. Pieteikuma atstāšana bez virzības

Ja pieteikums neatbilst šā likuma 254.panta prasībām un šīs sadaļas atsevišķās nodaļās norādītajām prasībām vai nav

samaksāti tiesas izdevumi, tiesnesis atstāj pieteikumu bez virzības un iestājas šā likuma 133.pantā paredzētās sekas.

256.pants. Lietu izskatīšanas kārtība

Sevišķā tiesāšanas kārtībā lietu izskatīšanai sagatavo tiesnesis, un tiesa to izskata saskaņā ar šā likuma noteikumiem,

ievērojot sestās sadaļas atsevišķo nodaļu noteikumus.

257.pants. Spriedums

Spriedumam sevišķā tiesāšanas kārtībā izskatāmajās lietās jāatbilst šā likuma 193.panta prasībām, ievērojot šīs

sadaļas noteikumus.

258.pants. Pieteikuma atstāšana bez izskatīšanas

Ja sevišķā tiesāšanas kārtībā izskatāmajā lietā rodas strīds par tiesībām un šis strīds izšķirams tiesā prasības kārtībā,

tiesa atkarībā no strīda satura pieteikumu atstāj bez izskatīšanas vai tiesvedību aptur līdz strīda izšķiršanai.

32.nodaļa Adopcijas apstiprināšana un atcelšana

259.pants. Piekritība

(1) Pieteikums par adopcijas apstiprināšanu iesniedzams tiesai pēc adoptētāja dzīvesvietas, bet pieteikums par

adopcijas atcelšanu — tiesai pēc viena pieteicēja dzīvesvietas.

(2) Ārvalstnieka vai ārvalstīs dzīvojošas personas pieteikums par adopcijas apstiprināšanu iesniedzams tiesai pēc

adoptējamā dzīvesvietas.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 19.06.2003. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 24.07.2003.)

260.pants. Pieteikuma saturs

Pieteikumā norāda Civillikuma 162.—169.pantā minētos apstākļus, pievieno šos apstākļus apstiprinošus pierādījumus

un bāriņtiesas lēmumu.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

261.pants. Pieteikuma izskatīšana

(1) Lieta izskatāma, piedaloties vismaz vienam adoptētājam personiski un prokuroram.

(2) Lietas izskatīšanā pieaicina Civillikuma 169.pantā norādītās personas.

(3) Pēc adoptētāja lūguma tiesa nodrošina, lai adoptējamā bērna vecāki neuzzinātu adoptētāja identitāti. Ja tas nav

iespējams, adoptējamā vecākus noklausās atsevišķā tiesas sēdē.

(4) Ja adoptētājs mirst, līdz tiesa adopciju apstiprinājusi, tas nav šķērslis adopcijas apstiprināšanai, bet, ja pirms

apstiprināšanas mirst adoptējamais, lieta izbeidzama.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 19.06.2003. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 24.07.2003.)

262.pants. Tiesas spriedums par adopcijas apstiprināšanu

(1) Tiesa, pārbaudījusi pieteikuma pamatotību un atbilstību likuma prasībām, taisa spriedumu par adopcijas

apstiprināšanu vai par pieteikuma noraidīšanu.

(2) Tiesas spriedumā par adopcijas apstiprināšanu norāda ziņas, kas nepieciešamas, lai izdarītu ierakstu attiecīgajā

dzimšanas reģistrā.

(3) Bērna bijušajiem vecākiem tiesa izsniedz izrakstu no sprieduma, kurā nav norādītas ziņas par adoptētāju.

(4) Likumīgā spēkā stājies tiesas spriedums par adopcijas apstiprināšanu ir pamats, lai izdarītu ierakstu attiecīgajā

dzimšanas reģistrā un izdotu jaunu adoptētā dzimšanas apliecību.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. un 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

263.pants. Adopcijas atcelšana

(1) Tiesa adopciju var atcelt pēc adoptētāja un pilngadīgā adoptētā kopīga pieteikuma.

(2) Likumīgā spēkā stājies tiesas spriedums par adopcijas atcelšanu ir pamats, lai izdarītu ierakstu attiecīgajā

dzimšanas reģistrā un izdotu jaunu dzimšanas apliecību.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

33.nodaļa Personas atzīšana par rīcībnespējīgu

un aizgādnības nodibināšana

264.pants. Piekritība

Pieteikums atzīt personu par rīcībnespējīgu gara slimības vai plānprātības dēļ iesniedzams tiesai pēc šīs personas

dzīvesvietas, bet, ja persona ievietota ārstniecības iestādē, — pēc ārstniecības iestādes atrašanās vietas.

265.pants. Pieteikuma saturs

Pieteikumā norāda uz personas gara slimību vai plānprātību un pierādījumus, kas apstiprina šīs personas rīcības

nespēju.

266.pants. Pieteikuma izskatīšana

(1) Lietu par personas atzīšanu par rīcībnespējīgu un aizgādnības nodibināšanu tiesa izskata, piedaloties bāriņtiesas

pārstāvim un prokuroram.

(2) Personu, par kuras rīcības nespēju izskata lietu, aicina uz tiesas sēdi, ja to atļauj šīs personas veselības stāvoklis.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006. Sk. Pārejas noteikumus.)

267.pants. Tiesu ekspertīzes noteikšana

(1) Tiesa izlemj jautājumu par tiesu psihiatriskās un, ja nepieciešams, tiesu psiholoģiskās ekspertīzes noteikšanu.

(2) Ja persona, par kuru ierosināta lieta, izvairās no ekspertīzes, tiesa, piedaloties prokuroram un ekspertam, var

pieņemt lēmumu par šīs personas nosūtīšanu uz tiesu ekspertīzi piespiedu kārtā.

(3) Nosakot tiesu ekspertīzi, tiesa var pieņemt lēmumu par pagaidu aizgādnības nodibināšanu personai un tās mantai.

Lēmums nosūtāms bāriņtiesai izpildīšanai.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006. Sk. Pārejas noteikumus.)

268.pants. Tiesas spriedums

(1) Ja tiesa uz tiesu ekspertīzes atzinuma un citu pierādījumu pamata konstatē, ka personai gara slimības vai

plānprātības dēļ trūkst visu vai lielākās daļas garīgo spēju un šī persona nespēj savu darbību vadīt vai saprast tās

nozīmi, tā taisa spriedumu par šīs personas atzīšanu par rīcībnespējīgu un aizgādnības nodibināšanu.

(2) Pēc sprieduma stāšanās likumīgā spēkā tā norakstu nosūta bāriņtiesai — aizgādņa iecelšanai personai un tās

mantai. Sprieduma norakstu nosūta arī ieraksta izdarīšanai Iedzīvotāju reģistrā un, ja nepieciešams, atzīmes

ierakstīšanai zemesgrāmatā.

(3) Pēc sprieduma stāšanās likumīgā spēkā tiesa nosūta publicēšanai laikrakstā "Latvijas Vēstnesis" paziņojumu, kurā

norāda:

1) tās tiesas nosaukumu, kura taisījusi spriedumu;

2) tās personas vārdu, uzvārdu un personas kodu, attiecībā uz kuru taisīts spriedums;

3) to, ka šī persona atzīta par rīcībnespējīgu;

4) sprieduma spēkā stāšanās dienu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006. Sk. Pārejas noteikumus.)

269.pants. Tiesas izdevumi

(1) Tiesas izdevumi šajās lietās sedzami no valsts līdzekļiem.

(2) Ja tiesa atzīst, ka pieteicējs lietu ierosinājis ļaunprātīgi, tiesas izdevumi uzliekami šai personai.

270.pants. Personas atzīšana par rīcības spējīgu un aizgādnības izbeigšana

(1) Ja persona, kura ar tiesas spriedumu atzīta par rīcībnespējīgu, izveseļojas, tiesa pēc bāriņtiesas vai prokurora

pieteikuma var atzīt šo personu par rīcības spējīgu un izbeigt aizgādnību.

(2) Izskatot lietu par personas atzīšanu par rīcības spējīgu, ir obligāts tiesu psihiatriskās ekspertīzes atzinums un, ja

nepieciešams, pieaicināms arī psihologs.

(3) Pēc sprieduma stāšanās likumīgā spēkā tā norakstu nosūta bāriņtiesai — aizgādņa atcelšanai. Sprieduma norakstu

nosūta arī ieraksta izdarīšanai Iedzīvotāju reģistrā un, ja nepieciešams, atzīmes dzēšanai zemesgrāmatā.

(4) Pēc sprieduma stāšanās likumīgā spēkā tiesa nosūta publicēšanai laikrakstā "Latvijas Vēstnesis" paziņojumu, kurā

norāda:

1) tās tiesas nosaukumu, kura taisījusi spriedumu;

2) tās personas vārdu, uzvārdu un personas kodu, attiecībā uz kuru taisīts spriedums;

3) to, ka šī persona atzīta par rīcības spējīgu;

4) sprieduma spēkā stāšanās dienu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006. Sk. Pārejas noteikumus.)

34.nodaļa Aizgādnības nodibināšana personai tās izlaidīgas vai izšķērdīgas dzīves,

kā arī alkohola vai narkotiku pārmērīgas lietošanas dēļ

271.pants. Piekritība

Pieteikums par aizgādnības nodibināšanu personai, kura izlaidīgas vai izšķērdīgas dzīves dēļ, kā arī alkohola vai

narkotiku pārmērīgas lietošanas dēļ draud novest sevi vai savu ģimeni trūkumā vai nabadzībā, iesniedzams tiesai pēc

šīs personas dzīvesvietas.

272.pants. Pieteikuma saturs

(1) Pieteikumā norāda, uz kāda pamata personai nodibināma aizgādnība un kādi pierādījumi to apstiprina.

(2) Pieteikumā var lūgt tūlītēju nodrošinājumu pret mantas izputināšanu, piemērojot šā likuma 138.pantā paredzētos

nodrošinājuma līdzekļus. Šādu lūgumu tiesnesis izlemj ne vēlāk kā nākamajā dienā pēc pieteikuma saņemšanas.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

273.pants. Lietas sagatavošana izskatīšanai

(1) Pieteikuma noraksts nosūtāms personai, attiecībā uz kuru ierosināts nodibināt aizgādnību, nosakot tai laiku, ne

ilgāku par 30 dienām, paskaidrojuma iesniegšanai.

(2) Tiesa var uzlikt pieteicējam par pienākumu iesniegt papildu pierādījumus.

274.pants. Prokurora piedalīšanās

Lieta par aizgādnības nodibināšanu personām to izlaidīgas vai izšķērdīgas dzīves, kā arī alkohola vai narkotiku

pārmērīgas lietošanas dēļ izskatāma, piedaloties prokuroram.

275.pants. Tiesas spriedums

(1) Ja tiesa atzinusi, ka persona, izlaidīgi vai izšķērdīgi dzīvojot vai pārmērīgi lietojot alkoholu vai narkotikas, draud

novest sevi vai savu ģimeni trūkumā vai nabadzībā, tā ar spriedumu nodibina šai personai aizgādnību un atņem tai

tiesības pārvaldīt savu mantu un rīkoties ar to.

(2) Pēc sprieduma stāšanās likumīgā spēkā tā norakstu nosūta bāriņtiesai — aizgādņa iecelšanai. Sprieduma norakstu

nosūta arī ieraksta izdarīšanai Iedzīvotāju reģistrā un, ja nepieciešams, atzīmes ierakstīšanai zemesgrāmatā.

(3) Pēc sprieduma stāšanās likumīgā spēkā tiesa nosūta publicēšanai laikrakstā "Latvijas Vēstnesis" paziņojumu, kurā

norāda:

1) tās tiesas nosaukumu, kura taisījusi spriedumu;

2) tās personas vārdu, uzvārdu un personas kodu, attiecībā uz kuru taisīts spriedums;

3) to, ka šai personai atņemtas tiesības pārvaldīt savu mantu un rīkoties ar to un ka tai nodibināta aizgādnība;

4) sprieduma spēkā stāšanās dienu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006. Sk. Pārejas noteikumus.)

276.pants. Tiesas izdevumi

(1) Ja pieteikums tiek apmierināts, tiesas izdevumi piespriežami no tās personas mantas, kurai nodibināta aizgādnība.

(2) Ja tiesa pieteikumu atzinusi par nepamatotu, tiesas izdevumi piespriežami no tās personas, pēc kuras pieteikuma

lieta ierosināta, bet, ja lieta ierosināta pēc bāriņtiesas vai prokurora pieteikuma, — tie sedzami no valsts līdzekļiem.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006. Sk. Pārejas noteikumus.)

277.pants. Aizgādnības izbeigšana

(1) Ja atkrituši apstākļi, kas bija par pamatu aizgādnības nodibināšanai, tā pati tiesa pēc aizgādņa vai aizgādnībā

esošās personas pieteikuma izbeidz nodibināto aizgādnību.

(2) Pēc sprieduma stāšanās likumīgā spēkā tā norakstu nosūta bāriņtiesai — aizgādņa atcelšanai. Sprieduma norakstu

nosūta arī ieraksta izdarīšanai Iedzīvotāju reģistrā un, ja nepieciešams, atzīmes dzēšanai zemesgrāmatā.

(3) Pēc sprieduma stāšanās likumīgā spēkā tiesa nosūta publicēšanai laikrakstā "Latvijas Vēstnesis" paziņojumu, kurā

norāda:

1) tās tiesas nosaukumu, kura taisījusi spriedumu;

2) tās personas vārdu, uzvārdu un personas kodu, attiecībā uz kuru taisīts spriedums;

3) to, ka izbeigta šai personai nodibinātā aizgādnība;

4) sprieduma spēkā stāšanās dienu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006. Sk. Pārejas noteikumus.)

35.nodaļa Aizgādnības nodibināšana

promesošo vai pazudušo personu mantai

278.pants. Piekritība

Lietas par promesošās vai pazudušās personas mantas aizgādnību izskata tiesa pēc promesošās vai pazudušās

personas pēdējās dzīvesvietas.

279.pants. Pieteikuma saturs

(1) Pieteikumu nodibināt aizgādnību promesošās vai pazudušās personas mantai var iesniegt personas, kuras ir

ieinteresētas promesošās vai pazudušās personas mantas saglabāšanā vai šīs personas tiesību aizstāvēšanā, vai

prokurors.

(2) Pieteikumā norāda apstākļus, kas apstiprina personas prombūtni, un vietu, kur atrodas šīs personas manta, kurai

nepieciešams nodibināt aizgādnību.

(3) Ja promesošās vai pazudušās personas atrašanās vieta ir zināma, tiesai tā jāpieaicina kā ieinteresētā persona.

280.pants. Tiesas spriedums

(1) Tiesa, atzinusi, ka pieteikums ir pamatots, taisa spriedumu par aizgādnības nodibināšanu promesošās vai

pazudušās personas mantai.

(2) Pēc sprieduma stāšanās likumīgā spēkā tiesa nosūta sprieduma norakstu bāriņtiesai — aizgādņa iecelšanai.

(3) Pēc sprieduma stāšanās likumīgā spēkā tiesa nosūta sprieduma norakstu promesošajai personai, ja tās

uzturēšanās vieta ir zināma; ja nav, — nosūta attiecīgu paziņojumu publicēšanai laikrakstā "Latvijas Vēstnesis".

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006. Sk. Pārejas noteikumus.)

281.pants. Aizgādnības izbeigšana

Iestājoties Civillikuma 375.panta 1.punktā norādītajiem apstākļiem, aizgādnība izbeidzama ar tās tiesas spriedumu,

kura aizgādnību nodibinājusi.

36.nodaļa Pazudušas personas izsludināšana par mirušu

282.pants. Piekritība

Pieteikums par pazudušas personas izsludināšanu par mirušu iesniedzams tiesai pēc šīs personas pēdējās zināmās

dzīvesvietas.

283.pants. Pieteikuma saturs

Pieteikumā norāda pazudušās personas vārdu, uzvārdu, personas kodu, ja tas ir zināms, dzimšanas gadu, kā arī laiku,

kad tā atstājusi dzīvesvietu un kad saņemtas pēdējās ziņas par šo personu, un, ja iespējams, pazudušās personas

dzimšanas vietu, tās vecāku vārdu, uzvārdu un citas ziņas.

284.pants. Paziņojums par pazudušu personu

(1) Pēc pieteikuma pieņemšanas tiesnesis pieņem lēmumu par paziņojuma publicēšanu laikrakstā "Latvijas Vēstnesis"

uz pieteicēja rēķina.

(2) Paziņojumā norāda:

1) tās tiesas nosaukumu, kura saņēmusi pieteikumu;

2) tās personas vārdu, uzvārdu un dzimšanas gadu, kuru ierosināts izsludināt par mirušu, kā arī citas pieteikumā

norādītās ziņas par to;

3) priekšlikumu pazudušajai personai triju mēnešu laikā ierasties tiesā vai paziņot savu atrašanās vietu, kā arī norāda,

ka pretējā gadījumā tā tiks izsludināta par mirušu;

4) aicinājumu visiem, kas zina pazudušās personas uzturēšanās vietu vai kam ir zināms par tās nāvi, triju mēnešu

laikā paziņot par to tiesai.

285.pants. Prokurora piedalīšanās

Lietu par personas izsludināšanu par mirušu izskata, piedaloties prokuroram.

286.pants. Tiesas spriedums

(1) Tiesa, atzinusi, ka pieteikums ir pamatots, taisa spriedumu par pazudušās personas izsludināšanu par mirušu.

(2) Ja tiesa ir konstatējusi pieņemamo pazudušās personas nāves dienu, tā norādāma spriedumā.

(3) Ja pieņemamo nāves dienu tiesa nevar konstatēt, par pazudušās personas nāves dienu uzskatāma diena, kad

pieteikums iesniegts tiesai, par ko tiesa norāda spriedumā.

(4) Pēc tam, kad likumīgā spēkā stājies spriedums, ar kuru persona izsludināta par mirušu, tā noraksts nosūtāms

dzimtsarakstu nodaļai — pazudušās personas nāves reģistrēšanai un bāriņtiesai — aizgādnības nodibināšanai par

mirušu izsludinātās personas mantai.

(5) Pēc tam, kad likumīgā spēkā stājies spriedums, ar kuru persona izsludināta par mirušu, tiesa nosūta publicēšanai

laikrakstā "Latvijas Vēstnesis" paziņojumu, kurā norāda:

1) tās tiesas nosaukumu, kura taisījusi spriedumu;

2) pazudušās personas vārdu, uzvārdu, dzimšanas gadu un citus konstatētos personas datus;

3) to, ka šī persona izsludināta par mirušu;

4) pieņemamo pazudušās personas nāves dienu vai dienu, ar kuru šī persona uzskatāma par mirušu

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006. Sk. Pārejas noteikumus.)

287.pants. Par mirušu izsludinātās personas ierašanās sekas

(1) Ja persona, kura ar tiesas spriedumu izsludināta par mirušu, ierodas vai ja noskaidrojas tās atrašanās vieta, tiesa,

kas taisījusi spriedumu, ar jaunu spriedumu atceļ spriedumu par šīs personas izsludināšanu par mirušu.

(2) Pieteikumu par sprieduma atcelšanu var iesniegt persona, kura izsludināta par mirušu, persona, pēc kuras

pieteikuma lieta ierosināta, vai prokurors.

(3) Pēc tiesas sprieduma stāšanās likumīgā spēkā tā noraksts nosūtāms dzimtsarakstu nodaļai — miršanas ieraksta

anulēšanai un attiecīgs paziņojums — publicēšanai laikrakstā "Latvijas Vēstnesis".

37.nodaļa Juridisko faktu konstatēšana

288.pants. Tiesā izskatāmās lietas

(1) Tiesa izskata lietas par tādu faktu konstatēšanu, no kuriem atkarīga fizisko un juridisko personu mantisko un

nemantisko tiesību rašanās, grozīšanās vai izbeigšanās.

(2) Tiesa konstatē faktus par:

1) fizisko personu radniecības attiecībām;

2) personu atrašanos apgādībā;

3) adopcijas reģistrāciju, laulības noslēgšanas vai šķiršanas reģistrāciju, nāves reģistrāciju;

4) tiesību nodibinošu dokumentu (izņemot pases un apliecības, kuras izdod civilstāvokļa aktu reģistrācijas iestādes)

piederību fiziskajai personai, kuras vārds, tēvvārds, uzvārds vai dzimšanas dati, kas norādīti dokumentā, nesakrīt ar

šīs personas vārdu, tēvvārdu, uzvārdu vai dzimšanas datiem, kas norādīti pasē vai dzimšanas apliecībā;

5) tiesību nodibinošu dokumentu (izņemot reģistrācijas apliecības) piederību juridiskajai personai, kuras nosaukums

vai reģistrācijas dati, kas norādīti dokumentā, nesakrīt ar šīs personas nosaukumu vai reģistrācijas datiem, kas

norādīti reģistrācijas apliecībā;

6) personas nāvi noteiktā laikā un noteiktos apstākļos, ja dzimtsarakstu nodaļa atsakās reģistrēt miršanas gadījumu.

(3) Tiesa konstatē arī citus faktus, kuriem ir juridiska nozīme, ja spēkā esošie normatīvie akti neparedz citādu kārtību

to konstatēšanai.

289.pants. Juridisko faktu konstatēšanai nepieciešamie noteikumi

Tiesa konstatē juridiskos faktus tikai tad, ja iesniedzējam nav iespējams citādā kārtībā saņemt attiecīgos dokumentus,

kas apstiprina šos faktus, vai ja šie dokumenti nozaudēti, nozagti vai iznīcināti un zudusi iespēja tos atjaunot.

290.pants. Piekritība

Pieteikumu par juridiskā fakta konstatēšanu iesniedz tiesai pēc pieteicēja dzīvesvietas.

291.pants. Pieteikuma saturs

(1) Pieteikumā norāda, kādam nolūkam pieteicējam nepieciešams konstatēt attiecīgo faktu.

(2) Pieteikumam pievieno pierādījumus, kas apstiprina, ka pieteicējam nav iespējams saņemt attiecīgos dokumentus

vai nav iespējams atjaunot nozaudētos, nozagtos vai iznīcinātos dokumentus.

292.pants. Tiesas spriedums

(1) Apmierinot pieteikumu, tiesa spriedumā norāda, kāds fakts un kādam nolūkam ir konstatēts.

(2) Tiesas spriedums par tāda fakta konstatēšanu, kas reģistrējams dzimtsarakstu nodaļā vai noformējams citās

iestādēs, neaizstāj šo iestāžu izdotos dokumentus, bet pēc stāšanās likumīgā spēkā ir pamats reģistrācijai vai

noformēšanai šajās iestādēs.

38.nodaļa Lietas par tiesību dzēšanu uzaicinājuma kārtībā

293.pants.Uzaicinājuma kārtībā izskatāmās lietas

(1) Uzaicinājuma kārtība piemērojama tikai likumā norādītajos gadījumos.

(2) Uzaicinājumu izdara uz ieinteresētās personas pieteikuma pamata, ja likumā nav noteikts citādi.

294.pants. Pieteikuma iesniegšana

(1) Pieteikumā par uzaicinājuma izdarīšanu un tiesību dzēšanu norāda:

1) apstākļus, uz kuriem dibināts lūgums par uzaicinājumu, minot pierādījumus, kuri tos apstiprina;

2) pieteicējam zināmās ieinteresētās personas;

3) aicināmo personu neierašanās sekas.

(2) Pieteikums par tādu tiesību dzēšanu, kas saistītas ar nekustamo īpašumu, iesniedzams tiesā pēc šā īpašuma

atrašanās vietas, bet par citām tiesībām — pēc pieteicēja — fiziskās personas dzīvesvietas vai juridiskās personas

atrašanās vietas (juridiskās adreses), ja likumā nav noteikts citādi.

295.pants. Lietas sagatavošana izskatīšanai

(1) Pēc pieteikuma pieņemšanas tiesnesis lemj par sludinājuma publicēšanu laikrakstā "Latvijas Vēstnesis" uz

pieteicēja rēķina.

(2) Sludinājumā norāda:

1) tās tiesas nosaukumu, kurā saņemts pieteikums;

2) p ieteicēja vārdu un uzvārdu, bet juridiskajām personām — nosaukumu;

3) uzaicinājuma pamatu un priekšmetu;

4) termiņu tiesību pieteikšanai;

5) termiņa neievērošanas sekas.

(3) Termiņu, ja tas nav noteikts likumā, nosaka tiesa, bet tas nevar būt mazāks par trim mēnešiem no sludinājuma

publicēšanas dienas.

(4) Ja uzaicinājums attiecas uz tiesībām uz nekustamo īpašumu vai uz prasījumiem, kas nodrošināti ar hipotēku,

sludinājums izliekams arī attiecīgajā zemesgrāmatu nodaļā.

296.pants. Pieteikuma izskatīšana

(1) Lietu tiesa izskata pēc sludinājumā norādītā termiņa notecējuma, uzaicinot pieteicēju, pieteicēja norādītās

ieinteresētās personas, kā arī personas, kuras termiņā pieteikušas savas tiesības.

(2) Pieteikums par tiesībām, kas iesniegts pēc sludinājumā norādītā termiņa, bet pirms sprieduma taisīšanas lietā,

atzīstams par iesniegtu termiņā.

(3) Ja sakarā ar uzaicinājumu rodas strīds par tiesībām, kas var ietekmēt spriedumu lietā, tiesa aptur tiesvedību,

nosakot termiņu prasības celšanai.

(4) Ja prasība noteiktā termiņā netiek celta vai arī ir iesniegts spriedums par strīda izšķiršanu, tiesvedība tiek

atjaunota.

297.pants. Tiesas spriedums

(1) Apmierinot pieteikumu, tiesa taisa spriedumu par visu termiņā nepieteikto tiesību atzīšanu par spēkā neesošām,

izņemot šā likuma 327.panta otrajā daļā minētās tiesības.

(2) Tiesību dzēšana nav šķērslis prasības celšanai vispārējā kārtībā šā likuma 327.panta trešajā daļā paredzētajos

gadījumos.

39.nodaļa Tiesību atjaunošana pēc parāda aktiem

vai uzrādītāja vērtspapīriem

298.pants. Pieteikuma iesniegšana

Gadījumos, kad parāda akts vai uzrādītāja vērtspapīrs nozaudēts, nozagts vai iznīcināts, kreditors vai persona, kurai

dokuments ieķīlāts, nodots glabājumā, pārvaldīšanā vai komisijā vai arī kā citādi uzticēts, kā arī tā pēdējais turētājs,

ja dokuments bija izrakstīts uzrādītājam vai dokumentam bija blanko uzraksts, var lūgt tiesu anulēt šo dokumentu un

atjaunot tiesības pēc tā

299.pants. Piekritība

Pieteikums par nozaudētā, nozagtā vai iznīcinātā dokumenta anulēšanu un tiesību atjaunošanu iesniedzams tiesai pēc

dokumentā norādītās maksāšanas vietas, bet, ja maksāšanas vieta nav zināma, — tiesai pēc parādnieka — fiziskās

personas dzīvesvietas vai juridiskās personas atrašanās vietas (juridiskās adreses); ja arī tā nav zināma, — pēc

dokumenta izdošanas vietas.

300.pants. Pieteikuma saturs

(1) Pieteikumā par nozaudētā, nozagtā vai iznīcinātā dokumenta anulēšanu norāda:

1) pieteicēja vārdu, uzvārdu, personas kodu un dzīvesvietu, bet, ja pieteicējs ir juridiskā persona, — tās nosaukumu,

reģistrācijas numuru un atrašanās vietu (juridisko adresi);

2) tās personas vārdu, uzvārdu (nosaukumu) un dzīvesvietu (adresi), kura izdevusi dokumentu, un tās personas

vārdu, uzvārdu (nosaukumu) un dzīvesvietu (adresi), kurai saskaņā ar dokumentu jāpilda saistība. Norāda arī šo

personu personas kodu vai reģistrācijas numuru, ja tas ir zināms;

3) dokumenta nosaukumu, saturu un atšķirības pazīmes;

4) apstākļus, kādos dokuments nozaudēts, nozagts vai iznīcināts.

(2) Pieteikumam, ja iespējams, pievieno dokumenta norakstu.

301.pants. Lietas sagatavošana izskatīšanai

(1) Pēc pieteikuma pieņemšanas tiesnesis lemj:

1) par aizliegumu personai, kurai pēc dokumenta jāpilda saistība, izdarīt pēc šā dokumenta maksājumus vai devumus;

2) par sludinājuma publicēšanu laikrakstā "Latvijas Vēstnesis".

(2) Sludinājumā norāda:

1) tās tiesas nosaukumu, kurā saņemts pieteikums;

2) pieteicēja vārdu un uzvārdu, bet, ja pieteicējs ir juridiskā persona, — tās nosaukumu un atrašanās vietu (juridisko

adresi);

3) nozaudētā, nozagtā vai iznīcinātā dokumenta nosaukumu, saturu un atšķirības pazīmes;

4) priekšlikumu dokumenta turētājam triju mēnešu laikā, bet vekseļa vai čeka turētājam — divu mēnešu laikā no

sludinājuma publicēšanas dienas iesniegt tiesai pieteikumu par savām tiesībām uz šo dokumentu, kā arī norāda, ka

pretējā gadījumā dokumentu var atzīt par anulētu.

(3) Šā panta pirmās daļas 1.punktā paredzētā lēmuma norakstu tiesa nosūta personai, kurai saskaņā ar dokumentu

jāpilda saistība, kā arī paziņo par pieņemto lēmumu visām dokumentā minētajām personām, ja tas iespējams.

302.pants. Dokumenta turētāja pienākums

(1) Dokumenta turētājam pēc tam, kad paziņots par dokumenta nozaudēšanu, nozagšanu vai iznīcināšanu, ir

pienākums sludinājumā norādītajā termiņā iesniegt tiesai, kas pieņēmusi lēmumu, pieteikumu par savām tiesībām uz

šo dokumentu kopā ar dokumenta oriģinālu.

(2) Ja dokumenta turētājs šādu pieteikumu nav iesniedzis, bet ar dokumenta anulēšanu tiek aizskartas viņa tiesības,

savas aizskartās tiesības viņš var aizstāvēt prasības tiesvedības kārtībā.

303.pants. Tiesas rīcība pēc pieteikuma saņemšanas no dokumenta turētāja

(1) Ja sludinājumā norādītajā termiņā tiesā saņemts pieteikums no dokumenta turētāja, tiesa atstāj bez izskatīšanas

tās personas pieteikumu, kura lūdz dokumentu anulēt, un nosaka termiņu, kurā aizliegts izdarīt saskaņā ar

dokumentu maksājumus un devumus. Šis termiņš nedrīkst pārsniegt divus mēnešus.

(2) Vienlaikus tiesa izskaidro pieteicējam viņa tiesības celt prasību pret dokumenta turētāju par šā dokumenta

izprasīšanu, bet dokumenta turētājam — viņa tiesības pieprasīt no iesniedzēja zaudējumus, ko radījuši tiesas noteiktie

aizlieguma līdzekļi.

(3) Par tiesas lēmumu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

304.pants. Pieteikuma izskatīšana

(1) Lietu par dokumenta anulēšanu un tiesību atjaunošanu tiesa izskata pēc sludinājumā norādītā termiņa

notecējuma, ja nav saņemts pieteikums no dokumenta turētāja.

(2) Par lietas izskatīšanas laiku un vietu tiesa paziņo iesniedzējam un personai, kas dokumentu izsniegusi, kā arī

visām dokumentā minētajām personām, ja tas iespējams. Šo personu neierašanās nav šķērslis lietas izskatīšanai.

305.pants. Tiesas spriedums

(1) Ja tiesa atzīst, ka pieteikumā norādītais dokuments nozaudēts, nozagts vai iznīcināts un ka pieteicējs bijis likumīgs

šā dokumenta turētājs, tā taisa spriedumu par šā dokumenta anulēšanu un pieteicēja tiesību atjaunošanu.

(2) Likumīgā spēkā stājies tiesas spriedums ir pamats jauna dokumenta izsniegšanai anulētā dokumenta vietā, ja tas

paredzēts likumā .

(3) Ja likums nenosaka jauna dokumenta izsniegšanas iespēju, spriedums ir pamats, lai prasītu no anulētā dokumenta

izrietošo tiesību apmierinājumu.

40.nodaļa Pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akta nolasīšana un stāšanās likumīgā spēkā

306.pants. Pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akta iesniegšana tiesai

(1) Personai vai iestādei, pie kuras atrodas kāds pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akts (turpmāk — arī testaments), tas pēc

testatora nāves vai atzīšanas par mirušu nekavējoties iesniedzams tiesai pēc testatora pēdējās dzīvesvietas, bet, ja tā

nav zināma, — pēc mantojamās mantas vai tās galvenās daļas atrašanās vietas. Pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akta

iesniedzējs norāda visus viņam zināmos mantiniekus un viņu dzīvesvietas.

(2) Savstarpējs testaments iesniedzams tiesai, tiklīdz nomirst kāds no testatoriem.

307.pants. Pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akta nolasīšanas laika noteikšana

Tiklīdz pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akts iesniegts, tiesnesis, kuram lieta nodota izskatīšanai, nenogaidot lūgumu par to, ar

rakstveida lēmumu nosaka akta nolasīšanas dienu. Par to izliek sludinājumu tiesas telpās visiem redzamā vietā un

paziņo visiem zināmajiem mantiniekiem.

308.pants. Pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akta nolasīšanas kārtība

(1) Noteiktā dienā tiesa atklātā sēdē atver pēdējās gribas rīkojuma aktu un šā likuma 170.pantā noteiktajā kārtībā

nopratina lieciniekus, kuri parakstījuši aktu, par viņu parakstu īstumu. Pēc tam tiek nolasīts viss pēdējās gribas

rīkojuma akts.

(2) Ja ir vairāki pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akti, tos visus atver un nolasa. Atver un nolasa arī tādus aktus, par kuriem

apgalvo, ka tie ir nelikumīgi vai viltoti. Nolasot pēdējās gribas rīkojuma aktu, ievēro Civillikuma 785.panta

noteikumus.

(3) Ja pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akts ir vairākos vienāda satura oriģināleksemplāros, nolasāms tikai viens no tiem.

Noraksta nolasīšana nav pielīdzināma oriģināla nolasīšanai, izņemot gadījumu, kad oriģināls ir nozudis vai kad nav

iespējams to drīzumā iesniegt; tādā gadījumā ieinteresētajām personām tomēr jāpierāda, ka pēdējās gribas rīkojuma

akts tiešām pastāv un, ja noraksts nav pienācīgi apliecināts, jāpierāda arī tā saturs.

(4) Par testamenta satura pierādījumu var uzskatīt tikai dokumentus vai testatora vēstuli, kurā testamenta noraksts

minēts, vai arī to liecinieku liecības, kuri norakstā minēti kā testamenta lieci nieki.

(5) Par visu pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akta atvēršanas un nolasīšanas gaitu sastādāms tiesas sēdes protokols, kurā ne

vien pilnīgi ierakstāmi visi katrā testamentā ietvertie novēlējumi, bet arī ziņas par to:

1) vai zīmogi bijuši neskarti, ja akts bijis aizzīmogots;

2) kuri no lieciniekiem piedalījušies tiesas sēdē un kādas liecības viņi devuši;

3) vai bijuši iebildumi pret pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akta īstumu vai likumīgo spēku;

4) vai aktā nav nekādu īpatnību — labojumu, dzēsumu, svītrojumu

309.pants. Mutiska testamenta konstatēšana

(1) Ja testators savu pēdējo gribu izteicis mutvārdos, tiesa pēc ieinteresēto personu pieteikuma var konstatēt un

formulēt mutisku testamentu. Šajā nolūkā tiesa aicina lieciniekus, kuri bija klāt, kad testators izteica savu gribu, un

tiesas sēdē viņus nopratina par testatora vārdu, uzvārdu un vecumu, par mutiskā testamenta saturu, kā arī par tā

sastādīšanas vietu, laiku un citiem apstākļiem, kuriem bijis sakars ar testamenta sastādīšanu un kuri var ietekmēt tā

likumīgo spēku. Liecinieku liecības ierakstāmas tiesas sēdes protokolā, kas jānolasa un lieciniekiem jāparaksta.

(2) Pēc liecinieku liecībām tiesa rakstveida lēmumā formulē mutiskā testamenta saturu. Lēmumu nolasa tiesas sēdē.

(3) Ja tiesa, novērtējusi liecinieku liecības, atzīst, ka uz to pamata nevar formulēt mutisku testamentu, tā ar

spriedumu noraida mutiskā testamenta pasludināšanu.

(4) Ja tiesa noskaidro, ka ir rakstveidā izteikts pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akts, tā pieteikumu par mutiska testamenta

konstatēšanu atstāj bez izskatīšanas.

310.pants. Tiesas darbība, ja testamentā ir novēlējums vispārnoderīgiem un labdarīgiem mērķiem

Kad nolasīts testaments, kurā ir novēlējums vispārnoderīgiem un labdarīgiem mērķiem, tiesa nosūta prokuroram

izrakstu no testamenta kopā ar ziņām par testamenta izpildītāju vai to personu vārdu, uzvārdu un dzīvesvietu, kuras

iesniegušas testamentu nolasīšanai.

311.pants. Uzaicinājuma par mantojuma atklāšanos izsludināšana

(1) Pēc pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akta nolasīšanas tiesa šā likuma 326.pantā noteiktajā kārtībā izsludina uzaicinājumu

par mantojuma atklāšanos.

(2) Ja testamentā ir norādīts termiņš mantojuma pieņemšanai, tiesa to ņem vērā, nosakot uzaicinājuma termiņu.

312.pants. Mantinieku un ieinteresēto personu tiesības

(1) Kamēr testaments nav stājies likumīgā spēkā, tas glabājams tiesā, lai ieinteresētās personas varētu ar to

iepazīties. Mantiniekiem pēc viņu lūguma var izsniegt šā testamenta norakstus ar uzrakstu, ka tas ir nolasīts un atbilst

likumā noteiktajai formai, bet nav stājies likumīgā spēkā.

(2) Uzaicinājumā norādītajā termiņā testamentārajam mantiniekam ir tiesības iesniegt tiesā pieteikumu par pēdējās

gribas rīkojuma atzīšanu par spēkā stājušos, bet personai, kuras tiesības ar pēdējās gribas rīkojumu ir aizskartas, —

iesniegt iebildumus un apstrīdēt testamentu.

313.pants. Pieteikums par pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akta stāšanos likumīgā spēkā

(1) Persona, kas vēlas mantot, iesniedz tiesai pieteikumu par pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akta stāšanos likumīgā spēkā,

pievienojot pēdējās gribas rīkojuma aktu, ja šis akts jau nav tiesas rīcībā (šā likuma 306.pants).

(2) Pieteikumam pievieno arī:

1) testatora miršanas apliecību;

2) pierādījumus par testatora pēdējo dzīvesvietu;

3) mantojamās mantas sarakstu ar novērtējumu;

4) kvīti par valsts nodevas samaksu.

(3) Pieteikumā norādāmi visi pieteicējam zināmie mantinieki.

314.pants. Testamenta apstrīdēšanas kārtība

(1) Ja ieinteresētā persona apstrīd pēdējās gribas rīkojuma aktu, tiesa aptur tiesvedību lietā par pēdējās gribas

rīkojuma akta stāšanos likumīgā spēkā un, ja nepieciešams, nosaka termiņu prasības celšanai. Ja noteiktā laikā

prasība nav celta, tiesa atjauno tiesvedību un izskata lietu par pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akta stāšanos likumīgā spēkā.

(2) Ja prasības kārtībā pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akts tiek atzīts par spēkā neesošu pilnā apjomā, tiesa izbeidz

tiesvedību sevišķā tiesāšanas kārtībā.

100

(3) Ja prasības kārtībā pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akts tiek atzīts par spēkā neesošu kādā tā daļā, tiesa atzīst to par

spēkā stājušos pārējā daļā.

(4) Ja lietā par pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akta stāšanos likumīgā spēkā neatraidāmie mantinieki piesaka tiesības uz

mantojumu saskaņā ar likumu un ja starp ieinteresētajām personām nepastāv strīds par tiesībām uz mantojumu,

tiesa izskata šo pieteikumu šajā pašā lietā.

315.pants. Pieteikuma izskatīšana

(1) Tiesa izskata pieteikumu, kad notecējis uzaicinājumā noteiktais termiņš.

(2) Uz tiesas sēdi aicina pieteicēju un ieinteresētās personas.

316.pants. Spriedums par pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akta stāšanos likumīgā spēkā

(1) Atzīstot pieteikumu par pamatotu, tiesa taisa spriedumu par pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akta stāšanos likumīgā

spēkā.

(2) Spriedumā tiesa lemj par termiņā nepieteikto tiesību dzēšanu.

(3) Akta oriģināls kopā ar spriedumu pēc tā stāšanās likumīgā spēkā, cauršūts un apzīmogots, ar norādi, ka

testaments ir nolasīts un stājies likumīgā spēkā, izsniedzams mantiniekam vai testamenta izpildītājam, ja testators

nav devis citādu rīkojumu. Pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akta oriģinālu izsniedz tikai pēc tam, kad samaksāta valsts nodeva

un citi tiesas izdevumi.

41.nodaļa Mantojuma apsardzība un aizgādnība

317.pants. Mantojuma apsardzības piekritība, pamats un līdzekļi

(1) Par mantojamās mantas apsardzību gādā tiesa pēc mantojuma atstājēja pēdējās dzīvesvietas. Ja mantojamā

manta atrodas citas tiesas teritorijā, tiesa, kura pieņēmusi pieteikumu, var uzdot šai tiesai gādāt par mantojamās

mantas apsardzību.

(2) Mirušā mantu apsargāt var lūgt:

1) mantinieks;

2) testamenta izpildītājs vai mantojuma aizgādnis;

3) mirušās personas darbavietas administrācija — bet tikai attiecībā uz darbavietas naudu, lietām vai dokumentiem,

kas palikuši mirušā mantā;

4) kreditori — attiecībā uz tādām pretenzijām, kas viņiem ar tiesas spriedumu piespriestas vai nodrošinātas. Šajā

gadījumā apsargājama tikai tā mantojamās mantas daļa, ar kuru pietiek minēto pretenziju apmierināšanai.

(3) Likumā noteiktajos gadījumos (Civillikuma 659.pants) tiesa gādā par mantojuma apsardzību pēc jebkuras

personas paziņojuma, ja tiesai droši zināms par mantojuma atstājēja nāvi.

101

(4) Atzinis, ka ir pamats mantojuma apsardzībai, tiesnesis pieņem par to lēmumu.

(5) Mantojuma apsardzības līdzekļi ir mantojamās mantas:

1) aizzīmogošana;

2) aprakstīšana un novērtēšana;

3) nodošana glabāšanā.

318.pants. Mantojamās mantas aizzīmogošana

(1) Mantojamo mantu aizzīmogo tikai tādā gadījumā, ja ieinteresētās personas to lūdz vai ja tiesnesis atzīst

aizzīmogošanu par nepieciešamu, vai ja pamatotu iemeslu dēļ nav iespējams nekavējoties aprakstīt mantu.

(2) Aizzīmogošanu izdara tiesu izpildītājs, pieaicinot vismaz divus lieciniekus un aizzīmogojot lietu glabātavas vai

pašas lietas. Pie aizzīmogošanas var būt klāt šā likuma 317.panta otrajā daļā norādītās personas.

(3) Pirms aizzīmogošanas tiesu izpildītājs ņem no personām, kas dzīvojušas ar mirušo vienā namā vai dzīvoklī, ja

tādas ir, parakstu par to, ka tās no palikušās mantas nav neko noslēpušas un tām nav zināms, ka kāda mantas daļa

būtu noslēpta, paņemta vai aiznesta.

(4) Ja ir saņemts paziņojums, ka starp mirušā lietām atrodas testaments, tiesu izpildītājs to uzmeklē vispirms. Ja

testamentu atrod, tiesu izpildītājs to neatvērtu nosūta tiesnesim, uz kura lēmuma pamata tiek izdarīta aizzīmogošana.

(5) Atrastie vērtspapīri, skaidra nauda un vērtslietas nododamas glabāšanā likumā noteiktajā kārtībā.

(6) Lietas, uz kurām pretenzijas pieteikušas trešās personas, aizzīmogo, un aizzīmogošanas aktā norāda pieteikto

pretenziju.

(7) Tiesu izpildītājs visu ar aizzīmogošanu saistīto darbību ieraksta aktā, kuru paraksta visas pieaicinātās personas.

Akts kopā ar visiem pieteikumiem iesniedzams tiesai, uz kuras lēmuma pamata izdarīta aizzīmogošana.

319.pants. Lietas, kuras neaizzīmogo

Nav aizzīmogojamas lietas, kas nepieciešamas ikdienas lietošanai mirušā namā vai dzīvoklī palikušajām personām, kā

arī lietas, kuras pēc to rakstura nevar aizzīmogot. Par neaizzīmogotajām lietām sastādāms saraksts.

320.pants. Zīmogu noņemšana

(1) Lēmumu par zīmoga noņemšanu no aizzīmogotās mantas pieņem vai nu tās tiesas tiesnesis, uz kuras lēmuma

pamata manta aizzīmogota, vai tā tiesa, kas izskata mantojuma lietu.

(2) Ja aizzīmogošana izdarīta tādēļ, ka mantinieki nav zināmi, vai viņu prombūtnes dēļ, zīmogus var noņemt pēc tam,

kad mantojumam iecelts aizgādnis.

(3) Zīmogus noņem tiesu izpildītājs vismaz divu liecinieku klātbūtnē.

(4) Zīmogus noņemot, ir tiesības būt klāt šā likuma 317.panta otrajā daļā norādītajām personām un personām, kas

pieteikušas pretenzijas uz aizzīmogotajām lietām. Šīm personām tiesu izpildītājs paziņo par zīmogu noņemšanas laiku.

102

(5) Visa ar zīmogu noņemšanu saistītā tiesu izpildītāja darbība ierakstāma aktā, ko paraksta liecinieki un klātesošās šā

panta ceturtajā daļā minētās ieinteresētās personas. Akts iesniedzams tiesai, pēc kuras lēmuma zīmogi noņemti.

321.pants. Mantojamās mantas aprakstīšana

(1) Mantojamās mantas aprakstīšanu un novērtēšanu pēc tiesneša lēmuma izdara tiesu izpildītājs vismaz divu

liecinieku klātbūtnē likumā noteiktajā kārtībā. Ja aprakstīšana uzsākta, iepriekš mantu neaizzīmogojot, jāievēro šā

likuma 318.panta trešajā, piektajā, sestajā un septītajā daļā paredzētie noteikumi.

(2) Neatliekamos gadījumos mantas aprakstīšanu pēc tiesneša lēmuma var uzsākt, nenogaidot, kamēr ieinteresētajām

personām tiks paziņots par aprakstīšanai noteikto termiņu.

(3) Tiesu izpildītājs par aprakstīšanas darbībām sastāda aktu, ko paraksta liecinieki un klātesošās šā likuma 317.panta

otrajā daļā minētās ieinteresētās personas. Akts iesniedzams tiesai, uz kuras lēmuma pamata izdarīta aprakstīšana un

novērtēšana.

322. pants. Aizzīmogotas vai aprakstītas mantas glabāšana

(1) Aizzīmogotā vai aprakstītā manta nododama glabāšanā aizgādnim, bet, ja tas nav iecelts, — citai personai šajā

likumā noteiktajā kārtībā.

(2) Lietas, kuras atprasa trešās personas, tām var atdot pēc tiesneša lēmuma, ja lietu piederība šīm personām ir

neapšaubāma un ja to atdošanu neapstrīd neviena ieinteresētā persona.

(3) Lietas, kas ātri bojājas, nekavējoties pārdodamas, pamatojoties uz tiesneša lēmumu, bet par tām ieņemtā nauda

pēc pārdošanas izdevumu atskaitīšanas ieskaitāma tiesu izpildītāju kantora depozīta kontā.

323.pants. Aizgādnība mantojumam

Ja tiesa, kura izskata mantojuma lietu, atzīst par nepieciešamu nodibināt mantojumam aizgādnību, tā pieņem par to

lēmumu, kuru nosūta izpildīšanai bāriņtiesai.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006. Sk. Pārejas noteikumus.)

42.nodaļa Sludinājums par mantojuma atklāšanos

324.pants. Izsludināšanas pamats

(1) Mantojuma atklāšanos tiesa vai tiesnesis izsludina pēc savas iniciatīvas vai ieinteresēto personu lūguma.

(2) Pieteikumu par izsludināšanu var iesniegt mantinieks (substitūts, pēcmantinieks), testamenta izpildītājs, aizgādnis

un visas personas, kas pieteikušas pretenzijas uz mantojumu kā legatāri vai kreditori.

325.pants. Pieteikums par izsludināšanu

(1) Pieteikums par izsludināšanu iesniedzams tiesai pēc mantojuma atstājēja pēdējās dzīvesvietas, bet, ja tā nav

zināma, — pēc mantojamās mantas vai tās galvenās daļas atrašanās vietas.

103

(2) Pieteikumā norāda:

1) apstākļus, uz kuriem dibināts lūgums par izsludināšanu, un pierādījumus, kas to apstiprina;

2) lietā ieinteresētās personas, kas pieteicējam zināmas, un to dzīvesvietu;

3) aicināmo personu neierašanās sekas.

326.pants. Izsludināšanas kārtība

(1) Sludinājumā tiesa uzaicina pieteikties visus tos, kuriem kā mantiniekiem, kreditoriem vai kā citādi ir kādas tiesības

uz mantojumu, norādot, ka gadījumā, ja viņi nepieteiks savas tiesības uzaicinājumā noteiktajā termiņā, nepieteiktās

tiesības tiks dzēstas. Ja izsludināšana notiek sakarā ar testamenta nolasīšanu, tiesa ar sludinājumu uzaicina pieteikt

savas tiesības arī personas, kurām ir iebildumi pret testamentu, norādot, ka pretējā gadījumā tās tiks atzītas par

tādām, kas atteikušās no iebildumiem.

(2) Sludinājums par mantojuma atklāšanos publicējams laikrakstā "Latvijas Vēstnesis", bet, ja mantojuma atstājēja

atstātās mantas vērtība, pēc tiesas rīcībā esošajām ziņām, nepārsniedz tūkstoš latus, sludinājums izliekams tikai

tiesas telpās visiem redzamā vietā.

(3) Par izsludināšanu un sludinājuma saturu tiesa nekavējoties paziņo tai zināmām ieinteresētajām personām.

327.pants. Uzaicinājuma spēks

(1) Tiesības, kas nav pieteiktas uzaicinājuma termiņā, tiek dzēstas.

(2) Uzaicinājuma spēks neattiecas uz:

1) zemesgrāmatā ierakstītu prasījumu, izņemot procentus un citus blakus prasījumus;

2) prasījumu, kas tiesai pieteikts pirms sludinājuma par mantojuma atklāšanos;

3) prasījumu, kas mantiniekam zināms.

(3) Personai, kas sludinājumā norādītajā termiņā nav pieteikusi savas tiesības, to dzēšana nav šķērslis prasības

celšanai vispārējā kārtībā, ja:

1) pārkāpti likuma noteikumi par sludinājuma saturu vai izsludināšanas kārtību;

2) spriedums lietā taisīts, pirms beidzies sludinājumā norādītais termiņš tiesību pieteikšanai;

3) tiesa atstājusi bez izskatīšanas termiņā iesniegtu pieteikumu par tiesībām;

4) pie teikumā par izsludināšanu sniegtas nepareizas ziņas, kurām ir būtiska nozīme;

5) pierādīts viltojums pieteikumam pievienotajos dokumentos.

104

43.nodaļa Mantojuma pieņemšana

328.pants. Aicinājums mantiniekiem izteikt attieksmi pret mantojumu

(1) Ja mantinieki nav izteikuši savu gribu pieņemt mantojumu, mantojuma atstājēja kreditori, legatāri, kā arī

substitūti un pēcmantinieki var iesniegt tiesai, kurai piekrīt mantojuma lieta, pieteikumu par mantinieku uzaicināšanu

izteikt attieksmi pret mantojuma pieņemšanu.

(2) Pieteikumā norāda:

1) mantot aicinātās personas, ja tās ir zināmas;

2) mantošanas pamatu: testamentu, līgumu vai likumu;

3) pieteicēja pretenziju uz mantojumu.

(3) Ja mantinieki ir zināmi, tiesa, neizsludinot mantojuma atklāšanos, izskata pieteikumu tiesas sēdē, uz kuru aicina

pieteikumā norādītos mantiniekus.

(4) Tiesa, nepārbaudot pieteicēja pretenziju pareizību, noklausās klātesošo mantinieku paskaidrojumus, noskaidro, vai

mantojums atrodas kāda mantinieka valdījumā, un nosaka termiņu, kurā mantiniekiem jāpaziņo, vai viņi vēlas vai

nevēlas pieņemt mantojumu.

(5) Ja mantinieki pieteicējam nav zināmi vai arī nav ieradušies uz tiesas sēdi, tiesa šā likuma 326.pantā noteiktajā

kārtībā izsludina laikrakstā "Latvijas Vēstnesis" mantojuma atklāšanos un paziņo par to zināmajiem mantiniekiem.

(6) Ja uzaicinājuma termiņā mantinieki nav pieteikušies vai arī ir atteikušies no mantojuma, tiesa izbeidz tiesvedību

šajā lietā un paziņo Finansu ministrijai par bezmantinieka mantu.

329.pants. Mantojuma pieņemšana uz inventāra tiesību pamata

(1) Pieteikums par mantojuma pieņemšanu uz inventāra tiesību (Civillikuma 709.pants) pamata iesniedzams tiesai,

kurai piekrīt mantojuma lieta.

(2) Pieteikumu var iesniegt divu mēnešu laikā no dienas, kad mantiniekiem kļuvis zināms par mantojuma atklāšanos.

(3) Pēc pieteikuma saņemšanas tiesa vai tiesnesis pieņem lēmumu par inventāra saraksta sastādīšanu, kuru nodod

izpildei tiesu izpildītājam vai attiecīgajai bāriņtiesai.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006. Sk. Pārejas noteikumus.)

330.pants. Mantojuma atraidīšana

(1) Iesniegumu par atteikšanos no mantošanas vai mantojuma atraidīšanu (Civillikuma 609., 651., 689. un 775. —

783.pants) var iesniegt rakstveidā tiesai, kurai piekrīt mantojuma lieta, vai par to paziņot tiesas sēdē.

(2) Mantot aicinātās personas paziņojumu par atteikšanos no mantošanas vai mantojuma atraidīšanu, kas izteikts

tiesas sēdē, ieraksta tiesas sēdes protokolā, un to paraksta attiecīgā mantot aicinātā persona.

105

44.nodaļa Apstiprināšana mantojuma tiesībās pēc likuma

331.pants. Pieteikums par apstiprināšanu mantojuma tiesībās

(1) Likumiskie mantinieki var griezties tiesā ar pieteikumu par apstiprināšanu mantojuma tiesībās.

(2) Pieteikums iesniedzams rajona (pilsētas) tiesai pēc mantojuma atstājēja pēdējās dzīvesvietas, bet, ja tā nav

zināma, — pēc mantojamās mantas vai tās galvenās daļas atrašanās vietas.

(3) Pieteikumā norāda visas lietā ieinteresētās personas, mantojamo mantu un tās vērtību. Pieteikumam pievieno

pierādījumus, kas apstiprina pieteicēja tiesību mantot.

332.pants. Uzaicinājuma par mantojuma atklāšanos izsludināšana

Pēc pieteikuma saņemšanas tiesa vai tiesnesis šā likuma 326.pantā noteiktajā kārtībā izsludina uzaicinājumu par

mantojuma atklāšanos.

333.pants. Pieteikuma izskatīšana

(1) Pieteikumu tiesa izskata, kad notecējis uzaicinājumā noteiktais termiņš.

(2) Uz tiesas sēdi aicina pieteicēju un ieinteresētās personas.

334.pants. Spriedums par apstiprināšanu mantojuma tiesībās

(1) Atzīstot pieteikumu par pamatotu, tiesa taisa spriedumu par pieteicēja apstiprināšanu mantojuma tiesībās uz visu

mantojumu vai uz noteiktu tā domājamo daļu.

(2) Spriedumā tiesa lemj par nepieteikto tiesību dzēšanu.

(3) Apstiprinot pieteicēju mantojuma tiesībās, likumam neatbilstošas mantinieku savstarpējās vienošanās nav

ņemamas vērā.

335.pants. Pieteikuma atstāšana bez izskatīšanas

Ja lietā rodas strīds par tiesībām uz mantojumu, kas izšķirams prasības kārtībā, tiesa pieteikumu atstāj bez

izskatīšanas.

45.nodaļa Nekustamā īpašuma izpirkšana

336.pants. Lietu piekritība

Pieteikums par nekustamā īpašuma izpirkšanu iesniedzams tiesai pēc izpērkamā nekustamā īpašuma atrašanās vietas.

106

337.pants. Pieteikuma saturs

(1) Pieteikumā norāda izpērkamā nekustamā īpašuma atrašanās vietu, tā ieguvēju un izpirkuma tiesību pamatu

(Civillikuma 1382.pants).

(2) Pieteikumam pievieno:

1) tā akta norakstu, uz kura pamata nekustamais īpašums atsavināts;

2) pierādījumus par iesniedzēja tiesībām izpirkt nekustamo īpašumu;

3) ziņas par nekustamā īpašuma pārdošanas summu, atsavināšanas izmaksām un nodevām un par to samaksu.

338.pants. Pieteikuma noraksta nosūtīšana nekustamā īpašuma ieguvējam

Pieteikuma norakstu tiesa nosūta nekustamā īpašuma ieguvējam, nosakot viena mēneša termiņu paskaidrojuma

iesniegšanai un ziņu sniegšanai par nekustamajam īpašumam izdarītiem nepieciešamiem un derīgiem izdevumiem.

339.pants. Pieteikuma izskatīšana

Pieteikumu izskata tiesas sēdē, uz kuru uzaicina pieteicēju un nekustamā īpašuma ieguvēju

340.pants. Tiesas spriedums

Atzinusi pieteikumu par pamatotu, tiesa taisa spriedumu par iesniedzēja izpirkuma tiesību uz nekustamo īpašumu un

izpērkamā īpašuma ieguvēja tiesību uz izdevumu atlīdzību.

341.pants. Pieteikuma atstāšana bez izskatīšanas

Ja nekustamā īpašuma ieguvējs apstrīd iesniedzēja izpirkuma tiesību, tiesa atstāj pieteikumu bez izskatīšanas,

paskaidrojot lietas dalībniekiem, ka strīds izšķirams prasības kārtībā.

46.nodaļa Tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa lietas

(Nodaļas nosaukums 01.11.2007. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2008.)

342.pants. Tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa lietas piekritība

Lietu par tiesiskās aizsardzības procesu izskata tiesa pēc komercsabiedrības juridiskās adreses.

(01.11.2007. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2008.)

343.pants. Maksātnespējas pieteikums

(Izslēgts ar 01.11.2007. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2008.)

107

344.pants. Tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa pieteikuma saņemšana un reģistrācija

(1) Tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa pieteikumu tiesa pieņem no komercsabiedrības, kuras vārdā tiek iesniegts

pieteikums, vai personas, kurai ir pilnvarojums pieteikuma iesniegšanai.

(2) Saņemot pieteikumu, pārbaudāma pieteikuma iesniedzēja personība. Ja nav iespējams to pārbaudīt vai pieteikuma

iesniedzējam nav attiecīga pilnvarojuma, pieteikumu nepieņem.

(3) Tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa pieteikums reģistrējams atsevišķā reģistrā, kurā parakstās pieteikuma iesniedzējs

un saņēmējs.

(4) Tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa pieteikumam pievienojami dokumenti, un tajā iekļaujamas Maksātnespējas likumā

norādītās ziņas.

(01.11.2007. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2008.)

345.pants. Tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa lietas ierosināšana

(1) Lēmumu par tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa lietas ierosināšanu vai par atteikšanos pieņemt tiesiskās aizsardzības

procesa pieteikumu tiesnesis pieņem ne vēlāk kā nākamajā dienā pēc pieteikuma saņemšanas, bet, ja pieteikums ir

bijis atstāts bez virzības, — ne vēlāk kā nākamajā dienā pēc tam, kad novērsti tiesneša lēmumā norādītie trūkumi vai

beidzies termiņš trūkumu novēršanai.

(2) Pieņemot lēmumu par tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa lietas ierosināšanu, tiesnesis nosaka termiņu tiesiskās

aizsardzības procesa pasākumu plāna saskaņošanai ar kreditoriem.

(3) Termiņš tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa pasākumu plāna saskaņošanai ar kreditoriem nedrīkst būt garāks par 30

dienām.

(01.11.2007. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 22.05.2008. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā

01.03.2009. Grozījumi trešajā daļā stājas spēkā 01.07.2009. Sk. Pārejas noteikumu 41.punktu.)

346.pants. Tiesas darbības, sagatavojot lietu izskatīšanai

(1) Tiesas lēmuma par tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa lietas ierosināšanu norakstu pēc šā lēmuma pieņemšanas

nekavējoties nosūta:

1) Maksātnespējas administrācijai un ar likumu pilnvarotajai iestādei, kas veic ierakstus maksātnespējas reģistrā;

2) Finanšu un kapitāla tirgus komisijai, ja lēmums pieņemts par finanšu un kapitāla tirgus dalībnieku, kura darbības

uzraudzību saskaņā ar normatīvo aktu prasībām veic Finanšu un kapitāla tirgus komisija.

(2) Tiesnesis pēc Maksātnespējas administrācijas priekšlikuma saņemšanas nekavējoties lemj par Maksātnespējas

administrācijas izvirzītā administratora amata kandidāta atbilstību administratora pienākumu pildīšanai konkrētajā

tiesiskās aizsardzības procesā un par viņa iecelšanu par administratoru. Lēmuma par administratora iecelšanu

norakstu tiesa nekavējoties nosūta Maksātnespējas administrācijai un ar likumu pilnvarotajai iestādei, kas veic

ierakstus maksātnespējas reģistrā.

(01.11.2007. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 22.05.2008. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

108

347.pants. Maksātnespējas lietas izskatīšana

(Izslēgts ar 01.11.2007. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2008.)

348.pants. Tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa lietas izskatīšana un spriedums tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa lietā

(1) Tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa lietu tiesa izskata 45 dienu laikā no lietas ierosināšanas dienas.

(2) Uz tiesas sēdi aicina tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa pieteikuma iesniedzēju, administratoru un nodrošināto

kreditoru.

(3) Lietas izskatīšanas gaitā tiesa:

1) izvērtē, vai tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa pasākumu plāns ir saskaņots Maksātnespējas likumā noteiktajā kārtībā;

2) noskaidro tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa pieteikuma iesniedzēja, administratora un nodrošinātā kreditora viedokli

par tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa pasākumu plāna izpildes iespējām.

(4) Taisot spriedumu par tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa īstenošanu, tiesa apstiprina tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa

pasākumu plānu un nosaka tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa īstenošanas termiņu.

(5) Noraidot tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa pieteikumu, tiesa vienlaikus izbeidz tiesiskās aizsardzības procesu un lemj,

vai tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa pieteikums ir izmantots, lai izvairītos no saistību izpildes.

(6) Atzinusi pieteikumu par nepamatotu vai apzināti nepatiesu, tiesa piedzen no tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa

pieteikuma iesniedzēja tiesas izdevumus un administratora atlīdzību.

(7) Tiesas spriedums tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa lietā nav pārsūdzams.

(8) Tiesa sprieduma norakstu izsniedz tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa pieteikuma iesniedzējam un administratoram, kā

arī nosūta ar likumu pilnvarotajai iestādei, kas veic ierakstus maksātnespējas reģistrā.

(9) Noraidījusi tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa pieteikumu, tiesa sprieduma norakstu nosūta ar likumu pilnvarotajai

iestādei, kas veic ierakstus maksātnespējas reģistrā.

(01.11.2007. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 22.05.2008. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

348.1 pants. Lēmums par tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa īstenošanu ārpustiesas tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa gadījumā

(1) Tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa lietu ārpustiesas tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa gadījumā tiesa izskata rakstveida

procesā, nerīkojot tiesas sēdi, 15 dienu laikā no pieteikuma saņemšanas dienas.

(2) Lemjot par tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa īstenošanu ārpustiesas tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa gadījumā, tiesa

nepiemēro šā likuma 345.panta otrās un trešās daļas, 346. un 348.panta noteikumus.

(3) Tiesa pieņem lēmumu par tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa īstenošanu ārpustiesas tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa

gadījumā, ja pastāv Maksātnespējas likuma 46.1 panta pirmajā daļā minētie nosacījumi.

109

(4) Lemjot par tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa īstenošanu ārpustiesas tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa gadījumā, tiesa

apstiprina ārpustiesas tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa pasākumu plānu, nosaka tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa

īstenošanas termiņu, kā arī vienlaikus ieceļ komercsabiedrības ieteikto administratoru.

(5) Tiesas lēmums tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa lietā ārpustiesas tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa gadījumā nav

pārsūdzams.

(6) Tiesa lēmuma norakstu izsniedz tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa pieteikuma iesniedzējam un administratoram, kā arī

nosūta ar likumu pilnvarotajai iestādei, kas veic ierakstus maksātnespējas reģistrā.

(7) Tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa lietās ārpustiesas tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa gadījumā piemēro šīs nodaļas

noteikumus, ja šajā pantā nav noteikts citādi.

(11.06.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2009.)

349.pants. Jautājumi, kas tiesai izlemjami pēc nolēmuma par tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa īstenošanu

(1) Pēc nolēmuma par tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa īstenošanu uz attiecīga pieteikuma pamata tiesa lemj par:

1) tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa pasākumu plāna grozījumu apstiprināšanu;

11) ieķīlātās komercsabiedrības mantas pārdošanas atļaujas došanu nodrošinātajam kreditoram;

2) administratora atkāpšanos, ja administrators iesniedz pieteikumu par atkāpšanos, kuram pievienots darbības

pārskats, kā arī dokumentu un mantas pieņemšanas un nodošanas akta projekts;

21) administratora atcelšanu, nosakot termiņu dokumentu un mantas pieņemšanas un nodošanas akta sastādīšanai un

dokumentu un mantas nodošanai citam administratoram;

3) lauksaimniecības produktu ražotāja tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa īstenošanas termiņa pagarināšanu;

4) tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa izbeigšanu.

(11) Administratoru var atcelt tiesa pēc savas iniciatīvas, ja tā, izskatot konkrētu jautājumu vai sūdzību tiesiskās

aizsardzības procesa lietā, konstatē, ka administrators neievēro normatīvo aktu prasības vai nepilda tiesas nolēmumu.

(12) Ja pēc nolēmuma par tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa īstenošanu tiesa ir pieņēmusi lēmumu par administratora

atkāpšanos vai atcelšanu, tiesnesis pēc Maksātnespējas administrācijas priekšlikuma saņemšanas nekavējoties lemj

par cita administratora iecelšanu un tiesa lēmuma norakstu nosūta Maksātnespējas administrācijai un ar likumu

pilnvarotajai iestādei, kas veic ierakstus maksātnespējas reģistrā.

(2) Šā panta pirmajā daļā minēto lēmumu norakstus tiesa nosūta ar likumu pilnvarotajai iestādei, kas veic ierakstus

maksātnespējas reģistrā. Lēmuma par administratora atkāpšanos vai atcelšanu norakstu tiesa nekavējoties nosūta arī

Maksātnespējas administrācijai.

(3) Tiesa izskata sūdzību par Maksātnespējas administrācijas lēmumu par administratora rīcību tiesiskās aizsardzības

procesā vai tiesiskā pienākuma uzlikšanu.

(4) Par pieteikuma un sūdzības izskatīšanu tiesa pieņem lēmumu, kas nav pārsūdzams.

110

(5) Pieteikumus un sūdzības tiesa izskata 15 dienu laikā no to saņemšanas dienas. Uz tiesas sēdi tiek aicināts

pieteikuma vai sūdzības iesniedzējs, administrators, komercsabiedrības pārstāvis un citas ieinteresētās personas.

Uzaicināto personu neierašanās nav šķērslis jautājuma izskatīšanai tiesas sēdē. Taču tiesa var atzīt komercsabiedrības

pārstāvju ierašanos par obligātu un likt viņus atvest piespiedu kārtā.

(6) Tiesa sakarā ar šajā pantā minēto jautājumu izskatīšanu var pieprasīt, lai administrators iesniedz savas darbības

pārskatu vai citu informāciju.

(01.11.2007. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 22.05.2008. un 11.06.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā

01.07.2009.)

350.pants. Sūdzības par Maksātnespējas administrācijas pieņemto lēmumu par administratora rīcību tiesiskās aizsardzības procesā vai tiesiskā pienākuma uzlikšanu izskatīšana tiesā

(1) Tiesa izskata kreditora, komercsabiedrības pārstāvja, administratora vai trešās personas, kuras likumiskās tiesības

ir aizskartas, sūdzību par Maksātnespējas administrācijas pieņemto lēmumu par administratora rīcību tiesiskās

aizsardzības procesā vai tiesiskā pienākuma uzlikšanu.

(2) Ja tiesa atzīst, ka pārsūdzētais Maksātnespējas administrācijas lēmums neatbilst normatīvo aktu prasībām, tā

apmierina sūdzību un lemj par:

1) Maksātnespējas administrācijas lēmuma atcelšanu pilnībā vai daļēji;

2) pienākuma uzlikšanu Maksātnespējas administrācijai pieņemt vai izskatīt sūdzību par administratora rīcību;

3) pienākuma uzlikšanu administratoram novērst pieļauto pārkāpumu.

(3) Ja tiesa konstatē, ka pārsūdzētais Maksātnespējas administrācijas lēmums ir likumīgs, tā sūdzību noraida.

(4) Sūdzības iesniedzējam ir tiesības atsaukt savu sūdzību, kamēr nav pabeigta sūdzības izskatīšana pēc būtības. Ja

sūdzības iesniedzējs atsauc iesniegto sūdzību, tiesa pieņem lēmumu par sūdzības tiesvedības izbeigšanu.

(5) Pēc sūdzības izskatīšanas tiesa lēmuma norakstu nekavējoties nosūta Maksātnespējas administrācijai.

(01.11.2007. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2008.)

350.1 pants. Lēmums par tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa izbeigšanu

(1) Tiesa lemj par tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa izbeigšanu pēc savas iniciatīvas vai uz komercsabiedrības pieteikuma

pamata.

(2) Tiesa izbeidz tiesiskās aizsardzības procesu, ja:

1) tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa pasākumu plāns nav atbalstīts Maksātnespējas likumā noteiktajā kārtībā un termiņā;

2) pret komercsabiedrību Latvijā tiek uzsākta Padomes regulas Nr. 1346/2000 3.panta 2.punktā noteiktā

maksātnespējas procedūra.

(3) Tiesa izbeidz tiesiskās aizsardzības procesu pēc komercsabiedrības pieteikuma, ja komercsabiedrība ir izpildījusi

tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa pasākumu plānu.

(4) Lēmuma par tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa izbeigšanu norakstu tiesa nekavējoties nosūta pieteikuma

iesniedzējam, administratoram, kā arī ar likumu pilnvarotajai iestādei, kas veic ierakstus maksātnespējas reģistrā.

111

(11.06.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2009.)

350.2 pants. Lēmums par komercsabiedrības maksātnespējas procesa pasludināšanu, izbeidzot tiesiskās aizsardzības procesu

(1) Tiesa, kura ir pieņēmusi nolēmumu par tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa īstenošanu, lemj par komercsabiedrības

maksātnespējas procesa pasludināšanu un tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa izbeigšanu uz komercsabiedrības vai

administratora pieteikuma pamata.

(2) Lēmumu par komercsabiedrības maksātnespējas procesa pasludināšanu un tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa

izbeigšanu tiesa pieņem šā likuma 349.panta piektajā daļā noteiktajā kārtībā.

(3) Tiesa pasludina komercsabiedrības maksātnespējas procesu un izbeidz tiesiskās aizsardzības procesu pēc

komercsabiedrības pieteikuma, ja komercsabiedrība nespēj nokārtot tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa pasākumu plānā

noteiktās saistības.

(4) Tiesa pasludina komercsabiedrības maksātnespējas procesu un izbeidz tiesiskās aizsardzības procesu pēc

administratora pieteikuma, ja komercsabiedrība:

1) īstenojot tiesiskās aizsardzības procesu, nav veikusi Maksātnespējas likumā noteiktās darbības vai ir sniegusi

nepatiesas ziņas;

2) nepilda tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa pasākumu plānu;

3) pārkāpj Maksātnespējas likumā noteiktos rīcības ierobežojumus.

(5) Tiesa, pasludinot komercsabiedrības maksātnespējas procesu un izbeidzot tiesiskās aizsardzības procesu,

vienlaikus ieceļ administratoru, kurš pēdējais ir pildījis administratora pienākumus šīs komercsabiedrības tiesiskās

aizsardzības procesā.

(6) Tiesa lēmumā par komercsabiedrības maksātnespējas procesa pasludināšanu un tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa

izbeigšanu nosaka maksātnespējas procesa iestāšanās dienu. Par maksātnespējas procesa iestāšanās dienu atzīstama

maksātnespējas procesa pieteikuma iesniegšanas diena.

(7) Ja šajā pantā minētās maksātnespējas procesa pazīmes netiek konstatētas, tiesa maksātnespējas procesa

pieteikumu noraida un tiesiskās aizsardzības process netiek izbeigts.

(8) Lēmums par komercsabiedrības maksātnespējas procesa pasludināšanu un tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa

izbeigšanu nav pārsūdzams.

(9) Lēmuma par komercsabiedrības maksātnespējas procesa pasludināšanu un tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa

izbeigšanu norakstu tiesa nekavējoties nosūta ar likumu pilnvarotajai iestādei, kas veic ierakstus maksātnespējas

reģistrā.

(10) Komercsabiedrības maksātnespējas procesa pasludināšanas un tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa izbeigšanas

gadījumā tiesa piemēro šā likuma 46.1 nodaļas noteikumus, ja šajā pantā nav noteikts citādi.

(11.06.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2009.)

351.pants. Izlīguma apstiprināšana

(Izslēgts ar 01.11.2007. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2008.)

112

352.pants. Izlīguma atcelšana

(Izslēgts ar 01.11.2007. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2008.)

353.pants. Lēmums par sanācijas plānu

(Izslēgts ar 20.06.2001. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2001.)

354.pants. Lēmums par sanācijas pārtraukšanu

(Izslēgts ar 20.06.2001. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2001.)

354.1pants. Sanācijas noslēguma apstiprināšana

(Izslēgts ar 01.11.2007. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2008.)

355.pants. Lēmums par bankrota procedūras uzsākšanu

(Izslēgts ar 20.06.2001. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2001.)

356.pants. Lēmums par administrācijas izmaksām un parādu segšanas kārtību

(Izslēgts ar 20.06.2001. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2001.)

357.pants. Lēmums par bankrota procedūras pabeigšanu

(Izslēgts ar 01.11.2007. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2008.)

358.pants. Sūdzība par kreditoru sapulces lēmumu

(Izslēgts ar 01.11.2007. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2008.)

359.pants. Sūdzība par kreditoru komitejas lēmumu

(Izslēgts ar 01.11.2007. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2008.)

360.pants. Sūdzība par aģentūras lēmumu

(Izslēgts ar 01.11.2007. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2008.)

361.pants. Vairāku administratoru iecelšana

(Izslēgts ar 20.06.2001. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2001.)

362.pants. Lēmums par administratora atkāpšanos vai viņa atcelšanu

(Izslēgts ar 01.11.2007. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2008.)

363.pants. Lēmums par maksātnespējas procesa izbeigšanu

(Izslēgts ar 01.11.2007. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2008.)

46.1 nodaļa Juridiskās personas maksātnespējas procesa lietas

(Nodaļa 01.11.2007. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2008.)

113

363.1 pants. Juridiskās personas maksātnespējas procesa lietas piekritība

(1) Juridiskās personas maksātnespējas procesu saskaņā ar likumu piemēro attiecībā uz juridisko personu,

personālsabiedrību, individuālo komersantu, ārvalstī reģistrētu personu, kas veic pastāvīgu saimniecisko darbību

Latvijā, un likumā noteiktiem speciāliem subjektiem (turpmāk šajā nodaļā — parādnieks).

(2) Juridiskās personas maksātnespējas procesa lietu (turpmāk šajā nodaļā — maksātnespējas procesa lieta) tiesa

izskata pēc parādnieka atrašanās vietas (juridiskās adreses).

(3) Lietu par Padomes regulas Nr. 1346/2000 3.panta 1.punktā noteiktās maksātnespējas procedūras uzsākšanu

izskata tiesa pēc parādnieka galveno interešu centra atrašanās vietas, bet minētās regulas 3.panta 2.punktā noteiktās

maksātnespējas procedūras uzsākšanas gadījumā — pēc parādnieka uzņēmuma (Padomes regulas Nr. 1346/2000

2.panta "h" punkta izpratnē) atrašanās vietas.

363.2 pants. Juridiskās personas maksātnespējas procesa pieteikuma saņemšana un reģistrācija

(1) Juridiskās personas maksātnespējas procesa pieteikumu (turpmāk šajā nodaļā — maksātnespējas procesa

pieteikums) tiesa pieņem no personas, kuras vārdā tiek iesniegts pieteikums, vai personas, kurai ir pilnvarojums

pieteikuma iesniegšanai.

(2) Saņemot maksātnespējas procesa pieteikumu, pārbaudāma pieteikuma iesniedzēja personība. Ja nav iespējams to

pārbaudīt vai pieteikuma iesniedzējam nav attiecīga pilnvarojuma, pieteikumu nepieņem.

(3) Maksātnespējas procesa pieteikums reģistrējams atsevišķā reģistrā, kurā parakstās pieteikuma iesniedzējs un

saņēmējs.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 22.05.2008. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

363.3 pants. Maksātnespējas procesa lietas ierosināšana

(1) Lēmumu par maksātnespējas procesa lietas ierosināšanu vai par atteikšanos pieņemt maksātnespējas procesa

pieteikumu pieņem tiesnesis ne vēlāk kā nākamajā dienā pēc pieteikuma saņemšanas, bet, ja maksātnespējas

procesa pieteikums ir bijis atstāts bez virzības, - ne vēlāk kā nākamajā dienā pēc tam, kad novērsti tiesas lēmumā

norādītie trūkumi vai beidzies termiņš šo trūkumu novēršanai.

(2) Ierosinot lietu, tiesnesis lemj par to, vai parādniekam nosakāms aizliegums rīkoties ar savu mantu.

(22.05.2008. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

363.4 pants. Prasības nodrošinājuma līdzekļa piemērošana

(1) Ierosinot maksātnespējas procesa lietu, tiesnesis apķīlā parādnieka pamatlīdzekļus un lemj par citu šajā likumā

noteikto prasības nodrošinājuma līdzekļu piemērošanu, ja tas nerada šķēršļus parādnieka saimnieciskajai darbībai.

Apķīlājama arī personālsabiedrības biedra manta, ar kuru parādnieks atbild par savām saistībām.

(2) Atkarībā no piemērotā prasības nodrošinājuma līdzekļa lēmuma par prasības nodrošinājuma līdzekļa piemērošanu

norakstu tiesa nosūta ierakstīšanai attiecīgajā publiskajā reģistrā.

(3) Izpildu rakstu par prasības nodrošinājuma līdzekļa piemērošanu tiesa izsniedz pieteikuma iesniedzējam.

Administratoram vai likvidatoram Padomes regulas Nr. 1346/2000 2.panta "b" punkta izpratnē izpildu rakstu izsniedz

pēc viņu lūguma.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 22.05.2008. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

114

363.5 pants. Tiesas darbības, sagatavojot juridiskās personas maksātnespējas procesa lietu izskatīšanai

(1) Tiesa lēmuma par maksātnespējas procesa lietas ierosināšanu norakstu pēc lēmuma pieņemšanas nekavējoties

nosūta:

1) Maksātnespējas administrācijai un ar likumu pilnvarotajai iestādei, kas veic ierakstus maksātnespējas reģistrā;

2) Finanšu un kapitāla tirgus komisijai, ja lēmums pieņemts par finanšu un kapitāla tirgus dalībnieku, kura darbības

uzraudzību saskaņā ar normatīvo aktu prasībām veic Finanšu un kapitāla tirgus komisija.

(2) Tiesnesis pēc Maksātnespējas administrācijas priekšlikuma saņemšanas nekavējoties lemj par Maksātnespējas

administrācijas ieteiktā administratora amata kandidāta iecelšanu par administratoru, un tiesa lēmuma norakstu

nekavējoties nosūta Maksātnespējas administrācijai un ar likumu pilnvarotajai iestādei, kas veic ierakstus

maksātnespējas reģistrā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 22.05.2008. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

363.6 pants. Maksātnespējas procesa lietas izskatīšana

(1) Maksātnespējas procesa lietu tiesa izskata 30 dienu laikā no tās ierosināšanas dienas.

(2) Uz tiesas sēdi aicina maksātnespējas procesa pieteikuma iesniedzēju, parādnieku un administratoru.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

363.7 pants. Tiesas spriedums maksātnespējas procesa lietā

(1) Parādnieka maksātnespējas procesu pasludina tiesa, un tās spriedums nav pārsūdzams.

(2) Tiesa pasludina parādnieka maksātnespējas procesu, ja tā konstatē vismaz vienu maksātnespējas procesa pazīmi.

(3) Ja maksātnespējas procesa pieteikums iesniegts, pamatojoties uz Maksātnespējas likuma 50.panta 2.punktā

noteikto maksātnespējas procesa pazīmi, tad tiesa pasludina parādnieka maksātnespējas procesu, ja tā papildus šā

panta otrajā daļā noteiktajam konstatē arī to, ka parādnieka parādsaistības pārsniedz viņa aktīvus.

(4) Tiesa, pasludinot parādnieka maksātnespējas procesu, nosaka maksātnespējas procesa iestāšanās dienu. Par

maksātnespējas procesa iestāšanās dienu atzīstama maksātnespējas procesa pieteikuma iesniegšanas diena, ja tiesa

nav konstatējusi agrāku maksātnespējas procesa iestāšanās dienu.

(5) Lemjot par Padomes regulas Nr. 1346/2000 3.panta 1.punktā noteiktās maksātnespējas procedūras uzsākšanu

pret parādnieku, tiesa papildus šā panta otrajā vai trešajā daļā noteiktajam pārbauda, vai tās piekritības teritorijā

atrodas parādnieka galveno interešu centrs.

(6) Ja tiesa, lemjot par Padomes regulas Nr. 1346/2000 3.panta 2.punktā noteiktās maksātnespējas procedūras

uzsākšanu pret parādnieku, konstatē, ka tās piekritības teritorijā atrodas parādnieka uzņēmums minētās regulas

2.panta "h" punkta izpratnē un ka citas dalībvalsts tiesa, kas uzsākusi pret parādnieku šīs regulas 3.panta 1.punktā

noteikto maksātnespējas procedūru, bija tiesīga šādu procedūru uzsākt, tad tiesa taisa spriedumu par Padomes

regulas Nr. 1346/2000 3.panta 2.punktā noteiktās maksātnespējas procedūras uzsākšanu pret parādnieku,

neievērojot šā panta otrajā un trešajā daļā noteikto.

(7) Apmierinot pieteikumu, tiesa:

1) uzklausa administratora viedokli un nosaka kreditoru prasījumu pieteikšanas termiņu, ja pret parādnieku Latvijā

uzsākta Padomes regulas Nr. 1346/2000 3.panta 1. vai 2.punktā noteiktā maksātnespējas procedūra;

115

2) dzēš aizlieguma atzīmi zemesgrāmatā, ja tā ierakstīta prasījumu nodrošināšanas kārtībā, un lemj par

maksātnespējas atzīmes ierakstīšanu zemesgrāmatā;

3) apstiprina maksātnespējas procesa izdevumus, kas radušies līdz tiesas spriedumam maksātnespējas procesa lietā;

4) lemj, vai uzlikt administratoram par pienākumu publicēt paziņojumu par parādnieka maksātnespējas procesu tās

valsts oficiālajā laikrakstā, kuras teritorijā atrodas parādnieka uzņēmums Padomes regulas Nr. 1346/2000 2.panta "h"

punkta izpratnē vai manta, ja administratoram ir izvēles tiesības publicēt citā Eiropas Savienības dalībvalstī (turpmāk

— cita dalībvalsts) šādu paziņojumu un tiesa pret parādnieku uzsāk minētās regulas 3.panta 1.punktā noteikto

maksātnespējas procedūru.

(8) Ja maksātnespējas procesa pazīmes netiek konstatētas, tiesa maksātnespējas procesa pieteikumu noraida,

vienlaikus atceļot piemēroto prasības nodrošinājuma līdzekli, un izbeidz maksātnespējas procesu, kā arī izlemj

jautājumu, vai maksātnespējas procesa pieteikums atzīstams par nepamatotu vai apzināti nepatiesu vai arī

maksātnespējas procesa pieteikums bijis pamatots, bet parādnieks, būdams maksātspējīgs, nav pildījis savas

saistības.

(9) Atzinusi maksātnespējas procesa pieteikumu par nepamatotu vai apzināti nepatiesu, tiesa piedzen no

maksātnespējas procesa pieteikuma iesniedzēja tiesas izdevumus un administratora atlīdzību. Pārējos gadījumos šie

izdevumi piedzenami no parādnieka.

(10) Tiesa sprieduma norakstu izsniedz maksātnespējas procesa pieteikuma iesniedzējam un administratoram, kā arī

Padomes regulas Nr. 1346/2000 3.panta 1.punktā noteiktajā maksātnespējas procedūrā iesaistītajam likvidatoram, ja

tā pret parādnieku Latvijā uzsākusi minētās regulas 3.panta 2.punktā noteikto maksātnespējas procedūru. Tiesa

sprieduma norakstu nosūta ar likumu pilnvarotajai iestādei, kas veic ierakstus maksātnespējas reģistrā.

(11) Ja tiesa noraida maksātnespējas procesa pieteikumu, tā sprieduma norakstu nosūta ar likumu pilnvarotajai

iestādei, kas veic ierakstus maksātnespējas reģistrā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 22.05.2008., 05.02.2009. un 11.06.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2009.)

363.8 pants. Jautājumi, kas tiesai izlemjami pēc maksātnespējas procesa pasludināšanas

(1) Pēc parādnieka maksātnespējas procesa pasludināšanas uz attiecīga pieteikuma pamata tiesa lemj par:

1) (izslēgts ar 11.06.2009. likumu);

2) izlīguma apstiprināšanu vai atcelšanu;

3) kreditoru sapulces lēmuma par sanācijas plāna pieņemšanu vai grozīšanu, kā arī sanācijas plāna vai tā grozījuma

jaunās redakcijas apstiprināšanu;

4) kreditoru sapulces lēmuma par sanācijas plāna īstenošanu un sanācijas pabeigšanu apstiprināšanu;

5) kreditoru sapulces lēmuma par sanācijas atcelšanu apstiprināšanu;

6) administratora atkāpšanos, ja administrators iesniedz pieteikumu par atkāpšanos, kuram pievienots darbības

pārskats, kā arī dokumentu un mantas pieņemšanas un nodošanas akta projekts;

7) administratora atcelšanu, nosakot termiņu dokumentu un mantas pieņemšanas un nodošanas akta sastādīšanai un

dokumentu un mantas nodošanai citam administratoram;

8) maksātnespējas procesa izbeigšanu;

116

9) nekustamā īpašuma izsoles akta apstiprināšanu;

10) maksātnespējas atzīmes dzēšanu zemesgrāmatā;

11) Padomes regulas Nr. 1346/2000 33. un 37.pantā noteikto darbību veikšanu;

12) kreditoru sapulces lēmuma par reorganizāciju atzīšanu par spēkā neesošu.

(11) Pēc administratora lūguma tiesnesis pieņem lēmumu par mantas atbrīvošanu no apķīlājuma vai cita piemērotā

prasības nodrošinājuma līdzekļa atcelšanu un mantas nodošanu administratoram. Lēmuma par prasības

nodrošinājuma līdzekļa atcelšanu norakstu tiesa nosūta ierakstīšanai attiecīgajā publiskajā reģistrā, kā arī ar likumu

pilnvarotajai iestādei, kas veic ierakstus maksātnespējas reģistrā.

(12) Administratoru var atcelt tiesa pēc savas iniciatīvas, ja tā, izskatot konkrētu jautājumu vai sūdzību

maksātnespējas procesa lietā, konstatē, ka administrators neievēro normatīvo aktu prasības vai nepilda tiesas

nolēmumu.

(13) Ja pēc maksātnespējas procesa pasludināšanas tiesa ir pieņēmusi lēmumu par administratora atkāpšanos vai

atcelšanu, tiesnesis pēc Maksātnespējas administrācijas priekšlikuma saņemšanas nekavējoties lemj par cita

administratora iecelšanu un tiesa lēmuma norakstu nosūta Maksātnespējas administrācijai un ar likumu pilnvarotajai

iestādei, kas veic ierakstus maksātnespējas reģistrā.

(2) Lemjot par Padomes regulas Nr. 1346/2000 33.panta 1.punktā noteikto darbību veikšanu, tiesa konstatē, vai šīs

darbības ir minētās regulas 3.panta 1.punktā noteiktās maksātnespējas procedūras kreditoru interesēs, un nosaka

piemērotus pasākumus šīs regulas 3.panta 2.punktā noteiktās maksātnespējas procedūras kreditoru interešu

nodrošināšanai, kā arī to, kādas sekas rada bankrota procedūras (arī tās norisē pieņemtās sanācijas vai izlīguma

procedūras) apturēšana.

(3) Lemjot par Padomes regulas Nr. 1346/2000 33.panta 2.punktā noteiktās darbības veikšanu, tiesa pārliecinās, ka

minētās darbības veikšana vairs nav pamatota.

(4) Lēmuma par Padomes regulas Nr. 1346/2000 33.pantā noteikto darbību veikšanu norakstu tiesa nosūta

parādnieka pārstāvim, administratoram un ar likumu pilnvarotajai iestādei, kas veic ierakstus maksātnespējas

reģistrā.

(5) Lemjot par Padomes regulas Nr. 1346/2000 37.pantā noteiktās darbības veikšanu, tiesa konstatē, vai šī darbība ir

minētās regulas 3.panta 1.punktā noteiktās maksātnespējas procedūras kreditoru interesēs.

(6) Šā panta pirmajā daļā minēto lēmumu norakstus tiesa nosūta ar likumu pilnvarotajai iestādei, kas veic ierakstus

maksātnespējas reģistrā. Lēmuma par administratora atkāpšanos vai atcelšanu norakstu tiesa nekavējoties nosūta arī

Maksātnespējas administrācijai.

(7) Tiesa izskata sūdzību par kreditoru sapulces lēmumu, sūdzību par administratora lēmumu vai rīcību, kā arī sūdzību

par Maksātnespējas administrācijas pieņemto lēmumu par administratora rīcību maksātnespējas procesā vai tiesiskā

pienākuma uzlikšanu. Tiesa pēc sūdzības izskatīšanas lēmuma norakstu, izņemot lēmumu par sūdzību saistībā ar

kreditoru sapulces lēmumu, nekavējoties nosūta Maksātnespējas administrācijai.

(8) Tiesas lēmums par pieteikuma un sūdzības izskatīšanu nav pārsūdzams, izņemot gadījumu, kad tiesa pieņem

lēmumu par nekustamā īpašuma izsoles akta apstiprināšanu un maksātnespējas atzīmes dzēšanu zemesgrāmatā.

Pārsūdzams ir arī tāds lēmums, ar kuru noraidīts pieteikums par nekustamā īpašuma izsoles akta apstiprināšanu un

maksātnespējas atzīmes dzēšanu zemesgrāmatā, kā arī lēmums, ar kuru tiesa atzinusi izsoli par spēkā neesošu.

Apelācijas instances tiesas lēmums jautājumos par nekustamā īpašuma izsoles akta apstiprināšanu un

maksātnespējas atzīmes dzēšanu zemesgrāmatā nav pārsūdzams.

117

(9) Pieteikumu un sūdzību tiesa izskata 15 dienu laikā no pieteikuma un sūdzības saņemšanas dienas. Uz tiesas sēdi

tiek aicināts pieteikuma vai sūdzības iesniedzējs, administrators, parādnieka pārstāvis un citas ieinteresētās personas.

Uzaicināto personu neierašanās nav šķērslis jautājuma izskatīšanai tiesas sēdē. Taču tiesa var atzīt parādnieka

pārstāvja ierašanos par obligātu un likt viņu atvest piespiedu kārtā.

(10) Sakarā ar šajā pantā minēto jautājumu izskatīšanu tiesa var pieprasīt, lai administrators iesniedz savas darbības

pārskatu vai citu informāciju, bet Padomes regulas Nr. 1346/2000 3.panta 1.punktā noteiktajā maksātnespējas

procedūrā iesaistītais likvidators — informāciju, kas nepieciešama šajā pantā minēto nolēmumu pieņemšanai.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 22.05.2008. un 11.06.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2009.)

363.9 pants. Izlīgums juridiskās personas maksātnespējas procesā

(1) Tiesa izskata administratora iesniegto izlīgumu jebkurā maksātnespējas procesa stadijā līdz parādnieka mantas

izsoles sākumam.

(2) Kopā ar izlīgumu tiesā iesniedzams arī kreditoru sapulces lēmuma par izlīguma noslēgšanu noraksts.

(3) Tiesa apstiprina izlīgumu, ja tas noslēgts normatīvajos aktos noteiktajā kārtībā un tā noteikumi nav pretlikumīgi.

(4) Ja tiesa pret parādnieku uzsākusi Padomes regulas Nr. 1346/2000 3.panta 2.punktā noteikto maksātnespējas

procedūru, tā apstiprina izlīgumu, ja šo izlīgumu rakstveidā apstiprinājis minētās regulas 3.panta 1.punktā noteiktajā

maksātnespējas procedūrā iesaistītais likvidators.

(5) Ja pret parādnieku Latvijā uzsākta Padomes regulas Nr. 1346/2000 3.panta 2.punktā noteiktā maksātnespējas

procedūra un izlīgumu nav apstiprinājis minētās regulas 3.panta 1.punktā noteiktajā maksātnespējas procedūrā

iesaistītais likvidators, tiesa pirms izlīguma apstiprināšanas uzklausa attiecīgo likvidatoru un apstiprina izlīgumu, ja

konstatē, ka Padomes regulas Nr. 1346/2000 3.panta 2.punktā noteiktās maksātnespējas procedūras pabeigšana ar

izlīgumu neietekmē šīs regulas 3.panta 1.punktā noteiktās maksātnespējas procedūras kreditoru finanšu intereses.

(6) Lēmuma par izlīguma apstiprināšanu norakstu tiesa nosūta ar likumu pilnvarotajai iestādei, kas veic ierakstus

maksātnespējas reģistrā.

(7) Tiesa atceļ izlīgumu, ja parādnieks nepilda tajā paredzētās saistības.

(11.06.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2009.)

363.10 pants. Sanācijas pabeigšanas apstiprināšana

(1) Tiesa apstiprina kreditoru sapulces lēmumu par sanācijas plāna īstenošanu un kreditoru sapulces lēmumu par

sanācijas pabeigšanu un vienlaikus pieņem lēmumu par maksātnespējas procesa izbeigšanu.

(2) Ja tiesa pret parādnieku uzsākusi Padomes regulas Nr. 1346/2000 3.panta 2.punktā noteikto maksātnespējas

procedūru, tad tiesa apstiprina kreditoru sapulces lēmumu par sanācijas pabeigšanu, ja to rakstveidā apstiprinājis

minētās regulas 3.panta 1.punktā noteiktajā maksātnespējas procedūrā iesaistītais likvidators.

(3) Ja pret parādnieku Latvijā uzsākta Padomes regulas Nr. 1346/2000 3.panta 2.punktā noteiktā maksātnespējas

procedūra un šīs regulas 3.panta 1.punktā noteiktajā maksātnespējas procedūrā iesaistītais likvidators nav

apstiprinājis kreditoru sapulces lēmumu par sanācijas pabeigšanu, tad tiesa pirms kreditoru sapulces lēmuma par

sanācijas pabeigšanu apstiprināšanas uzklausa attiecīgo likvidatoru un apstiprina minēto kreditoru sapulces protokolu,

ja tā konstatē, ka Padomes regulas Nr. 1346/2000 3.panta 2.punktā noteiktās maksātnespējas procedūras pabeigšana

ar sanāciju neietekmē minētās regulas 3.panta 1.punktā noteiktās maksātnespējas procedūras kreditoru finanšu

intereses.

118

(4) Lēmuma par sanācijas pabeigšanu un maksātspējas atjaunošanu norakstu tiesa nosūta ar likumu pilnvarotajai

iestādei, kas veic ierakstus maksātnespējas reģistrā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 22.05.2008. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

363.11 pants. Sūdzības par administratora lēmumu vai rīcību juridiskās personas maksātnespējas procesā izskatīšana tiesā

(1) Tiesa izskata kreditora, parādnieka pārstāvja vai trešās personas, kuras likumiskās tiesības ir aizskartas, sūdzību

par administratora lēmumu vai rīcību juridiskās personas maksātnespējas procesā.

(2) Ja tiesa atzīst, ka pārsūdzētais administratora lēmums vai rīcība neatbilst normatīvo aktu prasībām, tā apmierina

sūdzību un uzdod administratoram novērst pieļauto pārkāpumu.

(3) Ja tiesa konstatē, ka pārsūdzētais administratora lēmums vai rīcība ir likumīga, tā sūdzību noraida.

(4) Ja, izskatot sūdzību par administratora lēmumu vai rīcību, tiesa konstatē, ka ir strīds par tiesībām, tā nosaka

termiņu, kādā sūdzības iesniedzējs var celt prasību tiesā vispārējā kārtībā.

(5) Sūdzības iesniedzējam ir tiesības atsaukt savu sūdzību, kamēr nav pabeigta sūdzības izskatīšana pēc būtības. Ja

sūdzības iesniedzējs atsauc iesniegto sūdzību, tiesa pieņem lēmumu par sūdzības tiesvedības izbeigšanu.

363.12 pants. Sūdzības par Maksātnespējas administrācijas pieņemto lēmumu par administratora rīcību juridiskās personas maksātnespējas procesā vai tiesiskā pienākuma uzlikšanu izskatīšana tiesā

(1) Tiesa izskata kreditora, parādnieka pārstāvja, administratora vai trešās personas, kuras likumiskās tiesības ir

aizskartas, sūdzību par Maksātnespējas administrācijas pieņemto lēmumu par administratora rīcību maksātnespējas

procesā vai tiesiskā pienākuma uzlikšanu.

(2) Ja tiesa atzīst, ka pārsūdzētais Maksātnespējas administrācijas lēmums neatbilst normatīvo aktu prasībām, tā

apmierina sūdzību un lemj par:

1) Maksātnespējas administrācijas pieņemtā lēmuma atcelšanu pilnībā vai daļēji;

2) pienākuma uzlikšanu Maksātnespējas administrācijai pieņemt vai izskatīt sūdzību par administratora rīcību;

3) pienākuma uzlikšanu administratoram novērst pieļauto pārkāpumu.

(3) Ja tiesa konstatē, ka pārsūdzētais Maksātnespējas administrācijas lēmums ir likumīgs, tā sūdzību noraida.

(4) Sūdzības iesniedzējam ir tiesības atsaukt savu sūdzību, kamēr nav pabeigta sūdzības izskatīšana pēc būtības. Ja

sūdzības iesniedzējs atsauc iesniegto sūdzību, tiesa pieņem lēmumu par sūdzības tiesvedības izbeigšanu.

(5) Tiesa pēc sūdzības izskatīšanas nekavējoties nosūta pieņemtā lēmuma norakstu Maksātnespējas administrācijai.

363.13 pants. Maksātnespējas procesa izbeigšana

(1) Tiesa izbeidz maksātnespējas procesu, noraidot maksātnespējas procesa pieteikumu vai izbeidzot maksātnespējas

procesa lietu.

(2) Tiesa izskata pieteikumu par maksātnespējas procesa lietas izbeigšanu, ja:

119

1) parādnieks nokārtojis visas savas saistības;

2) izpildīts izlīgums;

3) pabeigta sanācija;

4) reorganizācijas rezultātā sanācijas ietvaros parādnieks beidz pastāvēt;

5) pabeigta bankrota procedūra.

(3) Pieteikumam par maksātnespējas procesa lietas izbeigšanu administrators pievieno pierādījumus, kas apliecina šā

panta otrajā daļā minētos apstākļus, kā arī attiecīgu kreditoru sapulces lēmumu vai pierādījumus, ka kreditoru

sapulces sasaukšana bijusi nesekmīga.

(31) Pieteikumam par maksātnespējas procesa lietas izbeigšanu, ja pabeigta bankrota procedūra, papildus šā panta

trešajā daļā minētajiem dokumentiem pievieno savas darbības pārskatu un apliecinājumu par naudas līdzekļu

pārpalikuma samaksu Padomes regulas Nr. 1346/2000 3.panta 1.punktā noteiktajā maksātnespējas procedūrā

iesaistītajam likvidatoram, ja tiesa pret parādnieku uzsākusi minētās regulas 3.panta 2.punktā noteikto

maksātnespējas procedūru.

(4) Izskatot pieteikumus par maksātnespējas procesa izbeigšanu šā panta otrajā daļā minētajos gadījumos, tiesa

pieņemto lēmumu par maksātnespējas procesa izbeigšanu norakstus nosūta ar likumu pilnvarotajai iestādei, kas veic

ierakstus maksātnespējas reģistrā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 11.06.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2009.)

46.2 nodaļa Fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesa lietas

(Nodaļa 01.11.2007. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2008.)

363.14 pants. Lietu izskatīšanai piemērojamās normas

Fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesā tiesa piemēro šā likuma 46.1 nodaļas noteikumus, ciktāl šajā nodaļā nav

noteikts citādi.

363.15 pants. Fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesa lietas piekritība

(1) Lietu par fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesu izskata tiesa pēc fiziskās personas dzīvesvietas.

(2) Lietu par Padomes regulas Nr. 1346/2000 3.panta 1.punktā noteiktās maksātnespējas procedūras uzsākšanu

izskata tiesa pēc fiziskās personas galveno interešu centra atrašanās vietas, bet minētās regulas 3.panta 2.punktā

noteiktās maksātnespējas procedūras uzsākšanas gadījumā — pēc fiziskās personas uzņēmuma (Padomes regulas Nr.

1346/2000 2.panta "h" punkta izpratnē) atrašanās vietas.

363.16 pants. Fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesa pieteikuma saņemšana un reģistrācija

(1) Tiesa pieņem fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesa pieteikumu (turpmāk šajā nodaļā — pieteikums) no

fiziskās personas, tās aizbildņa vai aizgādņa.

(2) Saņemot pieteikumu, pārbaudāma pieteikuma iesniedzēja personība. Ja nav iespējams to pārbaudīt vai

iesniedzējam nav attiecīga pilnvarojuma, pieteikumu nepieņem.

120

(3) Pieteikums reģistrējams atsevišķā reģistrā, kurā parakstās pieteikuma iesniedzējs un saņēmējs.

(4) Pieteikumam pievienojami dokumenti, un tajā iekļaujamas Maksātnespējas likumā norādītās ziņas.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 22.05.2008. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

363.17 pants. Fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesa lietas ierosināšana

Lēmumu par fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesa lietas ierosināšanu vai par atteikšanos pieņemt fiziskās

personas maksātnespējas procesa pieteikumu tiesnesis pieņem ne vēlāk kā nākamajā dienā pēc pieteikuma

saņemšanas tiesā, bet, ja pieteikums ir bijis atstāts bez virzības, — ne vēlāk kā nākamajā dienā pēc tam, kad novērsti

tiesas lēmumā norādītie trūkumi vai beidzies termiņš šo trūkumu novēršanai.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 22.05.2008. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

363.18 pants. Tiesas darbības, sagatavojot fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesa lietu izskatīšanai

(1) Tiesa lēmuma par fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesa lietas ierosināšanu norakstu lēmuma pieņemšanas

dienā nosūta Maksātnespējas administrācijai un ar likumu pilnvarotajai iestādei, kas veic ierakstus maksātnespējas

reģistrā.

(2) Tiesnesis pēc Maksātnespējas administrācijas priekšlikuma saņemšanas nekavējoties lemj par Maksātnespējas

administrācijas ieteiktā administratora amata kandidāta iecelšanu par administratoru, un tiesa lēmuma norakstu

nekavējoties nosūta Maksātnespējas administrācijai un ar likumu pilnvarotajai iestādei, kas veic ierakstus

maksātnespējas reģistrā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 22.05.2008. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

363.19 pants. Fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesa lietas izskatīšana un spriedums fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesa lietā

(1) Fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesa lietu tiesa izskata 35 dienu laikā no tās ierosināšanas dienas.

(2) Tiesa pasludina fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesu, ja konstatē, ka fiziskajai personai ir maksātnespējas

procesa pazīme un šīs personas mantas pārdošanas un kreditoru prasījumu apmierināšanas plāns atbilst šā likuma

prasībām.

(3) Tiesa, pasludinot fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesu:

1) apstiprina šīs personas mantas pārdošanas un kreditoru prasījumu apmierināšanas plānu;

2) uzsāk šīs personas bankrota procedūru;

3) nosaka šīs personas bankrota procedūras termiņu. Tiesa var noteikt īsāku termiņu, nekā tas paredzēts

Maksātnespējas likuma 174.panta otrajā daļā, ja fiziskā persona pierāda, ka visas parādsaistības tiks izpildītas pilnā

apmērā;

4) norāda aizbildni vai aizgādni un pārstāvības pamatu, ja fiziskajai personai ir aizbildnis vai aizgādnis.

(4) Tiesa nepasludina fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesu, ja konstatē, ka:

1) uz šo personu attiecas vismaz viens no Maksātnespējas likumā noteiktajiem ierobežojumiem;

121

2) šīs personas mantas pārdošanas un kreditoru prasījumu apmierināšanas plāns neatbilst likuma prasībām.

(5) Ja tiesa noraida fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesa pieteikumu, tā vienlaikus izbeidz šīs personas

maksātnespējas procesu.

(6) Noraidot fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesa pieteikumu, tiesa lemj, vai šīs personas maksātnespējas

procesa pieteikums ir izmantots, lai izvairītos no saistību izpildes. Atzinusi pieteikumu par nepamatotu vai apzināti

nepatiesu, tiesa piedzen no pieteikuma iesniedzēja tiesas izdevumus.

(7) Tiesas spriedums fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesā nav pārsūdzams.

(8) Tiesa sprieduma norakstu izsniedz pieteikuma iesniedzējam un administratoram, kā arī Padomes regulas Nr.

1346/2000 3.panta 1.punktā noteiktajā maksātnespējas procedūrā iesaistītajam likvidatoram, ja tā pret parādnieku

Latvijā uzsākusi minētās regulas 3.panta 2.punktā noteikto maksātnespējas procedūru. Tiesa sprieduma norakstu

nosūta ar likumu pilnvarotajai iestādei, kas veic ierakstus maksātnespējas reģistrā.

(9) Ja tiesa noraida fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesa pieteikumu, tā sprieduma norakstu nosūta ar likumu

pilnvarotajai iestādei, kas veic ierakstus maksātnespējas reģistrā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 11.06.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2009.)

363.20 pants. Jautājumi, kas tiesai izlemjami pēc fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesa pasludināšanas

(1) Pēc fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesa pasludināšanas tiesnesis lemj par prasības nodrošinājuma līdzekļa

piemērošanu. Atkarībā no piemērotā prasības nodrošinājuma līdzekļa lēmuma par prasības nodrošinājuma līdzekļa

piemērošanu norakstu tiesa nosūta ierakstīšanai attiecīgajā publiskajā reģistrā.

(2) Tiesa uz attiecīga pieteikuma pamata lemj par:

1) fiziskās personas mantas pārdošanas un kreditoru prasījumu apmierināšanas plāna grozīšanu, apstiprinot

grozījumus piecu dienu laikā no to saņemšanas dienas;

2) izlīguma apstiprināšanu;

3) nekustamā īpašuma izsoles akta apstiprināšanu;

4) maksātnespējas atzīmes dzēšanu zemesgrāmatā;

5) bankrota procedūras pabeigšanu;

6) administratora atkāpšanos, ja administrators iesniedz pieteikumu par atkāpšanos, kuram pievienots darbības

pārskats, kā arī dokumentu un mantas pieņemšanas un nodošanas akta projekts;

61) administratora atcelšanu, nosakot termiņu dokumentu un mantas pieņemšanas un nodošanas akta sastādīšanai un

dokumentu un mantas nodošanai citam administratoram;

7) fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesa izbeigšanu uz administratora vai fiziskās personas pieteikuma pamata.

(21) Pēc administratora lūguma tiesnesis pieņem lēmumu par mantas atbrīvošanu no apķīlājuma vai cita piemērotā

prasības nodrošinājuma līdzekļa atcelšanu un mantas nodošanu administratoram. Lēmuma par prasības

122

nodrošinājuma līdzekļa atcelšanu norakstu tiesa nosūta ierakstīšanai attiecīgajā publiskajā reģistrā, kā arī ar likumu

pilnvarotajai iestādei, kas veic ierakstus maksātnespējas reģistrā.

(22) Administratoru var atcelt tiesa pēc savas iniciatīvas, ja tā, izskatot konkrētu jautājumu vai sūdzību fiziskās

personas maksātnespējas procesa lietā, konstatē, ka administrators neievēro normatīvo aktu prasības vai nepilda

tiesas nolēmumu.

(23) Ja pēc fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesa pasludināšanas tiesa ir pieņēmusi lēmumu par administratora

atkāpšanos vai atcelšanu, tiesnesis pēc Maksātnespējas administrācijas priekšlikuma saņemšanas nekavējoties lemj

par cita administratora iecelšanu un tiesa lēmuma norakstu nosūta Maksātnespējas administrācijai un ar likumu

pilnvarotajai iestādei, kas veic ierakstus maksātnespējas reģistrā.

(3) Šā panta otrajā daļā minēto lēmumu norakstus tiesa nosūta ar likumu pilnvarotajai iestādei, kas veic ierakstus

maksātnespējas reģistrā. Lēmuma par administratora atkāpšanos vai atcelšanu norakstu tiesa nekavējoties nosūta arī

Maksātnespējas administrācijai.

(4) Tiesa izskata sūdzību par administratora lēmumu, kā arī sūdzību par Maksātnespējas administrācijas pieņemto

lēmumu par administratora rīcību fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesā vai tiesiskā pienākuma uzlikšanu. Tiesa

pēc sūdzības izskatīšanas pieņemtā lēmuma norakstu nekavējoties nosūta Maksātnespējas administrācijai.

(5) Tiesas lēmums par pieteikuma un sūdzības izskatīšanu nav pārsūdzams, izņemot gadījumu, kad tiesa pieņem

lēmumu par nekustamā īpašuma izsoles akta apstiprināšanu un maksātnespējas atzīmes dzēšanu zemesgrāmatā.

Pārsūdzams ir arī tāds lēmums, ar kuru noraidīts pieteikums par nekustamā īpašuma izsoles akta apstiprināšanu un

maksātnespējas atzīmes dzēšanu zemesgrāmatā, kā arī lēmums, ar kuru tiesa atzinusi izsoli par spēkā neesošu.

Apelācijas instances tiesas lēmums jautājumos par nekustamā īpašuma izsoles akta apstiprināšanu un

maksātnespējas atzīmes dzēšanu zemesgrāmatā nav pārsūdzams.

(6) Pieteikumu un sūdzību tiesa izskata 15 dienu laikā no pieteikuma un sūdzības saņemšanas dienas. Uz tiesas sēdi

tiek aicināts pieteikuma vai sūdzības iesniedzējs, administrators, fiziskā persona un citas ieinteresētās personas.

Uzaicināto personu neierašanās nav šķērslis jautājuma izskatīšanai tiesas sēdē.

(7) Tiesa sakarā ar šajā pantā minēto jautājumu izskatīšanu var pieprasīt, lai administrators iesniedz savas darbības

pārskatu vai citu informāciju.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 22.05.2008. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

363.21 pants. Sūdzības par administratora lēmumu vai rīcību fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesā izskatīšana tiesā

(1) Tiesa izskata kreditora, fiziskās personas (šīs personas maksātnespējas procesā) vai trešās personas, kuras

likumiskās tiesības ir aizskartas, sūdzību par administratora lēmumu vai rīcību fiziskās personas maksātnespējas

procesā.

(2) Ja tiesa atzīst, ka pārsūdzētais administratora lēmums vai rīcība neatbilst normatīvo aktu prasībām, tā apmierina

sūdzību un uzdod administratoram novērst pieļauto pārkāpumu.

(3) Ja tiesa konstatē, ka pārsūdzētais administratora lēmums vai rīcība ir likumīga, tā sūdzību noraida.

(4) Ja, izskatot sūdzību par administratora lēmumu vai rīcību, tiesa konstatē, ka ir strīds par tiesībām, tā nosaka

termiņu, kādā sūdzības iesniedzējs var celt prasību tiesā vispārējā kārtībā.

123

(5) Sūdzības iesniedzējam ir tiesības atsaukt savu sūdzību, kamēr nav pabeigta sūdzības izskatīšana pēc būtības. Ja

sūdzības iesniedzējs atsauc iesniegto sūdzību, tiesa pieņem lēmumu par sūdzības tiesvedības izbeigšanu.

363.22 pants. Sūdzības par Maksātnespējas administrācijas pieņemto lēmumu par administratora rīcību fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesā vai tiesiskā pienākuma uzlikšanu izskatīšana tiesā

(1) Tiesa izskata kreditora, fiziskās personas (šīs personas maksātnespējas procesā), administratora vai trešās

personas, kuras likumiskās tiesības ir aizskartas, sūdzību par Maksātnespējas administrācijas pieņemto lēmumu par

administratora rīcību maksātnespējas procesā vai tiesiskā pienākuma uzlikšanu.

(2) Ja tiesa atzīst, ka pārsūdzētais Maksātnespējas administrācijas lēmums neatbilst normatīvo aktu prasībām, tā

apmierina sūdzību un lemj par:

1) Maksātnespējas administrācijas pieņemtā lēmuma atcelšanu pilnībā vai daļēji;

2) pienākuma uzlikšanu Maksātnespējas administrācijai pieņemt vai izskatīt sūdzību par administratora rīcību;

3) pienākuma uzlikšanu administratoram novērst pieļauto pārkāpumu.

(3) Ja tiesa konstatē, ka pārsūdzētais Maksātnespējas administrācijas lēmums ir likumīgs, tā sūdzību noraida.

(4) Sūdzības iesniedzējam ir tiesības atsaukt savu sūdzību, kamēr nav pabeigta sūdzības izskatīšana pēc būtības. Ja

sūdzības iesniedzējs atsauc iesniegto sūdzību, tiesa pieņem lēmumu par sūdzības tiesvedības izbeigšanu.

(5) Tiesa pēc sūdzības izskatīšanas nekavējoties nosūta pieņemtā lēmuma norakstu Maksātnespējas administrācijai.

363.23 pants. Izlīguma apstiprināšana fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesā

(1) Tiesa izskata administratora iesniegto izlīgumu jebkurā bankrota procedūras stadijā.

(2) Tiesa, apstiprinot noslēgto izlīgumu, vienlaikus pieņem lēmumu par fiziskās personas maksātnespējas procesa

izbeigšanu.

47.nodaļa Kredītiestāžu maksātnespējas un likvidācijas lietas

364.pants. Lietu piekritība

Kredītiestādes maksātnespējas vai likvidācijas lietu izskata tiesa pēc kredītiestādes atrašanās vietas (juridiskās

adreses).

365.pants. Maksātnespējas pieteikuma iesniedzēji

Maksātnespējas pieteikumu tiesai var iesniegt:

1) kredītiestāde vai kredītiestādes likvidators;

2) kreditors vai kreditoru grupa;

124

3) administrators citā maksātnespējas procesā;

4) Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisija.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2001.)

366.pants. Likvidācijas pieteikuma iesniedzējs

Likvidācijas pieteikumu tiesai iesniedz Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisija.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2001.)

367.pants. Maksātnespējas pieteikuma iesniegšanas kārtība

(1) Kredītiestāde, kredītiestādes likvidators, kreditors vai kreditoru grupa, administrators citā maksātnespējas procesā

kredītiestādes maksātnespējas pieteikumu var iesniegt tiesai pēc tam, kad to izskatījusi Finansu un kapitāla tirgus

komisija.

(2) Maksātnespējas pieteikumu tiesai iesniedz Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisija, pievienojot tam savu lēmumu par

pieteikuma iesniegšanu tiesai un citus dokumentus, kuriem varētu būt nozīme lietā. Par pieteicēju šajā gadījumā

uzskatāma persona, kuras vārdā sastādīts maksātnespējas pieteikums un kura to iesniegusi Finansu un kapitāla tirgus

komisijai. Maksātnespējas pieteikumam jāatbilst šā likuma 368. un 369.panta prasībām.

(3) Ja Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisija ir noraidījusi maksātnespējas pieteikumu, šā panta pirmajā daļā minētās

personas var to iesniegt tieši tiesai. Šādā gadījumā maksātnespējas pieteikumam pievienojams Finansu un kapitāla

tirgus komisijas lēmums par atteikumu iesniegt tiesai maksātnespējas pieteikumu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2001.)

368.pants. Maksātnespējas pieteikums, kuru iesniedz kreditors, kreditoru grupa vai administrators citā maksātnespējas procesā

(1) Maksātnespējas pieteikumā, kuru iesniedz kreditors, kreditoru grupa vai administrators citā maksātnespējas

procesā, norāda:

1) tās tiesas nosaukumu, kurai piekrīt lieta;

2) pieteicēja vārdu, uzvārdu, personas kodu un dzīvesvietu, bet juridiskajai personai — nosaukumu, reģistrācijas

numuru un atrašanās vietu (juridisko adresi), kā arī ziņas par pārstāvi (vārds, uzvārds, personas kods, amats un

adrese), ja pieteikumu iesniedz pārstāvis;

3) kredītiestādes nosaukumu un atrašanās vietu (juridisko adresi);

4) faktiskās maksātnespējas apstākļus un pierādījumus, kas šos apstākļus apstiprina;

5) maksātnespējas pieteikumam pievienotos dokumentus.

(2) Maksātnespējas pieteikumam pievieno dokumentus, kas apstiprina kredītiestādes faktisko maksātnespēju, kā arī

Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisijas lēmumu par atteikumu iesniegt tiesai maksātnespējas pieteikumu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2001.)

125

369.pants. Kredītiestādes maksātnespējas pieteikums

(1) Maksātnespējas pieteikumā, kuru iesniedz kredītiestāde, norāda:

1) tās tiesas nosaukumu, kurai piekrīt lieta;

2) kredītiestādes nosaukumu, reģistrācijas numuru, kredītiestādes darbībai izsniegtās licences numuru, izsniegšanas

un pārreģistrācijas datumu, atrašanās vietu (juridisko adresi) un visu kredītiestādei atvērto kontu rekvizītus;

3) faktiskās maksātnespējas vai tās iestāšanās iespējas apstākļus un pierādījumus, kas šos apstākļus apstiprina;

4) maksātnespējas pieteikumam pievienotos dokumentus.

(2) Maksātnespējas pieteikumam pievieno:

1) kredītiestādes padomes, valdes un revīzijas institūciju priekšsēdētāju un locekļu un kredītiestādes pārstāvju

sarakstu (vārds, uzvārds, personas kods un adrese);

2) kredītiestādes pēdējo bilanci, kas sagatavota atbilstoši Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisijas norādījumiem par gada

pārskata sagatavošanu;

3) dokumentus, kas apstiprina kredītiestādes faktiskās maksātnespējas vai tās iestāšanās iespējas apstākļus;

4) kredītiestādes valdījumā vai turējumā esošās trešajām personām piederošās mantas sarakstu, izņemot

noguldījumus un procentus par tiem;

5) Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisijas lēmumu par atteikumu iesniegt tiesai maksātnespējas pieteikumu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2001.)

370.pants. Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisijas pieteikums par kredītiestādes maksātnespēju

(1) Maksātnespējas pieteikumā, kuru iesniedz Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisija, norāda:

1) tās tiesas nosaukumu, kurai piekrīt lieta;

2) Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisijas adresi un ziņas par tās pārstāvi (vārds, uzvārds, personas kods un amats), kas

iesniedz pieteikumu;

3) kredītiestādes nosaukumu un atrašanās vietu (juridisko adresi);

4) faktiskās maksātnespējas vai tās iestāšanās iespējas apstākļus un pierādījumus, kas šos apstākļus apstiprina;

5) maksātnespējas pieteikumam pievienotos dokumentus.

(2) Maksātnespējas pieteikumam pievieno dokumentus, kas apstiprina kredītiestādes faktiskās maksātnespējas vai tās

iestāšanās iespējas apstākļus.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2001.)

126

371.pants. Kredītiestādes likvidācijas pieteikuma saturs

(1) Kredītiestādes likvidācijas pieteikumā norāda:

1) tās tiesas nosaukumu, kurai piekrīt lieta;

2) Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisijas adresi un ziņas par tās pārstāvi (vārds, uzvārds, personas kods un amats), kas

iesniedz pieteikumu;

3) kredītiestādes nosaukumu un atrašanās vietu (juridisko adresi);

4) kredītiestādes pārstāvjus un personas, kuru piedalīšanās kredītiestādes likvidācijā ir obligāta;

5) apstākļus, kuru dēļ kredītiestādei anulēta tās darbībai izsniegtā licence, un pierādījumus, kas šos apstākļus

apstiprina;

6) pieteikumam pievienotos dokumentus.

(2) Likvidācijas pieteikumam pievieno Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisijas lēmumu par kredītiestādes darbībai

izsniegtās licences anulēšanu un dokumentus, kas apstiprina apstākļus, kuru dēļ kredītiestādei anulēta tās darbībai

izsniegtā licence.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. un 12.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 19.02.2009.)

372.pants. Kredītiestādes maksātnespējas pieteikuma un likvidācijas pieteikuma iesniegšana un reģistrācija

(1) Kredītiestādes maksātnespējas pieteikumu vai likvidācijas pieteikumu tiesai var iesniegt Finansu un kapitāla tirgus

komisijas pārstāvis, bet šā likuma 367.panta trešajā daļā paredzētajā gadījumā — pieteicējs vai viņa pārstāvis.

(2) Saņemot pieteikumu, pārbaudāma iesniedzēja personība. Ja nav iespējams to pārbaudīt vai iesniedzējam nav

attiecīga pilnvarojuma, pieteikumu nepieņem.

(3) Kredītiestādes maksātnespējas pieteikums un likvidācijas pieteikums reģistrējams atsevišķā reģistrā, kurā

parakstās pieteikuma iesniedzējs un saņēmējs.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2001.)

373.pants. Kredītiestādes maksātnespējas lietas un likvidācijas lietas ierosināšana

(1) Lēmumu par kredītiestādes maksātnespējas lietas un likvidācijas lietas ierosināšanu vai par atteikšanos pieņemt

pieteikumu tiesnesis pieņem ne vēlāk kā nākamajā dienā pēc pieteikuma saņemšanas tiesā, bet, ja pieteikums atstāts

bez virzības, — ne vēlāk kā nākamajā dienā pēc tam, kad novērsti tiesneša lēmumā norādītie trūkumi vai beidzies

termiņš trūkumu novēršanai.

(2) Ierosinot lietu, tiesa apķīlā kredītiestādes mantu, izņemot gadījumus, kad maksātnespējas pieteikums iesniegts šā

likuma 367.panta trešajā daļā paredzētajā kārtībā.

127

374.pants. Tiesneša darbības, sagatavojot kredītiestādes maksātnespējas lietu izskatīšanai

(1) Ierosinot kredītiestādes maksātnespējas lietu, ar tiesneša lēmumu ieceļ Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisijas

ieteiktu kredītiestādes administratoru.

(2) Par administratoru nevar iecelt personu, uz kuru attiecas Kredītiestāžu likumā noteiktie ierobežojumi.

(3) Ieceļot administratoru, viņam uzdod:

1) sagatavot to personu sarakstu, kuru piedalīšanās maksātnespējas procesā ir obligāta;

2) sagatavot pārskatu par kredītiestādes aktīviem (mantu) to reālajā (tirgus) vērtībā;

3) apzināt kredītiestādes valdījumā vai turējumā esošo trešajām personām piederošo mantu un sagatavot šīs mantas

sarakstu;

4) sagatavot kreditoru sarakstu pēc kredītiestādes grāmatvedībā esošajiem datiem, norādot informāciju par

kreditoriem, parādu un saistību apmēriem un izpildes termiņiem;

5) iesniegt minētās ziņas tiesai līdz lietas izskatīšanai.

(4) Lietai pievieno administratora parakstītu deklarāciju, kura apstiprina viņa piekrišanu stāties amatā un uzņemties

likumā noteikto atbildību.

(5) Tiesnesis apliecina administratora apliecību.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2001.)

375.pants. Kredītiestādes maksātnespējas lietas un likvidācijas lietas izskatīšana

(1) Kredītiestādes maksātnespējas lietu un likvidācijas lietu tiesa izskata septiņu dienu laikā no lietas ierosināšanas

dienas.

(2) Uz tiesas sēdi aicina pieteicēju, kredītiestādes pārstāvi, Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisijas pārstāvi, bet

maksātnespējas lietā — arī administratoru.

(3) Kredītiestādes maksātnespējas lietā un likvidācijas lietā nav pieļaujama atteikšanās no pieteikuma vai tā

grozīšana.

(4) Izskatot kredītiestādes maksātnespējas lietu, tiesa pārbauda, vai ir kāds no Kredītiestāžu likumā noteiktajiem

apstākļiem, kas norāda uz kredītiestādes maksātnespēju, un vai ir ievērota šā likuma 367.pantā noteiktā pieteikuma

pirmstiesas izskatīšanas kārtība.

(5) Izskatot kredītiestādes likvidācijas lietu, tiesa nevērtē kredītiestādes maksātspēju.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. un 12.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 19.02.2009.)

376.pants. Tiesas spriedums kredītiestādes maksātnespējas lietā

(1) Ja tiesa konstatē kādu no apstākļiem, kas norāda uz kredītiestādes maksātnespēju, tā ar savu spriedumu

pasludina kredītiestādi par maksātnespējīgu un nosaka maksātnespējas iestāšanās dienu — maksātnespējas

pieteikuma iesniegšanas dienu vai pierādīto faktiskās maksātnespējas iestāšanās dienu. Ja maksātnespējas

128

pieteikumu iesniedzis likvidators, tiesa, izsludinot kredītiestādi par maksātnespējīgu, vienlaikus uz likvidatora

pieteikuma pamata pieņem lēmumu par bankrota procedūras uzsākšanu. Spriedums ir galīgs un apelācijas kārtībā nav

pārsūdzams.

(2) Taisot spriedumu par kredītiestādes maksātnespēju, tiesa apstiprina iecelto administratoru.

(3) Uz Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisijas pieteikuma un administratora sagatavotā saraksta pamata tiesa nosaka tos

kredītiestādes pārstāvjus un personas, kuru piedalīšanās maksātnespējas procesā ir obligāta.

(4) Spriedums ir pamats tiesvedības apturēšanai civillietās, kas ierosinātas pret kredītiestādi, un spriedumu

izpildīšanas lietvedības izbeigšanai lietās par piespriesto, bet no kredītiestādes nepiedzīto summu piedziņu.

(5) Ja tiesa nekonstatē apstākļus, kas norāda uz kredītiestādes maksātnespēju, tā pieteikumu noraida, vienlaikus

izbeidzot maksātnespējas procesu un izlemjot jautājumu, vai pieteikums atbilstoši Kredītiestāžu likumam nav

atzīstams par apzināti nepatiesu.

(6) Atzīstot pieteikumu par apzināti nepatiesu, tiesa piedzen no pieteicēja tiesas izdevumus, kā arī administratora un

administratora palīga atlīdzību.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2001.)

377.pants. Tiesas spriedums kredītiestādes likvidācijas lietā

(1) Ja tiesa konstatē, ka Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisija anulējusi kredītiestādes darbībai izsniegto licenci saskaņā

ar Kredītiestāžu likumu, tā atzīst kredītiestādi par likvidējamu. Spriedums ir galīgs un apelācijas kārtībā nav

pārsūdzams.

(2) Taisot spriedumu par kredītiestādes likvidāciju, tiesa ieceļ kredītiestādes likvidatoru. Par kredītiestādes likvidatoru

tiesa ieceļ Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisijas ieteiktu personu.

(3) Par likvidatoru nevar iecelt personu, uz kuru attiecas Kredītiestāžu likumā noteiktie ierobežojumi.

(4) Uz Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisijas pieteikuma pamata tiesa nosaka tos kredītiestādes pārstāvjus un personas,

kuru piedalīšanās kredītiestādes likvidācijā ir obligāta.

(5) Spriedums ir pamats tiesvedības apturēšanai civillietās, kas ierosinātas pret kredītiestādi, un spriedumu

izpildīšanas lietvedības izbeigšanai lietās par piespriesto, bet no kredītiestādes nepiedzīto summu piedziņu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. un 12.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 19.02.2009.)

378.pants. Tiesas darbības pēc kredītiestādes maksātnespējas vai likvidācijas pasludināšanas

(1) Pēc sprieduma pasludināšanas tiesa izsniedz administratoram vai likvidatoram trīs noteiktā kārtībā apliecinātus

sprieduma norakstus ar atzīmi par sprieduma stāšanos spēkā.

(2) Spriedumā noteiktos kredītiestādes pārstāvjus un personas, kuru piedalīšanās maksātnespējas procesā vai

kredītiestādes likvidācijā ir obligāta, tiesnesis pret parakstu brīdina par to, ka:

1) viņu pienākums ir ierasties uz visām tiesas sēdēm, viņu neierašanās nav šķērslis jautājuma izskatīšanai tiesas

sēdē, taču tiesa var atzīt viņu ierašanos par obligātu un likt viņus atvest piespiedu kārtā;

2) viņiem ir pienākums sniegt tiesai un administratoram vai likvidatoram nepieciešamo informāciju;

129

3) dzīvesvietas maiņas gadījumā viņiem triju dienu laikā jāpaziņo tiesai un administratoram vai likvidatoram jaunā

adrese;

4) pienākumu neizpildīšanas gadījumā viņus var saukt pie likumā noteiktās atbildības.

(21) Pēc sprieduma pasludināšanas tiesa par to informē Finanšu un kapitāla tirgus komisiju, nodrošinot, lai komisija

saņemtu attiecīgo informāciju sprieduma pasludināšanas dienā. Finanšu un kapitāla tirgus komisijas informēšanas

kārtību nosaka tieslietu ministrs.

(3) Pēc administratora vai likvidatora lūguma tiesa pieņem lēmumu par mantas atbrīvošanu no apķīlājuma un tās

nodošanu administratoram vai likvidatoram.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 12.02.2004. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2004. Sk. Pārejas noteikumus.)

379.pants. Jautājumi, kas tiesai izlemjami pēc kredītiestādes maksātnespējas pasludināšanas

(1) Pēc kredītiestādes maksātnespējas pasludināšanas uz attiecīgu pieteikumu pamata tiesa lemj par:

1) sanācijas atcelšanu;

2) bankrota procedūras uzsākšanu un pabeigšanu;

3) maksātnespējas procesa izdevumiem;

4 par ādu segšanas kārtību un termiņiem;

5) maksātnespējas procesa izbeigšanu;

6) vairāku administratoru iecelšanu;

7) administratora atkāpšanās pieņemšanu vai viņa atcelšanu un cita administratora iecelšanu.

(2) Tiesa izskata arī sūdzības par administratora rīcību un izlemj citus ar maksātnespējas procesu saistītos

jautājumus.

(3) Tiesa sakarā ar šajā pantā minēto jautājumu izskatīšanu var pieprasīt, lai administrators iesniedz savas darbības

pārskatu vai citu informāciju.

(4) Pieteikumus un sūdzības tiesa izskata 15 dienu laikā no to saņemšanas dienas. Uz tiesas sēdi tiek aicināts

pieteikuma vai sūdzības iesniedzējs, administrators, tiesas noteiktie kredītiestādes pārstāvji un personas, kuru

piedalīšanās maksātnespējas procesā ir obligāta. Uzaicināto personu neierašanās nav šķērslis jautājuma izskatīšanai

tiesas sēdē. Taču tiesa var atzīt, ka kredītiestādes pārstāvjiem vai personām, kuru piedalīšanās maksātnespējas

procesā ir obligāta, jāierodas uz tiesas sēdi, un likt viņus atvest piespiedu kārtā.

(5) Par pieteikumu un sūdzību izskatīšanu tiesa pieņem lēmumus, kuri nav pārsūdzami.

380.pants. Jautājumi, kas tiesai izlemjami pēc kredītiestādes likvidācijas pasludināšanas

(1) Pēc kredītiestādes likvidācijas pasludināšanas uz attiecīgu pieteikumu pamata tiesa lemj par:

1) vairāku likvidatoru iecelšanu;

130

2) likvidatora atkāpšanās pieņemšanu vai viņa atcelšanu un cita likvidatora iecelšanu;

3) likvidācijas pabeigšanu un likvidatora pārskata apstiprināšanu.

(2) Tiesa izskata arī sūdzības par likvidatora rīcību un izlemj citus ar likvidāciju saistītos jautājumus.

(3) Tiesa sakarā ar šajā pantā minēto jautājumu izskatīšanu var pieprasīt, lai likvidators iesniedz savas darbības

pārskatu vai citu informāciju.

(4) Pieteikumus un sūdzības tiesa izskata 15 dienu laikā no to saņemšanas dienas. Uz tiesas sēdi tiek aicināts

pieteikuma vai sūdzības iesniedzējs, likvidators, tiesas noteiktie kredītiestādes pārstāvji un personas, kuru

piedalīšanās kredītiestādes likvidācijā ir obligāta. Uzaicināto personu neierašanās nav šķērslis jautājuma izskatīšanai

tiesas sēdē. Taču tiesa var atzīt, ka kredītiestādes pārstāvjiem vai personām, kuru piedalīšanās likvidācijā ir obligāta,

jāierodas uz tiesas sēdi, un likt viņus atvest piespiedu kārtā.

(5) Par pieteikumu un sūdzību izskatīšanu tiesa pieņem lēmumus, kuri nav pārsūdzami.

381.pants. Sanācijas atcelšana

(1) Par sanācijas atcelšanu tiesa lemj pēc administratora pieteikuma.

(2) Administratora pieteikumā norādāmi apstākļi, kādos pieņemts lēmums par kredītiestādes sanāciju. Pieteikumam

pievienojams sanācijas plāns un Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisijas atzinums par sanācijas atcelšanu.

(3) Tiesa atceļ lēmumu par kredītiestādes sanāciju tikai tad, ja konstatē, ka šāda lēmuma pieņemšana panākta,

lietojot viltu vai spaidus, vai notikusi maldības ietekmē.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2001.)

382.pants. Lēmums par bankrota procedūras uzsākšanu

Lēmumu par bankrota procedūras uzsākšanu tiesa pieņem pēc administratora pieteikuma. Pieteikumam pievienojams

attiecīgs administratora lēmums, ko apstiprinājusi Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisija.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2001.)

383.pants. Maksātnespējas procesa un likvidācijas izdevumu un parādu segšanas kārtības apstrīdēšana

(1) Pēc kreditora vai kreditoru grupas pieteikuma tiesa lemj par to, vai administratora vai likvidatora lēmums, ar kuru

noteikta maksātnespējas procesa vai likvidācijas izdevumu un parādu segšanas kārtība, atbilst likumam.

(2) Ja tiesa konstatē, ka administratora noteiktā maksātnespējas procesa izdevumu un parādu segšanas kārtība vai

likvidatora noteiktā likvidācijas izdevumu un parādu segšanas kārtība neatbilst likumam, tā pieņem lēmumu, kurā

nosaka maksātnespējas procesa vai likvidācijas izdevumu un parādu segšanas kārtību, vienlaikus, ja nepieciešams,

izlemjot jautājumu par nepamatoto maksātnespējas procesa vai likvidācijas izdevumu segšanu no administratora vai

likvidatora nodrošinājuma.

384.pants. Lēmums par bankrota procedūras pabeigšanu

(1) Par bankrota procedūras pabeigšanu tiesa lemj pēc administratora pieteikuma, kuram pievienoti dokumenti, kas

apliecina naudas izmaksas.

131

(2) Vienlaikus tiesa pieņem lēmumu par maksātnespējas procesa izbeigšanu.

(3) Pēc lēmuma pieņemšanas tiesa saņem no administratora viņa apliecību un zīmogu un iznīcina tos.

385.pants. Lēmums par likvidācijas pabeigšanu

(1) Par likvidācijas pabeigšanu tiesa lemj pēc likvidatora pieteikuma.

(2) Tiesa pie ņem lēmumu par likvidācijas pabeigšanu, vienlaikus apstiprinot likvidatora pārskatu par visu likvidācijas

periodu.

(3) Pēc lēmuma pieņemšanas tiesa saņem no likvidatora viņa apliecību un zīmogu un iznīcina tos.

386.pants. Sūdzības par administratora vai likvidatora rīcību

(1) Izskatot sūdzību par administratora vai likvidatora rīcību, tiesa var pieprasīt administratora vai likvidatora darbības

pārskatu un Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisijas atzinumu par administratora vai likvidatora darbību un lemt par viņa

atcelšanu.

(2) Ja tiesa atzīst, ka pārsūdzētā rīcība neatbilst likumam, tā apmierina sūdzību un uzdod administratoram vai

likvidatoram novērst pieļauto pārkāpumu.

(3) Ja tiesa konstatē, ka pārsūdzētā rīcība ir likumīga, tā sūdzību noraida.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2001.)

387.pants. Lēmums par administratora vai likvidatora atkāpšanās pieņemšanu vai viņa atcelšanu

(1) Tiesa pieņem administratora vai likvidatora atkāpšanos, ja viņš iesniedz motivētu iesniegumu, kuram pievienots

viņa darbības pārskats.

(2) Administratoru vai likvidatoru var atcelt tiesa pēc Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisijas pieteikuma. Pieteikumam

pievienojams Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisijas lēmums par neuzticības izteikšanu administratoram vai likvidatoram

sakarā ar kādu no šādiem apstākļiem:

1) administrators vai likvidators neatbilst Kredītiestāžu likuma 131.panta pirmās daļas vai 131.1 panta pirmās daļas

noteikumiem vai atklājas kāds no 132. vai 132.1 pantā minētajiem apstākļiem;

2) administrators vai likvidators nav kompetents;

3) administrators vai likvidators ļaunprātīgi izmanto savas pilnvaras.

(3) Tiesa var izskatīt jautājumu par administratora vai likvidatora atcelšanu pēc kreditora vai kreditoru grupas

pieteikuma vai savas iniciatīvas, ja tās rīcībā ir pierādījumi, ka administrators vai likvidators, pildot savus pienākumus,

neievēro Kredītiestāžu likuma un citu normatīvo aktu noteikumus un tiesas nolēmumus, neatbilst Kredītiestāžu likuma

131.panta pirmās daļas vai 131.1 panta pirmās daļas noteikumiem vai atklājas kāds no 132. vai 132.1 pantā

minētajiem apstākļiem, administrators vai likvidators nav kompetents vai ļaunprātīgi izmanto savas pilnvaras.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. un 12.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 19.02.2009.)

132

388.pants. Jauna administratora vai likvidatora iecelšana administratora vai likvidatora atkāpšanās vai atcelšanas gadījumā

Administratora vai likvidatora atkāpšanās vai atcelšanas gadījumā tiesa pēc Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisijas

ieteikuma nekavējoties ieceļ citu administratoru vai likvidatoru, kā arī nosaka termiņu nodrošinājumu apstiprinoša

dokumenta iesniegšanai.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2001.)

389.pants. Vairāku administratoru vai likvidatoru iecelšana

(1) Ņemot vērā kredītiestādes aktīvu apjomu, pēc Finansu un kapitāla tirgus komisijas lūguma tiesa var iecelt vairākus

administratorus vai likvidatorus, nosakot viņu funkcijas un savstarpējo pakļautību.

(2) Uz jebkuru administratora vai likvidatora amata kandidātu attiecas likumā noteiktie ierobežojumi.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2001.)

48.nodaļa Streika vai streika pieteikuma atzīšana par nelikumīgu

390.pants. Pieteikuma iesniegšana

(1) Pieteikumu par streika vai streika pieteikuma atzīšanu par nelikumīgu saskaņā ar Streiku likumā minēto pamatu

un noteikto kārtību var iesniegt darba devējs.

(2) Pieteikums par streika vai streika pieteikuma atzīšanu par nelikumīgu iesniedzams tiesai pēc streika norises vietas.

391.pants. Pieteikuma saturs

(1) Pieteikumā norāda streika pieteicējus, streika pieteicēju vai streikotāju prasības, streika komitejas vadītāju,

sastāvu, atrašanās vietu, Streiku likumā minēto pamatu, saskaņā ar kuru streiks vai streika pieteikums atzīstams par

nelikumīgu.

(2) Pieteikumam pievieno darba devēja un darbinieku vai darbinieku arodorganizācijas streika sarunu protokolu.

392.pants. Pieteikuma izskatīšana

(1) Tiesa izskata pieteikumu 10 dienu laikā no tā saņemšanas dienas. Pieteikumu izskata tiesas sēdē, par kuru

iepriekš paziņo darba devējam, Valsts darba inspekcijai un streika komitejai.

(2) Pieteikuma iesniedzēja piedalīšanās tiesas sēdē ir obligāta. Viņa neierašanās gadījumā tiesai ir pamats lietu

izbeigt.

393.pants. Prokurora piedalīšanās obligātums

Lietas sakarā ar pieteikumiem par streika vai streika pieteikuma atzīšanu par nelikumīgu tiesa izskata, obligāti

piedaloties prokuroram.

133

394.pants. Tiesas spriedums par pieteikumu

(1) Izskatījusi pieteikumu, tiesa taisa spriedumu, ar kuru:

1) atzīst darba devēja pieteikumu par nepamatotu un noraida to;

2) atzīst darba devēja pieteikumu par pamatotu, bet streiku vai streika pieteikumu par nelikumīgu.

(2) Tiesas spriedums ir galīgs un apelācijas kārtībā nav pārsūdzams.

48.1 nodaļa Lokauta vai lokauta pieteikuma atzīšana par nelikumīgu

(Nodaļa 31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

394.1 pants. Pieteikuma iesniegšana

(1) Pieteikumu par lokauta vai lokauta pieteikuma atzīšanu par nelikumīgu saskaņā ar Darba strīdu likumā minēto

pamatu un noteikto kārtību var iesniegt darbinieku pārstāvji.

(2) Pieteikums par lokauta vai lokauta pieteikuma atzīšanu par nelikumīgu iesniedzams tiesai pēc lokauta norises

vietas.

394.2 pants. Pieteikuma saturs

Pieteikumā norāda lokauta pieteicēju un Darba strīdu likumā minēto pamatu, saskaņā ar kuru lokauts vai lokauta

pieteikums atzīstams par nelikumīgu.

394.3 pants. Pieteikuma izskatīšana

(1) Tiesa izskata pieteikumu 10 dienu laikā no tā saņemšanas dienas. Pieteikumu izskata tiesas sēdē, par kuru

iepriekš paziņo darbinieku pārstāvjiem, Valsts darba inspekcijai un lokauta pieteicējiem.

(2) Pieteikuma iesniedzēja piedalīšanās tiesas sēdē ir obligāta. Ja pieteikuma iesniedzējs neierodas uz tiesas sēdi,

tiesai ir pamats lietu izbeigt.

394.4 pants. Prokurora piedalīšanās obligātums

Lietas sakarā ar pieteikumiem par lokauta vai lokauta pieteikuma atzīšanu par nelikumīgu tiesa izskata, obligāti

piedaloties prokuroram.

394.5 pants. Tiesas spriedums par pieteikumu

(1) Izskatījusi pieteikumu, tiesa taisa spriedumu, ar kuru darbinieku pārstāvju pieteikumu atzīst par:

1) nepamatotu un noraida to;

2) pamatotu, bet lokautu vai lokauta pieteikumu par nelikumīgu.

(2) Tiesas spriedums ir galīgs un apelācijas kārtībā nav pārsūdzams.

134

Septītā sadaļa Saistību izpildīšana tiesas ceļā

49.nodaļa Nekustamā īpašuma labprātīga pārdošana izsolē tiesas ceļā

395.pants. Piekritība

Pieteikums par nekustamā īpašuma labprātīgu pārdošanu izsolē tiesas ceļā iesniedzams rajona (pilsētas) tiesai pēc

nekustamā īpašuma atrašanās vietas.

396.pants. Pieteikums par nekustamā īpašuma labprātīgu pārdošanu izsolē tiesas ceļā

(1) Pieteikumu par nekustamā īpašuma labprātīgu pārdošanu izsolē tiesas ceļā var iesniegt īpašnieks vai ķīlas ņēmējs,

kuram ir tiesības pārdot ķīlu par brīvu cenu.

(2) Pieteikumam par nekustamā īpašuma labprātīgu pārdošanu izsolē tiesas ceļā pievienojami pārdošanas nosacījumi

un apliecināta izdruka no attiecīgā zemesgrāmatas nodalījuma, kurā norādīti spēkā esošie ieraksti un atzīmes, bet, ja

pieteikumu iesniedzis ķīlas ņēmējs, — arī ķīlas līguma noraksts, pierādījumi par parādnieka brīdinājumu, ja vien no

paša akta vai likuma neizriet, ka šāds brīdinājums nav nepieciešams.

(3) Pārdošanas nosacījumos norāda:

1) pārdodamā nekustamā īpašuma sastāvu;

2) nekustamā īpašuma apgrūtinājumus un ieķīlājumus;

3) izsoles sākumcenu;

4) nosolītās augstākās cenas samaksas veidu un kārtību;

5) tiesības nekustamajā īpašumā, kuras īpašnieks patur sev;

6) citus pārdošanas nosacījumus, kurus pārdevējs atzīst par nepieciešamiem.

(4) Ja pārdodamais nekustamais īpašums atrodas vairāku personu kopīgā īpašumā, tad, nosakot pārdošanu izsolē

tiesas ceļā pēc īpašnieka pieteikuma, ir vajadzīga visu līdzīpašnieku piekrišana.

(5) Ja vienam un tam pašam ķīlas ņēmējam viena un tā paša parādnieka nekustamajiem īpašumiem ir reģistrētas

pirmās hipotēkas un tie savstarpēji ir funkcionāli saistīti vai tiem ir kopēja robeža, pieteicējam ir tiesības lūgt tiesu

pieteikumā norādītos nekustamos īpašumus izsolīt kā kopību.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

397.pants. Tiesneša lēmums

(1) Pieteikumu par nekustamā īpašuma labprātīgu pārdošanu izsolē izskata tiesnesis vienpersoniski uz iesniegtā

pieteikuma un tam pievienoto dokumentu pamata septiņu dienu laikā no pieteikuma iesniegšanas dienas, nepaziņojot

par to pieteicējam un parādniekam.

135

(2) Tiesnesis pieņem lēmumu atļaut pārdošanu izsolē, pārliecinājies, ka:

1) nekustamais īpašums pieder pieteikuma iesniedzējam vai ķīlas ņēmēja parādniekam un ķīlas ņēmējam ir tiesības

nekustamo īpašumu pārdot par brīvu cenu;

2) nav likumīgu šķēršļu šā nekustamā īpašuma pārdošanai ar pieteikumā norādītajiem nosacījumiem.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

398.pants. Izsoles kārtība

Pārdošanu izsolē veic tiesu izpildītājs kārtībā, kāda šajā likumā noteikta tiesas spriedumu izpildei, ievērojot Civillikuma

2075., 2083., 2084., 2087., 2089. un 2090.panta noteikumus un šādus nosacījumus:

1) nekustamais īpašums aprakstāms un novērtējams tikai tajā gadījumā, ja to lūdz persona, uz kuras pieteikuma

pamata notiek pārdošana;

2) sludinājumā norādāmi pārdošanas nosacījumi, kā arī tas, ka pārdošana ir labprātīga;

3) izsoli uzsāk, nolasot pārdošanas nosacījumus;

4) pēc pieteikuma iesniedzēja lūguma izsoli var atzīt par notikušu arī tajā gadījumā, ja ieradies tikai viens pircējs;

5) ja saskaņā ar pārdošanas nosacījumiem nosolītās augstākās cenas pieņemšana ir atkarīga no personas, uz kuras

pieteikuma pamata notiek pārdošana, un ja viņš pārdošanas nosacījumos paredzētajā vai tiesas noteiktajā laikā par to

nav izteicies, atzīstams, ka viņš klusējot piekritis nosolītajai augstākajai cenai.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

399.pants. Pircējam izsniedzamie dokumenti

(1) Pēc tam, kad nekustamā īpašuma pircējs izpildījis visus pārdošanas nosacījumus, apgabaltiesa lemj par izsoles

akta apstiprināšanu (611. un 613.pants) un pārdotā nekustamā īpašuma nostiprināšanu uz pircēja vārda.

(2) Tiesas lēmumu kopā ar izsoles nosacījumiem un izsoles aktu izsniedz pircējam.

(19.06.2003. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 24.07.2003.)

50.nodaļa Saistību bezstrīdus piespiedu izpildīšana

400.pants. Saistības, pēc kurām pieļaujama bezstrīdus piespiedu izpildīšana

(1) Saistību bezstrīdus piespiedu izpildīšana pieļaujama:

1) pēc līgumiem par saistībām, kas nodrošinātas ar publisku hipotēku vai komercķīlu;

2) pēc notariāli apliecinātiem un tiem juridiskā spēka ziņā pielīdzinātiem terminētiem līgumiem par naudas samaksu

vai par kustamās mantas atdošanu;

136

3) pēc notariāli apliecinātiem vai zemesgrāmatā ierakstītiem terminētiem īpašuma nomas vai īres līgumiem, kas

paredz nomnieka vai īrnieka pienākumu termiņa notecējuma dēļ atstāt vai nodot nomāto vai īrēto īpašumu (izņemot

dzīvokli), kā arī pienākumu samaksāt nomas vai īres maksu;

4) pēc protestētiem vekseļiem.

(2) Šā panta pirmajā daļā norādītās saistības nav pakļautas bezstrīdus piespiedu izpildīšanai, ja:

1) šī izpildīšana vērsta pret valsts īpašumu;

2) saistība ir dzēsta ar noilgumu, kura notecējums neapšaubāmi redzams no paša akta.

401.pants. Personas, kuras var iesniegt pieteikumu par bezstrīdus piespiedu izpildīšanu

Iesniegt pieteikumu par bezstrīdus piespiedu izpildīšanu var:

1) persona, uz kuras vārda akts (līgums, vekselis) izdots;

2) persona, kurai akts nodots ar uzrādījuma kārtībā apliecinātu uzrakstu, atsevišķu zemesgrāmatas aktu, uzrādījuma

kārtībā apliecinātu aktu vai notariālu aktu;

3) minēto personu mantinieks, ja viņa mantojuma tiesības pierādītas ar tiesas spriedumu vai mantojuma apliecību par

testamenta stāšanos likumīgā spēkā vai apstiprināšanu mantojuma tiesībās, vai tiesas lēmumu, ar kuru viņš ievests

novēlētās mantas valdījumā (Civillikuma 638.pants), vai tiesas lēmumu vai notāra apliecinājumu, ar kuru atzīts, ka

viņš mantojumu pieņēmis (Civillikuma 697.pants);

4) galvinieks, kurš samaksājis parādnieka vietā uz tiesas sprieduma pamata vai piespiedu izpildīšanas kārtībā, vai arī

kura izdarītā samaksa ir apstiprināta ar uzrādījuma kārtībā apliecinātu kvīti vai uzrakstu uz akta;

5) pēc nekustamā īpašuma nomas vai īres līgumiem — šā īpašuma ieguvējs, ja ieguvēja tiesības apliecinātas ar

zemesgrāmatas aktu vai ar šā panta 3.punktā norādītajiem dokumentiem par īpašuma pāreju mantošanas ceļā;

6) pēc protestētiem vekseļiem — vekseļa turētājs, kura vārdā vekselis protestēts, kā arī galvinieks, indosants (žirants)

un starpnieks, kuri vekseli samaksājuši un ceļ regresa prasījumu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

402.pants. Personas, pret kurām pieļaujama bezstrīdus piespiedu izpildīšana

Bezstrīdus piespiedu izpildīšana pieļaujama:

1) pret personu, kuras vārdā akts izdots (līgumslēdzējs), bet pēc protestēta vekseļa — pret visām par to atbildīgajām

personām;

2) pret galvinieku, ja viņš uzņēmies saistību kā pats parādnieks (Civillikuma 1702.panta otrā daļa);

3) pret saistību uzņēmušās personas mantinieku, ja par mantojuma pieņemšanu ir šā likuma 401.panta 3.punktā

minētie pierādījumi.

137

403.pants. Piekritība

(1) Pieteikumi par bezstrīdus piespiedu izpildīšanu naudas maksājumu saistībās vai kustamās mantas atdošanas

saistībās iesniedzami rajona (pilsētas) tiesai pēc parādnieka dzīvesvietas.

(2) Pieteikumi par bezstrīdus piespiedu izpildīšanu pēc nekustamā īpašuma ieķīlājuma aktiem un pēc saistībām atstāt

vai atdot nomāto vai īrēto nekustamo īpašumu iesniedzami rajona (pilsētas) tiesai pēc nekustamā īpašuma atrašanās

vietas.

(3) Pieteikumi par bezstrīdus piespiedu izpildīšanu pēc kuģa hipotēkas obligācijas iesniedzami rajona (pilsētas) tiesai

pēc hipotēkas reģistrācijas vietas.

404.pants. Pieteikuma saturs

(1) Pieteikumā norāda, kādu saistību un pēc kāda akta kreditors lūdz pakļaut bezstrīdus piespiedu izpildīšanai.

(2) Pieteikumā par bezstrīdus piespiedu izpildīšanu par naudas samaksu norāda piedzenamo galveno parādu,

līgumsodu un procentus — kā nolīgtos, tā likumā noteiktos, bet pēc vekseļa — arī ar protestu saistītos izdevumus un

likumā noteikto atlīdzību.

(3) Pieteikumam pievieno:

1) bez strīdus piespiedu kārtībā izpildāmo aktu un tā norakstu, bet pēc vekseļa — arī protesta aktu;

2) dokumentu par valsts nodevas samaksu;

3) pierādījumu par brīdinājuma izsniegšanu parādniekam, ja no paša akta vai likuma neizriet, ka šāds brīdinājums nav

nepieciešams.

405.pants. Tiesneša lēmums

(1) Pieteikumu par saistību bezstrīdus piespiedu izpildīšanu izlemj tiesnesis vienpersoniski uz iesniegtā pieteikuma un

tam pievienoto dokumentu pamata septiņu dienu laikā no pieteikuma iesniegšanas dienas, nepaziņojot par to

pieteicējam un parādniekam.

(2) Tiesnesis, pārbaudījis iesniegtā pieteikuma pamatotību un atzinis, ka tas apmierināms, pieņem lēmumu, ar kuru

nosaka, kāda saistība un kādā apmērā ir izpildāma bezstrīdus piespiedu kārtībā. Lēmuma noraksts triju dienu laikā

nosūtāms pieteicējam un parādniekam.

(3) Tiesneša lēmums stājas spēkā nekavējoties, un tam ir izpildu dokumenta spēks. Lēmums izpildāms saskaņā ar

sprieduma izpildīšanas noteikumiem. Tas iesniedzams izpildīšanai kopā ar bezstrīdus piespiedu izpildīšanai pakļautā

akta norakstu.

(4) Ja tiesnesis atzīst, ka pieteikums nav pamatots vai pieteikumā norādītā līgumsoda apmērs ir nesamērīgs ar

galveno parādu, vai izpildāmais akts satur patērētāju tiesības aizskarošus netaisnīgus līguma noteikumus, viņš pieņem

lēmumu par tā noraidīšanu. Lēmuma norakstu kopā ar iesniegtajiem dokumentiem tiesnesis nosūta pieteicējam.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

138

406.pants. Bezstrīdus piespiedu izpildīšanas apstrīdēšanas kārtība

(1) Ja parādnieks uzskata, ka kreditora prasījums nav pamatots pēc būtības, viņš sešu mēnešu laikā no lēmuma

noraksta nosūtīšanas dienas var celt prasību pret kreditoru, lai apstrīdētu prasījumu. Prasība ceļama tiesā šajā likumā

noteiktajā kārtībā.

(2) Ceļot prasību, parādnieks var lūgt apturēt bezstrīdus piespiedu izpildīšanu, bet, ja piedzinējs šādā kārtībā jau

saņēmis apmierinājumu, — lūgt nodrošināt prasību.

50.1 nodaļa Saistību piespiedu izpildīšana brīdinājuma kārtībā

(Nodaļa 31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

406.1 pants. Saistības, pēc kurām pieļaujama piespiedu izpildīšana brīdinājuma kārtībā

(1) Saistību piespiedu izpildīšana brīdinājuma kārtībā pieļaujama maksājuma saistībās, kuras pamatotas ar

dokumentu un kurām ir iestājies izpildes termiņš, kā arī maksājuma saistībās par tādas atlīdzības samaksu, kas

nolīgta līgumā par preces piegādi, preces pirkumu vai pakalpojuma sniegšanu, ja šīs saistības ir pamatotas ar

dokumentu un tām nav noteikts izpildes termiņš.

(2) Saistību piespiedu izpildīšana brīdinājuma kārtībā nav pieļaujama:

1) par maksājumiem, kas ir saistīti ar neizpildītu pretizpildījumu;

2) ja parādnieka dzīvesvieta nav zināma;

3) ja parādnieka dzīvesvieta vai atrašanās vieta nav Latvijas Republikā;

4) ja pieprasītais līgumsods pārsniedz galvenā parāda summu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

406.2 pants. Piekritība

(1) Saistību piespiedu izpildīšana brīdinājuma kārtībā tiek ierosināta pēc kreditora pieteikuma.

(2) Pieteikums par saistības piespiedu izpildīšanu brīdinājuma kārtībā iesniedzams rajona (pilsētas) tiesai pēc

parādnieka dzīvesvietas vai atrašanās vietas (juridiskās adreses).

406.3 pants. Pieteikuma saturs

(1) Pieteikums noformējams atbilstoši Ministru kabineta apstiprinātajam paraugam.

(2) Pieteikumā norādāms:

1) tās tiesas nosaukums, kurai iesniegts pieteikums;

2) pieteicēja, kā arī viņa pārstāvja, ja pieteikumu iesniedz pārstāvis, un parādnieka vārds, uzvārds, personas kods un

dzīvesvieta, bet juridiskajai personai — tās nosaukums, reģistrācijas numurs un atrašanās vieta (juridiskā adrese).

139

Pieteicējs norāda korespondences adresi, kā arī elektroniskā pasta adresi tiesas paziņojumu saņemšanai, ja viņš

piekrīt saziņai ar tiesu izmantot elektronisko pastu;

3) maksājuma saistība, sakarā ar kuru tiek iesniegts pieteikums, norādot saistību pamatojošo dokumentu

identificējošu informāciju un saistības izpildes termiņu, kā arī kredītiestādes nosaukumu un konta numuru, kurā

veicama samaksa, ja tāds ir;

4) pieprasītā summa un tās aprēķins, norādot galveno parādu, līgumsodu, nolīgtos vai likumā noteiktos procentus un

tiesas izdevumus;

5) pieteicēja apliecinājums, ka prasījums nav atkarīgs no pretizpildījuma vai ka pretizpildījums ir izdarīts;

6) lūgums tiesai izsniegt parādniekam brīdinājumu;

7) lūgums izlemt par maksājuma saistības piespiedu izpildi un tiesas izdevumu piedziņu.

(3) Pieteikumam pievieno dokumentus, kas apstiprina valsts nodevas un ar brīdinājuma izsniegšanu saistīto izdevumu

samaksu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

406.4 pants. Pieteikuma nepieņemšanas pamats

(1) Tiesnesis atsaka pieņemt pieteikumu, ja tas neatbilst šā likuma 406.1, 406.2 un 406.3 panta prasībām.

(2) Par atteikumu pieņemt pieteikumu tiesnesis pieņem motivētu lēmumu. Lēmuma norakstu kopā ar dokumentu, kas

apstiprina valsts nodevas samaksu, nosūta pieteicējam.

(3) Lēmums par atteikšanos pieņemt pieteikumu nav pārsūdzams.

(4) Tiesneša atteikums pieņemt pieteikumu nav šķērslis tāda paša pieteikuma iesniegšanai tiesā, kad būs novērsti

pieļautie trūkumi, vai arī prasības celšanai vispārējā kārtībā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

406.5 pants. Brīdinājuma saturs

(1) Brīdinājums noformējams atbilstoši Ministru kabineta apstiprinātajam paraugam.

(2) Brīdinājumā norādāms:

1) brīdinājuma numurs un tās tiesas nosaukums, kura izsaka brīdinājumu;

2) pieteicējs, maksājuma saistība, saistību pamatojošo dokumentu identificējoša informācija, saistības izpildes

termiņš, pieprasītā summa un tās aprēķins, kredītiestādes nosaukums un konta numurs, kurā veicama samaksa, ja

tāds ir;

3) parādnieks;

4) tas, ka tiesa nav pārbaudījusi prasījuma pamatotību;

140

5) priekšlikums parādniekam 14 dienu laikā no brīdinājuma izsniegšanas dienas samaksāt pieteikumā norādīto

summu, paziņojot par to tiesai, vai iesniegt tiesā iebildumus;

6) tas, ka brīdinājumā norādītā saistība tiks nodota piespiedu izpildei, ja noteikto 14 dienu laikā nebūs iesniegti

iebildumi vai pierādījumi par samaksu.

(3) Brīdinājumu paraksta tiesnesis. Ja brīdinājums sagatavots elektroniski, tas ir saistošs bez paraksta.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

406.6 pants. Brīdinājuma izsniegšana parādniekam

(1) Brīdinājumu un atbildes veidlapu, kas noformēta atbilstoši Ministru kabineta apstiprinātajam paraugam, izsniedz

parādniekam pret parakstu. Dokuments ar parakstu par saņemšanu un atzīmi par brīdinājuma izsniegšanas datumu

iesniedzams tiesā.

(2) Ja brīdinājuma izsniegšana parādniekam nav iespējama, tiesnesis pieņem lēmumu par pieteikuma atstāšanu bez

izskatīšanas. Lēmuma norakstu kopā ar pieteikumam pievienoto dokumentu, kas apstiprina valsts nodevas samaksu,

nosūta pieteicējam.

(3) Pieteikuma atstāšana bez izskatīšanas nav šķērslis atkārtotai pieteikuma iesniegšanai par saistības piespiedu

izpildīšanu brīdinājuma kārtībā vai prasības celšanai vispārīgā kārtībā. Šajos gadījumos samaksāto valsts nodevu

atmaksā vai tā tiek ieskaitīta, ja prasību ceļ prasības tiesvedības kārtībā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

406.7 pants. Parādnieka atbilde

(1) Termiņā iesniegtie parādnieka iebildumi pret maksājuma saistības pamatotību vai parāda samaksa ir pamats

tiesvedības izbeigšanai saistības piespiedu izpildīšanai brīdinājuma kārtībā.

(2) Ja parādnieks atzīst pieteikumu kādā tā daļā, pieteicējam paziņo parādnieka atbildi un nosaka termiņu, kurā viņš

paziņo tiesai par saistības nodošanu piespiedu izpildei atzītajā daļā.

(3) Ja pieteicējs nepiekrīt saistību izpildei atzītajā daļā vai nav sniedzis atbildi paziņojumā noteiktajā termiņā,

tiesvedība izbeidzama.

(4) Ja pieteicējs piekrīt saistību izpildīšanai atzītajā daļā, tiesnesis pieņem lēmumu atbilstoši šā likuma 406.9 panta

prasībām.

(5) Parādnieka atbilde, kas iesniegta pēc noteiktā termiņa, bet līdz lēmuma pieņemšanai lietā, uzskatāma par

iesniegtu termiņā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 19.06.2003. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

406.8 pants. Tiesvedības izbeigšana

(1) Par tiesvedības izbeigšanu saistības piespiedu izpildīšanai brīdinājuma kārtībā tiesnesis pieņem lēmumu. Lēmums

par tiesvedības izbeigšanu nav pārsūdzams.

(2) Lēmuma norakstu kopā ar parādnieka atbildi un pieteikumam pievienoto dokumentu, kas apstiprina valsts

nodevas samaksu, nosūta pieteicējam.

141

(3) Lēmums par tiesvedības izbeigšanu saistības piespiedu izpildīšanai brīdinājuma kārtībā sakarā ar parādnieka

iebildumiem nav šķērslis prasības celšanai prasības tiesvedības kārtībā. Šajos gadījumos samaksāto valsts nodevu

atmaksā vai tā tiek ieskaitīta, ja prasību ceļ prasības tiesvedības kārtībā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 19.06.2003. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

406.9 pants. Tiesneša lēmums par saistības piespiedu izpildi

(1) Ja brīdinājumā noteiktajā termiņā parādnieks nav iesniedzis iebildumus, tiesnesis septiņu dienu laikā no iebildumu

termiņa izbeigšanās dienas pieņem lēmumu par pieteikumā norādītās maksājumu saistības piespiedu izpildi un tiesas

izdevumu piedziņu. Lēmuma noraksts triju dienu laikā nosūtāms pieteicējam un parādniekam.

(2) Tiesneša lēmums stājas spēkā nekavējoties, tam ir izpildu dokumenta spēks, un tas izpildāms saskaņā ar tiesas

spriedumu izpildīšanas noteikumiem.

406.10 pants. Saistības piespiedu izpildīšanas apstrīdēšanas kārtība

(1) Ja parādnieks uzskata, ka pieteicēja prasījums nav pamatots pēc būtības, viņš triju mēnešu laikā no lēmuma

noraksta nosūtīšanas dienas var celt prasību pret kreditoru, lai apstrīdētu prasījumu. Prasība ceļama tiesā šajā likumā

noteiktajā kārtībā.

(2) Ceļot prasību, parādnieks var lūgt apturēt saistības piespiedu izpildīšanu, bet, ja kreditors šādā kārtībā jau

saņēmis apmierinājumu, lūgt nodrošināt prasību.

51.nodaļa Saistības priekšmeta iesniegšana tiesai glabājumā

407.pants. Saistības priekšmeta glabājuma pamats

Ja Civillikuma 1837.pantā noteiktajos gadījumos parādnieks nevar izpildīt saistību, viņam ir tiesības iesniegt saistības

priekšmetu glabājumā rajona (pilsētas) tiesai pēc saistības izpildīšanas vietas.

408.pants. Saistības priekšmets

(1) Tiesai var iesniegt glabājumā:

1) skaidru naudu;

2) vērtspapīrus;

3) dokumentus;

4) vērtslietas.

(2) Citus priekšmetus tiesai glabājumā var iesniegt vienīgi tajā gadījumā, ja šo priekšmetu īpašību dēļ tiesai ir

iespējams tos uzglabāt vai apsargāt.

142

409.pants. Pieteikuma saturs

Iesniedzot saistības priekšmetu tiesai glabājumā, pieteikumā norāda:

1) kreditora vai viņa tiesību pārņēmēja vārdu, uzvārdu vai nosaukumu un dzīvesvietu vai atrašanās vietu (juridisko

adresi), ja tiesību pārņēmējs parādniekam zināms, kā arī minēto personu dzīvesvietu vai atrašanās vietu (juridisko

adresi) vai norādījumu, ka tā parādniekam nav zināma;

2) tās saistības apzīmējumu, kuras izpildīšanai iesniedz naudu vai citus priekšmetus;

3) iemeslu, kura dēļ nav bijis iespējams izpildīt saistību;

4) iesniedzamo naudas summu vai priekšmetu sīku apzīmējumu;

5) lūgumu izsniegt glabājumā iesniegto saistības priekšmetu kreditoram uz pieprasījumu.

410.pants. Tiesneša rīcība pēc pieteikuma saņemšanas

(1) Tiesnesis pēc pieteikuma saņemšanas, nepārbaudot tā pareizību, izsniedz pieteicējam (parādniekam) dokumentu

par iesniegtās naudas vai citu priekšmetu saņemšanu un pieņem lēmumu uzaicināt kreditoru saņemt glabājumā

pieņemto saistības priekšmetu. Uzaicinājums izdarāms ar pavēsti, bet, ja kreditora vai viņa tiesību pārņēmēja

dzīvesvieta vai atrašanās vieta (juridiskā adrese) nav zināma, — ar sludinājumu laikrakstā "Latvijas Vēstnesis".

(2) Pavēstē vai sludinājumā norāda saistību, pēc kuras saistības priekšmets iesniegts tiesai glabājumā, un uzaicina

kreditoru saņemt glabājumā pieņemto saistības priekšmetu.

(3) Saņemot kreditora iesniegumu par glabājumā pieņemtā saistības priekšmeta izsniegšanu, tiesnesis noliek lietu

izskatīšanai tiesas sēdē.

411.pants. Pieteicēja tiesības saņemt iesniegto priekšmetu atpakaļ

(1) Kamēr kreditors nav iesniedzis iesniegumu par glabājumā iesniegtā saistības priekšmeta izsniegšanu, pieteicējs

(parādnieks) var saņemt iesniegto priekšmetu atpakaļ.

(2) Naudu, kas iemaksāta tiesā, lai dzēstu saistību vai prasījumus, kuri nodrošināti ar atzīmi zemesgrāmatā, ja šī

atzīme ir jau dzēsta, pieteicējs (parādnieks) var saņemt atpakaļ tikai ar kreditora piekrišanu vai pamatojoties uz

likumīgā spēkā stājušos tiesas spriedumu, kas iemaksu atzīst par spēkā neesošu.

(3 ) Ja pieteicējs (parādnieks) šajā pantā noteiktajā kārtībā saistības priekšmetu saņem atpakaļ, tiesa tiesvedību lietā

izbeidz.

412.pants. Saistības priekšmeta izsniegšana kreditoram

(1) Iesniegumu par saistības priekšmeta izsniegšanu izskata tiesas sēdē, uz kuru uzaicina pieteicēju (parādnieku) un

kreditoru. Šo personu neierašanās nav šķērslis iesnieguma izskatīšanai.

(2) Tiesa, konstatējusi, ka kreditors piekrīt saņemt glabājumā pieņemto saistības priekšmetu, pieņem lēmumu par tā

izsniegšanu kreditoram, kā arī par tiesas un glabāšanas izdevumu piedziņu no kreditora.

143

(3) Pirms pieņemt lēmumu par saistības priekšmeta izsniegšanu kreditoram, tiesa pieprasa no viņa aktu (ja tāds ir

taisīts), kas ir par pamatu saistībai, kura dzēšama ar glabājumā iesniegto saistības priekšmetu.

(4) Ja ar kreditoram izsniegto saistības priekšmetu saistība dzēsta pilnīgi, tiesa iesniegto aktu nodod pieteicējam

(parādniekam). Pretējā gadījumā tiesa uz akta taisa attiecīgu uzrakstu un nodod aktu kreditoram.

(5) Ja kreditors atsakās saņemt glabājumā pieņemto saistības priekšmetu un rodas strīds par tiesībām, tiesa pieņem

lēmumu par tiesvedības izbeigšanu, atdod glabājumā pieņemto saistības priekšmetu pieteicējam un izskaidro lietas

dalībniekiem tiesības izšķirt strīdu prasības kārtībā.

C daļa Tiesas spriedumu un lēmumu pārsūdzēšana

Astotā sadaļa Apelācijas tiesvedība

52.nodaļa Apelācijas sūdzības iesniegšana

413.pants. Tiesības iesniegt apelācijas sūdzību vai apelācijas protestu

(1) Par pirmās instances tiesas spriedumu (papildspriedumu) lietas dalībnieki var iesniegt apelācijas sūdzību, bet

prokurors — apelācijas protestu šajā nodaļā noteiktajā kārtībā, izņemot spriedumus, kuru pārsūdzēšanu apelācijas

kārtībā likums neparedz. Pārstāvis sūdzību iesniedz atbilstoši šā likuma 86.panta prasībām.

(2) Apelācijas protests iesniedzams un izskatāms tādā pašā kārtībā kā apelācijas sūdzība, ja šajā sadaļā nav noteikts

citādi.

414.pants. Apelācijas sūdzības iesniegšanas kārtība

(1) Rajona (pilsētas) tiesas spriedumu, kas nav stājies likumīgā spēkā, var pārsūdzēt apelācijas kārtībā attiecīgajā

apgabaltiesā.

(2) Apgabaltiesas kā pirmās instances tiesas spriedumu, kas nav stājies likumīgā spēkā, apelācijas kārtībā var

pārsūdzēt Augstākās tiesas Civillietu tiesu palātā.

(3) Apelācijas instances tiesai adresētā apelācijas sūdzība iesniedzama tiesai, kas taisījusi spriedumu.

(4) Ja apelācijas sūdzību termiņā iesniedz tieši apelācijas instances tiesai, termiņš nav uzskatāms par nokavētu.

415.pants. Apelācijas sūdzības iesniegšanas termiņi

(1) Apelācijas sūdzību par pirmās instances tiesas spriedumu var iesniegt 20 dienu laikā no sprieduma pasludināšanas

dienas.

144

(2) Ja pasludināts saīsināts spriedums, pārsūdzēšanas termiņu skaita no datuma, kuru tiesa paziņojusi pilna

sprieduma sastādīšanai (199.pants).

(21) (Izslēgta ar 22.05.2008. likumu.)

(22) Šā panta pirmajā un otrajā daļā paredzētajos gadījumos lietas dalībnieks, kuram spriedums nosūtīts saskaņā ar

šā likuma 56.2 pantu, apelācijas sūdzību var iesniegt 20 dienu laikā no sprieduma noraksta izsniegšanas dienas.

(3) Apelācijas sūdzību, kas iesniegta pēc termiņa notecēšanas, nepieņem un atdod iesniedzējam.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002., 01.11.2007., 22.05.2008. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā

01.03.2009.)

416.pants. Apelācijas sūdzības saturs

(1) Apelācijas sūdzībā norāda:

1) tās tiesas nosaukumu, kurai adresēta sūdzība;

2) sūdzības iesniedzēja vārdu, uzvārdu, personas kodu un dzīvesvietu, bet juridiskajai personai — nosaukumu,

reģistrācijas numuru un atrašanās vietu (juridisko adresi);

3) spriedumu, par kuru iesniedz sūdzību, un tiesu, kas taisījusi spriedumu;

4) kādā apjomā spriedumu pārsūdz;

5) kā izpaužas sprieduma nepareizība;

6) vai tiek pieteikti jauni pierādījumi, kādi, par kādiem apstākļiem un kādēļ šie pierādījumi nebija iesniegti pirmās

instances tiesai;

7) sūdzības iesniedzēja lūgumu;

8) sūdzībai pievienoto dokumentu sarakstu.

(2) Apelācijas sūdzību paraksta iesniedzējs vai viņa pilnvarots pārstāvis. Apelācijas protestu paraksta likumā noteiktā

prokuratūras amatpersona.

(3) Apelācijas sūdzību, ko iesniegusi persona, kas nav pilnvarota pārsūdzēt tiesas spriedumu, nepieņem un atdod

iesniedzējam.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

417.pants. Apelācijas sūdzības noraksti

(1) Apelācijas sūdzībai pievieno tās norakstus un pievienoto dokumentu norakstus, kuru skaits atbilst lietas dalībnieku

skaitam.

(2) Šis noteikums neattiecas uz dokumentiem, kuru oriģināli vai noraksti jau atrodas pie lietas dalībniekiem.

(3) Likumā paredzētajos gadījumos apelācijas sūdzībai un tai pievienoto dokumentu norakstiem pievienojams noteiktā

kārtībā apliecināts tulkojums, ja dokumenti paredzēti izsniegšanai personai saskaņā ar šā likuma 56.2 pantu.

Tulkojumu nepievieno persona, kas atbrīvota no tiesas izdevumu samaksas.

145

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

418.pants. Apelācijas sūdzības robežas

(1) Apelācijas sūdzībā nedrīkst grozīt prasības priekšmetu vai pamatu, ietvert jaunus prasījumus, kas nav celti pirmās

instances tiesā.

(2) Par jauniem prasījumiem nav uzskatāma:

1) prasījumu precizēšana;

2) acīm redzamu kļūdu izlabošana prasībā;

3) procentu un pieaugumu pievienošana prasībai;

4) prasība atlīdzināt mantas vērtību sakarā ar prasītās mantas atsavināšanu, zaudēšanu vai izmaiņām tās sastāvā;

5) prasījuma kopējās summas sastāvdaļu grozīšana šīs summas robežās;

6) prasījuma, ar kuru lūgts atzīt tiesības, grozīšana uz prasījumu atjaunot aizskartās tiesības lietas gaitā mainījušos

apstākļu dēļ;

7) prasības summas palielināšana sakarā ar lietas gaitā pieaugušajām tirgus cenām.

419.pants. Pievienošanās apelācijas sūdzībai

(1) Līdzdalībnieki un trešās personas, kas piedalās procesā tās personas pusē, kura iesniegusi apelācijas sūdzību, var

pievienoties iesniegtajai sūdzībai.

(2) Par pievienošanos sūdzībai paziņo rakstveidā apelācijas instances tiesai ne vēlāk kā 10 dienas pirms lietas

izskatīšanas apelācijas instancē.

(3) Iesniegumu par pievienošanos apelācijas sūdzībai ar valsts nodevu neapmaksā.

420.pants. Apelācijas sūdzības atstāšana bez virzības

(1) Pirmās instances tiesas tiesnesis pieņem lēmumu par apelācijas sūdzības atstāšanu bez virzības un nosaka

iesniedzējam termiņu trūkumu novēršanai, ja:

1) iesniegta apelācijas sūdzība, kura neatbilst šā likuma 416.panta pirmās vai otrās daļas prasībām;

2) apelācijas sūdzībai nav pievienoti visi nepieciešamie noraksti vai likumā paredzētajos gadījumos nav pievienots

noteiktā kārtībā apliecināts apelācijas sūdzības un tai pievienoto dokumentu norakstu tulkojums;

3) iesniegta apelācijas sūdzība, par kuru nav samaksāta valsts nodeva.

(2) Ja noteiktā termiņā trūkumi novērsti, apelācijas sūdzību uzskata par iesniegtu tajā dienā, kad tā iesniegta

pirmoreiz. Pretējā gadījumā sūdzību uzskata par neiesniegtu un atdod iesniedzējam.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

146

421.pants. Tiesneša lēmuma pārsūdzēšana

Par tiesneša lēmumu atteikties pieņemt apelācijas sūdzību var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

422.pants. Pirmās instances tiesas rīcība pēc apelācijas sūdzības saņemšanas

(1) Pirmās instances tiesas tiesnesis, pārliecinājies, ka apelācijas sūdzība atbilst šā likuma 416. un 417.panta

prasībām, nekavējoties paziņo par šo sūdzību pārējiem lietas dalībniekiem un nosūta viņiem sūdzības un tai pievienoto

dokumentu norakstus, norādot termiņu rakstveida paskaidrojuma iesniegšanai.

(2) Pēc apelācijas sūdzības iesniegšanas termiņa notecēšanas tiesnesis nekavējoties nosūta lietu ar sūdzību un tai

pievienotajiem dokumentiem apelācijas instances tiesai.

423.pants. Lietas dalībnieka rakstveida paskaidrojums

(1) Lietas dalībnieks rakstveida paskaidrojumu uz iesniegto apelācijas sūdzību kopā ar tā norakstiem, kuru skaits

atbilst lietas dalībnieku skaitam, var iesniegt apelācijas instances tiesai 30 dienu laikā no dienas, kad viņam nosūtīts

apelācijas sūdzības noraksts.

(2) Paskaidrojuma norakstus tiesa nosūta pārējiem lietas dalībniekiem.

(3) (Izslēgta ar 22.05.2008. likumu.)

(4) Ja apelācijas sūdzības noraksts nosūtīts lietas dalībniekam saskaņā ar šā likuma 56.2 pantu, termiņu rakstveida

paskaidrojuma iesniegšanai skaita no dienas, kad apelācijas sūdzības noraksts izsniegts lietas dalībniekam.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 01.11.2007., 22.05.2008. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

424.pants. Pretapelācijas sūdzība

(1) Pēc apelācijas sūdzības noraksta izsniegšanas puse ir tiesīga iesniegt pretapelācijas sūdzību.

(2 ) Pretapelācijas sūdzībai jāatbilst šā likuma 413., 416., 417. un 418.panta prasībām.

(3) Pretapelācijas sūdzība iesniedzama apelācijas instances tiesai termiņā, kas paredzēts šā likuma 423.pantā.

(4) Pēc pretapelācijas sūdzības saņemšanas apelācijas instances tiesa nekavējoties nosūta pārējiem lietas

dalībniekiem sūdzības norakstus.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

53.nodaļa Lietas izskatīšana apelācijas instancē

425.pants. Apelācijas tiesvedības ierosināšana

(1) Pārliecinājies, ka ir ievērota apelācijas sūdzības iesniegšanas kārtība, tiesnesis pēc paskaidrojuma saņemšanas vai

pēc tā iesniegšanai noteiktā termiņa notecēšanas pieņem lēmumu par apelācijas tiesvedības ierosināšanu un noliek

lietu izskatīšanai apelācijas instances tiesas sēdē.

147

(11) Lietās par darbinieka atjaunošanu darbā un lietās par darba devēja uzteikuma atzīšanu par spēkā neesošu tiesas

sēdes diena nosakāma ne vēlāk kā 15 dienu laikā pēc paskaidrojuma saņemšanas vai tā iesniegšanas termiņa

notecēšanas.

(2) Konstatējis, ka apelācijas sūdzība nosūtīta apelācijas instances tiesai, pārkāpjot šajā likumā noteikto apelācijas

sūdzību iesniegšanas kārtību, tiesnesis pieņem vienu no šādiem lēmumiem:

1) par atteikšanos ierosināt apelācijas tiesvedību, ja nokavēts apelācijas sūdzības iesniegšanai noteiktais termiņš vai

ja apelācijas sūdzību iesniegusi persona, kas nav pilnvarota pārsūdzēt tiesas spriedumu; šajā gadījumā sūdzību kopā

ar lietu nosūta pirmās instances tiesai, kura sūdzību atdod iesniedzējam;

2) par lietas nosūtīšanu pirmās instances tiesai likumā noteikto darbību izpildei, ja, iesniedzot apelācijas sūdzību,

pieļauti šā likuma 416.panta pirmajā daļā norādītie trūkumi vai nav samaksāta valsts nodeva.

(3) Ja šā panta otrās daļas 1.punktā norādītie apstākļi konstatēti apelācijas instances tiesas sēdē, tiesa pieņem

lēmumu par apelācijas sūdzības atstāšanu bez izskatīšanas.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002., 07.04.2004., 01.11.2007. un 22.05.2008. likumu, kas stājas spēkā

25.06.2008.)

426.pants. Lietas izskatīšanas robežas apelācijas instancē

(1) Apelācijas instances tiesa izskata lietu pēc būtības sakarā ar apelācijas sūdzību un pretapelācijas sūdzību tādā

apjomā, kā lūgts šajās sūdzībās.

(2) Apelācijas instance izskata tikai tos prasījumus, kas izskatīti pirmās instances tiesā. Prasības priekšmeta vai

pamata grozīšana nav pieļaujama.

(3) Apelācijas instances tiesa izskata lietu pēc būtības, nenosūtot to jaunai izskatīšanai pirmās instances tiesai,

izņemot šā likuma 427.pantā norādītos gadījumus.

427.pants. Gadījumi, kad pirmās instances tiesas spriedums atceļams un lieta nosūtāma jaunai izskatīšanai pirmās instances tiesā

(1) Apelācijas instances tiesa neatkarīgi no apelācijas sūdzības motīviem ar lēmumu atceļ pirmās instances tiesas

spriedumu un nosūta lietu jaunai izskatīšanai pirmās instances tiesā, ja apelācijas instances tiesa konstatē, ka:

1) tiesa lietu izskatījusi nelikumīgā sastāvā;

2) tiesa lietu izskatījusi, pārkāpjot procesuālo tiesību normas, kas nosaka pienākumu paziņot lietas dalībniekiem par

tiesas sēdes laiku un vietu;

3) pārkāptas procesuālo tiesību normas par tiesvedības valodu;

4) tiesas spriedums piešķir tiesības vai uzliek pienākumus personai, kura nav pieaicināta lietā kā lietas dalībnieks;

5) lietā nav tiesas sēdes protokola vai pilna tiesas sprieduma.

(2) Apelācijas instances tiesa, atzīstot par pamatotu apelācijas sūdzību par tiesas spriedumu daļā, ar kuru tiesvedība

lietā izbeigta vai prasība atstāta bez izskatīšanas, atceļ pirmās instances spriedumu šajā daļā un lietu nosūta

izskatīšanai pirmās instances tiesā.

148

428.pants. Iztiesāšanas kārtība apelācijas instances tiesā

(1) Lietas dalībniekus aicina un citas personas izsauc uz tiesu saskaņā ar šā likuma 6.nodaļas noteikumiem.

(2) Apelācijas instances tiesas sēde notiek saskaņā ar šā likuma 21.nodaļas noteikumiem, ievērojot šajā nodaļā

noteiktās īpatnības.

429.pants. Paskaidrojumu sniegšana apelācijas instances tiesā

(1) Apelācijas instances tiesas sēdē paskaidrojumus pirmais sniedz apelācijas sūdzības iesniedzējs, bet, ja sūdzību

iesniegušas abas puses, — prasītājs.

(2) Ja prokurors iesniedzis apelācijas protestu, viņš sniedz paskaidrojumus pirms pārējo lietas dalībnieku

paskaidrojumiem.

430.pants. Pierādījumu pārbaude apelācijas instances tiesā

(1) Apelācijas instances tiesa pati izlemj, kurus pierādījumus pārbaudīt tiesas sēdē.

(2) Pārbaudot un vērtējot pierādījumus, apelācijas instances tiesa ievēro šā likuma trešās sadaļas noteikumus.

(3) Fakti, kas konstatēti pirmās instances tiesā, apelācijas instances tiesā nav jāpārbauda, ja tie nav apstrīdēti

apelācijas sūdzībā.

(4) Ja apelācijas instances tiesā lietas dalībnieks iesniedz vai lūdz pārbaudīt pierādījumus, kurus viņam bija iespējams

pieteikt lietas izskatīšanā pirmās instances tiesā, un ja apelācijas instances tiesa atzīst, ka ar šādu rīcību apzināti

kavēta lietas iztiesāšana, apelācijas instances tiesa var viņam uzlikt naudas sodu līdz simt latiem.

431.pants. Apelācijas tiesvedības izbeigšana

(1) Apelācijas (pretapelācijas) sūdzības iesniedzējs ir tiesīgs to atsaukt, kamēr nav pabeigta lietas izskatīšana pēc

būtības.

(2) Ja apelācijas sūdzību atsauc, apelācijas instances tiesa pieņem lēmumu par apelācijas tiesvedības izbeigšanu,

izņemot gadījumus, kad apelācijas (pretapelācijas) sūdzību iesnieguši citi lietas dalībnieki vai kad iesniegts apelācijas

protests.

(3) Ja apelācijas sūdzības iesniedzējs bez attaisnojoša iemesla divas reizes neierodas tiesas sēdē un nav lūdzis lietu

izskatīt viņa prombūtnē, tiesa var izbeigt apelācijas tiesvedību.

(4) Ja apelācijas tiesvedību izbeidz, valsts nodevu neatmaksā.

54.nodaļa Apelācijas instances tiesas spriedums vai lēmums

432.pants. Apelācijas instances tiesas spriedums

(1 ) Apelācijas instances tiesas nolēmumu, ar kuru lietu izspriež pēc būtības, tiesa taisa sprieduma veidā.

149

(2) Apelācijas instances tiesa spriedumu taisa un sastāda šā likuma 189. — 198.pantā noteiktajā kārtībā, ievērojot

šajā pantā norādītās īpatnības.

(3) Sprieduma ievaddaļā papildus šā likuma 193.panta trešajā daļā minētajiem apstākļiem tiesa norāda apelācijas

sūdzības iesniedzēju un tiesas spriedumu, par kuru iesniegta sūdzība.

(4) Sprieduma aprakstošajā daļā papildus šā likuma 193.panta ceturtajā daļā minētajiem apstākļiem tiesa norāda

pirmās instances tiesas sprieduma saturu, apelācijas (pretapelācijas) sūdzības un iebildumu saturu.

(5) Sprieduma motīvu daļā papildus šā likuma 193.panta piektajā daļā minētajiem apstākļiem tiesa motivē attieksmi

pret pirmās instances tiesas spriedumu un pret apelācijas (pretapelācijas) sūdzību.

433.pants. Apelācijas instances tiesas sprieduma pasludināšana

(1) Apelācijas instances tiesa pasludina spriedumu šā likuma 199.pantā noteiktajā kārtībā.

(2) Sprieduma norakstu lietas dalībniekiem nosūta šā likuma 208.pantā paredzētajos gadījumos un kārtībā.

434.pants. Apelācijas instances tiesas sprieduma stāšanās likumīgā spēkā

(1) Apelācijas instances tiesas spriedums stājas likumīgā spēkā, kad beidzies termiņš tā pārsūdzēšanai kasācijas

kārtībā un kasācijas sūdzība nav iesniegta.

(2) Ja kasācijas sūdzība ir iesniegta, apelācijas instances tiesas spriedums stājas likumīgā spēkā vienlaikus ar:

1) Senāta rīcības sēdes lēmumu, ja ir atteikts ierosināt kasācijas tiesvedību (464.panta trešā daļa un 464.1 pants);

2) kasācijas instances tiesas spriedumu, ja apelācijas instances tiesas spriedums nav atcelts vai spriedums vai tā daļa

ir atcelta un pieteikums atstāts bez izskatīšanas vai tiesvedība izbeigta (474.pants).

(3) Uz apelācijas instances tiesas sprieduma likumīgo spēku attiecināmi šā likuma 203.panta otrās, trešās, ceturtās un

piektās daļas noteikumi.

(31) Ja attiecībā uz dažādiem lietas dalībniekiem termiņu kasācijas sūdzības iesniegšanai par apelācijas instances

tiesas spriedumu nosaka gan saskaņā ar šā likuma 454.panta pirmo vai otro daļu, gan 454.panta 2.2 daļu vai attiecībā

uz visiem lietas dalībniekiem termiņu apelācijas sūdzībai par pirmās instances tiesas spriedumu nosaka saskaņā ar šā

likuma 454.panta 2.2 daļu, apelācijas instances tiesas spriedums stājas likumīgā spēkā pēc tam, kad notecējis termiņš

tā pārsūdzēšanai, termiņu skaitot no vēlākā sprieduma noraksta izsniegšanas datuma, ja nav iesniegta apelācijas

sūdzība.

(32) Ja šā panta 3.1 daļā minētajos gadījumos nav saņemts attiecīgs apstiprinājums par sprieduma noraksta

izsniegšanu (56.2pants), spriedums stājas likumīgā spēkā sešus mēnešus pēc tā pasludināšanas.

(4) Apelācijas instances tiesas spriedums tiek izpildīts saskaņā ar šā likuma 204., 204.1 pantu un 205.panta pirmās

daļas noteikumiem. Sprieduma tūlītēja izpildīšana šā likuma 205.panta pirmās daļas 7.punktā paredzētajā gadījumā

pieļaujama vienīgi pieprasot no piedzinēja pienācīgu nodrošinājumu gadījumam, ja kasācijas instances tiesa pieņemtu

šā likuma 474.panta 2., 3. vai 4.punktā minēto spriedumu.

(22.05.2008. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

150

435.pants. Pārrakstīšanās un matemātiskā aprēķina kļūdu izlabošana apelācijas instances tiesas spriedumā

(1) Apelācijas instances tiesa pēc savas iniciatīvas vai lietas dalībnieka pieteikuma ir tiesīga izlabot spriedumā

pārrakstīšanās vai matemātiskā aprēķina kļūdas.

(2) Jautājumu par kļūdu izlabošanu izlemj tiesas sēdē, iepriekš par to paziņojot lietas dalībniekiem. Šo personu

neierašanās nav šķērslis jautājuma par kļūdu izlabošanu izskatīšanai.

(3) Par tiesas lēmumu izdarīt kļūdas labojumu spriedumā lietas dalībnieks var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

436.pants. Apelācijas instances tiesas papildspriedums

(1) Apelācijas instances tiesa var pēc savas iniciatīvas vai pēc lietas dalībnieka pieteikuma taisīt papildspriedumu, ja:

1) nav taisīts spriedums par kādu no prasījumiem, kas ir bijis apelācijas instances tiesas izskatīšanas priekšmets;

2) tiesa nav noteikusi piespriestās summas apmēru, mantu, kas jānodod, vai darbības, kas jāizpilda;

3) spriedumā nav izlemts par tiesāšanās izdevumu atlīdzināšanu.

(2) Papildsprieduma taisīšanu var ierosināt likumā noteiktajā sprieduma pārsūdzēšanas termiņā.

(3) Papildspriedumu tiesa taisa pēc jautājuma izskatīšanas tiesas sēdē, iepriekš par to paziņojot lietas dalībniekiem.

Šo personu neierašanās nav šķērslis papildsprieduma taisīšanai vai pieteikuma noraidīšanai.

(4) (Izslēgta ar 05.02.2009. likumu.)

(5) Par tiesas lēmumu atteikt papildsprieduma taisīšanu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

437.pants. Apelācijas instances tiesas sprieduma izskaidrošana

(1) Apelācijas instances tiesa var pēc lietas dalībnieka pieteikuma ar savu lēmumu izskaidrot spriedumu, negrozot tā

saturu.

(2) Sprieduma izskaidrošana ir pieļaujama, ja tas vēl nav izpildīts un nav notecējis termiņš sprieduma izpildīšanai

piespiedu kārtā.

(3) Jautājumu par sprieduma izskaidrošanu izskata tiesas sēdē, iepriekš par to paziņojot lietas dalībniekiem. Šo

personu neierašanās nav šķērslis jautājuma izskatīšanai.

(4) Par tiesas lēmumu jautājumā par sprieduma izskaidrošanu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

438.pants. Apelācijas instances tiesas sprieduma izpildes atlikšana, sadalīšana termiņos, tā izpildes veida un kārtības grozīšana

(1) Apelācijas instances tiesa ir tiesīga pēc lietas dalībnieka pieteikuma, ievērojot pušu mantisko stāvokli vai citus

svarīgus apstākļus, atlikt sprieduma izpildi vai sadalīt to termiņos, kā arī grozīt tā izpildes veidu un kārtību.

151

(2) Pieteikumu izskata tiesas sēdē, iepriekš par to paziņojot lietas dalībniekiem. Šo personu neierašanās nav šķērslis

pieteikuma izskatīšanai.

(3) Par tiesas lēmumu atlikt sprieduma izpildi vai to sadalīt termiņos, kā arī par tā izpildes veida un kārtības grozīšanu

var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

439.pants. Apelācijas instances tiesas rīcība, ja spriedums netiek pārsūdzēts kasācijas kārtībā

Pēc kasācijas sūdzības iesniegšanai paredzētā termiņa notecēšanas, ja kasācijas sūdzība nav iesniegta, apelācijas

instances tiesa nosūta lietu pirmās instances tiesai.

439.1 pants. Apelācijas instances tiesas rīcība pēc kasācijas instances tiesas darbību izpildes

Pēc tam, kad apelācijas instances tiesa pēc šā likuma 477.1 pantā noteikto kasācijas instances tiesas darbību izpildes

ir saņēmusi lietu, tā izraksta izpildu rakstu. Pēc izpildu raksta izrakstīšanas apelācijas instances tiesa nosūta lietu

pirmās instances tiesai.

(22.05.2008. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008. Sk. Pārejas noteikumus.)

440.pants. Tiesvedības apturēšana, prasības atstāšana bez izskatīšanas, tiesvedības izbeigšana apelācijas instances tiesā

Apelācijas instances tiesa aptur tiesvedību, atstāj prasību bez izskatīšanas vai izbeidz tiesvedību gadījumos un kārtībā,

kāda noteikta šā likuma 24., 25. vai 26.nodaļā.

Devītā sadaļa Pirmās instances tiesas un apelācijas instances tiesas

lēmumu pārsūdzēšana

55.nodaļa Blakus sūdzības iesniegšana un izskatīšana

441.pants. Pirmās instances tiesas un apelācijas instances tiesas lēmumu pārsūdzēšanas vai protestēšanas pamats

(1) Pirmās instances tiesas un apelācijas instances tiesas lēmumus var pārsūdzēt atsevišķi no tiesas sprieduma lietas

dalībnieki, iesniedzot blakus sūdzību, kā arī prokurors, iesniedzot blakus protestu:

1) šajā likumā noteiktajos gadījumos;

2) ja tiesas lēmums kavē lietas virzību.

(2) Par citiem pirmās instances tiesas un apelācijas instances tiesas lēmumiem blakus sūdzību neiesniedz, bet

iebildumus par šiem lēmumiem var izteikt apelācijas vai kasācijas sūdzībā.

(3) Blakus protests iesniedzams un izskatāms tādā pašā kārtībā kā blakus sūdzība.

152

442.pants. Termiņš blakus sūdzības iesniegšanai

(1) Blakus sūdzību var iesniegt 10 dienu laikā no dienas, kad tiesa pieņēmusi lēmumu, ja šajā likumā nav noteikts

citādi.

(11) Lietas dalībnieks, kuram tiesas lēmums nosūtīts saskaņā ar šā likuma 56.2 pantu, blakus sūdzību var iesniegt 15

dienu laikā no lēmuma noraksta izsniegšanas dienas vai, ja tiesa pasludinājusi saīsinātu lēmumu, no pilna lēmuma

noraksta izsniegšanas dienas.

(2) Blakus sūdzību, kas iesniegta pēc minētā termiņa notecēšanas, nepieņem un atdod iesniedzējam.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

443.pants. Blakus sūdzības iesniegšanas kārtība

(1) Blakus sūdzība iesniedzama tiesai, kas šo lēmumu pieņēmusi, un tā adresējama:

1) par pirmās instances tiesas lēmumu — attiecīgajai apelācijas instances tiesai;

2) par apgabaltiesas kā apelācijas instances lēmumu — Augstākās tiesas Civillietu tiesu palātai;

3) par Tiesu palātas lēmumu — Augstākās tiesas Senāta Civillietu departamentam.

(2) (Izslēgta ar 05.02.2009. likumu.)

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

444.pants. Blakus sūdzības noraksti

(1) Blakus sūdzībai pievienojami tās noraksti un tai pievienoto dokumentu noraksti, kuru skaits atbilst lietas

dalībnieku skaitam.

(2) Likumā paredzētajos gadījumos blakus sūdzībai un tai pievienoto dokumentu norakstiem pievienojams noteiktā

kārtībā apliecināts tulkojums, ja dokumenti paredzēti izsniegšanai personai saskaņā ar šā likuma 56.2 pantu.

Tulkojumu nepievieno persona, kas atbrīvota no tiesas izdevumu samaksas.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

445.pants. Blakus sūdzības atstāšana bez virzības

(1) Ja iesniedzējs nav parakstījis blakus sūdzību vai tai nav pievienoti visi nepieciešamie noraksti vai likumā

paredzētajos gadījumos nav pievienots noteiktā kārtībā apliecināts blakus sūdzības un tai pievienoto dokumentu

norakstu tulkojums, tiesnesis pieņem lēmumu atstāt blakus sūdzību bez virzības un nosaka termiņu trūkumu

novēršanai.

(2) Ja iesniedzējs noteiktā termiņā novērš lēmumā norādītos trūkumus, blakus sūdzība uzskatāma par iesniegtu

dienā, kad tā pirmoreiz iesniegta tiesai. Pretējā gadījumā blakus sūdzība uzskatāma par neiesniegtu un atdodama

iesniedzējam.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

153

446.pants. Tiesas rīcība pēc blakus sūdzības saņemšanas

(1) Pēc blakus sūdzības saņemšanas tiesnesis sūdzības norakstus un tai pievienoto dokumentu norakstus nekavējoties

nosūta lietas dalībniekiem.

(2) Izbeidzoties pārsūdzēšanas termiņam, tiesnesis nekavējoties nosūta lietu ar blakus sūdzību tai tiesu instancei,

kurai sūdzība adresēta.

447.pants. Blakus sūdzības izskatīšanas kārtība

(1) Blakus sūdzību izskata tādā kārtībā, kāda šajā likumā noteikta lietu izskatīšanai apelācijas instances tiesā, izņemot

šā panta otrajā daļā paredzētos gadījumos.

(2) Blakus sūdzības par tiesneša lēmumiem ārpus tiesas sēdes, par zemesgrāmatu nodaļu tiesnešu lēmumiem, kā arī

par lēmumiem maksātnespējas procesa lietās izskata rakstveida procesā, nerīkojot tiesas sēdi. Par blakus sūdzības

izskatīšanas dienu tiesa paziņo lietas dalībniekiem.

(25.05.2006. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 22.05.2008. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

448.pants. Apgabaltiesas, Tiesu palātas un Senāta kompetence

(1) Apgabaltiesai, Tiesu palātai un Senātam, izskatot blakus sūdzību, ir tiesības:

1) atstāt lēmumu negrozītu, bet sūdzību noraidīt;

2) atcelt lēmumu pilnīgi vai kādā tā daļā un nodot jautājumu jaunai izskatīšanai tai tiesai, kura lēmumu pieņēmusi;

3) atcelt lēmumu pilnīgi vai kādā tā daļā un ar savu lēmumu izlemt jautājumu pēc būtības;

4) grozīt lēmumu.

(2) Apgabaltiesai vai Tiesu palātai, izskatot blakus sūdzību par lēmumu, ar kuru noraidīts pieteikums par tiesvedības

atjaunošanu un lietas izskatīšanu no jauna tādā lietā, kurā taisīts aizmugurisks spriedums, ir tiesības:

1) atstāt lēmumu negrozītu, bet sūdzību noraidīt;

2) atcelt lēmumu, atjaunot tiesvedību un nosūtīt lietu izskatīšanai no jauna pirmās instances tiesā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

449.pants. Par blakus sūdzību pieņemtā lēmuma likumīgais spēks

(1) Par blakus sūdzību pieņemtais lēmums nav pārsūdzams, un tas stājas likumīgā spēkā tā pieņemšanas brīdī,

izņemot šajā pantā un šā likuma 641.pantā paredzētos gadījumus.

(2) Apgabaltiesas vai Tiesu palātas lēmumu par blakus sūdzību var pārsūdzēt Senātā 10 dienu laikā no lēmuma

pieņemšanas dienas, ja ar šo lēmumu:

1) noraidīta blakus sūdzība par lēmumu atteikties pieņemt prasību, pamatojoties uz šā likuma 132.panta pirmās daļas

1. un 2.punktu;

2) noraidīta blakus sūdzība par tiesvedības izbeigšanu, pamatojoties uz šā likuma 223.panta 1. un 2.punktu;

154

3) izlemjot jautājumu pēc būtības saskaņā ar šā likuma 448.panta 3.punktu, pieņemts lēmums atteikties pieņemt

prasību, pamatojoties uz šā likuma 132.panta pirmās daļas 1. un 2.punktu, vai lēmums izbeigt tiesvedību,

pamatojoties uz šā likuma 223.panta 1. un 2.punktu.

(3) Tiesu palātas lēmums par blakus sūdzību par zemesgrāmatu tiesneša lēmumu pārsūdzams Senātā 10 dienu laikā

no tā pieņemšanas dienas.

(31) Šā panta otrajā un trešajā daļā minētos termiņus attiecībā uz lietas dalībnieku, kuram lēmums nosūtīts saskaņā

ar šā likuma 56.2 pantu, skaita no lēmuma noraksta izsniegšanas dienas.

(4) Pārsūdzot Senātā šā panta otrajā un trešajā daļā, kā arī šā likuma 641.panta pirmajā daļā paredzētos lēmumus,

iemaksājama drošības nauda 40 latu apmērā. Drošības nauda nav jāmaksā personām, kuras saskaņā ar likumu vai

tiesas vai tiesneša lēmumu ir atbrīvotas no valsts nodevas. Tiesa vai tiesnesis, ievērojot fiziskās personas mantisko

stāvokli, pilnīgi vai daļēji var atbrīvot personu no drošības naudas samaksas.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 07.04.2004. likumu, Satversmes tiesas 14.03.2006. spriedumu,

25.05.2006. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

Desmitā sadaļa Kasācijas tiesvedība

56.nodaļa Kasācijas sūdzības iesniegšana

450.pants. Tiesības iesniegt kasācijas sūdzību vai kasācijas protestu

(1) Apelācijas instances tiesas spriedumu (papildspriedumu) lietas dalībnieki var pārsūdzēt kasācijas kārtībā, bet

prokurors — iesniegt kasācijas protestu.

(2) Kasācijas protests iesniedzams un izskatāms tādā pašā kārtībā kā kasācijas sūdzība, ja šajā sadaļā nav noteikts

citādi.

(3) Kasācijas kārtībā var pārsūdzēt apelācijas instances tiesas spriedumu, ja tiesa nepareizi piemērojusi vai iztulkojusi

materiālo tiesību normu, pārkāpusi procesuālo tiesību normu vai, izskatot lietu, pārsniegusi savas kompetences

robežas.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 22.05.2008. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

451.pants. Materiālo tiesību normu nepareiza piemērošana

Tiesa materiālo tiesību normu ir piemērojusi nepareizi, ja tā nepareizi attiecināta uz tiesas konstatētajiem apstākļiem

vai ja materiālo tiesību norma nepareizi iztulkota.

(22.05.2008. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

452.pants. Procesuālo tiesību normas pārkāpums

(1) Tiesa ir pieļāvusi procesuālās tiesību normas pārkāpumu, ja tiesvedības laikā nav nodrošinājusi likumam atbilstošu

procesuālo kārtību vai personu procesuālo tiesību ievērošanu, attiecīgo tiesību normu nepiemērojot vai nepareizi

iztulkojot.

155

(2) Procesuālo tiesību normas pārkāpums var būt pamats sprieduma pārsūdzēšanai kasācijas kārtībā, ja šis

pārkāpums novedis vai varēja novest pie lietas nepareizas izspriešanas.

(3) Par procesuālo tiesību normas pārkāpumu, kas varēja novest pie lietas nepareizas izspriešanas, katrā ziņā

uzskatāms tas, ka:

1) tiesa lietu izskatījusi nelikumīgā sastāvā;

2) tiesa lietu izskatījusi, pārkāpjot procesuālo tiesību normas, kas nosaka pienākumu paziņot procesa dalībniekiem par

tiesas sēdes laiku un vietu;

3) pārkāptas procesuālo tiesību normas par tiesvedības valodu;

4) tiesas spriedums piešķir tiesības vai uzliek pienākumus personai, kura nav pieaicināta lietā kā procesa dalībnieks;

5) lietā nav tiesas sēdes protokola vai pilna tiesas sprieduma.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 22.05.2008. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

453.pants. Kasācijas sūdzības saturs

(1) Kasācijas sūdzībā norāda:

1) tās tiesas nosaukumu, kurai adresēta sūdzība (Augstākās tiesas Senāta Civillietu departaments);

2) sūdzības iesniedzēja vārdu, uzvārdu, personas kodu un dzīvesvietu, bet juridiskajai personai — nosaukumu,

reģistrācijas numuru un atrašanās vietu (juridisko adresi);

3) spriedumu, par kuru iesniedz sūdzību, un tiesu, kas taisījusi spriedumu;

4) kādā apjomā spriedumu pārsūdz;

5) kādu materiālo tiesību normu tiesa piemērojusi vai iztulkojusi nepareizi, kādu procesuālo tiesību normu pārkāpusi

un kā tas ietekmējis lietas izspriešanu vai kā izpaudies tiesas kompetences robežu pārkāpums;

6) lūgumu Senāta rīcības sēdei nodot lietu izskatīšanai kasācijas kārtībā;

7) Senātam izteikto lūgumu.

(2) Kasācijas sūdzību paraksta iesniedzējs vai viņa pilnvarots pārstāvis. Ja kasācijas sūdzību iesniedzis pārstāvis,

sūdzībai pievieno attiecīgu pilnvaru vai citu dokumentu, kas apliecina pārstāvja tiesības. Kasācijas protestu paraksta

likumā noteiktā prokuratūras amatpersona.

(3) Kasācijas sūdzību, kuru iesniegusi persona, kas nav tam pilnvarota, nepieņem un atdod iesniedzējam, atmaksājot

drošības naudu.

(4) Kasācijas sūdzībai pievieno dokumentu, kas apliecina drošības naudas nomaksu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, Satversmes tiesas 27.06.2003. spriedumu, 12.02.2004. un

22.05.2008. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

156

454 .pants. Termiņš kasācijas sūdzības iesniegšanai

(1) Kasācijas sūdzību var iesniegt 30 dienu laikā no sprieduma pasludināšanas dienas.

(2) Ja pasludināts saīsināts spriedums, pārsūdzēšanas termiņu skaita no datuma, kuru tiesa paziņojusi pilna

sprieduma sastādīšanai (199.pants). Ja spriedums sastādīts pēc noteiktā datuma, sprieduma pārsūdzēšanas termiņu

skaita no sprieduma faktiskās sastādīšanas dienas.

(21) Lietas dalībnieks, kuram sprieduma noraksts nosūtīts saskaņā ar šā likuma 56.2 pantu, kasācijas sūdzību var

iesniegt 30 dienu laikā no sprieduma noraksta izsniegšanas dienas.

(3) Sūdzību, kas iesniegta pēc šā termiņa notecēšanas, nepieņem un atdod iesniedzējam, atmaksājot drošības naudu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002., 22.05.2008. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

455.pants. Tiesneša lēmuma pārsūdzēšana

Par tiesneša lēmumu atteikties pieņemt kasācijas sūdzību var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

456.pants. Kasācijas sūdzības iesniegšanas kārtība

(1) Kasācijas sūdzība iesniedzama tiesai, kas taisījusi spriedumu.

(2) Ja kasācijas sūdzību termiņā iesniedz tieši kasācijas instances tiesai, termiņš nav uzskatāms par nokavētu.

457.pants. Kasācijas sūdzības noraksti

(1) Kasācijas sūdzību iesniedz kopā ar tās norakstiem, kuru skaits atbilst lietas dalībnieku skaitam.

(2) Likumā paredzētajos gadījumos kasācijas sūdzībai un tās norakstiem pievienojams noteiktā kārtībā apliecināts

tulkojums, ja dokumenti paredzēti izsniegšanai personai saskaņā ar šā likuma 56.2 pantu. Tulkojumu nepievieno

persona, kas atbrīvota no tiesas izdevumu samaksas.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

458.pants. Drošības nauda

(1) Iesniedzot kasācijas sūdzību, iemaksājama drošības nauda piecdesmit latu apmērā.

(2) Ja Senāts pārsūdzēto tiesas spriedumu pilnīgi vai daļēji atceļ vai groza, drošības nauda atmaksājama. Ja kasācijas

sūdzību noraida, drošības naudu neatmaksā.

(3) Ja kasācijas sūdzību atsauc līdz Senāta rīcības sēdei, sūdzības iesniedzējam atmaksā drošības naudu.

(4) Drošības nauda nav jāmaksā personām, kuras saskaņā ar likumu vai tiesas vai tiesneša lēmumu ir atbrīvotas no

valsts nodevas. Tiesa vai tiesnesis, ievērojot fiziskās personas mantisko stāvokli, var pilnīgi vai daļēji atbrīvot personu

no drošības naudas samaksas.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 22.05.2008. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

157

459.pants. Kasācijas sūdzības atstāšana bez virzības

(1) Ja iesniegta kasācijas sūdzība, kura neatbilst šā likuma 453.panta otrās daļas prasībām, ja kasācijas sūdzībai nav

pievienoti visi nepieciešamie noraksti vai likumā paredzētajos gadījumos nav pievienots noteiktā kārtībā apliecināts

kasācijas sūdzības un tai pievienoto dokumentu norakstu tulkojums, ja nav samaksāta drošības nauda, apelācijas

instances tiesas tiesnesis pieņem lēmumu atstāt kasācijas sūdzību bez virzības un nosaka termiņu trūkumu

novēršanai.

(2) Ja iesniedzējs noteiktā termiņā novērš lēmumā norādītos trūkumus, kasācijas sūdzība uzskatāma par iesniegtu

dienā, kad tā pirmoreiz iesniegta tiesai.

(3) Ja iesniedzējs noteiktā termiņā lēmumā norādītos trūkumus nav novērsis, kasācijas sūdzība uzskatāma par

neiesniegtu un atdodama iesniedzējam.

(4) Par tiesneša lēmumu, ar kuru kasācijas sūdzība atdota iesniedzējam, var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

(5) Ja šā panta pirmajā daļā norādītie trūkumi konstatēti Senātā, kasācijas sūdzība tiek atdota apelācijas instances

tiesai šā panta otrajā, trešajā un ceturtajā daļā noteikto darbību izpildei.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 19.06.2003. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

460.pants. Apelācijas instances tiesas rīcība pēc kasācijas sūdzības saņemšanas

(1) Apelācijas instances tiesas tiesnesis nosūta pārējiem lietas dalībniekiem kasācijas sūdzības norakstus un paziņo,

ka viņiem 30 dienu laikā no norakstu nosūtīšanas dienas ir tiesības iesniegt Senātam paskaidrojumus sakarā ar

kasācijas sūdzību.

(11) Ja kasācijas sūdzības noraksts nosūtīts lietas dalībniekam saskaņā ar šā likuma 56.2 pantu, termiņu

paskaidrojuma iesniegšanai skaita no dienas, kad kasācijas sūdzības noraksts izsniegts lietas dalībniekam.

(2) Izbeidzoties sprieduma pārsūdzēšanas termiņam, apelācijas instances tiesa civillietu kopā ar kasācijas sūdzību

nekavējoties nosūta Senātam.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

461.pants. Pievienošanās kasācijas sūdzībai

(1) Līdzdalībnieki un trešās personas, kas piedalās procesā tās personas pusē, kura iesniegusi kasācijas sūdzību, var

pievienoties iesniegtajai sūdzībai.

(2) Iesniedzot pieteikumu par pievienošanos kasācijas sūdzībai, drošības nauda nav jāmaksā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

462.pants. Kasācijas sūdzības atsaukšana

(1) Persona, kas iesniegusi kasācijas sūdzību, ir tiesīga to atsaukt līdz kasācijas instances tiesas sēdei.

(2) Ja kasācijas sūdzību atsauc, kasācijas tiesvedību lietā izbeidz.

158

463.pants. Pretsūdzības iesniegšana

(1) Lietas dalībnieks 30 dienu laikā no kasācijas sūdzības noraksta nosūtīšanas dienas var iesniegt Senātam savu

pretsūdzību. Lietas dalībnieks, kuram kasācijas sūdzības noraksts nosūtīts saskaņā ar šā likuma 56.2 pantu, Senātam

savu pretsūdzību var iesniegt 30 dienu laikā no kasācijas sūdzības noraksta izsniegšanas dienas.

(2) Iesniedzot pretsūdzību, jāievēro šā likuma 450., 451., 452., 453., 457. un 458.panta noteikumi.

(3) Senāts nosūta pārējiem procesa dalībniekiem pretsūdzības norakstu un paziņo, ka viņiem 30 dienu laikā no

noraksta nosūtīšanas dienas ir tiesības iesniegt Senātam paskaidrojumus sakarā ar pretsūdzību.

(4) Ja kasācijas sūdzība atsaukta, pretsūdzību izskata patstāvīgi.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 22.05.2008. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

57.nodaļa Kasācijas tiesvedības ierosināšana un lietas izskatīšana kasācijas instancē

(Nodaļas nosaukums 22.05.2008. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

464.pants. Senāta rīcības sēde

(1) Lai izlemtu jautājumu par kasācijas tiesvedības ierosināšanu, kasācijas sūdzības, pretsūdzības un protestus pēc šā

likuma 460.panta pirmajā daļā un 463.panta trešajā daļā noteikto paskaidrojumu iesniegšanas termiņa izbeigšanās

izskata Senāta rīcības sēdē departamenta priekšsēdētāja noteiktā kārtībā izveidota senatoru kolēģija triju senatoru

sastāvā.

(2) Ja kaut viens no senatoriem uzskata, ka lieta izskatāma kasācijas instancē, senatoru kolēģija pieņem lēmumu par

kasācijas tiesvedības ierosināšanu.

(3) Ja senatoru kolēģija vienbalsīgi atzīst, ka kasācijas tiesvedības ierosināšana ir atsakāma, tā ar savu rīcības sēdes

lēmumu atsakās ierosināt kasācijas tiesvedību.

(4) Ar senatoru kolēģijas vienbalsīgu lēmumu lietu var nodot izskatīšanai kasācijas kārtībā Senāta paplašinātā

sastāvā.

(5) Ja kasācijas tiesvedība tiek ierosināta, pēc puses lūguma senatoru kolēģija var pieņemt lēmumu par sprieduma

izpildes apturēšanu līdz lietas izskatīšanai kasācijas kārtībā.

(6) Senāta rīcības sēdē senatoru kolēģija var izlemt arī jautājumu par atteikumu pieņemt iesniegto blakus sūdzību un

citus procesuālos jautājumus, kuru izlemšanai nav nepieciešama tiesas sēde, kā arī pieņemt lēmumu uzdot Eiropas

Kopienu Tiesai jautājumu prejudiciāla nolēmuma pieņemšanai vai iesniegt Satversmes tiesai pieteikumu par tiesību

normu atbilstību Satversmei vai starptautisko tiesību normai (aktam).

(22.05.2008. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008. Sk. Pārejas noteikumus.)

464.1 pants. Pamats atteikumam ierosināt kasācijas tiesvedību

(1) Senatoru kolēģija atsakās ierosināt kasācijas tiesvedību, ja kasācijas sūdzība neatbilst šā likuma 450.-454.panta

prasībām.

159

(2) Ja kasācijas sūdzība formāli atbilst šā panta pirmajā daļā minētajām prasībām un ja apelācijas instances tiesa nav

pieļāvusi šā likuma 452.panta trešās daļas noteikumu pārkāpumu, senatoru kolēģija var atteikties ierosināt kasācijas

tiesvedību arī šādos gadījumos:

1) jautājumā par kasācijas sūdzībā norādīto materiālo tiesību piemērošanu vai procesuālo tiesību normu pārkāpumiem

attiecībā uz šo tiesību normu piemērošanu un interpretāciju Senāta spriedumos citās līdzīgās lietās ir izveidojusies

judikatūra, un apelācijas instances spriedums atbilst tai;

2) nerodas šaubas par apelācijas instances tiesas sprieduma tiesiskumu, un izskatāmajai lietai nav nozīmes

judikatūras veidošanā.

(22.05.2008. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008. Sk. Pārejas noteikumus.)

465.pants. Lietas nolikšana izskatīšanai Senāta sēdē

(1) Lietas izskatīšanas laiku, tiesas sastāvu un referentu nosaka Senāta departamenta priekšsēdētājs. Par lietas

izskatīšanas laiku un vietu paziņo lietas dalībniekiem.

(2) Kasācijas instancē lietu izskata trīs senatori, bet šajā likumā noteiktajos gadījumos — senatoru kolēģija ne mazāk

kā septiņu senatoru sastāvā.

466.pants. Lietas izskatīšanas sākums

(1) Sēdes priekšsēdētājs atklāj tiesas sēdi un paziņo, kādu lietu Senāts izskata.

(2) Sēdes priekšsēdētājs noskaidro, kuri lietas dalībnieki ieradušies, viņu personību un pārstāvju pilnvarojumu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 12.02.2004. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2004.)

467.pants. Tiesību un pienākumu izskaidrošana lietas dalībniekiem

(1) Sēdes priekšsēdētājs paziņo tiesas sastāvu, kā arī nosauc prokuroru un tulku, ja tas piedalās tiesas sēdē, un

izskaidro lietas dalībniekiem viņu tiesības pieteikt noraidījumus, kā arī citas procesuālās tiesības un pienākumus.

(2) Noraidījuma pamatu un noraidījuma izlemšanas kārtību nosaka šā likuma 19. — 21.pants.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 12.02.2004. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2004.)

468.pants. Sekas, kas rodas, ja tiesas sēdē neierodas lietas dalībnieki

To lietas dalībnieku neierašanās, kuriem pienācīgi paziņots par kasācijas instances tiesas sēdes laiku un vietu, nav

šķērslis lietas izskatīšanai.

469.pants. Pieteikuma izlemšana

Lietas dalībnieku pieteikumus, kas saistīti ar lietas izskatīšanu, izlemj pēc citu lietas dalībnieku viedokļa noklausīšanās.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 12.02.2004. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2004.)

470.pants. Ziņojums par lietu

Lietas izskatīšana sākas ar senatora referenta ziņojumu par lietu.

160

471.pants. Lietas dalībnieku paskaidrojumi un prokurora atzinums

(1) Pēc senatora ziņojuma tiesa noklausās pušu vai to pārstāvju paskaidrojumus. Tiesa var iepriekš noteikt laiku

paskaidrojumu sniegšanai, taču abām pusēm tas piešķirams vienāds.

(2) Pirmais runā lietas dalībnieks, kas iesniedzis kasācijas sūdzību, vai prokurors, ja viņš iesniedzis protestu. Ja

spriedumu pārsūdzējušas abas puses, pirmais runā prasītājs.

(3) Senatori var uzdot lietas dalībniekiem jautājumus.

(4) Katrai pusei ir tiesības uz vienu repliku.

(5) Ja prokurors piedalās lietā, kurā nav iesniegts kasācijas protests, viņš dod atzinumu pēc pušu paskaidrojumiem un

replikām.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 12.02.2004. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2004.)

472.pants. Sprieduma taisīšana

(1) Pēc lietas dalībnieku paskaidrojumiem un prokurora atzinuma tiesa aiziet apspriežu istabā, lai taisītu spriedumu.

(2) Ja, izskatot lietu triju senatoru sastāvā, tiesa nenonāk pie vienota viedokļa vai visi senatori uzskata, ka lieta

izskatāma paplašinātā sastāvā, tiesa pieņem lēmumu par lietas nodošanu izskatīšanai paplašinātā Senāta sastāvā.

(3) Izskatot lietu paplašinātā sastāvā, spriedumu taisa ar balsu vairākumu un to paraksta visi senatori.

(4) Pēc senatoru apspriedes tiesa atgriežas sēžu zālē un sēdes priekšsēdētājs pasludina spriedumu, nolasot tā

rezolutīvo daļu, un paziņo, kad lietas dalībnieki var iepazīties ar pilnu sprieduma tekstu.

(5) Senators, kuram, lietu izskatot Senāta paplašinātajā sastāvā, bijis atšķirīgs viedoklis par likuma tulkojumu vai

likuma piemērošanu, 15 dienu laikā pēc sprieduma pilna teksta sastādīšanas ir tiesīgs rakstveidā izteikt savas

atsevišķās domas, kas pievienojamas lietai.

(6) Ja senatori atzīst, ka šajā tiesas sēdē nav iespējams taisīt spriedumu, Senāts nosaka nākamo tiesas sēdi, kura

notiks tuvāko 14 dienu laikā un kurā tas paziņos spriedumu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 19.06.2003. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

472.1 pants. Tiesvedības apturēšana kasācijas instancē

Ja kasācijas instances tiesa pieņem lēmumu par jautājuma uzdošanu Eiropas Kopienu Tiesai prejudiciāla nolēmuma

pieņemšanai, tā aptur tiesvedību, līdz likumīgā spēkā stājas Eiropas Kopienu Tiesas nolēmums.

(07.04.2004. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.05.2004.)

161

58.nodaļa Kasācijas instances tiesas spriedums

473.pants. Lietas izskatīšanas robežas

(1) Tiesa, izskatot lietu kasācijas kārtībā, pārbauda lietā esošā sprieduma likumību pārsūdzētajā daļā attiecībā uz

personām, kas spriedumu pārsūdzējušas vai pievienojušās kasācijas sūdzībai, un attiecībā uz argumentiem, kas

minēti kasācijas sūdzībā.

(2) Tiesa var atcelt visu spriedumu, lai gan pārsūdzēta tikai tā daļa, ja konstatē tādus likuma pārkāpumus, kas

noveduši pie visas lieta s nepareizas izspriešanas.

474.pants. Kasācijas instances tiesas tiesības

Tiesa, izskatījusi lietu, var taisīt vienu no šādiem spriedumiem:

1) atstāt spriedumu negrozītu, bet sūdzību noraidīt;

2) atcelt visu spriedumu vai kādā tā daļā un nodot lietu jaunai izskatīšanai apelācijas vai pirmās instances tiesā;

3) atcelt visu spriedumu vai tā daļu un atstāt pieteikumu bez izskatīšanas vai arī izbeigt tiesvedību, ja otrās instances

tiesa nav ievērojusi šā likuma 219. vai 223.panta noteikumus;

4) grozīt spriedumu daļā par prasības apmēru, ja tas nepareizi noteikts, kļūdaini piemērojot materiālo tiesību normu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

475.pants. Kasācijas instances tiesas sprieduma saturs

(1) Kasācijas instances tiesas spriedums sastāv no ievada, aprakstošās, motīvu un rezolutīvās daļas.

(2) Ievada daļā tiesa norāda:

1) tiesas nosaukumu un sastāvu;

2) sprieduma taisīšanas laiku;

3) lietas dalībniekus un strīda priekšmetu;

4) personas, kas iesniegušas kasācijas sūdzību (pretsūdzību) vai tai pievienojušās.

(3) Aprakstošajā daļā tiesa norāda:

1) īsu lietas apstākļu izklāstījumu;

2) apelācijas instances tiesas sprieduma būtību;

3) kasācijas sūdzības motīvus;

4) pretsūdzības motīvus vai paskaidrojumu būtību.

162

(4) Motīvu daļā tiesa norāda:

1) noraidot kasācijas sūdzību — argumentus, kuru dēļ sūdzība noraidīta;

2) apmierinot kasācijas sūdzību — argumentus par apelācijas instances tiesas pieļautajiem tiesību normu

pārkāpumiem, to nepareizu iztulkošanu vai kompetences ietvaru pārkāpumu.

(5) Rezolutīvajā daļā tiesa norāda nolēmumu saskaņā ar šā likuma 474.panta attiecīgo punktu.

476.pants. Kasācijas instances tiesas norādījumu obligātums

(1) Likuma tulkojums, kas izteikts kasācijas instances tiesas spriedumā, ir obligāts tiesai, kas šo lietu izskata no

jauna.

(2) Kasācijas instances tiesa nenorāda savā spriedumā, kāds spriedums jātaisa, izskatot lietu no jauna.

477.pants. Kasācijas instances tiesas sprieduma likumīgais spēks

Kasācijas instances tiesas spriedums nav pārsūdzams un stājas spēkā tā pasludināšanas brīdī.

477.1 pants. Kasācijas instances tiesas rīcība pēc kasācijas sūdzības un kasācijas protesta izskatīšanas

Pēc šā likuma 462.panta otrajā daļā, 464.panta trešajā daļā un 474.panta 1. un 4.punktā minētā pilna nolēmuma

taisīšanas (pieņemšanas) kasācijas instances tiesa nekavējoties nosūta lietu apelācijas instances tiesai izpildu raksta

izrakstīšanai.

(22.05.2008. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008. Sk. Pārejas noteikumus.)

Vienpadsmitā sadaļa Lietas, kurā spriedums vai lēmums

stājies likumīgā spēkā, jauna izskatīšana

59.nodaļa Lietas jauna izskatīšana sakarā ar jaunatklātiem apstākļiem

478.pants. Pieteikuma iesniegšana

(1) Lietu sakarā ar jaunatklātiem apstākļiem var ierosināt lietas dalībnieks, iesniedzot pieteikumu:

1) par rajona (pilsētas) tiesas sprieduma vai lēmuma

atcelšanu — attiecīgajai apgabaltiesai;

2) par apgabaltiesas sprieduma vai lēmuma atcelšanu — Augstākās tiesas Civillietu tiesu palātai;

3) par Tiesu palātas sprieduma vai lēmuma atcelšanu — Augstākās tiesas Senāta Civillietu departamentam.

(2) Pieteikumu var iesniegt triju mēnešu laikā no dienas, kad konstatēti apstākļi, kas ir par pamatu lietas jaunai

izskatīšanai.

163

(3) Pieteikumu nevar iesniegt, ja kopš sprieduma vai lēmuma spēkā stāšanās pagājuši vairāk nekā 10 gadi.

(4) Pieteikumu, kurā nav norādīts uz apstākļiem, kas saskaņā ar šā likuma 479.pantu var tikt atzīti par jaunatklātiem

apstākļiem, nepieņem un atdod iesniedzējam. Tiesnesis atsaka pieņemt izskatīšanai pieteikumu sakarā ar

jaunatklātiem apstākļiem arī tad, ja pieteikums iesniegts atkārtoti un no tā neizriet, ka jautājuma izlemšanai būtiskie

vai faktiskie apstākļi mainījušies. Par šādu tiesneša lēmumu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

479.pants. Jaunatklātie apstākļi

Par jaunatklātiem apstākļiem atzīst:

1) būtiskus lietas apstākļus, kas pastāvēja lietas izskatīšanas laikā, bet nebija un nevarēja būt zināmi pieteikuma

iesniedzējam;

2) ar likumīgā spēkā stājušos tiesas spriedumu krimināllietā konstatētas apzināti nepatiesas liecinieku liecības,

apzināti nepatiesu eksperta atzinumu, apzināti nepatiesu tulkojumu, viltotus rakstveida vai lietiskos pierādījumus, uz

kuru pamata taisīts spriedums;

3) ar likumīgā spēkā stājušos tiesas spriedumu krimināllietā konstatētas noziedzīgās darbības, kuru dēļ taisīts

nelikumīgs vai nepamatots spriedums vai pieņemts lēmums;

4) tā tiesas sprieduma vai citas iestādes lēmuma atcelšanu, uz kura pamata taisīts spriedums vai pieņemts lēmums

šajā lietā;

5) lietas izspriešanā piemērotās tiesību normas atzīšanu par neatbilstošu augstāka juridiska spēka tiesību normai;

6) Eiropas Cilvēktiesību tiesas vai citas starptautiskas vai pārnacionālas tiesas nolēmums šajā lietā, no kura izriet, ka

tiesvedība ir jāuzsāk no jauna. Šādā gadījumā tiesai, pieņemot nolēmumu atsāktajā lietā, jābalstās uz Eiropas

Cilvēktiesību tiesas vai citas starptautiskas vai pārnacionālas tiesas nolēmumā konstatētajiem faktiem un to juridisko

vērtējumu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. un 22.05.2008. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

480.pants. Pieteikuma iesniegšanas termiņa aprēķināšana

Pieteikuma iesniegšanas termiņu aprēķina:

1) šā likuma 479.panta 1.punktā norādītajiem apstākļiem — no šo apstākļu atklāšanas dienas;

2) šā likuma 479.panta 2. un 3.punktā norādītajos gadījumos — no dienas, kad likumīgā spēkā stājies spriedums

krimināllietā;

3) šā likuma 479.panta 4.punktā norādītajos gadījumos — no dienas, kad likumīgā spēkā stājies tiesas nolēmums, ar

kuru atcelts spriedums civillietā vai krimināllietā, vai arī kad atcelts citas iestādes lēmums, uz kura pamatots tas

spriedums vai lēmums, kuru lūdz atcelt sakarā ar jaunatklātiem apstākļiem;

4) šā likuma 479.panta 5.punktā norādītajā gadījumā — no dienas, kad stājies spēkā spriedums vai cits lēmums,

sakarā ar kuru piemērotā tiesību norma zaudē spēku kā neatbilstoša augstāka juridiska spēka tiesību normai.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2001.)

164

481.pants. Pieteikuma izskatīšana

Pieteikumu sakarā ar jaunatklātiem apstākļiem izskata rakstveida procesā.

(05.02.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

482.pants. Tiesas lēmums

(1) Tiesa, izskatījusi pieteikumu, pārbauda, vai apstākļi, kurus norāda pieteicējs, atzīstami par jaunatklātiem

apstākļiem saskaņā ar šā likuma 479.pantu.

(2) Ja tiesa konstatē jaunatklātus apstākļus, tā atceļ apstrīdēto spriedumu vai lēmumu pilnībā vai kādā tā daļā un

nodod lietu jaunai izskatīšanai pirmās instances tiesā.

(3) Ja tiesa atzīst, ka pieteikumā norādītie apstākļi nav uzskatāmi par jaunatklātiem, tā pieteikumu noraida.

(4) Par tiesas lēmumu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

60.nodaļa Lietu jauna izskatīšana sakarā ar būtiskiem

materiālo un procesuālo tiesību normu pārkāpumiem

483.pants. Protesta iesniegšana

Protestu par spēkā stājušos tiesas nolēmumu Senātam var iesniegt Augstākās tiesas priekšsēdētājs, Senāta Civillietu

departamenta priekšsēdētājs vai ģenerālprokurors, ja kopš nolēmuma spēkā stāšanās nav pagājuši vairāk kā 10 gadi.

484.pants. Pamats protesta iesniegšanai

Pamats protesta iesniegšanai par spēkā stājušos tiesas nolēmumu ir būtiski materiālo vai procesuālo tiesību normu

pārkāpumi, kas konstatēti lietās, kuras ir izskatītas tikai pirmās instances tiesā, ja tiesas nolēmums nav pārsūdzēts

likumā noteiktajā kārtībā no lietas dalībniekiem neatkarīgu iemeslu dēļ vai ar tiesas nolēmumu aizskartas valsts vai

pašvaldību iestāžu tiesības vai to personu tiesības, kuras nav bijušas lietas dalībnieki.

485.pants. Protesta izskatīšanas kārtība

Protestu izskata Senāts šā likuma 464.—477.pantā norādītajā kārtībā.

165

D daļa Šķīrējtiesa

Divpadsmitā sadaļa Šķīrējtiesas izveidošana un darbība

61.nodaļa Vispārīgie noteikumi

486.pants. Šķīrējtiesas izveidošana

(1) Šķīrējtiesu var izveidot konkrēta strīda izšķiršanai. Šķīrējtiesa var darboties arī pastāvīgi.

(2) Pastāvīgā šķīrējtiesa darbojas uz reglamenta pamata, bet šķīrējtiesa konkrēta strīda izšķiršanai tiek izveidota šajā

likumā noteiktajā kārtībā.

(3) Pastāvīgo šķīrējtiesu var izveidot viena vai vairākas juridiskās personas. Pastāvīgā šķīrējtiesa uzsāk darbību pēc

reģistrācijas šķīrējtiesu reģistrā. Šķīrējtiesu reģistru ved Uzņēmumu reģistrs. Par ierakstu izdarīšanu šķīrējtiesu

reģistrā maksājamās valsts nodevas apmēru, samaksas kārtību un atvieglojumus nosaka Ministru kabinets.

(4) Lai šķīrējtiesu reģistrētu šķīrējtiesu reģistrā, šķīrējtiesas dibinātāji iesniedz Uzņēmumu reģistram šķīrējtiesas

reglamentu un citus dokumentus saskaņā ar normatīvajiem aktiem par šķīrējtiesu reģistrācijas kārtību.

(5) Pastāvīgās šķīrējtiesas nosaukums nedrīkst sakrist ar šķīrējtiesu reģistrā jau reģistrētas vai reģistrācijai pieteiktas

šķīrējtiesas nosaukumu, kā arī nedrīkst ietvert maldinošas ziņas par šķīrējtiesas darbībai svarīgiem apstākļiem. Uz

šķīrējtiesu nosaukumiem attiecas komersantiem noteiktie firmas izvēles ierobežojumi.

(6) Strīdu izšķiršana šķīrējtiesā nav komercdarbība.

(17.02.2005. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005. Sk. Pārejas noteikumus.)

486.1 pants. Šķīrējtiesas reglaments

(1) Pastāvīgās šķīrējtiesas reglamentā norāda:

1) šķīrējtiesas nosaukumu. Papildus šķīrējtiesas nosaukumam latviešu valodā reglamentā var norādīt šķīrējtiesas

nosaukumu arī vienā vai vairākās svešvalodās;

2) šķīrējtiesnešu iecelšanas, noraidīšanas un pilnvaru izbeigšanas kārtību;

3) kārtību, kādā apliecināmi šķīrējtiesnešu paraksti uz nolēmuma;

4) šķīrējtiesas procesa sagatavošanas kārtību;

5) strīda izšķiršanas kārtību — procesuālos termiņus, to atjaunošanas vai pagarināšanas kārtību, pretprasības

iesniegšanas kārtību, strīda izšķiršanas atlikšanas, šķīrējtiesas procesa apturēšanas kārtību un citus procesuālus

jautājumus;

6) dibinātāja nosaukumu (firmu);

166

7) citus noteikumus, kas nav pretrunā ar likumu.

(2) Ja reglamentā izdarīti grozījumi, Uzņēmumu reģistram iesniedz grozījumu tekstu, kā arī pilnu reglamenta tekstu

jaunajā redakcijā. Reglamenta grozījumi iegūst juridisku spēku pēc to reģistrācijas.

(17.02.2005. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005. Pants stājas spēkā 01.04.2005. Sk. Pārejas

noteikumus.)

487.pants. Šķīrējtiesā izšķiramie strīdi

(1) Šķīrējtiesā var nodot izšķiršanai jebkuru civiltiesisku strīdu, izņemot strīdu:

1) kura izspriešana varētu aizskart tādas personas tiesības vai ar likumu aizsargātās intereses, kura nav šķīrējtiesas

līguma dalībniece;

2) kurā kaut viena puse ir valsts vai pašvaldības iestāde vai ar šķīrējtiesas nolēmumu var tikt skartas valsts vai

pašvaldības iestāžu tiesības;

3) kurš saistīts ar grozījumiem civilstāvokļa aktu reģistrā;

4) par aizbildnībā vai aizgādnībā esošu personu tiesībām un pienākumiem vai ar likumu aizsargātām interesēm;

5) par lietu tiesību nodibināšanu, grozīšanu vai izbeigšanu attiecībā uz nekustamo īpašumu, ja strīda dalībnieks ir

persona, kurai ar likumu ir ierobežotas tiesības iegūt nekustamo lietu īpašumā, valdījumā vai lietošanā;

6) par personu izlikšanu no dzīvojamām telpām;

7) starp darbinieku un darba devēju, ja strīds radies, slēdzot, grozot, izbeidzot vai pildot darba līgumu, kā arī

piemērojot vai tulkojot normatīvo aktu noteikumus, darba koplīguma vai darba kārtības noteikumus (individuāls darba

tiesību strīds);

8) par to personu tiesībām un pienākumiem, attiecībā uz kurām līdz šķīrējtiesas nolēmuma pieņemšanai ir ierosinātas

lietas par maksātnespējas procesu vai tiesiskās aizsardzības procesu.

(2) Šķīrējtiesā netiek izšķirti strīdi, kas saistīti ar sevišķā tiesāšanas kārtībā izskatāmajiem jautājumiem.

(17.02.2005. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 01.11.2007. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2008.)

488.pants. Strīda izšķiršanā piemērojamās procesuālās normas

Šķīrējtiesai saistošas ir tikai šā likuma D daļā noteiktās procesuālās normas, ja vien šajā daļā nav noteikts citādi.

489.pants. Strīda izšķiršanā piemērojamās materiālo tiesību normas

(1) Izšķirot strīdu, šķīrējtiesai vispirms jāapsver, vai puses ir vienojušās par to, pēc kādiem likumiem vai kādām

darījumu paražām apspriežamas to savstarpējās attiecības. Tāda vienošanās ir spēkā, ciktāl tā nav pretrunā ar

Civillikuma 19., 24. un 25.panta noteikumiem.

(2) Ja šādas vienošanās nav bijis vai šķīrējtiesa to atzinusi par spēkā neesošu, pušu tiesiskajai attiecībai

piemērojamais likums nosakāms saskaņā ar Civillikuma Ievada noteikumiem.

167

62.nodaļa Šķīrējtiesas līgums

490.pants. Šķīrējtiesas līguma jēdziens

(1) Šķīrējtiesas līgums ir šajā likumā noteiktajā kārtībā noslēgta vienošanās starp pusēm par strīda nodošanu

izšķiršanai šķīrējtiesā.

(2) Puses var vienoties par tāda strīda nodošanu izšķiršanai šķīrējtiesā, kas jau radies vai var rasties nākotnē.

491.pants. Šķīrējtiesas līguma puses

Šķīrējtiesas līgumu var noslēgt:

1) rīcībspējīga fiziskā persona neatkarīgi no pilsonības un dzīvesvietas;

2) Latvijā vai ārvalstī reģistrēta juridiskā persona;

3) cits privāto tiesību subjekts.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 17.02.2005. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

492.pants. Šķīrējtiesas līguma forma

(1) Šķīrējtiesas līgumu noslēdz rakstveidā. To kā atsevišķu noteikumu (šķīrējtiesas klauzulu) var ietvert jebkurā

līgumā.

(2) Par rakstveida līgumu uzskatāma arī vienošanās, kas noslēgta, apmainoties ar vēstulēm, faksogrammām,

telegrammām vai izmantojot citus telekomunikācijas līdzekļus, kas nodrošina, ka tiek fiksēta pušu griba nodot strīdu

vai iespējamo strīdu izšķiršanai šķīrējtiesā.

(3) Līgumā var iekļaut atrunu par strīda izskatīšanas kārtību saskaņā ar šķīrējtiesas reglamentu vai pušu vienošanos.

(4) Šķīrējtiesas līgumu var atcelt vai grozīt saskaņā ar pušu rakstveida vienošanos.

493.pants. Šķīrējtiesas līguma spēks

(1 ) Personas, kas noslēgušas līgumu par strīda nodošanu izšķiršanai šķīrējtiesā, nav tiesīgas no tā atteikties, ja

likumā vai līgumā noteiktajā kārtībā šķīrējtiesas līgums nav grozīts vai atcelts.

(2) Šķīrējtiesas līgums ir spēkā, kamēr nav izbeigusies tiesiskā attiecība, kuras sakarā tas noslēgts.

(3) Ja vienošanās par strīda nodošanu izšķiršanai šķīrējtiesā kā atsevišķs noteikums ir ietverts pušu noslēgtajā

līgumā, šī vienošanās uzskatāma par patstāvīgu līgumu. Ja līguma termiņš izbeidzies vai līgums atzīts par spēkā

neesošu, vienošanās par strīda nodošanu izšķiršanai šķīrējtiesā paliek spēkā.

(4) Katra puse ir tiesīga vienpusēji atkāpties no šķīrējtiesas līguma, paziņojot par to otrai pusei, ja puses nav

noteikušas citu termiņu lietas izskatīšanai šķīrējtiesā un ir viens no šādiem nosacījumiem:

168

1) šķīrējtiesas procesā ilgāk par četriem mēnešiem netiek izveidots šķīrējtiesas sastāvs vai netiek veiktas nekādas

procesuālās darbības;

2) šķīrējtiesa gada laikā no šķīrējtiesas procesa uzsākšanas nav pabeigusi strīda izskatīšanu ar nolēmumu.

494.pants. Šķīrējtiesas līgumam piemērojamais likums

Ja šķīrējtiesas līgumā nav noteikts, pēc kādas valsts likumiem apspriežama šā līguma spēkā esamība, šķīrējtiesas

līgumam piemērojamais likums nosakāms saskaņā ar Civillikuma 19. un 25.pantu.

63.nodaļa Šķīrējtiesas procesa sagatavošana

495.pants. Strīda pakļautības noteikšana

(1) Par strīda pakļautību lemj pati šķīrējtiesa, arī gadījumos, kad kāda no pusēm apstrīd šķīrējtiesas līguma esamību

vai spēkā esamību.

(2) Iesniegumu par to, ka strīds nav pakļauts šķīrējtiesai, puse var iesniegt līdz dienai, kad beidzas atsauksmes

iesniegšanas termiņš.

(3) Šķīrējtiesa jautājumu par strīda pakļautību tai var izlemt jebkurā šķīrējtiesas procesa stadijā.

496.pants. Prasības nodrošinājums pirms prasības celšanas strīdos, kas pakļauti izšķiršanai šķīrējtiesā

(1) Pēc iespējamā prasītāja pieteikuma tiesa pēc parādnieka vai viņa mantas atrašanās vietas šā likuma 139.pantā

noteiktajā kārtībā var nodrošināt prasību pirms tās celšanas. Tā pati tiesa pēc puses vai šķīrējtiesas lūguma lemj par

prasības nodrošinājuma atcelšanu vai grozīšanu.

(2) Pieteikums par prasības nodrošinājumu vai pieteikums par prasības nodrošinājuma grozīšanu nav uzskatāms par

šķīrējtiesas vienošanās neievērošanu un nav šķērslis strīda izšķiršanai šķīrējtiesā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

497.pants. Šķīrējtiesnesis

(1) Šķīrējtiesnesis ir persona, kas atbilstoši šķīrējtiesas līguma un šā likuma noteikumiem ir iecelta strīda izšķiršanai.

(2) Par šķīrējtiesnesi var iecelt jebkuru rīcībspējīgu personu neatkarīgi no tās pilsonības un dzīvesvietas, ja šī persona

rakstveidā ir piekritusi būt par šķīrējtiesnesi.

(3) Šķīrējtiesnesim jāpilda savi pienākumi godprātīgi, nepakļaujoties nekādai ietekmei, viņam jābūt objektīvam un

neatkarīgam.

498.pants. Šķīrējtiesnešu skaits

(1) Šķīrējtiesnešu skaitam jāveido nepāra skaitlis. Ja puses nav vienojušās par šķīrējtiesnešu skaitu, šķīrējtiesa sastāv

no trim šķīrējtiesnešiem.

169

(2) Šķīrējtiesa var sastāvēt arī no viena šķīrējtiesneša, ja puses tā vienojušās.

499.pants. Šķīrējtiesnešu iecelšana

(1) Šķīrējtiesnešu iecelšanas kārtību nosaka puses.

(2) Puses šķīrējtiesnešu iecelšanu var uzticēt jebkurai rīcībspējīgai fiziskajai vai juridiskajai personai.

(3) Ja puses vienojušās par strīda nodošanu izšķiršanai pastāvīgajai šķīrējtiesai, bet nav vienojušās par šķīrējtiesnešu

iecelšanas kārtību, šķīrējtiesnešus ieceļ saskaņā ar attiecīgās šķīrējtiesas reglamentu, ievērojot pušu līdztiesību.

(4) Ja puses nav vienojušās par strīda nodošanu pastāvīgajai šķīrējtiesai un par šķīrējtiesnešu iecelšanas kārtību,

katra puse ieceļ pa vienam šķīrējtiesnesim, kuri, savstarpēji vienojoties, ieceļ trešo šķīrējtiesnesi, kas ir šķīrējtiesas

sastāva priekšsēdētājs.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 17.02.2005. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

500.pants. Šķīrējtiesneša atcelšana

Ja puse iecēlusi šķīrējtiesnesi un par to ir paziņots otrai pusei, tā nevar atcelt šo šķīrējtiesnesi bez otras puses

piekrišanas.

501.pants. Šķīrējtiesneša noraidījuma pamati

(1) Personai, kurai tiek prasīta piekrišana tās iecelšanai par šķīrējtiesnesi, jāatklāj pusēm jebkādi apstākļi, kuri var

izraisīt pamatotas šaubas par šīs personas objektivitāti un neatkarību. Ja šādi apstākļi šķīrējtiesnesim kļuvuši zināmi

līdz šķīrējtiesas procesa beigām, viņam tie nekavējoties jāatklāj pusēm.

(2) Šķīrējtiesnesi var noraidīt, ja pastāv apstākļi, kuri izraisa pamatotas šaubas par viņa objektivitāti un neatkarību,

kā arī tad, ja viņa kvalifikācija neatbilst tai, par kādu puses vienojušās. Puse var noraidīt šķīrējtiesnesi, kuru tā

iecēlusi vai kura iecelšanā tā piedalījusies, tikai tad, ja noraidījuma pamati šai pusei kļuvuši zināmi pēc šķīrējtiesneša

iecelšanas.

502.pants. Šķīrējtiesneša noraidījuma kārtība

(1) Puses var vienoties par šķīrējtiesneša noraidījuma kārtību.

(2) Ja strīdu izšķir pastāvīgā šķīrējtiesa un puses nav vienojušās par šķīrējtiesneša noraidījuma kārtību, to nosaka

saskaņā ar šķīrējtiesas reglamentu.

(3) Ja strīdu izšķir šķīrējtiesa, kas izveidota konkrēta strīda izšķiršanai, un puses nav vienojušās par šķīrējtiesneša

noraidījuma kārtību, puse, kura vēlas noraidīt šķīrējtiesnesi, 15 dienu laikā no dienas, kad tā uzzinājusi par šā

šķīrējtiesneša iecelšanu vai tai kļuvis zināms kā d s no šā likuma 501.pantā minētajiem apstākļiem, nosūta

šķīrējtiesnešiem paziņojumu, norādot tajā, kuru šķīrējtiesnesi tā noraida, un noraidījuma pamatu. Ja šķīrējtiesnesis,

kuram pieteikts noraidījums, neatsakās no savu pienākumu pildīšanas, jautājumu par noraidījumu izlemj pārējie

šķīrējtiesneši. Ja strīdu izšķir viens šķīrējtiesnesis, jautājumu par noraidījumu izlemj šis šķīrējtiesnesis.

170

503.pants. Šķīrējtiesneša pilnvaru izbeigšanās

(1) Šķīrējtiesneša pilnvaras izbeidzas:

1) ja pieņemts šķīrējtiesneša noraidījums;

2) ja šķīrējtiesnesis atteicies no strīda izšķiršanas;

3) ja puses vienojas par šķīrējtiesneša pilnvaru izbeigšanu;

4) ar šķīrējtiesneša nāvi.

(2) Par šķīrējtiesneša pilnvaru izbeigšanas kārtību puses var brīvi vienoties. Ja puses nav vienojušās par šķīrējtiesneša

pilnvaru izbeigšanas kārtību un strīdu izskata pastāvīgā šķīrējtiesa, piemērojami šķīrējtiesas reglamenta noteikumi.

504.pants. Jauna šķīrējtiesneša iecelšana

Ja šķīrējtiesneša pilnvaras izbeigušās, jaunu šķīrējtiesnesi ieceļ šā likuma 499.pantā noteiktajā kārtībā.

64.nodaļa Strīda izšķiršana šķīrējtiesā

505.pants. Pušu līdztiesība un sacīkste

Šķīrējtiesa, izšķirot strīdu, ievēro pušu līdztiesības un sacīkstes principu. Katrai pusei ir vienādas tiesības izklāstīt savu

viedokli un aizstāvēt savas tiesības.

506.pants. Šķīrējtiesas procesa kārtības noteikšana

(1) Pusēm ir tiesības brīvi noteikt šķīrējtiesas procesa kārtību.

(2) Ja puses ir vienojušās par strīda nodošanu izšķiršanai pastāvīgā šķīrējtiesā, bet nav vienojušās par šķīrējtiesas

procesa kārtību, strīdu izšķir saskaņā ar pastāvīgās šķīrējtiesas reglamentu.

(3) Ja strīdu izšķir šķīrējtiesa, kas izveidota konkrēta strīda izšķiršanai, un puses nav vienojušās par šķīrējtiesas

procesa kārtību, šķīrējtiesa pati nosaka šo kārtību.

(4) Šķīrējtiesas sastāva priekšsēdētājs var patstāvīgi izlemt procesuālos jautājumus, ja viņam to uzticējušas puses vai

pārējie šķīrējtiesneši.

507.pants. Termiņi

(1) Šķīrējtiesa pati nosaka procesuālos termiņus šā likuma 493.pantā noteikto termiņu ietvaros.

(2) Pastāvīgā šķīrējtiesa ievēro šķīrējtiesas reglamentā noteiktos procesuālos termiņus.

(3) Procesuālos termiņus pastāvīgā šķīrējtiesa atjauno vai pagarina tās reglamentā noteiktajā kārtībā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 17.02.2005. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

171

508.pants. Strīda izšķiršanas vieta

Pusēm ir tiesības brīvi noteikt strīda izšķiršanas vietu. Ja puses par to nav vienojušās, strīda izšķiršanas vietu nosaka

šķīrējtiesa.

509.pants. Šķīrējtiesas valoda

(1) Process šķīrējtiesā notiek valsts valodā. Citā valodā process var notikt, ja par to ir vienojušās puses.

(2) Ja kāds no procesa dalībniekiem nepārvalda valodu, kurā notiek process, šķīrējtiesa pieaicina tulku. Kārtību, kādā

tiek apmaksāti tulka pakalpojumi, nosaka šķīrējtiesa.

(3) Šķīrējtiesa var pieprasīt pusēm jebkura rakstveida pierādījuma tulkojumu vai notariāli apliecinātu tulkojumu

valodā, kurā notiek process.

510.pants. Pušu pārstāvība

(1) Fiziskās personas savas lietas šķīrējtiesā ved pašas vai ar pilnvarotu pārstāvju starpniecību.

(2) Juridisko personu lietas šķīrējtiesā ved to amatpersonas, kas darbojas likumā, statūtos vai nolikumā piešķirto

pilnvaru ietvaros, vai arī citi juridisko personu pilnvaroti pārstāvji.

(3) Puses šķīrējtiesas procesā var pieaicināt advokātus juridiskās palīdzības sniegšanai.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 20.06.2001. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2001.)

511.pants. Šķīrējtiesas procesa izdevumi

(1) Šķīrējtiesas procesa izdevumos ietilpst ar strīda izskatīšanu saistītās maksas, kā arī šķīrējtiesneša honorārs.

(2) Šķīrējtiesas procesa izdevumu apmēru, kā arī samaksas termiņus un kārtību nosaka šķīrējtiesa, ievērojot prasības

summu, strīda sarežģītību un šķīrējtiesas līgumā minētos nosacījumus.

(3) Šķīrējtiesa, kas izveidota konkrēta strīda izšķiršanai, šķīrējtiesneša honorāru nosaka pēc šķīrējtiesneša iecelšanas,

ja vien puses līgumā nav noteikušas citādi.

512.pants. Šķīrējtiesas procesa konfidencialitāte

(1) Šķīrējtiesas sēdes ir slēgtas. Personas, kas nav procesa dalībnieki, var būt klāt šķīrējtiesas sēdē tikai ar pušu

piekrišanu.

(2) Šķīrējtiesa ziņas par šķīrējtiesas procesu nesniedz trešajām personām un nepublicē.

513.pants. Šķīrējtiesas procesa uzsākšana

(1) Šķīrējtiesā, kas izveidota konkrēta strīda izšķiršanai, ja puses šķīrējtiesas līgumā ir vienojušās par šķīrējtiesas

sastāvu, kā arī pastāvīgā šķīrējtiesā process sākas ar prasības pieteikuma iesniegšanas brīdi.

172

(2) Šķīrējtiesā, kas izveidota konkrēta strīda izšķiršanai, ja puses līgumā nav vienojušās par šķīrējtiesas sastāvu,

šķīrējtiesas process sākas ar brīdi, kad atbildētājs saņem no prasītāja prasības pieteikuma norakstu un paziņojumu

par šķīrējtiesneša iecelšanu.

514.pants. Prasības pieteikuma iesniegšana

(1) Prasības pieteikumu šķīrējtiesai iesniedz rakstveidā.

(2) Prasības pieteikumā norāda:

1) informāciju par pusēm:

a) juridiskajām personām: nosaukumu un atrašanās vietu (juridisko adresi) un, ja prasītājam ir zināmi, — arī

reģistrācijas numuru un tālruņa numuru,

b) fiziskajām personām: vārdu, uzvārdu un dzīvesvietu un, ja prasītājam ir zināmi, — arī personas kodu un tālruņa

numuru;

2) prasības priekšmetu, summu, prasības summas aprēķinu;

3) prasības pamatu un pierādījumus, kas to apstiprina;

4) prasītāja prasījumus;

5) pievienoto dokumentu sarakstu.

(3) Prasības pieteikumam pievieno:

1) pušu vienošanos par šķīrējtiesu, ja vien šī vienošanās nav ietverta līgumā, kura sakarā radies strīds;

2) līgumu, kura sakarā radies strīds;

3) dokumentus, uz kuriem prasītājs atsaucas prasības pieteikumā;

4) pierādījumus par prasības pieteikuma nosūtīšanu atbildētājam.

515.pants. Atsauksme uz prasību

(1) Atsauksmi uz prasību atbildētājs iesniedz pušu vai šķīrējtiesas noteiktajā termiņā. Atsauksmes iesniegšanas

termiņš nedrīkst būt īsāks par 15 dienām, skaitot no prasības pieteikuma nosūtīšanas dienas.

(2) Atsauksmē atbildētājs norāda:

1) vai viņš atzīst prasību pilnīgi vai kādā tās daļā;

2) savus iebildumus pret prasību un to pamatojumu;

3) pierādījumus, kas apstiprina viņa iebildumus pret prasību un to pamatojumu, kā arī likumu, uz kuru tie pamatoti;

4) lūgumus par pierādījumu pieņemšanu vai izprasīšanu;

173

5) citus apstākļus, kurus viņš uzskata par nozīmīgiem lietas izskatīšanā.

(17.02.2005. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

516.pants. Pretprasība

(1) Puses var brīvi vienoties par pretprasības iesniegšanas kārtību, ja pretprasības priekšmets ir aptverts ar

šķīrējtiesas līgumu.

(2) Ja puses ir vienojušās par strīda nodošanu izšķiršanai pastāvīgā šķīrējtiesā, bet nav vienojušās par pretprasības

iesniegšanas kārtību, to nosaka pastāvīgās šķīrējtiesas reglaments.

(3) Ja strīdu izšķir šķīrējtiesa, kas izveidota konkrēta strīda izšķiršanai, un puses nav vienojušās par pretprasības

iesniegšanas kārtību, atbildētājs ir tiesīgs iesniegt pretprasību ne vēlāk kā līdz tā termiņa notecējumam, kāds noteikts

atsauksmes iesniegšanai.

517.pants. Prasības grozīšana un papildināšana

Ja puses nav vienojušās citādi, puse var grozīt un papildināt prasību visā šķīrējtiesas procesa laikā, līdz tiek uzsākta

strīda izšķiršana.

518.pants. Strīda izšķiršana šķīrējtiesā

(1) Ievērojot pušu noslēgto šķīrējtiesas līgumu, šķīrējtiesa rīko sēdes, lai noklausītos pušu paskaidrojumus un

iebildumus, kā arī lai pārbaudītu pierādījumus (mutvārdu process), vai izšķir strīdu, pamatojoties tikai uz

iesniegtajiem rakstveida pierādījumiem un materiāliem (rakstveida process). Šķīrējtiesa rīko mutvārdu procesu arī

tad, ja puses vienojušās par rakstveida procesu, bet kāda no pusēm līdz nolēmuma pieņemšanai pieprasa mutvārdu

procesu.

(2) Šķīrējtiesa savlaicīgi paziņo pusēm par šķīrējtiesas sēdi. Paziņojumu par pirmo šķīrējtiesas sēdi nosūta lietas

dalībniekiem ne vēlāk kā 15 dienas pirms sēdes, ja puses nav vienojušās par īsāku termiņu.

(3) Šķīrējtiesa iepazīstina puses ar jebkuriem iesniegumiem, dokumentiem un citu informāciju, kuru tā saņēmusi, kā

arī ar ekspertu atzinumiem un citiem pierādījumiem.

(4) Pastāvīgā šķīrējtiesa reglamentā noteiktajā kārtībā var pieņemt lēmumu par strīda izšķiršanas atlikšanu un citiem

jautājumiem, neizspriežot lietu pēc būtības.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 17.02.2005. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

519.pants. Korespondence

(1) Šķīrējtiesas procesā visi paziņojumi, pieteikumi un cita veida korespondence nosūtāma ierakstītā vēstulē vai citādi,

fiksējot nosūtīšanas faktu, vai arī nogādājama adresātam personīgi pret parakstu.

(2) Korespondence uzskatāma par saņemtu, ja tā ir piegādāta adresātam personīgi vai pēc adresāta uzrādītās pasta

adreses, vai juridiskās personas atrašanās vietas (juridiskās adreses), vai fiziskās personas dzīvesvietas, bet, ja adresi

nevar noskaidrot, — pēc pēdējās zināmās adreses.

174

520.pants. Sekas, ja puse nepiedalās šķīrējtiesas procesā

(1) Ja atbildētājs neiesniedz atsauksmi uz prasību saskaņā ar šā likuma 515.pantu, šķīrējtiesa turpina procesu,

neuzskatot šādu neiesniegšanu par prasības atzīšanu, ja vien šķīrējtiesas līgumā nav noteikts citādi.

(2) Ja puses bez attaisnojoša iemesla neierodas uz šķīrējtiesas mutvārdu sēdi vai neiesniedz rakstveida pierādījumus,

šķīrējtiesa turpina procesu un izšķir strīdu, pamatojoties uz tās rīcībā esošajiem pierādījumiem.

521.pants. Pierādījumi

(1) Pierādīšanas līdzekļi šķīrējtiesā var būt pušu paskaidrojumi, rakstveida pierādījumi, lietiskie pierādījumi un

ekspertu atzinumi.

(2) Pierādījumus iesniedz puses. Katrai pusei jāpierāda tie apstākļi, uz kuriem tā atsaucas kā uz savu prasījumu vai

iebildumu pamatojumu. Šķīrējtiesa var pieprasīt, lai puses iesniedz papildu dokumentus vai citus pierādījumus.

(3) Rakstveida pierādījumus iesniedz oriģinālā vai noraksta veidā. Ja puse iesniedz dokumenta norakstu, šķīrējtiesa

pati vai pēc otras puses lūguma var pieprasīt iesniegt oriģināldokumentu. Oriģināldokumentu pēc tās personas

lūguma, kas iesniegusi šo dokumentu, šķīrējtiesa atdod atpakaļ, atstājot procesa materiālos apliecinātu tā norakstu.

(4) Šķīrējtiesa pati nosaka pierādījumu pieļaujamību un attiecināmību.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 17.02.2005. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

522.pants. Ekspertīze

(1) Ja šķīrējtiesas līgumā nav noteikts citādi, šķīrējtiesa pēc puses lūguma var noteikt ekspertīzi, uzaicināt vienu vai

vairākus ekspertus. Ekspertīze notiek tikai tad, ja puse iepriekš samaksājusi par eksperta pakalpojumiem.

(2) Puses pēc šķīrējtiesas pieprasījuma iesniedz ekspertam nepieciešamās ziņas vai dokumentus, uzrāda preces vai

citus priekšmetus.

(3) Pēc puses pieprasījuma šķīrējtiesa uzaicina ekspertu pēc atzinuma došanas piedalīties šķīrējtiesas sēdē, lai sniegtu

paskaidrojumus un atbildētu uz pušu jautājumiem par atzinumu.

(4) Šķīrējtiesa nosaka kārtību, kādā starp pusēm tiek sadalīti izdevumi par eksperta pakalpojumiem.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 17.02.2005. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

523.pants. Prasības nodrošināšana

(Izslēgts ar 17.02.2005. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

524.pants. Puses izstāšanās procesuālās sekas

(1) Fakts, ka fiziskā persona, kas ir viena no pusēm, ir mirusi vai juridiskā persona, kas ir viena no pusēm, beigusi

pastāvēt, pats par sevi neizbeidz šķīrējtiesas līgumu, ja puses nav vienojušās citādi un apstrīdētā tiesiskā attiecība

pieļauj tiesību pārņemšanu.

(2) Šajā gadījumā šķīrējtiesa aptur šķīrējtiesas procesu līdz tiesību pārņēmēja noteikšanai.

175

(3) Prasījuma cesija vai parāda pārvede var būt par pamatu šķīrējtiesas procesa izbeigšanai tikai tajos gadījumos, kad

šķīrējtiesas līgums tiek atcelts likumā vai līgumā noteiktajā kārtībā.

525.pants. Tiesības uz iebildumiem

(1) Ja ir pārkāpts vai nav ievērots kāds no šķīrējtiesas procesa noteikumiem, puse, kas piedalās šķīrējtiesas procesā,

nekavējoties, tiklīdz tai par šo pārkāpumu ir kļuvis zināms vai vajadzētu kļūt zināmam, iesniedz šķīrējtiesai un otrai

pusei rakstveida iebildumus.

(2) Par iebildumu pamatotību lemj šķīrējtiesa.

(3) Ja puse neiesniedz iebildumus, uzskatāms, ka tā ir atteikusies no savām tiesībām celt šādus iebildumus.

526.pants. Protokols

(1) Šķīrējtiesas sēdes protokolē tikai tad, ja kāda no pusēm to pieprasa un ir iemaksājusi šķīrējtiesā atlīdzību par

sekretāra pakalpojumiem.

(2) Protokolu raksta šķīrējtiesas izraudzīts sekretārs.

(3) Protokolu paraksta visi šķīrējtiesneši un sekretārs. Pusēm ir tiesības iepazīties ar protokolu un piecu dienu laikā

pēc tā parakstīšanas iesniegt rakstveida piezīmes vai iebildumus par protokolu. Par iebildumu pamatotību vai piezīmju

atbilstību šķīrējtiesas sēdē notikušajam lemj šķīrējtiesa.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 17.02.2005. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

527.pants. Procesa dokumentu glabāšana pēc šķīrējtiesas procesa pabeigšanas

(1) Ja strīdu izšķir pastāvīgā šķīrējtiesa, procesa dokumenti 10 gadus pēc šķīrējtiesas procesa pabeigšanas paliek

glabāšanā šķīrējtiesā. Šķīrējtiesa dokumentus glabā likumā noteiktajā arhīvu glabāšanas kārtībā.

(2) Ja strīdu izšķir šķīrējtiesa, kas izveidota konkrēta strīda izšķiršanai, procesa dokumenti tiek noformēti tādā

eksemplāru skaitā, lai pēc šķīrējtiesas procesa pabeigšanas tos vienā eksemplārā izsniegtu katrai pusei.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 17.02.2005. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

65.nodaļa Šķīrējtiesas nolēmumi

528.pants. Nolēmumu pieņemšana šķīrējtiesā

(1) Visi nolēmumi (lēmumi un spriedumi) šķīrējtiesā, ja tā sastāv vairāk kā no viena šķīrējtiesneša, tiek pieņemti ar

vienkāršu balsu vairākumu.

(2) Šķīrējtiesas nolēmums stājas spēkā tā pieņemšanas dienā. Tas nav pārsūdzams, un par to nevar iesniegt protestu.

529.pants. Izlīgums

(1) Ja šķīrējtiesas procesa laikā puses noslēdz izlīgumu, šķīrējtiesa procesu izbeidz.

176

(2) Izlīgumu puses slēdz rakstveidā un tajā norāda: juridiskajām personām — nosaukumu, reģistrācijas numuru un

atrašanās vietu (juridisko adresi), fiziskajām personām — vārdu, uzvārdu, personas kodu un dzīvesvietu, kā arī strīda

priekšmetu un katras puses saistības, ko tās labprātīgi uzņemas pildīt.

(3) Pēc pušu pieprasījuma šķīrējtiesa ar savu lēmumu apstiprina izlīgumu, ja tā noteikumi nav pretrunā ar likumu.

Šādam lēmumam ir tāds pats juridisks spēks kā šķīrējtiesas spriedumam.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 17.02.2005. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

530.pants. Šķīrējtiesas spriedums

(1) Šķīrējtiesa spriedumu taisa rakstveidā, un to paraksta šķīrējtiesneši. Ja šķīrējtiesa sastāv no vairākiem

šķīrējtiesnešiem, spriedumu paraksta visi šķīrējtiesneši, bet, ja kāds no šķīrējtiesnešiem neparaksta spriedumu,

šķīrējtiesas spriedumā norādāms iemesls, kāpēc nav viņa paraksta.

(2) Spriedumā norāda:

1) šķīrējtiesas sastāvu;

2) sprieduma taisīšanas datumu un vietu;

3) ziņas par pusēm;

4) strīda priekšmetu;

5) sprieduma motivējumu, ja vien puses nav vienojušās citādi;

6) secinājumu par prasības pilnīgu vai daļēju apmierināšanu vai par tās pilnīgu vai daļēju noraidīšanu un šķīrējtiesas

sprieduma būtību;

7) piedzenamo summu, ja spriedums taisīts par naudas piedziņu;

8) konkrēto mantu un tās vērtību, kas piedzenama mantas neesamības gadījumā, ja spriedums taisīts par mantas

atdošanu natūrā;

9) kam, kādas darbības un kādā termiņā jāizpilda, ja spriedums uzliek par pienākumu izpildīt noteiktas darbības;

10) kāda sprieduma daļa attiecas uz katru no prasītājiem, ja spriedums taisīts vairāku prasītāju labā, vai kāda

sprieduma daļa jāizpilda katram no atbildētājiem, ja spriedums taisīts pret vairākiem atbildētājiem;

11) šķīrējtiesas procesa izdevumus, kā arī šo izdevumu un izdevumu par juridisko palīdzību sadalījumu starp pusēm.

(3) Šķīrējtiesas sprieduma norakstu nosūta pusēm. Rakstveida procesa gadījumā šķīrējtiesa sprieduma norakstu

pusēm nosūta triju dienu laikā.

(4) Katra puse, paziņojot par to otrai pusei, līdz sprieduma izpildei var lūgt šķīrējtiesu:

1) izlabot jebkuru spriedumā pieļauto kļūdu aprēķinos, gramatisko vai drukas kļūdu. Šādas kļūdas šķīrējtiesa var

izlabot arī pēc savas iniciatīvas;

2) izskaidrot spriedumu. Sprieduma iz skaidrojums no tā pieņemšanas brīža kļūst par sprieduma neatņemamu

sastāvdaļu;

177

3) 30 dienu laikā no sprieduma nosūtīšanas dienas pieņemt papildu spriedumu, ja spriedumā nav izšķirta kāda līdz

sprieduma pieņemšanai iesniegtā prasība. Ja šķīrējtiesa uzskata lūgumu par pamatotu, tā šo lūgumu izlemj, taisot

papildu spriedumu.

(5) Šķīrējtiesa lemj, vai pušu piedalīšanās ir nepieciešama, šķīrējtiesai izlemjot šādu jautājumu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 17.02.2005. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

531.pants. Kārtība, kādā apliecināmi šķīrējtiesnešu paraksti uz nolēmuma

Pastāvīgā šķīrējtiesā kārtību, kādā apliecināmi šķīrējtiesnešu paraksti uz nolēmuma, nosaka pastāvīgās šķīrējtiesas

reglaments, bet šķīrējtiesā, kas izveidota konkrēta strīda izšķiršanai, pirms nolēmuma izsniegšanas šķīrējtiesnešu

parakstus apliecina notariāli.

532.pants. Šķīrējtiesas procesa izbeigšana

(1) Šķīrējtiesa pieņem lēmumu par šķīrējtiesas procesa izbeigšanu, ja:

1) prasītājs atsauc savu prasību un atbildētājs neiebilst pret to;

2) puses vienojas par strīda izbeigšanu ar izlīgumu;

3) šķīrējtiesas līgums likumā vai līgumā noteiktajā kārtībā zaudējis spēku;

4) šķīrējtiesa atzīst, ka strīds nav pakļauts šķīrējtiesai;

5) fiziskā persona, kas ir viena no pusēm, ir mirusi vai juridiskā persona, kas ir viena no pusēm, ir beigusi pastāvēt un

tiesiskā attiecība nepieļauj tiesību pārņemšanu vai puses ir vienojušās, ka process šādā gadījumā izbeidzams.

(2) Ja šķīrējtiesas process izbeigts šā panta pirmās daļas 1. vai 2.punktā norādīto iemeslu dēļ, atkārtota griešanās

šķīrējtiesā vai griešanās tiesā strīdā starp tām pašām pusēm, par to pašu priekšmetu un uz tā paša pamata nav

pieļaujama.

(3) Ja šķīrējtiesas process izbeigts šā panta pirmās daļas 3. vai 4.punktā norādīto iemeslu dēļ vai ja fiziskā persona,

kas ir viena no pusēm, ir mirusi vai juridiskā persona, kas ir viena no pusēm, ir beigusi pastāvēt un puses ir

vienojušās, ka šķīrējtiesas process šādā gadījumā izbeidzams, puses ir tiesīgas griezties tiesā.

66.nodaļa Šķīrējtiesas nolēmuma izpilde

533.pants. Šķīrējtiesas nolēmuma izpildīšanas kārtība

(1) Šķīrējtiesas nolēmums pusēm ir obligāts un izpildāms labprātīgi šajā nolēmumā noteiktajā termiņā. Labprātīgai

sprieduma izpildei nosaka termiņu, kas nav īsāks par piecām dienām.

(2) Ja pastāvīgās šķīrējtiesas nolēmums izpildāms Latvijā un labprātīgi netiek pildīts, ieinteresētā puse ir tiesīga

vērsties rajona (pilsētas) tiesā pēc parādnieka dzīvesvietas vai atrašanās vietas (juridiskās adreses) ar pieteikumu par

izpildu raksta izsniegšanu pastāvīgās šķīrējtiesas nolēmuma piespiedu izpildei.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 17.02.2005. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

178

534.pants. Pieteikuma iesniegšana par pastāvīgās šķīrējtiesas nolēmuma piespiedu izpildi

(1) Pieteikumam par izpildu raksta izsniegšanu pievieno:

1) pastāvīgās šķīrējtiesas nolēmumu;

2) dokumentu, kas apliecina pušu rakstveida vienošanos par strīda nodošanu izskatīšanai šķīrējtiesā, vai notariāli

apliecinātu tā norakstu;

3) pieteikuma norakstus atbilstoši pārējo lietas dalībnieku skaitam;

4) dokumentu par valsts nodevas samaksu;

5) izziņu, kas apliecina fiziskās personas deklarēto dzīvesvietu.

(2) Dokumentus iesniedz valsts valodā vai kopā ar to notariāli apliecinātu tulkojumu valsts valodā.

(3) Pastāvīgās šķīrējtiesas nolēmumu pēc puses lūguma var izsniegt atpakaļ, aizstājot to ar apliecinātu norakstu.

(17.02.2005. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

534.1 pants. Pieteikuma nosūtīšana lietas dalībniekiem

(1) Kad tiesā saņemts pieteikums par izpildu raksta izsniegšanu, pieteikumu nekavējoties nosūta pārējiem lietas

dalībniekiem ierakstītā pasta sūtījumā, nosakot rakstveida paskaidrojuma iesniegšanas termiņu, kas nav īsāks par 10

dienām un ilgāks par 15 dienām no pieteikuma nosūtīšanas dienas.

(2) Paskaidrojumā lietas dalībnieks norāda:

1) vai viņš atzīst pieteikumu pilnībā vai kādā tā daļā;

2) savus iebildumus pret pieteikumu un to pamatojumu;

3) pierādījumus, kas apstiprina viņa iebildumus un to pamatojumu, kā arī likumu, uz kuru tie pamatoti;

4) lūgumus par pierādījumu pieņemšanu vai izprasīšanu;

5) citus apstākļus, kurus viņš uzskata par nozīmīgiem pieteikuma izskatīšanā.

(3) Lietas dalībnieks pievieno paskaidrojumam tā norakstus atbilstoši pārējo lietas dalībnieku skaitam.

(4) Pēc paskaidrojuma saņemšanas tiesnesis tā norakstu nekavējoties nosūta pārējiem lietas dalībniekiem.

(5) Paskaidrojuma neiesniegšana nav šķērslis pieteikuma par izpildu raksta izsniegšanu izskatīšanai.

(17.02.2005. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

535.pants. Pieteikuma izlemšana par šķīrējtiesas nolēmuma piespiedu izpildi

(1) Lēmumu par izpildu raksta izsniegšanu vai motivētu atteikumu to izsniegt pieņem tiesnesis uz iesniegto

dokumentu pamata, neaicinot lietas dalībniekus, 10 dienu laikā no dienas, kad beidzies termiņš paskaidrojumu

sniegšanai, bet, ja paskaidrojumi nosūtīti pārējiem lietas dalībniekiem, — 10 dienu laikā no paskaidrojumu

179

nosūtīšanas dienas. Pieņemot lēmumu par izpildu raksta izsniegšanu, tiesnesis izlemj arī jautājumu, vai atlīdzināma

valsts nodeva par izpildu raksta izsniegšanu.

(2) Lēmums par izpildu raksta izsniegšanu stājas spēkā nekavējoties.

(3) Par lēmumu atteikt izsniegt izpildu rakstu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību 10 dienu laikā no dienas, kad prasītājs

saņēmis lēmuma norakstu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 17.02.2005. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

536.pants. Izpildu raksta izsniegšanas atteikuma pamats

Tiesnesis atsaka izpildu raksta izsniegšanu, ja:

1) konkrēto strīdu var izšķirt tikai tiesa;

2) šķīrējtiesas līgumu noslēgusi rīcībnespējīga persona;

3) šķīrējtiesas līgums likumā noteiktajā kārtībā ir atcelts vai atzīts par spēkā neesošu;

4) pusei nebija pienācīgā veidā paziņots par šķīrējtiesas procesu vai tā citu iemeslu dēļ nevarēja iesniegt savus

paskaidrojumus un tas būtiski ietekmējis šķīrējtiesas procesu;

5) pusei nebija pienācīgā veidā paziņots par šķīrējtiesnešu iecelšanu un tas būtiski ietekmējis šķīrējtiesas procesu;

6) šķīrējtiesa netika izveidota vai šķīrējtiesas process nenotika atbilstoši šķīrējtiesas līguma vai šā likuma D daļas

noteikumiem;

7) šķīrējtiesas nolēmums pieņemts par strīdu, kurš nav paredzēts šķīrējtiesas līgumā vai kurš neatbilst šķīrējtiesas

līguma noteikumiem, vai arī tajā ir izšķirti jautājumi, kurus neietver šķīrējtiesas līgums. Šādā gadījumā izpildu rakstu

var izsniegt tajā šķīrējtiesas nolēmuma daļā, kura atbilst šķīrējtiesas līgumam, ja vien to var nošķirt no jautājumiem,

kas nav ietverti šķīrējtiesas līgumā.

(17.02.2005. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

537.pants. Izpildu raksta izsniegšanas atteikuma sekas

Pēc tam, kad lēmums par atteikumu izsniegt izpildu rakstu stājies spēkā:

1) strīdu var izšķirt tiesā vispārējā kārtībā, ja izpildu rakstu atteikts izsniegt uz šā likuma 536.panta 1., 2., 3. un

7.punkta pamata;

2) strīdu var atkārtoti nodot izšķiršanai šķīrējtiesā, ja izpildu rakstu atteikts izsniegt uz šā likuma 536.panta 4., 5. un

6.punkta pamata.

(17.02.2005. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

180

E daļa Tiesas spriedumu izpilde

Trīspadsmitā sadaļa Tiesas spriedumu izpildes vispārīgie noteikumi

67.nodaļa Izpildu dokumenti

538.pants. Tiesas spriedumu un lēmumu izpilde

Tiesas spriedumi un lēmumi izpildāmi pēc to stāšanās likumīgā spēkā, izņemot gadījumus, kad saskaņā ar likumu vai

tiesas spriedumu tie izpildāmi nekavējoties. Norādei, ka spriedums vai lēmums izpildāms nekavējoties, jābūt pašā

izpildu dokumentā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

539.pants. Tiesu un citu institūciju nolēmumi, kas jāizpilda

(1) Šajā likumā noteiktajā tiesas spriedumu izpildes kārtībā izpildāmi šādi tiesu nolēmumi, tiesnešu lēmumi vai citu

institūciju nolēmumi:

1) tiesas spriedumi un tiesas vai tiesneša lēmumi civillietās, kā arī lietās, kas rodas no administratīvi tiesiskajām

attiecībām;

2) uz naudas maksājumu vērsti ar valsts varu apveltītu iestāžu un amatpersonu izdoti administratīvie akti;

3) tiesneša vai tiesas lēmumi lietās par administratīvajiem pārkāpumiem daļā par mantiskajām piedziņām;

4) tiesas lēmumi par izlīguma apstiprināšanu;

5) pastāvīgās šķīrējtiesas nolēmumi;

6) ārvalstu tiesu vai kompetento iestāžu un ārvalstu šķīrējtiesu nolēmumi likumā paredzētajos gadījumos;

7) tiesas lēmumi par procesuālo sankciju piemērošanu — naudas sodu uzlikšanu;

8) darba strīdu komisiju lēmumi.

(2) Tiesas spriedumu izpildei noteiktajā kārtībā, ja likumā nav noteikts citādi, izpildāmi arī:

1) institūciju un amatpersonu lēmumi administratīvo pārkāpumu lietās likumā noteiktajos gadījumos;

2) to institūciju un amatpersonu lēmumi, kurām ar likumu piešķirtas tiesības izdarīt piedziņu bezstrīdus kārtībā;

3) tiesu sistēmai piederīgo personu (notāri, advokāti, tiesu izpildītāji) nolēmumi par amata atlīdzību, atlīdzību par

sniegto juridisko palīdzību un par izdevumiem, kas saistīti ar sniegtajiem pakalpojumiem, un valsts nodevu;

4) saskaņā ar Eiropas Kopienas dibināšanas līguma 256.pantu pieņemtie Eiropas Padomes vai Komisijas lēmumi.

181

(3) Šā likuma 142.pantā noteiktajā kārtībā izpildāmi atbildīgās iestādes lēmumi par starptautisko organizāciju noteikto

sankciju piespiedu izpildi.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002., 12.02.2004., 07.04.2004., 17.02.2005., 07.09.2006., 26.10.2006. un

05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

540.pants. Izpildu dokumenti

Izpildu dokumenti ir:

1) izpildu raksti, kas izsniegti, pamatojoties uz tiesas spriedumiem un tiesas vai tiesneša lēmumiem civillietās, kā arī

lietās, kas rodas no administratīvi tiesiskajām attiecībām, un krimināllietās, tiesas lēmumiem par izlīgumu

apstiprināšanu, pastāvīgās šķīrējtiesas nolēmumiem, darba strīdu komisijas lēmumiem, ārvalstu tiesu un ārvalstu

šķīrējtiesu nolēmumiem, saskaņā ar Eiropas Kopienas dibināšanas līguma 256.pantu pieņemtajiem Eiropas Padomes

vai Komisijas lēmumiem;

2) institūciju un amatpersonu lēmumi administratīvo pārkāpumu lietās;

3) uz administratīvā akta pamata izdotie izpildrīkojumi (šā likuma 539.panta otrās daļas 2.punkts);

4) tiesneša lēmumi par saistību bezstrīdus piespiedu izpildīšanu, saistību piespiedu izpildīšanu brīdinājuma kārtībā vai

nekustamā īpašuma labprātīgu pārdošanu izsolē tiesas ceļā;

5) tiesas lēmumi par procesuālo sankciju piemērošanu — naudas sodu uzlikšanu;

6) notāru, advokātu un tiesu izpildītāju izrakstītie rēķini;

7) ārvalsts tiesas vai kompetentās iestādes izsniegts Eiropas izpildes rīkojums saskaņā ar Eiropas Parlamenta un

Padomes 2004.gada 21.aprīļa regulu (EK) Nr. 805/2004, ar ko izveido Eiropas izpildes rīkojumu neapstrīdētiem

prasījumiem (Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regula Nr. 805/2004);

8) ārvalsts tiesas vai kompetentās iestādes izsniegta apliecība saskaņā ar Padomes regulas Nr. 2201/2003 41.panta

1.punktu vai 42.panta 1.punktu;

9) atbildīgās iestādes lēmumi par starptautisko organizāciju noteikto sankciju piespiedu izpildi;

10) tiesas, arī ārvalsts tiesas, izsniegta apliecība saskaņā ar Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 861/2007

20.panta 2.punktu;

11) tiesas, arī ārvalsts tiesas, izsniegts Eiropas maksājuma rīkojums saskaņā ar Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes

regulas Nr. 1896/2006 18.pantu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002., 19.06.2003., 12.02.2004., 07.04.2004., 17.02.2005., 07.09.2006.,

26.10.2006. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

541.pants. Izpildu raksta izsniegšana

(1) Izpildu rakstu pirmās instances vai apelācijas instances tiesa izraksta pēc sprieduma vai lēmuma stāšanās

likumīgā spēkā, bet gadījumos, kad spriedums vai lēmums izpildāms nekavējoties, — tūlīt pēc sprieduma

pasludināšanas vai lēmuma pieņemšanas.

(2) Ja tiesas sprieduma izpildei ir noteikts labprātīgas izpildes termiņš un spriedums nav izpildīts, tiesa izraksta izpildu

rakstu pēc labprātīgas izpildes termiņa izbeigšanās.

(3) Izpildu rakstu izsniedz piedzinējam uz viņa rakstveida lūguma pamata tā tiesa, kurā tajā laikā atrodas lieta.

182

(31) Šā likuma 539.panta otrās daļas 4.punktā minētajā gadījumā izpildu rakstu izsniedz piedzinējam uz viņa

rakstveida lūguma pamata rajona (pilsētas) tiesa pēc nolēmuma izpildīšanas vietas vai arī pēc parādnieka — fiziskās

personas — dzīvesvietas vai juridiskās personas atrašanās vietas (juridiskās adreses).

(4) Ja saskaņā ar tiesas spriedumu naudas summas piedzenamas valsts ienākumos, tiesa pēc tiesas noteiktā

labprātīgas izpildes termiņa izbeigšanās nosūta izpildu rakstu tiesu izpildītājam pēc parādnieka — fiziskās personas —

dzīvesvietas vai juridiskās personas atrašanās vietas (juridiskās adreses).

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002., 17.02.2005. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

541.1 pants. Eiropas Savienības izpildu dokumentu un ar izpildi saistītu dokumentu izsniegšana

(1) Eiropas izpildes rīkojumu, pamatojoties uz Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulu Nr. 805/2004, tiesa izraksta pēc

piedzinēja lūguma, kad spriedums vai lēmums stājies likumīgā spēkā, bet gadījumos, kad spriedums vai lēmums

izpildāms nekavējoties, — tūlīt pēc sprieduma pasludināšanas vai lēmuma pieņemšanas.

(2) Padomes regulas Nr. 2201/2003 41.panta 1.punktā vai 42.panta 1.punktā minēto apliecību, pamatojoties uz šīs

regulas noteikumiem, tiesa izraksta pēc savas iniciatīvas vai lietas dalībnieka lūguma, kad spriedums vai lēmums

stājies likumīgā spēkā, bet gadījumos, kad spriedums vai lēmums izpildāms nekavējoties, — tūlīt pēc sprieduma

pasludināšanas vai lēmuma pieņemšanas.

(3) Padomes 2000.gada 22.decembra regulas (EK) Nr. 44/2001 par jurisdikciju un spriedumu atzīšanu un izpildi

civillietās un komerclietās (turpmāk — Padomes regula Nr. 44/2001) 54. un 58.pantā minēto apliecību un Padomes

regulas Nr. 2201/2003 39.pantā minētās apliecības tiesa izraksta pēc savas iniciatīvas vai lietas dalībnieka lūguma.

(4) Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 805/2004 6.panta 2. un 3.punktā minētās veidlapas tiesa izraksta pēc

lietas dalībnieka lūguma.

(41) Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 861/2007 20.panta 2.punktā minēto apliecību tiesa izraksta pēc

lietas dalībnieka lūguma.

(42) Eiropas maksājuma rīkojumu tiesa izraksta saskaņā ar Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 1896/2006

18.pantu.

(5) Šā panta pirmajā, otrajā, trešajā, ceturtajā daļā un 4.1 daļā minētos dokumentus izsniedz tiesa, kurā tajā laikā

atrodas lieta.

(6) Par atteikšanos izsniegt šā panta pirmajā un otrajā daļā minētos dokumentus tiesa pieņem motivētu lēmumu.

(7) Par tiesas lēmumu atteikt izsniegt šā panta pirmajā un otrajā daļā minētos dokumentus var iesniegt blakus

sūdzību.

(07.09.2006. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

542.pants. Vairāku izpildu rakstu izsniegšana par vienu spriedumu

(1) Par katru spriedumu izsniedz vienu izpildu rakstu.

(2) Ja sprieduma izpilde izdarāma dažādās vietās, spriedums kādā tā daļā izpildāms nekavējoties vai spriedums taisīts

par labu vairākiem prasītājiem vai vērsts pret vairākiem atbildētājiem, pēc piedzinēja lūguma tiesa izsniedz vairākus

izpildu rakstus. Izsniedzot vairākus izpildu rakstus, katrā no tiem precīzi norāda izpildes vietu vai to sprieduma daļu,

kura pēc šā izpildu raksta izpildāma, bet solidārās piedziņas gadījumā — arī atbildētāju, pret kuru vēršama piedziņa

pēc šā izpildu raksta.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

183

543.pants. Izpildu raksta saturs

(1) Izpildu rakstā norāda:

1) tās tiesas nosaukumu, kas izsniegusi izpildu rakstu;

2) lietu, kurā izsniegts izpildu raksts;

3) nolēmuma taisīšanas laiku;

4) nolēmuma rezolutīvo daļu;

5) laiku, kad nolēmums stājas likumīgā spēkā, vai norādi, ka nolēmums izpildāms nekavējoties;

6) izpildu raksta izsniegšanas laiku;

7) ziņas par piedzinēju un parādnieku: fiziskajām personām — vārdu, uzvārdu, personas kodu un dzīvesvietu, bet

juridiskajām personām — nosaukumu, atrašanās vietu (juridisko adresi) un reģistrācijas numuru.

(2) Izpildu rakstu paraksta tiesnesis, un to apstiprina ar tiesas zīmogu.

(3) Citu izpildu dokumentu saturu nosaka attiecīgi likumi.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

543.1 pants. Kļūdu labošana Eiropas Savienības izpildu dokumentos

(1) Tiesa, kura taisījusi spriedumu vai pieņēmusi lēmumu, pēc lietas dalībnieka pieteikuma var izlabot kļūdas Eiropas

izpildes rīkojumā, pamatojoties uz Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 805/2004 10.pantu, vai Padomes

regulas Nr. 2201/2003 41.panta 1.punktā vai 42.panta 1.punktā minētajā apliecībā, pamatojoties uz Padomes regulu

Nr. 2201/2003.

(2) Iesniedzot pieteikumu par Eiropas izpildes rīkojuma labošanu, izmanto Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr.

805/2004 10.panta 3.punktā minēto veidlapu.

(3) Jautājumu par kļūdu labošanu izskata tiesas sēdē, iepriekš par to paziņojot lietas dalībniekiem. Šo personu

neierašanās nav šķērslis jautājuma izskatīšanai.

(4) Šā panta pirmajā daļā minētajos izpildu dokumentos kļūdas izlabo ar tiesas lēmumu.

(5) Par tiesas lēmumu izdarīt kļūdas labojumu izpildu dokumentos var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

(07.09.2006. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

544.pants. Izpildu raksta dublikāta izsniegšana

(1) Ja izpildu raksts nozaudēts, nozagts vai iznīcināts, tiesa, kas pieņēmusi nolēmumu, pēc piedzinēja pieteikuma,

bet, ja tas noticis sprieduma izpildes procesā, — pēc tiesu izpildītāja pieteikuma var izsniegt izpildu raksta dublikātu.

Pieteikumā norādāmi apstākļi, kādos izpildu raksts nozaudēts, nozagts vai iznīcināts.

(2) Pieteikumu par dublikāta izsniegšanu izskata tiesas sēdē, iepriekš par to paziņojot piedzinējam un parādniekam.

Šo personu neierašanās nav šķērslis pieteikuma izskatīšanai par izpildu raksta dublikāta izsniegšanu.

184

(3) Pieņemot lēmumu par izpildu raksta dublikāta izsniegšanu, tiesa vienlaikus pasludina nozaudēto, nozagto vai

iznīcināto izpildu rakstu par spēku zaudējušu un atbrīvo piedzinēju no kancelejas nodevas samaksas, ja nav

konstatēta viņa vaina izpildu raksta nozaudēšanā, iznīcināšanā vai nozagšanā.

(4) Par tiesas lēmumu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

(5) Izpildu raksta dublikāts izsniedzams piedzinējam pēc lēmuma stāšanās spēkā un kancelejas nodevas samaksas, ja

piedzinējs nav no tās atbrīvots.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

544.1 pants. Darba strīdu komisijas lēmuma piespiedu izpilde

(1) Tiesā iesniegtajam pieteikumam par izpildu raksta izsniegšanu pievieno darba strīdu komisijas lēmumu.

(2) Lēmumu par izpildu raksta izsniegšanu vai motivētu atteikumu to izsniegt pieņem tiesnesis vienpersoniski uz

iesniegtā pieteikuma un tam pievienotā darba strīdu komisijas lēmuma pamata triju dienu laikā no pieteikuma

iesniegšanas dienas, neaicinot puses.

(3) Lēmums par izpildu raksta izsniegšanu stājas spēkā nekavējoties.

(4) Par lēmumu atteikt izsniegt izpildu rakstu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību 10 dienu laikā no dienas, kad lēmuma

noraksts izsniegts prasītājam.

(5) Tiesa atsaka izpildu raksta izsniegšanu, ja konstatē, ka saskaņā ar likumu konkrēto strīdu var izšķirt tikai tiesā.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

545.pants. Atbildība par izpildu dokumenta saglabāšanu

Amatpersonai, kas nav nodrošinājusi tai nodotā izpildu dokumenta saglabāšanu, tiesa var uzlikt naudas sodu līdz simt

latiem.

545.1 pants. Eiropas izpildes rīkojuma atsaukšana

(1) Tiesa, kura taisījusi spriedumu vai pieņēmusi lēmumu, pēc lietas dalībnieka pieteikuma saņemšanas, izmantojot

Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 805/2004 10.panta 3.punktā minēto veidlapu, var atsaukt Eiropas izpildes

rīkojumu, pamatojoties uz Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 805/2004 10.pantu.

(2) Pieteikumu par Eiropas izpildes rīkojuma atsaukšanu izskata tiesas sēdē, iepriekš par to paziņojot lietas

dalībniekiem. Šo personu neierašanās nav šķērslis jautājuma izskatīšanai.

(3) Par tiesas lēmumu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

(07.09.2006. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

546.pants. Termiņi, kādos izpildu dokumenti iesniedzami izpildei

(1) Izpildu dokumentu var iesniegt piespiedu izpildei 10 gadu laikā no tiesas vai tiesneša nolēmuma spēkā stāšanās

dienas, ja likumā nav noteikti citi noilguma termiņi.

185

(2) Ja pēc tiesas sprieduma tiek piedzīti periodiski maksājumi, izpildu dokuments saglabā savu spēku visu periodu, uz

kuru piespriesti maksājumi, bet termiņa tecējums, kas paredzēts šā panta pirmajā daļā, sākas no katra maksājuma

izbeigšanās dienas.

(3) Termiņus, kādos citi šā likuma 540.pantā norādītie izpildu dokumenti iesniedzami izpildei, nosaka attiecīgie likumi.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

547.pants. Izpildu dokumenta iesniegšanas noilguma termiņa pārtraukšana

(1) Noilguma termiņš tiek pārtraukts, iesniedzot izpildu dokumentu izpildei. Noilguma termiņš tiek pārtraukts arī ar

daļēju labprātīgu nolēmuma izpildi.

(2) Pēc pārtraukuma termiņa tecējums sākas no jauna, neieskaitot pirms tam notecējušo laiku. Ja pēc izpildu

dokumenta nav izdarīta pilnīga piedziņa un tas izsniegts atpakaļ piedzinējam, jaunu termiņu dokumenta iesniegšanai

skaita no dienas, kad tas izsniegts piedzinējam.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

68.nodaļa Tiesu izpildītāja statuss

548.pants. Tiesu izpildītājs

(1) Tiesas un citus šā likuma 539.pantā norādītos nolēmumus izpilda tiesu izpildītājs.

(2) Tiesu izpildītāja darbības uzraudzība notiek šajā likumā un Tiesu izpildītāju likumā noteiktajā kārtībā.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

549.pants. Tiesu izpildītāja darbības vispārīgie noteikumi

(1) Tiesu izpildītājs uzsāk izpildu darbības pēc piedzinēja rakstveida pieteikuma un likumā noteiktajos gadījumos pēc

Latvijas Zvērinātu tiesu izpildītāju padomes, atbildīgās iestādes vai pēc tiesas iniciatīvas, pamatojoties uz izpildu

dokumentu.

(2) Tiesu izpildītājam jāpieņem izpildei izpildu dokuments, ja parādnieka dzīvesvieta (juridiskajām personām —

juridiskā adrese), mantas atrašanās vieta vai darbavieta ir tiesu izpildītāja amata vietai noteiktajās robežās (iecirknī),

kā arī šā panta 2.1 daļā minētajā gadījumā. Tiesu izpildītājs var pieņemt arī citus izpildu dokumentus, kuru izpilde

veicama tās apgabaltiesas darbības teritorijā, pie kuras viņš pastāv.

(21) Tiesu izpildītājam jāpieņem izpildei šā likuma 540.panta 9.punktā norādītais izpildu dokuments neatkarīgi no

parādnieka dzīvesvietas (juridiskajām personām — juridiskās adreses), mantas atrašanās vietas vai darbavietas.

(3) Ārpus sava iecirkņa robežām, kā arī attiecībā uz parādnieku, kura dzīvesvieta (juridiskajām personām — juridiskā

adrese) ir citā iecirknī, tiesu izpildītājs sprieduma izpildi veic saziņā ar attiecīgā iecirkņa tiesu izpildītāju kārtībā, kuru

nosaka Ministru kabinets.

(4) Svētdienās un svētku dienās sprieduma izpilde tiek pieļauta tikai neatliekamos gadījumos.

(5) Sprieduma izpilde laikā no pulksten 24 līdz pulksten 6 netiek pieļauta.

186

(6) Piedzinējam un parādniekam ir tiesības būt klāt pie izpildu darbībām, pieaicināt ne vairāk kā divus lieciniekus un

saņemt ziņas, kas saistītas ar sprieduma izpildi.

(7) Tiesu izpildītājs pēc savas iniciatīvas vai ieinteresētās personas lūguma, pieņemot attiecīgu lēmumu, var izlabot

pārrakstīšanās kļūdas viņa lietvedībā esošajās izpildu lietās sastādītajos procesuālajos dokumentos. Pirms kļūdu

labošanas viņš pieprasa atsauksmi no personām, kas piedalījušās akta sastādīšanā. Acīmredzamas kļūdas var izlabot,

nepieprasot atsauksmi. Tiesu izpildītāja lēmumam, saskaņā ar kuru tiek izlabotas kļūdas, nav nekādu seku attiecībā uz

personām, kuru tiesības vai pienākumi izriet no procesuālā dokumenta.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002., 19.06.2003., 07.09.2006. un 26.10.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā

01.01.2007.)

550.pants. Tiesu izpildītāja atstatīšana vai noraidīšana

(1) Tiesu izpildītājam aizliegts veikt izpildu darbības lietās, kurās viena no pusēm ir viņš pats, viņa laulātais, arī

bijušais laulātais, viņa vai viņa laulātā radinieks taisnā līnijā visās pakāpēs, sānu līnijā — līdz ceturtajai pakāpei un

svainības attiecībās — līdz trešajai pakāpei, viņa vai viņa laulātā aizbildnībā vai aizgādnībā esošas personas vai viņa

vai viņa laulātā adoptētāji vai adoptētie, kā arī tad, ja pastāv citi apstākļi, kuru ietekmē tiesu izpildītājs pamatoti

nevar saglabāt objektivitāti un neitralitāti.

(2) Noraidījumu tiesu izpildītājam, iesniedzot viņam rakstveida pieteikumu, var pieteikt piedzinējs vai parādnieks, ja ir

apstākļi, kas rada pamatotas šaubas par tiesu izpildītāja objektivitāti. Pieteikumu tiesu izpildītājs izlemj nekavējoties.

Lēmumu, ar kuru pieteikums atstāts bez apmierinājuma, var pārsūdzēt rajona (pilsētas) tiesā pēc tiesu izpildītāja

amata vietas. Sūdzības iesniegšana neaptur izpildu darbības.

(3) Par tiesas lēmumu atteikt tiesu izpildītāja noraidījumu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

(4) Ja tiesu izpildītājs sevi atstatījis vai ir noraidīts, viņš izpildu dokumentu nodod tālākai izpildīšanai citam tiesu

izpildītājam Latvijas Zvērinātu tiesu izpildītāju padomes noteiktajā kārtībā.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

551.pants. Tiesu izpildītāja prasību vai rīkojumu obligātums

(1) Tiesu izpildītāja prasības un rīkojumi, izpildot tiesu spriedumus un citus nolēmumus, ir obligāti fiziskajām un

juridiskajām personām visā valsts teritorijā.

(2) Ja tiesu izpildītāja prasības vai rīkojumi netiek izpildīti, tiesu izpildītājs par to sastāda aktu un iesniedz tiesai, lai tā

izlemtu jautājumu par atbildību. Tiesa vainīgajām personām var uzlikt naudas sodu fiziskajai personai līdz divsimt

piecdesmit latiem, bet amatpersonai līdz piecsimt latiem.

(3) Personai (darba devējam), kurai pēc tiesas nolēmuma bija jāietur uzturlīdzekļi bērnu uzturēšanai un kura likumā

noteiktajā termiņā tiesu izpildītājam un uzturlīdzekļu saņēmējam nav paziņojusi par uzturlīdzekļu maksātāja

atbrīvošanu no darba, kā arī par viņa jauno darbavietu vai dzīvesvietu, ja tā šai personai zināma, tiesa var uzlikt

naudas sodu līdz simt latiem.

(4) Ja, izpildot spriedumu, tiek izrādīta pretošanās, tiesu izpildītājs pieaicināto personu klātbūtnē, bet, ja pieaicināt

personas nav iespējams, — vienpersoniski sastāda par to aktu un, lai novērstu šķēršļus, griežas pēc palīdzības

policijā. Aktu iesniedz tiesai, lai tā izlemtu jautājumu par to personu atbildību, kuras pretojušās sprieduma izpildei.

187

(5) Ja piedzinējs vai parādnieks atsakās parakstīt tiesu izpildītāja sastādīto aktu, par to izdarāma atzīme sastādītajā

aktā, norādot atteikšanās motīvus. Atteikšanās parakstīt tiesu izpildītāja sastādīto aktu neietekmē akta spēku.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 19.06.2003. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 24.07.2003.)

552.pants. Parādnieka pienākumi un to neizpildīšanas sekas

(1) Parādnieks pēc uzaicinājuma ierodas pie tiesu izpildītāja un sniedz paskaidrojumus par savu mantisko stāvokli un

darbavietu.

(2) Parādnieks paziņo tiesu izpildītājam par darbavietas vai dzīvesvietas maiņu nolēmuma izpildes laikā, kā arī par

papildu ienākumu avotiem.

(3) Ja parādnieks pēc uzaicinājuma neierodas pie tiesu izpildītāja, atsakās dot paskaidrojumus vai nesniedz likumā

noteiktās ziņas, tiesu izpildītājs var griezties tiesā, lai tā izlemtu jautājumu par šīs personas atbildību. Tiesa var

pieņemt lēmumu par parādnieka atvešanu piespiedu kārtā, kā arī uzlikt viņam naudas sodu fiziskajai personai līdz

piecdesmit latiem, bet amatpersonai — līdz divsimt piecdesmit latiem.

(4) Ja tiek konstatēts, ka parādnieks sniedzis apzināti nepatiesas ziņas, tiesu izpildītājs griežas tiesā, lai tā izlemtu

jautājumu par administratīvā pārkāpuma lietas vai krimināllietas ierosināšanu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 19.06.2003. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 24.07.2003.)

69.nodaļa Izpildu lietvedības vispārīgie noteikumi

552.1 pants. Izpildu lietas ievešana

(1) Tiesu izpildītājs katram saņemtajam izpildu dokumentam ieved atsevišķu izpildu lietu.

(2) Ja izpildu dokuments nav noformēts likumā noteiktajā kārtībā, nav nomaksāta valsts nodeva vai citi sprieduma

izpildes izdevumi, tiesu izpildītājs trūkumu novēršanai nosaka termiņu, kas nevar būt mazāks par 10 dienām.

(3) Ja trūkumi tiek novērsti noteiktajā termiņā, tiek ievesta izpildu lieta un izpildu dokuments uzskatāms par iesniegtu

dienā, kad tas pirmoreiz tika iesniegts tiesu izpildītājam.

(4) Ja piedzinējs noteiktajā termiņā trūkumus nenovērš, izpildu dokumentu uzskata par neiesniegtu un atdod atpakaļ

piedzinējam.

(5) Izpildu dokumenta atdošana piedzinējam nav šķērslis tā atkārtotai iesniegšanai tiesu izpildītājam, ievērojot likumā

noteikto izpildu dokumentu iesniegšanas kārtību.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

553.pants. Izpildāmā tiesas nolēmuma izskaidrošana

Ja izpildāmais tiesas nolēmums nav skaidrs, tiesu izpildītājs ir tiesīgs lūgt tiesu, kura pieņēmusi nolēmumu, to

izskaidrot. Nolēmuma izskaidrošana notiek šā likuma 202. vai 437.pantā noteiktajā kārtībā.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

188

554.pants. Sprieduma izpildes atlikšana, sadalīšana termiņos, tā izpildes veida un kārtības grozīšana

(1) Ja ir apstākļi, kas apgrūtina tiesas sprieduma izpildi vai padara to neiespējamu, tiesu izpildītājs ir tiesīgs iesniegt

tiesai, kura taisījusi spriedumu lietā, priekšlikumu par sprieduma izpildes atlikšanu, sadalīšanu termiņos, tā izpildes

veida vai kārtības grozīšanu.

(2) Tiesu izpildītāja pieteikumu par sprieduma izpildes atlikšanu, sadalīšanu termiņos, tā izpildes veida vai kārtības

grozīšanu tiesa izskata šā likuma 206. vai 438.pantā noteiktajā kārtībā.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

555.pants. Priekšlikums izpildīt nolēmumu labprātīgi

(1) Tiesu izpildītājs, stājoties pie izpildes, paziņo parādniekam, nosūtot vai izsniedzot priekšlikumu, par pienākumu

izpildīt nolēmumu labprātīgi 10 dienu laikā. Ja nolēmums izpildāms nekavējoties, termiņš labprātīgai izpildei nosakāms

ne īsāks par trim dienām. Lietās par darba samaksas piedziņu, atjaunošanu darbā (amatā), atlīdzību par sakropļojumu

vai citu veselības bojājumu, kā arī uzturlīdzekļu piedziņu sakarā ar tādas personas nāvi, kuras pienākums bijis kādu

uzturēt, priekšlikums labprātīgi izpildīt spriedumu netiek sūtīts.

(2) Ja parādnieks ir fiziskā persona, tiesu izpildītājs nosūta parādniekam priekšlikumu ierakstītā pasta sūtījumā uz

viņa pēdējo zināmo dzīvesvietu vai izsniedz parādniekam personiski pret parakstu. Ja tiesu izpildītājs nesastop

parādnieku tā dzīvesvietā, viņš izsniedz priekšlikumu kādam no kopā ar parādnieku dzīvojošiem pieaugušajiem

ģimenes locekļiem.

(3) Ja parādnieka — fiziskās personas — dzīvesvieta nav zināma, priekšlikums izpildīt nolēmumu labprātīgi tiek

publicēts laikrakstā "Latvijas Vēstnesis".

(4) Ja parādnieks ir juridiskā persona, tiesu izpildītājs nosūta priekšlikumu ierakstītā pasta sūtījumā uz parādnieka

atrašanās vietu vai juridisko adresi, ja parādnieka atrašanās vieta nav zināma, vai izsniedz personiski pret parakstu

parādnieka izpildinstitūcijas pārstāvim.

(5) Ja parādnieks vai parādnieka izpildinstitūcijas pārstāvis atsakās priekšlikumu pieņemt vai parakstīt, tiesu izpildītājs

vai priekšlikuma piegādātājs divu pieaicinātu personu klātbūtnē sastāda par to aktu. Atteikšanās pieņemt vai parakstīt

priekšlikumu nav šķērslis nolēmuma piespiedu izpildei.

(6) Ja priekšlikums piegādāts šajā pantā noteiktajā kārtībā, uzskatāms, ka parādniekam ir paziņots par nolēmuma

labprātīgas izpildes termiņu.

(7) Tiesu izpildītājs jebkurā izpildes procesa stadijā var:

1) pieprasīt, lai parādnieks deklarē savu mantisko stāvokli un pārmaiņas tajā pēdējā gada laikā, brīdinot parādnieku

par kriminālatbildību;

2) apķīlāt parādnieka mantu, tai skaitā apķīlāt naudas līdzekļus un noguldījumus kredītiestādē, naudas līdzekļus, kas

pienākas no citām personām, vai mantu, kas atrodas pie citām personām;

3) iesniegt nostiprinājuma lūgumu zemesgrāmatu nodaļai piedziņas atzīmes ierakstīšanai zemesgrāmatā vai nosūtīt

rīkojumu citam publiskam reģistram atsavināšanas vai citu darbību aizlieguma ierakstīšanai.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 19.06.2003. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā

01.03.2009.)

189

556.pants. Tiesas sprieduma piespiedu izpilde

Tiesas sprieduma piespiedu izpildi izdara pēc tam, kad notecējis šā likuma 555.pantā paredzētais tiesas sprieduma

labprātīgas izpildes termiņš.

557.pants. Piespiedu izpildes līdzekļi

Piespiedu izpildes līdzekļi ir:

1) piedziņas vēršana uz parādnieka kustamo mantu, tai skaitā mantu, kas atrodas pie citām personām, un

bezķermeniskām lietām, tās pārdodot;

2) piedziņas vēršana uz naudu, kas parādniekam pienākas no citām personām (darba samaksu, tai pielīdzinātiem

maksājumiem, citiem parādnieka ienākumiem, noguldījumiem kredītiestādēs);

3) piedziņas vēršana uz parādnieka nekustamo īpašumu, to pārdodot;

4) tiesas piespriestās mantas nodošana piedzinējam un ar tiesas spriedumu uzlikto darbību izpildīšana;

5) spriedumā norādīto personu un mantu izlikšana no telpām;

6) ievešana valdījumā;

7) citi līdzekļi, kas norādīti spriedumā.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

558.pants. Parādnieka telpu apskate

(1) Tiesu izpildītājs ir tiesīgs, ja tas nepieciešams piedziņas izdarīšanai, izdarīt parādnieka telpu un viņa glabātavu

apskati. Ja parādnieks nepiedalās telpu un glabātavu apskatē, tā izdarāma pieaicināto personu klātbūtnē.

(2) Ja parādnieks atsakās ielaist tiesu izpildītāju telpā, kuru viņš aizņēmis, vai mantas atrašanās vietā vai arī atsakās

atvērt glabātavu, tiesu izpildītājs pieaicina policijas pārstāvi, kura klātbūtnē atver telpu vai glabātavu un veic to

apskati.

(3) Ja parādniekam piederošā nekustamā īpašuma pārvaldnieks nolēmuma piespiedu izpildes laikā izvairās vai atsakās

ielaist tiesu izpildītāju nekustamajā īpašumā un par nekustamā īpašuma apskates laiku pārvaldniekam rakstveidā

paziņots ne mazāk kā piecas dienas iepriekš, nekustamā īpašuma apskati tiesu izpildītājs var veikt policijas pārstāvja

klātbūtnē bez pārvaldnieka piedalīšanās.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 19.06.2003. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 24.07.2003.)

559.pants. Izpildu darbības atlikšana

(1) Tiesu izpildītājs izpildu darbību atliek, pamatojoties uz piedzinēja pieteikumu vai tiesas vai tiesneša lēmumu par

izpildu darbības atlikšanu vai mantas pārdošanas apturēšanu, kas pieņemts saskaņā ar šā likuma 138.panta pirmās

daļas 7.punktu vai tiesas lēmumu par sprieduma izpildes atlikšanu vai sadalīšanu termiņos, kas pieņemts saskaņā ar

šā likuma 206., 438. vai 644.1 pantu.

190

(2) Tiesu izpildītājs izpildu darbību atliek, pamatojoties uz tiesas lēmumu par ārvalsts tiesas vai kompetentās iestādes

nolēmuma izpildes aizstāšanu ar šā likuma 138.pantā paredzētajiem pasākumiem šā nolēmuma izpildīšanas

nodrošinājumam (644.2 pants).

(21) Tiesu izpildītājs atliek piedziņas vēršanu uz mantu, kurai kriminālprocesuālā kārtībā uzlikts arests un kuras

realizēšanai procesa virzītājs nav devis atļauju, līdz mantas aresta atcelšanai kriminālprocesā vai procesa virzītāja

atļaujas saņemšanai.

(3) Tiesu izpildītājs paziņo piedzinējam un parādniekam par izpildu darbības atlikšanu, ja to nav iespējams veikt

tehnisku vai citu no tiesu izpildītāja neatkarīgu iemeslu dēļ.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 19.06.2003., 07.09.2006. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas

stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

560.pants. Tiesu izpildītāja pienākums apturēt izpildes lietvedību

(1) Tiesu izpildītājs aptur izpildes lietvedību, ja:

1) fiziskā persona, kas ir parādnieks vai piedzinējs, ir mirusi vai juridiskā persona, kas ir parādnieks vai piedzinējs,

beigusi pastāvēt un tiesas nodibinātā tiesiskā attiecība pieļauj tiesību pārņemšanu;

2) parādnieks zaudējis rīcībspēju;

3) Senāts rīcības sēdē pieņēmis lēmumu par sprieduma izpildes apturēšanu;

4) institūcijas vai amatpersonas lēmuma izpilde ir apturama saskaņā ar likumu vai tiesas nolēmumu;

5) tiesa vai tiesnesis pieņēmis lēmumu par saistības piespiedu izpildīšanas apturēšanu (406. un 406.10 pants);

6) tiesa pieņēmusi lēmumu par ārvalsts tiesas vai kompetentās iestādes nolēmuma izpildes apturēšanu (644.2 pants);

7) attiecībā uz parādnieku ierosināts tiesiskās aizsardzības process vai pieņemts nolēmums par tiesiskās aizsardzības

procesa īstenošanu ārpustiesas tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa gadījumā.

(2) Ja likumā noteiktajā kārtībā ir pieņemts lēmums par uzņēmuma vai uzņēmējsabiedrības privatizāciju, izpildu

lietvedība pēc privatizāciju veicošās iestādes lūguma apturama, izņemot izpildu lietvedību par zaudējumu atlīdzību

sakarā ar nelaimes gadījumu darbā vai arodslimību.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002., 07.09.2006., 05.02.2009. un 11.06.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā

01.07.2009.)

561.pants. Tiesu izpildītāja tiesības apturēt izpildu lietvedību

Tiesu izpildītājs var apturēt izpildu lietvedību, ja:

1) parādnieks atrodas ārstniecības iestādē un tas kavē izpildu darbību veikšanu;

2) iesniegta sūdzība par tiesu izpildītāja darbībām;

3) (izslēgts ar 31.10.2002. likumu);

4) (izslēgts ar 14.12.2006. likumu).

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002., 19.06.2003. un 14.12.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2007.)

191

562.pants. Izpildu lietvedības apturēšanas termiņi

(1) Izpildu lietvedība tiek apturēta:

1) šā likuma 560.panta pirmās daļas 1.punktā paredzētajos gadījumos — līdz parādnieka vai piedzinēja tiesību

pārņēmēja noteikšanai;

2) šā likuma 560.panta pirmās daļas 2.punktā paredzētajos gadījumos — līdz aizgādņa iecelšanai rīcībnespējīgam

parādniekam;

3) šā likuma 560.panta pirmās daļas 3., 5. un 6.punktā paredzētajos gadījumos — līdz laikam, kāds norādīts tiesas

lēmumā, vai līdz šā lēmuma atcelšanai;

4) (izslēgts ar 19.06.2003. likumu);

5) šā likuma 560.panta pirmās daļas 4.punktā paredzētajos gadījumos — līdz laikam, kad saskaņā ar likumu

apturējums izbeidzas, vai laikam, kāds norādīts tiesas nolēmumā, vai līdz šā nolēmuma atcelšanai;

6) šā likuma 560.panta otrajā daļā paredzētajā gadījumā — līdz parādnieka tiesību pārņēmēja noteikšanai un

uzņēmuma nodošanai viņam vai uzņēmējsabiedrības pamatdokumentu grozījumu izdarīšanai Uzņēmumu reģistrā;

7) šā likuma 561.panta 1.punktā paredzētajā gadījumā — līdz brīdim, kad atkrituši šajā punktā minētie apstākļi;

8) šā likuma 561.panta 2.punktā paredzētajos gadījumā — līdz tam brīdim, kad likumīgā spēkā stājas tiesas

spriedums vai lēmums sakarā ar sūdzību;

9) (izslēgts ar 19.06.2003. likumu);

10) šā likuma 560.panta pirmās daļas 7.punktā paredzētajos gadījumos — līdz brīdim, kad attiecībā uz parādnieku

tiek izbeigts tiesiskās aizsardzības process vai tiesa šā likuma 349.panta pirmās daļas 1.1 punktā minētajā gadījumā

dod atļauju pārdot ieķīlāto komercsabiedrības mantu.

(2) Laikā, kad izpildu lietvedība ir apturēta, tiesu izpildītājs piespiedu izpildes darbības neveic.

(3) Izpildu lietvedība tiek atjaunota pēc piedzinēja pieteikuma vai tiesu izpildītāja iniciatīvas.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002., 19.06.2003., 07.09.2006., 14.12.2006. un 11.06.2009. likumu, kas

stājas spēkā 01.07.2009.)

563.pants. Izpildu lietvedības izbeigšana

(1) Izpildu lietvedību pēc ieinteresētās personas lūguma izbeidz, ja:

1) piedzinējs atteicies no piedziņas un tiesa par to pieņēmusi attiecīgu lēmumu;

2) iesniegts tiesas apstiprināts piedzinēja un parādnieka izlīgums;

3) prasījums vai pienākums nevar pāriet tiesību pārņēmējam pēc tās fiziskās personas nāves vai juridiskās personas

izbeigšanās, kura bija piedzinējs vai parādnieks;

4) šim piedziņas veidam notecējis likumā noteiktais noilguma termiņš;

192

5) atcelts tiesas nolēmums vai attiecīgas institūcijas vai amatpersonas lēmums, uz kura pamata izsniegts izpildu

dokuments;

6) atjaunots apelācijas vai blakus sūdzības iesniegšanas termiņš par tiesas nolēmumu, uz kura pamata izsniegts

izpildu dokuments;

7) atteikta ārvalsts tiesas vai kompetentās iestādes nolēmuma izpilde (644.3 pants);

8) ārvalsts tiesa vai kompetentā iestāde atsauc izsniegto Eiropas izpildes rīkojumu saskaņā ar Eiropas Parlamenta un

Padomes regulu Nr. 805/2004.

(2) Izpildu lietvedība par piespriesto naudas summu piedziņu no uzņēmumiem vai uzņēmējsabiedrībām izbeidzama

pēc administratora pieteikuma, ja parādnieks likumā noteiktajā kārtībā atzīts par maksātnespējīgu. Šajā gadījumā

tiesu izpildītājs pabeidz uzsākto mantas pārdošanu, ja tāda jau ir izsludināta vai ja manta nodota tirdzniecības

uzņēmumam pārdošanai. No pārdošanā saņemtās naudas tiesu izpildītājs ietur sprieduma izpildes izdevumus un

pārējo naudu nodod maksātnespējīgā uzņēmuma administratoram. Tiesu izpildītājs paziņo mantas glabātājam par

pienākumu nodot administratoram mantu, kuras pārdošana nav uzsākta.

(3) Šā panta pirmās daļas 3. un 4.punktā paredzētajos gadījumos tiesu izpildītājs var izbeigt izpildu lietvedību arī pēc

savas iniciatīvas.

(4) Ja izpildu lietvedību izbeidz, pēc sprieduma izpildes izdevumu segšanas visi tiesu izpildītāja pieņemtie piespiedu

izpildu līdzekļi tiek atcelti.

(5) Izbeigto izpildu lietvedību nevar uzsākt no jauna.

(6) Ja ārvalsts tiesa vai kompetentā iestāde labo Eiropas izpildes rīkojumu, kas izsniegts, pamatojoties uz Eiropas

Parlamenta un Padomes regulu Nr. 805/2004, nolēmuma izpilde atceltajā daļā izbeidzama un izpilde turpināma

atbilstoši labotajam Eiropas izpildes rīkojumam.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002., 07.09.2006. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

564.pants. Izpildu darbību atlikšanas, izpildu lietvedības apturēšanas, atjaunošanas vai izbeigšanas kārtība

(1) Par izpildu darbību atlikšanu, izpildu lietvedības apturēšanu, atjaunošanu vai izbeigšanu lemj tas tiesu izpildītājs,

kura lietvedībā atrodas izpildu dokuments.

(2) Tiesu izpildītājs lēmumu pieņem līdz atliekamajai vai izpildāmajai darbībai, bet ne vēlāk kā triju dienu laikā no

iesnieguma saņemšanas dienas.

(3) Tiesu izpildītājs lēmumu paziņo piedzinējam, parādniekam un attiecīgajai trešajai personai, kas iesniegusi lūgumu,

triju dienu laikā pēc lēmuma pieņemšanas.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 19.06.2003. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 24.07.2003.)

565.pants. Izpildu dokumenta izsniegšana atpakaļ piedzinējam

(1) Izpildu dokumentu, pēc kura piedziņa nav izdarīta vai izdarīta nepilnīgi, izsniedz atpakaļ piedzinējam:

1) pēc piedzinēja pieteikuma;

2) ja parādniekam nav mantas un ienākumu, uz kuriem var vērst piedziņu;

193

3) ja piedzinējs atteicies saņemt parādniekam izņemtos priekšmetus, kas norādīti tiesas spriedumā;

4) ja pēc piedzinēja norādītās adreses parādnieks nedzīvo vai nestrādā vai tur neatrodas viņa manta;

5) ja piedzinējs, kas nav atbrīvots no sprieduma izpildes izdevumu samaksas, nav tos samaksājis;

6) ja, piemērojot piedzinēja norādīto piespiedu izpildes līdzekli, spriedumu izpildīt nav iespējams un piedzinējs 10

dienu laikā pēc uzaicinājuma izsniegšanas nav paziņojis par cita piespiedu izpildu līdzekļa piemērošanu.

(2) Šā panta pirmās daļas 2., 3. un 4.punktā minētajos gadījumos tiesu izpildītājs sastāda attiecīgu aktu.

(21) Ja izpildu lietā par periodisku maksājumu piedziņu pilnībā tiek segts parāds un sprieduma izpildes izdevumi,

izpildu dokumentu izsniedz piedzinējam.

(3) Izpildu dokumentu piedzinējam izsniedz, ja ir segti sprieduma izpildes izdevumi, izņemot gadījumu, kad sprieduma

izpildes izdevumus saskaņā ar šā likuma noteikumiem maksā piedzinējs. Izsniedzot izpildu dokumentu piedzinējam,

tiesu izpildītājs atceļ visus pieņemtos piespiedu izpildes līdzekļus.

(4) Izpildu dokumenta izsniegšana atpakaļ piedzinējam nav šķērslis šā dokumenta jaunai iesniegšanai izpildei likumā

noteiktajā termiņā.

(5) Izpildu dokumentu, pēc kura izpilde izdarāma valsts ienākumos, tiesu izpildītājs izsniedz Valsts ieņēmumu

dienestam.

(6) (Izslēgta ar 05.02.2009. likumu.)

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002., 19.06.2003., 17.06.2004. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā

01.03.2009.)

566.pants. Sprieduma izpildes izdevumi

(1) Sprieduma izpildes izdevumos ietilpst valsts nodeva un ar tiesas sprieduma izpildi saistītie izdevumi (39.pants):

tiesu izpildītāja amata atlīdzība takses apmērā un izpildu darbību veikšanai nepieciešamie izdevumi. Tie ir:

1) ar pavēstes un citu dokumentu piegādāšanu un izsniegšanu saistītie izdevumi;

2) izdevumi sakarā ar izpildu lietā nepieciešamās informācijas saņemšanu;

3) izdevumi sakarā ar bankas un citu iestāžu pakalpojumiem;

4) izdevumi sakarā ar parādnieka mantas glabāšanu, pārvadāšanu vai iznīcināšanu;

5) ceļa izdevumi nokļūšanai sprieduma izpildes vietā;

6) samaksa ekspertam;

7) samaksa par mantas izsoles sludinājuma, uzaicinājuma un citu izpildes gaitā nepieciešamo sludinājumu

publicēšanu;

8) citi piespiedu izpildes darbību veikšanai nepieciešamie izdevumi.

(2) Nosakot ar prasības nodrošināšanu, mantojuma apsardzību un inventāra saraksta sastādīšanu (39.p.) saistītos

izdevumus, piemērojami noteikumi par sprieduma izpildes izdevumiem, ciktāl šīs darbības veicis tiesu izpildītājs.

194

(20.06.2001. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003. Sk.

Pārejas noteikumus.)

567.pants. Sprieduma izpildes izdevumu maksāšanas kārtība izpildes procesā

(1) Piedzinējs, iesniedzot izpildu dokumentu izpildei, norāda piespiedu izpildes līdzekli, ievērojot šā likuma 570. un

572.panta noteikumus, samaksā valsts nodevu un sedz citus sprieduma izpildes izdevumus tādā apmērā, kāds

nepieciešams izpildes uzsākšanai piedzinēja norādītajā veidā. Sprieduma izpildes laikā piedzinējs pēc tiesu izpildītāja

norādījuma iemaksā papildus nepieciešamos sprieduma izpildes izdevumus. Likumā norādītajos gadījumos sprieduma

izpildes laikā sprieduma izpildes izdevumus par atsevišķām procesuālajām darbībām maksā parādnieks.

(2) No sprieduma izpildes izdevumu samaksas tiesu izpildītājam ir atbrīvoti piedzinēji:

1) prasībās par darba samaksas piedziņu un citiem darbinieku un dienestā esošu personu prasījumiem, kas izriet no

darba vai dienesta tiesiskajām attiecībām vai ir ar tām saistīti;

2) prasībās, kas izriet no personiskiem aizskārumiem, kuru dēļ radies sakropļojums vai cits veselības bojājums vai

iestājusies personas nāve;

3) prasībās par uzturlīdzekļu piedziņu;

4) gadījumos, kad piedziņa izdarāma valsts ienākumos;

5) gadījumos, kad persona no tiesas izdevumu samaksas atbrīvota ar tiesas lēmumu, — pilnībā vai daļēji atbilstoši

tiesas lēmumam.

(3) Gadījumos, kad piedzinējs ir atbrīvots no sprieduma izpildes izdevumu samaksas, izpildu darbību veikšanai

nepieciešamie izdevumi tiek segti no valsts budžeta līdzekļiem.

(4) Izpildu darbību veikšanai nepieciešamo izdevumu apmēru un to maksāšanas kārtību nosaka Ministru kabinets.

(5) Ja izpildāms atbildīgās iestādes lēmums par starptautisko organizāciju noteikto sankciju piespiedu izpildi, amata

atlīdzība takses apmērā un izpildu darbību veikšanai nepieciešamie izdevumi tiesu izpildītājam tiek segti no valsts

budžeta līdzekļiem kārtībā, kuru nosaka Ministru kabinets.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 19.06.2003., 26.10.2006. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas

stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

568.pants. Sprieduma izpildes izdevumu ieturēšana

(1) Sprieduma izpilde notiek uz parādnieka rēķina. Pēc tam, kad izpildu dokuments iesniegts izpildei, sprieduma

labprātīga izpilde vai sprieduma izpilde tieši piedzinējam neatbrīvo parādnieku no sprieduma izpildes izdevumu

atlīdzināšanas.

(11) Ja izpildu dokumentu izsniedz piedzinējam (arī šā likuma 567.panta otrās daļas 1., 2., 3. un 5.punktā minētajās

lietās) saskaņā ar šā likuma 565.panta pirmās daļas 1.punktu vai pēc izpildu lietas ievešanas tiesu izpildītājs konstatē,

ka parādnieks ir izpildījis savas saistības pirms izpildu dokumenta iesniegšanas, sprieduma izpildes izdevumus sedz

piedzinējs.

(2) Tiesu izpildītājs par sprieduma izpildes izdevumiem sastāda aprēķinu un nosūta parādniekam un piedzinējam.

Aprēķinu var pārsūdzēt šā likuma 632.pantā noteiktajā kārtībā.

195

(3) Aprēķinā tiek norādīts, kādā apmērā sprieduma izpildes izdevumi atlīdzināmi tiesu izpildītājam (amata atlīdzība),

piedzinējam (viņa samaksātā valsts nodeva un citi sprieduma izpildes izdevumi) vai ieskaitāmi valsts ienākumos.

(4) Ja nav iespējams sprieduma izpildes izdevumus ieturēt no parādnieka vai piedzinēja, tiesu izpildītājs uz sastādītā

aprēķina pamata izraksta rēķinu un nodod to piespiedu izpildei.

(5) Rēķinu piespiedu izpildei nodod pēc tam, kad izbeidzies tiesu izpildītāja sastādītā sprieduma izpildes izdevumu

aprēķina pārsūdzēšanas termiņš, bet, ja tas ir pārsūdzēts, — pēc tiesas nolēmuma stāšanās likumīgā spēkā.

(6) Izdevumus, kas saistīti ar tiesas lēmuma par prasības nodrošināšanu vai pagaidu aizsardzības līdzekļa noteikšanu

izpildi, sedz prasītājs.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

569.pants. Parādnieka meklēšana

(1) Ja parādnieka atrašanās vieta nav zināma, tiesnesis pēc ieinteresētās puses lūguma pieņem lēmumu par

parādnieka meklēšanu ar policijas palīdzību šādās lietās:

1) par uzturlīdzekļu piedziņu;

2) par prasījumiem personisku aizskārumu dēļ, kuru rezultātā radies sakropļojums vai cits veselības bojājums vai

iestājusies personas nāve;

3) par piedziņu valsts ienākumos.

(2) Pēc policijas iestādes iesnieguma tiesa pieņem lēmumu par meklēšanas izdevumu piedziņu no parādnieka.

Četrpadsmitā sadaļa Piespiedu izpildes līdzekļu piemērošana

(Sadaļas nosaukums 31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

70.nodaļa Piedziņas vispārīgie noteikumi

570.pants. Piedziņas vēršana uz fiziskās personas mantu

(1) Piedziņu vērš uz fiziskās personas mantu, arī uz šīs personas daļu kopīpašumā un laulāto kopmantā, kā arī likumā

noteiktajos gadījumos — uz laulāto mantas kopību.

(2) Piedziņa uz parādnieka mantu netiek vērsta, ja parādnieks strādā vai saņem pensiju vai stipendiju un piedziņas

apmērs nepārsniedz to mēneša ienākumu daļu, uz kuru pēc likuma var vērst piedziņu.

571.pants. Manta, uz kuru nedrīkst vērst piedziņu

Izpildot spriedumus, piedziņu nedrīkst vērst uz šā likuma 1.pielikumā minēto mantu, izņemot tādu parādu piedziņu,

kas nodrošināti, ieķīlājot attiecīgās lietas.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

196

572.pants. Piedziņa no juridiskās personas

(1) Piedziņu pēc izpildu dokumentiem tiesu izpildītājs vispirms vērš uz juridiskās personas naudas līdzekļiem, kuri

atrodas kredītiestādēs.

(2) Ja, vēršot piedziņu uz juridiskās personas naudas līdzekļiem kredītiestādēs, piedzinēja prasījums netiek

apmierināts, piedziņu vērš uz juridiskās personas mantu.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

572.1 pants. Piedziņa Uzturlīdzekļu garantiju fonda administrācijas labā

(1) Ja piedzinējs ir izteicis attiecīgu lūgumu un ja, piemērojot visus šā likuma 557.panta 1., 2. un 3.punktā norādītos

piespiedu izpildes līdzekļus, tiesu izpildītājs konstatē, ka uzturlīdzekļu piedziņa no parādnieka nav iespējama vai

iespējama tādā apmērā, kas ir mazāks par Ministru kabineta noteikto minimālo uzturlīdzekļu apmēru, tiesu izpildītājs

izsniedz piedzinējam izziņu par uzturlīdzekļu piedziņas neiespējamību vai daļēju piedziņu iesniegšanai Uzturlīdzekļu

garantiju fonda administrācijai.

(2) Ja Uzturlīdzekļu garantiju fonda administrācija, pamatojoties uz Uzturlīdzekļu garantiju fonda likuma 5.panta otrās

daļas 1.punktu, stājusies piedzinēja vietā uzturlīdzekļu piedziņas lietā daļā par to uzturlīdzekļu piedziņu no

parādnieka, kuri izmaksāti no Uzturlīdzekļu garantiju fonda, tai ir visas šajā likumā noteiktās piedzinēja tiesības un

pienākumi.

(3) Uzturlīdzekļu garantiju fonda administrācijas izpildrīkojumu par nepamatoti izmaksāto uzturlīdzekļu summu

piedziņu no iesniedzēja piedzinējam atpakaļ neizsniedz. Ja uzturlīdzekļu piedzinējs saņēmis tiesu izpildītāja izziņu par

uzturlīdzekļu piedziņas neiespējamību vai daļēju piedziņu, izpildu dokumentu piedzinējam izsniedz tikai pēc tam, kad

no Uzturlīdzekļu garantiju fonda administrācijas saņemts apliecinājums par prasījuma neesamību.

(05.02.2009. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 12.06.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2009.)

71.nodaļa Piedziņas vēršana uz kustamo mantu

573.pants. Parādnieka kustamās mantas apķīlāšana

(1) Parādnieka kustamās mantas apķīlāšana izpaužas šīs mantas aprakstīšanā, apzīmogošanā (norādot, kas un kādā

lietā mantu apķīlājis) un apsardzībā. Mantas apzīmogošanu var neveikt, ja tas var bojāt mantu vai būtiski ietekmēt tās

vērtību. Kustamo lietu reģistros iekļautās mantas nav apzīmogojamas. Ministru kabinets nosaka apķīlāto kustamo lietu

apzīmogošanas kārtību.

(2) (Izslēgta ar 05.02.2009. likumu.)

(3) Tiesu izpildītājs kustamās lietas neapķīlā, ja varētu būt neiespējami tās pārdot un sprieduma izpildes izdevumi

varētu pārsniegt no pārdošanas iegūstamo naudas summu.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā

01.03.2009.)

197

574.pants. Parādnieka kustamās mantas apķīlāšanas vispārīgie noteikumi

(1) Tiesu izpildītājs apķīlā parādnieka kustamo mantu tādā daudzumā, kāds nepieciešams, lai dzēstu piedzenamo

summu un segtu sprieduma izpildes izdevumus. Tiesu izpildītājs neapķīlā galvenās lietas blakus lietas šķirti no

galvenās lietas.

(2) Tiesu izpildītājs var apķīlāt parādnieka kustamo mantu, kuras vērtība pārsniedz piedzinējam piespriesto summu un

sprieduma izpildes izdevumus, ja parādniekam nav citas apķīlāšanai pakļautas mantas vai šo mantu vērtība nesedz

piedzenamo summu un sprieduma izpildes izdevumus.

(3) Pēc kustamās mantas apķīlāšanas tiesu izpildītājs pieprasa ziņas no kustamo lietu reģistriem par šādu lietu

piederību parādniekam, kā arī komercķīlu reģistrā noskaidro, vai parādniekam piederošās kustamās lietas nav

ieķīlātas. Ja tiesu izpildītājs konstatē, ka apķīlātā manta pieder trešajām personām, viņš nekavējoties atbrīvo to no

apķīlājuma. Ja komercķīlu reģistrā uz parādnieka kustamo mantu ir reģistrēta komercķīla par labu trešajām

personām, tiesu izpildītājs pieprasa, lai parādnieks un komercķīlas ņēmējs paziņo par atlikušo parāda apmēru.

(4) Uz kustamām lietām, kas ieķīlātas kā komercķīla vai rokas ķīla trešo personu prasījumu nodrošināšanai, tiesu

izpildītājs var vērst piedziņu ar attiecīgā ķīlas ņēmēja piekrišanu, kā arī var vērst piedziņu uz naudas pārpalikumu ķīlas

pārdošanas gadījumā. Ja ķīlas ņēmējs pārdošanai nepiekrīt un pats bez attaisnojoša iemesla vilcinās pārdot ieķīlāto

lietu, tiesu izpildītājs izskaidro piedzinējam, ka viņš var lūgt tiesu noteikt laiku ieķīlāto lietu pārdošanai, lai varētu

vērst piedziņu uz naudas pārpalikumu, kā arī izskaidro tiesības nodibināt komercķīlu.

(5) Ja tiesu izpildītājs konstatē, ka kustamā manta jau ir apķīlāta citai piedziņai, viņš salīdzina mantu ar iepriekšējā

apķīlāšanā sastādīto mantas aprakstes aktu un apķīlā tikai tos priekšmetus, kas nav ierakstīti agrākajā aprakstes

aktā.

(6) Ja parādnieks atrodas prombūtnē vai izvairās no nolēmuma izpildes, kustamo mantu apķīlā tiesu izpildītājs,

piedaloties pašvaldības vai policijas pārstāvim.

(7) Pie parādnieka kustamās mantas apķīlāšanas parādniekam un piedzinējam ir tiesības pieaicināt ne vairāk kā divus

lieciniekus. Liecinieku neierašanās neaptur mantas apķīlāšanu.

(8) Notiekot kustamās mantas apķīlāšanai, parādnieks ir tiesīgs paziņot tiesu izpildītājam, uz kuriem priekšmetiem

vispirms būtu vēršama piedziņa. Tiesu izpildītājs šādu pieteikumu apmierina, ja tas nav pretrunā ar šā likuma normām

un nekavē nolēmuma izpildi.

(9) (Izslēgta ar 05.02.2009. likumu.)

(10) Kuģa apķīlājums attiecas ne vien uz kuģa korpusu, bet arī uz visiem kuģa piederumiem, ieskaitot tos, kuri

nodrošina kuģa navigāciju. Kopīpašumā esošs kuģis apķīlājams visā tā sastāvā, iepriekš neatdalot parādnieka tiesības

uz viņa daļu. Par kuģa apķīlāšanu paziņo Kuģu reģistram.

(11) Ja tiek apķīlāts transportlīdzeklis vai cita reģistrācijai pakļauta kustamā manta, par tās apķīlāšanu tiesu izpildītājs

paziņo attiecīgajai reģistra iestādei.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā

01.03.2009.)

198

575.pants. Parādnieka mantas apķīlāšana, ja manta atrodas pie citas personas

(1) Ja ir pierādījumi, ka parādnieka manta atrodas pie citas personas, tiesu izpildītājs apķīlā šo mantu vispārējā

kārtībā.

(2) (Izslēgta ar 31.10.2002. likumu.)

(3) Ja parādnieka mantas atrašanās pie citas personas noteikta ar savstarpēji noslēgtu līgumu, jautājumu par citas

personas no līguma izrietošo tiesību saglabāšanu izšķir tiesa prasības kārtībā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

576.pants. Kustamās mantas aprakstīšana

(1) Aprakstot kustamo mantu, precīzi norāda tās individuālās īpašības un daudzumu.

(2) Aprakstot kustamo mantu, jāatšķir jauni priekšmeti no lietotiem, kuriem norāda nolietojuma pakāpi.

(3) Aprakstot dārgmetālus, norāda provi (raudzi), ja tā ir zināma. Ja apraksta dārgakmeņiem izgreznotas lietas,

norāda šo akmeņu skaitu, lielumu un nosaukumu.

(4) Aprakstot preces, kā arī preču iesaiņojumos esošos izstrādājumus un materiālus, norāda uz iesaiņojumiem esošos

numurus vai zīmes un šajos iesaiņojumos glabājamo preču nosaukumu un aprakstu.

(5) Aprakstot vērtspapīrus, norāda to skaitu, šķiru, nominālvērtību un numurus.

(6) Aprakstot kustamo mantu, tiesu izpildītājs var atsevišķus priekšmetus sasaiņot pakās, norādot uz iesaiņojuma

aprakstīto priekšmetu nosaukumus.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

577.pants. Mantas aprakstes akts

(1) Mantas aprakstes aktā norāda:

1) akta sastādīšanas laiku un vietu;

2) tiesu izpildītāja amata vietu un prakses vietu, tiesu izpildītāja vārdu un uzvārdu;

3) tiesas vai citas institūcijas vai amatpersonas nolēmumu, kas tiek pildīts;

4) piedzinēja un parādnieka vai mantas aprakstē klātesošo viņu pilnvaroto pārstāvju vārdu un uzvārdu;

5) liecinieku vārdu, uzvārdu un dzīvesvietu, bet amatpersonai — vārdu, uzvārdu un ieņemamo amatu;

6) katra aprakstītā priekšmeta nosaukumu, tā īpašās pazīmes (576.pants), katra priekšmeta novērtējumu atsevišķi un

visas mantas vērtību;

7) (izslēgts ar 31.10.2002. likumu);

8) tās personas vārdu, uzvārdu un dzīvesvietu, kurai manta nodota glabāšanā;

9) to, ka piedzinējam un parādniekam izskaidrota tiesu izpildītāja rīcības pārsūdzēšanas kārtība un termiņš;

199

10) to, ka mantas glabātājam izskaidrota aprakstītās mantas glabāšanas kārtība, viņa civiltiesiskā atbildība, kā arī

kriminālatbildība, ja glabāšanā nodoto mantu izšķērdē, atsavina, slēpj vai apmaina;

11) piedzinēja, parādnieka vai citu mantas aprakstē klātesošo personu izteiktās piezīmes un iebildumus.

(2) Mantas aprakstes aktu paraksta tiesu izpildītājs, piedzinējs, parādnieks, mantas glabātājs un citas personas, kuras

piedalījušās mantas aprakstē. Ja piedzinējs, parādnieks vai viņu pārstāvji mantas aprakstes aktu neparaksta, tiesu

izpildītājs par to aktā izdara atzīmi.

(3) Piedzinējam vai parādniekam, kas parakstījis aprakstes aktu bez jebkādām piezīmēm, nav tiesību vēlāk iesniegt

sūdzību par aprakstes akta nepareizību.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

578.pants. Apķīlājamās mantas novērtēšana

(1) Parādnieka mantas novērtēšanu izdara tiesu izpildītājs pēc šai apvidū esošajām cenām, ievērojot tās nolietojuma

pakāpi. Kuģa novērtēšanai pieaicināms eksperts.

(2) Līdz apķīlātās mantas izsoles izziņošanai vai komisijas līguma noslēgšanai piedzinējs vai parādnieks rakstveidā var

lūgt tiesu izpildītāju pieaicināt ekspertu atkārtotai mantas novērtēšanai. Pirms eksperta pieaicināšanas tiesu izpildītājs

rakstveidā paziņo personai, kura lūgusi pieaicināt ekspertu, par novērtēšanas izdevumu apmēru. Novērtēšanas

izdevumus sedz persona, kura lūgusi pieaicināt ekspertu, iemaksājot nepieciešamo naudas summu tiesu izpildītāja

kontā piecu dienu laikā pēc paziņojuma saņemšanas. Ja novērtēšanai nepieciešamā naudas summa nav iemaksāta,

tiesu izpildītājs lūgumu pieaicināt ekspertu noraida.

(3) Ja nav iespējams pēc puses lūguma ekspertu pieaicināt mantas aprakstes dienā, tiesu izpildītājs mantas aprakstes

aktā norāda paša noteikto mantas vērtību.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

579.pants. Mantas apsardzība

(1) Lai nodrošinātu apķīlātās mantas apsardzību, tiesu izpildītājs ieceļ mantas glabātāju. Apķīlāto parādnieka mantu

tiesu izpildītājs nodod glabāšanā fiziskajai personai pret parakstu. Ja mantas glabātājs nevar nodrošināt apķīlātās

mantas apsardzību tajā adresē, kur tā apķīlāta, tiesu izpildītājs mantu izņem un nodod mantas glabātājam. Tiesu

izpildītājs jebkurā nolēmuma izpildes stadijā ir tiesīgs pieņemt lēmumu par mantas glabātāja nomaiņu, ja glabātājs

nevar turpināt savu pienākumu pildīšanu vai nenodrošina pienācīgu mantas glabāšanu.

(2) Parādnieks vai viņa ģimenes locekļi var lietot viņu glabāšanā atstāto mantu, ja šīs mantas īpašību dēļ tās lietošana

mantu neiznīcina vai būtiski nesamazina tās vērtību.

(3) Ja glabātājs nav parādnieks vai parādnieka ģimenes loceklis, viņš par glabāšanu saņem atlīdzību.

(4) Apķīlājot kustamo mantu, no parādnieka vai glabātāja ņemams paraksts, ka viņš to neatsavinās, neieķīlās un

neizlietos citam uzdevumam vai nolūkam un ka par tās izšķērdēšanu, atsavināšanu, noslēpšanu vai apmainīšanu viņu

var saukt pie kriminālatbildības.

(5) Mantas glabātājs pēc tiesu izpildītāja pieprasījuma uzrāda apķīlāto un viņam glabāšanā nodoto mantu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

200

580.pants. Parādniekam izņemto vērtību glabāšana

(1) Pie parādnieka atrastos zelta un sudraba izstrādājumus un citas vērtslietas, kā arī vērtspapīrus tiesu izpildītājs

apraksta vispārējā kārtībā. Aprakstītās vērtslietas un vērtspapīrus tiesu izpildītājs izņem un, ja nevar nodrošināt to

saglabāšanu, nodod glabāšanā kredītiestādē.

(2) Pie parādnieka atrasto naudu apmērā, kāds nepieciešams piedzenamā parāda un izpildīšanas izdevumu dzēšanai,

tiesu izpildītājs izņem un iemaksā tiesu izpildītāja depozīta kontā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

581.pants. Apķīlātās mantas pārdošana

(1) Tiesu izpildītājam ir tiesības pārdot parādnieka mantu, ja 10 dienu laikā pēc mantas apķīlāšanas nav iesniegtas

sūdzības par tiesu izpildītāja darbībām vai nav iesniegts lūgums par eksperta pieaicināšanu atkārtotai mantas

novērtēšanai. Ja iesniegtas sūdzības, tiesu izpildītājam ir tiesības pārdot parādnieka mantu pēc sūdzību izlemšanas,

bet ne agrāk par 10 dienām pēc mantas apķīlāšanas. Ja iesniegts lūgums par eksperta pieaicināšanu, — pēc mantas

atkārtotas novērtēšanas vai lūguma noraidīšanas, bet ne agrāk par 10 dienām pēc mantas apķīlāšanas.

(2) Gadījumos, kad sevišķu apstākļu dēļ nolēmuma izpildes kavēšanās var radīt ievērojamus zaudējumus piedzinējam

vai arī pati piedziņa var kļūt neiespējama, manta izņemama un pārdodama nekavējoties.

(3) Apķīlāto mantu tiesu izpildītājs var pārdot izsolē kā vienu izsoles priekšmetu, ja ir apķīlātas vienādas lietas vai

galvenā lieta un tās blakus lietas vai apķīlātās lietas ir nelietderīgi pārdot atsevišķi.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

582.pants. Apķīlātās mantas pārdošanas kārtība

(1) Tiesu izpildītājs apķīlāto mantu pārdod izsolē, bet, ja to lūdzis piedzinējs un parādnieks neiebilst, tiesu izpildītājs

apķīlāto mantu var nodot tirdzniecības uzņēmumam pārdošanai pēc komisijas noteikumiem. Ja piedzinējs nav to

lūdzis, apķīlāto mantu var nodot tirdzniecības uzņēmumam komisijā tikai šajā likumā noteiktajos gadījumos.

(2) Uzņēmējsabiedrību kapitāla daļas, pajas un slēgtas emisijas akcijas, kā arī citas bezķermeniskas lietas izsolē

pārdod tiesu izpildītājs, bet publiskā apgrozībā esošās akcijas un citi vērtspapīri nododami pārdošanai Rīgas Fondu

biržā.

(3) Tiesu izpildītājs var izņemt apķīlāto kustamo mantu:

1) lai nodotu to pārdošanai komisijā;

2) pirms pārdošanas izsolē, ja tas nepieciešams;

3) lai šajā likumā noteiktajos gadījumos to nodotu kustamās mantas nosolītājam, piedzinējam vai parādniekam.

(4) Ja parādnieks pilnīgi samaksā parādu un tiesas sprieduma izpildes izdevumus pirms apķīlātās mantas pārdošanas,

pārdošana apturama un apķīlātā manta atdodama parādniekam.

(5) Pēc apķīlātās mantas pārdošanas vai tās nodošanas piedzinējam (šajā likumā noteiktajos gadījumos) tiesu

izpildītājs pieņem lēmumu par pārdotās mantas atbrīvošanu no apķīlājuma, kā arī nosūta attiecīgajam kustamo lietu

201

reģistra turētājam vai citam publiskajam reģistram paziņojumu par aizlieguma atcelšanu un mantas atbrīvošanu no

apķīlājuma.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

583.pants. Apķīlātās mantas pārdošana komisijā

(1) Apķīlāto parādnieka mantu komisijā pārdod ar tirdzniecības uzņēmuma starpniecību.

(2) Mantas pārdošana pieļaujama tiesu izpildītāja amata vietas tiesu apgabala robežās.

(3) Apķīlāto mantu tiesu izpildītājs nodod pārdošanai, ievērojot šā likuma 581.pantā noteiktos termiņus. Apķīlātā

manta tiek nodota pārdošanai pēc tiesu izpildītāja novērtētās cenas, bet, ja ir veikta viena vai vairākas atkārtotas

eksperta novērtēšanas, — pēc augstākās eksperta novērtētās cenas.

(4) Lietas, kas ātri bojājas, izņem un nodod pārdošanai nekavējoties.

(5) Mēneša laikā pēc mantas nodošanas komisijā tirdzniecības uzņēmumi iemaksā ieņemtās summas tiesu izpildītāja

kontā. Tirdzniecības uzņēmums saņem atlīdzību saskaņā ar līguma nosacījumiem.

(6) Parādnieka mantu, kas nav pārdota mēneša laikā no tās nodošanas tirdzniecības uzņēmumam, tiesu izpildītājs

kopā ar tirdzniecības uzņēmuma pārstāvi pārceno, bet ne vairāk kā par 50 procentiem no mantas sākumcenas. Par

pārcenošanu paziņo piedzinējam un parādniekam.

(7) Ja manta netiek pārdota divu mēnešu laikā pēc tās pārcenošanas, piedzinējam ir tiesības paturēt šo mantu sev par

pārcenošanas summu, rakstveidā paziņojot par to tiesu izpildītājam 10 dienu laikā. Ja piedzinējs mantu nepatur, tiesu

izpildītājs to nodod atpakaļ parādniekam, atbrīvojot no apķīlājuma, vai pārdod izsolē pēc otrās izsoles noteikumiem

par cenu, kas noteikta pēc pārcenošanas.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

584.pants. Kustamās mantas izsoles izziņošana

(1) Kustamās mantas izsoli, izņemot kuģa izsoli, tiesu izpildītājs izziņo vismaz septiņas dienas iepriekš. Paziņojumā

norāda pārdodamos priekšmetus un to novērtējumu, pārdošanas vietu un laiku, parādnieka vārdu un uzvārdu, kā arī

tiesu izpildītāja vārdu, uzvārdu un amata vietu.

(2) Paziņojumu par izsoli izliek tiesu izpildītāja prakses vietā, pie tās mājas, kur notiks izsole, un vietējās pašvaldības

noteiktā vietā.

(3) Ja kopīgais mantas novērtējums pārsniedz vienu tūkstoti latu, tās pārdošanu izsludina arī vietējā laikrakstā.

(4) Ieinteresētā persona paziņojumu par izsoli uz sava rēķina var ievietot laikrakstos un citos masu informācijas

līdzekļos, kā arī izlikt sludinājumu sabiedriskās vietās atbilstoši attiecīgās pašvaldības noteiktajai kārtībai.

(5) Par izsoli paziņo piedzinējam un parādniekam.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 19.06.2003. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 24.07.2003.)

585.pants. Kuģa izsoles izziņošana

Kuģa izsole izsludināma Jūras kodeksa 55.pantā noteiktajā kārtībā.

202

(19.06.2003. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 24.07.2003.)

586.pants. Personas, kam nav tiesību piedalīties solīšanā

Solīšanā nav tiesību piedalīties parādniekam, viņa aizbildnim vai aizgādnim, personai, kas piedalījusies mantas

apķīlāšanā, mantas izsolītājam, kā arī izsolē klātesošajam policijas vai pašvaldības pārstāvim. Piedzinējam ir tiesības

piedalīties izsolē vispārējā kārtībā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

587.pants. Kustamo lietu izsoles kārtība

(1) Kustamās mantas izsole tiek uzsākta no tiesu izpildītāja novērtējuma, bet, ja ir veikta viena vai vairākas

atkārtotas novērtēšanas, — no augstākā eksperta novērtējuma. Uzsākot katra izsoles priekšmeta izsolīšanu, tiesu

izpildītājs nosauc priekšmeta izsoles sākumcenu, nosaka izsoles soli, ne mazāku par vienu procentu un ne lielāku par

10 procentiem no mantas izsoles sākumcenas, un jautā izsoles dalībniekiem, vai kāds sola vairāk. Solītāju solītās

cenas tiesu izpildītājs paziņo mutvārdos un ieraksta izsoles aktā, kamēr vien turpinās pārsolīšana.

(2) Pārsolīšanai beidzoties, tiesu izpildītājs trīs reizes jautā, vai neviens nesola vairāk. Ja pēc trešās reizes neseko

pārsolījums, tiesu izpildītājs izdara piesitienu un paziņo, ka pārsolījumus vairs nepieņem un izsolāmais priekšmets ir

pārdots.

(3) Kuģa izsole notiek pēc noteikumiem, kādi paredzēti nekustamā īpašuma izsolei.

(4) Parādniekam ir tiesības noteikt priekšmetu izsolīšanas secību.

(5) Ja summa, kas saņemta, pārdodot daļu no apķīlātās mantas, ir pietiekama pilnīgai piedzenamās summas dzēšanai

un sprieduma izpildes izdevumu segšanai, pārējos priekšmetus neizsola. Kad solītāji ir samaksājuši pilnu pirkuma

maksu, šie priekšmeti atbrīvojami no apķīlājuma un atdodami atpakaļ parādniekam, un tiesu izpildītājs par to sastāda

aktu.

(6) Personai, kura nosolījusi pārdodamo priekšmetu, nekavējoties jāsamaksā vismaz piektā daļa no solītās cenas, bet

pilna nosolītā summa — ne vēlāk kā nākamajā darbdienā pēc izsoles. Ja nosolītā summa pārsniedz vienu tūkstoti latu,

tiesu izpildītājs pēc nosolītāja lūguma var atlikt pilnas pirkuma cenas samaksu uz laiku līdz septiņām dienām. Kad

izsolē nosolītā summa samaksāta pilnībā, nopirktie priekšmeti nododami nosolītājam, un tiesu izpildītājs par to

sastāda aktu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

588.pants. Izsoles akts

Izsoles aktā tiesu izpildītājs norāda:

1) izsoles dienu un vietu;

2) tiesu izpildītāja vārdu, uzvārdu, amata vietu un prakses vietu;

3) nolēmumu, kas tiek pildīts;

4) pārdodamā priekšmeta nosaukumu vai numuru pēc aprakstes akta;

203

5) pārdodamā priekšmeta izsoles sākumcenu un izsoles soli;

6) izsolē solīto augstāko cenu;

7) nosolītāja vārdu, uzvārdu, personas kodu un adresi;

8) vai pie pārdošanas bijis klāt parādnieks vai viņa pārstāvis.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

589.pants. Izsoles pasludināšana par nenotikušu

(1) Tiesu izpildītājs pasludina izsoli par nenotikušu, ja:

1) izsolē nav ieradies neviens solītājs vai ieradies tikai viens solītājs;

2) neviens no tiem, kas ieradušies, nesola vairāk par izsoles sākumcenu;

3) nosolītājs noteiktā termiņā nesamaksā visu summu, par kuru viņš mantu nosolījis.

(2) Šā panta pirmās daļas 3.punktā paredzētajā gadījumā pēc nosolīšanas iemaksātā nauda netiek atmaksāta, bet

pievienojama kopsummai, kas ieņemta par mantu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

590.pants. Par nenotikušu pasludinātas izsoles sekas un otrā izsole

(1) Ja izsole pasludināta par nenotikušu, piedzinējam ir tiesības paturēt apķīlāto mantu par izsoles sākumcenu,

rakstveidā paziņojot par to tiesu izpildītājam divu nedēļu laikā no izsoles dienas.

(2) Ja vairāki piedzinēji vēlas paturēt apķīlāto mantu sev par izsoles sākumcenu, rīkojama atkārtota pirmā izsole, kurā

piedalās piedzinēji, kas vēlas paturēt apķīlāto mantu sev par sākumcenu, un solīšana sākas no pirmās izsoles

sākumcenas. Par izsoles laiku un vietu tiesu izpildītājs rakstveidā paziņo piedzinējiem septiņas dienas iepriekš.

Piedzinēja neierašanās uz izsoli tiek uzskatīta par viņa atteikšanos no tiesībām paturēt mantu sev. Ja uz izsoli ierodas

viens piedzinējs, viņš var paturēt apķīlāto mantu bez solīšanas. Ja uz izsoli neierodas neviens piedzinējs, tiesu

izpildītājs nekavējoties nosaka otro izsoli.

(3) Ja piedzinēja pieteikums par apķīlātās mantas paturēšanu par izsoles sākumcenu nav saņemts divu nedēļu laikā

no izsoles dienas, tiesu izpildītājs nekavējoties nosaka otro izsoli. Otro izsoli izziņo, ievērojot pirmās izsoles

noteikumus.

(4) Solīšana kustamās mantas otrajā izsolē tiek uzsākta no pirmās izsoles sākumcenas un notiek, ievērojot šā likuma

587.panta pirmajā daļā paredzēto kārtību.

(5) Ja neviens no tiem, kas ieradušies, nesola vairāk par izsoles sākumcenu, tiesu izpildītājs paziņo, ka tiek uzsākta

priekšmeta izsolīšana ar lejupejošu soli. Tiesu izpildītājs pazemina priekšmeta izsoles sākumcenu par iepriekš noteikto

soli, kas nedrīkst būt lielāks par 10 procentiem no izsoles sākumcenas, un prasa, vai kāds no klātesošajiem sola šo

cenu. Par katru cenas pazeminājumu tiesu izpildītājs izdara atzīmi izsoles aktā. Tiesu izpildītājs pārtrauc priekšmeta

izsolīšanu, ja neviens no tiem, kas ieradušies, nesola pat 10 procentus no priekšmeta izsoles sākumcenas.

(6) Ja kāds no otrajā izsolē klātesošajiem sola nosaukto priekšmeta cenu, tiesu izpildītājs trīs reizes jautā, vai neviens

nesola vairāk, un, ja neseko pārsolījums, izdara piesitienu un paziņo, ka pārsolījumus vairs nepieņem un izsolāmais

204

priekšmets ir pārdots. Ja kāds sola vairāk, izsole turpinās ar augšupejošu soli, ievērojot šā likuma 587.panta otrās

daļas noteikumus.

(7) Persona, kura nosolījusi pārdodamo priekšmetu zem otrās izsoles sākumcenas, nekavējoties samaksā visu nosolīto

summu. Persona, kura nosolījusi pārdodamo priekšmetu par cenu, kas ir augstāka par sākumcenu, nosolīto cenu

maksā un nopirkto priekšmetu saņem šā likuma 587.pantā noteiktajā kārtībā.

(8) Ja arī otrā izsole pasludināta par nenotikušu un piedzinējs divu nedēļu laikā pēc otrās izsoles nav paziņojis par

vēlēšanos apķīlāto mantu paturēt sev par pēdējo solīto vai tiesu izpildītāja nosaukto cenu, manta atdodama

parādniekam, atbrīvojot to no apķīlājuma, un tiesu izpildītājs par to sastāda aktu.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

591.pants. Izsoles atzīšana par spēkā neesošu

(1) Tiesa izsoli atzīst par spēkā neesošu, ja:

1) kādam nepamatoti nav atļauts piedalīties izsolē vai nepareizi atraidīts kāds pārsolījums;

2) mantu nopirkusi tāda persona, kura nav bijusi tiesīga piedalīties izsolē;

3) manta pārdota pirms termiņa, kāds noteikts paziņojumā par pārdošanu;

4) tiesu izpildītājs, piedzinējs vai pircējs pieļāvis ļaunprātības.

(2) Par tiesas lēmumu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

72.nodaļa Piedziņas vēršana uz darba samaksu,

tai pielīdzinātajiem maksājumiem un citām naudas summām

(Nodaļas nosaukums 31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas

spēkā 11.10.2006.)

592.pants. Piedziņas vēršana uz darba samaksu

(1) Piedziņa uz parādnieka darba samaksu, arī uz samaksu, ko parādnieks saņem par valsts civildienesta vai militārā

dienesta pildīšanu, tiek vērsta, ja:

1) tiek izpildīts nolēmums par periodisku maksājumu piedziņu;

2) piedziņas apmērs nepārsniedz to mēneša darba samaksas vai tai pielīdzināto maksājumu daļu, uz kuru pēc likuma

var vērst piedziņu;

3) piedzinējs ir lūdzis vērst piedziņu uz darba samaksu vai tai pielīdzinātajiem maksājumiem.

(2) Piedziņa uz parādnieka darba samaksu tiek vērsta arī tad, ja parādniekam nav mantas vai tās nepietiek, lai

piedzītu parādu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

205

593.pants. Ziņas par parādnieka darba samaksu un tai pielīdzinātajiem maksājumiem

Darba devējs pēc tiesu izpildītāja pieprasījuma viņa noteiktajā termiņā sniedz ziņas par to, vai parādnieks strādā pie

tā, kāda ir viņa darba samaksa un tai pielīdzinātie maksājumi tiesu izpildītāja norādītajā laikposmā.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

594.pants. Ieturējumu apmērs no parādnieka darba samaksas un tai pielīdzinātajiem maksājumiem

(1) No parādniekam izmaksājamās darba samaksas un tai pielīdzinātajiem maksājumiem ieturējumus pēc izpildu

dokumentiem izdara līdz piedzenamā parāda dzēšanai:

1) uzturlīdzekļu piedziņas lietās nepilngadīgu bērnu uzturam vai Uzturlīdzekļu garantiju fonda administrācijas labā —

saglabājot parādniekam darba samaksu un tai pielīdzinātos maksājumus 50 procentu apmērā no minimālās mēneša

darba algas;

2) piedzenot uzturlīdzekļus, atlīdzinot zaudējumus sakarā ar personisku aizskārumu, kura rezultātā radies

sakropļojums vai cits veselības bojājums vai iestājusies personas nāve, vai atlīdzinot zaudējumu, kas nodarīts, izdarot

noziegumu, — 50 procentus;

3) pārējos piedziņu veidos, ja likumā nav noteikts citādi, — 30 procentus.

(2) Ja piedziņa uz darba samaksu tiek vērsta pēc vairākiem izpildu dokumentiem, darbiniekam katrā gadījumā

jāsaglabā darba samaksa un tai pielīdzinātie maksājumi 50 procentu apmērā, izņemot šā panta pirmās daļas 1.punktā

noteikto gadījumu.

(3) (Izslēgta ar 31.10.2002. likumu.)

(4) Ieturējumu apmēru no darba samaksas un tai pielīdzinātajiem maksājumiem aprēķina no summas, kas

parādniekam jāsaņem pēc nodokļu samaksas.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 17.06.2004. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2004.)

595.pants. Piedziņas vēršana uz citiem parādnieka ienākumiem ārpus darba samaksas

(1) Šajā nodaļā noteiktos nosacījumus un kārtību, kas jāievēro, vēršot piedziņu uz darba samaksu, piemēro arī

gadījumos, kad parādnieks saņem:

1) mācību iestādes audzēkņa stipendiju;

2) summas zaudējumu atlīdzināšanai par personisku aizskārumu, kura rezultātā radies sakropļojums vai cits veselības

bojājums vai iestājusies personas nāve;

3) (izslēgts ar 17.12.2009. likumu).

(2) Vēršot piedziņu uz valsts pensijām, valsts sociālās apdrošināšanas pabalstiem un atlīdzībām, piemērojami

noteikumi par piedziņas vēršanu uz darba samaksu, nodrošinot, ka pēc ieturējumu veikšanas mēnesī izmaksājamā

summa katram maksājumam nav mazāka par valsts sociālā nodrošinājuma pabalsta apmēru, ja citos likumos nav

noteikti citi ieturējumu ierobežojumi.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 17.12.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.02.2010.)

206

596.pants. Summas, uz kurām nevar vērst piedziņu

Piedziņu nevar vērst uz:

1) atlaišanas pabalstu, apbedīšanas pabalstu, vienreizēju pabalstu mirušā laulātajam, valsts sociālajiem pabalstiem,

valsts atbalstu ar celiakiju slimam bērnam, kuram nav noteikta invaliditāte, apgādnieka zaudējuma pensiju un

atlīdzību par apgādnieka zaudējumu;

2) kompensācijas izmaksām par darbiniekam piederošo instrumentu nolietošanos un citām kompensācijām saskaņā ar

normatīvajiem aktiem, kas regulē darba tiesiskās attiecības;

3) darbiniekam izmaksājamām summām sakarā ar komandējumu, pārcelšanu un nosūtīšanu darbā uz citu apdzīvotu

vietu;

4) sociālās palīdzības pabalstiem;

5) bērna uzturlīdzekļiem Ministru kabineta noteikto minimālo bērna uzturlīdzekļu apmērā, kurus, pamatojoties uz

tiesas nolēmumu, maksā viens no vecākiem, kā arī uz Uzturlīdzekļu garantiju fonda izmaksājamiem bērna

uzturlīdzekļiem.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 17.12.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.02.2010.)

597.pants. Kārtība piedziņas vēršanai uz parādnieka darba samaksu, tai pielīdzinātajiem maksājumiem un citiem ienākumiem

(1) Tiesu izpildītājs nosūta darba devējam vai attiecīgajai juridiskajai personai rīkojumu ar norādi izdarīt ieturējumus

no parādnieka darba samaksas vai citas atlīdzības, pensijas, stipendijas vai pabalsta un uz parādnieka rēķina ieskaitīt

ieturētās summas tiesu izpildītāja depozīta kontā.

(2) Izbeidzot darba attiecības ar parādnieku, darba devējs par to informē tiesu izpildītāju, kā arī norāda parādnieka

jauno darbavietu, ja tā ir zināma. Šie noteikumi attiecināmi arī uz juridiskajām personām, kas ir izdarījušas

ieturējumus no parādniekam izmaksājamās pensijas, stipendijas vai pabalsta, ja šo maksājumu izdarīšana tiek

pārtraukta.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002., 19.06.2003. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

598.pants. Kontrole par ieturējumu pareizību

Tiesu izpildītājs pēc piedzinēja rakstveida lūguma pārbauda, vai darba devējs (attiecīga juridiskā persona) pareizi un

savlaicīgi izdarījis ieturējumus no parādnieka darba samaksas un cita veida ienākumiem un vai ieturētās summas

ieskaitījis tiesu izpildītāja depozīta kontā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

599.pants. Piedziņas vēršana uz naudas līdzekļiem, kas pienākas no citām personām

(1) Ja piedziņu vērš uz naudas līdzekļiem, kas pienākas no citām personām, tajā skaitā no cita tiesu izpildītāja, tiesu

izpildītājs nosūta šīm personām pieprasījumu paziņot, vai tām ir pienākums samaksāt kādas summas parādniekam, uz

kāda pamata un kādā termiņā.

207

(2) Vienlaikus ar pieprasījumu tiesu izpildītājs paziņo, ka šie naudas līdzekļi tiek apķīlāti piedziņas summas un

sprieduma izpildes izdevumu apmērā un ka līdz pilnīgai piedzenamās summas un sprieduma izpildes izdevumu

dzēšanai šīm personām naudas līdzekļi jāieskaita tiesu izpildītāja depozīta kontā.

(3) Ja parādniekam ir noguldījums kredītiestādē, tiesu izpildītājs kredītiestādei dod rīkojumu noguldītos līdzekļus tiesu

izpildītāja norādītajā piedzenamās summas un sprieduma izpildes izdevumu apmērā pārskaitīt tiesu izpildītāja depozīta

kontā, ievērojot šā likuma 1.pielikuma 3.punktā noteikto ierobežojumu attiecībā uz parādnieku. Tiesu izpildītāja

rīkojums izpildāms nekavējoties.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002., 19.06.2003., 07.09.2006. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā

01.03.2009.)

73.nodaļa Piedziņas vēršana uz nekustamo īpašumu

600.pants. Paziņojums par piedziņas vēršanu uz nekustamo īpašumu

(1) Ja piedzinējs lūdz vērst piedziņu uz nekustamo īpašumu, tiesu izpildītājs nosūta ierakstītā sūtījumā parādniekam

paziņojumu un uzaicina viņu nokārtot parādu. Piedzinēja lūgumam pievienojami tik tiesas izdoti likumīgā spēkā

stājušies nolēmumu noraksti, cik ir nekustamo īpašumu, uz kuriem tiek vērsta piedziņa.

(2) Tiesu izpildītājs iesniedz zemesgrāmatu nodaļai nostiprinājuma lūgumu par piedziņas atzīmes ierakstīšanu. Šīs

atzīmes sekas norādītas Civillikuma 1077.panta pirmajā daļā, 1081. un 1305.pantā, kā arī Zemesgrāmatu likuma

46.pantā.

(3) Tiesu izpildītājs pieprasa no zemesgrāmatu nodaļas attiecīgā zemesgrāmatas nodalījuma norakstu un ierakstītā

sūtījumā nosūta paziņojumu nekustamā īpašuma īpašniekam, ja tas nav parādnieks, nekustamā īpašuma

kopīpašniekiem, kā arī visiem hipotekārajiem kreditoriem, tajā skaitā personām, kuru labā ierakstīta ķīlas tiesības

atzīme, norādot:

1) kuras personas prasījuma apmierināšanai tiek vērsta piedziņa uz nekustamo īpašumu;

2) cik liela ir parāda summa un vai parāds nodrošināts ar hipotēku uz attiecīgo nekustamo īpašumu.

(4) Šā panta trešajā daļā minētajā paziņojumā tiesu izpildītājs pieprasa, lai hipotekārie kreditori tiesu izpildītāja

noteiktajā termiņā, kas nav mazāks par 10 dienām, iesniedz ziņas par atlikušā hipotekārā parāda apmēru.

(5) Tiesu izpildītājs pieprasa no pašvaldības ziņas par nekustamā īpašuma nodokļu parādu un uzaicina pašvaldību

iesniegt lēmumu par nodokļu parāda piedziņu, ja tāds ir.

(6) Ja parādnieks līdz nekustamā īpašuma izsolei pilnībā samaksājis parādu un sprieduma izpildes izdevumus tiesu

izpildītājam, nekustamā īpašuma pārdošana tiek atcelta.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002., 19.06.2003. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

601.pants. Parādnieka pienākumi

(1) No tiesu izpildītāja paziņojuma saņemšanas dienas parādniekam ir aizliegts:

1) atsavināt šo nekustamo īpašumu vai ieķīlāt to;

208

2) cirst tajā mežu, izņemot saimniecības uzturēšanai nepieciešamo;

3) atsavināt vai bojāt nekustamā īpašuma piederumus;

4) nodot šo nekustamo īpašumu valdījumā citai personai, tajā skaitā slēgt nomas, īres un citus nekustamo īpašumu

apgrūtinošus līgumus.

(2) Līgumi, kurus par nekustamo īpašumu parādnieks noslēdzis pēc tam, kad zemesgrāmatā izdarīta piedziņas atzīme,

nav spēkā attiecībā uz piedzinēju un nekustamā īpašuma pircēju izsolē.

(3) To līgumu spēks, kurus attiecībā uz nekustamo īpašumu parādnieks noslēdzis, pirms zemesgrāmatā ierakstīta

piedziņas atzīme, nosakāms kā attiecībā uz pusēm, kas piedalījušās šajos līgumos, tā arī attiecībā uz nekustamā

īpašuma pircēju izsolē, saskaņā ar Civillikumu.

(4) Parādniekam ir pienākums tiesu izpildītāja noteiktajā termiņā paziņot par nekustamā īpašuma faktisko valdītāju un

pārvaldnieku, ja tāds ir, kā arī par visiem attiecībā uz šo nekustamo īpašumu noslēgtajiem nomas, īres un citiem

nekustamo īpašumu apgrūtinošiem līgumiem.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

602.pants. Piedzinēju un citu kreditoru tiesības

(1) Piedzinējam neatkarīgi no piedziņas vēršanas uz nekustamo īpašumu ir tiesības prasīt, lai viņam nostiprina

zemesgrāmatā hipotēku piedzenamās summas apmērā.

(2) Hipotekārajam kreditoram ir tiesības piedalīties nekustamā īpašuma aprakstē, saņemt aprakstes aktu un par

saviem līdzekļiem publicēt sludinājumus par izsoli, par to paziņojot tiesu izpildītājam.

(3) Hipotekārajam kreditoram un piedzinējam ir tiesības piedalīties solīšanā, iemaksājot šā likuma 607.panta pirmajā

daļā noteikto nodrošinājumu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

603.pants. Nekustamā īpašuma aprakste

(1) Nekustamo īpašumu tiesu izpildītājs apraksta pēc piedzinēja lūguma. Par nekustamā īpašuma aprakstes laiku viņš

paziņo parādniekam, nosūtot šā likuma 600.pantā paredzēto paziņojumu, un piedzinējam. Pie nekustamā īpašuma

aprakstes parādniekam un piedzinējam ir tiesības pieaicināt ne vairāk kā divus lieciniekus. Parādnieka, piedzinēja vai

liecinieku neierašanās neaptur apraksti.

(2) Aprakstes aktā norāda:

1) tiesu izpildītāja vārdu, uzvārdu, amata vietu un prakses vietu;

2) tiesas vai citas institūcijas nolēmumu, kurš tiek pildīts;

3) piedzinēja un parādnieka vai viņu pilnvaroto personu vai pārstāvju vārdu un uzvārdu, ja tādi piedalās aprakstē;

4) liecinieku vārdu, uzvārdu un dzīvesvietu, ja tādi piedalās aprakstē;

5) vietu, kur nekustamais īpašums atrodas;

209

6) no kādām daļām nekustamais īpašums sastāv;

7) uz zemesgrāmatas ierakstu pamata:

a) aprakstāmā nekustamā īpašuma vērtību, ja tāda ir norādīta, tā īpašnieku, apgrūtinājumus ar parādiem un to

summu, kā arī aprobežojumus un apgrūtinājumus, kas uzlikti nekustamajam īpašumam,

b) ziņas par nekustamā īpašuma stāvokli un līgumiem, kas noslēgti attiecībā uz šo īpašumu, ja tiesu izpildītājam par

tādiem ir zināms, kā arī ziņas par kustamo mantu, kura ir nekustamā īpašuma piederums;

8) nekustamā īpašuma faktisko valdītāju vai pārvaldnieku, ja tādi ir zināmi.

(3) Aprakstot tehnoloģiski savstarpēji saistītu iekārtu un ēku kopumu, norāda arī to, kurās ēkās tas atrodas, aizņemto

ēku lielumu, sastāvu, darba telpu skaitu, darbgaldu un citu iekārtu skaitu.

(4) Aprakstot nekustamo īpašumu, piemērojami arī šā likuma 576. un 577.panta noteikumi.

(5) Parādnieks iesniedz dokumentus un plānus, ar kuriem noteikta aprakstāmā nekustamā īpašuma platība un

parādnieka tiesības uz šo īpašumu, kā arī tiesu izpildītājam paziņo, kas ir nekustamā īpašuma faktiskais valdītājs un

pārvaldnieks.

(6) Tiesu izpildītājs pēc ieinteresēto personu lūguma un uz to rēķina var pieprasīt no zemesgrāmatu nodaļas to

dokumentu norakstus, kuri attiecas uz aprakstāmo nekustamo īpašumu.

(7) Šā panta piektajā un sestajā daļā norādīto dokumentu nesaņemšana neaptur apraksti.

(8) Ja parādnieks vai piedzinējs nav piedalījies nekustamā īpašuma aprakstē, tiesu izpildītājs aprakstes aktu tiem

nosūta triju dienu laikā pēc aprakstes.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

604.pants. Nekustamā īpašuma novērtēšana

(1) Nekustamo īpašumu uz parādnieka rēķina pēc tiesu izpildītāja pieprasījuma novērtē sertificēts nekustamā īpašuma

vērtētājs, nosakot nekustamā īpašuma piespiedu pārdošanas vērtību.

(2) Tiesu izpildītājs ierakstītā sūtījumā paziņo par novērtējumu parādniekam, piedzinējam un hipotekārajam

kreditoram, vienlaikus izskaidrojot viņu tiesības 10 dienu laikā no paziņojuma nosūtīšanas dienas lūgt nekustamā

īpašuma atkārtotu novērtēšanu.

(3) Persona, kura lūgusi atkārtotu novērtēšanu, sedz novērtēšanas izdevumus tiesu izpildītāja noteiktajā termiņā,

iemaksājot nepieciešamo naudas summu tiesu izpildītāja kontā. Ja novērtēšanai nepieciešamā naudas summa šajā

termiņā nav iemaksāta, tiesu izpildītājs lūgumu par nekustamā īpašuma atkārtotu novērtēšanu noraida.

(05.02.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

605.pants. Nekustamā īpašuma pārvaldīšana

(1) Aprakstītais nekustamais īpašums līdz nodošanai jaunajam īpašniekam paliek agrākā valdītāja vai pārvaldnieka

pārvaldīšanā.

210

(2) Īpašuma valdītājs vai pārvaldnieks aprakstīto nekustamo īpašumu saglabā tādā pašā stāvoklī, kāds tas bija

aprakstes brīdī, un kopā ar to pašu kustamo mantu.

(3) Ja nav zināms nekustamā īpašuma valdītājs vai pārvaldnieks, tiesu izpildītājs pēc saviem ieskatiem var iecelt

nekustamā īpašuma pārvaldnieku. Tiesu izpildītāja ieceltajam nekustamā īpašuma pārvaldītājam ir tāda pati atbildība

kā šajā likumā noteiktajam kustamās mantas glabātājam.

(4) Nekustamā īpašuma valdītājam un pārvaldniekam jādod norēķins tiesu izpildītājam par aprakstītā īpašuma

pārvaldīšanas laiku. Saņemtie ienākumi no nekustamā īpašuma nododami tiesu izpildītājam un pievienojami summai,

kas ieņemta, šo īpašumu pārdodot.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

606.pants. Nekustamā īpašuma izsoles izziņošana

(1) Nekustamā īpašuma izsoli, ja šā likuma 604.pantā noteiktajā termiņā nav iesniegts lūgums par nekustamā

īpašuma jaunu novērtēšanu vai tas ir noraidīts, tiesu izpildītājs izziņo vismaz vienu mēnesi pirms izsoles. Pēc

piedzinēja lūguma izsoli var izziņot vismaz divus mēnešus pirms izsoles, bet ne vēlāk kā vienu mēnesi pirms izsoles.

(2) Sludinājumu par nekustamā īpašuma izsoli tiesu izpildītājs publicē laikrakstā "Latvijas Vēstnesis" un vismaz divas

nedēļas pirms izsoles izliek pie pārdodamā nekustamā īpašuma un tiesu izpildītāja prakses vietā.

(3) Sludinājumā par nekustamā īpašuma izsoli norāda:

1) nekustamā īpašuma īpašnieka un piedzinēja vārdu un uzvārdu, juridiskajām personām — nosaukumu un atrašanās

vietu (juridisko adresi);

2) tiesu izpildītāja vārdu, uzvārdu, amata vietu un prakses vietu;

3) nekustamā īpašuma īsu aprakstu, atrašanās vietu un kadastra numuru;

4) nekustamā īpašuma novērtējumu;

5) (izslēgts ar 05.02.2009. likumu);

6) ka visām personām, kurām uz nekustamo īpašumu ir tiesības, kas nepieļauj tā pārdošanu izsolē, jāpieteic savas

prasības tiesā līdz izsoles dienai;

7) kura izsole pēc kārtas tā ir;

8) izsoles laiku un vietu;

9) nodrošinājuma summu, kas iemaksājama tiesu izpildītāja depozīta kontā.

(4) Par nekustamā īpašuma izsoli tiesu izpildītājs vismaz divas nedēļas iepriekš ierakstītā sūtījumā paziņo

parādniekam un piedzinējam, nekustamā īpašuma īpašniekam, kopīpašniekam, hipotekārajam kreditoram un

personai, kuras labā nostiprināta ķīlas tiesību vai aizlieguma atzīme, ja tāda ir.

(5) No izsoles izsludināšanas dienas visi dokumenti, kas attiecas uz pārdošanu izsolē, ir pieejami visām personām,

kuras vēlas ar tiem iepazīties.

(6) Izziņojot nekustamā īpašuma izsoli, piemērojami arī šā likuma 584.panta ceturtās daļas noteikumi.

211

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002., 05.02.2009. un 17.12.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.02.2010.)

607.pants. Nekustamā īpašuma pirkuma nodrošinājums

(1) Personas, kuras vēlas piedalīties nekustamā īpašuma izsolē, iemaksā tiesu izpildītāja depozīta kontā

nodrošinājumu 10 procentu apmērā no nekustamā īpašuma novērtējuma.

(2) Pirms izsoles tiesu izpildītājs pārliecinās, vai nodrošinājuma summa ir ieskaitīta tiesu izpildītāja depozīta kontā.

(3) Nodrošinājumu, ko iemaksājusi persona, kura izsolē nopirkusi nekustamo īpašumu, ieskaita pirkuma maksā.

Pārējiem izsoles dalībniekiem iemaksāto nodrošinājumu pēc izsoles nekavējoties izsniedz atpakaļ.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

607.1 pants. Izsoles sākumcena

Izsole sākas no nekustamā īpašuma novērtējumā norādītās piespiedu pārdošanas vērtības. Ja ir bijušas divas

novērtēšanas, izsole sākas no augstākās nekustamā īpašuma novērtējuma summas.

(05.02.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

608.pants. Nekustamā īpašuma izsoles kārtība

(1) Pirms izsoles personas, kuras ieradušās uz izsoli, uzrāda tiesu izpildītājam personu un pilnvarojumu (pārstāvības

tiesības) apliecinošus dokumentus un iesniedz šo dokumentu kopijas. Uzsākot izsoli, tiesu izpildītājs nosauc

pārdodamo nekustamo īpašumu, izsoles sākumcenu un nosaka izsoles soli, ne mazāku par vienu procentu un ne

lielāku par 10 procentiem no nekustamā īpašuma izsoles sākumcenas. Pēc tam tiesu izpildītājs jautā izsoles

dalībniekiem, vai kāds sola vairāk. Kamēr vien turpinās pārsolīšana, solītāju solītās cenas tiesu izpildītājs paziņo

mutvārdos un ieraksta izsoles aktā, norādot solītāja vārdu un uzvārdu.

(11) Solīšanā nav tiesību piedalīties parādniekam, viņa aizbildnim vai aizgādnim, personai, kas piedalījusies nekustamā

īpašuma aprakstē, kā arī tiesu izpildītājam, kas rīko izsoli. Par citos normatīvajos aktos noteikto ierobežojumu

ievērošanu attiecībā uz nekustamo īpašumu iegādi ir atbildīgi paši izsoles dalībnieki.

(2) Pārsolīšanai beidzoties, tiesu izpildītājs trīs reizes jautā, vai neviens nesola vairāk. Ja pēc trešās reizes neseko

pārsolījums, tiesu izpildītājs izdara piesitienu un paziņo, ka pārsolījumus vairs nepieņem un izsolāmais nekustamais

īpašums ir pārdots.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

609.pants. Divkāršā izsole

(1) Divkāršo izsoli var pieprasīt hipotekārais kreditors, ja zemesgrāmatā pēc hipotēkas nostiprināšanas bez viņa

piekrišanas ierakstīts tāds nekustamā īpašuma apgrūtinājums, kas var ietekmēt hipotekārā kreditora apmierinājuma

apmēru, un izsole notiek tieši viņa vai par viņu agrāk zemesgrāmatā ierakstīta hipotekārā kreditora prasījuma

piedziņai.

(2) Nekustamais īpašums pārdodams izsolē ar nosacījumu, ka minētais apgrūtinājums atstājams, un ar nosacījumu,

ka minētais apgrūtinājums dzēšams.

(3) Ja neviens nevēlas iegūt nekustamo īpašumu ar atstāto apgrūtinājumu, tas paliek nosolītājam ar nosacījumu, ka

apgrūtinājums dzēšams.

212

(4) Ja ir solītāji, kas vēlas pirkt nekustamo īpašumu, gan atstājot apgrūtinājumu, gan to dzēšot, nekustamais īpašums

paliek nosolītājam ar nosacījumu dzēst apgrūtinājumu tikai tad, ja nosolītā cena pārsniedz ne vien augstāko cenu,

kāda solīta ar nosacījumu atstāt apgrūtinājumu, bet arī to prasījumu summu, kuriem ir priekšrocība salīdzinājumā ar

tā hipotekārā kreditora prasījumiem, kurš lūdzis izdarīt divkāršo izsoli.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

610.pants. Izsoles akts

(1) Izsoles aktā tiesu izpildītājs norāda:

1) izsoles dienu un vietu;

2) tiesu izpildītāja vārdu, uzvārdu, amata vietu un prakses vietu;

3) nolēmumu, kas tiek pildīts;

4) kāds nekustamais īpašums tiek izsolīts un izsoles sākumcenu;

5) personas, kas piedalās izsolē kā piedzinēji, parādnieki un solītāji;

6) izsolē solītās cenas un solītāja vārdu un uzvārdu;

7) augstāko nosolīto cenu, nosolītāja vārdu un uzvārdu vai nosaukumu, personas kodu vai reģistrācijas numuru un

adresi;

8) apgrūtinājumus, ja nekustamo īpašumu pārdod ar nosacījumu, ka tie atstājami.

(2) Izsoles aktu paraksta tiesu izpildītājs, nosolītājs, pēdējais pārsolītais solītājs, piedzinējs un parādnieks, ja viņi

bijuši izsolē, kā arī amatpersonas, kas bijušas klāt izsolē.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

611.pants. Izsoles sekas

(1) Nekustamais īpašums paliek tam, kas solījis augstāku cenu nekā citi.

(2) Nosolītājam viena mēneša laikā pēc izsoles jāsamaksā visa summa, ko viņš nosolījis. Par visas summas samaksu

uzskatāma arī tiesu izpildītājam iesniegta bankas pieprasījuma garantijas vēstule, kurā norādīts garantijas priekšmets,

summa un termiņš, kas nevar būt īsāks par trijiem mēnešiem, skaitot no izsoles akta apstiprināšanas dienas, ja šādai

pieprasījuma garantijas vēstules izmantošanai piekritis piedzinējs un hipotekārais kreditors.

(3) Pēc tam, kad nekustamā īpašuma nosolītājs samaksājis visu no viņa pienākošos summu, tiesu izpildītājs izsoles

aktu iesniedz apstiprināšanai apgabaltiesā, kuras darbības teritorijā atrodas nekustamais īpašums.

(31) Pēc tam, kad tiesu izpildītājs iesniedz bankai tiesas lēmuma norakstu par izsoles akta apstiprināšanu, banka triju

dienu laikā ieskaita tiesu izpildītāja depozītu kontā bankas pieprasījuma garantijas vēstulē norādīto summu.

(4) Ja nosolītājs noteiktā termiņā nesamaksā visu no viņa pienākošos summu, iemaksātais nodrošinājums

pievienojams pie kopējās par īpašumu saņemtās summas un sadalāms tādā pašā kārtībā kā šī summa. Iemaksātais

nodrošinājums pievienojams pie kopējās summas arī tad, ja tiek konstatēts, ka nosolītājam nebija tiesību piedalīties

izsolē (608.panta 1.1 daļa).

213

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002., 05.02.2009. un 17.12.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.02.2010.)

612.pants. Pirkuma maksas ieskaits

(1) Nosolītājam atļauts ieskaitīt pirkuma summā savu hipotekāro prasījumu, kas pamatots ar izpildu dokumentu, kā

arī citus hipotekāros parādus, ja hipotekārie kreditori piekrīt tos atstāt uz nekustamo īpašumu, pārvedot šos parādus

uz nosolītāju.

(2) Ja ar pārdošanā ieņemto summu nepietiek visu piedziņu un hipotekāro parādu apmierināšanai, nosolītājs var

ieskaitīt pirkuma cenā savus prasījumus tikai tās summas apmērā, kāda viņam saskaņā ar aprēķinu pienākas pēc tam,

kad segti tie prasījumi, kuriem salīdzinājumā ar viņa prasījumu ir priekšrocība.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

613.pants. Nekustamā īpašuma izsoles akta apstiprināšana

(1) Lietu par nekustamā īpašuma nostiprināšanu uz ieguvēja (persona, kas pārņēmusi nekustamo īpašumu, vai

nosolītājs) vārda tiesa izskata tiesas sēdē 15 dienu laikā no tiesu izpildītāja pieteikuma iesniegšanas tiesā. Par lietas

izskatīšanu tiesa paziņo tiesu izpildītājam, kā arī piedzinējam, parādniekam, nekustamā īpašuma ieguvējam,

nekustamā īpašuma īpašniekam, kopīpašniekam, hipotekārajam kreditoram, personai, kuras labā nostiprināta ķīlas

tiesību vai aizlieguma atzīme, un personai, kura iesniegusi šā likuma 617.panta otrajā daļā minēto sūdzību, ja šāda

sūdzība ir iesniegta. Šo personu neierašanās nav šķērslis lietas izskatīšanai.

(2) Vienlaikus ar pieteikumu par nekustamā īpašuma nostiprināšanu uz ieguvēja vārda tiesa var izskatīt arī sūdzību

par tiesu izpildītāja rīcību, ja sūdzības iesniedzējs lūdz atzīt izsoli par spēkā neesošu (617.panta otrā daļa).

(3) Apmierinot pieteikumu, tiesa pieņem lēmumu:

1) par izsoles akta apstiprināšanu un pārdotā nekustamā īpašuma nostiprināšanu uz ieguvēja vārda;

2) neatkarīgi no kreditora piekrišanas — par visu zemesgrāmatā uz šo īpašumu ierakstīto parādu saistību dzēšanu, par

kurām ieguvējs nav tieši paziņojis, ka uzņemas tās uz sevi;

3) neatkarīgi no kreditora piekrišanas — par to apgrūtinājumu dzēšanu, kas pieņemti kā nosacījums, īpašumu iegūstot

(609.pants);

4) par zemesgrāmatā uz šo īpašumu ierakstīto aizlieguma atzīmju dzēšanu;

5) par sūdzības par izsoles atzīšanu par spēkā neesošu noraidīšanu, ja šāda sūdzība ir iesniegta.

(4) Noraidot pieteikumu, tiesa atzīst izsoli par spēkā neesošu.

(5) Pēc ieguvēja lūguma tiesa lemj par viņa ievešanu iegūtā nekustamā īpašuma valdījumā.

(51) Pēc tās bankas lūguma, kuras izsniegtā pieprasījuma garantijas vēstule izmantota pirkuma summas samaksai,

tiesa lemj par ķīlas tiesības nodibināšanu uz pārdoto nekustamo īpašumu.

(6) Par tiesas lēmumu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

(7) Šajā pantā noteiktajā kārtībā tiesa apstiprina arī kuģa izsoles aktu.

(05.02.2009. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 17.12.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.02.2010.)

214

614.pants. Nenotikusi izsole

(1) Tiesu izpildītājs izsoli atzīst par nenotikušu, ja:

1) izsolē nav ieradies neviens solītājs;

2) neviens no tiem, kas ieradušies izsolē, nepārsola sākumcenu;

3) nosolītājs noteiktā termiņā nesamaksā visu summu, par kuru viņš nosolījis nekustamo īpašumu.

(2) Par to, ka izsole uzskatāma par nenotikušu šā panta pirmās daļas 1. vai 2.punktā minētajos gadījumos, tiesu

izpildītājs ieraksta aktā un paziņo personām, kas ieradušās uz izsoli, kā arī parādniekam, nekustamā īpašuma

īpašniekam, kopīpašniekam, ja nekustamais īpašums atrodas kopīpašumā, un kreditoriem, ja šīs personas nav bijušas

klāt izsolē.

(3) Par to, ka izsole uzskatāma par nenotikušu šā panta pirmās daļas 3.punktā minētajā gadījumā, tiesu izpildītājs

sastāda aktu un paziņo nosolītājam, pēdējam pārsolītajam solītājam, parādniekam, nekustamā īpašuma īpašniekam,

kopīpašniekam, ja nekustamais īpašums atrodas kopīpašumā, un kreditoriem.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002., 19.06.2003. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

615.pants. Nenotikušas izsoles sekas

(1) Ja izsole atzīta par nenotikušu šā likuma 614.panta pirmās daļas 1. un 2.punktā paredzēto iemeslu dēļ, tiesu

izpildītājs nekavējoties paziņo par to visiem kreditoriem un parādnieka līdzīpašniekiem, uzaicinot viņus paturēt

nekustamo īpašumu sev par nenotikušās izsoles sākumcenu. Katram kreditoram un parādnieka līdzīpašniekam ir

tiesības divu nedēļu laikā no tiesu izpildītāja uzaicinājuma nosūtīšanas dienas paziņot tiesu izpildītājam par nekustamā

īpašuma paturēšanu sev.

(2) Ja izsole atzīta par nenotikušu šā likuma 614.panta pirmās daļas 3.punktā paredzētā iemesla dēļ, tiesu izpildītājs

nekavējoties paziņo par to pēdējam pārsolītajam solītājam, uzaicinot viņu paturēt nekustamo īpašumu par viņa solīto

augstāko cenu. Pēdējam pārsolītajam solītājam ir tiesības divu nedēļu laikā no tiesu izpildītāja uzaicinājuma

nosūtīšanas dienas paziņot tiesu izpildītājam par nekustamā īpašuma paturēšanu sev. Ja pēdējais pārsolītais solītājs

nav likumā noteiktajā termiņā paziņojis par nekustamā īpašuma paturēšanu vai atteicies paturēt nekustamo īpašumu,

katram kreditoram vai parādnieka kopīpašniekam ir tiesības divu nedēļu laikā no tiesu izpildītāja uzaicinājuma

nosūtīšanas dienas paziņot par nekustamā īpašuma paturēšanu sev par rīkotās izsoles sākumcenu.

(3) Ja vairākas personas vēlas paturēt nekustamo īpašumu sev, rīkojama izsole, kurā piedalās šīs personas, turklāt

solīšana sākas no nenotikušās izsoles sākumcenas. Par izsoles laiku un vietu tiesu izpildītājs personām, kuras vēlas

paturēt nekustamo īpašumu sev, rakstveidā paziņo septiņas dienas iepriekš. Personas neierašanās uz izsoli tiek

uzskatīta par atteikšanos no tiesībām piedalīties solīšanā. Ja uz izsoli ierodas viena persona, tā var paturēt sev

nekustamo īpašumu par rīkotās izsoles sākumcenu. Ja uz izsoli neierodas neviens, tiesu izpildītājs nekavējoties

izsludina otru izsoli.

(4) Persona, kas patur sev nekustamo īpašumu, viena mēneša laikā iemaksā tiesu izpildītāja depozīta kontā šā panta

pirmajā, otrajā vai trešajā daļā norādīto summu atbilstoši tiesu izpildītāja sastādītajam aprēķinam (631.panta trešā

daļa) un ņemot vērā šā likuma 612.panta noteikumus.

215

(5) Pēc šā panta ceturtajā daļā minētās summas samaksas tiesu izpildītājs iesniedz apgabaltiesā, kuras darbības

teritorijā atrodas nekustamais īpašums, pieteikumu par nekustamā īpašuma nostiprināšanu uz nosolītāja, līdzīpašnieka

vai kreditora vārda un par zemesgrāmatā ierakstīto parādu dzēšanu (613.pants).

(6) Ja neviens nav pieteicies paturēt nekustamo īpašumu sev, rīkojama otrā izsole.

(05.02.2009. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 17.12.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.02.2010.)

616.pants. Otrā izsole

(1) Otro izsoli izziņo un rīko, ievērojot pirmās izsoles noteikumus. Tomēr nekustamā īpašuma solīšana sākas no

summas, kas atbilst 75 procentiem no sākumcenas pirmajā izsolē.

(2) (Izslēgta ar 17.12.2009. likumu)

(3) Ja otrā izsole nav notikusi un neviens nav vēlējies paturēt nekustamo īpašumu sev, nekustamais īpašums paliek

iepriekšējā īpašnieka īpašumā un piedziņas atzīme zemesgrāmatā dzēšama.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 17.12.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.02.2010.)

617.pants. Spēkā neesoša izsole

(1) Tiesa izsoli atzīst par spēkā neesošu, ja:

1) kādam nepamatoti nav atļauts piedalīties izsolē vai nepareizi atraidīts kāds pārsolījums;

2) nekustamo īpašumu nopirkusi tāda persona, kura nav bijusi tiesīga piedalīties izsolē;

3) nekustamais īpašums pārdots pirms termiņa, kāds noteikts paziņojumā par pārdošanu;

4) (izslēgts ar 05.02.2009. likumu);

5) piedzinējs vai solītājs rīkojušies ļaunprātīgi;

6) vēršot piedziņu uz nekustamo īpašumu, tiesu izpildītājs pieļāvis būtiskus procesuālus pārkāpumus vai konstatēti citi

būtiski apstākļi, kas nepieļauj nekustamā īpašuma nostiprināšanu uz pircēja vārda.

(2) Sūdzību par tiesu izpildītāja rīcību, kas dod pamatu prasīt izsoles atzīšanu par spēkā neesošu, ieinteresētās

personas 10 dienu laikā no izsoles dienas var iesniegt apgabaltiesā pēc nekustamā īpašuma atrašanās vietas.

(3) Par tiesas lēmumu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

(4) Ja nekustamā īpašuma izsole atzīta par spēkā neesošu, rīkojama atkārtota izsole pēc tās izsoles noteikumiem,

kura atzīta par spēkā neesošu.

(5) (Izslēgta ar 05.02.2009. likumu.)

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

618.pants. Kopīpašumā esoša nekustamā īpašuma pārdošana

(1) Izdarot piedziņu no viena vai vairākiem nedalīta nekustamā īpašuma īpašniekiem, šis īpašums aprakstāms visā tā

sastāvā, bet izsolē pārdodama tikai parādnieka tiesība uz viņa daļu, to iepriekš neatdalot.

216

(2) Kopīpašumā esošus nekustamos īpašumus var pārdot arī visā sastāvā, ja to vēlas visi kopīpašnieki un ja kreditori

neceļ pret to iebildumus. Pārdošanā ieņemtā nauda sadalāma starp nekustamā īpašuma īpašniekiem, bet summa, kas

pienākas parādniekam, izlietojama parāda dzēšanai.

74.nodaļa Tiesas piespriestās mantas piespiedu nodošana un

ar tiesas spriedumu uzlikto darbību izpildīšana

619.pants. Tiesas spriedumā norādīto priekšmetu nodošana piedzinējam

(1) Ja piedzinējam ir piespriesti tiesas spriedumā norādīti noteikti priekšmeti, tiesu izpildītājs šā likuma 555.pantā

noteiktajā kārtībā paziņo parādniekam par pienākumu izpildīt spriedumu labprātīgi. Priekšlikumā tiesu izpildītājs

norāda arī datumu, kad tiks veikta tiesas sprieduma piespiedu izpilde, ja tas nebūs izpildīts labprātīgi. Ja tiesas

spriedums izpildāms nekavējoties, tiesu izpildītājs parādniekam nedod termiņu izpildīt tiesas spriedumu labprātīgi, bet

rakstveidā, izsniedzot pret parakstu vai nosūtot ierakstītā pasta sūtījumā, paziņo datumu un laiku, kad tiks veikta

tiesas sprieduma piespiedu izpilde.

(2) Tiesu izpildītāja noteiktajā sprieduma piespiedu izpildes laikā pēc tiesu izpildītāja pieprasījuma parādniekam ir

pienākums uzrādīt izpildu rakstā norādītos piedzinējam nododamos priekšmetus. Pie priekšmetu nodošanas

parādniekam un piedzinējam ir tiesības pieaicināt ne vairāk kā divus lieciniekus. Liecinieku neierašanās neaptur

sprieduma izpildi.

(3) Ja tiesas sprieduma piespiedu izpildes laikā parādnieks neuzrāda spriedumā norādītos piedzinējam nododamos

priekšmetus, atsakās darīt zināmu to atrašanās vietu un pēc telpu apskates priekšmeti nav atrasti, tiesu izpildītājs par

to sastāda aktu, ko paraksta tiesu izpildītājs, piedzinējs un liecinieki, ja tādi ir piedalījušies. Pēc tam, kad sastādīts

akts par piedzinējam nododamās mantas neesamību, tiesu izpildītājs atbilstoši šā likuma noteikumiem veic piespiedu

izpildu darbības tiesas spriedumā noteiktās summas (196.pants) piedziņai.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

620.pants. Sekas, kas rodas, ja neizpilda spriedumu, kas uzliek parādniekam par pienākumu izpildīt noteiktas darbības

(1) Ja netiek izpildīts spriedums, kas uzliek parādniekam par pienākumu izpildīt noteiktas darbības, kuras nav saistītas

ar mantas vai naudas summu nodošanu, tiesu izpildītājs sastāda aktu par sprieduma neizpildīšanu.

(2) Ja spriedumā norādītas šā likuma 197.panta otrajā daļā paredzētās sprieduma neizpildīšanas sekas, sastādīto aktu

nosūta rajona (pilsētas) tiesai pēc izpildīšanas vietas, lai tā pieņemtu lēmumu par spriedumā norādīto seku

piemērošanu sakarā ar to, ka parādnieks neizpilda noteiktas darbības.

(3) Ja spriedumā nav norādītas tā neizpildīšanas sekas, sastādīto aktu nosūta tiesai, kura taisījusi spriedumu lietā, un

šī tiesa izlemj jautājumu par sprieduma izpildīšanas kārtību saskaņā ar šā likuma 206. un 438.panta noteikumiem.

(4) Ja tiesas noteiktajā termiņā neizpilda spriedumu, kas uzliek parādniekam par pienākumu izpildīt darbības, kuras

var izpildīt tikai viņš pats (197.panta pirmā daļa), sastādīto aktu tiesu izpildītājs nosūta tiesai pēc izpildīšanas vietas.

Jautājumu par sprieduma neizpildīšanu izlemj tiesas sēdē. Par sēdes laiku un vietu paziņo piedzinējam un

parādniekam, tomēr šo personu neierašanās nav šķērslis izskatīt jautājumu par sprieduma neizpildīšanu.

Parādniekam, ja viņš tiesas noteiktajā termiņā neizpilda spriedumu, kas uzliek viņam par pienākumu izpildīt darbības,

217

kuras var izpildīt tikai viņš pats, tiesa var uzlikt naudas sodu līdz divsimt piecdesmit latiem, nosakot jaunu termiņu

sprieduma izpildei. Naudas sods piedzenams no parādnieka valsts ienākumos.

(5) Ja parādnieks otrreiz un atkārtoti pārkāpj sprieduma izpildīšanas termiņus, tiesa no jauna veic pasākumus, kas

paredzēti šā panta ceturtajā daļā. Par atkārtotu sprieduma neizpildīšanu tiesa uzliek naudas sodu piecsimt latu

apmērā. Naudas soda samaksa neatbrīvo parādnieku no pienākuma izpildīt tiesas spriedumā paredzētās darbības.

(6) Ja darba devējs neizpilda tiesas spriedumu par nelikumīgi atlaista vai pārcelta darbinieka atjaunošanu darbā, tiesa

pēc darbinieka lūguma pieņem lēmumu par darba samaksu par visu laiku no sprieduma taisīšanas dienas līdz tā

izpildīšanas dienai.

(7) Par tiesas lēmumu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

74.1 nodaļa Personu un mantas izlikšana no telpām

(Nodaļa 31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

620.1 pants. Priekšlikums labprātīgi izpildīt tiesas spriedumu

(1) Priekšlikumu labprātīgi izpildīt tiesas spriedumu un atbrīvot telpas tiesu izpildītājs izsniedz šā likuma 555.pantā

noteiktajā kārtībā katrai pilngadīgai personai, kura saskaņā ar tiesas spriedumu ir izliekama.

(2) Priekšlikumā tiesu izpildītājs norāda arī datumu, kurā notiks sprieduma piespiedu izpilde, ja parādnieks to

neizpildīs labprātīgi.

620.2 pants. Izlikšana parādnieka klātbūtnē

(1) Pie piespiedu izlikšanas piedzinējam un parādniekam ir tiesības pieaicināt katram ne vairāk kā divus lieciniekus.

Tiesu izpildītājs pārbauda liecinieku identitāti un norāda šīs personas aktā. Liecinieku neierašanās neaptur piespiedu

izpildi.

(2) Tiesu izpildītājs uzaicina parādnieku atbrīvot tiesas spriedumā norādītās telpas no mantas un kopā ar

nepilngadīgajiem ģimenes locekļiem atbrīvot šīs telpas.

(3) Ja parādnieks nepilda tiesu izpildītāja uzaicinājumu, tiesu izpildītājs apraksta un novērtē mantu atbilstoši šā likuma

577. un 578.panta noteikumiem, kā arī ieceļ mantas glabātāju, mantu izved un nodod to mantas glabātājam

glabāšanā pēc akta.

(4) Akta vienu eksemplāru tiesu izpildītājs izsniedz parādniekam.

(5) Pēc sprieduma izpildes telpas nodod piedzinējam.

(6) Ja ir aprakstītas lietas, kas ātri bojājas, tiesu izpildītājs tās pārdod saskaņā ar šā likuma 583.panta noteikumiem.

Saņemtā nauda tiek ieskaitīta sprieduma izpildes izdevumu segšanai, bet varbūtējais naudas pārpalikums

izmaksājams parādniekam.

218

620.3 pants. Izlikšana, parādniekam klātneesot

(1) Ja izlikšanai noteiktajā laikā parādnieks neierodas un nav ziņu par viņa neierašanās iemeslu vai arī viņš nav

ieradies attaisnojoša iemesla dēļ, tiesu izpildītājs izlikšanu atliek.

(2) Ja parādnieks nav ieradies izlikšanai atkārtoti noteiktajā laikā un nav paziņojis neierašanās iemeslu vai arī nav

ieradies tāda iemesla dēļ, kuru tiesu izpildītājs neatzīst par attaisnojošu, telpa tiek atvērta piespiedu kārtā, klātesot

policijas pārstāvim. Par telpas piespiedu atvēršanu tiesu izpildītājs izdara atzīmi aktā.

(3) Izlikšana izdarāma šā likuma 620.2 pantā noteiktajā kārtībā.

(4) Parādnieks ir tiesīgs saņemt vienu mantas aprakstes akta eksemplāru.

620.4 pants. Rīcība ar parādnieka mantu

(1) Parādniekam ir tiesības mēneša laikā saņemt glabāšanā nodoto mantu, samaksājot sprieduma izpildes izdevumus.

(2) Ja parādnieks atsakās maksāt sprieduma izpildes izdevumus, tiesu izpildītājs aiztur parādnieka mantu tādā

vērtībā, kāda nepieciešama sprieduma izpildes izdevumu segšanai, bet pārējo mantu nodod parādniekam.

(3) Aizturēto mantu tiesu izpildītājs pārdod saskaņā ar šā likuma 71.nodaļas noteikumiem.

(4) Mantas pārdošanā saņemtā nauda tiek ieskaitīta sprieduma izpildes izdevumu segšanai, bet varbūtējais naudas

pārpalikums izmaksājams parādniekam. Par mantas pārdošanu tiesu izpildītājs paziņo parādniekam, ja viņam ir ziņas

par parādnieka dzīvesvietu.

(5) Ja parādnieks mēneša laikā neierodas saņemt glabāšanā nodoto mantu, tiesu izpildītājs to pārdod saskaņā ar šā

likuma 71.nodaļas noteikumiem.

(6) Mantu, kurai nav tirgus vērtības vai kuru nevar pārdot un kuru parādnieks šā panta pirmajā daļā norādītajā

termiņā un kārtībā nav ieradies saņemt, tiesu izpildītājs iznīcina liecinieku klātbūtnē, sastādot par to aktu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

74.2 nodaļa Ievešana nekustamā īpašuma valdījumā

(Nodaļa 31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

620.5 pants. Priekšlikums labprātīgi izpildīt tiesas nolēmumu

(1) Priekšlikumu labprātīgi atbrīvot nekustamo īpašumu un nodot to ieguvējam tiesu izpildītājs izsniedz šā likuma

555.pantā noteiktajā kārtībā personai, no kuras valdījuma nekustamais īpašums izņemams (parādniekam).

(2) Priekšlikumā tiesu izpildītājs norāda arī datumu, kurā notiks ieguvēja ievešana nekustamā īpašuma valdījumā, ja

parādnieks priekšlikumu neizpildīs labprātīgi.

(3) Ievešana valdījumā notiek arī tad, ja ieguvējs īpašuma tiesības vēl nav nostiprinājis zemesgrāmatā.

219

620.6 pants. Ievešana nekustamā īpašuma valdījumā, parādniekam klātesot

(1) Ievešanu nekustamā īpašuma valdījumā tiesu izpildītājs izdara, klātesot nekustamā īpašuma ieguvējam un

parādniekam vai pilngadīgam viņa ģimenes loceklim. Šīm personām ir tiesības katrai pieaicināt ne vairāk kā divus

lieciniekus. Tiesu izpildītājs pārbauda liecinieku identitāti un norāda šīs personas aktā. Liecinieku neierašanās neaptur

piespiedu izpildi.

(2) Tiesu izpildītājs uzaicina parādnieku atbrīvot nekustamo īpašumu no viņam piederošās mantas un atstāt

nekustamo īpašumu kopā ar ģimenes locekļiem un citām personām, kuras dzīvo kopā ar viņa ģimeni.

(3) Ja tiesu izpildītāja uzaicinājums netiek pildīts, tiesu izpildītājs apraksta un novērtē mantu atbilstoši šā likuma 577.

un 578.panta noteikumiem, kā arī ieceļ mantas glabātāju, mantu izved un nodod mantas glabātāja glabāšanā pēc

aprakstes akta. Pie nekustamā īpašuma piederošās kustamas lietas netiek iekļautas šajā aprakstes aktā un netiek

izvestas.

(4) Vienu akta eksemplāru tiesu izpildītājs izsniedz personai, no kuras valdījuma nekustamais īpašums izņemams.

(5) Par ieguvējam nododamo nekustamo īpašumu tiesu izpildītājs sastāda atsevišķu aktu, kurā norāda nekustamā

īpašuma stāvokli un pie tā piederošās kustamās lietas, ko nodod ieguvējam.

(6) Ja ir aprakstītas un izvestas lietas, kas ātri bojājas, tiesu izpildītājs tās pārdod saskaņā ar šā likuma 583.panta

noteikumiem. Saņemtā nauda tiek ieskaitīta sprieduma izpildes izdevumu segšanai, bet varbūtējais naudas

pārpalikums izmaksājams parādniekam.

620.7 pants. Ievešana nekustamā īpašuma valdījumā, parādniekam klātneesot

(1) Ja ievešanai nekustamā īpašuma valdījumā noteiktajā laikā parādnieks neierodas un nav ziņu par viņa neierašanās

iemeslu vai arī viņš nav ieradies attaisnojoša iemesla dēļ, tiesu izpildītājs ievešanu valdījumā atliek.

(2) Ja parādnieks nav ieradies ievešanai nekustamā īpašuma valdījumā atkārtoti noteiktajā laikā un nav paziņojis

neierašanās iemeslu vai arī nav ieradies tāda iemesla dēļ, kuru tiesu izpildītājs neatzīst par attaisnojošu, ēkas tiek

atvērtas piespiedu kārtā, klātesot policijas pārstāvim un diviem lieciniekiem. Par ēku piespiedu atvēršanu tiesu

izpildītājs izdara atzīmi aktā.

(3) Ievešana nekustamā īpašuma valdījumā izdarāma atbilstoši šā likuma 620.6 panta noteikumiem.

(4) Parādnieks ir tiesīgs saņemt vienu mantas aprakstes akta eksemplāru.

620.8 pants. Strīdi un sūdzības sakarā ar ievešanu nekustamā īpašuma valdījumā

(1) Tā valdītāja iebildumi, no kura nekustamais īpašums pārgājis uz ieguvēju, kā arī trešo personu iebildumi pret

izsolē iegūtā nekustamā īpašuma nodošanu neaptur ievešanu valdījumā. Agrākais valdītājs un trešās personas savas

tiesības var pierādīt, tikai ceļot prasību tiesā.

(2) Sūdzība, ko tiesā iesniedz trešā persona, kuras valdījumā nododamais nekustamais īpašums atrodas, aptur

ievešanu valdījumā līdz sūdzības izskatīšanai. Sūdzības apmierināšana nekavē nekustamā īpašuma ieguvēju celt

vispārējā kārtībā prasību pret nekustamā īpašuma valdītāju.

220

75.nodaļa Piedzīto summu sadalīšana starp piedzinējiem

621.pants. Piedzīto summu izsniegšana piedzinējiem

(1) No summas, ko tiesu izpildītājs piedzinis no parādnieka, vispirms sedz sprieduma izpildes izdevumus, no pārējās

summas apmierina piedzinēju prasījumus, kas pamatoti ar šā tiesu izpildītāja lietvedībā esošiem izpildu dokumentiem.

Summu, kas paliek pēc visu prasījumu apmierināšanas, izsniedz atpakaļ parādniekam.

(2) Summas, kas piedzītas no parādnieka un nododamas piedzinējiem, ieskaita tiesu izpildītāja depozīta kontā, bet

pēc tam izsniedz vai pārskaita noteiktā kārtībā.

(3) Summas, kas ieskaitāmas valsts ienākumos, tiesu izpildītājs iemaksā Valsts kases budžeta kontā.

(4) Summas, kas piedzītas ārvalstīs dzīvojošas personas labā, pārskaita piedzinējam noteiktā kārtībā.

(5) Personas, kurām ir izpildu dokumenti citās lietās, var pievienoties piedziņai, iesniedzot izpildu dokumentu tam

tiesu izpildītājam, kurš rīko izsoli līdz mantas izsoles dienai vai līdz dienai, kad manta nodota tirdzniecības uzņēmumā

pārdošanai pēc komisijas noteikumiem.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

622.pants. Piedzinēju prasījumu apmierināšanas secība

(1) Ja no parādnieka piedzītās summas nepietiek, lai apmierinātu visus prasījumus pēc izpildu dokumentiem, šī

summa sadalāma starp piedzinējiem šajā likumā noteiktajā secībā, ja atsevišķā likumā kādiem piedzinējiem nav

noteiktas priekšrocības.

(2) Katras nākamās kārtas prasījumi tiek apmierināti pēc iepriekšējās kārtas prasījumu pilnīgas apmierināšanas.

(3) Ja piedzītās summas nepietiek, lai pilnīgi apmierinātu visus vienas kārtas prasījumus, šie prasījumi apmierināmi

proporcionāli summai, kas pienākas katram piedzinējam.

623.pants. Pirmās kārtas piedziņas

(1) Vispirms apmierināmi:

1) prasījumi par uzturlīdzekļu piedziņu;

2) prasījumi par darba samaksas piedziņu;

3) prasījumi personisku aizskārumu dēļ, kuru rezultātā radies sakropļojums vai cits veselības bojājums vai iestājusies

personas nāve.

(2) Ja uzturlīdzekļi tiek maksāti saskaņā ar Uzturlīdzekļu garantiju fonda administrācijas lēmumu un piedzītā

uzturlīdzekļu summa:

1) nenodrošina minimālo uzturlīdzekļu apmēru, kādu, pamatojoties uz Civillikuma 179.panta piekto daļu, noteicis

Ministru kabinets, piedzītos uzturlīdzekļus ieskaita Uzturlīdzekļu garantiju fondā;

221

2) nodrošina minimālo uzturlīdzekļu apmēru, kādu, pamatojoties uz Civillikuma 179.panta piekto daļu, noteicis

Ministru kabinets, tad uzturlīdzekļus tādā apmērā, kādu, pamatojoties uz Civillikuma 179.panta piekto daļu, noteicis

Ministru kabinets, izmaksā iesniedzējam, bet atlikušo summu ieskaita Uzturlīdzekļu garantiju fondā līdz pilnīgai parāda

dzēšanai.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 17.06.2004. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2004.)

624.pants. Otrās kārtas piedziņas

Otrajā kārtā apmierināmi prasījumi par nodokļiem un nenodokļu maksājumiem budžetā.

625.pants. Trešās kārtas piedziņas

Trešajā kārtā apmierināmi fizisko personu prasījumi par tādu zaudējumu atlīdzināšanu, kas nodarīti to mantai ar

noziedzīgu nodarījumu vai administratīvo pārkāpumu.

626.pants. Ceturtās kārtas piedziņas

Ceturtajā kārtā apmierināmi visi pārējie prasījumi.

627.pants. Ar ķīlu apgrūtinātas kustamās mantas pārdošanā saņemtās naudas sadalīšana

No naudas, kas saņemta par pārdoto ar ķīlu apgrūtinātu kustamo mantu, vispirms sedzami sprieduma izpildes

izdevumi, pēc tam apmierināmi prasījumi šādā secībā:

1) ar ķīlu nodrošinātais prasījums;

2) pārējie prasījumi šajā likumā noteiktajā secībā.

628.pants. Ar ķīlu apgrūtināta nekustamā īpašuma pārdošanā saņemtās naudas sadalīšana

(1) No naudas, kas saņemta par pārdoto ar ķīlu apgrūtinātu nekustamo īpašumu, vispirms sedzami sprieduma izpildes

izdevumi, kas saistīti ar nekustamā īpašuma pārdošanu, pēc tam apmierināmi prasījumi šādā secībā:

1) to darbinieku prasījumi par darba algu izmaksu, kuri saistīti ar nekustamā īpašuma uzturēšanu, un ar viņu darba

algām saistītie sociālās apdrošināšanas maksājumi;

2) prasījumi par nodokļu maksājumiem, kas maksājami par šo nekustamo īpašumu;

3) zemesgrāmatā ierakstītās reālnastas, kurām pienācis samaksas termiņš;

4) ar šā nekustamā īpašuma ķīlu nodrošinātie prasījumi pēc to pirmtiesības;

5) pārējie prasījumi šajā likumā noteiktajā secībā.

(2) Apmierinot hipotekāros prasījumus pēc to pirmtiesības, vienlaikus apmierināmi arī to blakus prasījumi — procenti

par pēdējiem trim gadiem līdz izsoles dienai, piespriestie tiesas izdevumi un ar lietas vešanu saistītie izdevumi,

nepārsniedzot zemesgrāmatā ierakstītās hipotēkas summu. Atlikušajā ar nekustamā īpašuma ķīlu (hipotēku)

nenodrošinātajā daļā prasījums apmierināms šā likuma 622.pantā noteiktajā kārtībā.

222

(21) Ja hipotekārais kreditors nav pievienojies piedziņai (621.panta piektā daļa), nauda zemesgrāmatā norādītās

hipotēkas summas apmērā vai hipotekārā kreditora paziņojumā norādītajā apmērā, ja tāds saņemts (600.panta

ceturtā daļa), ņemot vērā attiecīgā hipotekārā prasījuma pirmtiesību, ieskaitāma tā tiesu izpildītāja depozīta kontā,

kurš rīkoja izsoli, un uzglabājama līdz izpildu dokumentu saņemšanai.

(3) Ja izsolē ir pārdots nekustamais īpašums, attiecībā uz kuru zemesgrāmatā ierakstīta ķīlas tiesības atzīme, nauda

prasījuma apmērā atbilstoši prasījuma prioritātei ieskaitāma tiesu izpildītāja depozīta kontā un uzglabājama līdz

nodrošinātās prasības izskatīšanai tiesā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

629.pants. Kuģa pārdošanā saņemtās naudas sadalīšana

No naudas, kas saņemta par pārdoto kuģi, sprieduma izpildes izdevumus sedz un citus prasījumus apmierina, ņemot

vērā Jūras kodeksa 56.panta otro daļu.

(19.06.2003. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 24.07.2003.)

630.pants. Piedziņas secība gadījumos, kad parādniekam manta konfiscēta ar spriedumu krimināllietā

(1) Izpildot krimināllietas spriedumu par mantas konfiskāciju, parādnieka mantu tiesu izpildītājs nodod finansu

iestādēm pēc tam, kad apmierināti visi parādniekam iesniegtie prasījumi, kādi radušies, pirms notiesātā mantai

uzlikušas arestu vai to apķīlājušas iepriekšējās izmeklēšanas iestādes vai tiesa.

(2) Prasījumus par uzturlīdzekļiem un prasījumus personisku aizskārumu dēļ, kuru rezultātā radies sakropļojums vai

cits veselības bojājums vai iestājusies personas nāve, apmierina arī tad, ja tie radušies pēc aresta uzlikšanas notiesātā

mantai vai tās apķīlāšanas.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

631.pants. Tiesu izpildītāja sastādītais aprēķins

(1) Ja tiesa ir atzinusi piedzinēja tiesības saņemt procentus par piespriesto summu līdz sprieduma izpildei (izsoles

dienai) vai ja procentu maksāšanas pienākums noteikts citā likumā, tiesu izpildītājs sastāda aprēķinu par kopējo

summu, kas izmaksājama piedzinējam.

(2) Ja ir vairāki piedzinēji un ja no parādnieka piedzītās summas nepietiek, lai pilnīgi apmierinātu visus prasījumus,

tiesu izpildītājs sastāda aprēķinu naudas sadalīšanai starp piedzinējiem un izsniedz to piedzinējiem un parādniekam.

(3) Ja nekustamā īpašuma izsole pasludināta par nenotikušu un kreditors, parādnieka līdzīpašnieks vai pēdējais

pārsolītais solītājs izteicis vēlēšanos paturēt nekustamo īpašumu sev, tiesu izpildītājs sastāda aprēķinu, lai noteiktu

summu, kāda pienākas no šīs personas.

(4) Tiesu izpildītāja sastādīto aprēķinu var pārsūdzēt rajona (pilsētas) tiesā pēc tiesu izpildītāja amata vietas. Par

tiesas lēmumu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 19.06.2003., 17.06.2004. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

223

76.nodaļa Piedzinēja, parādnieka un citu personu tiesību aizsardzība,

izpildot tiesas spriedumu

632.pants. Tiesu izpildītāja darbību pārsūdzēšana

(1) Tiesu izpildītāja darbības sprieduma izpildīšanā vai viņa atteikumu izpildīt šādas darbības, izņemot šā likuma

617.pantā noteikto gadījumu, piedzinējs vai parādnieks, iesniedzot motivētu sūdzību, var pārsūdzēt rajona (pilsētas)

tiesā pēc tiesu izpildītāja amata vietas 10 dienu laikā no pārsūdzamās darbības izdarīšanas dienas vai dienas, kad

sūdzētājam, kuram nav paziņots par izdarāmās darbības laiku un vietu, kļuvis par to zināms.

(2) Sūdzību izskata tiesas sēdē 15 dienu laikā. Par tiesas sēdi paziņo parādniekam un piedzinējam, kā arī tiesu

izpildītājam. Šo personu neierašanās nav šķērslis jautājuma izskatīšanai.

(3) Pēc sūdzības iesniedzēja motivēta lūguma tiesnesis šā likuma 140.pantā noteiktajā kārtībā var pieņemt lēmumu

par izpildu darbības atlikšanu, par aizliegumu tiesu izpildītājam nodot naudu vai mantu piedzinējam vai parādniekam

vai par mantas pārdošanas apturēšanu. Lēmums izpildāms nekavējoties pēc tā pieņemšanas.

(4) Par tiesas lēmumu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 31.10.2002., 19.06.2003. un 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

633.pants. Citu personu tiesību aizsardzība, izpildot nolēmumu

(1) Personai, kura uzskata, ka tai ir kādas tiesības uz aprakstīto kustamo mantu vai nekustamo īpašumu, uz kuru tiek

vērsta piedziņa, vai tā daļu, jāceļ prasība tiesā pēc vispārējās lietu piekritības.

(2) Prasība par mantas izslēgšanu no aprakstes akta, piedziņas atzīmes dzēšanu zemesgrāmatā vai cita prasība

ceļama pret parādnieku un piedzinēju. Ja manta aprakstīta, pamatojoties uz krimināllietas spriedumu daļā par mantas

konfiskāciju, kā atbildētājus pieaicina notiesāto un finanšu iestādi.

(3) Ja manta jau pārdota, prasība iesniedzama arī pret personām, kurām manta nodota. Ja tiesa apmierina prasību

attiecībā uz nekustamo īpašumu, atzīstams par spēkā neesošu ieraksts zemesgrāmatā par īpašuma tiesību pāreju tā

ieguvējam.

(4) Strīdus starp ieguvēju, piedzinēju un parādnieku, ja prasība par pārdotas mantas atdošanu atpakaļ natūrā ir

apmierināta, izskata tiesa prasības kārtībā.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

634.pants. Sprieduma izpildīšanas pagrieziens

(1) Ja izpildītu spriedumu atceļ un pēc lietas jaunas izskatīšanas taisa spriedumu par prasības noraidīšanu vai pieņem

lēmumu par tiesvedības izbeigšanu lietā vai par lietas atstāšanu bez izskatīšanas, atbildētājam jāatdod atpakaļ viss,

kas no viņa piedzīts prasītāja labā pēc atceltā sprieduma (sprieduma izpildīšanas pagrieziens).

(2) Ja atdot atpakaļ mantu natūrā nav iespējams, tiesas spriedumā vai lēmumā tiek paredzēta šīs mantas vērtības

atlīdzināšana.

224

635.pants. Jautājuma izlemšana par sprieduma izpildīšanas pagriezienu

(1) Tiesa, kurai lieta nodota jaunai izskatīšanai, pēc savas iniciatīvas izskata jautājumu par sprieduma izpildīšanas

pagriezienu un izlemj to jaunajā spriedumā vai lēmumā, ar kuru beidzas tiesvedība lietā.

(2) Ja tiesa, kas izskata lietu no jauna, nav izlēmusi jautājumu par atceltā sprieduma izpildīšanas pagriezienu,

atbildētājs ir tiesīgs iesniegt šai tiesai pieteikumu par sprieduma izpildīšanas pagriezienu. Šis pieteikums tiek izskatīts

tiesas sēdē, iepriekš par to paziņojot lietas dalībniekiem. Šo personu neierašanās nav šķērslis pieteikuma izskatīšanai.

(3) Kasācijas instances tiesa, ja tā ar savu spriedumu groza pārsūdzēto (protestēto) spriedumu, atceļ to un izbeidz

tiesvedību lietā vai atstāj pieteikumu bez izskatīšanas, izlemj jautājumu par sprieduma izpildīšanas pagriezienu vai

nodod tā izlemšanu tiesai, kuras spriedums bija pārsūdzēts.

(4) Ja apelācijas instances tiesa noraida prasību lietā, kurā pirmās instances tiesa saskaņā ar šā likuma 205.pantu

pieļāvusi sprieduma izpildīšanu nekavējoties, vai tiesvedību šādā lietā izbeidz vai atstāj prasību bez izskatīšanas, tā

vienlaikus izlemj jautājumu par sprieduma izpildīšanas pagriezienu.

(5) Ja spriedums tiek atcelts sakarā ar jaunatklātiem apstākļiem, jautājumu par sprieduma izpildīšanas pagriezienu

izlemj tiesa, kura pēc sprieduma atcelšanas izskata lietu no jauna.

(6) Lietās par uzturlīdzekļu piedziņu, darba samaksas piedziņu, zaudējumu piedziņu sakarā ar personiskiem

aizskārumiem, kuru rezultātā radies sakropļojums vai cits veselības bojājums vai iestājusies personas nāve,

sprieduma izpildīšanas pagrieziens pieļaujams, ja atceltais spriedums pamatots uz prasītāja sniegtām maldīgām ziņām

vai uz viņa iesniegtiem viltotiem dokumentiem.

(7) Par tiesas lēmumu jautājumā par sprieduma izpildīšanas pagriezienu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

F daļa Starptautiskais civilprocess

(Daļa 07.04.2004. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.05.2004.)

Piecpadsmitā sadaļa Starptautiskā civilprocesuālā sadarbība

77.nodaļa Ārvalstu tiesu nolēmumu atzīšana un izpildīšana

636.pants. Ārvalsts tiesas nolēmums

(1) Ārvalsts tiesas nolēmums šīs nodaļas izpratnē ir ārvalsts tiesas pieņemts spriedums, ar kuru strīdus jautājums

starp pusēm ir izspriests pēc būtības, kā arī ārvalsts tiesas apstiprināts izlīgums.

(2) Ārvalsts tiesas nolēmums šīs nodaļas izpratnē ir arī ārvalsts kompetentās iestādes nolēmums, kas izpildāms tā

pieņemšanas valstī, ja nolēmuma atzīšana un izpilde izriet no tieši piemērojamām Eiropas Savienības tiesību normām

vai Latvijas Republikai saistošiem starptautiskajiem līgumiem.

(07.09.2006. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

225

637.pants. Ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma atzīšana

(1) Ārvalsts tiesas nolēmumu atzīst saskaņā ar šīs nodaļas noteikumiem, ievērojot šā likuma vispārējos noteikumus.

(2) Ārvalsts tiesas nolēmumu neatzīst tikai tad, ja pastāv viens no šādiem neatzīšanas pamatiem:

1) ārvalsts tiesa, kura pieņēmusi nolēmumu, saskaņā ar Latvijas likumu nebija kompetenta izskatīt attiecīgo strīdu vai

šādam strīdam ir izņēmuma piekritība Latvijas tiesai;

2) ārvalsts tiesas nolēmums nav stājies likumīgā spēkā;

3) atbildētājam bijusi liegta iespēja aizstāvēt savas tiesības, it īpaši, ja atbildētājam, kurš nav piedalījies lietas

izskatīšanā, nav ticis savlaicīgi un pienācīgā kārtā paziņots par ierašanos tiesā, izņemot, ja atbildētājs nav pārsūdzējis

šo nolēmumu, lai gan viņam ir bijusi tāda iespēja;

4) ārvalsts tiesas nolēmums nav savienojams ar Latvijā jau agrāk pieņemtu un likumīgā spēkā stājušos tiesas

nolēmumu tajā pašā strīdā starp tām pašām pusēm vai ar Latvijas tiesā jau agrāk uzsāktu tiesvedību starp tām

pašām pusēm;

5) ārvalsts tiesas nolēmums nav savienojams ar tādu jau agrāk pieņemtu un likumīgā spēkā stājušos citas ārvalsts

tiesas nolēmumu tajā pašā strīdā starp tām pašām pusēm, kas ir atzīstams vai jau ir atzīts Latvijā;

6) ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma atzīšana ir pretrunā ar Latvijas sabiedrisko iekārtu;

7) pieņemot ārvalsts tiesas nolēmumu, nav piemērots tās valsts likums, kas būtu piemērojams atbilstoši Latvijas

starptautisko privāttiesību kolīziju normām.

(3) Ārvalsts tiesas nolēmumu lietās, kas izriet no aizgādības, aizbildnības vai saskarsmes tiesībām, neatzīst tikai tad,

ja pastāv vismaz viens no šā panta otrās daļas 1., 2., 3., 6. un 7.punktā minētajiem neatzīšanas pamatiem vai viens

no šādiem neatzīšanas pamatiem:

1) ārvalsts tiesas nolēmums nav savienojams ar Latvijā vēlāk pieņemtu un likumīgā spēkā stājušos tiesas nolēmumu

tajā pašā strīdā starp tām pašām pusēm vai ar Latvijas tiesā vēlāk uzsāktu tiesvedību starp tām pašām pusēm;

2) ārvalsts tiesas nolēmums nav savienojams ar vēlāk pieņemtu un likumīgā spēkā stājušos citas ārvalsts tiesas

nolēmumu tajā pašā strīdā starp tām pašām pusēm, kas ir atzīstams vai jau ir atzīts Latvijā.

(4) Izlemjot jautājumu par to, vai ārvalsts tiesas nolēmums ir atzīstams atbilstoši šā panta otrajai daļai, tiesnesis vai

tiesa vadās pēc apstākļiem, kas nodibināti ar ārvalsts tiesas nolēmumu.

(5) Ja ar ārvalsts tiesas nolēmumu ir apmierināti vairāki vienā prasībā apvienoti prasījumi un šis nolēmums nav

atzīstams pilnā apjomā, ārvalsts tiesas nolēmumu var atzīt attiecībā uz vienu vai vairākiem apmierinātiem

prasījumiem.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

638.pants. Pieteikuma iesniegšana

(1) Pieteikumu par ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma atzīšanu vai atzīšanu un izpildīšanu iesniedz izskatīšanai rajona (pilsētas)

tiesai pēc nolēmuma izpildīšanas vietas vai arī pēc atbildētāja dzīvesvietas vai atrašanās vietas (juridiskās adreses).

226

(2) Pieteikumā norāda:

1) tās tiesas nosaukumu, kurai pieteikums iesniegts;

2) pieteicēja un atbildētāja vārdu, uzvārdu, personas kodu (ja tāda nav, tad citus identifikācijas datus) un dzīvesvietu,

bet juridiskajai personai — tās nosaukumu, reģistrācijas numuru un atrašanās vietu (juridisko adresi);

3) pieteikuma priekšmetu un apstākļus, uz kuriem pieteikums pamatots;

4) pieteicēja lūgumu atzīt vai atzīt un izpildīt ārvalsts tiesas nolēmumu pilnā apjomā vai kādā tā daļā;

5) pilnvaroto pārstāvi un viņa adresi, ja lietas vešanai iecelts pārstāvis Latvijā;

6) pievienoto dokumentu sarakstu;

7) pieteikuma sastādīšanas laiku.

(3) Pieteikumam pievieno:

1) ārvalsts tiesas nolēmumu ar apliecinājumu, ka nolēmums stājies likumīgā spēkā, vai pienācīgi apliecinātu

nolēmuma norakstu;

2) ārvalsts tiesas izdotu dokumentu, kas apliecina, ka atbildētājam, kurš nav piedalījies lietas izskatīšanā, savlaicīgi un

pienācīgā kārtā bija paziņots par lietas izskatīšanas laiku un vietu;

3) ārvalsts tiesas vai kompetentas institūcijas izdotu dokumentu par nolēmuma izpildi, ja ārvalsts tiesas nolēmums

jau daļēji ir izpildīts;

4) ārvalsts tiesas izdotu dokumentu, kas apliecina, ka ārvalsts tiesas nolēmums ir izpildāms tā pieņemšanas valstī, ja

pieteicējs lūdz ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma atzīšanu un izpildi;

5) pieteikuma un noteiktā kārtībā apliecinātu šīs daļas 1., 2. un 3.punktā minēto dokumentu tulkojumu valsts valodā;

6) dokumentu, kas apstiprina valsts nodevas nomaksu likumā noteiktajā kārtībā un apmērā.

(4) Pieteikumu paraksta pieteicējs vai viņa pārstāvis. Ja pieteikumu parakstījis pārstāvis, pieteikumam pievienojama

pilnvara vai cits dokuments, kas apliecina pārstāvja pilnvarojumu griezties ar pieteikumu tiesā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 02.09.2004. un 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

639.pants. Pieteikuma atstāšana bez virzības

Ja pieteikums neatbilst šā likuma 638.panta otrās, trešās un ceturtās daļas prasībām, tiesnesis atstāj pieteikumu bez

virzības un iestājas šā likuma 133.pantā paredzētās sekas.

640.pants. Pieteikuma izlemšana

Lēmumu par ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma atzīšanu un izpildīšanu vai lēmumu par pieteikuma noraidīšanu pieņem

tiesnesis vienpersoniski uz iesniegtā pieteikuma un tam pievienoto dokumentu pamata 10 dienu laikā no pieteikuma

iesniegšanas dienas, neaicinot puses.

227

641.pants. Pirmās instances tiesas un apelācijas instances tiesas lēmuma spēkā stāšanās pārsūdzēšana

(1) Par pirmās instances tiesas lēmumu ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma atzīšanas lietā var iesniegt blakus sūdzību

apgabaltiesai, bet apgabaltiesas lēmumu par blakus sūdzību var pārsūdzēt Senātā, iesniedzot blakus sūdzību.

(2) Lietas dalībnieks, kura dzīvesvieta vai atrašanās vieta ir Latvijā, šā panta pirmajā daļā minēto blakus sūdzību var

iesniegt 30 dienu laikā no lēmuma noraksta izsniegšanas dienas, bet lietas dalībnieks, kura dzīvesvieta vai atrašanās

vieta nav Latvijā, — 60 dienu laikā no lēmuma noraksta izsniegšanas dienas.

(3) Pirmās instances tiesas lēmums un apelācijas instances tiesas lēmums stājas likumīgā spēkā pēc tam, kad

notecējis tā pārsūdzēšanas termiņš, skaitot no vēlākā lēmuma noraksta izsniegšanas datuma, un blakus sūdzība nav

iesniegta.

(4) Ja šā panta trešajā daļā minētajā gadījumā nav saņemts attiecīgs apstiprinājums par lēmuma noraksta

izsniegšanu, lēmums stājas likumīgā spēkā sešus mēnešus pēc tā pasludināšanas.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

642.pants. Apgabaltiesas un Senāta kompetence

(1) Apgabaltiesai un Senātam, izskatot blakus sūdzību, ir tiesības:

1) atstāt lēmumu negrozītu, bet sūdzību noraidīt;

2) atcelt lēmumu pilnīgi vai kādā tā daļā un izlemt jautājumu par ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma atzīšanu;

3) grozīt lēmumu.

(2) Tiesa var pieprasīt no pusēm paskaidrojumus vai arī papildu ziņas no ārvalsts tiesas, kas pieņēmusi nolēmumu.

(3) Tiesa pēc atbildētāja lūguma var apturēt tiesvedību, ja ārvalsts tiesas nolēmums attiecīgajā ārvalstī ir pārsūdzēts

vispārējā kārtībā vai arī nav beidzies termiņš šādai pārsūdzēšanai. Otrajā gadījumā tiesa var noteikt termiņu, kādā

iesniedzama sūdzība ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma pārsūdzēšanai attiecīgajā ārvalstī.

643.pants. Ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma izpildīšanas nodrošināšana

(1) Pēc pieteicēja pieteikuma tiesnesis vai tiesa lēmumā, ar kuru tiek atzīts ārvalsts tiesas nolēmums, var noteikt šā

likuma 138.pantā paredzētos pasākumus ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma izpildīšanas nodrošinājumam.

(2) Šā likuma 641.panta pirmajā daļā minētās blakus sūdzības iesniegšana neaptur tiesneša vai tiesas lēmuma izpildi

daļā par ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma izpildīšanas nodrošinājumu. Blakus sūdzības iesniegšana par tādu lēmumu ārvalsts

tiesas nolēmuma atzīšanas lietā, ar kuru atcelts ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma izpildīšanas nodrošinājums vai mainīts

nodrošinājuma līdzeklis, aptur lēmuma izpildi šajā daļā.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

644.pants. Ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma izpilde

(1) Ārvalsts tiesas nolēmumu, kurš ir izpildāms tā pieņemšanas valstī, pēc tā atzīšanas izpilda šajā likumā noteiktajā

kārtībā.

228

(2) Attiecībā uz sprieduma izpildes pasludināšanas kārtību, kas paredzēta Padomes regulā Nr. 44/2001 un Padomes

regulā Nr. 2201/2003, piemērojami šā likuma 77.nodaļas noteikumi par ārvalstu tiesas nolēmumu atzīšanu, ciktāl to

pieļauj attiecīgo regulu noteikumi.

(3) Gadījumos, kas paredzēti Padomes regulā Nr. 2201/2003, Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulā Nr. 805/2004,

Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulā Nr. 861/2007 un Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulā Nr. 1896/2006,

ārvalstu tiesu nolēmumi ir izpildāmi šajā likumā noteiktajā kārtībā, neprasot ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma atzīšanu, kā arī

ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma izpildes pasludināšanu.

(4) Ar ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma izpildi saistītos izdevumus sedz vispārējā kārtībā.

(07.09.2006. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

644.1 pants. Ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma izpildes atlikšana, sadalīšana termiņos, izpildes veida vai kārtības grozīšana

(1) Tiesa, kas pieņēmusi lēmumu par ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma atzīšanu un izpildīšanu, pēc lietas dalībnieka

pieteikuma var atlikt ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma izpildi, sadalīt izpildi termiņos, grozīt izpildes veidu vai kārtību.

(2) Pieteikums tiek izskatīts tiesas sēdē, iepriekš par to paziņojot lietas dalībniekiem. Šo personu neierašanās nav

šķērslis pieteikuma izskatīšanai.

(3) Par tiesas lēmumu atlikt vai sadalīt termiņos sprieduma izpildi, kā arī par izpildes veida vai kārtības grozīšanu var

iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

(07.09.2006. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

644.2 pants. Ar Eiropas Savienības izpildu dokumentiem saistīti izpildes jautājumi

(1) Rajona (pilsētas) tiesa, kuras darbības teritorijā izpildāms attiecīgs ārvalsts tiesas nolēmums, pēc parādnieka

pieteikuma, pamatojoties uz Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 805/2004 23.pantu, Eiropas Parlamenta un

Padomes regulas Nr. 861/2007 23.pantu vai Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 1896/2006 23.pantu, ir

tiesīga:

1) aizstāt nolēmuma izpildi ar šā likuma 138.pantā paredzētajiem pasākumiem šā nolēmuma izpildīšanas

nodrošinājumam;

2) grozīt nolēmuma izpildes veidu vai kārtību;

3) apturēt nolēmuma izpildi.

(2) Rajona (pilsētas) tiesa, kuras darbības teritorijā izpildāms ārvalsts tiesas nolēmums, par kuru izsniegta Padomes

regulas Nr. 2201/2003 41.panta 1.punktā minētā apliecība, pēc lietas dalībnieka pieteikuma saņemšanas,

pamatojoties uz minētās regulas 48.pantu, var pieņemt lēmumu par praktisko izpildes pasākumu veikšanu.

(3) Šā panta pirmajā un otrajā daļā minēto pieteikumu izskata tiesas sēdē, iepriekš par to paziņojot lietas

dalībniekiem. Šo personu neierašanās nav šķērslis pieteikuma izskatīšanai.

(4) Par tiesas lēmumu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

(07.09.2006. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

229

644.3 pants. Ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma izpildes atteikšana

(1) Rajona (pilsētas) tiesa, kuras darbības teritorijā izpildāms ārvalsts tiesas nolēmums, kas ir apstiprināts par Eiropas

izpildes rīkojumu, pēc parādnieka pieteikuma saņemšanas, pamatojoties uz Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas

Nr. 805/2004 21.pantu, var atteikt nolēmuma izpildi.

(2) Rajona (pilsētas) tiesa, kuras darbības teritorijā izpildāms ārvalsts tiesas nolēmums, par kuru izsniegta Padomes

regulas Nr. 2201/2003 41.panta 1.punktā vai 42.panta 1.punktā minētā apliecība, pēc lietas dalībnieka pieteikuma

saņemšanas, pamatojoties uz minētās regulas 47.pantu, var atteikt nolēmuma izpildi.

(3) Rajona (pilsētas) tiesa, kuras darbības teritorijā izpildāms ārvalsts tiesas nolēmums, par kuru izsniegta Eiropas

Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 861/2007 20.panta 2.punktā minētā apliecība, pēc lietas dalībnieka pieteikuma

saņemšanas, pamatojoties uz minētās regulas 22.pantu, var atteikt nolēmuma izpildi.

(4) Rajona (pilsētas) tiesa, kuras darbības teritorijā izpildāms Eiropas maksājuma rīkojums, pēc parādnieka

pieteikuma saņemšanas, pamatojoties uz Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 1896/2006 22.pantu, var

atteikt nolēmuma izpildi.

(5) Šā panta pirmajā, otrajā, trešajā un ceturtajā daļā minētais pieteikums tiek izskatīts tiesas sēdē, iepriekš par to

paziņojot lietas dalībniekiem. Šo personu neierašanās nav šķērslis pieteikuma izskatīšanai.

(6) Par tiesas lēmumu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

(05.02.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

644.4 pants. Pieteikuma iesniegšana par ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma, Eiropas Savienības izpildu dokumenta izpildes atlikšanu, sadalīšanu termiņos, izpildes veida vai kārtības grozīšanu, izpildes atteikšanu

(1) Šā likuma 644.1, 644.2 un 644.3 pantā minētajā pieteikumā norāda:

1) tās tiesas nosaukumu, kurai pieteikums iesniegts;

2) pieteicēja un atbildētāja (piedzinēja) vārdu, uzvārdu, personas kodu (ja tāda nav, tad citus identifikācijas datus) un

dzīvesvietu, bet juridiskajai personai — tās nosaukumu, reģistrācijas numuru un atrašanās vietu (juridisko adresi);

3) pieteikuma priekšmetu un apstākļus, uz kuriem pieteikums pamatots;

4) pieteicēja lūgumu;

5) pilnvaroto pārstāvi un viņa adresi, ja lietas vešanai iecelts pārstāvis Latvijā;

6) pievienoto dokumentu sarakstu;

7) pieteikuma sastādīšanas laiku.

(2) Pieteikumam pievieno:

1) pienācīgi apliecinātu ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma norakstu;

2) attiecīgajos gadījumos — pienācīgi apliecinātu ārvalsts tiesas izsniegtā Eiropas izpildes rīkojuma, Eiropas

maksājuma rīkojuma, Padomes regulas Nr. 2201/2003 41.panta 1.punktā minētās apliecības vai Eiropas Parlamenta

un Padomes regulas Nr. 861/2007 20.panta 2.punktā minētās apliecības norakstu;

3) citus dokumentus, uz kuriem pamatots pieteicēja pieteikums;

4) pieteikuma un noteiktā kārtībā apliecinātu šīs daļas 1., 2. un 3.punktā minēto dokumentu tulkojumu valsts valodā.

230

(3) Pieteikumu paraksta pieteicējs vai tā pārstāvis. Ja pieteikumu parakstījis pieteicēja pārstāvis, pieteikumam

pievieno pilnvaru vai citu dokumentu, kas apliecina pilnvarojumu iesniegt pieteikumu.

(07.09.2006. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

644.5 pants. Iesniegtā pieteikuma par ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma — Eiropas Savienības izpildu dokumenta — izpildes atlikšanu, sadalīšanu termiņos, izpildes veida vai kārtības grozīšanu vai izpildes atteikšanu atstāšana bez virzības

Ja saskaņā ar šā likuma 644.1, 644.2 vai 644.3 pantu iesniegtais pieteikums neatbilst šā likuma 644.4 panta prasībām,

tiesnesis atstāj pieteikumu bez virzības un iestājas šā likuma 133.pantā paredzētās sekas.

(07.09.2006. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

77.1 nodaļa Lietas par bērna prettiesisku pārvietošanu pāri robežai uz ārvalsti vai

aizturēšanu ārvalstī

(Nodaļa 07.09.2006. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

644.6 pants. Lietu izskatīšanas kārtība

Lietas par bērna prettiesisku pārvietošanu pāri robežai uz ārvalsti vai aizturēšanu ārvalstī, ja bērna dzīvesvieta ir

Latvijā, tiek izskatītas saskaņā ar šīs nodaļas noteikumiem, ievērojot šā likuma vispārīgos noteikumus.

644.7 pants. Pieteikums par pieprasījuma iesniegšanu ārvalstij par bērna atgriešanos Latvijā

(1) Lai nodrošinātu tāda bērna atgriešanos Latvijā, kura dzīvesvieta ir Latvijā un kurš tiek prettiesiski pārvietots uz

citu valsti vai aizturēts citā valstī, persona, kuras tiesības īstenot aizgādību vai aizbildnību ir aizskartas, kā arī

bāriņtiesa vai prokurors var iesniegt tiesai pieteikumu par pieprasījuma iesniegšanu ārvalstij par bērna atgriešanos

Latvijā.

(2) Pieteikums iesniedzams rajona (pilsētas) tiesai pēc pieteicēja dzīvesvietas vai pēc bērna dzīvesvietas, kurā tas

mitis pirms prettiesiskās pārvietošanas vai aizturēšanas.

(3) Pieteikumā norāda:

1) tās tiesas nosaukumu, kurai pieteikums iesniegts;

2) pieteicēja vārdu, uzvārdu, personas kodu (ja tāda nav, citus identifikācijas datus) un dzīvesvietu;

3) prettiesiski pārvietotā vai aizturētā bērna vārdu, uzvārdu, personas kodu (ja tāda nav, dzimšanas datus) un citas

ziņas par bērnu, kā arī ziņas par bērna iespējamo atrašanās vietu un tās personas identitāti, ar kuru kopā bērns

varētu atrasties;

4) atbildētāja vārdu, uzvārdu, personas kodu (ja tāda nav, citus identifikācijas datus) un dzīvesvietu vai ziņas par tā

atrašanās vietu;

5) apstākļus, kas apstiprina pieteicēja aizgādības vai aizbildnības tiesības;

6) apstākļus, kas apstiprina bērna prettiesiskas pārvietošanas vai aizturēšanas faktu un civiltiesiskos aspektus;

231

7) pieteicēja lūgumu;

8) pievienoto dokumentu sarakstu;

9) pieteikuma sastādīšanas laiku.

(4) Pieteikumam pievieno dokumentus, uz kuriem tas pamatots.

(5) Pieteikumu paraksta pieteicējs vai viņa pārstāvis. Ja pieteikumu iesniedz pieteicēja pārstāvis, pieteikumam

pievienojama pilnvara vai cits dokuments, kas apliecina pilnvarojumu iesniegt pieteikumu.

644.8 pants. Pieteikuma atstāšana bez virzības

Ja pieteikums neatbilst šā likuma 644.7 panta trešās, ceturtās un piektās daļas prasībām, tiesa to atstāj bez virzības

un iestājas šā likuma 133.pantā paredzētās sekas.

644.9 pants. Pieteikuma izskatīšana

(1) Pieteikumu tiesa izskata tiesas sēdē, piedaloties pieteikuma iesniedzējam un attiecīgās bāriņtiesas pārstāvim.

(2) Par tiesas sēdi paziņo atbildētājam, ja viņa adrese ir zināma. Šīs personas neierašanās nav šķērslis pieteikuma

izskatīšanai.

(3) Ja tiesa konstatē, ka bērns ir prettiesiski pārvietots uz citu valsti vai aizturēts citā valstī, tā pieņem lēmumu par

pieprasījuma iesniegšanu ārvalstij par bērna atgriešanos Latvijā.

(4) Izskatot pieteikumu, tiesa pēc savas iniciatīvas pieprasa pierādījumus.

(5) Lēmums par pieprasījuma iesniegšanu ārvalstij izpildāms nekavējoties.

(6) Par tiesas lēmumu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

644.10 pants. Apgabaltiesas kompetence

(1) Apgabaltiesai, izskatot blakus sūdzību, ir tiesības:

1) atstāt lēmumu negrozītu, bet sūdzību noraidīt;

2) atcelt lēmumu un izlemt jautājumu pēc būtības.

(2) Lēmums stājas spēkā un ir izpildāms nekavējoties.

644.11 pants. Rīcība pēc lēmuma pieņemšanas

(1) Tiesa pieņemtā lēmuma par pieprasījuma iesniegšanu ārvalstij par bērna atgriešanos Latvijā norakstu iesniedz

Tieslietu ministrijai.

(2) (Izslēgta ar 12.06.2009. likumu.)

232

(3) Tiesa pēc savas iniciatīvas vai Tieslietu ministrija pievieno tiesas dokumentiem informāciju par Latvijas normatīvo

aktu noteikumiem.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 12.06.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2009.)

644.12 pants. Ārvalsts tiesas vai kompetentās iestādes pieņemta nolēmuma par bērna neatgriešanos sekas

(1) Ārvalsts tiesas vai kompetentās iestādes nolēmums par bērna neatgriešanos un citi dokumenti Latvijā iesniedzami

tiesai ar Tieslietu ministrijas starpniecību.

(2) Tieslietu ministrija pēc šā panta pirmajā daļā minēto dokumentu saņemšanas nosūta tos tiesai pēc bērna vai viena

vai abu bērna vecāku vai aizbildņu dzīvesvietas, kā arī informē attiecīgo bāriņtiesu par ārvalsts tiesas vai kompetentās

iestādes lēmumu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 12.06.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2009.)

77.2 nodaļa Lietas par bērna prettiesisku pārvietošanu pāri robežai uz Latviju vai

aizturēšanu Latvijā

(Nodaļa 07.09.2006. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

644.13 pants. Lietu izskatīšanas kārtība

Lietas par bērna prettiesisku pārvietošanu pāri robežai uz Latviju vai aizturēšanu Latvijā, ja bērna dzīvesvieta ir citā

valstī, tiek izskatītas saskaņā ar šīs nodaļas noteikumiem, ievērojot šā likuma vispārīgos noteikumus.

644.14 pants. Lietu piekritība

(1) Pieteikums par bērna atgriešanos valstī, kurā ir viņa dzīvesvieta, iesniedzams rajona (pilsētas) tiesai pēc bērna

atrašanās vietas vai tās personas dzīvesvietas vai atrašanās vietas, kura prettiesiski pārvietojusi vai aizturējusi bērnu.

(2) Ja minēto personu dzīvesvieta vai atrašanās vieta nav zināma, pieteikums iesniedzams Rīgas Centra rajona tiesai.

644.15 pants. Pieteikums par bērna atgriešanos valstī, kurā ir viņa dzīvesvieta

(1) Lai nodrošinātu prettiesiski uz Latviju pārvietota vai Latvijā aizturēta bērna atgriešanos valstī, kurā ir viņa

dzīvesvieta, persona, kuras tiesības īstenot aizgādību vai aizbildnību ir aizskartas, var iesniegt tiesai pieteikumu par

bērna atgriešanos valstī, kurā ir viņa dzīvesvieta, ja attiecīgā valsts ir 1980.gada 25.oktobra Hāgas konvencijas par

starptautiskās bērnu nolaupīšanas civiltiesiskajiem aspektiem vai 1996.gada 19.oktobra Hāgas konvencijas par

jurisdikciju, piemērojamiem tiesību aktiem, atzīšanu, izpildi un sadarbību attiecībā uz vecāku atbildību un bērnu

aizsardzības pasākumiem līgumslēdzēja valsts.

(2) Šā panta pirmajā daļā minēto pieteikumu var iesniegt tiesai arī kompetentās iestādes, lai piemērotu 1980.gada

25.oktobra Hāgas konvenciju par starptautiskās bērnu nolaupīšanas civiltiesiskajiem aspektiem, 1996.gada 19.oktobra

Hāgas konvenciju par jurisdikciju, piemērojamiem tiesību aktiem, atzīšanu, izpildi un sadarbību attiecībā uz vecāku

atbildību un bērnu aizsardzības pasākumiem vai Padomes regulu Nr. 2201/2003.

(3) Pieteikumā norāda:

1) tās tiesas nosaukumu, kurai pieteikums iesniegts;

233

2) pieteicēja vārdu, uzvārdu, personas kodu (ja tāda nav, citus identifikācijas datus) un dzīvesvietu vai ziņas par tā

atrašanās vietu;

3) prettiesiski pārvietotā vai aizturētā bērna vārdu, uzvārdu, personas kodu (ja tāda nav, citus identifikācijas datus)

un citas ziņas par bērnu, kā arī ziņas par bērna iespējamo atrašanās vietu un tās personas identitāti, ar kuru kopā

bērns varētu atrasties;

4) atbildētāja vārdu, uzvārdu, personas kodu (ja tāda nav, citus identifikācijas datus) un dzīvesvietu vai ziņas par tā

atrašanās vietu;

5) apstākļus, kas apstiprina attiecīgās personas aizgādības vai aizbildnības tiesības uz bērnu;

6) apstākļus, kas apstiprina bērna prettiesiskas pārvietošanas vai aizturēšanas faktu un civiltiesiskos aspektus;

7) pieteicēja lūgumu;

8) pievienoto dokumentu sarakstu;

9) pieteikuma sastādīšanas laiku.

(4) Pieteikumam pievieno:

1) dokumentus, uz kuriem tas pamatots;

2) attiecīgās ārvalsts kompetento iestāžu apliecinātu informāciju par tiesisko regulējumu valstī, kurā ir bērna

dzīvesvieta;

3) pieteikuma un noteiktā kārtībā apliecinātu šīs daļas 1. un 2.punktā minēto dokumentu tulkojumu valsts valodā.

(5) Pieteikumu paraksta pieteicējs vai viņa pārstāvis. Ja pieteikumu iesniedz pieteicēja pārstāvis, pieteikumam

pievienojama pilnvara vai cits dokuments, kas apliecina pilnvarojumu iesniegt pieteikumu.

644.16 pants. Pieteikuma atstāšana bez virzības

(1) Ja pieteikums neatbilst šā likuma 644.15 panta prasībām, tiesa to atstāj bez virzības tikai tādā gadījumā, kad

dokumentu vai nepieciešamo ziņu trūkums būtiski ietekmē pieteikuma izskatīšanas iespējamību.

(2) Ja tiesa atbilstoši šā panta pirmajai daļai atstāj pieteikumu bez virzības, iestājas šā likuma 133.pantā paredzētās

sekas.

644.17 pants. Atbildētāja un bērna meklēšana

Ja atbildētāja vai prettiesiski uz Latviju pārvietota vai Latvijā aizturēta bērna dzīvesvieta vai atrašanās vieta nav

zināma, bet ir pamats uzskatīt, ka bērns atrodas Latvijā, tiesnesis pēc ieinteresētās puses lūguma pieņem lēmumu par

bērna vai atbildētāja meklēšanu ar policijas palīdzību.

644.18 pants. Tiesas rīcība pēc lietas ierosināšanas

(1) Tiesa paziņo Tieslietu ministrijai par lietas ierosināšanu. Tieslietu ministrija par to informē tās valsts kompetento

iestādi, kurā ir bērna dzīvesvieta, lai piemērotu 1980.gada 25.oktobra Hāgas konvenciju par starptautiskās bērnu

234

nolaupīšanas civiltiesiskajiem aspektiem, 1996.gada 19.oktobra Hāgas konvenciju par jurisdikciju, piemērojamiem

tiesību aktiem, atzīšanu, izpildi un sadarbību attiecībā uz vecāku atbildību un bērnu aizsardzības pasākumiem vai

Padomes regulu Nr. 2201/2003.

(2) Ja pieteikums ir pamatots ar attiecīgās ārvalsts kompetentās iestādes pieņemtu lēmumu par bērna atgriešanos,

tiesa papildus var tieši informēt arī attiecīgās ārvalsts kompetento iestādi, kas pieņēmusi lēmumu par bērna

atgriešanos attiecīgajā valstī.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 12.06.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2009.)

644.19 pants. Pieteikuma izskatīšana

(1) Pieteikumu izskata tiesas sēdē, piedaloties pusēm. Tiesas sēdē uzaicina piedalīties bāriņtiesas pārstāvi, kā arī

noskaidro bērna viedokli, ja viņš var to formulēt.

(2) Ja atbildētājs bez attaisnojoša iemesla neierodas pēc tiesas uzaicinājuma, viņu var atvest uz tiesu piespiedu kārtā.

(3) Ja viena no pusēm dzīvo tālu vai cita iemesla dēļ nevar ierasties pēc tiesas uzaicinājuma, tiesa var atzīt par

pietiekamu lietas izskatīšanai šīs puses rakstveida paskaidrojumu vai tās pārstāvja piedalīšanos.

(4) Izskatot pieteikumu, tiesa pēc savas iniciatīvas pieprasa pierādījumus. Tiesa izmanto atbilstošākās procesuālās

iespējas, kā arī ātrāko pierādījumu iegūšanas veidu, lai lēmumu varētu pieņemt sešu nedēļu laikā pēc pieteikuma

iesniegšanas.

(5) Ja tiesa konstatē, ka bērns ir prettiesiski pārvietots uz Latviju vai aizturēts Latvijā, tā pieņem lēmumu par bērna

atgriešanos valstī, kurā ir viņa dzīvesvieta, vienā no šādiem gadījumiem:

1) laikposms pēc bērna prettiesiskas pārvietošanas uz Latviju vai aizturēšanas Latvijā nepārsniedz gadu, kopš

attiecīgā persona vai iestāde ir uzzinājusi par bērna atrašanās vietu;

2) laikposms pēc bērna prettiesiskas pārvietošanas uz Latviju vai aizturēšanas Latvijā pārsniedz gadu, bet bērns nav

iedzīvojies Latvijā.

(6) Tiesa var pieņemt lēmumu par bērna neatgriešanos valstī, kurā ir viņa dzīvesvieta, ja konstatē, ka bērns ir

prettiesiski pārvietots uz Latviju vai aizturēts Latvijā un pastāv vismaz viens no šādiem apstākļiem:

1) ir pagājis vairāk nekā gads, kopš attiecīgā persona ir uzzinājusi vai varējusi uzzināt par bērna atrašanās vietu, bet

šajā laikposmā tā nav vērsusies attiecīgajās institūcijās jautājumā par bērna atgriešanos valstī, kurā ir viņa

dzīvesvieta;

2) bērns ir iedzīvojies Latvijā un viņa atgriešanās neatbilst bērna interesēm.

(7) Šā panta sesto un septīto daļu piemēro, ciktāl to pieļauj 1980.gada 25.oktobra Hāgas konvencija par

starptautiskās bērnu nolaupīšanas civiltiesiskajiem aspektiem vai Padomes regula Nr. 2201/2003.

644.20 pants. Lēmuma spēkā stāšanās un pārsūdzēšana

(1) Lēmums par bērna atgriešanos valstī, kurā ir viņa dzīvesvieta, izpildāms nekavējoties.

(2) Par tiesas lēmumu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību. Blakus sūdzības iesniegšana neaptur lēmuma izpildi.

235

(3) Ja lēmums pieņemts bez lietas dalībnieka klātbūtnes, termiņu blakus sūdzības iesniegšanai skaita no lēmuma

noraksta izsniegšanas dienas.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

644.21 pants. Apgabaltiesas kompetence

(1) Apgabaltiesai, izskatot blakus sūdzību, ir tiesības:

1) atstāt lēmumu negrozītu, bet sūdzību noraidīt;

2) atcelt lēmumu un izlemt jautājumu pēc būtības.

(2) Lēmums stājas spēkā un ir izpildāms nekavējoties.

644.22 pants. Rīcība pēc lēmuma pieņemšanas

Tiesa pieņemtā lēmuma par bērna neatgriešanos valstī, kurā ir viņa dzīvesvieta, norakstu un citus lietas materiālus

iesniedz Tieslietu ministrijai.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 12.06.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2009.)

78.nodaļa Ārvalstu šķīrējtiesu nolēmumu atzīšana un izpildīšana

645.pants. Ārvalsts šķīrējtiesas nolēmums

Ārvalsts šķīrējtiesas nolēmums ir ārvalsts šķīrējtiesas pieņemts saistošs nolēmums neatkarīgi no tā nosaukuma.

646.pants. Ārvalsts šķīrējtiesas nolēmuma atzīšana

Ārvalsts šķīrējtiesas nolēmumu atzīst saskaņā ar šo likumu un Latvijas Republikai saistošiem starptautiskajiem

līgumiem.

647.pants. Pieteikuma iesniegšana

(1) Pieteikumu par ārvalsts šķīrējtiesas nolēmuma atzīšanu un izpildīšanu iesniedz izskatīšanai rajona (pilsētas) tiesai

pēc nolēmuma izpildīšanas vietas vai arī atbildētāja dzīvesvietas vai atrašanās vietas (juridiskās adreses).

(2) Pieteikumā norāda šā likuma 638.panta otrajā daļā minētās ziņas.

(3) Pieteikumam pievieno:

1) ārvalsts šķīrējtiesas nolēmuma oriģinālu vai pienācīgi apliecinātu nolēmuma norakstu;

2) dokumentu, kas apliecina pušu rakstveida vienošanos par strīda nodošanu izskatīšanai šķīrējtiesā;

3) pieteikuma un noteiktā kārtībā apliecinātu šīs daļas 1. un 2.punktā minēto dokumentu tulkojumu valsts valodā;

4) pieteikuma un tam pievienoto dokumentu norakstus izsniegšanai pusēm;

236

5) dokumentu, kas apstiprina valsts nodevas nomaksu likumā noteiktajā kārtībā un apmērā.

(4) Pieteikumu paraksta pieteicējs vai viņa pārstāvis. Ja pieteikumu parakstījis pārstāvis, pieteikumam pievienojama

pilnvara vai cits dokuments, kas apliecina pārstāvja pilnvarojumu griezties ar pieteikumu tiesā.

648.pants. Pieteikuma atstāšana bez virzības

Ja pieteikums neatbilst šā likuma 647.panta otrās, trešās un ceturtās daļas prasībām, tiesnesis atstāj pieteikumu bez

virzības un iestājas šā likuma 133.pantā paredzētās sekas.

649.pants. Pieteikuma izskatīšana

(1) Pieteikumu par ārvalsts šķīrējtiesas nolēmuma atzīšanu un izpildīšanu izskata tiesas sēdē, iepriekš par to paziņojot

pusēm. Attiecīgo personu neierašanās nav šķērslis pieteikuma izskatīšanai.

(2) Tiesa var pieprasīt no pusēm paskaidrojumus vai arī papildu ziņas no ārvalsts šķīrējtiesas, kas pieņēmusi

nolēmumu.

(3) Izskatījusi pieteikumu par ārvalsts šķīrējtiesas nolēmuma atzīšanu un izpildīšanu, tiesa pieņem lēmumu atzīt un

izpildīt nolēmumu vai noraidīt pieteikumu.

(4) Pieteikumu var noraidīt tikai Latvijas Republikai saistošos starptautiskajos līgumos paredzētajos gadījumos.

(5) Par tiesas lēmumu var iesniegt blakus sūdzību.

650.pants. Ārvalsts šķīrējtiesas nolēmuma izpildīšanas nodrošināšana

(1) Pēc pieteicēja pieteikuma tiesa lēmumā, ar kuru tiek atzīts ārvalsts šķīrējtiesas nolēmums, var noteikt šā likuma

138.pantā paredzētos pasākumus ārvalsts šķīrējtiesas nolēmuma izpildīšanas nodrošinājumam.

(2) Šā likuma 649.panta piektajā daļā minētās blakus sūdzības iesniegšana neaptur tiesas lēmuma izpildi daļā par

ārvalsts šķīrējtiesas nolēmuma izpildīšanas nodrošinājumu.

(Ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 07.09.2006. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

651.pants. Ārvalsts šķīrējtiesas nolēmuma izpildīšana

(1) Ārvalsts šķīrējtiesas nolēmumu pēc tā atzīšanas izpilda šajā likumā noteiktajā kārtībā.

(2) Ar ārvalsts šķīrējtiesas nolēmuma izpildīšanu saistītos izdevumus sedz vispārējā kārtībā, ja Latvijas Republikai

saistošos starptautiskajos līgumos nav noteikts citādi.

79.nodaļa Starptautiskā tiesiskā sadarbība

652.pants. Tiesiskās palīdzības lūgumi

(Izslēgts ar 05.02.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

237

653.pants. Latvijas tiesu sazināšanās ar ārvalstu tiesām un tiesībaizsardzības iestādēm

Latvijas tiesas sazinās ar ārvalstu tiesām un tiesībaizsardzības iestādēm saskaņā ar likumiem, Latvijas Republikai

saistošiem starptautiskajiem līgumiem un Eiropas Savienības tiesību normām.

653.1 pants. Tiesiskā sadarbība lietās par bērnu prettiesisku pārvietošanu pāri robežai vai aizturēšanu

(1) Ja šajā likumā nav noteikts citādi, lietās par bērnu prettiesisku pārvietošanu pāri robežai vai aizturēšanu Latvijas

tiesas ar attiecīgās ārvalsts tiesām vai kompetentajām iestādēm sazinās tieši vai ar Tieslietu ministrijas starpniecību.

(2) (Izslēgta ar 12.06.2009. likumu.)

(3) Tiesas dokumentu tulkojumu valodā, kas noteikta kā sazināšanās valoda attiecīgā tiesību akta piemērošanā, vai

dokumentu saņēmējas valsts valodā, vai tajā valodā, ko attiecīgā valsts ir paziņojusi kā pieņemamu saziņā, nodrošina

Tieslietu ministrija.

(4) Lai piemērotu 1996.gada 19.oktobra Hāgas konvenciju par jurisdikciju, piemērojamiem tiesību aktiem, atzīšanu,

izpildi un sadarbību attiecībā uz vecāku atbildību un bērnu aizsardzības pasākumiem, 1980.gada 25.oktobra Hāgas

konvenciju par starptautiskās bērnu nolaupīšanas civiltiesiskajiem aspektiem vai Padomes regulu Nr. 2201/2003,

ārvalstu kompetento iestāžu dokumenti, personu pieteikumi vai citi dokumenti, kas iesniedzami Tieslietu ministrijai,

attiecīgajos gadījumos noformējami oriģinālvalodā, pievienojot tulkojumu valsts valodā, bet, ja tas nav iespējams,

dokumentus var iesniegt angļu valodā, un tad to tulkojumu nodrošina Tieslietu ministrija.

(07.09.2006. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 12.06.2009. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2009.)

80.nodaļa Ārvalsts likumu piemērošana civillietu iztiesāšanā

654.pants. Ārvalsts likuma teksts

Gadījumos, kad piemērojams ārvalsts likums, lietas dalībnieks, kurš atsaucas uz ārvalsts likumu, iesniedz tiesai

noteiktā kārtībā apliecinātu tā teksta tulkojumu valsts valodā.

655.pants. Ārvalsts likuma satura noskaidrošana

(1) Latvijas Republikai saistošos starptautiskajos līgumos noteiktajā kārtībā tiesa noskaidro piemērojamā ārvalsts

likuma saturu.

(2) Citos gadījumos tiesa ar Tieslietu ministrijas starpniecību iespēju robežās noskaidro piemērojamā ārvalsts likuma

saturu.

Sešpadsmitā sadaļa Starptautiskā civilprocesuālā sadarbība dokumentu izsniegšanā

(Sadaļa 05.02.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

238

81.nodaļa Starptautiskā civilprocesuālā sadarbība dokumentu izsniegšanā saskaņā ar

Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulu Nr. 1393/2007

656.pants. Starptautiskās civilprocesuālās sadarbības pamats dokumentu izsniegšanā

(1) Personai, kuras dzīvesvieta vai atrašanās vieta ir Latvijā un kuras adrese ir zināma, tiesa izsniedz dokumentus,

pamatojoties uz ārvalsts kompetentās iestādes lūgumu par tiesas vai ārpustiesas dokumentu izsniegšanu (turpmāk —

ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgums) un Tieslietu ministrijas lēmumu par ārvalsts dokumenta izsniegšanas

lūguma pieļaujamību.

(2) Ja tiesas dokumentus izsniedz personai, kuras dzīvesvieta vai atrašanās vieta nav Latvijā un kuras adrese ir

zināma, tiesa var iesniegt Tieslietu ministrijai lūgumu par tiesas dokumentu izsniegšanu ārvalstī (turpmāk — Latvijas

dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgums) saskaņā ar Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 1393/2007 II nodaļas pirmo

iedaļu vai arī tiesa var izsniegt tiesas dokumentus, izmantojot pasta pakalpojumus, saskaņā ar Eiropas Parlamenta un

Padomes regulas Nr. 1393/2007 14.pantu.

(3) Lietas dalībnieks ar tiesneša piekrišanu var saņemt tiesas dokumentus izsniegšanai citam lietas dalībniekam, kura

dzīvesvieta vai atrašanās vieta nav Latvijā un kura adrese ir zināma, saskaņā ar Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes

regulas Nr. 1393/2007 15.pantu, ja šādu tiešu izsniegšanu pieļauj attiecīgās dalībvalsts tiesību akti.

657.pants. Tieslietu ministrijas kompetence dokumentu izsniegšanā

(1) Saskaņā ar Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 1393/2007 2.pantu Tieslietu ministrija saņem un izlemj

ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumus, kā arī pārsūta Latvijas dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumus.

(2) Tieslietu ministrija veic Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 1393/2007 3.pantā minētās funkcijas.

(3) Ja nepieciešams, Tieslietu ministrija:

1) Latvijas dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu ārvalstij pārsūta ar Ārlietu ministrijas starpniecību, izmantojot konsulāros

vai diplomātiskos kanālus, saskaņā ar Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 1393/2007 12.pantu;

2) lūdz ar Ārlietu ministrijas starpniecību izsniegt Latvijas diplomātiskajiem vai konsulārajiem pārstāvjiem tiesas

dokumentus saskaņā ar Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 1393/2007 13.pantu.

658.pants. Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma valoda un forma

(1) Saskaņā ar Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 1393/2007 2., 4. un 10.pantu ārvalsts dokumentu

izsniegšanas lūgumu, dokumentu izsniegšanas apliecinājumu un citas minētajā regulā paredzētās veidlapas pieņem, ja

šie dokumenti sagatavoti valsts valodā vai angļu valodā.

(2) Saskaņā ar Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 1393/2007 2.pantu ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas

lūgumu un dokumentu izsniegšanas apliecinājumu var pieņemt rakstveidā vai ar pieejamiem komunikācijas

līdzekļiem, ja tos iesniedz arī rakstveidā. Citas Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulā Nr. 1393/2007 paredzētās

veidlapas var pieņemt ar pieejamiem komunikācijas līdzekļiem, tās nav nepieciešams iesniegt rakstveidā.

659.pants. Latvijas dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma valoda un forma

(1) Saskaņā ar Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 1393/2007 2., 4. un 10.pantu Latvijas dokumentu

izsniegšanas lūgumu, dokumentu izsniegšanas apliecinājumu un citas Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulā Nr.

1393/2007 paredzētās veidlapas tiesa sagatavo rakstveidā lūguma saņēmējas dalībvalsts valodā vai tajā valodā, ko

attiecīgā valsts ir paziņojusi kā pieņemamu saziņā.

(2) Latvijas dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu paraksta tiesnesis un apstiprina ar tiesas zīmogu.

239

(3) Saskaņā ar Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 1393/2007 2.pantu Latvijas dokumentu izsniegšanas

lūgumu vai dokumentu izsniegšanas apliecinājumu Tieslietu ministrija var iesniegt ārvalstij rakstveidā vai ar citiem

ārvalstij pieņemamiem komunikācijas līdzekļiem, iesniedzot to arī rakstveidā. Citas Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes

regulā Nr. 1393/2007 paredzētās veidlapas var iesniegt ar citiem komunikācijas līdzekļiem, tās nav nepieciešams

iesniegt rakstveidā.

660.pants. Latvijas dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumam pievienoto dokumentu valoda

(1) Ja tiesas dokumentus izsniedz personām ārvalstī pēc puses lūguma, tiesa saskaņā ar Eiropas Parlamenta un

Padomes regulas Nr. 1393/2007 5.pantu izskaidro pusei, ka adresāts ir tiesīgs atteikties pieņemt tiesas dokumentus,

ja tie nav sagatavoti vai tiem nav pievienots tulkojums kādā no Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr.

1393/2007 8.panta 1.punktā minētajām valodām. Šādā gadījumā puse pēc sava ieskata tiesas dokumentus var

sagatavot vai tiem pievienot tulkojumu kādā no Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 1393/2007 8.panta

1.punktā minētajām valodām.

(2) Pārējos gadījumos, tajā skaitā gadījumos, kad saskaņā ar Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 1393/2007

8.panta 1.punktu adresāts ir atteicies pieņemt Latvijas dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumam pievienotos tiesas

dokumentus, tiem pievieno tulkojumu lūguma saņēmējas dalībvalsts valodā vai adresātam saprotamā valodā.

661.pants. Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izlemšana

(1) Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu izlemj Tieslietu ministrija septiņu dienu laikā no tā saņemšanas dienas.

(2) Tieslietu ministrija pieņem vienu no šādiem lēmumiem:

1) par dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpildes pieļaujamību, nosakot dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpildes

iestādi, termiņus un citus nosacījumus;

2) par atteikšanos pieņemt dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu vai tā daļu izpildei saskaņā ar Eiropas Parlamenta un

Padomes regulas Nr. 1393/2007 6. vai 7.pantu.

(3) Tieslietu ministrijas lēmums nav pārsūdzams.

662.pants. Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpildes vispārīgie noteikumi

(1) Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu izpilda rajona (pilsētas) tiesa, kuras darbības teritorijā atrodas adresāta

dzīvesvieta, atrašanās vieta (juridiskā adrese) vai ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumā norādītā adresāta adrese.

(2) Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu izpilda saskaņā ar šā likuma 56.pantu, izņemot gadījumus, kad saskaņā

ar Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 1393/2007 7.panta 1.punktu dokumentus izsniedz ārvalsts pārsūtītājas

struktūras īpaši lūgtā veidā.

(3) Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpildi uzsāk nekavējoties pēc tam, kad pieņemts lēmums par

dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpildes pieļaujamību. Ja nav iespējams ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu

izpildīt mēneša laikā no dienas, kad tas saņemts Tieslietu ministrijā, vai lūgumā norādītajā termiņā, tiesa saskaņā ar

Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 1393/2007 7.pantu par to rakstveidā paziņo Tieslietu ministrijai, norādot

iemeslus, kas kavē minētā lūguma izpildi.

(4) Ja ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpilde nav iespējama vai tas ir izpildīts daļēji, tiesa saskaņā ar

Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 1393/2007 6.pantu Tieslietu ministrijai rakstveidā paziņo minētā lūguma

neizpildes iemeslus, kā arī nosūta neizsniegtos dokumentus.

240

663.pants. Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpilde, ko veic ārvalsts diplomātiskie vai konsulārie pārstāvji

Saskaņā ar Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 1393/2007 13.pantu ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma

izpilde, ko veic ārvalsts diplomātiskie vai konsulārie pārstāvji, izsniedzot dokumentus, ir pieļaujama tikai tad, ja

dokumentus izsniedz attiecīgās ārvalsts pilsoņiem.

664.pants. Adresāta tiesības atteikties pieņemt dokumentus

(1) Tiesa izskaidro adresātam Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 1393/2007 8.panta 1.punktā paredzētās

tiesības atteikties pieņemt dokumentus uz minētajā pantā norādītajiem pamatiem.

(2) Ja saskaņā ar Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 1393/2007 8.panta 1.punktu adresāts nav atteicies

pieņemt dokumentus to izsniegšanas brīdī, viņš var atteikties pieņemt dokumentus nedēļas laikā pēc to saņemšanas,

nosūtot dokumentus atpakaļ tiesai, kas tos izsniedza.

(3) Ja saskaņā ar Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 1393/2007 8.panta 1.punktu adresāts ir atteicies

pieņemt dokumentus, tiesa par to paziņo Tieslietu ministrijai, nosūtot atpakaļ ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas

lūgumu un dokumentus pārtulkošanai saskaņā ar Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 1393/2007 8.panta

3.punktu.

665.pants. Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpildes izmaksas

(1) Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 1393/2007 11.panta 2.punktā paredzētajos gadījumos tiesa paziņo

Tieslietu ministrijai par ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpildes izmaksām, ja tādas radušās.

(2) Tieslietu ministrija var lūgt ārvalsts kompetento iestādi segt ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpildes

izmaksas, kas radušās saskaņā ar Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes regulas Nr. 1393/2007 11.panta 2.punktu.

82.nodaļa Starptautiskā civilprocesuālā sadarbība dokumentu izsniegšanā saskaņā ar

Latvijas Republikai saistošiem starptautiskajiem līgumiem

666.pants. Starptautiskās civilprocesuālās sadarbības pamats dokumentu izsniegšanā

(1) Personai, kuras dzīvesvieta vai atrašanās vieta ir Latvijā un kuras adrese ir zināma, tiesa izsniedz dokumentus,

pamatojoties uz ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu un Tieslietu ministrijas lēmumu par ārvalsts dokumentu

izsniegšanas lūguma pieļaujamību.

(2) Ja tiesas dokumentus izsniedz personai, kuras dzīvesvieta vai atrašanās vieta nav Latvijā un kuras adrese ir

zināma, tiesa iesniedz Latvijas dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu Tieslietu ministrijai.

(3) Saskaņā ar Hāgas 1965.gada konvencijas 10.panta “a” punktu tiesa var izsniegt tiesas dokumentus personai,

kuras dzīvesvieta vai atrašanās vieta nav Latvijā un kuras adrese ir zināma, tieši pa pastu, ievērojot attiecīgās

līgumslēdzējas valsts izvirzītos nosacījumus, ja tā pret šādu izsniegšanas veidu nav iebildusi.

(4) Saskaņā ar Hāgas 1965.gada konvencijas 10.panta “c” punktu lietas dalībnieks ar tiesneša piekrišanu var saņemt

tiesas dokumentus izsniegšanai citam lietas dalībniekam, kura dzīvesvieta vai atrašanās vieta nav Latvijā un kura

adrese ir zināma, tieši no saņēmējas līgumslēdzējas valsts tiesu varas amatpersonām, citām amatpersonām vai citām

kompetentām personām, ievērojot attiecīgās līgumslēdzējas valsts izvirzītos nosacījumus, ja tā pret šādu izsniegšanas

veidu nav iebildusi.

241

667.pants. Tieslietu ministrijas kompetence dokumentu izsniegšanā

(1) Tieslietu ministrija saņem un izlemj ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumus un pārsūta Latvijas dokumentu

izsniegšanas lūgumus saskaņā ar Hāgas 1965.gada konvenciju vai citiem Latvijas Republikai saistošiem

starptautiskajiem līgumiem.

(2) Latvijas Republikai saistošos starptautiskajos līgumos paredzētajos gadījumos, ja nepieciešams, Tieslietu

ministrija:

1) Latvijas dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu ārvalstij pārsūta ar Ārlietu ministrijas starpniecību, izmantojot konsulāros

vai diplomātiskos kanālus;

2) ar Ārlietu ministrijas starpniecību lūdz Latvijas diplomātiskos vai konsulāros pārstāvjus izsniegt tiesas dokumentus.

668.pants. Dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma valoda

Dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu sagatavo un iesniedz valodā, kas noteikta kā sazināšanās valoda Latvijas Republikai

saistošu starptautisko līgumu piemērošanā.

669.pants. Latvijas dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumam pievienoto dokumentu valoda

(1) Latvijas dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumam pievienotos tiesas dokumentus sagatavo valsts valodā. Tiem var

pievienot tulkojumu lūguma saņēmējas valsts valodā vai citā valodā, ja Latvijas Republikai saistoši starptautiskie

līgumi pieļauj šādu iespēju.

(2) Ja saskaņā ar Latvijas Republikai saistošiem starptautiskajiem līgumiem lūguma saņēmēja valsts vai adresāts ir

atteicies pieņemt dokumentus valodā, kas nav šās valsts valoda, dokumentiem pievieno tulkojumu lūguma saņēmējas

valsts valodā vai citā valodā, kuru lūguma saņēmēja valsts ir paziņojusi kā pieņemamu saziņā.

(3) Ja nav iespējams nodrošināt tulkojumu kādā no šā panta otrajā daļā minētajām valodām, Latvijas un ārvalsts

kompetentās iestādes savstarpēji vienojas par citu valodu, kādā sagatavojami dokumenti vai kādā tiem pievienojams

tulkojums.

670.pants. Dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma forma

(1) Latvijas dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu un tam pievienotos dokumentus tiesa sagatavo rakstveidā.

(2) Latvijas dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu paraksta tiesnesis un apstiprina ar tiesas zīmogu.

(3) Latvijas dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu un tam pievienotos dokumentus Tieslietu ministrija var iesniegt ārvalstij

ar citiem komunikācijas līdzekļiem, iesniedzot tos arī rakstveidā.

(4) Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu un tam pievienotos dokumentus pieņem sagatavotus rakstveidā.

Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu un tam pievienotos dokumentus var pieņemt ar citiem komunikācijas

līdzekļiem, ja tos iesniedz arī rakstveidā.

671.pants. Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izlemšana

(1) Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu izlemj Tieslietu ministrija septiņu dienu laikā no tā saņemšanas dienas.

242

(2) Tieslietu ministrija pieņem vienu no šādiem lēmumiem:

1) par dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpildes pieļaujamību, nosakot dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpildes

iestādi, termiņus un citus nosacījumus;

2) par atteikšanos pieņemt dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu vai tā daļu izpildei Latvijas Republikai saistošos

starptautiskajos līgumos paredzētajos gadījumos.

(3) Tieslietu ministrijas lēmums nav pārsūdzams.

672.pants. Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpildes vispārīgie noteikumi

(1) Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu izpilda rajona (pilsētas) tiesa, kuras darbības teritorijā atrodas adresāta

dzīvesvieta, atrašanās vieta (juridiskā adrese) vai ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumā norādītā adresāta adrese.

(2) Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu izpilda saskaņā ar šā likuma 56.pantu, izņemot gadījumus, kad saskaņā

ar Latvijas Republikai saistošiem starptautiskajiem līgumiem dokumentus izsniedz lūguma iesniedzējas valsts

procesuālajā kārtībā vai īpaši lūgtā veidā.

(3) Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpildi uzsāk nekavējoties pēc tam, kad pieņemts lēmums par

dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpildes pieļaujamību. Ja nav iespējams ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu

izpildīt mēneša laikā no dienas, kad tas saņemts Tieslietu ministrijā, vai lūgumā norādītajā termiņā, tiesa par to

rakstveidā paziņo Tieslietu ministrijai, norādot iemeslus, kas kavē minētā lūguma izpildi.

(4) Ja ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpilde nav iespējama vai tas ir izpildīts daļēji, tiesa Tieslietu

ministrijai rakstveidā paziņo minētā lūguma neizpildes iemeslus, kā arī nosūta neizsniegtos dokumentus.

673.pants. Adresāta tiesības atteikties pieņemt dokumentus

(1) Tiesa rakstveidā informē adresātu par tā tiesībām atteikties pieņemt dokumentus, ja tie sagatavoti vai tiem

pievienots tulkojums kādā citā valodā, izņemot valsts valodu vai adresātam saprotamu valodu.

(2) Adresāts var atteikties pieņemt dokumentus to izsniegšanas brīdī vai nedēļas laikā pēc dokumentu saņemšanas,

iesniedzot vai nosūtot atpakaļ dokumentus tiesai, kas tos izsniedza. Ja adresāts atsakās pieņemt dokumentus, kas nav

valsts valodā, adresāts paziņo tiesai par valodu, kuru tas saprot.

(3) Ja adresāts ir atteicies pieņemt dokumentus saskaņā ar šā panta pirmo un otro daļu, tiesa par to paziņo Tieslietu

ministrijai, nosūtot atpakaļ ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu un dokumentus pārtulkošanai.

(4) Ja saskaņā ar Hāgas 1965.gada konvencijas 10.panta “a” punktu dokumenti ir nosūtīti pa pastu tieši adresātam

Latvijā, adresāts var atteikties pieņemt dokumentus, ja tie sagatavoti vai tiem pievienots tulkojums kādā citā valodā,

izņemot valsts valodu, vai tie nosūtīti kādā citā veidā, izņemot ierakstītu pasta sūtījumu ar paziņojumu par

saņemšanu. Šādā gadījumā adresāts iesniedz vai nosūta atpakaļ dokumentus Tieslietu ministrijai.

674.pants. Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpildes izmaksas

(1) Hāgas 1965.gada konvencijas 12.panta otrajā daļā paredzētajos gadījumos tiesa paziņo Tieslietu ministrijai par

ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpildes izmaksām, ja tādas radušās.

243

(2) Tieslietu ministrija var lūgt ārvalsts kompetento iestādi segt ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpildes

izmaksas, kas radušās saskaņā ar Hāgas 1965.gada konvencijas 12.panta otro daļu.

83.nodaļa Starptautiskā civilprocesuālā sadarbība dokumentu izsniegšanā, ja ar ārvalsti nav līguma, kas paredz sadarbību dokumentu izsniegšanā

675.pants. Starptautiskās civilprocesuālās sadarbības pamats dokumentu izsniegšanā

(1) Personai, kuras dzīvesvieta vai atrašanās vieta ir Latvijā un kuras adrese ir zināma, tiesa izsniedz dokumentus,

pamatojoties uz ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu un Tieslietu ministrijas lēmumu par ārvalsts dokumentu

izsniegšanas lūguma pieļaujamību.

(2) Ja tiesas dokumentus izsniedz personai, kuras dzīvesvieta vai atrašanās vieta nav Latvijā un kuras adrese ir

zināma, tiesa iesniedz Latvijas dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu Tieslietu ministrijai.

676.pants. Tieslietu ministrijas kompetence dokumentu izsniegšanā

(1) Latvijas dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu iesniedz un ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu saņem un izlemj

Tieslietu ministrija.

(2) Tieslietu ministrija var pieprasīt vai izsniegt ārvalstij apliecinājumu, ka sadarbībā tiks ievērota savstarpējība, tas ir,

ka turpmāk sadarbības partneris sniegs palīdzību, ievērojot tādus pašus principus.

(3) Ja nepieciešams, Tieslietu ministrija:

1) Latvijas dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu ārvalstij pārsūta ar Ārlietu ministrijas starpniecību, izmantojot konsulāros

vai diplomātiskos kanālus;

2) lūdz ar Ārlietu ministrijas starpniecību Latvijas diplomātiskos vai konsulāros pārstāvjus izsniegt tiesas dokumentus

Latvijas pilsoņiem, lūdzot attiecīgās valsts piekrišanu šādam izsniegšanas veidam.

677.pants. Dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma saturs

(1) Dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumā norāda:

1) dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma iesniedzējas iestādes nosaukumu;

2) dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma priekšmetu un būtību;

3) ziņas par adresātu: fiziskajām personām — vārdu, uzvārdu, personas kodu (ja tāda nav, citus identifikācijas datus)

un dzīvesvietu, bet juridiskajām personām — nosaukumu, reģistrācijas numuru un atrašanās vietu (juridisko adresi),

kā arī ziņas par adresāta statusu tiesvedības procesā;

4) lietas būtību un īsu faktu izklāstu;

5) citu informāciju, kas nepieciešama dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpildei.

244

(2) Dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumā var lūgt dokumentus izsniegt lūguma iesniedzējas valsts likumā noteiktajā

procesuālajā kārtībā.

678.pants. Dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma un tam pievienoto dokumentu valoda

(1) Latvijas dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu un tam pievienotos dokumentus sagatavo un iesniedz valsts valodā,

pievienojot tulkojumu kādā no šādām valodām:

1) lūguma saņēmējas valsts valodā;

2) adresātam saprotamā valodā, ja attiecīgā valsts to pieļauj;

3) citā valodā, Latvijas un ārvalsts kompetentajām iestādēm par to savstarpēji vienojoties.

(2) Ja lūguma saņēmēja valsts vai adresāts atteicies pieņemt dokumentus valodā, kas nav šīs valsts valoda,

dokumentiem pievieno tulkojumu lūguma saņēmējas valsts valodā vai citā valodā, kuru lūguma saņēmēja valsts ir

norādījusi kā pieņemamu.

(3) Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu pieņem sagatavotu vai ar pievienotu tulkojumu valsts valodā, krievu vai

angļu valodā.

(4) Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumam pievienotos dokumentus pieņem sagatavotus vai ar pievienotu

tulkojumu jebkurā valodā, ja vien adresāts tos pieņem labprātīgi (682.pants).

(5) Ja nav iespējams nodrošināt tulkojumu kādā no šā panta otrajā daļā minētajām valodām vai adresātam saprotamā

valodā, Latvijas un ārvalsts kompetentās iestādes var savstarpēji vienoties par citu valodu, kādā sagatavojams

ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgums un tam pievienotie dokumenti vai kādā tiem pievienojams tulkojums.

679.pants. Dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma forma

(1) Latvijas dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu un tam pievienotos dokumentus tiesa sagatavo rakstveidā.

(2) Latvijas dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu paraksta tiesnesis un apstiprina ar tiesas zīmogu.

(3) Latvijas dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu un tam pievienotos dokumentus Tieslietu ministrija var iesniegt ārvalstij

ar citiem komunikācijas līdzekļiem, iesniedzot tos arī rakstveidā.

(4) Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu un tam pievienotos dokumentus pieņem sagatavotus rakstveidā.

Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu un tam pievienotos dokumentus var pieņemt ar citiem komunikācijas

līdzekļiem, ja tos iesniedz arī rakstveidā.

680.pants. Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izlemšana

(1) Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu izlemj Tieslietu ministrija 10 dienu laikā no tā saņemšanas dienas.

(2) Tieslietu ministrija pieņem vienu no šādiem lēmumiem:

1) par dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpildes pieļaujamību, nosakot lūguma izpildes iestādi, termiņus un citus

nosacījumus;

245

2) par atteikšanos pieņemt dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu vai tā daļu izpildei, motivējot atteikumu.

(3) Ja dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izlemšanai nepieciešama papildu informācija, Tieslietu ministrija to pieprasa no

attiecīgās ārvalsts kompetentās iestādes.

(4) Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpildi var atteikt, ja:

1) ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpilde ir pretrunā ar Latvijas sabiedrisko iekārtu;

2) nav iesniegta pietiekama informācija un papildu informāciju iegūt nav iespējams.

(5) Ja ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpilde ir atteikta, Tieslietu ministrija nekavējoties par to paziņo

lūguma iesniedzējas valsts kompetentajai iestādei.

(6) Atteikšanās izpildīt ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu vai tā daļu neliedz ārvalsts kompetentajai iestādei

pēc trūkumu novēršanas atkārtoti iesniegt tādu pašu lūgumu.

(7) Tieslietu ministrijas lēmums nav pārsūdzams.

681.pants. Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpildes vispārīgie noteikumi

(1) Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu izpilda rajona (pilsētas) tiesa, kuras darbības teritorijā atrodas adresāta

dzīvesvieta, atrašanās vieta (juridiskā adrese) vai ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumā norādītā adresāta adrese.

(2) Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu izpilda saskaņā ar šā likuma 56.pantu, izņemot gadījumus, kad ārvalsts

kompetentā iestāde lūdz izsniegt dokumentus tās procesuālajā kārtībā vai īpaši lūgtā veidā.

(3) Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpildi uzsāk nekavējoties pēc tam, kad pieņemts lēmums par

dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpildes pieļaujamību. Ja nav iespējams ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu

izpildīt mēneša laikā no dienas, kad tas saņemts Tieslietu ministrijā, vai lūgumā norādītajā termiņā, tiesa par to

rakstveidā paziņo Tieslietu ministrijai, norādot iemeslus, kas kavē minētā lūguma izpildi.

(4) Ja ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpilde nav iespējama vai tas ir izpildīts daļēji, tiesa Tieslietu

ministrijai rakstveidā paziņo minētā lūguma neizpildes iemeslus, kā arī nosūta neizsniegtos dokumentus.

682.pants. Adresāta tiesības atteikties pieņemt dokumentus

(1) Tiesa rakstveidā informē adresātu par tā tiesībām atteikties pieņemt dokumentus, ja tie sagatavoti vai tiem

pievienots tulkojums kādā citā valodā, izņemot valsts valodu vai adresātam saprotamu valodu.

(2) Adresāts var atteikties pieņemt dokumentus to izsniegšanas brīdī vai nedēļas laikā pēc dokumentu saņemšanas,

iesniedzot vai nosūtot atpakaļ dokumentus tiesai, kas tos izsniedza. Ja adresāts atsakās pieņemt dokumentus, kas nav

valsts valodā vai adresātam saprotamā valodā, adresāts paziņo tiesai par valodu, kuru tas saprot.

(3) Ja adresāts ir atteicies pieņemt dokumentus saskaņā ar šā panta pirmo un otro daļu, tiesa par to paziņo Tieslietu

ministrijai, nosūtot atpakaļ ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu un dokumentus pārtulkošanai.

246

683.pants. Ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūguma izpildes izmaksas

(1) Izdevumus, kas radušies, izpildot ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu, sedz no valsts budžeta līdzekļiem,

izņemot šā panta otrajā daļā paredzēto gadījumu.

(2) Ja izdevumi radušies, likumā paredzētajos gadījumos ārvalsts dokumentu izsniegšanas lūgumu izpildot ārvalsts

likumā noteiktajā procesuālajā kārtībā vai īpaši lūgtā veidā, tiesa paziņo Tieslietu ministrijai par minētā lūguma

izpildes izmaksām, un Tieslietu ministrija var lūgt ārvalsts kompetento iestādi segt šīs izmaksas.

Septiņpadsmitā sadaļa Starptautiskā civilprocesuālā sadarbība pierādījumu iegūšanā

(Sadaļa 05.02.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

84.nodaļa Starptautiskā civilprocesuālā sadarbība pierādījumu iegūšanā saskaņā ar

Padomes 2001.gada 28.maija regulu (EK) Nr. 1206/2001 par sadarbību starp dalībvalstu tiesām pierādījumu iegūšanā civillietās un komerclietās

684.pants. Starptautiskās civilprocesuālās sadarbības pamats pierādījumu iegūšanā

(1) Tiesa iegūst pierādījumus Latvijā, pamatojoties uz ārvalsts kompetentās iestādes lūgumu par pierādījumu

iegūšanu Latvijā (turpmāk — ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgums) un Latvijas kompetentās iestādes lēmumu par

ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma pieļaujamību.

(2) Tiesa šajā likumā paredzētajos gadījumos un kārtībā pēc savas iniciatīvas vai pēc lietas dalībnieka motivēta

lūguma izlemj jautājumu par pierādījumu iegūšanu ārvalstī (turpmāk — Latvijas pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgums).

(3) Pierādījumu iegūšana šīs nodaļas izpratnē ir arī pierādījumu nodrošināšana šajā likumā noteiktajā kārtībā.

685.pants. Pierādījumu iegūšanā kompetentās iestādes

(1) Saskaņā ar Padomes 2001.gada 28.maija regulas (EK) Nr. 1206/2001 par sadarbību starp dalībvalstu tiesām

pierādījumu iegūšanā civillietās un komerclietās (turpmāk — Padomes regula Nr. 1206/2001) 2.pantu tiesa saņem un

izlemj ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumus, kā arī lemj par pierādījumu iegūšanu ārvalstī un iesniedz Latvijas

pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumus tieši ārvalstij vai — Padomes regulas Nr. 1206/2001 3.panta 1.punkta “c”

apakšpunktā paredzētajos gadījumos — Tieslietu ministrijai.

(2) Tieslietu ministrija veic Padomes regulas Nr. 1206/2001 3.pantā minētās funkcijas.

686.pants. Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma valoda un forma

(1) Saskaņā ar Padomes regulas Nr. 1206/2001 4. un 5.pantu ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu un tam

pievienotos dokumentus, kā arī paziņojumus pieņem, ja tie sagatavoti valsts valodā vai angļu valodā.

(2) Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu un tam pievienotos dokumentus, kā arī paziņojumus pieņem sagatavotus

rakstveidā.

(3) Saskaņā ar Padomes regulas Nr. 1206/2001 6.pantu ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu un tam pievienotos

dokumentus, kā arī paziņojumus var pieņemt ar citiem komunikācijas līdzekļiem, ja tos iesniedz arī rakstveidā.

247

687.pants. Latvijas pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma valoda un forma

(1) Saskaņā ar Padomes regulas Nr. 1206/2001 4. un 5.pantu Latvijas pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu un tam

pievienotos dokumentus, kā arī paziņojumus tiesa sagatavo rakstveidā lūguma saņēmējas valsts valodā vai tajā

valodā, ko attiecīgā valsts ir paziņojusi kā pieņemamu saziņā.

(2) Latvijas pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu paraksta tiesnesis un apstiprina ar tiesas zīmogu.

(3) Saskaņā ar Padomes regulas Nr. 1206/2001 6.pantu Latvijas pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu un tam pievienotos

dokumentus, kā arī paziņojumus tiesa vai Tieslietu ministrija var iesniegt ārvalstij ar citiem ārvalstij pieņemamiem

komunikācijas līdzekļiem, iesniedzot tos arī rakstveidā.

688.pants. Latvijas pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgums par pušu vai tiesas pārstāvju klātbūtni vai līdzdalību pierādījumu iegūšanā ārvalstī

Tiesa šajā likumā paredzētajos gadījumos pēc savas iniciatīvas vai pēc lietas dalībnieka motivēta lūguma Latvijas

pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumā var lūgt:

1) atļaut lietas dalībniekiem vai viņu pārstāvjiem būt klāt vai piedalīties pierādījumu iegūšanā saskaņā ar Padomes

regulas Nr. 1206/2001 11.pantu;

2) atļaut tiesas pārstāvjiem būt klāt vai piedalīties pierādījumu iegūšanā saskaņā ar Padomes regulas Nr. 1206/2001

12.pantu.

689.pants. Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izlemšana

(1) Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu izlemj tā rajona (pilsētas) tiesa, kuras darbības teritorijā atrodas

iegūstamā pierādījuma avots, vai Tieslietu ministrija Padomes regulas Nr. 1206/2001 3.panta 3.punktā un 17.pantā

paredzētajos gadījumos septiņu dienu laikā no tā saņemšanas dienas.

(2) Ja tiesa, kurai ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgums iesniegts saskaņā ar šā panta pirmo daļu, konstatē, ka daļa

pierādījumu atrodas citā pilsētā vai rajonā, tā uzdod attiecīgajai tiesai izdarīt noteiktas procesuālās darbības atbilstoši

šā likuma 102. un 103.pantam.

(3) Izskatot ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu, tiesa pieņem vienu no šādiem lēmumiem:

1) par pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpildes pieļaujamību, pieņemot to izpildei vai nosakot pierādījumu iegūšanas

lūguma izpildes iestādi, termiņus un citus nosacījumus;

2) par atteikšanos pieņemt pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu vai tā daļu izpildei saskaņā ar Padomes regulas Nr.

1206/2001 14.pantu.

(4) Izskatot ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu Padomes regulas Nr. 1206/2001 17.pantā paredzētajā gadījumā,

Tieslietu ministrija pieņem vienu no šādiem lēmumiem:

1) par pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpildes pieļaujamību, nosakot, ka minētā lūguma izpildē piedalās tā rajona

(pilsētas) tiesa, kuras darbības teritorijā atrodas iegūstamā pierādījuma avots, pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpildes

termiņus un citus nosacījumus;

2) par atteikšanos pieņemt pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu vai tā daļu izpildei saskaņā ar Padomes regulas Nr.

1206/2001 17.pantu.

(5) Kompetentās iestādes lēmums nav pārsūdzams.

248

690.pants. Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpildes vispārīgie noteikumi

(1) Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu izpilda šajā likumā noteiktajā kārtībā, izņemot gadījumus, kad ārvalsts

pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpilde pieļauta ārvalsts procesuālajā kārtībā pēc ārvalsts kompetentās iestādes

lūguma.

(2) Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpildi uzsāk nekavējoties pēc tam, kad pieņemts lēmums par pierādījumu

iegūšanas lūguma izpildes pieļaujamību. Ja nav iespējams ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu izpildīt 90 dienu

laikā no tā saņemšanas dienas, tiesa saskaņā ar Padomes regulas Nr. 1206/2001 15.pantu par to rakstveidā paziņo

ārvalsts kompetentajai iestādei, norādot iemeslus, kas kavē minētā lūguma izpildi.

(3) Ja ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpilde ir apgrūtināta vai neiespējama, tiesa saskaņā ar Padomes

regulas Nr. 1206/2001 10.pantu rakstveidā paziņo ārvalsts kompetentajai iestādei minētā lūguma neizpildes iemeslus.

691.pants. Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpilde pušu vai ārvalsts kompetentās tiesas pārstāvju klātbūtnē vai ar to līdzdalību

(1) Tiesa, kas izpilda ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu saskaņā ar Padomes regulas Nr. 1206/2001 11. vai

12.pantu, paziņo ārvalsts kompetentās tiesas pārstāvjiem vai pusēm, vai to pārstāvjiem par pierādījumu iegūšanas

laiku un vietu, kā arī par līdzdalības nosacījumiem.

(2) Tiesa noskaidro, vai ārvalsts kompetentās tiesas pārstāvjiem, pusēm vai to pārstāvjiem ir nepieciešams tulks.

(3) Ja šā panta pirmajā daļā minētās personas nesaprot valsts valodu un ja nav būtisku praktisko grūtību, pēc ārvalsts

kompetentās tiesas pārstāvju vai pušu, vai to pārstāvju lūguma pierādījumu iegūšanā piedalās tulks.

692.pants. Pierādījumu iegūšana, izmantojot tehniskos līdzekļus

(1) Ja ir pieļauta ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpilde, izmantojot tehniskos līdzekļus, šādu ārvalsts

pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu izpilda tā rajona (pilsētas) tiesa, kurai ir pieejami pierādījumu iegūšanai nepieciešamie

tehniskie līdzekļi.

(2) Pierādījumu iegūšanā Latvijā vai ārvalstī, izmantojot tehniskos līdzekļus, ja nepieciešams, piedalās tulks.

(3) Tiesa apliecina iesaistīto personu identitāti un nodrošina pierādījumu iegūšanas norisi Latvijā.

693.pants. Liecinieku tiesības atteikties no liecības došanas

(1) Izpildot ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu, tiesa pārliecinās, vai nepastāv šā likuma 106.pantā norādītie

šķēršļi, kā arī izskaidro lieciniekiem viņu tiesības atteikties no liecības došanas šā likuma 107.pantā paredzētajos

gadījumos.

(2) Izpildot ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu, tiesa saskaņā ar Padomes regulas Nr. 1206/2001 14.pantu

izskaidro lieciniekiem viņu tiesības atteikties no liecības došanas arī saskaņā ar lūguma iesniedzējas valsts likumu.

694.pants. Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpildes izmaksas

(1) Padomes regulas Nr. 1206/2001 18.panta 3.punktā paredzētajos gadījumos tiesa var lūgt ārvalsts kompetento

tiesu līdz ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpildei iemaksāt summas, kas izmaksājamas ekspertiem.

(2) Padomes regulas Nr. 1206/2001 18.panta 2.punktā paredzētajos gadījumos tiesa var lūgt ārvalsts kompetento

tiesu pēc ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpildes segt:

1) izdevumu summas, kas izmaksājamas ekspertiem un tulkiem;

249

2) izmaksas, kas radušās, ja ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgums pēc ārvalsts kompetentās iestādes lūguma

izpildīts ārvalsts procesuālajā kārtībā;

3) izmaksas, kas radušās, ja ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgums pēc ārvalsts kompetentās iestādes lūguma

izpildīts, izmantojot tehniskos līdzekļus.

85.nodaļa Starptautiskā civilprocesuālā sadarbība pierādījumu iegūšanā saskaņā ar

Latvijas Republikai saistošiem starptautiskajiem līgumiem

695.pants. Starptautiskās civilprocesuālās sadarbības pamats pierādījumu iegūšanā

(1) Tiesa iegūst pierādījumus Latvijā, pamatojoties uz ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu un Tieslietu ministrijas

lēmumu par ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma pieļaujamību.

(2) Tiesa šajā likumā paredzētajos gadījumos un kārtībā pēc savas iniciatīvas vai pēc lietas dalībnieka motivēta

lūguma izlemj jautājumu par Latvijas pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu.

(3) Pierādījumu iegūšana šīs nodaļas izpratnē ir arī pierādījumu nodrošināšana šajā likumā noteiktajā kārtībā.

696.pants. Tieslietu ministrijas kompetence pierādījumu iegūšanā

Tieslietu ministrija saņem un izlemj ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumus un nosūta Latvijas pierādījumu iegūšanas

lūgumus saskaņā ar Hāgas 1970.gada konvenciju un citiem Latvijas Republikai saistošiem starptautiskajiem līgumiem.

697.pants. Pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma un tam pievienoto dokumentu valoda

Pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu un tam pievienotos dokumentus sagatavo un iesniedz valodā, kas noteikta kā

sazināšanās valoda Latvijas Republikai saistošu starptautisko līgumu piemērošanā.

698.pants. Pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma forma

(1) Latvijas pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu un tam pievienotos dokumentus tiesa sagatavo rakstveidā un iesniedz

Tieslietu ministrijai.

(2) Latvijas pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu paraksta tiesnesis un apstiprina ar tiesas zīmogu.

(3) Latvijas pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu un tam pievienotos dokumentus Tieslietu ministrija var iesniegt ārvalstij ar

citiem komunikācijas līdzekļiem, iesniedzot tos arī rakstveidā.

(4) Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu un tam pievienotos dokumentus pieņem sagatavotus rakstveidā. Ārvalsts

pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu un tam pievienotos dokumentus var pieņemt ar citiem komunikācijas līdzekļiem, ja tos

iesniedz arī rakstveidā.

699.pants. Latvijas pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgums par pušu vai tiesas pārstāvju līdzdalību

Tiesa šajā likumā paredzētajos gadījumos pēc savas iniciatīvas vai pēc lietas dalībnieka motivēta lūguma Latvijas

pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumā var lūgt:

250

1) atļaut lietas dalībniekiem vai viņu pārstāvjiem piedalīties pierādījumu iegūšanā saskaņā ar Hāgas 1970.gada

konvencijas 7.pantu;

2) atļaut tiesas pārstāvjiem piedalīties pierādījumu iegūšanā saskaņā ar Hāgas 1970.gada konvencijas 8.pantu.

700.pants. Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izlemšana

(1) Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu izlemj Tieslietu ministrija septiņu dienu laikā no tā saņemšanas dienas.

(2) Tieslietu ministrija pieņem vienu no šādiem lēmumiem:

1) par pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpildes pieļaujamību, nosakot pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpildes iestādi,

termiņus un citus nosacījumus;

2) par atteikšanos pieņemt pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu vai tā daļu izpildei Latvijas Republikai saistošos

starptautiskajos līgumos paredzētajos gadījumos.

(3) Izskatot ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu, kas iesniegts saskaņā ar Hāgas 1970.gada konvencijas 16. vai

17.pantu, Tieslietu ministrija pieņem vienu no šādiem lēmumiem:

1) par pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpildes pieļaujamību, nosakot, ka minētā lūguma izpildē piedalās tā rajona

(pilsētas) tiesa, kuras darbības teritorijā atrodas iegūstamā pierādījuma avots, pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpildes

termiņus un citus nosacījumus;

2) par atteikšanos pieņemt pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu vai tā daļu izpildei.

(4) Tieslietu ministrijas lēmums nav pārsūdzams.

701.pants. Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpildes vispārīgie noteikumi

(1) Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu izpilda rajona (pilsētas) tiesa, kuras darbības teritorijā atrodas iegūstamā

pierādījuma avots.

(2) Ja tiesa, kurai ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgums iesniegts saskaņā ar šā panta pirmo daļu, konstatē, ka daļa

pierādījumu atrodas citā pilsētā vai rajonā, tā uzdod attiecīgajai tiesai izdarīt noteiktas procesuālās darbības atbilstoši

šā likuma 102. un 103.pantam.

(3) Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu izpilda šajā likumā noteiktajā kārtībā, izņemot gadījumus, kad ārvalsts

pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpilde pieļauta ārvalsts procesuālajā kārtībā pēc ārvalsts kompetentās iestādes

lūguma.

(4) Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpildi uzsāk nekavējoties pēc tam, kad pieņemts lēmums par pierādījumu

iegūšanas lūguma izpildes pieļaujamību. Ja nav iespējams ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu izpildīt 90 dienu

laikā no tā saņemšanas dienas, tiesa par to rakstveidā paziņo Tieslietu ministrijai, norādot iemeslus, kas kavē minētā

lūguma izpildi.

(5) Ja ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpilde ir apgrūtināta vai neiespējama, tiesa rakstveidā paziņo Tieslietu

ministrijai minētā lūguma neizpildes iemeslus.

251

702.pants. Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpilde ar pušu vai ārvalsts kompetentās tiesas pārstāvju līdzdalību

(1) Ja ir pieļauta ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpilde, ārvalsts kompetentās tiesas pārstāvjiem vai pusēm,

vai to pārstāvjiem klātesot vai piedaloties pierādījumu iegūšanā saskaņā ar Hāgas 1970.gada konvencijas 7. vai

8.pantu, tiesa, kas izpilda ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu, paziņo ārvalsts kompetentajai iestādei vai tieši

ārvalsts kompetentās tiesas pārstāvjiem vai pusēm, vai to pārstāvjiem par pierādījumu iegūšanas laiku un vietu, kā

arī par līdzdalības nosacījumiem.

(2) Tiesa noskaidro, vai ārvalsts kompetentās tiesas pārstāvjiem, pusēm vai to pārstāvjiem nepieciešams tulks.

(3) Ja šā panta pirmajā daļā minētās personas nesaprot valsts valodu un ja nav būtisku praktisko grūtību, pēc ārvalsts

kompetentās tiesas pārstāvju vai pušu, vai to pārstāvju lūguma pierādījumu iegūšanā piedalās tulks.

703.pants. Pierādījumu iegūšana, izmantojot tehniskos līdzekļus

(1) Ja ir pieļauta ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpilde, izmantojot tehniskos līdzekļus, šādu ārvalsts

pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu izpilda tā rajona (pilsētas) tiesa, kurai ir pieejami pierādījumu iegūšanai nepieciešamie

tehniskie līdzekļi.

(2) Pierādījumu iegūšanā Latvijā vai ārvalstī, izmantojot tehniskos līdzekļus, ja nepieciešams, piedalās tulks.

(3) Tiesa apliecina iesaistīto personu identitāti un nodrošina pierādījumu iegūšanas norisi Latvijā.

704.pants. Liecinieku tiesības atteikties no liecības došanas

(1) Izpildot ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu, tiesa pārliecinās, vai nepastāv šā likuma 106.pantā norādītie

šķēršļi, kā arī izskaidro lieciniekiem viņu tiesības atteikties no liecības došanas šā likuma 107.pantā paredzētajos

gadījumos.

(2) Izpildot ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu saskaņā ar Hāgas 1970.gada konvenciju, tiesa izskaidro

lieciniekiem viņu tiesības atteikties no liecības došanas arī saskaņā ar lūguma iesniedzējas valsts likumu.

705.pants. Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpildes izmaksas

(1) Atbilstoši Hāgas 1970.gada konvencijas 14.panta otrajai daļai tiesa paziņo Tieslietu ministrijai par ārvalsts

pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpildes izmaksām, ja tādas radušās.

(2) Tieslietu ministrija var lūgt ārvalsts kompetento iestādi segt ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpildes

izmaksas, kas radušās saskaņā ar Hāgas 1970.gada konvencijas 14.panta otro daļu.

252

86.nodaļa Starptautiskā civilprocesuālā sadarbība pierādījumu iegūšanā, ja ar ārvalsti

nav līguma, kas paredz sadarbību pierādījumu iegūšanā

706.pants. Starptautiskās civilprocesuālās sadarbības pamats pierādījumu iegūšanā

(1) Tiesa iegūst pierādījumus Latvijā, pamatojoties uz ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu un Tieslietu ministrijas

lēmumu par ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma pieļaujamību.

(2) Tiesa šajā likumā paredzētajos gadījumos un kārtībā pēc savas iniciatīvas vai pēc lietas dalībnieka motivēta

lūguma izlemj jautājumu par Latvijas pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu.

(3) Pierādījumu iegūšana šīs nodaļas izpratnē ir arī pierādījumu nodrošināšana šajā likumā noteiktajā kārtībā.

707.pants. Tieslietu ministrijas kompetence pierādījumu iegūšanā

(1) Ja ar ārvalsti nav līguma, kas paredz sadarbību pierādījumu iegūšanā, Latvijas pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu

iesniedz un ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu saņem un izlemj Tieslietu ministrija.

(2) Tieslietu ministrija var pieprasīt vai izsniegt ārvalstij apliecinājumu, ka sadarbībā tiks ievērota savstarpējība, tas ir,

ka turpmāk sadarbības partneris sniegs palīdzību, ievērojot tādus pašus principus.

(3) Ja nepieciešams, Tieslietu ministrija Latvijas pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu ārvalstij nosūta ar Ārlietu ministrijas

starpniecību, izmantojot konsulāros vai diplomātiskos kanālus.

708.pants. Pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma saturs

(1) Pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumā norāda:

1) pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma iesniedzējas tiesas nosaukumu;

2) pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma priekšmetu un būtību;

3) ziņas par lietas dalībnieku un tā pārstāvjiem: fiziskajām personām — vārdu, uzvārdu, personas kodu (ja tāda nav,

citus identifikācijas datus) un dzīvesvietu, bet juridiskajām personām — nosaukumu, reģistrācijas numuru un

atrašanās vietu (juridisko adresi);

4) lietas būtību un īsu faktu izklāstu;

5) ziņas par iegūstamajiem pierādījumiem un to saistību ar lietu;

6) ziņas par likumā paredzētajiem gadījumiem, kad liecinieki var atteikties no liecības došanas;

7) citu informāciju, kas nepieciešama pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpildei.

(2) Latvijas pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumā tiesa pēc savas iniciatīvas vai pēc lietas dalībnieka motivēta lūguma var

lūgt:

1) atļaut lietas dalībniekiem vai viņu pārstāvjiem būt klāt vai piedalīties pierādījumu iegūšanā;

253

2) atļaut tiesas pārstāvjiem būt klāt vai piedalīties pierādījumu iegūšanā;

3) iegūt pierādījumus, izmantojot tehniskos līdzekļus;

4) iegūt pierādījumus šajā likumā paredzētajā procesuālajā kārtībā.

709.pants. Pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma un tam pievienoto dokumentu valoda

(1) Latvijas pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu un tam pievienotos dokumentus sagatavo un iesniedz valsts valodā,

pievienojot tulkojumu kādā no šādām valodām:

1) lūguma saņēmējas valsts valodā;

2) citā valodā, Latvijas un ārvalsts kompetentajām iestādēm par to savstarpēji vienojoties.

(2) Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu pieņem sagatavotu vai ar pievienotu tulkojumu valsts valodā, krievu vai

angļu valodā.

(3) Ja nav iespējams nodrošināt tulkojumu kādā no šā panta otrajā daļā minētajām valodām, Latvijas un ārvalsts

kompetentās iestādes savstarpēji var vienoties par citu valodu, kādā sagatavojams ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas

lūgums un tam pievienotie dokumenti vai kādā tiem pievienojams tulkojums.

710.pants. Pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma forma

(1) Latvijas pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu un tam pievienotos dokumentus tiesa sagatavo rakstveidā.

(2) Latvijas pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu paraksta tiesnesis un apstiprina ar tiesas zīmogu.

(3) Latvijas pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu un tam pievienotos dokumentus Tieslietu ministrija var iesniegt ārvalstij ar

citiem komunikācijas līdzekļiem, iesniedzot tos arī rakstveidā.

(4) Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu un tam pievienotos dokumentus pieņem sagatavotus rakstveidā. Ārvalsts

pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu un tam pievienotos dokumentus var pieņemt ar citiem komunikācijas līdzekļiem, ja tos

iesniedz arī rakstveidā.

711.pants. Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izlemšana

(1) Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu izlemj Tieslietu ministrija 10 dienu laikā no tā saņemšanas dienas.

(2) Tieslietu ministrija pieņem vienu no šādiem lēmumiem:

1) par pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpildes pieļaujamību, nosakot pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpildes iestādi,

termiņus un citus nosacījumus;

2) par atteikšanos pieņemt pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu vai tā daļu izpildei, motivējot atteikumu.

(3) Ja pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izlemšanai nepieciešama papildu informācija, Tieslietu ministrija to pieprasa no

attiecīgās ārvalsts kompetentās iestādes.

(4) Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpildi var atteikt, ja:

254

1) ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpilde ir pretrunā ar Latvijas sabiedrisko iekārtu;

2) nav iesniegta pietiekama informācija un papildu informāciju iegūt nav iespējams;

3) ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpilde ir apgrūtināta.

(5) Ja ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpilde ir atteikta, Tieslietu ministrija nekavējoties par to paziņo lūguma

iesniedzējas valsts kompetentajai iestādei.

(6) Atteikšanās izpildīt ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu vai tā daļu neliedz ārvalsts kompetentajai iestādei pēc

trūkumu novēršanas atkārtoti iesniegt tādu pašu lūgumu.

(7) Tieslietu ministrijas lēmums nav pārsūdzams.

712.pants. Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpildes vispārīgie noteikumi

(1) Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu izpilda rajona (pilsētas) tiesa, kuras darbības teritorijā atrodas iegūstamā

pierādījuma avots.

(2) Ja tiesa, kurai ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgums iesniegts saskaņā ar šā panta pirmo daļu, konstatē, ka daļa

pierādījumu atrodas citā pilsētā vai rajonā, tā uzdod attiecīgajai tiesai izdarīt noteiktas procesuālās darbības atbilstoši

šā likuma 102. un 103.pantam.

(3) Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu izpilda šajā likumā noteiktajā kārtībā, izņemot gadījumus, kad ārvalsts

pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpilde pieļauta ārvalsts procesuālajā kārtībā pēc ārvalsts kompetentās iestādes

lūguma.

(4) Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpildi uzsāk nekavējoties pēc tam, kad pieņemts lēmums par pierādījumu

iegūšanas lūguma izpildes pieļaujamību. Ja nav iespējams ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu izpildīt 90 dienu

laikā no tā saņemšanas dienas, tiesa par to rakstveidā paziņo Tieslietu ministrijai, norādot iemeslus, kas kavē minētā

lūguma izpildi.

(5) Ja ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpilde ir apgrūtināta vai neiespējama, tiesa rakstveidā paziņo Tieslietu

ministrijai minētā lūguma neizpildes iemeslus.

713.pants. Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpilde pušu vai ārvalsts kompetentās tiesas pārstāvju klātbūtnē vai ar to līdzdalību

(1) Ja ir pieļauta ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpilde, pusēm vai to pārstāvjiem, vai ārvalsts kompetentās

tiesas pārstāvjiem klātesot vai piedaloties pierādījumu iegūšanā, tiesa, kas izpilda ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas

lūgumu, paziņo ārvalsts kompetentajai iestādei vai tieši ārvalsts kompetentās tiesas pārstāvjiem vai pusēm, vai to

pārstāvjiem par pierādījumu iegūšanas laiku un vietu, kā arī līdzdalības nosacījumiem.

(2) Tiesa noskaidro, vai ārvalsts kompetentās tiesas pārstāvjiem, pusēm vai to pārstāvjiem nepieciešams tulks.

(3) Ja šā panta pirmajā daļā minētās personas nesaprot valsts valodu un ja nav būtisku praktisko grūtību, pēc ārvalsts

kompetentās tiesas pārstāvju vai pušu, vai to pārstāvju lūguma pierādījumu iegūšanā piedalās tulks.

255

714.pants. Pierādījumu iegūšana, izmantojot tehniskos līdzekļus

(1) Ja ir pieļauta ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpilde, izmantojot tehniskos līdzekļus, šādu ārvalsts

pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu izpilda tā rajona (pilsētas) tiesa, kurai ir pieejami pierādījumu iegūšanai nepieciešamie

tehniskie līdzekļi.

(2) Pierādījumu iegūšanā Latvijā vai ārvalstī, izmantojot tehniskos līdzekļus, ja nepieciešams, piedalās tulks.

(3) Tiesa apliecina iesaistīto personu identitāti un nodrošina pierādījumu iegūšanas norisi Latvijā.

715.pants. Liecinieku tiesības atteikties no liecības došanas

(1) Izpildot ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu, tiesa pārliecinās, vai nepastāv šā likuma 106.pantā norādītie

šķēršļi, kā arī izskaidro lieciniekiem viņu tiesības atteikties no liecības došanas šā likuma 107.pantā paredzētajos

gadījumos.

(2) Izpildot ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu, liecinieki var atteikties no liecības došanas arī saskaņā ar lūguma

iesniedzējas valsts likumu, ja šādas tiesības ir norādītas ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumā vai arī to citādi ir

apstiprinājusi ārvalsts kompetentā iestāde.

716.pants. Ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūguma izpildes izmaksas

(1) Izdevumus, kas radušies, izpildot ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu, sedz no valsts budžeta līdzekļiem,

izņemot šā panta otrajā daļā paredzēto gadījumu.

(2) Tiesa, kura izpilda ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu, paziņo Tieslietu ministrijai par šādām minētā lūguma

izpildes izmaksām:

1) izdevumu summām, kas izmaksājamas ekspertiem un tulkiem;

2) izdevumiem, kas radušies, likumā paredzētajos gadījumos izpildot ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgumu ārvalsts

procesuālajā kārtībā;

3) izmaksām, kas radušās, ja ārvalsts pierādījumu iegūšanas lūgums pēc ārvalsts kompetentās iestādes lūguma

izpildīts, izmantojot tehniskos līdzekļus.

(3) Tieslietu ministrija var lūgt ārvalsts kompetento iestādi segt šā panta otrajā daļā paredzētās izmaksas.

Civilprocesa likuma

1. pielikums

Mantas saraksts, uz kuru nevar vērst piedziņu pēc izpildu dokumentiem

(Pielikums ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 17.06.2004. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2004.)

Piedziņas vēršanai pēc izpildu dokumentiem nav pakļauta šāda veida manta un priekšmeti, kas pieder parādniekam

vai ir viņa daļa kopīpašumā:

1. Mājas iekārtas un mājturības priekšmeti, apģērbs, kas nepieciešams parādniekam, viņa ģimenes locekļiem, kā arī

personām, kuras atrodas viņa apgādībā:

256

1) ikdienā valkājamais nepieciešamais apģērbs, apavi un veļa;

2) gultas piederumi, gultas drēbes un dvieļi;

3) virtuves un galda piederumi, kuri nepieciešami ikdienas lietošanai;

4) mēbeles — pa vienai gultai un krēslam katrai personai, kā arī viens galds un viens skapis uz ģimeni;

5) visi bērnu piederumi.

2. Mājās esošie pārtikas produkti tādā daudzumā, kāds nepieciešams parādnieka un viņa ģimenes locekļu uzturēšanai

triju mēnešu laikā.

3. Nauda minimālās mēneša darba algas apmērā uz parādnieku, katru viņa ģimenes locekli un apgādībā esošu

personu, bet uzturlīdzekļu piedziņas lietās nepilngadīgu bērnu uzturam vai Uzturlīdzekļu garantiju fonda

administrācijas labā — nauda 50 procentu apmērā no minimālās mēneša darba algas uz parādnieku, katru viņa

ģimenes locekli un apgādībā esošu personu.

4. Uz ģimeni viena govs vai kaza un viena cūka, kā arī lopbarība tādā daudzumā, kāds nepieciešams līdz jaunas

lopbarības ievākšanai vai līdz lopu dzīšanai ganībās.

5. Kurināmais, kas nepieciešams ģimenei ēdiena gatavošanai un dzīvojamās telpas apsildīšanai apkurināšanas sezonas

laikā.

6. Grāmatas, instrumenti un rīki, kas nepieciešami parādniekam viņa personīgajā ikdienas darbā, sagādājot iztikai

vajadzīgos līdzekļus.

7. Lauksaimniecības inventārs, tas ir, zemkopības rīki, tehnika, lopi un sēkla, kas nepieciešami zemnieku saimniecībā,

līdz ar barības daudzumu, kāds nepieciešams attiecīgās saimniecības lopu uzturēšanai līdz jaunai ražai. Kādi

zemkopības rīki, cik lopu un kādi barības daudzumi uzskatāmi par nepieciešamiem, nosaka zemkopības ministra

instrukcija.

8. Kustamā manta, kas pēc Civillikuma atzīstama par nekustamā īpašuma piederumu, — atsevišķi no šā nekustamā

īpašuma.

9. Dievnami un rituāla priekšmeti.

Civilprocesa likuma

2. pielikums

Nozaudēto tiesvedības vai izpildu lietvedības materiālu atjaunošanas noteikumi

1. Nozaudētos tiesvedības vai izpildu lietvedības materiālus civillietā tiesa var atjaunot pēc lietas dalībnieka

pieteikuma, pēc tiesu izpildītāja vai prokurora iesnieguma, kā arī pēc savas iniciatīvas.

2. Nozaudētos tiesvedības materiālus atjauno pilnīgi vai tajā daļā, kuru atjaunot nepieciešams pēc tiesas ieskata. Ja

lietā bijis tiesas spriedums vai lēmums par tiesvedības izbeigšanu, tas obligāti atjaunojams.

257

3. Pieteikumu par nozaudēto tiesvedības materiālu vai izpildu raksta atjaunošanu iesniedz tiesai, kas izskatījusi lietu,

bet pieteikumu par nozaudēto izpildu lietvedības materiālu (izņemot izpildu rakstu) atjaunošanu — rajona (pilsētas)

tiesai pēc izpildīšanas vietas.

4. Pieteikumā norāda precīzas ziņas par lietu. Pieteikumam pievieno dokumentus vai to norakstus, kuri saglabājušies

pie iesniedzēja un kuri attiecas uz lietu, pat tad, ja tie nav noteiktā kārtībā apliecināti.

5. Tiesa, izskatot lietu, izmanto saglabājušās tiesvedības materiālu daļas, pieprasa no lietas dalībniekiem vai citām

personām dokumentus, kas pirms tiesvedības materiālu nozaudēšanas tiem izsniegti, šo dokumentu norakstus, kā arī

citus materiālus, kuri attiecas uz lietu. Lietas dalībnieki ir tiesīgi iesniegt apspriešanai viņu sastādīto atjaunojamā

sprieduma vai lēmuma projektu.

6. Tiesa kā lieciniekus var nopratināt personas, kas bijušas klāt pie procesuālo darbību izpildīšanas, bet, ja

nepieciešams, — personas, kas bijušas tiesas sastāvā, izskatot lietu, kuras tiesvedības materiāli nozaudēti, kā arī

personas, kas izpildījušas tiesas spriedumu.

7. Ja savākto materiālu nepietiek, lai precīzi atjaunotu nozaudētos tiesvedības materiālus, tiesa ar lēmumu izbeidz

pieteikuma izskatīšanu par tiesvedības materiālu atjaunošanu. Šajā gadījumā iesniedzējs ir tiesīgs atkārtoti iesniegt

prasību vai pieteikumu vispārīgā kārtībā. Izdevumus, kas saistīti ar tādas lietas izskatīšanu, sedz valsts.

8. Izdevumus, kas radušies tiesai, izskatot lietu par nozaudēto materiālu atjaunošanu, sedz valsts. Ja iesniegts

apzināti nepatiess pieteikums, tiesas izdevumi tiek piedzīti no iesniedzēja.

Pārejas noteikumi

1. Izskatīšanas kārtību lietās, kas rodas no administratīvi tiesiskajām attiecībām, līdz dienai, kad spēkā stājas

administratīvā procesa likums, regulē Civilprocesa likuma vispārīgie noteikumi un Latvijas Civilprocesa kodeksa

divdesmit otrās, divdesmit trešās, divdesmit trešās—A, divdesmit ceturtās, divdesmit ceturtās—A un divdesmit piektās

nodaļas noteikumi.

2. Šā likuma 548.panta otrā daļa, 550. un 632.panta noteikumi piemērojami pēc tam, kad stājas spēkā attiecīgi

grozījumi likumā "Par tiesu varu".

3. Līdz dienai, kad stājas spēkā pārejas noteikumu 2.punktā minētie grozījumi likumā "Par tiesu varu":

1) tiesas spriedumu pareizu un savlaicīgu izpildi kontrolē Tieslietu ministrijas Tiesu izpildītāju departaments;

2) vecākā tiesu izpildītāja lēmumu, ar kuru pieteikums par tiesu izpildītāja noraidīšanu atstāts bez apmierinājuma, var

pārsūdzēt Tieslietu ministrijas Tiesu izpildītāju departamentā. Sūdzības iesniegšana neaptur izpildu darbības;

3) sūdzības par tiesu izpildītāju darbībām vai viņu atteikumu izpildīt šādas darbības piedzinējs vai parādnieks var

iesniegt tiesā tikai pēc tam, kad sūdzību izskatījis Tieslietu ministrijas Tiesu izpildītāju departaments. Sūdzību var

iesniegt tiesā 10 dienu laikā no dienas, kad sūdzības iesniedzējs saņēmis atbildi no Tiesu izpildītāju departamenta, vai

no dienas, kad izbeidzies mēnesi ilgs termiņš pēc sūdzības iesniegšanas un iesniedzējs uz to nav saņēmis atbildi.

4. Ja nekustamais īpašums nav ierakstīts zemesgrāmatā (dzīvokļa īpašums likumā paredzētajos gadījumos —

Kadastra reģistrā), nodrošinot ar to prasību vai vēršot uz to piedziņu, nekustamais īpašums aprakstāms un nododams

pārvaldīšanā atbilstoši šā likuma 603.panta otrās — ceturtās daļas un 605.panta noteikumiem. Pirms nekustamā

īpašuma aprakstīšanas tiesu izpildītājs pārliecinās par tā piederību vai tā valdītāju, pieprasot ziņas no Valsts zemes

258

dienesta vai attiecīgās pašvaldības. Par nekustamā īpašuma aprakstīšanu prasības nodrošināšanai vai parāda piedziņai

tiesu izpildītājs paziņo attiecīgi Valsts zemes dienestam vai pašvaldībai.

5. Ja šā likuma spēkā stāšanās dienā Latvijas Civilprocesa kodeksā noteiktie procesuālie termiņi attiecībā uz

sprieduma izpildes darbībām nav notecējuši un šis likums nosaka ilgāku termiņu, piemērojams ilgākais termiņš,

ieskaitot notecējušo laiku.

6. Ja manta nodota komisijā līdz šā likuma spēkā stāšanās dienai saskaņā ar Latvijas Civilprocesa kodeksa 390.pantu,

tās realizācija izdarāma saskaņā ar komisijas līguma noteikumiem.

7. Ja uzņēmējsabiedrības kapitāla daļas vai slēgtās emisijas akcijas atbilstoši Latvijas Civilprocesa kodeksa 389.panta

trešās daļas noteikumiem nodotas attiecīgās uzņēmējsabiedrības izpildinstitūcijai līdz šā likuma spēkā stāšanās dienai,

izpildinstitūcija pārdošanu veic noteiktajā mēneša termiņā no nodošanas dienas.

8. Ja parādniekam piederošās aprakstītās mantas izsole izsludināta līdz šā likuma spēkā stāšanās dienai, tā rīkojama

pēc izziņotajiem noteikumiem.

9. Ja tiesu izpildītāja sastādītais aprēķins par sprieduma izpildīšanas izdevumiem iesniegts tiesā līdz šā likuma spēkā

stāšanās dienai, tiesa pieņem lēmumu par tiesu izpildītāja iepriekš sastādīto aprēķinu.

10. Ja tiesu izpildītājs ir pieņēmis lēmumu par izpildu lietvedības apturēšanu, tad gadījumā, kad izpildu lietvedības

apturēšanu neparedz Civilprocesa likums, pēc šā likuma spēkā stāšanās izpildu lietvedība nekavējoties atjaunojama.

Tiesu izpildītājs par to pieņem attiecīgu lēmumu un nosūta to ieinteresētajām personām.

11. Ar šā likuma spēkā stāšanos spēku zaudē Latvijas Civilprocesa kodekss, izņemot tā divdesmit otro, divdesmit

trešo, divdesmit trešo—A, divdesmit ceturto, divdesmit ceturto—A un divdesmit piekto nodaļu.

12. Grozījumi Civilprocesa likumā par 34.panta otrās daļas 1. un 2.punkta un trešās daļas pirmā teikuma, 39.panta

8.punkta, 43.panta 9.punkta, par 40., 41., 42., 43., 44.nodaļas un 566.panta otrās daļas izslēgšanu stājas spēkā

2012.gada 1.janvārī.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 01.12.2005. un 11.12.2008. likumu, kas stājas spēkā

31.12.2008. Minētie grozījumi tiks iekļauti likuma redakcijā uz 01.01.2012.)

13. Lietas par mantojuma tiesībām, kuras līdz 2002.gada 31.decembrim pieņemtas izskatīšanai sevišķās tiesāšanas

kārtībā, tiesas izskata Civilprocesa likumā noteiktajā kārtībā līdz 2011.gada 31.decembrim.

(01.12.2005. likuma redakcijā ar grozījumiem, kas izdarīti ar 11.12.2008. likumu, kas stājas spēkā 31.12.2008.)

14. Pieteikumus par aizgādnības nodibināšanu mantojumam notāru lietvedībā esošajās mantojuma lietās tiesa izskata,

piemērojot šā likuma 323.pantu un Civillikuma 660.pantu.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

15. Pieteikumu par mutiska testamenta konstatēšanu, kas nepieciešams iesniegšanai notāram mantojuma lietā, tiesa

izskata šā likuma 309.pantā noteiktajā kārtībā, pieaicinot kā ieinteresētās personas mantiniekus.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

16. Līdz valsts nodevas noteikšanai par mantas pāreju mantiniekiem uz notāra izsniegtas mantojuma apliecības

pamata valsts nodeva maksājama 50 procentu apmērā no Civilprocesa likuma 34.pantā noteiktās likmes lietās par

apstiprināšanu mantojuma tiesībās vai par pēdējās gribas rīkojuma akta stāšanos likumīgā spēkā. Minētajās lietās

noteiktā valsts nodeva attiecībā uz nekustamo īpašumu iekasējama pirms īpašuma tiesību nostiprināšanas

zemesgrāmatā, bet attiecībā uz kustamām lietām tā maksājama pirms mantojuma apliecības izsniegšanas, un notārs

259

par to izdara apliecinājumu mantojuma apliecībā. Kustamo lietu reģistru turētāji, kā arī personas, pie kurām atrodas

mantojamā manta (kredītiestādes u.c.), nav tiesīgas mantoto mantu pārreģistrēt vai izsniegt mantiniekiem, ja

mantojuma apliecībā manta nav norādīta un nav samaksāta valsts nodeva.

(31.10.2002. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2003.)

17. Šā likuma 346.panta pirmās daļas 2.punkts par to, ka tiesneša lēmuma par maksātnespējas lietas ierosināšanu

noraksts nosūtāms Finanšu un kapitāla tirgus komisijai, un 378.panta 2.1 daļa stājas spēkā ar īpašu likumu.

(12.02.2004. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2004.)

18. Visus pieteikumus par ārvalsts tiesu nolēmumu (izņemot ārvalsts šķīrējtiesu nolēmumus) atzīšanu un izpildīšanu,

kas iesniegti rajona (pilsētas) tiesai un nav izskatīti līdz 2004.gada 1.maijam, izskata pirmās instances tiesa kārtībā,

kāda bija spēkā pirms 2004.gada 1.maija. Pēc pieteicēja lūguma tiesnesis var izlemt šādu pieteikumu šajā likumā

noteiktajā kārtībā, un 10 dienu termiņš pieteikuma izlemšanai skaitāms no pieteicēja lūguma iesniegšanas dienas.

(07.04.2004. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.05.2004.)

19. Ja rajona (pilsētas) tiesa pieņēmusi lēmumu par ārvalsts tiesas nolēmuma (izņemot ārvalsts šķīrējtiesas

nolēmumu) atzīšanu un izpildīšanu vai lēmumu par pieteikuma noraidīšanu un 2004.gada 1.maijā nav izbeidzies

blakus sūdzības iesniegšanas termiņš, piemērojami šā likuma 641.panta otrajā daļā noteiktie blakus sūdzības

iesniegšanas termiņi, tajos ieskaitot pagājušo laiku.

(07.04.2004. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.05.2004.)

20. Šā likuma 486.panta jaunā redakcija, kas nosaka šķīrējtiesas izveidošanas kārtību, un 486.1 pants stājas spēkā

2005.gada 1.aprīlī.

(17.02.2005. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

21. Šķīrējtiesa, kura izveidota un par kuras izveidošanu paziņots Tieslietu ministrijai līdz 2005.gada 31.martam, ne

vēlāk kā līdz 2005.gada 15.augustam iesniedz pieteikumu Uzņēmumu reģistram šķīrējtiesas reģistrācijai, ievērojot

šajā likumā un citos normatīvajos aktos noteikto kārtību.

(17.02.2005. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

22. Tieslietu ministrija līdz 2005.gada 20.oktobrim publicē laikrakstā "Latvijas Vēstnesis" tās šķīrējtiesas, kuras līdz

2005.gada 30.septembrim nav reģistrējušās šķīrējtiesu reģistrā.

(17.02.2005. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

23. Ja puses vienojušās par strīda nodošanu izšķiršanai pastāvīgajā šķīrējtiesā un šī šķīrējtiesa nav reģistrējusies

likumā noteiktajā kārtībā līdz 2005.gada 30.septembrim vai izbeigusi savu darbību, puses vienojas par strīda

nodošanu izšķiršanai citā šķīrējtiesā. Ja vienošanās netiek panākta, strīds izskatāms tiesā.

(17.02.2005. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

24. Jaunizveidotās šķīrējtiesas nosaukumam skaidri un noteikti jāatšķiras no Tieslietu ministrijas sarakstā esošo

šķīrējtiesu nosaukumiem. Pirmtiesības uz šķīrējtiesas nosaukumu šķīrējtiesu reģistrā ir šķīrējtiesai, kura pirmā ar šādu

nosaukumu ierakstīta Tieslietu ministrijas sarakstā.

(17.02.2005. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

25. Ja līdz 2005.gada 10.martam ir uzsākts šķīrējtiesas process šā likuma 487.panta 6. un 7.punktā minētajos strīdos

(par personas izlikšanu no dzīvojamām telpām un individuālo darba tiesību strīdu), to izšķiršana pabeidzama

attiecīgajā šķīrējtiesā.

(17.02.2005. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 10.03.2005.)

260

26. Līdz 2006.gada 30.jūnijam pieteikumu par uzņēmumu un uzņēmējsabiedrību maksātnespēju iesniedz attiecīgajai

apgabaltiesai. Līdz 2006.gada 30.jūnijam ierosinātās lietas par uzņēmumu un uzņēmējsabiedrību maksātnespēju

izskata attiecīgā apgabaltiesa.

(01.12.2005. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 31.12.2005.)

27. Šā likuma 447.panta jaunā redakcija, kas nosaka blakus sūdzību par tiesneša lēmumiem un par zemesgrāmatu

nodaļu tiesnešu lēmumiem izskatīšanu rakstveida procesā, stājas spēkā 2006.gada 1.jūlijā un attiecas uz blakus

sūdzību izskatīšanu par tiem lēmumiem, kuri pieņemti no 2006.gada 1.jūlija.

(25.05.2006. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 28.06.2006.)

28. Grozījumi šā likuma 238.panta trešajā daļā, 239.panta otrajā daļā, 246.panta ceturtajā daļā, 250.5 panta pirmajā

daļā, 266.panta pirmajā daļā, 267.panta trešajā daļā, 268.panta otrajā daļā, 270.panta pirmajā un trešajā daļā,

275.panta otrajā daļā, 276.panta otrajā daļā, 277.panta otrajā daļā, 280.panta otrajā daļā, 286.panta ceturtajā daļā,

323.pantā (par vārda "pagasttiesa" izslēgšanu) un 329.panta trešajā daļā (par vārda "pagasttiesa" aizstāšanu ar

vārdu "bāriņtiesa") stājas spēkā 2007.gada 1.janvārī.

(07.09.2006. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 11.10.2006.)

29. Lietas, kurās uzņēmuma (uzņēmējsabiedrības), kā arī komercreģistrā reģistrēta komersanta maksātnespēja

pasludināta līdz 2007.gada 31.decembrim, izskata tiesa, kas pasludinājusi maksātnespēju.

(01.11.2007. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.01.2008.)

30. Šā likuma 434.panta jaunā redakcija (par kārtību, kādā stājas likumīgā spēkā un ir izpildāms apelācijas instances

tiesas spriedums), 439.1 pants, 464.panta jaunā redakcija (par senāta rīcības sēdi), kā arī 464.1 un 477.1 pants stājas

spēkā 2008.gada 1.jūlijā. Apelācijas instances tiesas spriedumi, kurus tiesa pasludinājusi līdz 2008.gada 30.jūnijam,

stājas likumīgā spēkā to pasludināšanas brīdī, un šo apelācijas instances tiesas spriedumu izpilde uzsākama,

turpināma un pabeidzama šā likuma E daļā noteiktajā kārtībā.

(22.05.2008. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

31. Likumā noteiktās tiesas darbības sakarā ar tiesas nolēmumu nosūtīšanu likumā pilnvarotajai iestādei, kas veic

ierakstus maksātnespējas reģistrā, nav attiecināmas uz tiem tiesas nolēmumiem, kuri pieņemti maksātnespējas lietās,

kurās maksātnespējas pieteikums iesniegts tiesā līdz 2007.gada 31.decembrim un kurās turpmākie jautājumi tiesā

lemti atbilstoši tiem normatīvajiem aktiem, kas līdz 2007.gada 31.decembrim regulēja uzņēmumu un

uzņēmējsabiedrību maksātnespēju.

(22.05.2008. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

32. Maksātnespējas procesos, kuros maksātnespējas pieteikums iesniegts tiesā līdz 2007.gada 31.decembrim un

kuros jautājumi tiesā lemjami atbilstoši tiem normatīvajiem aktiem, kas līdz 2007.gada 31.decembrim regulēja

uzņēmumu un uzņēmējsabiedrību maksātnespēju, ieceltais administrators līdz lietas izskatīšanai vai līdz tiesneša

lēmumā noteiktajam termiņam iesniedz tiesai:

1) to personu sarakstu, kuras saskaņā ar likumu ir parādnieka pārstāvji;

2) trešajām personām piederošās un parādnieka valdījumā vai turējumā esošās mantas sarakstu;

3) nodrošināto un nenodrošināto kreditoru sarakstus, kas sagatavoti, pamatojoties uz parādnieka grāmatvedībā

esošajiem datiem;

4) pārskatu par banku kontos un kasē esošajiem parādnieka naudas līdzekļiem, parādnieka pamatlīdzekļu un

apgrozāmo līdzekļu vērtību;

261

5) atzinumu par to, vai pret parādnieku uzsākama Padomes regulas Nr. 1346/2000 3.panta 1. vai 2.punktā noteiktā

maksātnespējas procedūra.

(22.05.2008. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

33. Maksātnespējas procesos, kuros maksātnespējas pieteikums iesniegts tiesā līdz 2007.gada 31.decembrim, bet

spriedums par maksātnespējas pasludināšanu tiek pieņemts pēc šā datuma, tiesa spriedumā nosaka parādnieka

pārstāvjus, pamatojoties uz administratora iesniegto parādnieka pārstāvju sarakstu, un nosaka viņu pienākumus

atbilstoši tiem normatīvajiem aktiem, kas līdz 2007.gada 31.decembrim regulēja uzņēmumu un uzņēmējsabiedrību

maksātnespēju.

(22.05.2008. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

34. Tos maksātnespējas procesus, kuros maksātnespējas pieteikums iesniegts tiesā līdz 2007.gada 31.decembrim,

tiesa, apstiprinot izlīgumu, neizbeidz. Tiesa pieņem lēmumu par maksātnespējas procesa izbeigšanu izlīguma

noslēgšanas gadījumos, ja konstatē, ka parādnieks nokārtojis visas savas saistības, kurām iestājies izpildes termiņš,

un pēc šo saistību nokārtošanas tā aktīvi pārsniedz atlikušo parādu summu.

(22.05.2008. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

35. Maksātnespējas procesos, kuros maksātnespējas pieteikums iesniegts tiesā līdz 2007.gada 31.decembrim, tiesa uz

attiecīga pieteikuma pamata lemj par izlīguma atcelšanu, ja:

1) noslēdzot izlīgumu, pārkāptas normatīvo aktu prasības;

2) izlīguma noslēgšana panākta, lietojot viltu vai spaidus, vai notikusi maldības ietekmē;

3) parādnieks nepilda izlīgumā paredzētās saistības.

(22.05.2008. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

36. Maksātnespējas procesos, kuros maksātnespējas pieteikums iesniegts tiesā līdz 2007.gada 31.decembrim un

kuros jautājumi tiesā lemjami atbilstoši tiem normatīvajiem aktiem, kas līdz 2007.gada 31.decembrim regulēja

uzņēmumu un uzņēmējsabiedrību maksātnespēju, sūdzības var iesniegt:

1) administrators - par jebkuru kreditoru sapulces lēmumu un kreditoru komitejas lēmumu, kā arī par Maksātnespējas

administrācijas lēmumu par administratora rīcību;

2) ieinteresētais kreditors vai kreditoru grupa - par kreditoru sapulces lēmumu, ar kuru atzīts vai noraidīts kāda

kreditora prasījums, triju nedēļu laikā no kreditoru sapulces dienas vai dienas, kad kreditoram, kurš nav piedalījies

kreditoru sapulcē, paziņots tās lēmums;

3) kreditors vai kreditoru grupa - par kreditoru sapulces (kreditoru komitejas) lēmumu par administrācijas izmaksām

un parādu segšanas kārtību triju nedēļu laikā pēc tā pieņemšanas.

(22.05.2008. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

37. Maksātnespējas procesos, kuros maksātnespējas pieteikums iesniegts tiesā līdz 2007.gada 31.decembrim un

kuros turpmākie jautājumi tiesā lemjami atbilstoši tiem normatīvajiem aktiem, kas līdz 2007.gada 31.decembrim

regulēja uzņēmumu un uzņēmējsabiedrību maksātnespēju, parādnieks var iesniegt tiesā pieteikumu par

maksātnespējas procesa izbeigšanu, ja viņš nokārtojis visas parādsaistības noteiktajos termiņos un aktīvu vērtība

pārsniedz atlikušo parādsaistību summu.

(22.05.2008. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 25.06.2008.)

262

38. Rīkojumi, kuri līdz 2009.gada 28.februārim saskaņā ar šā likuma 597.pantu izdoti ieturējumu izdarīšanai, izpildāmi

atbilstoši attiecīgajā tiesu izpildītāja rīkojumā norādītajam.

(05.02.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

39. Līdz šā likuma 39.panta otrajā daļā minēto Ministru kabineta noteikumu spēkā stāšanās dienai, bet ne ilgāk kā līdz

2009.gada 1.septembrim piemērojami Ministru kabineta 1999.gada 27.aprīļa noteikumi Nr.154 “Kārtība, kādā

civillietās aprēķināmas lieciniekiem un ekspertiem izmaksājamās summas un ar atbildētāja meklēšanu saistītie

izdevumi”, ciktāl tie nav pretrunā ar šo likumu.

(05.02.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

40. Tiesa, kas līdz 2009.gada 28.februārim uzsākusi skatīt civillietu, kuras materiālos ir iekļauts valsts noslēpuma

objekts, pabeidz uzsākto civillietas izskatīšanu.

(05.02.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

41. Grozījumi attiecībā uz šā likuma 345.panta trešo daļu (par tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa pasākumu plāna

saskaņošanas termiņa pagarināšanu līdz 30 dienām) stājas spēkā vienlaikus ar grozījumiem Maksātnespējas likumā,

kas paredz, ka tiesiskās aizsardzības procesa pasākumu plānu vienlaikus nosūta administratoram un nodrošinātajiem

kreditoriem atzinuma sniegšanai, kā arī nenodrošinātajiem kreditoriem — saskaņošanai.

(05.02.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2009.)

42. Šā likuma 363.9 panta septītā daļa nav piemērojama izlīgumiem, kuri apstiprināti tiesā līdz 2009.gada 30.jūnijam.

(11.06.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.07.2009.)

43. Ja nekustamā īpašuma izsole izsludināta līdz 2010.gada 31.janvārim, tā rīkojama pēc izziņotajiem noteikumiem.

Ja izziņotā otrā izsole nav notikusi un neviens nevēlas paturēt nekustamo īpašumu sev (615.pants), pēc piedzinēja

lūguma pēc viena mēneša no sludinājuma publicēšanas dienas tiesu izpildītājs rīko trešo izsoli, ievērojot pirmās izsoles

noteikumus, bet solīšana sākas no summas, kas atbilst 60 procentiem no sākumcenas pirmajā izsolē.

(17.12.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.02.2010.)

44. Laika periodā no 2010.gada 1.februāra līdz 2012.gada 31.decembrim hipotekārajam kreditoram, kuram par labu

nostiprināta pirmā hipotēka, ja vien tas nav arī piedzinējs, papildus šā likuma 600.panta trešajā daļā noteiktajam

vienlaikus tiek pieprasīts informēt tiesu izpildītāju, vai tas piekrīt nekustamā īpašuma pārdošanai, izņemot gadījumus,

kad piedziņa tiek izdarīta par labu šādiem prasījumiem:

1) par uzturlīdzekļu piedziņu;

2) par darba samaksas piedziņu;

3) par personisku aizskārumu, kura rezultātā radies sakropļojums vai cits veselības bojājums vai iestājusies personas

nāve;

4) par nodokļu un nenodokļu maksājumiem budžetā;

5) par tādu zaudējumu atlīdzināšanu, kuri nodarīti fizisko personu mantai ar noziedzīgu nodarījumu vai administratīvu

pārkāpumu;

6) par parāda piedziņu maksātnespējas subjekta labā.

(17.12.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.02.2010.)

263

45. Ja hipotekārais kreditors, kuram par labu nostiprināta pirmā hipotēka, iebilst pret nekustamā īpašuma pārdošanu

(pārejas noteikumu 44.punkts), tiesu izpildītājs uz vienu gadu, bet ne ilgāk kā līdz 2012.gada 31.decembrim atliek

piedziņas vēršanu uz nekustamo īpašumu.

(17.12.2009. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.02.2010.)

Informatīva atsauce uz Eiropas Savienības direktīvām

(14.12.2006. likuma redakcijā, kas stājas spēkā 01.03.2007.)

Likumā iekļautas tiesību normas, kas izriet no:

1) Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes 2000.gada 29.jūnija direktīvas 2000/35/EK par maksājumu kavējumu novēršanu

komercdarījumos;

2) Eiropas Parlamenta un Padomes 2004.gada 29.aprīļa direktīvas 2004/48/EK par intelektuālā īpašuma tiesību

piemērošanu.

Likums stājas spēkā 1999.gada 1.martā.

Likums Saeimā pieņemts 1998.gada 14.oktobrī.

Valsts prezidents G.Ulmanis

Rīgā 1998.gada 3.novembrī

264

Loi sur la procédure civile (telle que modifiée jusqu'au 1er mars 2009), Lettonie

Documents disponibles

Civil Procedure Law

Section 1. Rights of a Person to Court Protection

Chapter 2 Composition of the Court

Chapter 3 Jurisdiction of Civil Legal Disputes

Chapter 4 Costs of Adjudication

Section 46. Determination of Procedural Time Periods

Section 54. Summons to Court

Chapter 7 Minutes

Section 71. Civil-procedural Legal Capacity

Chapter 15 General Provisions Regarding Evidence

Section 127. Persons who may Bring Actions in Court

Chapter 21 Trial of Civil Matters

Chapter 22 Judgments

Section 208. Sending of a True Copy of the Judgment to the Participants in the Matter

Section 233. Procedures for Adjudicating Matters

Section 244. Issuing and Sending of True Copies of Judgments and Giving Notice of Judgments

Section 250. Sending and Issuing True Copies of Court Judgments

Section 251. Matters to be Adjudicated in Accordance with Special Adjudication Procedures

Section 395. Jurisdiction

Section 406. Procedures for Disputing Undisputed Compulsory Execution

Section 413. Right to Submit an Appellate Complaint or an Appellate Protest

Section 441. Basis for Appeal or Protest of a Decision of a First Instance Court or of Appellate Instance Court

Section 450. Right to Submit a Cassation Complaint or a Cassation Protest

Section 478. Submitting an Application

Section 538. Execution of Court Judgments and Decisions

Division Fourteen Application of Compulsory Execution Measures

Section 620. Consequences Resulting from a Failure to Execute a Judgment Imposing on a Debtor a Duty to Perform Certain Actions

Part F International Civil Procedure

Division Fifteen International Civil Procedural Co-operation

Section 644. Execution of an Adjudication of a Foreign Court

Transitional Provisions

Transitional Provision

Annex 1

List of Property against which Recovery may not be Directed Pursuant to Execution Documents

Provisions regarding Renewal of Lost Court Proceedings Materials and Execution Proceedings Materials

Chapter 2
Composition of the Court

Chapter 3
Jurisdiction of Civil Legal Disputes

Chapter 4
Costs of Adjudication

Chapter 7
Minutes

Chapter 15
General Provisions Regarding Evidence

Chapter 21
Trial of Civil Matters

Chapter 22
Judgments

Division Fourteen
Application of Compulsory Execution Measures

Part F
International Civil Procedure

Division Fifteen
International Civil Procedural Co-operation